STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation texinfo tex
LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=lilypond ly
LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS=--extra-options '-e "(ly:set-option (quote internal-type-checking) \#t)"'
-README_TOP_FILES= DEDICATION THANKS
+README_TOP_FILES= DEDICATION THANKS
EXTRA_DIST_FILES= texinfo.css TRANSLATION
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
+HTML_PAGE_NAMES= index devel translations
+OUT_HTML_FILES= $(HTML_PAGE_NAMES:%=$(outdir)/%.html)
+
default: local-doc
-local-WWW: txt-to-html $(outdir)/index.html $(outdir)/devel.html
+local-WWW: txt-to-html $(OUT_HTML_FILES)
local-WWW-clean: deep-WWW-clean
-1- Documentation index and Tutorial
412 user/lilypond-learning.tely
-5652 user/tutorial.itely
+5685 user/tutorial.itely
23 user/dedication.itely
378 user/macros.itexi
-218 index.html.in
-3457 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
-10140 total
+228 index.html.in
+3438 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/<MY_LANGUAGE>.po)
+10164 total
-2- Introduction and beginning of Application Usage
411 user/preface.itely
-3704 user/introduction.itely
+3678 user/introduction.itely
390 user/lilypond-program.tely
-1674 user/install.itely (partial translation)
-947 user/setup.itely
+1681 user/install.itely (partial translation)
+1012 user/setup.itely
2879 user/running.itely
-10005 total
+10051 total
-3- Learning manual
9800 user/fundamental.itely -- Fundamental concepts
-12228 user/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output
+12334 user/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output
3005 user/working.itely -- Working on LilyPond files
483 user/templates.itely -- Templates
-25516 total
+25622 total
-4- Notation reference
-544 user/lilypond.tely
+547 user/lilypond.tely
91 user/notation.itely -- Musical notation
-2822 user/pitches.itely
-6591 user/rhythms.itely
-944 user/expressive.itely
-976 user/repeats.itely
-1078 user/simultaneous.itely
-2310 user/staff.itely
-827 user/editorial.itely
-1851 user/text.itely
-68 user/specialist.itely -- Specialist notation
-2745 user/vocal.itely
-1530 user/chords.itely
+2948 user/pitches.itely
+6785 user/rhythms.itely
+1119 user/expressive.itely
+556 user/repeats.itely
+1000 user/simultaneous.itely
+1800 user/staff.itely
+908 user/editorial.itely
+2082 user/text.itely
+73 user/specialist.itely -- Specialist notation
+2799 user/vocal.itely
+1352 user/chords.itely
702 user/piano.itely
-546 user/percussion.itely
+747 user/percussion.itely
826 user/guitar.itely
66 user/strings.itely
242 user/bagpipes.itely
3474 user/ancient.itely
-4971 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
+5431 user/input.itely -- Input syntax
2164 user/non-music.itely -- Non-musical notation
-8400 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
-6951 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
-5213 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
-894 user/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables
+7896 user/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues
+8377 user/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults
+5218 user/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers
+1146 user/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables
250 user/cheatsheet.itely -- Cheat sheet
-57076 total
+58599 total
-5- Application usage
3175 user/lilypond-book.itely -- LilyPond-book
-975 user/converters.itely -- Converting from other formats
-4150 total
+995 user/converters.itely -- Converting from other formats
+4170 total
-6- Appendices whose translation is optional
299 user/literature.itely
depth = ../..
SUBDIRS = user
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = documentation
+LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = doc-i18n-root
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-local-WWW: lang-merge
-
-lang-merge: $(outdir)/index.html
- ln -f $(outdir)/index.html $(depth)/Documentation/$(outdir)/index.$(ISOLANG).html
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jun 28 13:59:30 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Einleitung<br>(3704)</td>
+ <td>1 Einleitung<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (65 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #83fe2c">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffa34c">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Übung<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Übung<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12228)</td>
+ <td>4 Die Ausgabe verändern<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (18 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (17 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #acff31">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Installieren<br>(1674)</td>
+ <td>1 Installieren<br>(1681)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Setup<br>(947)</td>
+ <td>2 Setup<br>(1012)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #54ff26">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (69 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Von anderen Formaten konvertieren<br>(975)</td>
+ <td>5 Von anderen Formaten konvertieren<br>(995)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<th>Other info</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(547)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Tonhöhen<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Tonhöhen<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6591)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythmus<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (86 %)</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Ausdrucksbezeichnungen<br>(944)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Ausdrucksbezeichnungen<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (70 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Wiederholungszeichen<br>(976)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Wiederholungszeichen<br>(556)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(1078)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Gleichzeitig erscheinende Noten<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (96 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (71 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation innerhalb eines Systems<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation innerhalb eines Systems<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (63 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (87 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Anmerkungen<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Anmerkungen<br>(908)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (47 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (44 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Text<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Text<br>(2082)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Spezielle Notation<br>(68)</td>
+ <td>2 Spezielle Notation<br>(73)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Notation von Gesang<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Notation von Gesang<br>(2799)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Tasteninstrumente<br>(1044)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Tasteninstrumente<br>(668)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (72 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (89 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden<br>(1063)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Saiteninstrumente mit Bünden<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (90 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (16 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Schlagzeug<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Schlagzeug<br>(747)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (95 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (96 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Notation von Akkorden<br>(1530)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Notation von Akkorden<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (47 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (62 %)</span></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Die Eingabe-Syntax<br>(4971)</td>
+ <td>2.9 World music<br>(1115)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Abstände<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Till Rettig</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (6 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff8353">partially</span></td>
+ <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>4 Abstände<br>(7896)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(6951)</td>
+ <td>5 Standardeinstellungen verändern<br>(8377)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Schnittstellen für Programmierer<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Schnittstellen für Programmierer<br>(5218)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Notationsübersicht<br>(894)</td>
+ <td>B Notationsübersicht<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Till Rettig</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (99 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Ancient notation
@seealso
-In diesem Handbuch: @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Cautionary accidentals} und
+In diesem Handbuch: @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Accidentals} und
@ref{Automatic accidentals} geben eine allgemeine Einführung in die Benutzung
von Versetzungszeichen. Der Abschnitt @ref{Key signature} zeigt die allgemeine
Benutzung von Vorzeichen.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Changing defaults
@chapter Changing defaults
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Interpretation contexts::
-* The \override command::
+* Explaining the Internals Reference::
+* Modifying properties::
+* Useful concepts and properties::
+* Common properties::
+* Advanced tweaks::
* Discussion of specific tweaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Interpretation contexts
@section Interpretation contexts
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Contexts explained::
* Creating contexts::
-* Changing context properties on the fly::
* Modifying context plug-ins::
-* Layout tunings within contexts::
* Changing context default settings::
* Defining new contexts::
* Aligning contexts::
-* Vertical grouping of grobs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Contexts explained
@subsection Contexts explained
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Creating contexts
-@subsection Creating contexts
+@menu
+* Score - the master of all contexts::
+* Top-level contexts - staff containers::
+* Intermediate-level contexts - staves::
+* Bottom-level contexts - voices::
+@end menu
+
+@node Score - the master of all contexts
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Score - the master of all contexts
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Changing context properties on the fly
-@subsection Changing context properties on the fly
+@node Top-level contexts - staff containers
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Top-level contexts - staff containers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Bottom-level contexts - voices
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bottom-level contexts - voices
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Modifying context plug-ins
-@subsection Modifying context plug-ins
+@node Creating contexts
+@subsection Creating contexts
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Layout tunings within contexts
-@subsection Layout tunings within contexts
+@node Modifying context plug-ins
+@subsection Modifying context plug-ins
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Changing context default settings
@subsection Changing context default settings
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Defining new contexts
@subsection Defining new contexts
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Aligning contexts
@subsection Aligning contexts
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Vertical grouping of grobs
-@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node The \override command
-@section The @code{\override} command
+@node Explaining the Internals Reference
+@section Explaining the Internals Reference
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Constructing a tweak::
+
+@menu
* Navigating the program reference::
* Layout interfaces::
* Determining the grob property::
-* Objects connected to the input::
-* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
-* \set versus \override::
-* Difficult tweaks::
-@end menu
-@node Constructing a tweak
-@subsection Constructing a tweak
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+* Naming conventions::
+@end menu
@node Navigating the program reference
@subsection Navigating the program reference
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Layout interfaces
@subsection Layout interfaces
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Determining the grob property
@subsection Determining the grob property
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Objects connected to the input
-@subsection Objects connected to the input
+@node Naming conventions
+@subsection Naming conventions
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
-@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+@node Modifying properties
+@section Modifying properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Overview of modifying properties::
+* The \set command::
+* The \override command::
+* \set versus \override::
+* Objects connected to the input::
+@end menu
+
+@node Overview of modifying properties
+@subsection Overview of modifying properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node The \set command
+@subsection The @code{\set} command
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node The \override command
+@subsection The @code{\override} command
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node \set versus \override
@subsection @code{\set} vs. @code{\override}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Difficult tweaks
-@subsection Difficult tweaks
+@node Objects connected to the input
+@subsection Objects connected to the input
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Discussion of specific tweaks
-@section Discussion of specific tweaks
+@node Useful concepts and properties
+@section Useful concepts and properties
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Line styles::
+
+@menu
+* Input modes::
+* Direction and placement::
+* Distances and measurements::
+* Spanners::
+@end menu
+
+@node Input modes
+@subsection Input modes
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Direction and placement
+@subsection Direction and placement
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Distances and measurements
+@subsection Distances and measurements
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Spanners
+@subsection Spanners
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Common properties
+@section Common properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
* Controlling visibility of objects::
-@end menu
+* Line styles::
+* Rotating objects::
+* Aligning objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Controlling visibility of objects
+@subsection Controlling visibility of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Removing the stencil::
+* Making objects transparent::
+* Painting objects white::
+* Using break-visibility::
+* Special considerations::
+@end menu
+
+@node Removing the stencil
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Removing the stencil
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Making objects transparent
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Making objects transparent
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Painting objects white
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Painting objects white
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Using break-visibility
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using break-visibility
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Special considerations
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Special considerations
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
@node Line styles
@subsection Line styles
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Controlling visibility of objects
-@subsection Controlling visibility of objects
+@node Rotating objects
+@subsection Rotating objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Aligning objects
+@subsection Aligning objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Advanced tweaks
+@section Advanced tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Vertical grouping of grobs::
+* Modifying ends of spanners::
+* Modifying stencils::
+* Modifying shapes::
+@end menu
+
+@node Vertical grouping of grobs
+@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Modifying ends of spanners
+@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Modifying stencils
+@subsection Modifying stencils
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Modifying shapes
+@subsection Modifying shapes
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Discussion of specific tweaks
+@section Discussion of specific tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* old Contexts explained::
+@end menu
+
+@node old Contexts explained
+@subsection old Contexts explained
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c TODO: add tablature.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Chord notation
@section Chord notation
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Converting from other formats
@chapter Converting from other formats
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Invoking midi2ly::
* Invoking musicxml2ly::
* Invoking abc2ly::
* Invoking etf2ly::
* Generating LilyPond files::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Invoking midi2ly
@section Invoking @command{midi2ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Invoking musicxml2ly
@section Invoking @code{musicxml2ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Invoking abc2ly
@section Invoking @code{abc2ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Invoking etf2ly
@section Invoking @command{etf2ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Generating LilyPond files
@section Generating LilyPond files
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@quotation
Wir wollen dieses Programm allen Freunden widmen, die wir
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Editorial annotations
@section Editorial annotations
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Expressive marks
@section Expressive marks
oder @emph{dim.} ausgegeben werden.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-\setTextCresc
+\crescTextCresc
c\< d e f\!
-\setHairpinCresc
+\crescHairpin
e\> d c b\!
-\setTextDecresc
+\dimTextDecresc
c\> d e f\!
-\setTextDim
+\dimTextDim
e\> d c b\!
@end lilypond
Dieser Text kann auch beliebig angepasst werden:
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
\set crescendoText = \markup { \italic "cresc. poco" }
-\set crescendoSpanner = #'dashed-line
+\set crescendoSpanner = #'text
a'2\< a a a\!\mf
@end lilypond
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
\new Voice {
- \arpeggioUp
+ \arpeggioArrowUp
<c e g c>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioDown
+ \arpeggioArrowDown
<c e g c>\arpeggio
}
@end lilypond
@predefined
@code{\arpeggio},
-@funindex \arpeggioUp
-@code{\arpeggioUp},
-@funindex \arpeggioDown
-@code{\arpeggioDown},
-@funindex \arpeggioNeutral
-@code{\arpeggioNeutral},
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
+@code{\arpeggioArrowUp},
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
+@code{\arpeggioArrowDown},
+@funindex \arpeggioNormal
+@code{\arpeggioNormal},
@funindex \arpeggioBracket
@code{\arpeggioBracket}.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Fretted string instruments
@section Fretted string instruments
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
{
\set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(right)
- \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = ##("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
+ \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = #'#("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
<c-\RH #5 >4
<c-\RH "@">4
}
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Fundamental concepts
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
+@c \version "2.11.51"
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Input files::
-* Common syntax issues TODO name?::
-* Other stuffs TODO move?::
-@end menu
-@node Input files
-@section Input files
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Input structure::
+* Titles and headers::
+* Working with input files::
+* Controlling output::
+* MIDI output::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* File structure::
-* A single music expression::
-* Multiple scores in a book::
-* Extracting fragments of notation::
-* Including LilyPond files::
-* Text encoding::
-* Different editions from one source::
-@end menu
-@node File structure
-@subsection File structure
+@node Input structure
+@section Input structure
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Structure of a score::
+* Multiple scores in a book::
+* File structure::
+@end menu
-@node A single music expression
-@subsection A single music expression
+@node Structure of a score
+@subsection Structure of a score
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Multiple scores in a book
@subsection Multiple scores in a book
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Extracting fragments of notation
-@subsection Extracting fragments of notation
+@node File structure
+@subsection File structure
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Including LilyPond files
-@subsection Including LilyPond files
+@node Titles and headers
+@section Titles and headers
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Text encoding
-@subsection Text encoding
+@menu
+* Creating titles::
+* Custom titles::
+* Reference to page numbers::
+* Table of contents::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating titles
+@subsection Creating titles
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Different editions from one source
-@subsection Different editions from one source
+@node Custom titles
+@subsection Custom titles
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Common syntax issues TODO name?
-@section Common syntax issues TODO name?
+@node Reference to page numbers
+@subsection Reference to page numbers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Controlling direction and placement::
-* Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE::
-* When to add a -::
-@end menu
-@node Controlling direction and placement
-@subsection Controlling direction and placement
+@node Table of contents
+@subsection Table of contents
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-@subsection Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
+@node Working with input files
+@section Working with input files
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node When to add a -
-@subsection When to add a -
+@menu
+* Including LilyPond files::
+* Different editions from one source::
+* Text encoding::
+* Displaying LilyPond notation::
+@end menu
+
+@node Including LilyPond files
+@subsection Including LilyPond files
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Different editions from one source
+@subsection Different editions from one source
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Using variables::
+* Using tags::
+@end menu
-@node Other stuffs TODO move?
-@section Other stuffs TODO move?
+@node Using variables
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using variables
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Using tags
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using tags
+
+@cindex Erweiterung von Wiederholungen
+@funindex \unfoldRepeats
+
+Mit ein bisschen Anpassung können alle Wiederholungstypen
+auch in der MIDI-Datei wiedergegeben werden. Das wird erreicht
+durch die @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Funktion. Hiermit werden alle
+Wiederholungen, welcher Art auch immer, in notengetreue Wiederholungen
+umgewandelt, die Noten werden also wiederholt ausgegeben.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+\unfoldRepeats {
+ \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
+ \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
+ \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
+ \alternative {
+ { g' a' a' g' }
+ {f' e' d' c' }
+ }
+}
+\bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
+Wenn man eine Partitur schreibt, die diesen @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Befehl
+für die MIDI-Ausgabe benutzt, muss man zwei @code{\score}-Umgebungen
+schreiben: eine für die MIDI-Ausgabe, wo die Wiederholungen ausgeschrieben
+werden, und eine für die gedruckte Notation, in der Klammern, Tremolo und
+Prozent-Wiederholungen benutzt werden. Zum Beispiel:
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{..music..}
+ \layout @{ .. @}
+@}
+\score @{
+ \unfoldRepeats @var{..music..}
+ \midi @{ .. @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@node Text encoding
+@subsection Text encoding
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
-* Displaying LilyPond notation::
-* Skipping corrected music::
-* context list FIXME::
-* another thing FIXME::
-* Input modes FIXME::
-@end menu
@node Displaying LilyPond notation
@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Controlling output
+@section Controlling output
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Extracting fragments of music::
+* Skipping corrected music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Extracting fragments of music
+@subsection Extracting fragments of music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Skipping corrected music
@subsection Skipping corrected music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node context list FIXME
-@subsection context list FIXME
+@node MIDI output
+@section MIDI output
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating MIDI files
+@subsection Creating MIDI files
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node another thing FIXME
-@subsection another thing FIXME
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Input modes FIXME
-@subsection Input modes FIXME
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Install
@chapter Install
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Precompiled binaries::
* Compiling from source::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Precompiled binaries
@section Precompiled binaries
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subsection Downloading
@node Compiling from source
@section Compiling from source
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Downloading source code::
* Requirements::
* Building LilyPond::
-* Building documentation without compiling LilyPond::
+* Building documentation::
* Testing LilyPond::
* Problems::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Downloading source code
@subsection Downloading source code
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Requirements
@subsection Requirements
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compilation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Running requirements
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Building documentation
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Requirements for building documentation
@node Building LilyPond
@subsection Building LilyPond
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling
@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling for multiple platforms
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Compiling outside the source tree
+@node Building documentation
+@subsection Building documentation
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Commands for building documentation::
+* Building documentation without compiling LilyPond::
+@end menu
+
+@node Commands for building documentation
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Commands for building documentation
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
@node Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
-@subsection Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Building documentation without compiling LilyPond
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Testing LilyPond
@subsection Testing LilyPond
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Problems
@subsection Problems
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Bison 1.875
@unnumberedsubsubsec Solaris
@unnumberedsubsubsec FreeBSD
@unnumberedsubsubsec International fonts
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Introduction
@chapter Introduction
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Keyboard instruments
@section Keyboard instruments
Haltepedal, das rechte oder Una-corda-Pedal und das Sostenuto-Pedal.
Spielanweisungen für das Pedal können durch die Befehle
-@code{\sustainDown} (linkes Pedal), @code{\sustainUp} (linkes Pedal
+@code{\sustainOn} (linkes Pedal), @code{\sustainOff} (linkes Pedal
hoch), @code{\unaCorda} (rechtes Pedal), @code{\treCorde} (rechtes
-Pedal hoch), @code{\sostenutoDown} (mittleres Pedal) und
-@code{\sostenutoUp} (mittleres Pedal hoch) anschließend an eine
+Pedal hoch), @code{\sostenutoOn} (mittleres Pedal) und
+@code{\sostenutoOff} (mittleres Pedal hoch) anschließend an eine
Note oder einen Akkord notiert werden.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-c'4\sustainDown c'4\sustainUp
+c'4\sustainOn c'4\sustainOff
@end lilypond
Die Ausgabe kann verändert werden, indem der Wert
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+c\sustainOn d e
+b\sustainOff\sustainOn
+b g \sustainOff a \sustainOn \bar "|."
@end lilypond
Eine dritte Art der Pedalnotation besteht aus einer Mischung von Text
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'mixed
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+c\sustainOn d e
+b\sustainOff\sustainOn
+b g \sustainOff a \sustainOn \bar "|."
@end lilypond
Die Einstellungen für linkes @c ?
mittlere Pedal ist der gemischte Stil voreingestellt.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c\sostenutoOn d e c, f g a\sostenutoOff
@end lilypond
Die Erscheinung der Pedal-Klammer kann mit den Eigenschaften
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(0 . -1.0)
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c\sostenutoOn d e c, f g a\sostenutoOff
@end lilypond
@seealso
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node LilyPond-book
@chapter @command{lilypond-book}: Integrating text and music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* An example of a musicological document::
* Integrating music and text::
* Music fragment options::
* Invoking lilypond-book::
* Filename extensions::
* Alternate methods of mixing text and music::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node An example of a musicological document
@section An example of a musicological document
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subheading Input
@subheading Processing
@node Integrating music and text
@section Integrating music and text
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* LaTeX::
* Texinfo::
* HTML::
* DocBook::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node LaTeX
@subsection @LaTeX{}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Texinfo
@subsection Texinfo
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node HTML
@subsection HTML
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node DocBook
@subsection DocBook
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subheading Common conventions
@subheading Including a LilyPond file
@node Music fragment options
@section Music fragment options
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Invoking lilypond-book
@section Invoking @command{lilypond-book}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subheading Format-specific instructions
@subsubheading @LaTeX{}
@node Filename extensions
@section Filename extensions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Alternate methods of mixing text and music
@section Alternative methods of mixing text and music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Many quotes from a large score::
* Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org::
* Inserting LilyPond output into other programs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Many quotes from a large score
@subsection Many quotes from a large score
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@menu
* Musical notation:: Allgemeine Notation von Musik.
* Specialist notation:: Notation, die nur für spezielle Zwecke eingesetzt wird.
-* Input syntax:: Allgemeine Information über die Quelldateien von LilyPond.
-* Non-musical notation:: Alles, was nicht Musiknotation ist.
+* General input and output:: Allgemeine Information über die Quelldateien von LilyPond.
* Spacing issues:: Anzeige der Ausgabe auf dem Papier.
* Changing defaults:: Das Notenbild verfeinern.
* Interfaces for programmers:: Benutzung für Experten.
@include specialist.itely
@include input.itely
-@include non-music.itely
@include spacing.itely
@include changing-defaults.itely
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Literature list
+++ /dev/null
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
-@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
-
- When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
- version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
-@end ignore
-
-
-@node Non-musical notation
-@chapter Non-musical notation
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Titles and headers::
-* MIDI output::
-* other midi::
-@end menu
-@node Titles and headers
-@section Titles and headers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating titles::
-* Custom titles::
-* Reference to page numbers::
-* Table of contents::
-@end menu
-@node Creating titles
-@subsection Creating titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Custom titles
-@subsection Custom titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Reference to page numbers
-@subsection Reference to page numbers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Table of contents
-@subsection Table of contents
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI output
-@section MIDI output
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-@end menu
-@node Creating MIDI files
-@subsection Creating MIDI files
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@subsubsection Repeats and MIDI
-
-@cindex Erweiterung von Wiederholungen
-@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-
-Mit ein bisschen Anpassung können alle Wiederholungstypen
-auch in der MIDI-Datei wiedergegeben werden. Das wird erreicht
-durch die @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Funktion. Hiermit werden alle
-Wiederholungen, welcher Art auch immer, in notengetreue Wiederholungen
-umgewandelt, die Noten werden also wiederholt ausgegeben.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
-\unfoldRepeats {
- \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
- \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
- \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
- \alternative {
- { g' a' a' g' }
- {f' e' d' c' }
- }
-}
-\bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-Wenn man eine Partitur schreibt, die diesen @code{\unfoldRepeats}-Befehl
-für die MIDI-Ausgabe benutzt, muss man zwei @code{\score}-Umgebungen
-schreiben: eine für die MIDI-Ausgabe, wo die Wiederholungen ausgeschrieben
-werden, und eine für die gedruckte Notation, in der Klammern, Tremolo und
-Prozent-Wiederholungen benutzt werden. Zum Beispiel:
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{..music..}
- \layout @{ .. @}
-@}
-\score @{
- \unfoldRepeats @var{..music..}
- \midi @{ .. @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node other midi
-@section other midi
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Notation manual tables
@appendix Notation manual tables
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Musical notation
@chapter Musical notation
erstellt werden. Im Standard-@code{\drummode}-Modus ist aber
das @code{Parenthesis_engraver}-Plugin nicht automatisch enthalten.
Sie müssen das Plugin ausdrücklich in den Kontext-Definitionen
-laden, wie im Abschnitt @ref{Changing context properties on the fly}
+laden, wie im Abschnitt @rlearning{Modifying context properties}
detailliert beschrieben.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Pitches
@section Pitches
Into text.
@menu
-* Normal pitches::
+* Absolute octave entry::
+* Relative octave entry::
* Accidentals::
-* Cautionary accidentals::
-* Micro tones::
* Note names in other languages::
@end menu
-@node Normal pitches
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Normal pitches
+@node Absolute octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Absolute octave entry
@cindex Tonhöhenbezeichnungen
innerhalb derer die Noten gesetzt werden, dabei werden
unter Umständen weniger Oktavangaben (@code{'} oder @code{,})
benötigt. Siehe auch
-@ref{Relative octaves}.
+@ref{Relative octave entry}.
+
+
+@node Relative octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octave entry
+
+@cindex Relativ
+@cindex Relative Oktavbestimmung
+@funindex \relative
+
+Oktaven werden angegeben, indem man @code{'} oder @code{,}
+an die Notenbezeichnung hängt. Wenn Sie schon existierende
+Musik kopieren, passiert es schnell, eine Note aus Versehen
+in die falsche Oktave zu setzen, und der Fehler ist schwer zu
+finden. Der relative Oktaven-Modus verhindert solche Fehler,
+indem mögliche Fehler stark vergrößert werden: ein einziger
+Oktavierungsfehler wirkt sich auf den gesamten Rest des Stückes aus.
+
+Die Syntax des Befehls lautet:
+
+@example
+\relative @var{Referenzoktave} @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+oder:
+
+@example
+\relative @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Das eingestrichene C (@code{c'}) wird als Referenzoktave angenommen,
+wenn sie nicht extra angegeben wird.
+
+Die Oktave von Noten, die im musikalischen Ausdruck notiert sind,
+wird wie folgt erschlossen: Wenn keine Oktavversetzungszeichen
+benutzt werden, wird als Intervall zwischen der Noten und der
+vorhergehenden immer eine Quarte oder kleiner angenommen. Dieser
+Abstand wird ohne Rücksicht auf Alterationen bestimmt. Eine
+übermäßige Quarte ist also ein kleineres Intervall als eine
+verminderte Quinte, auch wenn beide sechs Halbtöne groß sind.
+
+Die Oktavversetzungszeichen @code{'} und @code{,} können
+hinzugefügt werden, um die Tonhöhe um eine Oktave zu erhöhen
+oder zu erniedrigen. Wenn der relative Modus beginnt, kann
+ein Referenzton angegeben werden, der als die vorhergehende Note
+für die erste Tonhöhe des musikalischen Ausdrucks verwendet
+wird. Wenn dieser Referenzton nicht angeben wird, wird das
+eingestrichene C verwendet.
+
+So funktioniert der relative Modus:
+
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ b c d c b c bes a
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Oktavversetzungen müssen für alle Intervalle angezeigt werden,
+die größer als eine Quarte sind.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ c g c f, c' a, e''
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Wenn der vorherige Ausdruck ein Akkord ist, wird die erste Note
+des Akkordes benutzt, um die erste Note des nächsten Akkordes zu
+bestimmen.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c' {
+ c <c e g>
+ <c' e g>
+ <c, e' g>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Die Tonhöhe nach @code{\relative} muss eine Notenbezeichnung enthalten.
+
+Die relative Veränderung wirkt sich nicht auf
+Transposition (@code{\transpose}),
+Akkordnotation (@code{\chordmode}) oder @code{\relative}-Abschnitte
+aus. Um den relativen Modus innerhalb von transponierter Musik zu
+verwenden, muss ein zusätzliches @code{\relative} innerhalb der
+Klammern des @code{\transpose}-Befehls gesetzt werden.
@node Accidentals
@rinternals{NoteHead}.
-@node Cautionary accidentals
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
+
+@cindex Vierteltöne
+@cindex Vorzeichen, Vierteltöne
+@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Vierteltöne
+@cindex Mikrotöne
+
+Versetzungszeichen für Vierteltöne werden durch Anhängen der Endungen
+@code{-eh} (Erniedrigung) und @code{-ih} (Erhöhung) an den
+Tonhöhenbuchstaben erstellt. Das Beispiel zeigt eine in Vierteltönen
+aufsteigende Serie vom kleinen C.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
+\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
+ceseh ceh cih cisih
+@end lilypond
+
+Mikrotöne werden auch in die MIDI-Dateien geschrieben.
+
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Es gibt keine allgemein anerkannten Standards für die
+Notation von Dreiviertelton-Erniedrigungszeichen. LilyPonds
+Symbol entspricht also keinem Standard.
+
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Cautionary accidentals
@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Erinnerung
@ref{Automatic accidentals}.
-@node Micro tones
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
-
-@cindex Vierteltöne
-@cindex Vorzeichen, Vierteltöne
-@cindex Versetzungszeichen, Vierteltöne
-@cindex Mikrotöne
-
-Versetzungszeichen für Vierteltöne werden durch Anhängen der Endungen
-@code{-eh} (Erniedrigung) und @code{-ih} (Erhöhung) an den
-Tonhöhenbuchstaben erstellt. Das Beispiel zeigt eine in Vierteltönen
-aufsteigende Serie vom kleinen C.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
-\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
-ceseh ceh cih cisih
-@end lilypond
-
-Mikrotöne werden auch in die MIDI-Dateien geschrieben.
-
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Es gibt keine allgemein anerkannten Standards für die
-Notation von Dreiviertelton-Erniedrigungszeichen. LilyPonds
-Symbol entspricht also keinem Standard.
-
-
@node Note names in other languages
@unnumberedsubsubsec Note names in other languages
@subsection Changing multiple pitches
@menu
-* Relative octaves::
-* Octave check::
+* Octave checks::
* Transpose::
@end menu
-@node Relative octaves
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octaves
-
-@cindex Relativ
-@cindex Relative Oktavbestimmung
-@funindex \relative
-
-Oktaven werden angegeben, indem man @code{'} oder @code{,}
-an die Notenbezeichnung hängt. Wenn Sie schon existierende
-Musik kopieren, passiert es schnell, eine Note aus Versehen
-in die falsche Oktave zu setzen, und der Fehler ist schwer zu
-finden. Der relative Oktaven-Modus verhindert solche Fehler,
-indem mögliche Fehler stark vergrößert werden: ein einziger
-Oktavierungsfehler wirkt sich auf den gesamten Rest des Stückes aus.
-
-Die Syntax des Befehls lautet:
-
-@example
-\relative @var{Referenzoktave} @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-oder:
-
-@example
-\relative @var{musikalischer Ausdruck}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Das eingestrichene C (@code{c'}) wird als Referenzoktave angenommen,
-wenn sie nicht extra angegeben wird.
-
-Die Oktave von Noten, die im musikalischen Ausdruck notiert sind,
-wird wie folgt erschlossen: Wenn keine Oktavversetzungszeichen
-benutzt werden, wird als Intervall zwischen der Noten und der
-vorhergehenden immer eine Quarte oder kleiner angenommen. Dieser
-Abstand wird ohne Rücksicht auf Alterationen bestimmt. Eine
-übermäßige Quarte ist also ein kleineres Intervall als eine
-verminderte Quinte, auch wenn beide sechs Halbtöne groß sind.
-
-Die Oktavversetzungszeichen @code{'} und @code{,} können
-hinzugefügt werden, um die Tonhöhe um eine Oktave zu erhöhen
-oder zu erniedrigen. Wenn der relative Modus beginnt, kann
-ein Referenzton angegeben werden, der als die vorhergehende Note
-für die erste Tonhöhe des musikalischen Ausdrucks verwendet
-wird. Wenn dieser Referenzton nicht angeben wird, wird das
-eingestrichene C verwendet.
-
-So funktioniert der relative Modus:
-
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- b c d c b c bes a
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Oktavversetzungen müssen für alle Intervalle angezeigt werden,
-die größer als eine Quarte sind.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- c g c f, c' a, e''
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Wenn der vorherige Ausdruck ein Akkord ist, wird die erste Note
-des Akkordes benutzt, um die erste Note des nächsten Akkordes zu
-bestimmen.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c' {
- c <c e g>
- <c' e g>
- <c, e' g>
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Die Tonhöhe nach @code{\relative} muss eine Notenbezeichnung enthalten.
-
-Die relative Veränderung wirkt sich nicht auf
-Transposition (@code{\transpose}),
-Akkordnotation (@code{\chordmode}) oder @code{\relative}-Abschnitte
-aus. Um den relativen Modus innerhalb von transponierter Musik zu
-verwenden, muss ein zusätzliches @code{\relative} innerhalb der
-Klammern des @code{\transpose}-Befehls gesetzt werden.
-
-@node Octave check
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave check
+@node Octave checks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave checks
@cindex Oktavenüberprüfung
erzeugt. Die Syntax:
@example
-\octave @var{Tonhöhe}
+\octaveCheck @var{Tonhöhe}
@end example
Hierdurch wird überprüft, dass die @var{Tonhöhe} (ohne Apostroph)
@example
\relative c' @{
e
- \octave a'
- \octave b'
+ \octaveCheck a'
+ \octaveCheck b'
@}
@end example
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
\relative c' {
e
- \octave b
+ \octaveCheck b
a
}
@end lilypond
@node Ottava brackets
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ottava brackets
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
+@end ifhtml
@node Instrument transpositions
@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument transpositions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@node Automatic accidentals
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic accidentals
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@node Ambitus
@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@node Note heads
@subsection Note heads
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@menu
* Special note heads::
@node Special note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Special note heads
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@node Easy notation note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Easy notation note heads
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@node Shape note heads
@unnumberedsubsubsec Shape note heads
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
@node Improvisation
@unnumberedsubsubsec Improvisation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Preface
@unnumbered Preface
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Music functions::
* Programmer interfaces::
* Building complicated functions::
* Markup programmer interface::
* Contexts for programmers::
* Scheme procedures as properties::
-@end menu
+* TODO moved into scheme::
+@end menu
+
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Overview of music functions::
* Simple substitution functions::
* Paired substitution functions::
* Void functions::
* Functions without arguments::
* Overview of available music functions::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@include identifiers.tely
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Input variables and Scheme::
* Internal music representation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Displaying music expressions::
* Music properties::
* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Markup construction in Scheme::
* How markups work internally::
* New markup command definition::
* New markup list command definition::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Context evaluation::
* Running a function on all layout objects::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@section Scheme procedures as properties
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node TODO moved into scheme
+@section TODO moved into scheme
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
+* Difficult tweaks::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
+@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Difficult tweaks
+@subsection Difficult tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Repeats
@section Repeats
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Rhythms
@section Rhythms
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Running LilyPond
@chapter Running LilyPond
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Normal usage::
* Command-line usage::
* Error messages::
* Updating files with convert-ly::
* Reporting bugs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Normal usage
@section Normal usage
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Command-line usage
@section Command-line usage
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Invoking lilypond::
+* Command line options::
+* Environment variables::
+@end menu
+
+@node Invoking lilypond
@subsection Invoking lilypond
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Command line options
@subsection Command line options
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Environment variables
@subsection Environment variables
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
@node Error messages
@section Error messages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Updating files with convert-ly
@section Updating with @command{convert-ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subsection Command line options
-@menu
+@menu
* Problems with convert-ly::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Problems with convert-ly
@subsection Problems with @code{convert-ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Reporting bugs
@section Reporting bugs
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Scheme tutorial
@appendix Scheme tutorial
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Setup
@chapter Setup
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Simultaneous notes
@section Simultaneous notes
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 3121682025660b6c85fbf3f22bb9cd8396699ad1
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Spacing issues
@chapter Spacing issues
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Paper and pages::
* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
* Breaks::
* Vertical spacing::
* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
-@end menu
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+@end menu
+
@node Paper and pages
@section Paper and pages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Paper size::
* Page formatting::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Paper size
@subsection Paper size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Page formatting
@subsection Page formatting
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Music layout
@section Music layout
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Setting the staff size::
* Score layout::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setting the staff size
@subsection Setting the staff size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Score layout
@subsection Score layout
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Line breaking::
* Page breaking::
* Optimal page breaking::
* Minimal page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Line breaking
@subsection Line breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Page breaking
@subsection Page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Optimal page breaking
@subsection Optimal page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Optimal page turning
@subsection Optimal page turning
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Minimal page breaking
@subsection Minimal page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Using an extra voice for breaks
@subsection Using an extra voice for breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical spacing
@section Vertical spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Vertical spacing inside a system::
* Vertical spacing between systems::
* Explicit staff and system positioning::
* Two-pass vertical spacing::
* Vertical collision avoidance::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Vertical spacing inside a system
@subsection Vertical spacing inside a system
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical spacing between systems
@subsection Vertical spacing between systems
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Explicit staff and system positioning
@subsection Explicit staff and system positioning
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Two-pass vertical spacing
@subsection Two-pass vertical spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical collision avoidance
@subsection Vertical collision avoidance
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Horizontal spacing
@section Horizontal Spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Horizontal spacing overview::
* New spacing area::
* Changing horizontal spacing::
* Line length::
* Proportional notation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Horizontal spacing overview
@subsection Horizontal spacing overview
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New spacing area
@subsection New spacing area
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Changing horizontal spacing
@subsection Changing horizontal spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Line length
@subsection Line length
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Proportional notation
@subsection Proportional notation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
+@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
+@end menu
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
+
+Manchmal bleiben nur noch ein oder zwei Systeme auf der
+letzten Seite übrig. Das ist immer ärgerlich, besonders
+wenn es scheint, dass auf den vorigen Seiten genug Platz
+ist, um die Systeme noch unterzubringen.
+
+Wenn man versucht, das Layout zu verändern, kommt einem
+der Befehl @code{annotate-spacing} zu Hilfe. Mit diesem
+Befehl erhält man die Werte von verschiedenen Abstandsbefehlen
+ausgedruckt, mehr Information im Kapitel @ref{Displaying spacing}.
+Anhand dieser Angaben kann dann entschieden werden, welche
+Werte verändert werden müssen.
+
+Neben Rändern gibt es nämlich weitere Optionen, Platz zu sparen:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+LilyPond kann die Systeme so dicht wie möglich platzieren (damit
+so viele Systeme wie möglich auf eine Seite passen), aber sie
+dann so anordnen, dass kein weißer Rand unten auf der Seite entsteht.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ between-system-padding = #0.1
+ between-system-space = #0.1
+ ragged-last-bottom = ##f
+ ragged-bottom = ##f
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Die Anzahl der Systeme kann reduziert werden (wenn LilyPond
+die Musik auf 11 Systeme verteilt, kann man die Benutzung von
+nur 10 Systemen erzwingen).
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ system-count = #10
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Vermeidung von Objekten, die den vertikalen Abstand von Systemen
+vergrößern, hilft oft. Die Verwendung von Klammern bei Wiederholungen
+etwa braucht mehr Platz. Wenn die Noten innerhalb der Klammern auf
+zwei Systeme verteilt sind, brauchen sie mehr Platz, als wenn sie
+nur auf einer Zeile gedruckt werden.
+
+Ein anderes Beispiel ist es, Dynamik-Zeichen, die besonders
+weit @qq{hervorstehen}, zu verschieben.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
+\relative c' {
+ e4 c g\f c
+ \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
+ \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
+ e4 c g\f c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Die horizontalen Abstände können mit der
+ @code{SpacingSpanner}-Eigenschaft verändert werden. Siehe
+@ref{Changing horizontal spacing} für Einzelheiten.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner
+ #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@end itemize
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Specialist notation
@chapter Specialist notation
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
-
-
+@include world.itely
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Staff notation
@section Staff notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Templates
@appendix Templates
eine vollständige Notationsdatei.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
entsprechende Zeile entweder ändern oder auskommentieren.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
das richtige Beispiel für Sie!
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
Text und Akkorden schreiben.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
Hier kommt ein einfaches Klaviersystem.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
Melodie mit Text, darunter Klavierbegleitung.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
(und damit das zusätzliche System für die Gesangstimme auslassen).
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
kopieren.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
}
pedal = {
- s2\sustainDown s2\sustainUp
+ s2\sustainOn s2\sustainOff
}
\score {
Vorzeichen benutzt.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global= {
\time 4/4
@verbatim
%%%%% piece.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global= {
\time 4/4
%%%%% score.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 14)
\score {
%%%%% vn1.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vn1 \music
%%%%% vn2.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vn2 \music
%%%%% vla.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vla \music
%%%%% vlc.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vlc \music
sind fast immer gleich in allen Stimmen.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
tenorMusic), verändert sich auch der Klavierauszug entsprechend.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
über und unter dem System angeordnet.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
zwischen den Systemen geschrieben.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\set Score.skipBars = ##t
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\include "gregorian-init.ly"
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
chant = \relative c' {
\set Score.timing = ##f
@c The `line-width' argument is for the \header.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,line-width]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
title = "Song"
subtitle = "(tune)"
@ The `line-width' is for \header.
@li lypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,line-width]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
dedication = "dedication"
title = "Title"
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Text
@section Text
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Writing text::
* Formatting text::
-@end menu
+* Fonts::
+@end menu
+
@node Writing text
@subsection Writing text
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Text scripts::
* Text spanners::
* Text marks::
* Separate text::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Text scripts
@subsubsection Text scripts
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Text spanners
@subsubsection Text spanners
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Text marks
@subsubsection Text marks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Separate text
@subsubsection Separate text
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Formatting text
@subsection Formatting text
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Text markup introduction::
-* Nested scores::
-* Page wrapping text::
-* Font selection::
-@end menu
+* Selecting font and font size::
+* Text alignment::
+* Graphic notation inside markup::
+* Music notation inside markup::
+* Multi-page markup::
+@end menu
+
@node Text markup introduction
@subsubsection Text markup introduction
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Nested scores
-@subsubsection Nested scores
+@node Selecting font and font size
+@subsubsection Selecting font and font size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Page wrapping text
-@subsubsection Page wrapping text
+@node Text alignment
+@subsubsection Text alignment
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Font selection
-@subsubsection Font selection
+@node Graphic notation inside markup
+@subsubsection Graphic notation inside markup
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Music notation inside markup
+@subsubsection Music notation inside markup
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Multi-page markup
+@subsubsection Multi-page markup
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Fonts
+@subsection Fonts
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Entire document fonts::
+* Single entry fonts::
+@end menu
+
+@node Entire document fonts
+@subsubsection Entire document fonts
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Single entry fonts
+@subsubsection Single entry fonts
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
Tutorial guidelines:
für eine bestimmte Quelldatei benutzt worden ist:
@example
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
@end example
@noindent
@code{\header}-Umgebung direkt nach der Versionsnummer eingefügt.
@example
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header @{
title = "Symphony"
composer = "Ich"
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Tweaking output
@chapter Tweaking output
@menu
-* Moving objects::
-* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Tweaking basics::
+* The Internals Reference manual::
+* Appearance of objects::
+* Placement of objects::
+* Collisions of objects::
* Common tweaks::
-* Default files::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
-* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Further tweaking::
@end menu
+@node Tweaking basics
+@section Tweaking basics
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to tweaks::
+* Objects and interfaces::
+* Naming conventions of objects and properties::
+* Tweaking methods::
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction to tweaks
+@subsection Introduction to tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Objects and interfaces
+@subsection Objects and interfaces
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Naming conventions of objects and properties
+@subsection Naming conventions of objects and properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Tweaking methods
+@subsection Tweaking methods
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node The Internals Reference manual
+@section The Internals Reference manual
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Properties of layout objects::
+* Properties found in interfaces::
+* Types of properties::
+@end menu
+
+@node Properties of layout objects
+@subsection Properties of layout objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Properties found in interfaces
+@subsection Properties found in interfaces
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Types of properties
+@subsection Types of properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Appearance of objects
+@section Appearance of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Visibility and color of objects::
+* Size of objects::
+* Length and thickness of objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Visibility and color of objects
+@subsection Visibility and color of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Size of objects
+@subsection Size of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Length and thickness of objects
+@subsection Length and thickness of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Placement of objects
+@section Placement of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Automatic behavior::
+* Within-staff objects::
+* Outside staff objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Automatic behavior
+@subsection Automatic behavior
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Within-staff objects
+@subsection Within-staff objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Outside staff objects
+@subsection Outside staff objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Collisions of objects
+@section Collisions of objects
+
+@menu
+* Moving objects::
+* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Real music example::
+@end menu
+
@node Moving objects
-@section Moving objects
+@subsection Moving objects
Es wird vielleicht eine Überraschung sein, aber LilyPond ist nicht
perfekt. Einige Notationselemente können sich überschneiden. Das
@node Fixing overlapping notation
-@section Fixing overlapping notation
+@subsection Fixing overlapping notation
Im Kapitel @ref{Moving objects} wurde gezeigt, wie man Texte
(@code{TextScript}-Objekte) verschiebt. Mit der gleichen
@end multitable
+@node Real music example
+@subsection Real music example
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@c DEPRECATED SECTION
@node Common tweaks
@section Common tweaks
+
Bestimmte Korrekturen sind so häufig, dass für sie schon fertige
angepasste Befehle bereitgestellt sind, so etwa
@code{\slurUp} um einen Bindebogen oberhalb anzuzeigen oder
@code{MetronomeMark}-Objekt vom @code{Score}-Kontext gesetzt
wird, werden Veränderungen innerhalb des @code{Voice}-Kontextes
nicht berücksichtigt. Genauere Details im Kapitel
-@ruser{Constructing a tweak}.
+@ruser{The \override command}.
@cindex extra-offset
@cindex zusätzlicher Abstand
Notenzeilenabstände gekoppelt. Mehr Information findet sich
im relevanten Teil der Programmreferenz.
-@node Default files
-@section Default files
+@node Further tweaking
+@section Further tweaking
+
+@menu
+* Other uses for tweaks::
+* Using variables for tweaks::
+* Other sources of information::
+* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
+@end menu
+
+@node Other uses for tweaks
+@subsection Other uses for tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Using variables for tweaks
+@subsection Using variables for tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Other sources of information
+@subsection Other sources of information
Die Programmreferenz enthält sehr viel Information über LilyPond, aber
noch mehr Information findet sich in den internen
@file{ly/declarations-init.ly} definieren alle häufig vorkommenden Veränderungen.
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-
-Manchmal bleiben nur noch ein oder zwei Systeme auf der
-letzten Seite übrig. Das ist immer ärgerlich, besonders
-wenn es scheint, dass auf den vorigen Seiten genug Platz
-ist, um die Systeme noch unterzubringen.
-
-Wenn man versucht, das Layout zu verändern, kommt einem
-der Befehl @code{annotate-spacing} zu Hilfe. Mit diesem
-Befehl erhält man die Werte von verschiedenen Abstandsbefehlen
-ausgedruckt, mehr Information im Kapitel @ruser{Displaying spacing}.
-Anhand dieser Angaben kann dann entschieden werden, welche
-Werte verändert werden müssen.
-
-Neben Rändern gibt es nämlich weitere Optionen, Platz zu sparen:
-
-@itemize
-@item
-LilyPond kann die Systeme so dicht wie möglich platzieren (damit
-so viele Systeme wie möglich auf eine Seite passen), aber sie
-dann so anordnen, dass kein weißer Rand unten auf der Seite entsteht.
-
-@example
-\paper @{
- between-system-padding = #0.1
- between-system-space = #0.1
- ragged-last-bottom = ##f
- ragged-bottom = ##f
-@}
-@end example
+@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
+@subsection Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@item
-Die Anzahl der Systeme kann reduziert werden (wenn LilyPond
-die Musik auf 11 Systeme verteilt, kann man die Benutzung von
-nur 10 Systemen erzwingen).
+LilyPond kann einige zusätzliche Tests durchführen, während
+die Noten gesetzt werden. Dadurch braucht das Programm länger,
+um den Notensatz zu produzieren, aber üblicherweise werden
+weniger nachträgliche Anpassungen nötig sein.
@example
-\paper @{
- system-count = #10
-@}
+%% Um sicher zu gehen, dass Texte und Liedtext
+%% innerhalb der Papierränder bleiben
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
@end example
-@item
-Vermeidung von Objekten, die den vertikalen Abstand von Systemen
-vergrößern, hilft oft. Die Verwendung von Klammern bei Wiederholungen
-etwa braucht mehr Platz. Wenn die Noten innerhalb der Klammern auf
-zwei Systeme verteilt sind, brauchen sie mehr Platz, als wenn sie
-nur auf einer Zeile gedruckt werden.
-
-Ein anderes Beispiel ist es, Dynamik-Zeichen, die besonders
-weit @qq{hervorstehen}, zu verschieben.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
-\relative c' {
- e4 c g\f c
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
- \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
- e4 c g\f c
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item
-Die horizontalen Abstände können mit der
- @code{SpacingSpanner}-Eigenschaft verändert werden. Siehe
-@ruser{Changing horizontal spacing} für Einzelheiten.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \override SpacingSpanner
- #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@end itemize
-
@node Advanced tweaks with Scheme
-@section Advanced tweaks with Scheme
+@subsection Advanced tweaks with Scheme
Es wurde schon gezeigt, wie die LilyPond-Ausgabe sehr stark verändert
werden kann, indem man Befehle wie
}
@end lilypond
-
-@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@section Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-
-LilyPond kann einige zusätzliche Tests durchführen, während
-die Noten gesetzt werden. Dadurch braucht das Programm länger,
-um den Notensatz zu produzieren, aber üblicherweise werden
-weniger nachträgliche Anpassungen nötig sein.
-
-@example
-%% Um sicher zu gehen, dass Texte und Liedtext
-%% innerhalb der Papierränder bleiben
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
-
-
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Unfretted string instruments
@section Unfretted string instruments
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 02cb8b672238eeb53bffa2240c87f23dd8ca9e60
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@node Vocal music
@section Vocal music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Simple lyrics::
+
+@menu
+* Common notation for vocals::
* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
-* Vocals and variables::
-* Flexibility in placement::
-* Spacing vocals::
-* More about stanzas::
-@end menu
-@node Simple lyrics
-@subsection Simple lyrics
+* Placement of lyrics::
+* Stanzas::
+@end menu
+
+@node Common notation for vocals
+@subsection Common notation for vocals
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
+* References for vocal music::
* Setting simple songs::
* Entering lyrics::
-@end menu
+* Working with lyrics and variables::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for vocal music
+@subsubsection References for vocal music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
@node Setting simple songs
@subsubsection Setting simple songs
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Entering lyrics
@subsubsection Entering lyrics
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Working with lyrics and variables
+@subsubsection Working with lyrics and variables
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Aligning lyrics to a melody
@subsection Aligning lyrics to a melody
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Automatic syllable durations::
-* Another way of entering lyrics::
-* Assigning more than one syllable to a single note::
-* More than one note on a single syllable::
+* Manual syllable durations::
+* Multiple syllables to one note::
+* Multiple notes to one syllable::
+* Skipping notes::
* Extenders and hyphens::
-@end menu
+* Lyrics and repeats::
+@end menu
+
@node Automatic syllable durations
@subsubsection Automatic syllable durations
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Another way of entering lyrics
-@subsubsection Another way of entering lyrics
+@node Manual syllable durations
+@subsubsection Manual syllable durations
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Assigning more than one syllable to a single note
-@subsubsection Assigning more than one syllable to a single note
+@node Multiple syllables to one note
+@subsubsection Multiple syllables to one note
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node More than one note on a single syllable
-@subsubsection More than one note on a single syllable
+@node Multiple notes to one syllable
+@subsubsection Multiple notes to one syllable
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Extenders and hyphens
-@subsubsection Extenders and hyphens
+@node Skipping notes
+@subsubsection Skipping notes
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Vocals and variables
-@subsection Vocals and variables
+@node Extenders and hyphens
+@subsubsection Extenders and hyphens
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Working with lyrics and variables::
-@end menu
-@node Working with lyrics and variables
-@subsubsection Working with lyrics and variables
+@node Lyrics and repeats
+@subsubsection Lyrics and repeats
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Flexibility in placement
-@subsection Flexibility in placement
+@node Placement of lyrics
+@subsection Placement of lyrics
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
-* Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma::
+@menu
* Divisi lyrics::
-* Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line::
* Lyrics independent of notes::
-@end menu
-@node Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma
-@subsubsection Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+* Chants::
+* Spacing out syllables::
+* Centering lyrics between staves::
+@end menu
@node Divisi lyrics
@subsubsection Divisi lyrics
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line
-@subsubsection Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Lyrics independent of notes
@subsubsection Lyrics independent of notes
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Chants
+@subsubsection Chants
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Spacing vocals
-@subsection Spacing vocals
+@node Spacing out syllables
+@subsubsection Spacing out syllables
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
-* Spacing lyrics::
-@end menu
-@node Spacing lyrics
-@subsubsection Spacing lyrics
+@node Centering lyrics between staves
+@subsubsection Centering lyrics between staves
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node More about stanzas
-@subsection More about stanzas
+@node Stanzas
+@subsection Stanzas
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Adding stanza numbers ::
-* Adding dynamics marks::
-* Adding singer names::
+* Adding dynamics marks to stanzas::
+* Adding singers' names to stanzas::
+* Stanzas with different rhythms::
* Printing stanzas at the end ::
* Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns ::
-@end menu
-@node Adding stanza numbers
-@subsubsection Adding stanza numbers
+@end menu
+
+@node Adding stanza numbers
+@subsubsection Adding stanza numbers
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Adding dynamics marks to stanzas
+@subsubsection Adding dynamics marks to stanzas
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Adding dynamics marks
-@subsubsection Adding dynamics marks
+@node Adding singers' names to stanzas
+@subsubsection Adding singers' names to stanzas
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Adding singer names
-@subsubsection Adding singer names
+@node Stanzas with different rhythms
+@subsubsection Stanzas with different rhythms
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Printing stanzas at the end
-@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end
+@subsubheading Ignoring melismata
+@subsubheading Switching to an alternative melody
+@node Printing stanzas at the end
+@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
-@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
+@node Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
+@subsubsection Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Wind instruments
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Working on LilyPond projects
@chapter Working on LilyPond projects
@item @strong{Schreiben Sie immer mit @code{\version} die
Versionsnummer
in jede Datei}. Beachten Sie, dass in allen Vorlagen die Versionsnummer
-@code{\version "2.11.38"} eingetragen ist. Es empfiehlt sich, in alle
+@code{\version "2.11.51"} eingetragen ist. Es empfiehlt sich, in alle
Dateien, unabhängig von ihrer Größe, den @code{\version}-Befehl
einzufügen. Persönliche Erfahrung hat gezeigt, dass es ziemlich
frustrierend sein kann zu erinnern, welche Programmversion man etwa
Versionsnummer.
@item @strong{Benutzen Sie Überprüfungen}: @ruser{Bar check},
-@ruser{Octave check} und
+@ruser{Octave checks} und
@ruser{Barnumber check}. Wenn Sie hier und da diese Überprüfungen
einfügen, finden Sie einen möglichen Fehler weit schneller. Wie oft
aber
@example
%%% global.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(ly:set-option 'point-and-click #f)
\include "../init/init-defs.ly"
\include "../init/init-layout.ly"
Das Setzen der Variablen, die das Verhalten von LilyPond beeinflussen
(@q{properties}), wird im Kapitel
-@ruser{Changing context properties on the fly} besprochen.
+@ref{Modifying context properties} besprochen.
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
+@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
depth = ../..
SUBDIRS = user
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = documentation
+LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = doc-i18n-root
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-local-WWW: lang-merge
-
-lang-merge: $(outdir)/index.html
- ln -f $(outdir)/index.html $(depth)/Documentation/$(outdir)/index.$(ISOLANG).html
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jun 28 13:59:30 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Actualizado en Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(412)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(412)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Introducción<br>(3704)</td>
+ <td>1 Introducción<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (65 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #76fe2a">parcialmente</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffd244">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #62ff28">parcialmente</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>3 Conceptos fundamentales<br>(9800)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #25fe1f">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Trucar la salida<br>(12228)</td>
+ <td>4 Trucar la salida<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(390)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(390)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Instalar<br>(1674)</td>
+ <td>1 Instalar<br>(1681)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (10 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #c0ff34">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d4ff37">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Instalación (Setup)<br>(947)</td>
+ <td>2 Instalación (Setup)<br>(1012)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (69 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Conversión desde otros formatos<br>(975)</td>
+ <td>5 Conversión desde otros formatos<br>(995)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<th>Más inf.</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Títulos de sección<br>(547)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #33ff21">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #2cff20">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Alturas<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Alturas<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6591)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Duraciones<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (95 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Expresiones<br>(944)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Expresiones<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #acff31">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffea40">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Repeticiones<br>(976)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Repeticiones<br>(556)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #7dff2b">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffdd42">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Notas simultáneas<br>(1078)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Notas simultáneas<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #b9ff33">parcialmente</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notación de los pentagramas<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffcd45">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Anotaciones editoriales<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Anotaciones editoriales<br>(908)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #4efe25">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Texto<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Texto<br>(2082)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (85 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (86 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #efff3a">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Notación especializada<br>(68)</td>
+ <td>2 Notación especializada<br>(73)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ffef3f">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffed40">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Música vocal<br>(2799)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (96 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #76fe2a">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Instrumentos de teclado<br>(1044)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Instrumentos de teclado<br>(668)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (72 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (89 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Instrumentos de cuerda con trastes<br>(1063)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Instrumentos de cuerda con trastes<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (98 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (35 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff954f">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percusión<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percusión<br>(747)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (97 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (98 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #5bff27">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Notación de acordes<br>(1530)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Notación de acordes<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #76fe2a">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Sintaxis de escritura<br>(4971)</td>
+ <td>2.9 Músicas del mundo<br>(1115)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">ninguno</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Problemas de espaciado<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>3 Entrada y salida generales<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Francisco Vila</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (43 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>4 Problemas de espaciado<br>(7896)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">ninguno</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(6951)</td>
+ <td>5 Cambiar los valores por omisión<br>(8377)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (92 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (69 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #97ff2f">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces para programadores<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces para programadores<br>(5218)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">ninguno</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Tablas del manual sobre notación<br>(894)</td>
+ <td>B Tablas del manual sobre notación<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Francisco Vila</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">sí</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #39ff22">parcialmente</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">parcialmente (99 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #acff31">parcialmente</span></td>
<td>pre-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Ancient notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Changing defaults
@chapter Changing defaults
@item
Disposición de la página: cambiar el aspecto visual del espaciado, los
saltos de línea y las dimensiones de la página. Estas modificaciones
-se discuten en @ref{Non-musical notation} y @ref{Spacing issues}.
+se discuten en @ref{General input and output} y @ref{Spacing issues}.
@end itemize
Internamente, LilyPond utiliza el lenguaje Scheme (un dialecto de
* Useful concepts and properties::
* Common properties::
* Advanced tweaks::
-* old The \override command::
-* Discussion of specific tweaks::
@end menu
@end menu
-
-
@node Vertical grouping of grobs
@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
@node Modifying ends of spanners
@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
-
-@node Modifying stencils
-@subsection Modifying stencils
-
-@node old The \override command
-@section old The @code{\override} command
-
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Discussion of specific tweaks
-@section Discussion of specific tweaks
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* old Contexts explained::
-@end menu
-
-@node old Contexts explained
-@subsection old Contexts explained
+@node Modifying stencils
+@subsection Modifying stencils
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c TODO: add tablature.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Chord notation
@section Chord notation
@c @rlearning{ }.
@c Notation Reference:
-@c @ruser{ }.
+@c @ref{ }.
@c Application Usage:
@c @rprogram{ }.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Converting from other formats
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@quotation
Queremos dedicar este programa a todos los amigos que hemos
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Editorial annotations
@section Editorial annotations
@end lilypond
Las indicaciones de digitación se pueden situar manualmente encima o
-debajo del pentagrama, véase @ref{Controlling direction and
-placement}.
+debajo del pentagrama, véase @ref{Direction
+and placement}.
@snippets
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
-@ref{Controlling direction and placement}
+@ref{Direction and placement}
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
-@ref{Controlling direction and placement}.
+@ref{Direction and placement}.
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Expressive marks
@section Expressive marks
@cindex crescendo
@cindex decrescendo
@cindex diminuendo
-@funindex \setTextCresc
-@funindex \setTextDim
-@funindex \setTextDecresc
-@funindex \setHairpinCresc
-@funindex \setHairpinDim
-@funindex \setHairpinDecresc
+@funindex \crescTextCresc
+@funindex \dimTextDim
+@funindex \dimTextDecr
+@funindex \dimTextDecresc
+@funindex \crescHairpin
+@funindex \dimHairpin
Los @notation{Crescendi} y @notation{decrescendi} se pueden
tipografiar como marcas textuales en lugar de reguladores. Las
instrucciones incorporadaas que activan estos modos de texto son
-@code{\setTextCresc}, @code{\setTextDecresc}, @code{\setTextDecr} y
-@code{\setTextDim}. Las instrucciones correspondientes
-@code{\setHairpinCresc}, @code{\setHairpinDim} y
-@code{\setHairpinDecresc} hacen que vuelvan a aparecer los reguladores
-de nuevo:
+@code{\crescTextCresc}, @code{\dimTextDecresc}, @code{\dimTextDecr} y
+@code{\dimTextDim}. Las instrucciones correspondientes
+@code{\crescHairpin} y @code{\dimHairpin} hacen que vuelvan a aparecer
+los reguladores de nuevo:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c\< d e f\!
e\> d c b\!
-\setTextCresc
+\crescTextCresc
c\< d e f\!
-\setTextDecresc
+\dimTextDecresc
e\> d c b\!
-\setHairpinCresc
+\crescHairpin
c\< d e f\!
@end lilypond
La dirección del arpegio se denota a veces mediante la adición de una
punta de flecha a la línea ondulada. Esto se hace con las
-instrucciones @code{arpeggioUp} y @code{arpeggioDown}.
-@code{arpeggioNeutral} nos devuelve a la versión sin flecha:
+instrucciones @code{arpeggioArrowUp} y @code{arpeggioArrowDown}.
+@code{arpeggioNormal} nos devuelve a la versión sin flecha:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Voice {
- \arpeggioUp
+ \arpeggioArrowUp
<c e g c>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioDown
+ \arpeggioArrowDown
<c e g c>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioNeutral
+ \arpeggioNormal
<c e g c>\arpeggio
}
@end lilypond
@funindex \arpeggio
@code{\arpeggio},
-@funindex \arpeggioUp
-@code{\arpeggioUp},
-@funindex \arpeggioDown
-@code{\arpeggioDown},
-@funindex \arpeggioNeutral
-@code{\arpeggioNeutral},
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
+@code{\arpeggioArrowUp},
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
+@code{\arpeggioArrowDown},
+@funindex \arpeggioNormal
+@code{\arpeggioNormal},
@funindex \arpeggioBracket
@code{\arpeggioBracket}.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Fretted string instruments
@section Fretted string instruments
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
{
\set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(right)
- \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = ##("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
+ \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = #'#("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
<c-\RH #5 >4
<c-\RH "@">4
<c-\RH #2 >4
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Fundamental concepts
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: de -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
-
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Input files::
-* Common syntax issues TODO name?::
-* Other stuffs TODO move?::
-@end menu
-@node Input files
-@section Input files
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Input structure::
+* Titles and headers::
+* Working with input files::
+* Controlling output::
+* MIDI output::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* File structure::
-* A single music expression::
-* Multiple scores in a book::
-* Extracting fragments of notation::
-* Including LilyPond files::
-* Text encoding::
-* Different editions from one source::
-@end menu
-@node File structure
-@subsection File structure
+@node Input structure
+@section Input structure
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Structure of a score::
+* Multiple scores in a book::
+* File structure::
+@end menu
-@node A single music expression
-@subsection A single music expression
+@node Structure of a score
+@subsection Structure of a score
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Multiple scores in a book
@subsection Multiple scores in a book
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Extracting fragments of notation
-@subsection Extracting fragments of notation
+@node File structure
+@subsection File structure
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Including LilyPond files
-@subsection Including LilyPond files
+@node Titles and headers
+@section Titles and headers
+
+Casi toda la música impresa tiene un título y el nombre del
+compositor; ciertas piezas tienen mucha más información.
+
+@menu
+* Creating titles::
+* Custom titles::
+* Reference to page numbers::
+* Table of contents::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating titles
+@subsection Creating titles
+
+Se crean títulos para cada uno de los bloques @code{\score} así como
+para todo el archivo de entrada (o bloque @code{\book} (libro)).
+
+El contenido de cada título se extrae a partir de los bloques
+@code{\header} (cabecera). El bloque de cabecera de un libro
+contempla lo siguiente:
+
+@table @code
+@funindex dedicatoria
+@item dedication
+El dedicatario de la música, centrado en lo alto de la primera página.
+
+@funindex title
+@item title
+El título de la música, centrado justo debajo de la
+dedicatoria.
+
+@funindex subtitle
+@item subtitle
+Subtítulo, centrado debajo del título.
+
+@funindex subsubtitle
+@item subsubtitle
+Sub-subtítulo, centrado debajo del subtítulo.
+
+@funindex poet
+@item poet
+Nombre del poeta, a la izquierda, debajo del subtítulo.
+
+@funindex composer
+@item composer
+Nombre del compositor, a la derecha, debajo del subtítulo.
+
+@funindex meter
+@item meter
+Texto de la medida, a la izquierda, debajo del poeta.
+
+@funindex opus
+@item opus
+Nombre del Opus, a la derecha, debajo del compositor.
+
+@funindex arranger
+@item arranger
+Nombre del arreglista, a la derecha, debajo del Opus.
+
+@funindex instrument
+@item instrument
+Nombre del instrumento, centrado, debajo del arreglista. También
+aparece centrado en lo alto de cada página (aparte de la primera).
+
+@funindex piece
+@item piece
+Nombre de la pieza, a la izquierda, debajo del instrumento.
+
+@cindex página, saltos, forzar
+@funindex breakbefore
+@item breakbefore
+Esto fuerza que el título comience sobre una página nueva (establézcalo a ##t o a ##f).
+
+@funindex copyright
+@item copyright
+Aviso de Copyright, centrado en la parte inferior de la primera
+página. Para insertar el símbolo de copyright symbol, consulte
+@ref{Text encoding}.
+
+@funindex tagline
+@item tagline
+Cartel de propósito general en el pie de página, centrado al final de la última.
+
+@end table
+
+A continuación presentamos una demostración de todos los campos que
+están disponibles. Fíjese en que puede utilizar en la cabecera
+cualquier instrucción de marcado de texto (Véase @ref{Formatting text}).
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
+\paper {
+ line-width = 9.0\cm
+ paper-height = 10.0\cm
+}
+
+\book {
+ \header {
+ dedication = "dedicated to me"
+ title = \markup \center-align { "Title first line" "Title second line,
+longer" }
+ subtitle = "the subtitle,"
+ subsubtitle = #(string-append "subsubtitle LilyPond version "
+(lilypond-version))
+ poet = "Poet"
+ composer = \markup \center-align { "composer" \small "(1847-1973)" }
+ texttranslator = "Text Translator"
+ meter = \markup { \teeny "m" \tiny "e" \normalsize "t" \large "e" \huge
+"r" }
+ arranger = \markup { \fontsize #8.5 "a" \fontsize #2.5 "r" \fontsize
+#-2.5 "r" \fontsize #-5.3 "a" \fontsize #7.5 "nger" }
+ instrument = \markup \bold \italic "instrument"
+ piece = "Piece"
+ }
+
+ \score {
+ { c'1 }
+ \header {
+ piece = "piece1"
+ opus = "opus1"
+ }
+ }
+ \markup {
+ and now...
+ }
+ \score {
+ { c'1 }
+ \header {
+ piece = "piece2"
+ opus = "opus2"
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Como se mostró anteriormente, puede usar varios bloques
+@code{\header}. Cuando los mismos campos aparecen en distintos
+bloques, tiene validez el último en definirse. A continuación un
+breve ejemplo.
+
+@example
+\header @{
+ composer = "Compositor"
+@}
+\header @{
+ piece = "Pieza"
+@}
+\score @{
+ \new Staff @{ c'4 @}
+ \header @{
+ piece = "Otra pieza" % sobreescribe a la anterior
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+Si define la cabecera @code{\header} dentro del bloque @code{\score},
+por lo general se imprimirán solamente las cabeceras @code{piece} y
+@code{opus}. Fíjese en que la expresión musical debe aparecer antes
+del @code{\header}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
+\score {
+ { c'4 }
+ \header {
+ title = "title" % not printed
+ piece = "piece"
+ opus = "opus"
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex printallheaders
+@noindent
+Se puede cambiar este comportamiento (e imprimir todas las cabeceras
+cuando la cabecera @code{\header} está definida dentro del bloque
+@code{\score}) mediante la utilización de
+
+@example
+\paper@{
+ printallheaders=##t
+@}
+@end example
+
+@cindex copyright
+@cindex tagline
+
+El pie de página por omisión se encuentra vacío, excepto para la
+primera página, en la que se inserta el campo de @code{copyright}
+extraído del @code{\header}, y para la última página, en la que se
+escribe el cartel @code{tagline} sacado del bloque @code{\header}. La
+línea por omisión para este cartel es @qq{Music engraving by LilyPond
+(@var{version})}.@footnote{Las partituras bien tipografiadas son una
+magnífica promoción para nosotros, así que por favor, si puede,
+conserve intacta la línea del letrero.}
+
+Las cabeceras se pueden quitar completamente estableciendo su valor a
+falso.
+
+@example
+\header @{
+ tagline = ##f
+ composer = ##f
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@node Custom titles
+@subsection Custom titles
+
+Una opción más avanzada es cambiar las definiciones de las variables
+siguientes dentro del bloque @code{\paper} block. El archivo de
+inicio @file{ly/titling-init.ly} ofrece un listado de la disposición
+predeterminada.
+
+@table @code
+@funindex bookTitleMarkup
+@item bookTitleMarkup
+ Es el título que se escribe en lo alto del documento de salida
+completo. Normalmente contiene el compositor y el título de la pieza.
+
+@funindex scoreTitleMarkup
+@item scoreTitleMarkup
+ Es el título que se coloca por encima de un bloque @code{\score}.
+normalmente contiene el nombre del movimiento (campo @code{piece}).
+
+@funindex oddHeaderMarkup
+@item oddHeaderMarkup
+ Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración impar.
+
+@funindex evenHeaderMarkup
+@item evenHeaderMarkup
+ Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja
+ sin especificar, se usará el encabezamiento de las páginas impares.
+
+ De forma predeterminada, los encabezamientos se definen de tal forma
+que el número de página está en el borde exterior, y el isntrumento
+está centrado.
+
+@funindex oddFooterMarkup
+@item oddFooterMarkup
+ Es el pie de las páginas de numeración impar.
+
+@funindex evenFooterMarkup
+@item evenFooterMarkup
+ Es el pie de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja sin
+ especificar, se usará en su lugar el encabezamiento de las páginas
+ impares.
+
+ De forma predeterminada, el pie de página tiene el aviso de
+copyright en la primera página, y el cartel @code{tagline} en la
+última.
+@end table
+
+
+@cindex \paper
+@cindex encabezamiento
+@cindex header
+@cindex pie
+@cindex disposición de la página
+@cindex títulos
+
+La definición siguiente pone el título en el extremo izquierdo, y el
+compositor en el extremo derecho sobre una única línea.
+
+@verbatim
+\paper {
+ bookTitleMarkup = \markup {
+ \fill-line {
+ \fromproperty #'header:title
+ \fromproperty #'header:composer
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end verbatim
+
+@node Reference to page numbers
+@subsection Reference to page numbers
+
+Se puede marcar un lugar determinado de una partitura utilizando la
+instrucción @code{\label} (etiqueta), bien en lo alto de la estructura
+o bien dentro de la música. Posteriormente se puede hacer referencia
+a esta etiqueta dentro de un elemento de marcado, para obtener el
+número de la página en que se encuentra la marca, usando la
+instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
+\header { tagline = ##f }
+\book {
+ \label #'firstScore
+ \score {
+ {
+ c'1
+ \pageBreak \mark A \label #'markA
+ c'
+ }
+ }
+
+ \markup { The first score begins on page \page-ref #'firstScore "0" "?" }
+ \markup { Mark A is on page \page-ref #'markA "0" "?" }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+La instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref} toma tres argumentos:
+@enumerate
+@item la etiqueta, un símbolo de scheme, p.ej. @code{#'firstScore};
+@item un elemento de marcado que se usará como medidor para estimar las dimensiones del marcado;
+@item un elemento de marcado que se utilizará en sustitución del número de página si la etiqueta es desconocida.
+@end enumerate
+
+El motivo de que se necesite un medidor es que en el momento en que se
+están interpretando los marcados, los saltos de página aún no se han
+producido y por tanto los números de página no se conocen todavía.
+Para sortear este inconveniente, la interpretación real del marcado se
+retrasa hasta un momento posterior; sin embargo, las dimensiones del
+marcado se tienen que conocer de antemano, así que se usa el medidor
+para decidir estas dimensiones. Si el libro tiene entre 10 y 99
+páginas, el medidor puede ser "00", es decir, un número de dos
+dígitos.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \label
+@code{\label}
+@funindex \page-ref
+@code{\page-ref}
+
+@node Table of contents
+@subsection Table of contents
+Se puede insertar un índice general o tabla de contenidos utilizando
+la instrucción @code{\markuplines \table-of-contents}. Los elementos
+que deben aparecer en la tabla de contenidos se introducen con la
+instrucción @code{\tocItem}, que se puede usar en el nivel más alto de
+la jerarquía del código, o dentro de una expresión musical.
+
+@verbatim
+\markuplines \table-of-contents
+\pageBreak
+
+\tocItem \markup "Primera partitura"
+\score {
+ {
+ c' % ...
+ \tocItem \markup "Un punto concreto dentro de la primera partitura"
+ d' % ...
+ }
+}
+
+\tocItem \markup "Segunda partitura"
+\score {
+ {
+ e' % ...
+ }
+}
+@end verbatim
+
+Los elementos de marcado que se usan para dar formato al índice
+general se encuentran definidos dentro del bloque @code{\paper}. Los
+elementos predeterminados son @code{tocTitleMarkup}, para dar formato
+al título de la tabla, y @code{tocItemMarkup}, para aplicar formato a
+los elementos del índice, que consisten en el título del elemento y el
+número de página. Estas variables se pueden cambiar por parte del
+usuario:
+
+@verbatim
+\paper {
+ %% Traducir el título del índice al español:
+ tocTitleMarkup = \markup \huge \column {
+ \fill-line { \null "Índice general" \null }
+ \hspace #1
+ }
+ %% usar una fuente mayor
+ tocItemMarkup = \markup \large \fill-line {
+ \fromproperty #'toc:text \fromproperty #'toc:page
+ }
+}
+@end verbatim
+
+Observe la forma en que nos referimos al texto y al número de página
+del elemento de índice, dentro de la definición @code{tocItemMarkup}.
+
+También se pueden definir nuevas instrucciones y elementos de
+marcado para crear índices generales más eleborados:
+@itemize
+@item en primer lugar, defina una variable de marcado nueva dentro del bloque @code{\paper}
+@item luego defina una función de música cuyo propósito es añadir un elemento al índice general
+utilizando esta variable de marcado del bloque @code{\paper}.
+@end itemize
+
+En el ejemplo siguiente se define un estilo nuevo para introducir los
+nombres de los actos de una ópera en el índice general:
+
+@verbatim
+\paper {
+ tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
+ \hspace #1
+ \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
+ \hspace #1
+ }
+}
+
+tocAct =
+#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
+ (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
+@end verbatim
+
+@lilypond[line-width=11.0\cm]
+\header { tagline = ##f }
+\paper {
+ tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
+ \hspace #1
+ \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
+ \hspace #1
+ }
+}
+
+tocAct =
+#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
+ (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
+
+\book {
+ \markuplines \table-of-contents
+ \tocAct \markup { Atto Primo }
+ \tocItem \markup { Coro. Viva il nostro Alcide }
+ \tocItem \markup { Cesare. Presti omai l'Egizzia terra }
+ \tocAct \markup { Atto Secondo }
+ \tocItem \markup { Sinfonia }
+ \tocItem \markup { Cleopatra. V'adoro, pupille, saette d'Amore }
+ \markup \null
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Archivos de inicio: @file{ly/@/toc@/-init@/.ly}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \table-of-contents
+@code{\table-of-contents}
+@funindex \tocItem
+@code{\tocItem}
+
+
+@node Working with input files
+@section Working with input files
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Text encoding
-@subsection Text encoding
+@menu
+* Including LilyPond files::
+* Different editions from one source::
+* Text encoding::
+* Displaying LilyPond notation::
+@end menu
+
+@node Including LilyPond files
+@subsection Including LilyPond files
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Different editions from one source
@subsection Different editions from one source
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Using variables::
+* Using tags::
+@end menu
-@node Common syntax issues TODO name?
-@section Common syntax issues TODO name?
+@node Using variables
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using variables
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Controlling direction and placement::
-* Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE::
-* When to add a -::
-@end menu
-@node Controlling direction and placement
-@subsection Controlling direction and placement
+@node Using tags
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using tags
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-@subsection Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
+@node Text encoding
+@subsection Text encoding
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node When to add a -
-@subsection When to add a -
+@node Displaying LilyPond notation
+@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node Other stuffs TODO move?
-@section Other stuffs TODO move?
+@node Controlling output
+@section Controlling output
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Displaying LilyPond notation::
-* Skipping corrected music::
-* context list FIXME::
-* another thing FIXME::
-* Input modes FIXME::
-@end menu
-@node Displaying LilyPond notation
-@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
+@menu
+* Extracting fragments of music::
+* Skipping corrected music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Extracting fragments of music
+@subsection Extracting fragments of music
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Skipping corrected music
@subsection Skipping corrected music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node MIDI output
+@section MIDI output
+
+@cindex sonido
+@cindex MIDI
+
+El MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface, Interfase Digital para
+Instrumentos Musicales) es un estándar para interconectar y controlar
+instrumentos musicales electrónicos. Un archivo o secuencia MIDI es
+una serie de notas dentro de un conjunto de pistas. No es un archivoo
+de sonidos reales; se necesita un programa reproductor especial para
+traducir la serie de notas en sonidos de verdad.
+
+Cualquier música se puede convertir a archivos MIDI, de manera que
+podamos escuchar lo que hayamos introducido. Esto es muy conveniente
+para comprobar la corrección de la música; las octavas equivocadas o
+las alteraciones erróneas se ponen de relieve muy claramente al
+escuchar la salida MIDI.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Muchhos efectos con interés musical como el swing, la articulación, el
+fraseo, etc., no se traducen al midi.
+
+La salida midi reserva un canal para cada pentagrama, y uno más para
+los ajustes globales. Por ello, el archivo de entrada no debería
+tener más de 15 pentagramas (o 14 si no usa percusión). Los otros
+pentagramas permanecerán en silencio.
+
+No todos los reproductores de midi manejan correctamente los cambios
+de tempo en la salida midi. Entre los reproductores que se sabe que
+funcionan, se encuentra
+@uref{http://@/timidity@/.sourceforge@/.net/,timidity}.
+
+
+@menu
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating MIDI files
+@subsection Creating MIDI files
+
+Para crear un MIDI a partir de una pieza de música, escriba un bloque
+@code{\midi} en la partitura, por ejemplo:
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{...música...}
+ \midi @{
+ \context @{
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
+ @}
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+El tempo se puede especificar utilizando la instrucción @code{\tempo}
+dentro de la propia música, véase @ref{Metronome marks}. Más abajo se
+muestra una alternativa que no da lugar a una indicación metronómica
+en la partitura impresa. En este ejemplo, el tempo de negras se
+establece en 72 pulsos por minuto. Esta clase de especificación del
+tempo no puede tomar notas con puntillo como argumento. En este caso,
+divida las notas con puntillo en unidades más pequeñas. Por ejemplo,
+un tempo de 90 negras con puntillo por minuto se puede especificar
+como 270 corcheas por minuto:
+
+@example
+tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 270 8)
+@end example
+
+Si hay una instrucción @code{\midi} dentro de un @code{\score},
+solamente se producirá MIDI. Si se necesita también una notación
+impresa, se debe escribir un bloque @code{\layout}
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{...música...}
+ \midi @{ @}
+ \layout @{ @}
+@}
+@end example
+@cindex layout, bloque
+
+
+
+Se interpretan las ligaduras de unión, los matices dinámicos y los
+cambios de tempo. Las marcas dinámicas, crescendi y decrescendi se
+traducen en niveles de volumen MIDI. Las marcas de dinámica se
+traducen a una fracción fija del rango de volumen MIDI disponible, los
+crescendi y decrescendi hacen que el volumen varíe de forma lineal
+entre sus dos extremos. Las fracciones se pueden ajustar mediante
+@code{dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} dentro de un contexto
+@rinternals{Voice}. Para cada tipo de instrumento MIDI se puede
+definir un rango de volumen. Esto proporciona un control de
+ecualización básico, que puede realzar significativamente la calidad
+de la salida MIDI. El ecualizador se puede controlar estableciendo un
+valor para @code{instrumentEqualizer}, o fijando
+
+@example
+\set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
+\set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.8
+@end example
+
+Para quitar los matices dinámicos de la salida MIDI, escriba las
+siguientes líneas dentro de la sección @code{\midi@{@}}.
+
+@example
+\midi @{
+ ...
+ \context @{
+ \Voice
+ \remove "Dynamic_performer"
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Los (de)crescendos sin terminar no se procesarán adecuadamente en el
+archivo midi, dando como resultado pasajes de música en silenco. Una
+forma de sortearlo es terminar el (de)crescendo explícitamente. Por
+ejemmplo,
+
+@example
+@{ a\< b c d\f @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+no funcionará bien, pero
+
+@example
+@{ a\< b c d\!\f @}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+sí lo hará.
-@node context list FIXME
-@subsection context list FIXME
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+Solamente se crea una salida MIDI cuando la instrucción @code{\midi}
+está dentro de un bloque @code{\score}. Si lo escribe dentro de un
+contexto instanciado explícitamente (es decir: @code{\new Score} ) el
+archivo no se producirá. Para solucionarlo, encierre el @code{\new
+Score} y el @code{\midi} dentro de un bloque @code{\score}.
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ \new Score @{ @dots{}notas@dots{} @}
+ \midi
+@}
+@end example
+
-@node another thing FIXME
-@subsection another thing FIXME
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+@cindex instrumento, nombres de
+@funindex Staff.midiInstrument
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+El nombre del instrumento MIDI se establece mediante la propiedad
+@code{Staff.midiInstrument}. El nombre del instrumento se debe elegir
+de entre los que están en la lista que aparece en @ref{MIDI
+instruments}.
-@node Input modes FIXME
-@subsection Input modes FIXME
+@example
+\set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel"
+@var{...notes...}
+@end example
+Si el instrumento elegido no coincide exactamente con uno de los
+instrumentos de la lista de instrumentos MIDI, se usará el instrumento
+Piano de Cola (@code{"acoustic grand"}).
+
+
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+
+@cindex bloque MIDI
+
+
+El bloque @code{\midi} es similar al bloque @code{\layout}, pero algo
+más simple. Puede contener definiciones de contexto.
+
+
+@cindex contexto, definición de
+
+Las definiciones de contexto siguen con exactitud la misma sintaxis
+que dentro del bloque \layout. Los módulos de traducción para el
+sonido reciben el nombre de «performers» o intérpretes. Los contextos
+para la salida MIDI se encuentran definidos dentro de
+@file{ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly}.
+
+
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
+
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
+
+@cindex repeticiones, expandir
+@funindex \unfoldRepeats
+
+Con un poco de trucaje, se puede hacer que cualquier tipo de
+repetición esté presente en la salida MIDI. Esto se consigue mediante
+la aplicación de la función musical @code{\unfoldRepeats}. Esta
+función cambia todas las repeticiones a repeticiones desplegadas.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+\unfoldRepeats {
+ \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
+ \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
+ \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
+ \alternative {
+ { g' a' a' g' }
+ {f' e' d' c' }
+ }
+}
+\bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
+Al crear un archivo de partitura que use @code{\unfoldRepeats} para el
+MIDI, es necesario hacer dos bloques @code{\score}: uno para el MIDI
+(con repeticiones desplegadas) y otro para la notación impresa (con
+repeticiones de volta --primera y segunda vez--, tremolo --trémolo--,
+y percent --repetición de compases--). Por ejemplo,
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{..música..}
+ \layout @{ .. @}
+@}
+\score @{
+ \unfoldRepeats @var{..música..}
+ \midi @{ .. @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Francisco Vila
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 23542761090f167ad42dbff7ef11d44a9c1374ac
+ Translation of GIT committish: f6b77b196db5d80b891e133e58659095134424de
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
+
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Introduction
@chapter Introduction
+En este capítulo se presentan al lector LilyPond y su documentación.
+
+@menu
+* Background::
+* About the documentation::
+@end menu
+
+@node Background
+@section Background
+
+Esta sección se ocupa de las metas principales y la arquitectura de
+LilyPond.
+
@menu
* Engraving::
* What symbols to engrave?::
* Music representation::
* Example applications::
-* About the documentation::
@end menu
@node Engraving
-@section Engraving
-
-El arte de la tipografía musical se conoce como @emph{grabado (en plancha)}. El
-término deriva del proceso tradicional de la impresión musical. Hace sólo unas
-décadas, la música impresa se hacía estampando la música
-sobre planchas de zinc o estaño de forma invertida como en un espejo. Después la plancha se
-entintaba y las depresiones causadas por los cortes y estampados retenían
-la tinta. Al presionar una hoja de papel sobre la plancha, se formaba una imagen. El
-estampado y cortado se hacía completamente a mano. Cualquier corrección era
-muy fastidiosa de realizar, si es que era posible hacerla siquiera, así que el grabado tenía que quedar
-perfecto a la primera. El grabado era una habilidad altamente especializada; un artesano necesitaba
-unos cinco años de preparación antes de poder ostentar el título de
-maestro grabador, y se necesitaban otros cinco años de experiencia para
-ser un auténtico experto.
-
-Hoy en día, toda la música impresa nueva se produce con ordenadores. Esto
-tiene unas ventajas evidentes: las copias son más baratas de producir y el trabajo editorial
-se puede repartir por correo electrónico. Desgraciadamente la penetrante utilización de
-ordenadores también ha hecho disminuir la calidad gráfica de las partituras.
-Las impresiones de ordenador tienen un aspecto insulso y mecánico, lo que hace que sea desagradable tocar a partir de ellas.
+@unnumberedsubsec Engraving
+
+El arte de la tipografía musical se conoce como @emph{grabado (en
+plancha)}. El término deriva del proceso tradicional de la impresión
+musical. Hace sólo unas décadas, la música impresa se hacía
+estampando la música sobre planchas de zinc o estaño de forma
+invertida como en un espejo. Después la plancha se entintaba y las
+depresiones causadas por los cortes y estampados retenían la tinta.
+Al presionar una hoja de papel sobre la plancha, se formaba una
+imagen. El estampado y cortado se hacía completamente a mano.
+Cualquier corrección era muy fastidiosa de realizar, si es que era
+posible hacerla siquiera, así que el grabado tenía que quedar perfecto
+a la primera. El grabado era una habilidad altamente especializada;
+un artesano necesitaba unos cinco años de preparación antes de poder
+ostentar el título de maestro grabador, y se necesitaban otros cinco
+años de experiencia para ser un auténtico experto.
+
+Hoy en día, toda la música impresa nueva se produce con ordenadores.
+Esto tiene unas ventajas evidentes: las copias son más baratas de
+producir y el trabajo editorial se puede repartir por correo
+electrónico. Desgraciadamente la penetrante utilización de
+ordenadores también ha hecho disminuir la calidad gráfica de las
+partituras. Las impresiones de ordenador tienen un aspecto insulso y
+mecánico, lo que hace que sea desagradable tocar a partir de ellas.
@c introduce illustrating aspects of engraving, font...
Las imágenes siguientes ilustran la diferencia entre el grabado
-tradicional y la salida típica de ordenador, y la tercera imagen muestra cómo
-LilyPond imita el aspecto tradicional. La imagen de la izquierda presenta el dibujo escaneado
-de un símbolo de bemol sacado de una edición publicada en el año 2000. La del centro
-es un símbolo procedente de una edición de B@"{a}renreiter grabada a mano de la
-misma música. La de la izquierda ilustra los típicos puntos débiles de la impresión por
-ordenador: las líneas del pentagrama son muy delgadas, el peso del símbolo del bemol es también demasiado ligero
-como las líneas del pentagrama, y tiene una apariencia rectilínea con esquinas afiladas. En
-contraste, el bemol de B@"{a}renreiter tiene una apariencia redonda, pesada, casi
-voluptuosa. Nuestro símbolo del bemol se diseñó según éste, entre otros.
-Es de forma redondeada y su peso está en armonía con el grosor de
-nuestras líneas de pentagrama, que son asimismo mucho más gruesas que las de la
-edición por ordenador.
+tradicional y la salida típica de ordenador, y la tercera imagen
+muestra cómo LilyPond imita el aspecto tradicional. La imagen de la
+izquierda presenta el dibujo escaneado de un símbolo de bemol sacado
+de una edición publicada en el año 2000. La del centro es un símbolo
+procedente de una edición de B@"{a}renreiter grabada a mano de la
+misma música. La de la izquierda ilustra los típicos puntos débiles
+de la impresión por ordenador: las líneas del pentagrama son muy
+delgadas, el peso del símbolo del bemol es también demasiado ligero
+como las líneas del pentagrama, y tiene una apariencia rectilínea con
+esquinas afiladas. En contraste, el bemol de Bärenreiter tiene una
+apariencia redonda, pesada, casi voluptuosa. Nuestro símbolo del
+bemol se diseñó según éste, entre otros. Es de forma redondeada y su
+peso está en armonía con el grosor de nuestras líneas de pentagrama,
+que son asimismo mucho más gruesas que las de la edición por
+ordenador.
@multitable @columnfractions .125 .25 .25 .25 .125
@item @tab
@cindex equilibrio
@c introduce illustrating aspects of engraving, spacing...
-Tratándose del espaciado, la distribución del espacio debe reflejar las duraciones
-que hay entre las notas. Sin embargo muchas partituras modernas se atañen a las duraciones
-con precisión matemática, lo que lleva a unos resultados bastante pobres. En el siguiente
-ejemplo se muestra un ejemplo dos veces: una utilizando espaciado matemáticamente
-exacto, y otra con ciertas correcciones. ¿Puede adivinar cuál es cuál?
+Tratándose del espaciado, la distribución del espacio debe reflejar
+las duraciones que hay entre las notas. Sin embargo muchas partituras
+modernas se atañen a las duraciones con precisión matemática, lo que
+lleva a unos resultados bastante pobres. En el siguiente ejemplo se
+muestra un ejemplo dos veces: una utilizando espaciado matemáticamente
+exacto, y otra con ciertas correcciones. ¿Puede adivinar cuál es
+cuál?
@cindex espaciado óptico
@c file spacing-optical.
@cindex ritmos regulares
@cindex espaciado regular
-Cada uno de los dos compases de este fragmento tiene solamente notas de duración constante.
-El espaciado debería reflejarlo. Desgraciadamente el ojo
-nos engaña un poco; no solamente percibe la distancia entre las
-cabezas de las notas, sino que tiene también en cuenta la distancia entre
-las plicas. Como resultado, las notas de una combinación plica arriba/@/plica abajo
-se tendrían que separar más, y las notas de una combinación
-plica abajo/@/plica arriba deberían juntarse, todo ello
-dependiendo de las posiciones combinadas de las notas. Los dos
-compases de arriba están impresos con esta corrección y los de abajo
-sin ella, formando grupos de notas pegadas con plica abajo/@/plica arriba.
+Cada uno de los dos compases de este fragmento tiene solamente notas
+de duración constante. El espaciado debería reflejarlo.
+Desgraciadamente el ojo nos engaña un poco; no solamente percibe la
+distancia entre las cabezas de las notas, sino que tiene también en
+cuenta la distancia entre las plicas. Como resultado, las notas de
+una combinación plica arriba/@/plica abajo se tendrían que separar
+más, y las notas de una combinación plica abajo/@/plica arriba
+deberían juntarse, todo ello dependiendo de las posiciones combinadas
+de las notas. Los dos compases de arriba están impresos con esta
+corrección y los de abajo sin ella, formando grupos de notas pegadas
+con plica abajo/@/plica arriba.
@cindex tipografía
-Los músicos están normalmente más concentrados en tocar que en estudiar
-el aspecto de una partitura, y por ello las pequeñeces sobre los detalles
-tipográficos pueden parecer académicas. Pero no lo son. En las partituras más largas con
-ritmos monótonos, las correcciones de espaciado llevan a sutiles variaciones en
-la disposición de cada una de las líneas dándoles una especie de firma visual distintiva.
-Sin esta firma, todas las líneas parecerían iguales, y se convertirían en
+Los músicos están normalmente más concentrados en tocar que en
+estudiar el aspecto de una partitura, y por ello las pequeñeces sobre
+los detalles tipográficos pueden parecer académicas. Pero no lo son.
+En las partituras más largas con ritmos monótonos, las correcciones de
+espaciado llevan a sutiles variaciones en la disposición de cada una
+de las líneas dándoles una especie de firma visual distintiva. Sin
+esta firma, todas las líneas parecerían iguales, y se convertirían en
un laberinto. Si un músico aparta la mirada o tiene un lapsus de
concentración, las líneas podrían perder su lugar sobre el papel.
-De forma similar, la fuerza visual de unos símbolos pesados sobre gruesas líneas de pentagrama
-se sostiene mejor cuando el lector se aleja del papel, por
-ejemplo cuando está sobre un atril. Una distribución cuidadosa del espacio
-blanco permite disponer la música muy apretada sin que los símbolos se toquen unos a otros.
-El resultado reduce a un mínimo las vueltas de página, lo que es
-una gran ventaja.
-
-Ésta es una característica normal del arte tipográfico. La disposición de la página tiene que ser
-bonita, no sólo por sí misma, sino sobre todo porque así ayuda al lector en su tarea.
-Para los materiales destinados a la interpretación, como las partituras, esto es
-de una importancia doble: los músicos tienen una capacidad de concentración limitada.
-Cuanta menos atención necesiten para el acto de leer, más se pueden dedicar
-al acto de tocar la música. Dicho de otra forma: una mejor tipografía se traduce
-en una mejor interpretación.
-
-Estos ejemplos demuestran que la tipografía musical es un arte
-sutil y complejo, y que su elaboración requiere una experiencia considerable,
-que los músicos no suelen tener. LilyPond representa nuestro
-esfuerzo para llevar la excelencia visual de la música grabada a mano
-a la era de la informática, y ponerla a disposición de los músicos normales. Hemos
-ido afinando nuestros algoritmos, diseños de tipografía y preferencias del programa
-para producir una impresión cuya calidad se equipara con la de las viejas ediciones
-que tanto nos gusta contemplar y de las que tanto nos gusta tocar.
+De forma similar, la fuerza visual de unos símbolos pesados sobre
+gruesas líneas de pentagrama se sostiene mejor cuando el lector se
+aleja del papel, por ejemplo cuando está sobre un atril. Una
+distribución cuidadosa del espacio blanco permite disponer la música
+muy apretada sin que los símbolos se toquen unos a otros. El
+resultado reduce a un mínimo las vueltas de página, lo que es una gran
+ventaja.
+
+Ésta es una característica normal del arte tipográfico. La
+disposición de la página tiene que ser bonita, no sólo por sí misma,
+sino sobre todo porque así ayuda al lector en su tarea. Para los
+materiales destinados a la interpretación, como las partituras, esto
+es de una importancia doble: los músicos tienen una capacidad de
+concentración limitada. Cuanta menos atención necesiten para el acto
+de leer, más se pueden dedicar al acto de tocar la música. Dicho de
+otra forma: una mejor tipografía se traduce en una mejor
+interpretación.
+
+Estos ejemplos demuestran que la tipografía musical es un arte sutil y
+complejo, y que su elaboración requiere una experiencia considerable,
+que los músicos no suelen tener. LilyPond representa nuestro esfuerzo
+para llevar la excelencia visual de la música grabada a mano a la era
+de la informática, y ponerla a disposición de los músicos normales.
+Hemos ido afinando nuestros algoritmos, diseños de tipografía y
+preferencias del programa para producir una impresión cuya calidad se
+equipara con la de las viejas ediciones que tanto nos gusta contemplar
+y de las que tanto nos gusta tocar.
@node Automated engraving
-@section Automated engraving
-
-¿Cómo nos las arreglamos para implementar la tipografía? Si un artesano
-necesita más de diez años para convertirse en un auténtico maestro ¿cómo vamos
-a poder nosotros, simples «hackers», escribir
-un programa que les quite el trabajo?
-
-La respuesta es: ¡no podemos! Puesto que la tipografía se fundamenta en el juicio humano
-sobre la apariencia, nunca se puede sustituir completamente a las personas.
-Sin embargo, se puede automatizar gran parte del trabajo más duro y repetitivo.
-Si LilyPond resuelve la mayoría de las situaciones comunes de forma correcta,
-esto ya será una tremenda mejoría sobre los programas existentes.
-El resto de los casos se podrán afinar a mano. Con el transcurso
-de los años, el software se puede refinar para que haga un mayor número
-de cosas de forma automática, de tal forma que los ajustes manuales tienden a ser
+@unnumberedsubsec Automated engraving
+
+¿Cómo nos las arreglamos para implementar la tipografía? Si un
+artesano necesita más de diez años para convertirse en un auténtico
+maestro ¿cómo vamos a poder nosotros, simples «hackers», escribir un
+programa que les quite el trabajo?
+
+La respuesta es: no podemos. Puesto que la tipografía se fundamenta
+en el juicio humano sobre la apariencia, nunca se puede sustituir
+completamente a las personas. Sin embargo, se puede automatizar gran
+parte del trabajo más duro y repetitivo. Si LilyPond resuelve la
+mayoría de las situaciones comunes de forma correcta, esto ya será una
+tremenda mejoría sobre los programas existentes. El resto de los
+casos se podrán afinar a mano. Con el transcurso de los años, el
+software se puede refinar para que haga un mayor número de cosas de
+forma automática, de tal forma que los ajustes manuales tienden a ser
cada vez menos necesarios.
-Cuando empezamos, escribimos el programa LilyPond completamente en el lenguaje C++;
-la funcionalidad del programa quedaba como esculpida en piedra por los desarrolladores.
-Este esquema resultó no ser muy satisfactorio por una serie de motivos:
+Cuando empezamos, escribimos el programa LilyPond completamente en el
+lenguaje C++; la funcionalidad del programa quedaba como esculpida en
+piedra por los desarrolladores. Este esquema resultó no ser muy
+satisfactorio por una serie de motivos:
@itemize
@item Cuando LilyPond comete fallos,
-los usuarios tienen la necesidad de superar las decisiones de formateo. Por
-ello el usuario debe tener acceso
-al motor de formateo. De aquí que no podamos dejar establecidas las reglas y valores
-durante la compilación, sino que los usuarios deben poder
-acceder a ellos durante la ejecución del programa.
+los usuarios tienen la necesidad de superar las decisiones de
+formateo. Por ello el usuario debe tener acceso al motor de formateo.
+De aquí que no podamos dejar establecidas las reglas y valores durante
+la compilación, sino que los usuarios deben poder acceder a ellos
+durante la ejecución del programa.
@item El grabado de música es cosa de juicio visual y por ello es cuestión de gustos.
-A pesar de saber tanto como creemos saber, los usuarios pueden no estar de acuerdo
-con nuestras decisiones personales. Por tanto la definición del estilo tipográfico
-también debe estar al alcance del usuario.
+A pesar de saber tanto como creemos saber, los usuarios pueden no
+estar de acuerdo con nuestras decisiones personales. Por tanto la
+definición del estilo tipográfico también debe estar al alcance del
+usuario.
@item Por último, estamos continuamente refinando los algoritmos de formateo y por
-tanto necesitamos un enfoque flexible para las reglas. El lenguaje C++ fuerza un
-cierto método para agrupar las reglas que no encaja bien con la manera de funcionar
-de la notación musical.
+tanto necesitamos un enfoque flexible para las reglas. El lenguaje
+C++ fuerza un cierto método para agrupar las reglas que no encaja bien
+con la manera de funcionar de la notación musical.
@end itemize
-Estos problemas se han solucionado integrando un intérprete del lenguaje
-Scheme y reescribiendo parte del código de LilyPond en Scheme.
-La actual arquitectura de formateo se construye alrededor del concepto de objetos
-gráficos, descrita por variables y funciones de Scheme. Esta arquitectura puede
-tratar al mismo tiempo con las reglas de formateo, el estilo tipográfico
-y las decisiones de formateo individuales. El usuario tiene acceso directo a la
-mayor parte de estos controles.
-
-Las variables de Scheme controlan las decisiones de formateo. Por ejemplo, muchos
-objetos gráficos tienen una variable de dirección que codifica la elección entre
-arriba y abajo (o izquierda y derecha). Aquí puede ver dos acordes con acentos y
-signos de arpegio. En el primer acorde los objetos gráficos tienen todas sus
-direcciones hacia abajo (o hacia la izquierda). El segundo acorde tiene todas las direcciones hacia arriba (o hacia la derecha).
+Estos problemas se han solucionado integrando un intérprete del
+lenguaje Scheme y reescribiendo parte del código de LilyPond en
+Scheme. La actual arquitectura de formateo se construye alrededor del
+concepto de objetos gráficos, descrita por variables y funciones de
+Scheme. Esta arquitectura puede tratar al mismo tiempo con las reglas
+de formateo, el estilo tipográfico y las decisiones de formateo
+individuales. El usuario tiene acceso directo a la mayor parte de
+estos controles.
+
+Las variables de Scheme controlan las decisiones de formateo. Por
+ejemplo, muchos objetos gráficos tienen una variable de dirección que
+codifica la elección entre arriba y abajo (o izquierda y
+derecha). Aquí puede ver dos acordes con acentos y signos de arpegio.
+En el primer acorde los objetos gráficos tienen todas sus direcciones
+hacia abajo (o hacia la izquierda). El segundo acorde tiene todas las
+direcciones hacia arriba (o hacia la derecha).
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\new Score \with {
@end lilypond
@noindent
-El proceso de formatear una partitura consiste en leer y escribir las variables
-de los objetos gráficos. Ciertas variables tienen un valor predefinido. Por
-ejemplo, el grosor de muchas líneas (una característica del estilo tipográfico)
-son variables con un valor preestablecido. Podemos alterar este valor libremente
-dando así a nuestra partitura una impresión tipográfica distinta.
+El proceso de formatear una partitura consiste en leer y escribir las
+variables de los objetos gráficos. Ciertas variables tienen un valor
+predefinido. Por ejemplo, el grosor de muchas líneas (una
+característica del estilo tipográfico) son variables con un valor
+preestablecido. Podemos alterar este valor libremente dando así a
+nuestra partitura una impresión tipográfica distinta.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
fragment = {
>>
@end lilypond
-Las reglas de formateo también son variables que están predefinidas: cada objeto tiene
-unas variables que contienen procedimientos. Estos procedimientos realizan el trabajo
-real de formateo y sustituyéndolos por otros podemos alterar el aspecto de los objetos.
-En el siguiente ejemplo, la regla que define cómo se dibuja la cabeza de una nota
-se altera durante el transcurso del fragmento musical.
+Las reglas de formateo también son variables que están predefinidas:
+cada objeto tiene unas variables que contienen procedimientos. Estos
+procedimientos realizan el trabajo real de formateo y sustituyéndolos
+por otros podemos alterar el aspecto de los objetos. En el siguiente
+ejemplo, la regla que define cómo se dibuja la cabeza de una nota se
+altera durante el transcurso del fragmento musical.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
#(set-global-staff-size 30)
@node What symbols to engrave?
-@section What symbols to engrave?
+@unnumberedsubsec What symbols to engrave?
@cindex grabado
@cindex tipografía
-El proceso de formateo toma las decisiones sobre dónde colocar los símbolos.
-Sin embargo esto sólo se puede hacer una vez que se ha decidido @emph{qué} símbolos
-han de imprimirse, o dicho de otro modo: qué notación utilizar.
-
-La notación musical común es un sistema de registro de música que ha venido
-evolucionando desde hace mil años. La forma que se usa en nuestros días data de
-los primeros tiempos del Renacimiento. Aunque la forma básica (es decir: puntos
-sobre una pauta de cinco líneas) no ha cambiado, los detalles continúan evolucionando
-para expresar todas las innovaciones de la notación contemporánea.
-Por tanto abarca unos quinientos años de música. Sus aplicaciones se extienden sobre un
-amplio rango que abarca desde melodías monofónicas hasta monstruosos contrapuntos
-para gran orquesta.
-
-¿Cómo podemos tratar con una bestia de tantas cabezas, y obligarla a que se encierre
-dentro de los límites de un programa de ordenador? Nuestra solución es trocear el
-problema de la notación (por oposición al grabado, esto es, a la tipografía) en
-fragmentos digeribles y más fáciles de programar: cada tipo de símbolo se maneja por un
-módulo separado que recibe el nombre de «plug-in». Cada «plug-in» es completamente modular
-e independiente, de forma que puede desarrollarse y mejorarse por separado. Estos
-«plug-ins» se llaman @code{engraver}s (grabadores), por analogía con los artesanos que
+El proceso de formateo toma las decisiones sobre dónde colocar los
+símbolos. Sin embargo esto sólo se puede hacer una vez que se ha
+decidido @emph{qué} símbolos han de imprimirse, o dicho de otro modo:
+qué notación utilizar.
+
+La notación musical común es un sistema de registro de música que ha
+venido evolucionando desde hace mil años. La forma que se usa en
+nuestros días data de los primeros tiempos del Renacimiento. Aunque
+la forma básica (es decir: puntos sobre una pauta de cinco líneas) no
+ha cambiado, los detalles continúan evolucionando para expresar todas
+las innovaciones de la notación contemporánea. Por tanto abarca unos
+quinientos años de música. Sus aplicaciones se extienden sobre un
+amplio rango que abarca desde melodías monofónicas hasta monstruosos
+contrapuntos para gran orquesta.
+
+¿Cómo podemos tratar con una bestia de tantas cabezas, y obligarla a
+que se encierre dentro de los límites de un programa de ordenador?
+Nuestra solución es trocear el problema de la notación (por oposición
+al grabado, esto es, a la tipografía) en fragmentos digeribles y más
+fáciles de programar: cada tipo de símbolo se maneja por un módulo
+separado que recibe el nombre de «plug-in». Cada «plug-in» es
+completamente modular e independiente, de forma que puede
+desarrollarse y mejorarse por separado. Estos «plug-ins» se llaman
+@code{engraver}s (grabadores), por analogía con los artesanos que
traducen las ideas musicales a símbolos gráficos.
-En el siguiente ejemplo vemos cómo comenzamos con un plug-in para las cabezas
-de las notas, el @code{Note_heads_engraver}.
+En el siguiente ejemplo vemos cómo comenzamos con un plug-in para las
+cabezas de las notas, el @code{Note_heads_engraver}.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
@end lilypond
@noindent
-A continuación un @code{Staff_symbol_engraver} (grabador del pentagrama) añade las
-líneas de la pauta.
+A continuación un @code{Staff_symbol_engraver} (grabador del
+pentagrama) añade la pauta.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
@end lilypond
@noindent
-El @code{Clef_engraver} (grabador de la clave) define un punto de referencia
-para la altura de las notas en el pentagrama.
+El @code{Clef_engraver} (grabador de la clave) define un punto de
+referencia para el pentagrama.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
@end lilypond
@noindent
-El @code{Stem_engraver} (grabador de plicas) recibe una notificación cuando llega
-una cabeza. Cada vez que se ve una cabeza (o más, si es un acorde), se crea un objeto
-plica y se conecta a la cabeza. Añadiendo grabadores para las barras, ligaduras,
-acentos, alteraciones, líneas divisorias, indicación de compás y armadura conseguimos
-una notación completa.
+El @code{Stem_engraver} (grabador de plicas) recibe una notificación
+cuando llega una cabeza. Cada vez que se ve una cabeza (o más, si es
+un acorde), se crea un objeto plica y se conecta a la cabeza.
+Añadiendo grabadores para las barras, ligaduras, acentos,
+alteraciones, líneas divisorias, indicación de compás y armadura
+conseguimos una notación completa.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
\score { \topVoice }
@end lilypond
-Este sistema funciona bien para la música monofónica, pero ¿y con la polifonía? En
-notación polifónica muchas voces pueden compartir el mismo pentagrama.
+Este sistema funciona bien para la música monofónica, pero ¿y con la
+polifonía? En notación polifónica muchas voces pueden compartir el
+mismo pentagrama.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
@seealso
-Referencia de funcionamiento interno: @rinternals{Contexts}.
+Referencia de funcionamiento interno:
+@rinternals{Contexts}.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
@end lilypond
@node Music representation
-@section Music representation
+@unnumberedsubsec Music representation
Idealmente el formato de entrada para cualquier sistema de formateo de
alto nivel es una descripción abstracta del contenido. En este caso,
programa sirve como definición formal de un documento musical.
-La sintaxis también es el interfaz de usuario de LilyPond, así que es fácil teclear
+La sintaxis también es el interfaz de usuario de LilyPond, así que es
+fácil teclear
@example
-c'4 d'8
+@{
+ c'4 d'8
+@}
@end example
@noindent
-un Do1 (Do central) negra, y un Re1 (el Re por encima del Do central) corchea.
+un Do1 (Do central) negra, y un Re1 (el Re por encima del Do central)
+corchea.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment]
-c'4 d'8
+@lilypond[quote]
+{
+ c'4 d'8
+}
@end lilypond
A una escala microscópica, dicha sintaxis es fácil de utilizar. A una
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Los acordes se pueden construir encerrando las notas entre @code{<<} y @code{>>}
+Los acordes se pueden construir encerrando las notas entre @code{<<} y
+@code{>>}
@c < > is not a music expression,
@c so we use <<>> iso. <> to drive home the point of
@c expressions. Don't change this back --hwn.
+
+@c FIXME: change this. I can explain it better. -gp
@example
<<c4 d4 e4>>
@end example
\new Voice { << g2 \\ { f4 <<c d e>> } >> }
@end lilypond
-Las mencionadas estructuras recursivas se pueden especificar de forma nítida y formal dentro de una
-gramática independiente del contexto. El código de análisis también se genera a partir de esta
-gramática. En otras palabras, la sintaxis de LilyPond está definida
-de una forma clara y sin ambigüedades.
+Las mencionadas estructuras recursivas se pueden especificar de forma
+nítida y formal dentro de una gramática independiente del contexto.
+El código de análisis también se genera a partir de esta gramática.
+En otras palabras, la sintaxis de LilyPond está definida de una forma
+clara y sin ambigüedades.
Los interfaces de usuario y la sintaxis son lo que la persona ve y con
lo que trata principalmente. En parte, son fruto de preferencias
@node Example applications
-@section Example applications
+@unnumberedsubsec Example applications
-Escribimos LilyPond como un experimento de cómo condensar el arte
-del grabado de música dentro de un programa de ordenador. Gracias a todo este duro
-trabajo, el programa ahora se puede usar para hacer trabajos útiles. La
-aplicación más sencilla es imprimir notas.
+Escribimos LilyPond como un experimento de cómo condensar el arte del
+grabado de música dentro de un programa de ordenador. Gracias a todo
+este duro trabajo, el programa ahora se puede usar para hacer trabajos
+útiles. La aplicación más sencilla es imprimir notas.
@lilypond[quote,relative=1,fragment]
\time 2/4 c4 c g'4 g a4 a g2
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Añadiendo los nombres de acordes y la letra, obtenemos una hoja guía de acordes (lead sheet).
+Añadiendo los nombres de acordes y la letra, obtenemos una hoja guía
+de acordes (lead sheet).
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
<<
>>
@end lilypond
-También se pueden imprimir notación polifónica y música para piano. El ejemplo
-siguiente combina algunas otras construcciones exóticas.
+También se pueden imprimir notación polifónica y música para piano.
+El ejemplo siguiente combina algunas otras construcciones exóticas.
@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{screech-boink.ly}
Todos los fragmentos mostrados se han escrito a mano, pero esto no es
-necesariamente así. Puesto que el motor de formateo es casi completamente automático,
-puede servir como medio de salida para otros programas que manipulan
-música. Por ejemplo, se puede usar también para convertir bases de datos de
-fragmentos musicales en imágenes con destino a páginas web y presentaciones
-multimedia.
+necesariamente así. Puesto que el motor de formateo es casi
+completamente automático, puede servir como medio de salida para otros
+programas que manipulan música. Por ejemplo, se puede usar también
+para convertir bases de datos de fragmentos musicales en imágenes con
+destino a páginas web y presentaciones multimedia.
-Este manual también es un ejemplo de aplicación: el formato de entrada es texto sencillo, y por ello
-se puede empotrar fácilmente dentro de otros formatos basados en texto, como
-@LaTeX{}, HTML, o en el caso concreto de este manual, Texinfo. A través de un
-programa especial, los fragmentos de entrada se pueden sustituir por imágenes musicales
-dentro de los archivos de salida PDF o HTML resultantes. Esto convierte la tarea de
-mezclar música y texto dentro de los documentos, en algo muy sencillo.
+Este manual también es un ejemplo de aplicación: el formato de entrada
+es texto sencillo, y por ello se puede empotrar fácilmente dentro de
+otros formatos basados en texto, como @LaTeX{}, HTML, o en el caso
+concreto de este manual, Texinfo. A través de un programa especial,
+los fragmentos de entrada se pueden sustituir por imágenes musicales
+dentro de los archivos de salida PDF o HTML resultantes. Esto
+convierte la tarea de mezclar música y texto dentro de los documentos,
+en algo muy sencillo.
@node About the documentation
@section About the documentation
+Esta sección explica la distintas partes de la documentación.
+
+
+@c leave these lines wrapping around. It's some texinfo 4.12 thing. -gp
+@menu
+* About the Learning Manual (LM):: este manual es una introducción a LilyPond que porporciona explicaciones en profundidad sobre cómo crear notación.
+
+* About the Music Glossary (MG):: este manual explica términos musicales y aporta traducciones de términos a otros idiomas.
+
+* About the Notation Reference (NR):: este manual es la porción más importante de la documentación. Proporciona información detallada sobre la creación de notación. Este libro da por supuesto que el lector ya conoce el material básico cubierto en el MA y que está familiarizado con los términos musicales ingleses presentados en el GM.
-Hay cuatro manuales de LilyPond: el @emph{Manual de aprendizaje}, la
-@emph{Referencia de la notación}, el manual de @emph{Utilización del
-programa} y la @emph{Referencia de funcionamiento interno}.
+* About the Application Usage (AU):: trata sobre los programas concretos y los asuntos específicos de distintos sistemas operativos.
+
+* About the Snippet List (SL):: es una colección de ejemplos breves de LilyPond.
+
+* About the Internals Reference (IR):: este documento proporciona información sobre la programación interna de LilyPond, que es necesaria para construir los trucos.
+
+* Other documentation:: existen algunas otras porciones de la documentación, como las Noticias y los archivos históricos de las listas de correo.
+
+@end menu
-@subheading Learning Manual (LM)
+@node About the Learning Manual (LM)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Learning Manual (LM)
Este libro explica cómo empezar a aprender LilyPond, así como algunos
conceptos clave en términos sencillos. Se recomienda leer estos
@itemize
@item
-@ifhtml
-El
-@end ifhtml
-@emph{@ref{Tutorial}}
+@ref{Introduction}:
+explica los antecedentes y las metas generales de LilyPond.
+
+@item
+@ref{Tutorial}:
da una amable introducción a la tipografía musical. Los usuarios que
se acercan por primera vez deben comenzar por aquí.
@item
-@emph{@ref{Fundamental concepts}} explica algunos conceptos generales
-sobre el formato de los archivos de entrada de LilyPond. Si no está
-seguro de dónde colocar una instrucción ¡lea este capítulo!
+@ref{Fundamental concepts}:
+explica algunos conceptos generales sobre el formato de los archivos
+de entrada de LilyPond. Si no está seguro de dónde colocar una
+instrucción ¡lea este capítulo!
@item
-@emph{@ref{Working on LilyPond projects}}
+@ref{Tweaking output}:
+muestra la manera de cambiar el grabado predeterminado que produce
+LilyPond.
+
+@item
+@ref{Working on LilyPond projects}:
trata los usos prácticos de LilyPond y cómo evitar ciertos problemas
-bastante comunes.
+bastante comunes. ¡Léalo antes de emprender proyectos grandes!
+
+
+@end itemize
+
+El MA contiene también apéndices que no forman parte de la lectura
+lineal recomendada. Pueden ser útiles para una mirada posterior:
+
+@itemize
@item
-@emph{@ref{Tweaking output}}
-muestra la manera de cambiar el grabado predeterminado que produce
-LilyPond.
+@ref{Templates}: muestra plantillas de piezas de LilyPond, listas para
+usar. Tan sólo tiene que cortar y pegar una plantilla en uin archivo,
+excribir las notas, y ¡habrá terminado!
+
+@item
+@ref{Scheme tutorial}: presenta una breve introducción a Scheme, el
+lenguaje de programación que usan las funciones musicales. Se trata
+de material para trucos avanzados; muchos usuarios jamás llegan
+siquiera a tocar el Scheme.
@end itemize
-@subheading Notation Reference (NR)
+@node About the Music Glossary (MG)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Music Glossary (MG)
+
+@cindex frase idiomática
+@cindex jerga
+@cindex terminología
+@cindex idomas extranjeros
+@cindex idiomas
+
+@ref{Top,Music glossary,,music-glossary}: explica términos musicales e
+incluye traducciones a varios idiomas. Si no está familiarizado con
+la notación o la terminología musicales (especialmente si no es un
+anglófono nativo), es muy recomendable que consulte el glosario.
+
+
+@node About the Notation Reference (NR)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Notation Reference (NR)
Este libro explica todas las instrucciones de LilyPond que producen
notación impresa. Da por supuesto que el lector está familiarizado
con los conceptos del manual de aprendizaje.
-@c we need to completely rewrite this after GDP. -gp
-@ignore
-@itemize @bullet
-
-@item
-@emph{@r ef{Basic notation}}
-trata ciertos temas agrupados según las construcciones de notación. Esta sección proporciona
-detalles sobre notación básica que probablemente serán de utilidad en casi cualquier
-proyecto de notación.
-
-@item
-@emph{@r ef{Instrument-specific notation}}
-también trata los temas agrupados por construcciones de notación. Esta sección proporciona
-detalles sobre notación especial que solamente será útil para ciertos
-grupos de instrumentos (o voces).
+@itemize
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Advanced notation}}
-trata temas agrupados por construcciones de notación. Esta sección proporciona
-detalles acerca de cierta notación complicada o poco usual.
+@ruser{Musical notation}:
+trata ciertos temas agrupados según las construcciones de notación.
+Esta sección proporciona detalles sobre notación básica que
+probablemente serán de utilidad en casi cualquier proyecto de
+notación.
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Changing defaults}}
-explica cómo hacer un ajuste fino de la presentación.
+@ruser{Specialist notation}:
+también trata los temas agrupados por construcciones de notación.
+Esta sección proporciona detalles sobre notación especial que
+solamente será útil para ciertos grupos de instrumentos (o voces).
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Non-musical notation}}
-trata la salida no musical como los títulos, piezas de varios movimientos,
-y sobre cómo elegir los instrumentos MIDI.
+@ruser{General input and output}:
+trata de información general sobre los archivos de LilyPond y el
+control sobre la salida.
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Spacing issues}}
+@ruser{Spacing issues}:
trata asuntos que afectan a la salida global, como la elección del
tamaño del papel o la especificación de los saltos de página.
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Interfaces for programmers}}
-explica cómo crear funciones musicales.
-
-@end itemize
+@ruser{Changing defaults}:
+explica cómo hacer los ajustes que permitan a LilyPond producir
+exactamente la notación que desee.
+@item
+@ruser{Interfaces for programmers}:
+explica cómo crear funciones musicales con Scheme.
+@end itemize
-@subsubheading Appendices
+El manual de RN también contiene unos apéndices con útiles tablas de
+referencia.
-Este libro contiene unos útiles cuadros de referencia.
@itemize
-@item
-@ifhtml
-La
-@end ifhtml
-@emph{@r ef{Literature list}}
-contiene un conjunto de libros de referencia muy útiles para aquellas personas que desean saber
-más sobre notación y grabado.
@item
-El
-@emph{@r ef{Scheme tutorial}}
-presenta una breve introducción a Scheme, el lenguaje de programación
-que utilizan las funciones musicales.
+@ruser{Literature list}:
+contiene un conjunto de libros de referencia muy útiles para aquellas
+personas que desean saber más sobre notación y grabado.
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Notation manual tables}}
-son un conjunto de tablas que relacionan los nombres de los acordes, instrumentos MIDI,
-nombres de los colores y la tipografía Feta.
+@ruser{Notation manual tables}:
+son un conjunto de tablas que relacionan los nombres de los acordes,
+instrumentos MIDI, nombres de los colores y la tipografía Feta.
@item
-@emph{@r ef{Templates}}
-de piezas de LilyPond. Sólo tiene que cortar y pegar una
-plantilla en un archivo de texto, escribir las notas y ¡ya está!
+@ruser{Cheat sheet}:
+es una manejable referencia de las instrucciones de LilyPond más
+comunes.
@item
-La
-@emph{@r ef{Cheat sheet}}
-es una referencia manejable de las instrucciones de LilyPond más comunes.
+@ruser{LilyPond command index}:
+un úndice de todas las @code{\instrucciones} de LilyPond.
@item
-El
-@emph{@r ef{LilyPond command index}}
-es un índice de todos los @code{\commands} de LilyPond.
-
-@item
-El
-@emph{@r ef{LilyPond index}}
-es un índice completo.
+@ruser{LilyPond index}:
+un índice completo.
@end itemize
-@subheading Program usage
+@node About the Application Usage (AU)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Application Usage (AU)
Este libro explica la manera de ejecutar el programa y cómo integrar
la notación de LilyPond con otros programas.
@itemize
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Install}}
-explica cómo instalar LilyPond (incluyendo la compilación, si se desea).
+@rprogram{Install}:
+explica cómo instalar LilyPond (incluyendo la compilación, si se
+desea).
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Setup}}
-describe cómo debe configurar el sistema para una utilización óptima de LilyPond,
-como por ejemplo el uso de entornos especiales para determinados editores de texto.
+@rprogram{Setup}:
+describe cómo debe configurar el sistema para una utilización óptima
+de LilyPond, como por ejemplo el uso de entornos especiales para
+determinados editores de texto.
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Running LilyPond}}
+@rprogram{Running LilyPond}:
trata sobre cómo ejecutar LilyPond y sus programas de apoyo. Además,
-esta sección explica cómo actualizar las partituras a partir de versiones anteriores
-de LilyPond.
+esta sección explica cómo actualizar las partituras a partir de
+versiones anteriores de LilyPond.
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{LilyPond-book}}
-da los detalles que se encuentran detrás de la creación de
-documentos con ejemplos de música insertados, como este mismo manual.
+@rprogram{LilyPond-book}:
+da los detalles que se encuentran detrás de la creación de documentos
+con ejemplos de música insertados, como este mismo manual.
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Converting from other formats}}
-explica cómo ejecutar los programas de conversión. Estos programas vienen incluidos
-en el mismo paquete que el propio LilyPond, y convierten una amplia variedad de formatos de
-música al formato @code{.ly}.
+@rprogram{Converting from other formats}:
+explica cómo ejecutar los programas de conversión. Estos programas
+vienen incluidos en el mismo paquete que el propio LilyPond, y
+convierten una amplia variedad de formatos de música al formato
+@code{.ly}.
@end itemize
-@end ignore
+@node About the Snippet List (SL)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Snippet List (SL)
-@subsubheading Other information
+@cindex snippets (fragmentos de código)
+@cindex LSR
-Existen otras fuentes de información que pueden resultar muy útiles.
+@c FIXME: check on kainhofer.
+@ref{Top,LilyPond Snippet List,,lilypond-snippets}:
+presenta un conjunto seleccionado de pfragmentos de código de LilyPond
+procedentes del @uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,Repositorio de
+Fragmentos de Código} (LSR). Se encuentra en el dominio público.
-@itemize
-@cindex frase idiomática
-@cindex jerga
-@cindex terminología
-@cindex idiomas extranjeros
-@cindex idioma
-@item
-@ifnottex
-El @ref{Top,Glosario de música,,music-glossary} explica los términos musicales e
-incluye traducciones a varios idiomas. También se encuentra disponible en
-PDF.
-@end ifnottex
-@iftex
-El glosario explica los términos musicales, e incluye traducciones
-a varios idiomas. Es un documento aparte, disponible en HTML
-y en PDF.
-@end iftex
-Si no está familiarizado con la notación o la terminología musicales
-(sobre todo si no es un anglófono nativo), le recomendamos que
-consulte el glosario.
+Observe que este documento no es un subconjunto exacto de LSR. El LSR
+ejecuta una versión estable de LilyPond, por lo que cualquier
+fragmento de código que muestre posibilidades nuevas de una versión de
+desarrollo se tiene que añadir por separado. Éstas se almacenan en
+@file{input/new/} dentro del árbol del código fuente de LilyPond.
-@cindex snippets (fragmentos de código)
-@cindex LSR
-@item
-Los
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/input/lsr/collated-files.html,fragmentos de código (snippets)}
-@end ifhtml
-@ifnothtml
-fragmentos de código (snippets)
-@end ifnothtml
-son una enorme colección de pequeños ejemplos que ejemplifican toda clase de consejos, trucos
-y funcionalidades especiales de LilyPond. La mayor parte de estos fragmentos de código también se pueden
-encontrar en el @uref{http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it/,Archivo de fragmentos de código (snippets)
-de LilyPond}. Este sitio web también dispone de un manual de LilyPond en el que se pueden realizar búsquedas.
+La lista de fragmentos de código para cada una de las subsecciones del
+Manual de Referencia de la Notación (RN) también se encuentran
+enlazados desde la parte @strong{Véase también}.
+@node About the Internals Reference (IR)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Internals Reference (IR)
+
+@c zzz
+
+@itemize
@item
La
@iftex
-Referencia de funcionamiento interno
+Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno
@end iftex
@ifnottex
-@ref{Top,Referencia de funcionamiento interno,,lilypond-internals}
+@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals}
@end ifnottex
-es un conjunto de páginas HTML con una tupida red de enlaces cruzados, que documentan al detalle el
-meollo de todas y cada una de las clases, objetos y funciones de LilyPond.
-Se produce directamente a partir de las definiciones de formateo que se utilizan.
-
-Casi toda la funcionalidad de formateo que se emplea internamente, se encuentra
-disponible para el usuario de forma directa. Por ejemplo, todas las variables que controlan
-los valores de grosor, distancias, etc., se pueden cambiar dentro de los archivos de entrada.
-Hay un enorme número de opciones de formateo, y todas ellas
-se describen en este documento. Cada sección del manual de notación
-tiene una subsección @b{Véase también}, que hace referencia a la documentación
-generada. En el documento HTML, estas subsecciones llevan enlaces que se pueden pulsar.
+es un conjunto de páginas HTML con una tupida red de enlaces cruzados,
+que documentan al detalle el meollo de todas y cada una de las clases,
+objetos y funciones de LilyPond. Se produce directamente a partir de
+las definiciones de formateo que se utilizan.
+
+Casi toda la funcionalidad de formateo que se emplea internamente, se
+encuentra disponible para el usuario de forma directa. Por ejemplo,
+todas las variables que controlan los valores de grosor, distancias,
+etc., se pueden cambiar dentro de los archivos de entrada. Hay un
+enorme número de opciones de formateo, y todas ellas se describen en
+este documento. Cada sección del manual de notación tiene una
+subsección @b{Véase también}, que hace referencia a la documentación
+generada. En el documento HTML, estas subsecciones llevan enlaces que
+se pueden seguir, pulsando sobre ellos.
@end itemize
+@node Other documentation
+@unnumberedsubsec Other documentation
-Cuando ya sea un usuario con experiencia podrá usar el manual como referencia:
-hay un índice muy completo@footnote{Si está buscando algo
-y no lo encuentra en el manual, eso se considera un bug (fallo).
-En este caso le rogamos que envíe un informe de fallo.}, pero el documento también está
-disponible en
+Existen algunos otros lugares que pueden resultar muy valiosos.
+
+Cuando ya sea un usuario con experiencia podrá usar el manual como
+referencia: hay un índice muy completo@footnote{Si está buscando algo
+y no lo encuentra en el manual, eso se considera un @emph{bug}
+(fallo). En este caso le rogamos que envíe un informe de fallo.},
+pero el documento también está disponible en
@iftex
una sola página HTML,
@end iftex
incrustados, la entrada de LilyPond que se utilizó para producir dicha
imagen se puede ver pulsando con el ratón sobre la imagen.
-La localización exacta de los archivos de documentación que hemos mencionado puede
-variar de un sistema a otro. En ocasiones este manual hace referencia a
-archivos de inicialización y de ejemplo. A lo largo del manual, nos referimos a
-archivos de entrada por su ruta relativa respecto de directorio de nivel más alto de los archivos de código fuente. Por
-ejemplo, @file{input/@/lsr/@/dirname/@/bla@/.ly} puede referirse al archivo
-@file{lilypond@/2.x.y/@/input/@/lsr/@/dirname/@/bla@/.ly}. En los paquetes binarios para
-la plataforma Unix, normalmente la documentación y los ejemplos se encuentran
-en algún lugar dentro de
-@file{/usr/@/share/@/doc/@/lilypond/}. Los archivos de inicialización, como por
-ejemplo @file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}, o @file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly},
-se encuentran normalmente en el directorio @file{/usr/@/share/@/lilypond/}.
+La localización exacta de los archivos de documentación que hemos
+mencionado puede variar de un sistema a otro. En ocasiones este
+manual hace referencia a archivos de inicialización y de ejemplo. A
+lo largo del manual, nos referimos a archivos de entrada por su ruta
+relativa respecto de directorio de nivel más alto de los archivos de
+código fuente. Por ejemplo, @file{input/@/lsr/@/carpeta/@/bla@/.ly}
+puede referirse al archivo
+@file{lilypond@/2.x.y/@/input/@/lsr/@/carpeta/@/bla@/.ly}. En los
+paquetes binarios para la plataforma Unix, normalmente la
+documentación y los ejemplos se encuentran en algún lugar dentro de
+@file{/usr/@/share/@/doc/@/lilypond/}. Los archivos de inicialización,
+como por ejemplo @file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}, o
+@file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly}, se encuentran normalmente en el
+directorio @file{/usr/@/share/@/lilypond/}.
@cindex ajustar la salida
@cindex variables
@cindex extender lilypond
@cindex índice
-Por último, este y el resto de los manuales están disponibles en línea tanto como archivos
-PDF como HTML en el sitio web, que encontrará en
-@uref{http://@/www@/.lilypond@/.org/}.
-
+Por último, este y el resto de los manuales están disponibles en línea
+tanto como archivos PDF como en HTML en el sitio web, que encontrará
+en @uref{http://@/www@/.lilypond@/.org/}.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Keyboard instruments
@section Keyboard instruments
Se puede expresar una instrucción de pedal de piano adjuntando
-@code{\sustainDown}, @code{\sustainUp}, @code{\unaCorda},
-@code{\treCorde}, @code{\sostenutoDown} y @code{\sostenutoUp} a una
+@code{\sustainOn}, @code{\sustainOff}, @code{\unaCorda},
+@code{\treCorde}, @code{\sostenutoOn} y @code{\sostenutoOff} a una
nota o acorde
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-c'4\sustainDown c'4\sustainUp
+c'4\sustainOn c'4\sustainOff
@end lilypond
Es posible modificar lo que se imprime estableciendo @code{pedal@var{X}Strings},
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+c\sustainOn d e
+b\sustainOff\sustainOn
+b g \sustainOff a \sustainOn \bar "|."
@end lilypond
Un tercer estilo de notación de pedal es una mezcla de texto y corchetes,
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'mixed
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+c\sustainOn d e
+b\sustainOff\sustainOn
+b g \sustainOff a \sustainOn \bar "|."
@end lilypond
El estilo por defecto @q{*Ped.} para los pedales derecho y una corda corresponde al
defecto.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c\sostenutoOn d e c, f g a\sostenutoOff
@end lilypond
Para hacer un ajuste fino del aspecto de un corchete de pedal, se
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(0 . -1.0)
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c\sostenutoOn d e c, f g a\sostenutoOff
@end lilypond
@seealso
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Note: keep this node named so that `info lilypond-book' brings you here.
Si tiene que citar muchos fragmentos extraídos de una partitura grade,
puede también usar la capacidad de recorte de sistemas, véase
-@ruser{Extracting fragments of notation}.
+@ruser{Extracting fragments of music}.
@node Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
@menu
* Musical notation:: Notación musical.
* Specialist notation:: Notación especializada.
-* Input syntax:: General information about lilypond input files.
-* Non-musical notation:: Salida que no es notación musical.
+* General input and output:: General information about LilyPond input and output.
* Spacing issues:: Presentación de la salida sobre papel.
* Changing defaults:: Ajuste fino de la salida.
* Interfaces for programmers:: Utilización por expertos.
@include specialist.itely
@include input.itely
-@include non-music.itely
@include spacing.itely
@include changing-defaults.itely
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Literature list
@appendix Literature list
+++ /dev/null
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
-@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 0d5071774c7990f75685c18c732f293b8336ae6c
-
- When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
- version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
-@end ignore
-
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
-@c A menu is needed before every deeper *section nesting of @node's; run
-@c M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-@c to automatically fill in these menus before saving changes
-
-@node Non-musical notation
-@chapter Non-musical notation
-
-Esta sección se ocupa de temas generales sobre lilypond, no de
-notación específica.
-
-@menu
-* Titles and headers::
-* MIDI output::
-* other midi::
-@end menu
-
-
-@node Titles and headers
-@section Titles and headers
-
-Casi toda la música impresa tiene un título y el nombre del
-compositor; ciertas piezas tienen mucha más información.
-
-@menu
-* Creating titles::
-* Custom titles::
-* Reference to page numbers::
-* Table of contents::
-@end menu
-
-
-@node Creating titles
-@subsection Creating titles
-
-Se crean títulos para cada uno de los bloques @code{\score} así como
-para todo el archivo de entrada (o bloque @code{\book} (libro)).
-
-El contenido de cada título se extrae a partir de los bloques
-@code{\header} (cabecera). El bloque de cabecera de un libro
-contempla lo siguiente:
-
-@table @code
-@funindex dedicatoria
-@item dedication
-El dedicatario de la música, centrado en lo alto de la primera página.
-
-@funindex title
-@item title
-El título de la música, centrado justo debajo de la
-dedicatoria.
-
-@funindex subtitle
-@item subtitle
-Subtítulo, centrado debajo del título.
-
-@funindex subsubtitle
-@item subsubtitle
-Sub-subtítulo, centrado debajo del subtítulo.
-
-@funindex poet
-@item poet
-Nombre del poeta, a la izquierda, debajo del subtítulo.
-
-@funindex composer
-@item composer
-Nombre del compositor, a la derecha, debajo del subtítulo.
-
-@funindex meter
-@item meter
-Texto de la medida, a la izquierda, debajo del poeta.
-
-@funindex opus
-@item opus
-Nombre del Opus, a la derecha, debajo del compositor.
-
-@funindex arranger
-@item arranger
-Nombre del arreglista, a la derecha, debajo del Opus.
-
-@funindex instrument
-@item instrument
-Nombre del instrumento, centrado, debajo del arreglista. También
-aparece centrado en lo alto de cada página (aparte de la primera).
-
-@funindex piece
-@item piece
-Nombre de la pieza, a la izquierda, debajo del instrumento.
-
-@cindex página, saltos, forzar
-@funindex breakbefore
-@item breakbefore
-Esto fuerza que el título comience sobre una página nueva (establézcalo a ##t o a ##f).
-
-@funindex copyright
-@item copyright
-Aviso de Copyright, centrado en la parte inferior de la primera
-página. Para insertar el símbolo de copyright symbol, consulte
-@ref{Text encoding}.
-
-@funindex tagline
-@item tagline
-Cartel de propósito general en el pie de página, centrado al final de la última.
-
-@end table
-
-A continuación presentamos una demostración de todos los campos que
-están disponibles. Fíjese en que puede utilizar en la cabecera
-cualquier instrucción de marcado de texto (Véase @ref{Formatting text}).
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\paper {
- line-width = 9.0\cm
- paper-height = 10.0\cm
-}
-
-\book {
- \header {
- dedication = "dedicated to me"
- title = \markup \center-align { "Title first line" "Title second line,
-longer" }
- subtitle = "the subtitle,"
- subsubtitle = #(string-append "subsubtitle LilyPond version "
-(lilypond-version))
- poet = "Poet"
- composer = \markup \center-align { "composer" \small "(1847-1973)" }
- texttranslator = "Text Translator"
- meter = \markup { \teeny "m" \tiny "e" \normalsize "t" \large "e" \huge
-"r" }
- arranger = \markup { \fontsize #8.5 "a" \fontsize #2.5 "r" \fontsize
-#-2.5 "r" \fontsize #-5.3 "a" \fontsize #7.5 "nger" }
- instrument = \markup \bold \italic "instrument"
- piece = "Piece"
- }
-
- \score {
- { c'1 }
- \header {
- piece = "piece1"
- opus = "opus1"
- }
- }
- \markup {
- and now...
- }
- \score {
- { c'1 }
- \header {
- piece = "piece2"
- opus = "opus2"
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Como se mostró anteriormente, puede usar varios bloques
-@code{\header}. Cuando los mismos campos aparecen en distintos
-bloques, tiene validez el último en definirse. A continuación un
-breve ejemplo.
-
-@example
-\header @{
- composer = "Compositor"
-@}
-\header @{
- piece = "Pieza"
-@}
-\score @{
- \new Staff @{ c'4 @}
- \header @{
- piece = "Otra pieza" % sobreescribe a la anterior
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-Si define la cabecera @code{\header} dentro del bloque @code{\score},
-por lo general se imprimirán solamente las cabeceras @code{piece} y
-@code{opus}. Fíjese en que la expresión musical debe aparecer antes
-del @code{\header}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\score {
- { c'4 }
- \header {
- title = "title" % not printed
- piece = "piece"
- opus = "opus"
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@funindex printallheaders
-@noindent
-Se puede cambiar este comportamiento (e imprimir todas las cabeceras
-cuando la cabecera @code{\header} está definida dentro del bloque
-@code{\score}) mediante la utilización de
-
-@example
-\paper@{
- printallheaders=##t
-@}
-@end example
-
-@cindex copyright
-@cindex tagline
-
-El pie de página por omisión se encuentra vacío, excepto para la
-primera página, en la que se inserta el campo de @code{copyright}
-extraído del @code{\header}, y para la última página, en la que se
-escribe el cartel @code{tagline} sacado del bloque @code{\header}. La
-línea por omisión para este cartel es @qq{Music engraving by LilyPond
-(@var{version})}.@footnote{Las partituras bien tipografiadas son una
-magnífica promoción para nosotros, así que por favor, si puede,
-conserve intacta la línea del letrero.}
-
-Las cabeceras se pueden quitar completamente estableciendo su valor a
-falso.
-
-@example
-\header @{
- tagline = ##f
- composer = ##f
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node Custom titles
-@subsection Custom titles
-
-Una opción más avanzada es cambiar las definiciones de las variables
-siguientes dentro del bloque @code{\paper} block. El archivo de
-inicio @file{ly/titling-init.ly} ofrece un listado de la disposición
-predeterminada.
-
-@table @code
-@funindex bookTitleMarkup
-@item bookTitleMarkup
- Es el título que se escribe en lo alto del documento de salida
-completo. Normalmente contiene el compositor y el título de la pieza.
-
-@funindex scoreTitleMarkup
-@item scoreTitleMarkup
- Es el título que se coloca por encima de un bloque @code{\score}.
-normalmente contiene el nombre del movimiento (campo @code{piece}).
-
-@funindex oddHeaderMarkup
-@item oddHeaderMarkup
- Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración impar.
-
-@funindex evenHeaderMarkup
-@item evenHeaderMarkup
- Es el encabezamiento de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja
- sin especificar, se usará el encabezamiento de las páginas impares.
-
- De forma predeterminada, los encabezamientos se definen de tal forma
-que el número de página está en el borde exterior, y el isntrumento
-está centrado.
-
-@funindex oddFooterMarkup
-@item oddFooterMarkup
- Es el pie de las páginas de numeración impar.
-
-@funindex evenFooterMarkup
-@item evenFooterMarkup
- Es el pie de las páginas de numeración par. Si se deja sin
- especificar, se usará en su lugar el encabezamiento de las páginas
- impares.
-
- De forma predeterminada, el pie de página tiene el aviso de
-copyright en la primera página, y el cartel @code{tagline} en la
-última.
-@end table
-
-
-@cindex \paper
-@cindex encabezamiento
-@cindex header
-@cindex pie
-@cindex disposición de la página
-@cindex títulos
-
-La definición siguiente pone el título en el extremo izquierdo, y el
-compositor en el extremo derecho sobre una única línea.
-
-@verbatim
-\paper {
- bookTitleMarkup = \markup {
- \fill-line {
- \fromproperty #'header:title
- \fromproperty #'header:composer
- }
- }
-}
-@end verbatim
-
-@node Reference to page numbers
-@subsection Reference to page numbers
-
-Se puede marcar un lugar determinado de una partitura utilizando la
-instrucción @code{\label} (etiqueta), bien en lo alto de la estructura
-o bien dentro de la música. Posteriormente se puede hacer referencia
-a esta etiqueta dentro de un elemento de marcado, para obtener el
-número de la página en que se encuentra la marca, usando la
-instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref}.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\header { tagline = ##f }
-\book {
- \label #'firstScore
- \score {
- {
- c'1
- \pageBreak \mark A \label #'markA
- c'
- }
- }
-
- \markup { The first score begins on page \page-ref #'firstScore "0" "?" }
- \markup { Mark A is on page \page-ref #'markA "0" "?" }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-La instrucción de marcado @code{\page-ref} toma tres argumentos:
-@enumerate
-@item la etiqueta, un símbolo de scheme, p.ej. @code{#'firstScore};
-@item un elemento de marcado que se usará como medidor para estimar las dimensiones del marcado;
-@item un elemento de marcado que se utilizará en sustitución del número de página si la etiqueta es desconocida.
-@end enumerate
-
-El motivo de que se necesite un medidor es que en el momento en que se
-están interpretando los marcados, los saltos de página aún no se han
-producido y por tanto los números de página no se conocen todavía.
-Para sortear este inconveniente, la interpretación real del marcado se
-retrasa hasta un momento posterior; sin embargo, las dimensiones del
-marcado se tienen que conocer de antemano, así que se usa el medidor
-para decidir estas dimensiones. Si el libro tiene entre 10 y 99
-páginas, el medidor puede ser "00", es decir, un número de dos
-dígitos.
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \label
-@code{\label}
-@funindex \page-ref
-@code{\page-ref}
-
-@node Table of contents
-@subsection Table of contents
-Se puede insertar un índice general o tabla de contenidos utilizando
-la instrucción @code{\markuplines \table-of-contents}. Los elementos
-que deben aparecer en la tabla de contenidos se introducen con la
-instrucción @code{\tocItem}, que se puede usar en el nivel más alto de
-la jerarquía del código, o dentro de una expresión musical.
-
-@verbatim
-\markuplines \table-of-contents
-\pageBreak
-
-\tocItem \markup "Primera partitura"
-\score {
- {
- c' % ...
- \tocItem \markup "Un punto concreto dentro de la primera partitura"
- d' % ...
- }
-}
-
-\tocItem \markup "Segunda partitura"
-\score {
- {
- e' % ...
- }
-}
-@end verbatim
-
-Los elementos de marcado que se usan para dar formato al índice
-general se encuentran definidos dentro del bloque @code{\paper}. Los
-elementos predeterminados son @code{tocTitleMarkup}, para dar formato
-al título de la tabla, y @code{tocItemMarkup}, para aplicar formato a
-los elementos del índice, que consisten en el título del elemento y el
-número de página. Estas variables se pueden cambiar por parte del
-usuario:
-
-@verbatim
-\paper {
- %% Traducir el título del índice al español:
- tocTitleMarkup = \markup \huge \column {
- \fill-line { \null "Índice general" \null }
- \hspace #1
- }
- %% usar una fuente mayor
- tocItemMarkup = \markup \large \fill-line {
- \fromproperty #'toc:text \fromproperty #'toc:page
- }
-}
-@end verbatim
-
-Observe la forma en que nos referimos al texto y al número de página
-del elemento de índice, dentro de la definición @code{tocItemMarkup}.
-
-También se pueden definir nuevas instrucciones y elementos de
-marcado para crear índices generales más eleborados:
-@itemize
-@item en primer lugar, defina una variable de marcado nueva dentro del bloque @code{\paper}
-@item luego defina una función de música cuyo propósito es añadir un elemento al índice general
-utilizando esta variable de marcado del bloque @code{\paper}.
-@end itemize
-
-En el ejemplo siguiente se define un estilo nuevo para introducir los
-nombres de los actos de una ópera en el índice general:
-
-@verbatim
-\paper {
- tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
- \hspace #1
- \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
- \hspace #1
- }
-}
-
-tocAct =
-#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
- (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
-@end verbatim
-
-@lilypond[line-width=11.0\cm]
-\header { tagline = ##f }
-\paper {
- tocActMarkup = \markup \large \column {
- \hspace #1
- \fill-line { \null \italic \fromproperty #'toc:text \null }
- \hspace #1
- }
-}
-
-tocAct =
-#(define-music-function (parser location text) (markup?)
- (add-toc-item! 'tocActMarkup text))
-
-\book {
- \markuplines \table-of-contents
- \tocAct \markup { Atto Primo }
- \tocItem \markup { Coro. Viva il nostro Alcide }
- \tocItem \markup { Cesare. Presti omai l'Egizzia terra }
- \tocAct \markup { Atto Secondo }
- \tocItem \markup { Sinfonia }
- \tocItem \markup { Cleopatra. V'adoro, pupille, saette d'Amore }
- \markup \null
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Archivos de inicio: @file{ly/@/toc@/-init@/.ly}.
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \table-of-contents
-@code{\table-of-contents}
-@funindex \tocItem
-@code{\tocItem}
-
-@node MIDI output
-@section MIDI output
-
-@cindex sonido
-@cindex MIDI
-
-El MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface, Interfase Digital para
-Instrumentos Musicales) es un estándar para interconectar y controlar
-instrumentos musicales electrónicos. Un archivo o secuencia MIDI es
-una serie de notas dentro de un conjunto de pistas. No es un archivoo
-de sonidos reales; se necesita un programa reproductor especial para
-traducir la serie de notas en sonidos de verdad.
-
-Cualquier música se puede convertir a archivos MIDI, de manera que
-podamos escuchar lo que hayamos introducido. Esto es muy conveniente
-para comprobar la corrección de la música; las octavas equivocadas o
-las alteraciones erróneas se ponen de relieve muy claramente al
-escuchar la salida MIDI.
-
-@knownissues
-
-Muchhos efectos con interés musical como el swing, la articulación, el
-fraseo, etc., no se traducen al midi.
-
-La salida midi reserva un canal para cada pentagrama, y uno más para
-los ajustes globales. Por ello, el archivo de entrada no debería
-tener más de 15 pentagramas (o 14 si no usa percusión). Los otros
-pentagramas permanecerán en silencio.
-
-No todos los reproductores de midi manejan correctamente los cambios
-de tempo en la salida midi. Entre los reproductores que se sabe que
-funcionan, se encuentra
-@uref{http://@/timidity@/.sourceforge@/.net/,timidity}.
-
-@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating MIDI files
-@subsection Creating MIDI files
-
-Para crear un MIDI a partir de una pieza de música, escriba un bloque
-@code{\midi} en la partitura, por ejemplo:
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{...música...}
- \midi @{
- \context @{
- \Score
- tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
- @}
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-El tempo se puede especificar utilizando la instrucción @code{\tempo}
-dentro de la propia música, véase @ref{Metronome marks}. Más abajo se
-muestra una alternativa que no da lugar a una indicación metronómica
-en la partitura impresa. En este ejemplo, el tempo de negras se
-establece en 72 pulsos por minuto. Esta clase de especificación del
-tempo no puede tomar notas con puntillo como argumento. En este caso,
-divida las notas con puntillo en unidades más pequeñas. Por ejemplo,
-un tempo de 90 negras con puntillo por minuto se puede especificar
-como 270 corcheas por minuto:
-
-@example
-tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 270 8)
-@end example
-
-Si hay una instrucción @code{\midi} dentro de un @code{\score},
-solamente se producirá MIDI. Si se necesita también una notación
-impresa, se debe escribir un bloque @code{\layout}
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{...música...}
- \midi @{ @}
- \layout @{ @}
-@}
-@end example
-@cindex layout, bloque
-
-
-
-Se interpretan las ligaduras de unión, los matices dinámicos y los
-cambios de tempo. Las marcas dinámicas, crescendi y decrescendi se
-traducen en niveles de volumen MIDI. Las marcas de dinámica se
-traducen a una fracción fija del rango de volumen MIDI disponible, los
-crescendi y decrescendi hacen que el volumen varíe de forma lineal
-entre sus dos extremos. Las fracciones se pueden ajustar mediante
-@code{dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} dentro de un contexto
-@rinternals{Voice}. Para cada tipo de instrumento MIDI se puede
-definir un rango de volumen. Esto proporciona un control de
-ecualización básico, que puede realzar significativamente la calidad
-de la salida MIDI. El ecualizador se puede controlar estableciendo un
-valor para @code{instrumentEqualizer}, o fijando
-
-@example
-\set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
-\set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.8
-@end example
-
-Para quitar los matices dinámicos de la salida MIDI, escriba las
-siguientes líneas dentro de la sección @code{\midi@{@}}.
-
-@example
-\midi @{
- ...
- \context @{
- \Voice
- \remove "Dynamic_performer"
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Los (de)crescendos sin terminar no se procesarán adecuadamente en el
-archivo midi, dando como resultado pasajes de música en silenco. Una
-forma de sortearlo es terminar el (de)crescendo explícitamente. Por
-ejemmplo,
-
-@example
-@{ a\< b c d\f @}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-no funcionará bien, pero
-
-@example
-@{ a\< b c d\!\f @}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-sí lo hará.
-
-
-Solamente se crea una salida MIDI cuando la instrucción @code{\midi}
-está dentro de un bloque @code{\score}. Si lo escribe dentro de un
-contexto instanciado explícitamente (es decir: @code{\new Score} ) el
-archivo no se producirá. Para solucionarlo, encierre el @code{\new
-Score} y el @code{\midi} dentro de un bloque @code{\score}.
-
-@example
-\score @{
- \new Score @{ @dots{}notas@dots{} @}
- \midi
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-@cindex bloque MIDI
-
-
-El bloque @code{\midi} es similar al bloque @code{\layout}, pero algo
-más simple. Puede contener definiciones de contexto.
-
-
-@cindex contexto, definición de
-
-Las definiciones de contexto siguen con exactitud la misma sintaxis
-que dentro del bloque \layout. Los módulos de traducción para el
-sonido reciben el nombre de «performers» o intérpretes. Los contextos
-para la salida MIDI se encuentran definidos dentro de
-@file{ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly}.
-
-
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
-
-@cindex instrumento, nombres de
-@funindex Staff.midiInstrument
-
-El nombre del instrumento MIDI se establece mediante la propiedad
-@code{Staff.midiInstrument}. El nombre del instrumento se debe elegir
-de entre los que están en la lista que aparece en @ref{MIDI
-instruments}.
-
-@example
-\set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel"
-@var{...notes...}
-@end example
-
-Si el instrumento elegido no coincide exactamente con uno de los
-instrumentos de la lista de instrumentos MIDI, se usará el instrumento
-Piano de Cola (@code{"acoustic grand"}).
-
-
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@subsubsection Repeats and MIDI
-
-@cindex repeticiones, expandir
-@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-
-Con un poco de trucaje, se puede hacer que cualquier tipo de
-repetición esté presente en la salida MIDI. Esto se consigue mediante
-la aplicación de la función musical @code{\unfoldRepeats}. Esta
-función cambia todas las repeticiones a repeticiones desplegadas.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
-\unfoldRepeats {
- \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
- \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
- \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
- \alternative {
- { g' a' a' g' }
- {f' e' d' c' }
- }
-}
-\bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-Al crear un archivo de partitura que use @code{\unfoldRepeats} para el
-MIDI, es necesario hacer dos bloques @code{\score}: uno para el MIDI
-(con repeticiones desplegadas) y otro para la notación impresa (con
-repeticiones de volta --primera y segunda vez--, tremolo --trémolo--,
-y percent --repetición de compases--). Por ejemplo,
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{..música..}
- \layout @{ .. @}
-@}
-\score @{
- \unfoldRepeats @var{..música..}
- \midi @{ .. @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node other midi
-@section other midi
-
-Los microtonos también se exportan hacia el archivo MIDI.
-
-
-
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Notation manual tables
@appendix Notation manual tables
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Musical notation
@chapter Musical notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Percussion
@section Percussion
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Pitches
@cindex octava, comprobación de
@cindex octava, corrección de
@funindex =
-@funindex \octave
+@funindex \octaveCheck
En el modo relativo, es fácil olvidar una marca de cambio de octava.
Las comprobaciones de octava hacen más fácil encontrar estos errores,
@end lilypond
La octava de las notas se puede comprobar también con la instrucción
-@code{\octave}@tie{}@var{altura_de_control}. @var{altura_de_control}
+@code{\octaveCheck}@tie{}@var{altura_de_control}. @var{altura_de_control}
se eespecifica en modo absoluto. Esto comprueba que el intervalo
entre la nota anterior y la @var{altura_de_control} se encuntra dentro
de una cuarta (es decir, el cálculo normal para el modo relativo). Si
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment]
\relative c'' {
c2 d
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
e2 f
}
@end lilypond
Compare los dos compases siguientes. La primera y tercera
-comprobaciones de @code{\octave} fracasan, pero el segundo es
+comprobaciones de @code{\octaveCheck} fracasan, pero el segundo es
correcto.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment]
c4 f g f
c4
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
f
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
g
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
f
}
@end lilypond
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
a'2 b
-#(set-octavation 1)
+\ottava #1
a b
-#(set-octavation 0)
+\ottava #0
a b
@end lilypond
-La función @code{set-octavation} también admite los valores -1 (para
+La función @code{ottava} también admite los valores -1 (para
8va bassa), 2@tie{}(para 15ma) y -2 (para 15ma bassa) como argumentos.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Preface
@unnumbered Preface
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Music functions::
* Programmer interfaces::
* Building complicated functions::
* Markup programmer interface::
* Contexts for programmers::
* Scheme procedures as properties::
-@end menu
+* TODO moved into scheme::
+@end menu
+
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Overview of music functions::
* Simple substitution functions::
* Paired substitution functions::
* Void functions::
* Functions without arguments::
* Overview of available music functions::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@include identifiers.tely
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Input variables and Scheme::
* Internal music representation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Displaying music expressions::
* Music properties::
* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Markup construction in Scheme::
* How markups work internally::
* New markup command definition::
* New markup list command definition::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Context evaluation::
* Running a function on all layout objects::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@section Scheme procedures as properties
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node TODO moved into scheme
+@section TODO moved into scheme
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Using Scheme code instead of \tweak::
+* Difficult tweaks::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using Scheme code instead of \tweak
+@subsection Using Scheme code instead of @code{\tweak}
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Difficult tweaks
+@subsection Difficult tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Repeats
@section Repeats
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Rhythms
@section Rhythms
Normalmente los puntillos se desplazan hacia arriba para evitar las
líneas del pentagrama, excepto en situaciones de polifonía. Para
-forzar una dirección concreta de forma manual, véase @ref{Controlling
-direction and placement}.
+forzar una dirección concreta de forma manual, véase @ref{Direction
+and placement}.
@predefined
Es posible controlar la colocación vertical de las ligaduras de unión;
véase la sección de instrucciones predefinidas, o para ver más
-detalles, consulte @ref{Controlling direction and placement}.
+detalles, consulte @ref{Direction and placement}.
@cindex ligaduras, apariencia
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Running LilyPond
@chapter Running LilyPond
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Normal usage::
* Command-line usage::
* Error messages::
* Updating files with convert-ly::
* Reporting bugs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Normal usage
@section Normal usage
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Command-line usage
@section Command-line usage
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Invoking lilypond::
+* Command line options::
+* Environment variables::
+@end menu
+@node Invoking lilypond
@subsection Invoking lilypond
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Command line options
@subsection Command line options
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Environment variables
@subsection Environment variables
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
@node Error messages
@section Error messages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Updating files with convert-ly
@section Updating with @command{convert-ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subsection Command line options
-@menu
+@menu
* Problems with convert-ly::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Problems with convert-ly
@subsection Problems with @code{convert-ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Reporting bugs
@section Reporting bugs
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Scheme tutorial
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Setup
@chapter Setup
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: f5faa0ee5b0bcad6a22d4e7f7267b0f542b8a7a5
+ Translation of GIT committish: 855e78dbe64b0a48a03cea88cde16c15d1af85b0
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
+
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Simultaneous notes
@section Simultaneous notes
@menu
* Chorded notes::
-* Parallel notes::
* Clusters::
@end menu
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
-@node Parallel notes
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Parallel notes
-
-Se pueden combinar pasajes musicales en un solo contexto de voz,
-formando así acordes si los dos pasajes tienen las mismas nuraciones
-en todas las notas. Para conseguirlo, enciérrelos dentro de una
-construcción de música simultánea:
-
-@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-\new Voice <<
- { e4 f8 d e16 f g8 d4 }
- { c4 d8 b c16 d e8 b4 }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Manual de aprendizaje:
-@rlearning{Voices contain music}.
-
-Fragmentos de código:
-@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
-
-@knownissues
-
-Este método produce barras extrañas y advertencias si las notas de los
-dos pasajes no tienen las mismas duraciones.
@node Clusters
@unnumberedsubsubsec Clusters
@node Multiple voices
@subsection Multiple voices
-Esta sección trata las notas simultáneas en varias voces o varios pentagramas.
+Esta sección trata las notas simultáneas en varias voces o varios
+pentagramas.
@menu
-* Collision resolution::
+* Single-staff polyphony::
* Voice styles::
+* Collision resolution::
* Automatic part combining::
* Writing music in parallel::
@end menu
+@node Single-staff polyphony
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Single-staff polyphony
+
+Para tipografiar fragmentos de música que discurre en paralelo y con
+las mismas duraciones, se pueden combinar en un solo contexto de voz,
+formando así acordes. Para conseguirlo, incorpórelas dentro de una
+construcción de música simultánea:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\new Voice <<
+ { e4 f8 d e16 f g8 d4 }
+ { c4 d8 b c16 d e8 b4 }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Este método conduce a barrados extraños y advertencias si los
+fragmentos de música no tienen las mismas duraciones exactas. Para
+componer tipográficamente varias voces verdaderamente independientes
+dentro de un único pentagrama se utiliza la construcción
+@code{<<@{...@} \\ @{...@}>>}, en que las dos (o más) voces se
+encuentran separadas por dobles barras invertidas.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
+<<
+ { r8 r16 g e8. f16 g8[ c,] f e16 d }
+ \\
+ { d16 c d8~ d16 b c8~ c16 b c8~ c16 b8. }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Las plicas de las voces primera y tercera se dirigen hacia arriba, y
+las de las voces segunda y cuarta se dirigen hacia abajo; las cabezas
+de las notas en las voces tercera y cuarta se desplazan
+horizontalmente, y los silencios se mueven de manera que eviten las
+colisiones. En el ejemplo siguiente, la voz intermedia tiene las
+plicas hacia arriba, por lo que la introducimos en tercer lugar, de
+forma que se convierte en la voz número tres que tiene las plicas
+hacia arriba tal y como era nuestro propósito.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
+<<
+ { r8 g g g g f16 es f8 d }
+ \\
+ { es,8 r es r d r d r }
+ \\
+ { d'8 s c s bes s a s }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+A menudo se utilizan silencios espaciadores para evitar la aparición
+de un número excesivo de silencios, como se ha podido ver en el
+ejemplo anterior.
+
+El método que acabamos de presentar crea dos voces nuevas cuando se
+encuentra la construcción @code{<<@{...@} \\ @{...@}>>} en el código
+de entrada; para añadir de forma temporal una sola voz adicional a una
+voz ya existente, es necesario instanciar dicha voz de forma
+explícita. Para este propósito, se pueden utilizar las instrucciones
+desde @code{\voiceOne} (voz uno) hasta @code{\voiceFour} (voz cuatro)
+y @code{\oneVoice} (una voz única):
+
+@example
+<< @{ \voiceOne ... @} \new Voice @{ \voiceTwo ... @} >> \oneVoice
+@end example
+
+Esta construcción es más apropiada para mantener en todo momento el
+control de las voces, por ejemplo para facilitar una asignación
+coherente de la letra al contexto de voz adecuado.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \voiceOne
+@code{\voiceOne},
+@funindex \voiceTwo
+@code{\voiceTwo},
+@funindex \voiceThree
+@code{\voiceThree},
+@funindex \voiceFour
+@code{\voiceFour},
+@funindex \oneVoice
+@code{\oneVoice}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{Voices contain music},
+@rlearning{Explicitly instantiating voices}.
+
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ref{Percussion staves}.
+
+Fragmentos de código:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+@node Voice styles
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Voice styles
+
+@cindex voice styles
+@cindex styles, voice
+@cindex coloring voices
+
+Se pueden aplicar colores y formas distintos a las voces para permitir
+identificarlas fácilmente:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+<<
+ { \voiceOneStyle d4 c2 b4 }
+ \\
+ { \voiceTwoStyle e,2 e }
+ \\
+ { \voiceThreeStyle b2. c4 }
+ \\
+ { \voiceFourStyle g'2 g }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Para recuperar la presentación normal se utiliza la instrucción
+@code{\voiceNeutralstyle}.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \voiceOneStyle
+@code{\voiceOneStyle},
+@funindex \voiceTwoStyle
+@code{\voiceTwoStyle},
+@funindex \voiceThreeStyle
+@code{\voiceThreeStyle},
+@funindex \voiceFourStyle
+@code{\voiceFourStyle},
+@funindex \voiceNeutralStyle
+@code{\voiceNeutralStyle}.
+
+@seealso
+
+
+Manual de aprendizaje:
+@rlearning{I'm hearing Voices},
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+
+Fragmentos de código:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+
+
@node Collision resolution
@unnumberedsubsubsec Collision resolution
@funindex \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff
@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff}.
-@funindex \oneVoice
-@code{\oneVoice},
-@funindex \voiceOne
-@code{\voiceOne},
-@funindex \voiceTwo
-@code{\voiceTwo},
-@funindex \voiceThree
-@code{\voiceThree},
-@funindex \voiceFour
-@code{\voiceFour}.
@funindex \shiftOn
@code{\shiftOn},
No está claro en qué circunstancias se pueden combinar cabezas de nota
distintas que tienen también distinto puntillo.
-No están contemplados los racimos (clusters) donde la misma nota se
-presenta con diferentes alteraciones accidentales dentro del mismo
-acorde. En este caso se recomienda usar la transcripción enarmónica,
-o usar la notación especial de racimos (véase @ref{Clusters}).
-
-@node Voice styles
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Voice styles
-
-@cindex voice styles
-@cindex styles, voice
-@cindex coloring voices
-
-Se pueden aplicar colores y formas distintos a las voces para permitir
-identificarlas fácilmente:
-
-@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-<<
- {
- a1
- \voiceOneStyle
- f2 g
- \voiceNeutralStyle
- a1
- } \\ {
- f1
- \voiceTwoStyle
- f4 f2 e4
- \voiceNeutralStyle
- f1
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \voiceOneStyle
-@code{\voiceOneStyle},
-@funindex \voiceTwoStyle
-@code{\voiceTwoStyle},
-@funindex \voiceThreeStyle
-@code{\voiceThreeStyle},
-@funindex \voiceFourStyle
-@code{\voiceFourStyle},
-@funindex \voiceNeutralStyle
-@code{\voiceNeutralStyle}.
-
-@seealso
-
-Manual de aprendizaje:
-@rlearning{I'm hearing Voices}.
-
-Fragmentos de código:
-@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+No están contemplados los acordes en que la misma nota se presenta con
+diferentes alteraciones accidentales dentro del mismo. En este caso
+se recomienda usar la transcripción enarmónica, o usar la notación
+especial de racimos (véase @ref{Clusters}).
@node Automatic part combining
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic part combining
@snippets
-Las partes se pueden combinar sin imprimir ningún texto:
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\new Staff <<
- \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
- \partcombine
- \relative g' { g a( b) r }
- \relative g' { g r4 r f }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-Es posible modificar los textos que se imprimen:
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly}
-@c KEEP LY
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\new Staff <<
- \set Score.soloText = #"ellas"
- \set Score.soloIIText = #"ellos"
- \set Score.aDueText = #"todos"
- \partcombine
- \relative g' { g4 g r r a2 g }
- \relative g' { r4 r a( b) a2 g }
->>
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-partcombine-texts.ly}
@seealso
los compases deben tener la misma longitud.}
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB) {
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
% Bar 1
- r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
+ r8 g'16 c'' e'' g' c'' e'' r8 g'16 c'' e'' g' c'' e'' |
+ r16 e'8.~ e'4 r16 e'8.~ e'4 |
+ c'2 c'2 |
% Bar 2
- r8 a'16[ d''] f''[ a' d'' f''] r8 a'16[ d''] f''[ a' d'' f''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
+ r8 a'16 d'' f'' a' d'' f'' r8 a'16 d'' f'' a' d'' f'' |
+ r16 d'8.~ d'4 r16 d'8.~ d'4 |
+ c'2 c'2 |
+
}
\new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \voiceA
- \new Staff \voiceB
+ \new Staff << \voiceA \\ \voiceB >>
+ \new Staff { \clef bass \voiceC }
>>
@end lilypond
ignoran a las notas que hay en @code{vozB}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB) {
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
% Bar 1
r8 g16 c e g, c e r8 g,16 c e g, c e |
+ r16 e8.~ e4 r16 e8.~ e4 |
c2 c |
% Bar 2
r8 a,16 d f a, d f r8 a,16 d f a, d f |
+ r16 d8.~ d4 r16 d8.~ d4 |
c2 c |
+
}
\new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \relative c'' \voiceA
- \new Staff \relative c' \voiceB
+ \new Staff << \relative c'' \voiceA \\ \relative c' \voiceB >>
+ \new Staff \relative c' { \clef bass \voiceC }
>>
@end lilypond
Fragmentos de código:
@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
-
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 66dde21fe63499f32a718f6098abe70e1429059b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Spacing issues
@chapter Spacing issues
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper and pages::
* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
* Breaks::
* Vertical spacing::
* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
-@end menu
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+@end menu
+
@node Paper and pages
@section Paper and pages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper size::
* Page formatting::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Paper size
@subsection Paper size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Page formatting
@subsection Page formatting
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Music layout
@section Music layout
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Setting the staff size::
* Score layout::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setting the staff size
@subsection Setting the staff size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Score layout
@subsection Score layout
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Line breaking::
* Page breaking::
* Optimal page breaking::
* Minimal page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Line breaking
@subsection Line breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Page breaking
@subsection Page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Optimal page breaking
@subsection Optimal page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Optimal page turning
@subsection Optimal page turning
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Minimal page breaking
@subsection Minimal page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Using an extra voice for breaks
@subsection Using an extra voice for breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical spacing
@section Vertical spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Vertical spacing inside a system::
* Vertical spacing between systems::
* Explicit staff and system positioning::
* Two-pass vertical spacing::
* Vertical collision avoidance::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Vertical spacing inside a system
@subsection Vertical spacing inside a system
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical spacing between systems
@subsection Vertical spacing between systems
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Explicit staff and system positioning
@subsection Explicit staff and system positioning
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Two-pass vertical spacing
@subsection Two-pass vertical spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical collision avoidance
@subsection Vertical collision avoidance
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Horizontal spacing
@section Horizontal Spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Horizontal spacing overview::
* New spacing area::
* Changing horizontal spacing::
* Line length::
* Proportional notation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Horizontal spacing overview
@subsection Horizontal spacing overview
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New spacing area
@subsection New spacing area
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Changing horizontal spacing
@subsection Changing horizontal spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Line length
@subsection Line length
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Proportional notation
@subsection Proportional notation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
+@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
+@end menu
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Specialist notation
@chapter Specialist notation
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
+@include world.itely
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Staff notation
@section Staff notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Templates
@appendix Templates
escriba las notas y ¡ha terminado!
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
correspondiente.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
¿Quiere preparar una «lead sheet» u hoja guía de una canción con acordes? ¡No busque más!
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
Esta plantilla le permite preparar una canción con melodía, letra y acordes.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
He aquí un sencillo sistema de piano.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
acompañamiento de piano.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
melody = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
la letra en medio de los pentagramas del piano (y omitir el pentagrama separado para la melodía).
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
usted mismo.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c'' {
\clef treble
\key c \major
}
pedal = {
- s2\sustainDown s2\sustainUp
+ s2\sustainOn s2\sustainOff
}
\score {
para las indicaciones del compás y de la armadura de la tonalidad.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global= {
\time 4/4
@verbatim
%%%%% piece.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global= {
\time 4/4
%%%%% score.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 14)
\score {
%%%%% vn1.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vn1 \music
%%%%% vn2.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vn2 \music
%%%%% vla.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vla \music
%%%%% vlc.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "piece.ly"
\score {
\keepWithTag #'vlc \music
para todas las partes.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
reducción de piano.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
y @code{alignBelowContext}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\key c \major
\time 4/4
en vez de hacerlo sobre ellos.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,line-width=11.0\cm]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
global = {
\set Score.skipBars = ##t
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\include "gregorian-init.ly"
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
chant = \relative c' {
\set Score.timing = ##f
@c The `line-width' argument is for the \header.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,line-width]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
title = "Song"
subtitle = "(tune)"
@ The `line-width' is for \header.
@li lypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,line-width]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
dedication = "dedication"
title = "Title"
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Text
@section Text
@menu
* Text markup introduction::
-* Common markup commands::
+* Selecting font and font size::
* Text alignment::
* Graphic notation inside markup::
* Music notation inside markup::
confusión.
-@node Common markup commands
-@subsubsection Common markup commands
+@node Selecting font and font size
+@subsubsection Selecting font and font size
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: e007b6bd3b3328581df4998247fd92d9d66ce07c
+ Translation of GIT committish: cdc64521eae526d00440d0ac9bb5e64fdae97727
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
Tutorial guidelines: (different from policy.txt!)
- unless you have a really good reason, use either
- @lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+ @lilypond[verbatim,quote]
or
- @lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+ @lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
Don't use any other relative=X commands (make it a non-fragment
example), and don't use fragment without relative=2.
@end ignore
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Tutorial
@chapter Tutorial
@menu
-* First steps::
-* Single staff notation::
-* Multiple notes at once::
-* Songs::
-* Final touches::
+* First steps::
+* Single staff notation::
+* Multiple notes at once::
+* Songs::
+* Final touches::
@end menu
el resultado tiene este aspecto:
@c in this case we don't want verbatim
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote]
{
c' e' g' e'
}
@cindex sensible a las mayúsculas
-Además la entrada de LilyPond es @strong{sensible a las mayúsculas}.
-@code{ @{ c d e @}} es una entrada válida; @code{@{ C D E @}}
-producirá un mensaje de error.
+Además, la entrada de LilyPond es @strong{sensible a las mayúsculas}.
+@code{ @{ c d e @}} es una entrada válida; @code{@{ C D E @}} produce
+un mensaje de error.
@smallspace
con un mejor apoyo a la edición de texto de LilyPond. Para ver más
información, consulte @rprogram{Text editor support}.
-@warning{la primera vez que ejecute LilyPond, tardará un minuto o dos
+@warning{La primera vez que ejecute LilyPond, tardará un minuto o dos
porque todas las tipografías del sistema han de ser analizadas
previamente. ¡Después de esto, LilyPond será mucho más rápido!}
@example
lilypond prueba.ly
-GNU LilyPond 2.12.0
+GNU LilyPond @version{}
Procesando `prueba.ly'
Analizando...
Interpretando la música...
En el siguiente ejemplo hemos especificado solamente cuatro alturas,
pero LilyPond ha añadido la clave, el compás y las duraciones.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
c' e' g' e'
}
nota está comprendida dentro de tan sólo un espacio de pentagrama
desde la nota anterior.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' { % set the starting point to middle C
c d e f
g a b c
}
@end lilypond
-La nota inicial es @notation{middle C}. Cada nota sucesiva se coloca
-lo más cerca posible de la nota previa (en otras palabras: la primera
-@samp{c} es el Do más cercano al Do central; a éste le sigue el Re más
-cercano a la nota previa, y así sucesivamente). Podemos crear
-melodías con intervalos mayores, aún sin dejar de utilizar el modo
-relativo:
+La nota inicial es el @notation{Do central}. Cada nota sucesiva se
+coloca lo más cerca posible de la nota previa (en otras palabras: la
+primera @samp{c} es el Do más cercano al Do central; a éste le sigue
+el Re más cercano a la nota previa, y así sucesivamente). Podemos
+crear melodías con intervalos mayores, aún sin dejar de utilizar el
+modo relativo:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
d f a g
c b f d
}
@end lilypond
+@noindent
No es necesario que la primera nota de la melodía comience exactamente
en aquella que especifica la altura de inicio. En el ejemplo
anterior, la primera nota (@code{d}) es el Re más cercano al Do
central.
Añadiendo (o eliminando) comillas simples @code{'} o comas @code{,} de
-la instrucción @code{\relative c' @{}, podemos cambiar la octava de
-inicio:
+la instrucción @w{@code{\relative c' @{}}, podemos cambiar la octava
+de inicio:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' { % one octave above middle C
e c a c
}
por encima del Si, mientras que La, Sol o Fa se entenderán situados
por debajo.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
b c % c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above
b d % d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above
bajar la octava escribiendo una coma @code{,} a continuación del
nombre de la nota.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a a, c' f,
g g'' a,, f'
Para subir o bajar una nota en dos (¡o más!) octavas, utilizamos
varias @code{''} ó @code{,,} (pero tenga cuidado de utilizar dos
comillas simples @code{''} ¡y no una comilla doble @code{"}@tie{}!)
-El valor inicial de @code{\relative c'} también puede modificarse de
-esta forma.
+El valor inicial de @w{@code{\relative c'}} también puede modificarse
+de esta forma.
+@c " - keeps quotes in order for context-sensitive editor -td
@subheading Durations (rhythms)
nota siguiente. La figura por omisión de la primera nota es una
negra.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a1
a2 a4 a8 a
número de la duración. La duración de una nota con puntillo se debe
especificar de forma explícita (es decir: mediante un número).
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a a a4. a8
a8. a16 a a8. a8 a4.
Un @notation{silencio} se introduce igual que si fuera una nota con el
nombre @code{r}@tie{}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a r r2
r8 a r4 r4. r8
La @notation{indicación de compás} se puede establecer con la orden
@code{\time} :
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
a4 a a
La @notation{clave} se puede establecer utilizando la orden
@code{\clef} :
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
\clef treble
c1
He aquí un pequeño ejemplo que muestra todos los elementos anteriores
juntos:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c, {
\time 3/4
\clef bass
muchos lenguajes de programación corrientes. Son sensibles a las
mayúsculas e insensibles al número de espacios Las expresiones se
forman con llaves @{ @} y los comentarios se denotan por un signo de
-porcentaje (@code{%}) o por @code{%@{ ... %@}}.
+porcentaje (@code{%}) o por @w{@code{%@{ ... %@}}}.
Si la frase anterior no tiene sentido para usted ¡no se preocupe! A
continuación explicaremos el significado de todos estos términos:
@itemize
@cindex Sensible a las mayúsculas
-@item @strong{Sensible a las mayúsculas}:
-tiene importancia el hecho de que introduzca una letra en minúsculas
-(p.ej. @code{a, b, s, t}) o en mayúsculas (p.ej. @code{A, B, S, T}).
-Las notas son minúsculas: @code{@{ c d e @}} es una entrada válida;
-@code{@{ C D E @}} produciría un mensaje de error.
+@item
+@strong{Sensible a las mayúsculas}: tiene importancia el hecho de que
+introduzca una letra en minúsculas (p.ej. @w{@code{a, b, s, t}}) o en
+mayúsculas (p.ej. @w{@code{A, B, S, T}}). Las notas son minúsculas:
+@w{@code{@{ c d e @}}} es una entrada válida; @w{@code{@{ C D E @}}}
+produciría un mensaje de error.
-@item @strong{Insensible al número de espacios}:
-no importa cuántos espacios (o saltos de línea) añada. @code{@{ c d e
-@}} significa lo mismo que @code{@{ c @tie{} @tie{} @tie{} d e @}} y
-que
+@item
+@strong{Insensible al número de espacios}: no importa cuántos espacios
+(o saltos de línea) añada. @w{@code{@{ c d e @}}} significa lo mismo
+que @w{@code{@{ c @tie{}} @tie{} @tie{} d e @}} y que
@example
@{ c d
línea, para evitar cualquier ambigüedad.
Una instrucción de LilyPond seguida de una expresión simple entre
-llaves (como por ejemplo @code{\relative @{ @}}) también es una
+llaves (como por ejemplo @w{@code{\relative @{ @}}}) también es una
expresión musical unitaria.
@cindex comentarios
c4 c g' g a a g2
%@{
- Esta línea y las notas que aparecen más abajo
- se ignoran, por estar dentro de un
- comentario de bloque.
+ Esta línea y las notas que aparecen más abajo
+ se ignoran, por estar dentro de un
+ comentario de bloque.
- g g f f e e d d c2
+ f f e e d d c2
%@}
@end example
@subsection How to read the manual
Como ya vimos en @ref{Working on input files}, el código de entrada de
-LilyPond debe estar rodeado de llaves @{ @} o de
-@w{@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}}}. Durante el resto del presente
-manual, la mayor parte de los ejemplos omitirán las llaves. Para
-reproducir los ejemplos, deberá copiar y pegar la entrada que se
-muestra, pero @strong{deberá} escribir el
-@w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}}, de la siguiente forma:
+LilyPond debe estar rodeado de llaves @{ @} o de @w{@code{\relative
+c'' @{ ... @}}}. Durante el resto del presente manual, la mayor parte
+de los ejemplos omitirán las llaves. Para reproducir los ejemplos,
+deberá copiar y pegar la entrada que se muestra, pero @strong{deberá}
+escribir el @w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}}, de la siguiente forma:
@example
\relative c'' @{
¿Por qué omitir las llaves? Casi todos los ejemplos del presente
manual se pueden insertar en medio de un fragmento mayor de música.
-Para estos ejemplos no tiene ningún sentido añadir @code{\relative c''
-@{ @}} (¡no debería poner un @code{\relative} dentro de otro
-@code{\relative}!); si hubiésemos incluido @code{\relative c'' @{ @}}
+Para estos ejemplos no tiene ningún sentido añadir @w{@code{\relative
+c'' @{ @}}} (¡no debería poner un @code{\relative} dentro de otro
+@code{\relative}!); si hubiésemos incluido @w{@code{\relative c'' @{ @}}}
rodeando a cada uno de los ejemplos, usted no podría copiar un ejemplo
pequeño procedente de la documentación y pegarlo dentro de su propia
pieza. La mayoría querrá insertar el código dentro de una pieza más
sobre esta imagen:
@c no verbatim here
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote]
\relative c'' {
c-\markup { \bold \huge { Click here. } }
}
otros nombres para las @notation{alteraciones accidentales}, véase
@ruser{Note names in other languages}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
cis1 ees fisis, aeses
@end lilypond
instrucción @code{\key} seguido de una nota y @code{\major} o
@code{\minor}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
a1
\key c \minor
En el siguiente ejemplo:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
d cis fis
@end lilypond
Mi natural.} En la tonalidad de La bemol mayor, @emph{lleva} una
alteración accidental:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
Una @notation{tie} se crea adjuntando un carácter de tilde curva @code{~}
a la primera nota ligada:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
g4~ g c2~
c4 ~ c8 a8 ~ a2
@end lilypond
Las notas inicial y final se marcan mediante @code{(} y @code{)}
respectivamente.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
d4( c16) cis( d e c cis d) e( d4)
@end lilypond
no es posible tener legatos simultáneos o ligaduras de expresión
simultáneas.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8(\( ais b c) cis2 b'2 a4 cis,\)
@end lilypond
sobre grupos mayores de notas. Las ligaduras de unión y de expresión
se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2~( c8 fis fis4 ~ fis2 g2)
@end lilypond
Las @notation{articulaciones} más corrientes se pueden añadir a las
notas utilizando un guión @code{-} seguido de un carácter único:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c-. c-- c-> c-^ c-+ c-_
@end lilypond
De manera similar, las @notation{digitaciones} se pueden añadir a una
nota utilizando un guión (@code{-}) seguido del dígito deseado:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c-3 e-5 b-2 a-1
@end lilypond
articulaciones sobre la misma nota. Sin embargo, casi siempre es
mejor dejar que LilyPond determine la dirección de las articulaciones.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c_-^1 d^. f^4_2-> e^-_+
@end lilypond
Las expresiones de @notation{matiz} o signos dinámicos se hacen
añadiendo las marcas (con una barra invertida) a la nota:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c\ff c\mf c\p c\pp
@end lilypond
por ejemplo @code{\f}, dará por terminado el (de)crescendo, o bien se
puede usar la instrucción @code{\!}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2\< c2\ff\> c2 c2\!
@end lilypond
Es posible añadir texto a la partitura:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1^"espr" a_"legato"
@end lilypond
Se puede aplicar un formateo adicional mediante la instrucción @code{\markup}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1^\markup{ \bold espr}
a1_\markup{
\dynamic f \italic \small { 2nd } \hspace #0.1 \dynamic p
Todas las @notation{barras} de las figuras se dibujan automáticamente:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8 ais d ees r d c16 b a8
@end lilypond
Marque la primera nota que comprende la barra con @code{[} y la última
con @code{]}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8[ ais] d[ ees r d] a b
@end lilypond
+Si quiere desactivar completamente el barrado automático o para una
+sección extensa de música, utilice la instrucción @code{\autoBeamOff}
+para apagarlo y @code{\autoBeamOn} para activarlo de nuevo.
+@c It will usually be necessary to manually beam music
+@c with lyrics.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\autoBeamOff
+a8 c b4 d8. c16 b4
+\autoBeamOn
+a8 c b4 d8. c16 b4
+@end lilypond
+
@seealso
Referencia de la notación:
@code{\partial}. Va seguida de una duración: @code{\partial 4} es una
anacrusa de negra y @code{\partial 8} de corchea.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\partial 8
f8 c2 d
@end lilypond
fracción. Los tresillos hacen que las notas ocupen 2/3 de su duración
expresa, por tanto un @notation{tresillo} lleva una fracción de 2/3:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\times 2/3 { f8 g a }
\times 2/3 { c r c }
\times 2/3 { f,8 g16[ a g a] }
expresión musical por la palabra clave @code{\appoggiatura} o
@code{\acciaccatura}
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2 \grace { a32[ b] } c2
c2 \appoggiatura b16 c2
c2 \acciaccatura b16 c2
de una voz en el mismo pentagrama.
@menu
-* Music expressions explained::
-* Multiple staves::
-* Staff groups::
-* Combining notes into chords::
-* Single staff polyphony::
+* Music expressions explained::
+* Multiple staves::
+* Staff groups::
+* Combining notes into chords::
+* Single staff polyphony::
@end menu
mediante @emph{expresiones musicales}. Una sola nota es una expresión
musical:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a4
@end lilypond
@emph{expresión musical compuesta}. Aquí hemos creado una expresión
musical compuesta con dos notas:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
{ a4 g4 }
@end lilypond
cada una sigue a la anterior). El resultado es otra expresión
musical:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
{ { a4 g } f g }
@end lilypond
una de las cuales contiene dos notas diferentes) se combinan de forma
simultánea:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
{ a4 g }
un solo pentagrama; si hay una expresión simultánea, hay más de un
pentagrama.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
c2 <<c e>>
<< { e f } { c <<b d>> } >>
de él. Estos elementos @code{Staff} se combinan después en paralelo
con @code{<<} y @code{>>}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
\new Staff { \clef treble c }
partituras con instrumentos transpositores son más comunes que las
partituras polirrítmicas.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
\new Staff { \clef treble \key d \major \time 3/4 c }
He aquí un pequeño ejemplo:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff { \time 2/4 c4 e g g, }
ángulo de cierre.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
r4 <c e g>4 <c f a>2
@end lilypond
con acordes. Tan sólo debe recordar que se escriben por fuera de los
ángulos.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
r4 <c e g>8[ <c f a>]~ <c f a>2
r4 <c e g>8( <c e g>\> <c e g>4 <c f a>\!)
@end lilypond
abajo.
La introducción de estas partes se hace escribiendo cada voz en forma
-de secuencia (con @code{@{...@}}) y combinando éstas de forma
+de secuencia (con @w{@code{@{...@}}}) y combinando éstas de forma
simultánea, separando las voces con @code{\\}
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
{ r4 g4 f2 f4 }
están cantando. He aquí el mismo ejemplo con un silencio separador
(@code{s}) en vez de un silencio normal (@code{r}):
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
{ s4 g4 f2 f4 }
@noindent
Una vez más, las expresiones de este tipo se pueden anidar de forma arbitraria.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
\new Staff <<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
@seealso
-Referencia de la notación: @ruser{Simultaneous notes}.
+Referencia de la notación:
+@ruser{Simultaneous notes}.
@node Songs
canción sencillas.
@menu
-* Setting simple songs::
-* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
-* Lyrics to multiple staves::
+* Setting simple songs::
+* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
+* Lyrics to multiple staves::
@end menu
Presentamos a continuación el inicio de la melodía de una canción
infantil, @qq{Girls and boys come out to play}:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
\time 6/8
con la palabra clave @code{\addlyrics}. La letra se escribe separando
cada sílaba mediante un espacio.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
@end lilypond
Observe las llaves rodeando tanto la música como la letra, y los
-ángulos dobles @code{<< ... >>} alrededor del fragmento entero para
-expresar que la música y la letra han de suceder al mismo tiempo.
+ángulos dobles @w{@code{<< ... >>}} alrededor del fragmento entero
+para expresar que la música y la letra han de suceder al mismo tiempo.
@node Aligning lyrics to a melody
@subsection Aligning lyrics to a melody
@cindex guión
@cindex guión bajo
-La siguiente línea de la canción infantil es @q{The moon doth shine as
-bright as day}. A continuación vamos a ampliarla:
+La siguiente línea de la canción infantil es @notation{The moon doth
+shine as bright as day}. A continuación vamos a ampliarla:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
sílaba recaiga sobre varias notas, siendo la más sencilla escribir una
ligadura de expresión sobre ellas (véase @ref{Ties and slurs}):
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
\time 6/8
d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
- g8 a4 b8 c([ b)] a d4 b8 g4.
+ g8 a4 b8 c( b) a d4 b8 g4.
}
\addlyrics {
Girls and boys come out to play,
>>
@end lilypond
-Aquí hemos usado además el barrado manual (los corchetes rectos
-@code{[ ]} ) para producir el barrado que corresponde a la letra por
-convención (véase @ref{Automatic and manual beams}).
+Ahora la letra se alinea correctamente con las notas, pero el barrado
+automático de las notas que corresponden a @notation{shine as} no
+parece correcto. Podemos remediarlo insertando instrucciones de
+barrado manual para sobreescribir el barrado automático; para ver más
+detalles consulte @ref{Automatic and manual beams}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c([ b]) a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
Como alternativa a la utilización de ligaduras de expresión, los
melismas se pueden indicar solamente en la letra utilizando un guión
bajo, @code{_}, para cada nota que queremos incluir dentro del
melisma:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
\key g \major
sílaba que se extiende y por debajo de todas las notas que
corresponden a dicha sílaba. Se escribe como dos guiones bajos
@code{__}. He aquí un ejemplo extraído de los primeros tres compases
-del Lamento de Dido, de Dido y Eneas de Purcell:
+del @notation{Lamento de Dido}, de @notation{Dido y Eneas} de Purcell:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
\key g \minor
@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
<<
\relative c' {
\key g \major
requieren lo contrario: colocar más de una sílaba a una única nota.
Esto se consigue enlazando las sílabas entre sí mediante un guión bajo
simple @code{_} (sin ningún espacio), o bien encerrándolas entre
-corchetes. Aquí aparece un ejemplo procedente del @qq{Barbero de
-Sevilla} de Rossini, donde la sílaba @q{al} se canta sobre la misma
-nota que @q{go} de la palabra @q{Largo} en el aria de Fígaro @q{Largo
-al factotum}:
+corchetes. Aquí aparece un ejemplo procedente del @notation{Barbero
+de Sevilla} de Rossini, donde la sílaba @notation{al} se canta sobre
+la misma nota que la sílaba @notation{go} de la palabra @q{Largo} en
+el aria de Fígaro @notation{Largo al factotum}:
@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
<<
\relative c' {
\clef bass
La solución sencilla que utiliza @code{\addlyrics} se puede usar para
poner letra a más de un pentagrama. Aquí aparece un ejemplo sacado
-del @qq{Judas Macabeo} de Haendel:
+del @notation{Judas Macabeo} de Haendel:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
<<
del manual.
@menu
-* Organizing pieces with variables::
-* Version number::
-* Adding titles::
-* Absolute note names::
-* After the tutorial::
+* Organizing pieces with variables::
+* Version number::
+* Adding titles::
+* Absolute note names::
+* After the tutorial::
@end menu
posteriormente colocando una barra invertida delante del nombre
(@code{\musicaConNombre}, igual que una orden normal de LilyPond).
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
violin = \new Staff { \relative c'' {
a4 b c b
}}
Do central, y una @code{g,} significará siempre la nota que se coloca
en la primera línea del pentagrama en clave de Fa.
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\clef bass
c' b g, g,
He aquí una escala que abarca cuatro octavas:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\clef bass
c, d, e, f,
gran cantidad de apóstrofes @q{'} . Consideremos este fragmento de
Mozart:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\key a \major
\time 6/8
origen de numerosos errores. Con @code{\relative}, el ejemplo
anterior es mucho más fácil de leer:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\key a \major
\time 6/8
@node After the tutorial
@subsection After the tutorial
+@c FIXME: rewrite slightly after the rest of the LM has been
+@c stabilized. Translators, ignore this section for now.
+
Después de terminar el tutorial, quizá debería probar a escribir una o
dos piezas. Comience con una de las plantillas del @ref{Templates} y
añada algunas notas. Si necesita un tipo de notación que no ha sido
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Tweaking output
@chapter Tweaking output
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
- \override Staff.BarLine #'break-visibility = ##(#f #f #f)
+ \override Staff.BarLine #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #f #f)
c4 b8 c d16 c d8 |
g, a16 b8 c d4 e16 |
e8
@tab Arriba o Derecha
@tab Anular
@tab Efecto
-@item @code{\arpeggioDown}
- @tab @code{\arpeggioUp}
- @tab @code{\arpeggioNeutral}
+@item @code{\arpeggioArrowDown}
+ @tab @code{\arpeggioArrowUp}
+ @tab @code{\arpeggioNormal}
@tab La flecha está abajo, arriba o no hay flecha
@item @code{\dotsDown}
@tab @code{\dotsUp}
% Place dynamics above staff
\dynamicUp
% Start Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 1)
+\ottava #1
c' \startTextSpan
% Add Dynamic Text
c\pp
% Add Dynamic Text
c\ff c \stopTextSpan
% Stop Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 0)
+\ottava #0
c, c c c
@end lilypond
%Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners
\once \override Staff.OttavaBracket #'outside-staff-priority = #340
% Start Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 1)
+\ottava #1
c' \startTextSpan
% Add Dynamic Text
c\pp
% Add Dynamic Text
c\ff c \stopTextSpan
% Stop Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 0)
+\ottava #0
c, c c c
@end lilypond
contexto maneja un determinado objeto. Puesto que el objeto
@code{MetronomeMark} se maneja dentro del contexto @code{Score}, los
cambios de propiedades en el contexto @code{Voice} pasarán
-inadvertidos. Para ver más detalles, consulte @ruser{Constructing a
-tweak}.
+inadvertidos. Para ver más detalles, consulte @ruser{The
+\override command}.
Si la propiedad de relleno @code{padding} de un objeto se incrementa
cuando dicho objeto se encuentra en una pila de objetos que se están
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Unfretted string instruments
@section Unfretted string instruments
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Vocal music
more slow -- ly
}
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "lahlah" {
- \set ignoreMelismata = ##t % applies to "fas"
+ \set ignoreMelismata = ##t % se aplica al "fas"
go fas -- ter
\unset ignoreMelismata
still
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Wind instruments
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Working on LilyPond projects
@chapter Working on LilyPond projects
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: es -*-
+@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
depth = ../..
SUBDIRS = user
STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = documentation
+LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES = doc-i18n-root
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-local-WWW: lang-merge
-
-lang-merge: $(outdir)/index.html
- ln -f $(outdir)/index.html $(depth)/Documentation/$(outdir)/index.$(ISOLANG).html
<html>
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: d8f1a358802cf74903eb2dfa7ce761ca4803c634
+ Translation of GIT committish: 71e3b387da99c298d837467f41c3097cb13c9f52
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
<td class="left-column">
<ul>
<li>
- <a class="title"
- href="user/lilypond-learning/index.fr.html">Manuel d'initiation</a>
+ <a class="title"
+ href="user/lilypond-learning/index.fr.html">Manuel d'initiation</a>
+ (partiellement traduit,<br>aussi en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning-big-page.html">page
+ unique en anglais</a> ~ 1,5 Mo, ou
+ <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning.fr.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— commencer ici
<li><a class="title" href="user/music-glossary/index.html">Glossaire</a>
multilingue<br>(aussi en
<a class="title" href="user/music-glossary-big-page.html">page unique</a>
- ~ 1 Mb ou <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
+ ~ 500 ko, ou <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— vocabulaire théorique de la musique
</ul>
</td>
<ul>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.fr.html">Manuel de notation</a>
- (partiellement traduit, aussi<br>en <a class="title"
+ (partiellement traduit,<br>aussi en <a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">page unique
- en anglais</a> ~ 4 Mb, ou
+ en anglais</a> ~ 4 Mo, ou
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond.fr.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— gravure de musique avec LilyPond
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals/index.html">Référence des propriétés internes</a>
(en anglais, en <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals-big-page.html">page
- unique</a> ~ 1 Mb)
+ unique</a> ~ 1 Mo)
<br>— définitions pour les retouches
</ul>
</td>
<ul>
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program/index.fr.html">Utilisation des programmes</a>
-(partiellement traduit, aussi<br>en <a class="title"
+(partiellement traduit,<br>aussi en <a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-program-big-page.html">page unique en anglais</a>, ou
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond-program.fr.pdf">au format PDF</a>)
<br>— installation et exécution des programmes
<li><a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html">Exemples de code</a>
-(en <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">une seule grande page</a>,
+(en <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">page unique en anglais</a> ~ 2 Mo,
au format <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-snippets.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>— petits trucs, astuces et exemples
</ul>
</ul>
</td><td class="right-column">
-<!-- TODO
- <ul>
- <li><a class="title" href="translations.html">État des traductions</a>
- <br>— avancement des traductions
- </ul>
--->
+ <ul>
+ <li><a class="title" href="translations.fr.html">État des traductions</a>
+ <br>— avancement des traductions en français
+ </ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jun 28 13:59:30 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<html>
<!-- This page is automatically generated by translation-status.py from
translations.template.html.in; DO NOT EDIT !-->
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
+ Translation of GIT committish: 862d8ce7ab34bfa6e9192fb31d004137d158c452
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
!-->
+<head>
+ <title>État de la traduction de la documentation de LilyPond</title>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+</head>
<body>
+<p><a href="index.html">Retour à l'accueil de la documentation</a></p>
+
+<h1>Avancement de la traduction de la documentation</h1>
+
+<p>Cette page présente pour chaque partie de la documentation de
+ LilyPond @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@ l'avancement de la traduction
+ francophone. Pour chaque partie sont indiqués le nombre de mots de
+ l'original en anglais, les noms des traducteurs et relecteurs,
+ le proportion de matériel traduit, l'état de mise à jour, et
+ l'indicateur de révision par rapport au Grand Documentation Project
+ (GDP).
+</p>
+
+<p>Au cours du GDP, la documentation en anglais a été complètement
+ remaniée, et sa révision se poursuit encore actuellement ; le rythme
+ de cette révision ne permet pas de maintenir toutes les traductions
+ à jour. Cependant, le fait que certaines traductions ne soient pas
+ du tout à jour (avec une indication sur fond rouge) ne signifient
+ pas qu'elles sont périmées, cela signifie juste que les traductions
+ n'atteignent pas la qualité de la documentation en anglais récemment
+ remaniée : les traducteurs font de leur mieux pour au moins mettre à
+ jour dans la documentation la syntaxe et les noms de commande
+ LilyPond. La mise à jour des traductions après le GDP est en
+ cours ; vous pouvez accélérer et améliorer ce processus en
+ participant aux traductions et relectures, qui sont organisées sur
+ la liste de diffusion
+ <a href="http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/lilypond-user-fr">lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org</a>.
+</p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
- <th>GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation</th> <th>Translators</th>
- <th>Translation checkers</th>
- <th>Translated</th>
- <th>Up to date</th>
- <th>Other info</th>
+ <th>GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation</th> <th>Traducteurs</th>
+ <th>Relecteurs</th>
+ <th>Traduit</th>
+ <th>À jour</th>
+ <th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Section titles<br>(412)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Préface<br>(411)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Introduction<br>(3704)</td>
+ <td>1 Introduction<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain<br>
John Mandereau</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Jean-Yves Baudais</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (65 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #83fe2c">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Tutoriel<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Tutoriel<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Nicolas Grandclaude<br>
Ludovic Sardain<br>
Gauvain Pocentek</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff8c51">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>post-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>3 Concepts fondamentaux<br>(9800)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (39 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #fff53e">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (39 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #fff23f">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Retouche des partitions<br>(12228)</td>
+ <td>4 Retouche des partitions<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Nicolas Klutchnikoff</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (18 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (17 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>5 Travail sur des projets LilyPond<br>(3005)</td>
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #acff31">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>A Modèles<br>(483)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>B Tutoriel Scheme<br>(960)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p></p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
- <th>GNU LilyPond --- utilisation des programmes</th> <th>Translators</th>
- <th>Translation checkers</th>
- <th>Translated</th>
- <th>Up to date</th>
- <th>Other info</th>
+ <th>GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme</th> <th>Traducteurs</th>
+ <th>Relecteurs</th>
+ <th>Traduit</th>
+ <th>À jour</th>
+ <th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>Section titles<br>(390)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Installation<br>(1674)</td>
+ <td>1 Installation<br>(1681)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (10 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #b9ff33">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (10 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #c7ff35">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Environnement de travail<br>(947)</td>
+ <td>2 Environnement de travail<br>(1012)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>3 Exécution de LilyPond<br>(2879)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>4 @command{lilypond-book} : association musique-texte<br>(3175)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Conversion à partir d'autres formats<br>(975)</td>
+ <td>5 Conversion à partir d'autres formats<br>(995)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #47ff24">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p></p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
- <th>GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation</th> <th>Translators</th>
- <th>Translation checkers</th>
- <th>Translated</th>
- <th>Up to date</th>
- <th>Other info</th>
+ <th>GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation</th> <th>Traducteurs</th>
+ <th>Relecteurs</th>
+ <th>Traduit</th>
+ <th>À jour</th>
+ <th>Autres informations</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(547)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>1 Notation musicale générale<br>(91)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Hauteurs<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Hauteurs<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6591)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rythme<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Signes d'interprétation<br>(944)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Signes d'interprétation<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Répétitions<br>(976)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Répétitions et reprises<br>(556)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Notes simultanées<br>(1078)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Notes simultanées<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Notation sur la portée<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Notation éditoriale<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Notation éditoriale<br>(908)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Texte<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Texte<br>(2082)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (83 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (82 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Notation spécialiste<br>(68)</td>
+ <td>2 Notation spécialiste<br>(73)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Musique vocale<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Musique vocale<br>(2799)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (96 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (96 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Keyboard instruments<br>(1044)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Instruments à clavier<br>(668)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (72 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (89 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.3 Unfretted string instruments<br>(173)</td>
+ <td>2.3 Cordes frottées<br>(173)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (36 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (36 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(1063)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Instruments à cordes frettées<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (90 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (16 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percussions<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percussions<br>(747)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (97 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (98 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.6 Wind instruments<br>(279)</td>
+ <td>2.6 Instruments à vent<br>(279)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (75 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (75 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Chord notation<br>(1530)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Notation des accords<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (47 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (62 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>2.8 Notations anciennes<br>(3474)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (73 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (73 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Syntaxe d'entrée<br>(4971)</td>
- <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
+ <td>2.9 World music<br>(1115)</td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
+ <td></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
+ Valentin Villenave</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (4 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ff8a51">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (6 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ff8652">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Gestion de l'espace<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>4 Gestion de l'espace<br>(7896)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(6951)</td>
+ <td>5 Modification des réglages prédéfinis<br>(8377)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td>Gilles Thibault</td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (76 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #ffb249">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (51 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #ffa74b">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces pour les programmeurs<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces pour les programmeurs<br>(5218)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>A Bibliographie<br>(299)</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">no</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">non</span></td>
<td></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Tables du manuel de notation<br>(894)</td>
+ <td>B Tables du manuel de notation<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially (14 %)</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #dfef77">partiellement (7 %)</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partiellement</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<td>C Aide-mémoire<br>(250)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave</td>
<td></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">yes</span></td>
- <td>pre-GDP</td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td><span style="background-color: #1fff1f">oui</span></td>
+ <td>pré-GDP</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p></p>
<html>
<!--
- Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
+ Translation of GIT committish: 862d8ce7ab34bfa6e9192fb31d004137d158c452
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
!-->
+<head>
+ <title>État de la traduction de la documentation de LilyPond</title>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+</head>
<body>
+<p><a href="index.html">Retour à l'accueil de la documentation</a></p>
+
+<h1>Avancement de la traduction de la documentation</h1>
+
+<p>Cette page présente pour chaque partie de la documentation de
+ LilyPond @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@ l'avancement de la traduction
+ francophone. Pour chaque partie sont indiqués le nombre de mots de
+ l'original en anglais, les noms des traducteurs et relecteurs,
+ le proportion de matériel traduit, l'état de mise à jour, et
+ l'indicateur de révision par rapport au Grand Documentation Project
+ (GDP).
+</p>
+
+<p>Au cours du GDP, la documentation en anglais a été complètement
+ remaniée, et sa révision se poursuit encore actuellement ; le rythme
+ de cette révision ne permet pas de maintenir toutes les traductions
+ à jour. Cependant, le fait que certaines traductions ne soient pas
+ du tout à jour (avec une indication sur fond rouge) ne signifient
+ pas qu'elles sont périmées, cela signifie juste que les traductions
+ n'atteignent pas la qualité de la documentation en anglais récemment
+ remaniée : les traducteurs font de leur mieux pour au moins mettre à
+ jour dans la documentation la syntaxe et les noms de commande
+ LilyPond. La mise à jour des traductions après le GDP est en
+ cours ; vous pouvez accélérer et améliorer ce processus en
+ participant aux traductions et relectures, qui sont organisées sur
+ la liste de diffusion
+ <a href="http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/lilypond-user-fr">lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org</a>.
+</p>
</body>
</html>
nouveaux concepts de notation.
En plus des signes d'articulation standards décrits à la section
-@ref{Articulations}, la notation ancienne dispose de signes particuliers.
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations}, la notation ancienne dispose de signes particuliers.
@itemize @bullet
@item
@seealso
-Dans ce manuel : @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Cautionary accidentals}, et
+Dans ce manuel : @ref{Pitches}, @ref{Accidentals}, et
@ref{Automatic accidentals}, pour les principes généraux d'utilisation
des altérations ; @ref{Key signature} pour les armures.
@cindex articulations
En plus des signes d'articulation standards décrits à la section
-@ref{Articulations}, LilyPond fournit des articulations pour la musique
+@ref{Articulations and ornamentations}, LilyPond fournit des articulations pour la musique
ancienne. Elles sont spécifiquement destinées au style Editio Vaticana.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Gilles Thibault
@item
La mise en page, autrement dit les marges, l'espacement, la taille du papier ; tous ces facteurs
-font l'objet des chapitres @ref{Non-musical notation} et @ref{Spacing issues}.
+font l'objet des chapitres @ref{General input and output} et @ref{Spacing issues}.
@end itemize
En sous-main, LilyPond se sert du langage Scheme (un dérivé du LISP) comme
@section Automatic notation
Cette section s'intéresse au réglage de l'impression automatique des
-altérations accidentelles et ligatures.
+ligatures.
@menu
-* Automatic accidentals::
* Setting automatic beam behavior::
@end menu
-@node Automatic accidentals
-@subsection Automatic accidentals
-@cindex Altérations accidentelles automatiques
-
-Une fonction a été créée pour regrouper les règles suivant lesquelles
-s'impriment les altérations. Elle s'invoque de la manière suivante :
-
-@funindex set-accidental-style
-@example
-#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE)
-@end example
-
-@c TODO: check the context stuff below
-@c -does it *really* work?
-@c -the default contexts as specified in
-@c scm/music-function.scm seem to be different -vv
-
-Cette fonction prend pour argument le nom de la règle d'altérations,
-auquel peut s'ajouter, comme argument facultatif, le contexte
-devant être affecté :
-
-@example
-#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE #('CONTEXTE#))
-@end example
-
-Si aucun contexte n'est spécifié, le contexte @code{Staff} sera affecté ;
-cependant on peut souhaiter l'appliquer au contexte @code{Voice} en lieu
-et place.
-
-Les régles d'altérations suivantes sont possibles :
-
-@table @code
-@item default
-C'est la règle d'impression par défaut, qui se rapporte à l'usage
-en vigueur au XVIIIème siècle : les altérations accidentelles sont valables toute
-une mesure, et uniquement à leur propre octave.
-
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'default" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item voice
-En principe, LilyPond se souvient de toutes les altérations présentes sur la
-portée (contexte Staff). Avec cette règle, cependant, les altérations sont indépendantes
-pour chacune des voix.
-
-
-@example
- \new Staff <<
- #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
- @{ @dots{} @}
- >>
-@end example
-
-De ce fait, les altérations d'une voix sont ignorées dans les autres voix,
-ce qui peut donner lieu à un résultat malencontreux. Dans l'exemple suivant,
-il est difficile de dire si le deuxième @samp{la} est dièse ou naturel.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'voice" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-La règle @code{voice} n'est à envisager que dans le cas de voix devant être lues par
-des musiciens différents. S'il s'agit d'un @q{conducteur}, ou d'une portée destinée
-à un seul musicien, il vaut mieux utiliser @code{modern} ou @code{modern-cautionary}.
-
-
-@item modern
-@funindex modern style accidentals
-Cette règle est la plus courante au XXème siècle. Les altérations accidentelles
-sont imprimées comme avec le style @code{default}, mais lorsqu'une note non-altérée
-apparaît à une octave différente, ou bien dans la mesure suivante, des bécarres de précaution
-sont ajoutés. Dans l'exemple suivant, notez ainsi les deux bécarres dans la
-deuxième mesure de la main droite.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item @code{modern-cautionary}
-@funindex modern-cautionary
-Cette règle est équivalente à @code{modern}, mais les bécarres de précaution sont
-imprimés de façon particulière : soit plus petits, soit (par défaut) entre parenthèses.
-Il est possible de le définir au moyen de la propriété @code{cautionary-style}
-pour l'objet @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-cautionary" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@funindex modern-voice
-@item modern-voice
-Cette règle sert aux altérations dans de la musique polyphonique destinée
-autant à des musiciens différents qu'à quelqu'un qui lirait l'ensemble des voix.
-Les altérations sont imprimées voix par voix, mais les autres voix, dans le même
-contexte @rinternals{Staff}, en @emph{tiennent compte} cette fois.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
-@item modern-voice-cautionary
-Cette régle est similaire à la précédente, mais les altérations de précautions
-(celles que n'aurait pas ajoutées @code{voice}), sont imprimées de façon
-particulière. On retrouve donc toutes les altérations qu'imprimerait
-@code{default}, mais certaines sont considérées comme étant @qq{de précaution}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice-cautionary" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item piano
-@funindex piano accidentals
-Cette règle est adaptée aux contextes GrandStaff -- ce qui n'empêche pas de devoir la spécifier
-pour chaque portée individuelle au sein du contexte GrandStaff.
-
-@example
-\new GrandStaff @{ <<
- \new Staff = "up" @{ <<
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- @{ @dots{} @}
- >> @}
- \new Staff = "down"@{ <<
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- @{ @dots{} @}
- >> @}
->> @}
-@end example
-
-Cette règle est communément employée pour les partitions de piano au XXème siècle.
-Très similaire à @code{modern} de par son comportement, elle s'en distingue en ce que
-les altérations tiennent compte des autre portées du contexte @rinternals{GrandStaff} ou
-@rinternals{PianoStaff}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item piano-cautionary
-@funindex #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
-Identique à @code{#(set-accidental-style 'piano)}, mais les altérations de précaution
-sont imprimées différemment.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano-cautionary" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item no-reset
-@funindex no-reset accidental style
-C'est la même règle que @code{default}, mais l'effet des altérations accidentelles
-ne cesse jamais, même dans les mesures suivantes.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'no-reset" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item forget
-Tout le contraire de @code{no-reset}: l'effet des altérations cesse aussitôt,
-et de ce fait, toutes les altérations, quelque soit leur place dans la mesure, sont
-imprimées, en fonction de l'éventuelle armure.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
- \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
-
-musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
- \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
- \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
- <f a d>2 | } }}
-
-\score {
- \new PianoStaff {
- << \context Staff = "up" {
- #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
- \musicA }
- \context Staff = "down"{
- #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
- \musicB } >> }
- \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'forget" }}}
-}
-@end lilypond
-@end table
-
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{Accidental_engraver},
-@rinternals{Accidental}, @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion} et @rinternals{AccidentalPlacement}.
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Les notes simultanées sont considérées comme des évènements séquentiels.
-Ce qui implique que, dans un accord, les altérations accidentelles seront
-imprimées comme si les notes de l'accords apparaissaient une par une, en fonction
-de l'ordre dans lequels elles ont été saisies -- ce qui peut poser problème lorsqu'au
-sein d'un accord certaines altérations dépendent les unes des autres.
-Ce problème est à résoudre manuellement, en insérant des @code{!} et des @code{?} après les notes
-concernées.
-
-
@node Setting automatic beam behavior
@subsection Setting automatic beam behavior
Pour aller encore plus loin, plutôt que de simplement parler de l'objet
@code{Fingering}, ce qui ne nous avance pas à grand chose, on peut aller explorer
son âme même, dans les fichiers source de LilyPond (voir
-@rlearning{Default files}), en l'occurence le fichier
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}), en l'occurence le fichier
@file{scm/@/define@/-grobs@/.scm} :
@example
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@quotation
Nous souhaitons dédier ce programme à tous les amis que nous avons
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude
* Hidden notes::
* Coloring objects::
* Parentheses::
-* Ambitus::
* Stems::
@end menu
@end example
-@node Ambitus
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
-@cindex ambitus
-
-L'@emph{ambitus} est l'amplitude des hauteurs d'une voix donnée dans une
-partition. Ce terme peut aussi désigner la tessiture qu'un instrument
-est capable d'atteindre. Souvent, cet ambitus est imprimé au début des
-partitions vocales, afin que les exécutants puissent voir au premier
-coup d'oeil s'ils sont en mesure de tenir la partie en question.
-
-Pour exprimer l'ambitus d'une pièce, on indique avant la clé deux notes
-représentant la hauteur la plus basse et la plus haute. Pour imprimer
-cet ambitus, il faut ajouter le graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver}
-au contexte @rinternals{Voice}. Ainsi,
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- \context @{
- \Voice
- \consists Ambitus_engraver
- @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-donne pour résultat
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-\layout {
- \context {
- \Staff
- \consists Ambitus_engraver
- }
-}
-
-\relative \new Staff {
- as'' c e2 cis,2
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Si plusieurs voix se trouvent sur une même portée, on peut attribuer le
-graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver} au contexte @rinternals{Staff}
-plutôt qu'au contexte @rinternals{Voice} ; l'ambitus affiché sera
-alors celui de toutes les voix cumulées, non d'une seule des voix
-actives.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
-\new Staff \with {
- \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
-}
-<<
- \new Voice \with {
- \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
- } \relative c'' {
- \override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
- \voiceOne
- c4 a d e f2
- }
- \new Voice \with {
- \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
- } \relative c' {
- \voiceTwo
- es4 f g as b2
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Cet exemple met en œuvre une fonctionnalité avancée :
-
-@example
-\override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Ce réglage déplace l'ambitus vers la gauche. Le même résultat aurait pu
-être obtenu avec @code{extra-offset}, mais alors le système de mise en
-forme n'aurait pas attribué d'espace supplémentaire pour l'objet
-déplacé.
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{Ambitus},
-@rinternals{AmbitusLine}, @rinternals{AmbitusNoteHead},
-@rinternals{AmbitusAccidental}.
-
-Exemples : @rlsr{Pitches}, @rlsr{Vocal music}.
-
-@knownissues
-
-LilyPond ne gère pas les collisions entre plusieurs ambitus présents sur
-une même portée.
-
-
@node Stems
@unnumberedsubsubsec Stems
@menu
* Balloon help::
* Grid lines::
+* Analysis brackets::
* Blank music sheet::
@end menu
@node Balloon help
-@subsubsection Balloon help
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Balloon help
Vous pouvez marquer et nommer des éléments de notation à l'aide de
bulles. L'objectif premier de cette fonctionnalité est d'expliquer la
@node Grid lines
-@subsubsection Grid lines
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Grid lines
Vous pouvez tracer des lignes entre les portées, synchronisées avec
les notes.
Exemples : @rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+@node Analysis brackets
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
+@cindex crochets
+@cindex crochets de phrasé
+@cindex analyse musicologique
+@cindex crochet de regroupement de notes
+
+On utilise des crochets en analyse musicale, pour indiquer la
+structure d'une pièce. LilyPond permet d'utiliser une forme
+simplifiée de crochets horizontaux imbriqués, dans la mesure où le
+contexte @rinternals{Staff} comporte le graveur
+@rinternals{Horizontal_bracket_engraver}. Un crochet s'ouvre avec
+@code{\startGroup}, et se ferme avec @code{\stopGroup}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ c4\startGroup\startGroup
+ c4\stopGroup
+ c4\startGroup
+ c4\stopGroup\stopGroup
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
+}}}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Référence du programme : @rinternals{HorizontalBracket}.
+
+
@node Blank music sheet
-@subsubsection Blank music sheet
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Blank music sheet
@cindex Papier musique
@cindex Portées, feuille blanche
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
@menu
-* Articulations::
+* Articulations and ornamentations::
* Dynamics::
+* New dynamic marks::
@end menu
-@node Articulations
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Articulations
+@node Articulations and ornamentations
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Articulations and ornamentations
@cindex articulations
@cindex symboles d'ornementation
-@cindex ornementations, symboles
+@cindex ornementation, symboles
Différents symboles peuvent être ajoutés au-dessus ou au-dessous des
une notation textuelle.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
-\setTextCresc
+\crescTextCresc
c\< d e f\!
-\setHairpinCresc
+\crescHairpin
e\> d c b\!
-\setTextDecresc
+\dimTextDecresc
c\> d e f\!
-\setTextDim
+\dimTextDim
e\> d c b\!
@end lilypond
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
\set crescendoText = \markup { \italic "cresc. poco" }
-\set crescendoSpanner = #'dashed-line
+\set crescendoSpanner = #'text
a'2\< a a a\!\mf
@end lilypond
@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner}.
-@node Curves
-@subsection Curves
-
-@menu
-* Ties::
-* Slurs::
-* Phrasing slurs::
-* Laissez vibrer ties::
-* Breath marks::
-* Falls and doits::
-@end menu
-
-@node Ties
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Ties
-
-@cindex liaison de prolongation
-@funindex ~
-
-Une liaison de tenue (ou de prolongation) relie deux notes adjacentes de
-même hauteur. Dans les faits, elle prolonge la durée d'une note, et ne
-doit donc pas être confondue avec les liaisons d'articulation ou de
-phrasé. Une liaison de tenue est indiquée au moyen d'un tilde @samp{~}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-e' ~ e' <c' e' g'> ~ <c' e' g'>
-@end lilypond
-
-
-Quand une liaison de tenue se trouve entre deux accords, toutes les
-notes de même hauteur entre ces deux accords sont reliées. S'il n'y en
-a aucune, aucune liaison n'est créée. Il est également possible de lier
-partiellement deux accords, en mettant les liaisons à l'intérieur des
-accords.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
-<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
-@end lilypond
+@node New dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec New dynamic marks
+Grâce à la commande @code{make-dynamic-script}, vous pouvez créer de
+nouvelles marques textuelles de nuances que vous combinerez
+éventuellement avec les signes de nuances.
+Notez bien que la police des nuances en contient que les caractères
+@code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}.
-Une liaison de tenue est un moyen parmi d'autres pour prolonger la durée
-d'une note, tout comme les points. L'exemple suivant montre deux
-manières de matérialiser exactement la même idée :
+Certains composants, tels que les marques de nuances, possèdent des
+propriétés particulières et prédéfinies quant à leur police. Lorsque
+vous créez du texte en pareille situation, nous vous recommandons
+d'utiliser @code{normal-text} pour annuler ces propriétés. Voir
+@ref{Text markup commands} pour plus de détails.
+@cindex make-dynamic-script
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right]
-\time 3/4 c'2. c'2 ~ c'4
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Les liaisons de tenues sont utilisées soit lorsque la note dépasse de la
-mesure, soit quand les points ne suffisent pas à donner la bonne durée.
-Lorsque l'on utilise ces liaisons, les valeurs rythmiques les plus
-longues doivent s'aligner sur les subidivisions de la mesure, comme ici :
-
-@c KEEP LY
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
-\relative {
- r8^"oui" c8 ~ c2 r4 | r8^"non" c2 ~ c8 r4
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
+\relative c' {
+ c4 c c\sfzp c
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex Nuances éditoriales
+@cindex Nuances, entre parenthèses
-Lorsque l'on doit lier de nombreuses notes sur plusieurs mesures, il
-devient plus facile d'avoir recours à la division automatique des notes
---- voir @ref{Automatic note splitting}. Ce procédé divise
-automatiquement les notes trop longues, et les lie par-delà les barres
-de mesure.
-
-@funindex \repeatTie
-
-Lorsqu'une mesure de seconde fois après une reprise commence sur une
-note liée, la liaison doit être répétée. C'est à cela que sert la
-commande @code{\repeatTie} :
-
-@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2]
-r <c e g>\repeatTie
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex liaison de prolongation, répétition
-@cindex reprises avec alternatives et liaisons de prolongation
-
-@commonprop
+Vous pouvez aussi encadrer les nuances entre parenthèses ou entre
+crochets. Ceci est souvent utilisé pour ajouter des nuances propres à
+une édition donnée.
-Les liaisons de tenue servent parfois à rendre un accord arpégé. Dans ce
-cas, les notes liées ne sont pas toutes consécutives. Il faut alors
-assigner à la propriété @code{tieWaitForNote} la valeur @emph{vrai}
-(@q{t} pour @q{true}). Cette même méthode peut servir, par exemple, à
-lier un trémolo à un accord.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
-\set tieWaitForNote = ##t
-\grace { c16[~ e~ g]~ } <c, e g>2
-\repeat tremolo 8 { c32~ c'~ } <c c,>1
-e8~ c~ a~ f~ <e' c a f>2
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+rndf = \markup{ \center-align {\line { \bold{\italic (}
+ \dynamic f \bold{\italic )} }} }
+boxf = \markup{ \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+{ c'1_\rndf c'1_\boxf }
@end lilypond
-Il est possible de graver manuellement les liaisons de tenue, en
-modifiant la propriété @code{tie-configuration}. Pour chaque paire, le
-premier nombre indique la distance à la portée, en espaces de portée, et
-le second la direction (1 pour haut, @minus{}1 pour bas).
-
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
-<c e g>2~ <c e g> |
-\override TieColumn #'tie-configuration =
- #'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
-<c e g>~ <c e g> |
-@end lilypond
-
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \tieUp
-@code{\tieUp},
-@funindex \tieDown
-@code{\tieDown},
-@funindex \tieNeutral
-@code{\tieNeutral},
-@funindex \tieDotted
-@code{\tieDotted},
-@funindex \tieDashed
-@code{\tieDashed},
-@funindex \tieSolid
-@code{\tieSolid}.
-@seealso
-
-Dans ce même manuel : @ref{Automatic note splitting}.
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{Tie}.
-
-
-@knownissues
-
-Un changement de portée, lorsqu'une liaison de tenue est active, ne
-peut produire une liaison oblique.
-
-Le changement de clé ou d'octave pendant une liaison de tenue produit un
-résultat indéfini. Dans ces cas-là, il est préférable d'utiliser un
-legato.
+@node Curves
+@subsection Curves
+@menu
+* Slurs::
+* Phrasing slurs::
+* Breath marks::
+* Falls and doits::
+@end menu
@node Slurs
@unnumberedsubsubsec Slurs
Référence du programme : @rinternals{PhrasingSlur}.
-@node Laissez vibrer ties
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Laissez vibrer ties
-
-@cindex laissez vibrer
-@cindex liaison, laissez vibrer
-
-Les liaisons @qq{Laissez vibrer} (L.V.) sont utilisées pour le piano, la
-harpe, et certains instruments de percussion. Elles indiquent à
-l'instrumentiste de laisser sonner la note ou l'accord au lieu de
-l'étouffer. Cet effet s'obtient avec la commande @code{\laissezVibrer}.
-
-@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
-<c f g>\laissezVibrer
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme :
-@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTie},
-@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTieColumn}.
-
-Exemples : @rlsr{Expressive marks}.
-
-
@node Breath marks
@unnumberedsubsubsec Breath marks
* Glissando::
* Arpeggio::
* Trills::
-* Analysis brackets::
@end menu
@node Glissando
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
\new Voice {
- \arpeggioUp
+ \arpeggioArrowUp
<c e g c>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioDown
+ \arpeggioArrowDown
<c e g c>\arpeggio
}
@end lilypond
@predefined
@code{\arpeggio},
-@funindex \arpeggioUp
-@code{\arpeggioUp},
-@funindex \arpeggioDown
-@code{\arpeggioDown},
-@funindex \arpeggioNeutral
-@code{\arpeggioNeutral},
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
+@code{\arpeggioArrowUp},
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
+@code{\arpeggioArrowDown},
+@funindex \arpeggioNormal
+@code{\arpeggioNormal},
@funindex \arpeggioBracket
@code{\arpeggioBracket}.
@unnumberedsubsubsec Trills
Les trilles brefs s'indiquent comme n'importe quelle ponctuation :
-voir @ref{Articulations}.
+voir @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
Les trilles plus longs sont délimités par @code{\startTrillSpan} et
Référence du programme : @rinternals{TrillSpanner}.
-@node Analysis brackets
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
-@cindex crochets
-@cindex crochets de phrasé
-@cindex analyse musicologique
-@cindex crochet de regroupement de notes
-
-On utilise des crochets en analyse musicale, pour indiquer la
-structure d'une pièce. LilyPond permet d'utiliser une forme
-simplifiée de crochets horizontaux imbriqués, dans la mesure où le
-contexte @rinternals{Staff} comporte le graveur
-@rinternals{Horizontal_bracket_engraver}. Un crochet s'ouvre avec
-@code{\startGroup}, et se ferme avec @code{\stopGroup}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- c4\startGroup\startGroup
- c4\stopGroup
- c4\startGroup
- c4\stopGroup\stopGroup
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Staff \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
-}}}
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Référence du programme : @rinternals{HorizontalBracket}.
-
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
{
\set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(right)
- \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = ##("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
+ \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = #'#("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
<c-\RH #5 >4
<c-\RH "@">4
}
#(define RH rightHandFinger)
{
\set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(right)
- \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = ##("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
+ \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = #'#("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
<c-\RH #5 >4
<c-\RH "@">4
}
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
-@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude
+@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude, Valentin Villenave
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Input files::
-* Common syntax issues TODO name?::
-* Other stuffs TODO move?::
-@end menu
-@node Input files
-@section Input files
+@menu
+* Input structure::
+* Titles and headers::
+* Working with input files::
+* Controlling output::
+* MIDI output::
+@end menu
+
+@node Input structure
+@section Input structure
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Structure of a score::
+* Multiple scores in a book::
+* File structure::
+@end menu
+
+@node Structure of a score
+@subsection Structure of a score
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Multiple scores in a book
+@subsection Multiple scores in a book
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
-* File structure::
-* A single music expression::
-* Multiple scores in a book::
-* Extracting fragments of notation::
-* Including LilyPond files::
-* Text encoding::
-* Different editions from one source::
-@end menu
@node File structure
@subsection File structure
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node A single music expression
-@subsection A single music expression
+@node Titles and headers
+@section Titles and headers
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Multiple scores in a book
-@subsection Multiple scores in a book
+@menu
+* Creating titles::
+* Custom titles::
+* Reference to page numbers::
+* Table of contents::
+@end menu
+
+@node Creating titles
+@subsection Creating titles
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Extracting fragments of notation
-@subsection Extracting fragments of notation
+@node Custom titles
+@subsection Custom titles
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Including LilyPond files
-@subsection Including LilyPond files
+@node Reference to page numbers
+@subsection Reference to page numbers
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Text encoding
-@subsection Text encoding
+@node Table of contents
+@subsection Table of contents
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Working with input files
+@section Working with input files
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Including LilyPond files::
+* Different editions from one source::
+* Text encoding::
+* Displaying LilyPond notation::
+@end menu
+
+@node Including LilyPond files
+@subsection Including LilyPond files
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Different editions from one source
@subsection Different editions from one source
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Using variables::
+* Using tags::
+@end menu
+
+@node Using variables
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using variables
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Using tags
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using tags
@funindex \tag
@cindex tag
-
+
La commande @code{\tag} affecte un nom à des expressions musicales.
Les expressions ainsi balisées pourront être filtrées par la suite.
Ce mécanisme permet d'obtenir différentes versions à partir d'une même
Dans l'exemple qui suit, nous obtenons deux versions du même extrait,
l'une pour le conducteur, l'autre pour l'instrumentiste, et qui
comportera les ornements.
-
+
@example
c1
<<
c1
@end example
+@noindent
Ce principe peut s'appliquer aux articulations, textes, etc. Il
-suffit de positionner
+suffit de positionner
+
@example
-\tag #@var{votre-balise}
@end example
+
+@noindent
avant l'articulation, comme ici :
+
@example
c1-\tag #'part ^4
@end example
+@noindent
Ceci définira une note avec une indication de doigté conditionnelle.
-
+
@cindex keepWithTag
@cindex removeWithTag
C'est grâce aux commandes @code{\keepWithTag} et @code{\removeWithTag}
que vous filtrerez les expressions balisées. Par exemple :
+
@example
<<
@var{de la musique}
\keepWithTag #'part @var{de la musique}
>>
@end example
+
+@noindent
donnerait :
@lilypondfile[ragged-right,quote]{tag-filter.ly}
que @code{#'score} ou @code{#'part}), suivi d'une expression musicale.
Vous pouvez utiliser de multiples balises dans un morceau en
saisissant plusieurs @code{\tag}.
-
+
@example
\tag #'original-part \tag #'transposed-part @dots{}
@end example
si vous imprimez une partition avec les deux sections balisées.
-@node Common syntax issues TODO name?
-@section Common syntax issues TODO name?
+@node Text encoding
+@subsection Text encoding
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
-* Controlling direction::
-* Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE::
-@end menu
-@node Controlling direction
-@subsection Controlling direction
+@node Displaying LilyPond notation
+@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-@subsection Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Other stuffs TODO move?
-@section Other stuffs TODO move?
+@node Controlling output
+@section Controlling output
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
-* Displaying LilyPond notation::
-* Skipping corrected music::
-* context list FIXME::
-* another thing FIXME::
-* Input modes FIXME::
+@menu
+* Extracting fragments of music::
+* Skipping corrected music::
@end menu
-@node Displaying LilyPond notation
-@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
+@node Extracting fragments of music
+@subsection Extracting fragments of music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Skipping corrected music
@subsection Skipping corrected music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node context list FIXME
-@subsection context list FIXME
+@node MIDI output
+@section MIDI output
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@node another thing FIXME
-@subsection another thing FIXME
+@menu
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
+@end menu
+@node Creating MIDI files
+@subsection Creating MIDI files
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
+
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
-@node Input modes FIXME
-@subsection Input modes FIXME
+@cindex reprises développées
+@funindex \unfoldRepeats
+Au prix de quelques réglages, les reprises de toutes sortes peuvent être
+rendues dans le fichier MIDI. Il suffit pour cela de recourir à la
+fonction @code{\unfoldRepeats}, qui développe toutes les reprises. En
+d'autre termes, @code{\unfoldRepeats} transforme toutes les reprises
+en reprises de type @code{unfold}.
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+\unfoldRepeats {
+ \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
+ \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
+ \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
+ \alternative {
+ { g' a' a' g' }
+ {f' e' d' c' }
+ }
+}
+\bar "|."
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Lorsque l'on veut utiliser @code{\unfoldRepeats} seulement pour le rendu
+MIDI, il faut établir deux blocs @code{\score} : un pour le MIDI, avec
+des reprises explicites, et l'autre pour la partition, avec des reprises
+notées sous forme de barres de reprise, de trémolo ou de symboles de
+pourcentage. Par exemple
+
+@example
+\score @{
+ @var{..musique..}
+ \layout @{ .. @}
+@}
+\score @{
+ \unfoldRepeats @var{..musique..}
+ \midi @{ .. @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
+
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Install
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@c This file is part of lilypond-kearning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 27af34a245b02a6b89c9af3becefcfe676b2e19d
+ Translation of GIT committish: 4706bf2d0cccc915834cd9c063999cb38d2e78e8
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Ludovic Sardain, John Mandereau
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, Jean-Yves Baudais
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Introduction
@chapter Introduction
+Ce chapitre constitue une première présentation de LilyPond et de sa
+documentation.
+
+@menu
+* Background::
+* About the documentation::
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Background
+@section Background
+
+Cette partie présente les objectifs de LilyPond ainsi que son
+architecture.
@menu
* Engraving::
* What symbols to engrave?::
* Music representation::
* Example applications::
-* About the documentation::
@end menu
@node Engraving
-@section Engraving
+@unnumberedsubsec Engraving
L'art de la typographie musicale se nomme la @emph{gravure}. Ce terme
est issu du processus traditionnel d'impression musicale. Il y a
@end ifnottex
@end ifnotinfo
@ifinfo
-@c workaround for makeinfo-4.6: line breaks and multi-column cookies
-@image{henle-flat-bw,,,png} @image{baer-flat-bw,,,png}
-@image{lily-flat-bw,,,png}
+@image{lilypond/henle-flat-bw,,,png} @image{lilypond/baer-flat-bw,,,png}
+@image{lilypond/lily-flat-bw,,,png}
@end ifinfo
@item @tab
@node Automated engraving
-@section Automated engraving
+@unnumberedsubsec Automated engraving
Comment pouvons-nous implémenter la typographie ? Si les artisans ont
besoin de plus de dix ans pour devenir de vrais maîtres, comment nous,
programme étaient figées par les développeurs. Ceci s'est avéré
insatisfaisant pour plusieurs raisons :
-@itemize @bullet
+@itemize
@item Quand Lilypond fait des erreurs,
les utilisateurs ont besoin de contredire les décisions de formatage.
Les utilisateurs doivent donc avoir accès au moteur de formatage. Par
\new Score \with {
\override SpacingSpanner #'spacing-increment = #3
\override TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
-} \relative {
+} \relative c' {
\stemDown <e g b>4_>-\arpeggio
\override Arpeggio #'direction = #RIGHT
\stemUp <e g b>4^>-\arpeggio
@node What symbols to engrave?
-@section What symbols to engrave?
+@unnumberedsubsec What symbols to engrave?
@cindex gravure
@cindex typographie
\include "engraver-example.ily"
\score {
- \topVoice
- \layout {
- \context {
+ \topVoice
+ \layout {
+ \context {
\Voice
\remove "Stem_engraver"
\remove "Phrasing_slur_engraver"
\remove "Script_engraver"
\remove "Beam_engraver"
\remove "Auto_beam_engraver"
- }
- \context {
+ }
+ \context {
\Staff
\remove "Accidental_engraver"
\remove "Key_engraver"
\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
\remove "Staff_symbol_engraver"
\consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
- }
-}
+ }
+ }
}
@end lilypond
}
@end lilypond
+@noindent
Le graveur de hampe est notifié de chaque tête de note qui survient.
Chaque fois qu'une tête de note --- plusieurs pour un accord --- est
rencontrée, un objet hampe est créé et connecté à la tête de note. En
@seealso
-Program reference: @rinternals{Contexts}.
+Référence du programme: @rinternals{Contexts}.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
@end lilypond
@node Music representation
-@section Music representation
+@unnumberedsubsec Music representation
Idéalement, le format d'entrée pour n'importe quel système de
formatage est une description abstraite du contenu. Dans ce cas-ci,
conséquent il est facile de saisir
@example
+@{
c'4 d'8
+@}
@end example
@noindent
exprimer de la musique plus complexe. Par exemple
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
-c4
+f4
@end lilypond
@noindent
@c < > is not a music expression,
@c so we use <<>> iso. <> to drive home the point of
@c expressions. Don't change this back --hwn.
+
+@c FIXME: change this. I can explain it better. -gp
@example
<<c4 d4 e4>>
@end example
moins de 10% du code source.
@node Example applications
-@section Example applications
+@unnumberedsubsec Example applications
Nous avons conçu LilyPond comme une expérimentation visant à
concentrer l'art de la gravure musicale dans un logiciel. Grâce à
être générées. L'exemple suivant associe quelques constructions
plus exotiques :
-@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{screech-boink.ly}
+@lilypond[quote]
+\header {
+ title = "Screech and boink"
+ subtitle = "Random complex notation"
+ composer = "Han-Wen Nienhuys"
+}
+
+\score {
+ \context PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff = "up" {
+ \time 4/8
+ \key c \minor
+ << {
+ \revert Stem #'direction
+ \change Staff = down
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##t
+ g16.[
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g32
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g16]
+ \change Staff = up
+ \stemUp
+ \set followVoice = ##t
+ c'''32([ b''16 a''16 gis''16 g''32)]
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \times 2/3 { d'16[ f' g'] } as'32[ b''32 e'' d'']
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \autoBeamOff d''8.. f''32
+ } \\ {
+ s4 es''4
+ } >>
+ }
+
+ \new Staff = "down" {
+ \clef bass
+ \key c \minor
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##f
+ \override Stem #'french-beaming = ##t
+ \override Beam #'thickness = #0.3
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ g'16[ b16 fis16 g16]
+ << \makeClusters {
+ as16 <as b>
+ <g b>
+ <g cis>
+ } \\ {
+ \override Staff.Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction =#down
+ <cis, e, gis, b, cis>4\arpeggio
+ }
+ >> }
+ >>
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 60 8)
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists Horizontal_bracket_engraver
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
Les extraits exposés ici ont tous été écrits à la main, mais ce n'est
pas une obligation. Puisque le moteur de formatage est en grande
@node About the documentation
@section About the documentation
-Deux manuels traitent de LilyPond : le @emph{manuel de l'utilisateur}
---- que vous lisez actuellement --- et le @emph{manuel d'utilisation du
-programme.}
+Cette partie présente les différents volumes de la documentation.
+
+@c leave these lines wrapping around. It's some texinfo 4.12 thing. -gp
+@c This is actually a limitation of texi2html. -jm
+@menu
+* About the Learning Manual (LM):: introduction à LilyPond, ce manuel explique aux débutants la création de partitions.
+
+* About the Music Glossary (MG):: ce document explique de nombreux termes musicaux et en donne la traduction dans d'autres langues.
-@subheading Manuel de l'utilisateur
+* About the Notation Reference (NR):: ce manuel représente la partie la plus volumineuse de la documentation. Il fournit tous les détails sur la création de notation musicale. La lecture de cet ouvrage requiert une bonne compréhension des concepts exposés dans le manuel d'initiation.
-Ce manuel se divise en trois livres.
-@c pourquoi pas "tomes" au lieu de "livres" ? -John M.
+* About the Application Usage (AU):: ce manuel aborde l'exécution des programmes LilyPond et les particularités dépendant du système d'exploitation.
-@subsubheading Manuel d'apprentissage
+* About the Snippet List (SL):: ce document rassemble une collection d'extraits de code LilyPond.
-Ce livre explique comment débuter avec LilyPond, et expose de manière
+* About the Internals Reference (IR):: ce manuel constitue une source d'information sur le fonctionnement interne de LilyPond. C'est une référence complète pour l'élaboration de retouches.
+
+* Other documentation:: d'autres sources de documentation sont disponibles, telles que les notes de nouveautés et les archives des listes de diffusion.
+
+@end menu
+
+
+@node About the Learning Manual (LM)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Learning Manual (LM)
+
+Ce volume explique comment débuter avec LilyPond, et expose de manière
simple quelques concepts clés. Il est conseillé de lire ces chapitres
de manière linéaire.
-@itemize @bullet
+@itemize
+
+@item
+@ref{Introduction} : le pourquoi du comment de LilyPond.
@item
-@ifhtml
-Le
-@end ifhtml
-@emph{@ref{Tutorial}}
-propose une introduction en douceur à la typographie musicale.
-Les utilisateurs débutants sont invités à commencer ici.
+@ref{Tutorial} : introduction en douceur à la typographie musicale.
+Les utilisateurs débutants sont invités à commencer par ce chapitre.
@item
-@emph{@ref{Fundamental concepts}}
-explique des concepts généraux du format de fichier ly. Si vous n'êtes
-pas certain de l'endroit où placer une commande, lisez ce chapitre !
+@ref{Fundamental concepts} : concepts généraux du format de fichier
+@code{ly} spécifique à LilyPond. Si vous n'êtes pas certain de
+l'endroit où placer une commande, lisez ce chapitre !
@item
-@emph{@ref{Working on LilyPond projects}}
-montre des utilisations pratiques de LilyPond et donne des conseils
-afin d'éviter les problèmes les plus courants.
+@ref{Tweaking output} : introduction aux retouches de gravure avec
+LilyPond.
@item
-@emph{@ref{Tweaking output}}
-est une introduction aux retouches de gravure avec LilyPond.
+@ref{Working on LilyPond projects} : utilisation pratique de LilyPond,
+conseils généraux, prévention et résolution des problèmes les plus
+courants. À lire avant de se lancer dans des travaux d'envergure !
@end itemize
+Ce volume contient aussi des annexes que vous pouvez consulter au gré de
+vos besoins :
+
+@itemize
+
+@item
+@ref{Templates} de pièces LilyPond. Copiez et collez un modèle dans
+un fichier, ajoutez les notes, et c'est prêt !
+
+@item
+@ref{Scheme tutorial} : courte introduction à Scheme, le langage de
+programmation utilisé dans les fonctions de musique. Ces quelques
+lignes vous aideront à construire des retouches avancées ; nombre
+d'utilisateurs n'ont jamais touché à Scheme.
+
+@end itemize
+
+
+@node About the Music Glossary (MG)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Music Glossary (MG)
+
+@cindex jargon
+@cindex terminologie
+@cindex langues étrangères
+@cindex langue
+@cindex langage
+
+@ref{Top,Music Glossary,,music-glossary,Glossaire musical} :
+explication des termes musicaux et traduction dans diverses langues.
+Si vous n'êtes pas familier avec la notation et la terminologie
+musicales, il est conseillé de consulter le glossaire, notamment pour
+les parties non encore traduites de la documentation.
-@subsubheading Manuel de référence
-Ce livre détaille toutes les commandes LilyPond produisant une notation
+@node About the Notation Reference (NR)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Notation Reference (NR)
+
+Ce volume détaille toutes les commandes LilyPond produisant une notation
musicale. La lecture de cet ouvrage requiert une bonne compréhension des
-concepts exposés dans le manuel d'apprentissage.
+concepts exposés dans le manuel d'initiation.
-@itemize @bullet
+@itemize
+@c Normalement, il est impossible d'utiliser deux points en français,
+@c car une référence externe doit se terminer par un signe de
+@c ponctuation dans la format Info. Cependant, Info
+@c n'internationalise pas encore des documents Info, donc nous n'en
+@c avons rien à faire pour l'instant. -jm
@item
-@emph{@ruser{Musical notation}}
-traite de sujets groupés par type de notation. Cette section
-détaille la notation de base, qui sera utile dans la plupart des
-projets de partition.
+@ruser{Musical notation} : cette partie décrit la notation de base,
+qui sera utile dans la plupart des projets de partition. Les sujets
+sont groupés par type de notation.
@item
-@emph{@ruser{Specialist notation}}
-traite de sujets groupés par type de notation. Cette section détaille
-des notations spéciales qui ne seront utiles que pour des types
-particuliers d'instruments ou la voix.
+@ruser{Specialist notation} : cette partie détaille des éléments de
+notation spécifiques à certains instruments ou styles. Les sujets
+sont groupés par type de notation.
@item
-@emph{@ruser{Changing defaults}}
-explique comment ajuster finement la mise en page.
+@ruser{General input and output} : informations générales sur les
+fichiers source LilyPond et le contrôle des sorties.
@item
-@emph{@ruser{Non-musical notation}}
-traite de sorties non musicales comme les titres, les mouvements
-multiples, et la sélection des instruments MIDI.
+@ruser{Spacing issues} : différents aspects de l'espacement selon les
+axes et échelles, par exemple la sélection de la taille de papier, ou
+la gestion des sauts de page.
@item
-@emph{@ruser{Spacing issues}}
-traite de sujets affectant la sortie globale, comme sélectionner
-la taille de papier ou spécifier les sauts de page.
+@ruser{Changing defaults} : ce chapitre est une référence des
+différentes formes de retouches, qui permettent d'obtenir de Lilypond
+(presque) tout ce que vous désirez.
@item
-@emph{@ruser{Interfaces for programmers}}
-explique comment créer des fonctions de musique.
+@ruser{Interfaces for programmers} :.création de fonctions de musique
+à l'aide de Scheme.
@end itemize
+Les annexes de ce manuel contiennent entre autres des tableaux de
+référence pratiques.
-@subsubheading Annexes
-
-Ce livre contient des tables de référence pratiques.
-
-@c Nous avons besoin d'ecrivez tous ca, aprez GDP est fini. -gp
-@ignore
-@itemize @bullet
-
-@item
-@ifhtml
-La
-@end ifhtml
-@emph{@ruser{Literature list}}
-contient un choix de livres de référence utiles pour ceux qui veulent
-en savoir plus sur la notation et la gravure.
-
-@item
-Le
-@emph{@ref{Scheme tutorial}}
-propose une courte introduction à Scheme, le langage de programmation
-utilisé dans les fonctions de musique.
+@itemize
@item
-@ifhtml
-Les
-@end ifhtml
-@emph{@ruser{Notation manual tables}}
-sont un ensemble de tableaux montrant les noms d'accord, les
-instruments MIDI, les noms de couleur, et la police Feta.
+@ruser{Literature list} : choix de livres de référence, pour en savoir
+plus sur la notation et la gravure.
@item
-Les
-@emph{@ref{Templates}}
-de pièces LilyPond. Copiez et collez un modèle
-dans un fichier, ajoutez les notes, et c'est prêt !
+@ruser{Notation manual tables} : tableaux montrant les noms d'accord,
+les instruments MIDI, les noms de couleur, et la police Feta.
@item
-L'
-@emph{@ruser{Cheat sheet}}
-est une référence pratique des commandes LilyPond les plus courantes.
+@ruser{Cheat sheet} : référence pratique des commandes LilyPond les
+plus courantes.
@item
-L'
-@emph{@ruser{LilyPond command index}}
-est un index de toutes les @code{\commandes} LilyPond.
+@ruser{LilyPond command index} : index de toutes les @code{\commandes}
+LilyPond.
@item
-L'
-@emph{@ruser{LilyPond index}}
-est un index complet.
+@ruser{LilyPond index} : un index complet.
@end itemize
-@subheading Utilisation du programme
-Ce livre explique l'exécution du programme et l'intégration de
+@node About the Application Usage (AU)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Application Usage (AU)
+
+Ce manuel explique l'exécution des programmes et l'intégration de
partitions LilyPond dans d'autres programmes.
-@itemize @bullet
+@itemize
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Install}}
-explique l'installation (et pour les personnes intéressées la
-compilation) de LilyPond.
+@rprogram{Install} : installation --- et éventuellement compilation ---
+de LilyPond.
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Running LilyPond}}
-documente le lancement de LilyPond et de ses programmes auxiliaires. De
-plus, cette section explique la mise à jour de fichiers source écrits
-pour d'anciennes versions de LilyPond.
+@rprogram{Setup} : configuration de votre système pour une utilisation
+optimale de LilyPond, comprenant l'utilisation d'environnements
+adaptés pour certains éditeurs de tecte.
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{LilyPond-book}}
-détaille la création de documents intégrant des exemples musicaux,
-comme ce manuel.
+@rprogram{Running LilyPond} : exécution de LilyPond et de ses
+programmes auxiliaires. De plus, cette partie explique comment
+effectuer la mise à jour de fichiers source écrits avec d'anciennes
+versions de LilyPond.
@item
-@emph{@rprogram{Converting from other formats}}
-explique l'exécution des programmes de conversion. Ces programmes sont
-livrés avec le paquetage LilyPond, et convertissent divers formats
-musicaux vers le format @code{.ly}.
+@rprogram{LilyPond-book} : création de documents intégrant des
+extraits musicaux, comme ce manuel.
+
+@item
+@rprogram{Converting from other formats} : utilisation des programmes
+de conversion. Ces programmes sont livrés avec le paquetage LilyPond,
+et convertissent divers formats de musique vers le format @code{.ly}.
@end itemize
-@end ignore
-@subsubheading Autre documentation
+@node About the Snippet List (SL)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Snippet List (SL)
-D'autres documents constituent de précieuses sources d'information.
+@cindex snippets
+@cindex LSR
-@itemize @bullet
-@cindex jargon
-@cindex terminologie
-@cindex langues étrangères
-@cindex langue
-@cindex langage
-@iftex
-Le glossaire de musique explique les termes musicaux, et inclut
-leur traduction dans diverses langues. C'est un document séparé,
-disponible aux formats HTML et PDF.
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-Le @ruser{Top,glossaire musical,,music-glossary} explique les termes
-musicaux et inclut les traductions dans diverses langues. Il est
-également disponible au format PDF.
-@end ifnottex
-Si vous n'êtes pas familier avec la notation musicale ou la
-terminologie, il est conseillé de consulter le glossaire, notamment
-pour les parties non encore traduites de la documentation.
+@ref{Top,LilyPond Snippet List,,lilypond-snippets,Exemples de code} :
+il s'agit d'une sélection de petits exemples montrant des trucs,
+astuces et fonctionnalités particulières de LilyPond, issus de
+@uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,LilyPond Snippet Repository}
+(LSR). Tous ces exemples sont dans le domaine public.
-@cindex exemples de code
-@cindex LSR
-@item
-Les
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/input/lsr/collated-files.html,Exemples de code}
-@end ifhtml
-@ifnothtml
-Exemples de code
-@end ifnothtml
-sont une vaste sélection de petits exemples montrant des trucs, astuces
-et fonctionnalités particulières de LilyPond. La plupart de ces
-exemples sont également disponibles sur le
-@uref{http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it/,LilyPond Snippet Repository}. Ce site
-Web possède également le manuel de LilyPond avec une fonctionnalité de
-recherche.
+Notez bien que cette annexe n'est en aucune manière un miroir ou même
+une partie du LSR. Dans la mesure où le LSR repose sur une version
+stable de LilyPond, les exemples illustrant des fonctionnalités
+introduites dans la dernière version de développement ne peuvent y
+figurer ; c'est pourquoi vous les trouverez dans le répertoire
+@file{input/new/} des sources de LilyPond.
-@item
-La
-@iftex
-référence du programme
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@ruser{Top,référence du programme,,lilypond-internals}.
-@end ifnottex
-est un ensemble de pages HTML étroitement liées entre elles, qui
-documente les moindres petits détails de chaque classe, objet et
-fonction de LilyPond. Cette documentation est produite directement à
-partir des définitions de formatage utilisées.
+La liste des exemples correspondant à chacun des sous-chapitres du
+manuel de notation est accessible par des liens dans le paragraphe
+@strong{Voir aussi}.
+
+
+@node About the Internals Reference (IR)
+@unnumberedsubsec About the Internals Reference (IR)
+
+@cindex retoucher
+@cindex variables
+@cindex propriétés
+@cindex lilypond-internals
+@cindex documentation du fonctionnement interne
+@cindex Scheme
+@cindex étendre lilypond
+@cindex index
+
+@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals,Référence des
+propriétés internes} : c'est un ensemble de pages HTML étroitement
+liées entre elles, qui documente les moindres petits détails de chaque
+classe, objet et fonction de LilyPond. Cette documentation est
+produite directement à partir des définitions de formatage utilisées.
Presque toutes les fonctions de formatage utilisées en interne sont
directement disponibles pour l'utilisateur. Par exemple, toutes les
variables qui contrôlent les épaisseurs, les distances etc., peuvent
être modifiées dans les fichiers d'entrée. Il y a un grand nombre
d'options de formatage, et elles sont toutes décrites dans ce
-document. Chaque section du manuel de notation a une section @b{Voir
-aussi} qui renvoie à la documentation générée automatiquement. Dans la
-documentation au format HTML, ces sous-sections ont des liens
+document. Chaque section du manuel de notation a un paragraphe @b{Voir
+aussi}, qui renvoie à la documentation générée automatiquement. Dans la
+documentation au format HTML, ces paragraphes disposent de liens
cliquables.
-@end itemize
-Lorsque vous serez un utilisateur expérimenté, vous pourrez consulter le
-manuel comme une référence : il y a un index complet@footnote{Si vous
-cherchez quelque chose sans le trouver dans la documentation, c'est un
-bogue. Dans ce cas, merci d'envoyer un rapport de bogue.}, mais le
-manuel est aussi disponible en
-@iftex
-une seule grande page,
-@end iftex
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/Documentation/user/lilypond-big-page.html, une seule grande
-page},
-@end ifhtml
-ce qui facilite la recherche avec la fonction de recherche de votre
-navigateur.
-
-Dans tous les documents HTML qui incluent des fragments musicaux,
-le code Lilypond utilisé pour produire l'image peut être vu en
-cliquant l'image.
-
-L'emplacement des fichiers de documentation mentionnés ici peut varier
+@node Other documentation
+@unnumberedsubsec Other documentation
+
+Pour finir, présentons d'autres précieuses sources de documentation.
+
+@itemize
+
+@item Nouveautés : ce document résume les changements importants et
+les nouvelles fonctionalités de LilyPond depuis la dernière version
+stable.
+
+@item @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/, Les
+archives de la liste lilypond-user} : c'est un dépôt archivant les
+courriels qui ont été envoyés à la liste anglophone des utilisateurs.
+Beaucoup de questions sont apparues plusieurs fois sur la liste, il y
+a donc des chances que si vous avez une question, la réponse puisse
+être dans ces archives.
+@c DIV specific
+@uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user-fr/,Les archives
+de la liste francophone} ne sont pas aussi bien fournies, mais vous
+pouvez toujours y chercher des conversations passées sur les
+traductions, et si vous avez de la chance une réponse à une question.
+@c END DIV
+
+@item @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/, Les
+archives de la liste lilypond-devel} : les courriels envoyés à la
+liste des développeurs y sont archivés. Les sujets de discussion sont
+plus techniques ; si vous voulez vous renseigner sur l'histoire du
+développement ou si vous avez une question très technique, tentez
+votre chance en cherchant dans ces archives.
+
+@item Fragments de musique au cours du texte : dans tous les documents
+HTML qui incluent des fragments musicaux, le code LilyPond utilisé
+pour produire l'image est accessible par un clic sur l'image.
+
+@item L'emplacement des fichiers de documentation mentionnés ici peut varier
d'un système à l'autre. De temps en temps, ce manuel fait référence aux
fichiers d'exemple et d'initialisation. Tout au long de ce manuel, nous
donnons les emplacements des fichiers d'entrée relativement au
@file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly}, se trouvent généralement dans le
répértoire @file{/usr/@/share/@/lilypond/}.
-@cindex retoucher
-@cindex variables
-@cindex propriétés
-@cindex lilypond-internals
-@cindex documentation du fonctionnement interne
-@cindex Scheme
-@cindex étendre lilypond
-@cindex index
-
-Pour finir, ce manuel et les autres sont disponibles en ligne, à la
-fois aux formats PDF et HTML, à partir du site Web, accessible
-à l'adresse @uref{http://@/www@/.lilypond@/.org/}.
-
+@end itemize
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
l'émission du son. Il est possible d'indiquer précisément chacune
d'entre elles, en ajoutant à une note ou un accord les commandes
suivantes :
-@multitable {enfoncerr} {pédale de tenuee} {pédale una cordaa} {\sostenutoDownnnn}
+@multitable {enfoncerr} {pédale de tenuee} {pédale una cordaa} {\sostenutoOnnnn}
@item @tab pédale de tenue @tab pédale @emph{una corda} @tab pédale tonale
-@item enfoncer @tab @code{\sustainDown} @tab @code{\unaCorda} @tab @code{\sostenutoDown}
-@item relâcher @tab @code{\sustainUp} @tab @code{\treCorde} @tab @code{\sostenutoUp}
+@item enfoncer @tab @code{\sustainOn} @tab @code{\unaCorda} @tab @code{\sostenutoOn}
+@item relâcher @tab @code{\sustainOff} @tab @code{\treCorde} @tab @code{\sostenutoOff}
@end multitable
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-c'4\sustainDown c'4\sustainUp
+c'4\sustainOn c'4\sustainOff
@end lilypond
Les modalités d'impression de ces indications sont définies par la
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+c\sustainOn d e
+b\sustainOff\sustainOn
+b g \sustainOff a \sustainOn \bar "|."
@end lilypond
@noindent
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'mixed
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+c\sustainOn d e
+b\sustainOff\sustainOn
+b g \sustainOff a \sustainOn \bar "|."
@end lilypond
@code{text} est le style de notation par défaut pour la pédale de
utilise @code{mixed} par défaut.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c\sostenutoOn d e c, f g a\sostenutoOff
@end lilypond
Il est possible de d'affiner l'apparence d'un crochet de pédale, au
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(0 . -1.0)
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c\sostenutoOn d e c, f g a\sostenutoOff
@end lilypond
@seealso
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node LilyPond-book
@chapter @command{lilypond-book}: Integrating text and music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* An example of a musicological document::
* Integrating music and text::
* Music fragment options::
* Invoking lilypond-book::
* Filename extensions::
* Alternate methods of mixing text and music::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node An example of a musicological document
@section An example of a musicological document
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subheading Input
@subheading Processing
@node Integrating music and text
@section Integrating music and text
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* LaTeX::
* Texinfo::
* HTML::
* DocBook::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node LaTeX
@subsection @LaTeX{}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Texinfo
@subsection Texinfo
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node HTML
@subsection HTML
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node DocBook
@subsection DocBook
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subheading Common conventions
@subheading Including a LilyPond file
@node Music fragment options
@section Music fragment options
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Invoking lilypond-book
@section Invoking @command{lilypond-book}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subheading Format-specific instructions
@subsubheading @LaTeX{}
@node Filename extensions
@section Filename extensions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Alternate methods of mixing text and music
@section Alternative methods of mixing text and music
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Many quotes from a large score::
* Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org::
* Inserting LilyPond output into other programs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Many quotes from a large score
@subsection Many quotes from a large score
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into OpenOffice.org
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
@subsection Inserting LilyPond output into other programs
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
\input texinfo @c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 080373e092844b50b53959679eaf9dcb4ea1fd76
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@menu
* Musical notation:: notation générale.
* Specialist notation:: notation à usage spécifique.
-* Input syntax:: généralités sur les fichiers sources.
-* Non-musical notation:: aspects autres que la notation musicale.
+* General input and output:: généralités sur les fichiers sources et les sorties.
* Spacing issues:: mise en page de la musique sur le papier.
* Changing defaults:: ajustement de la gravure.
* Interfaces for programmers:: utilisation avancée.
@include specialist.itely
@include input.itely
-@include non-music.itely
@include spacing.itely
@include changing-defaults.itely
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Literature list
@appendix Literature list
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
+++ /dev/null
-@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
-@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 33ba8d40c3493011a4b39ab8b1369701f8013bd6
-
- When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
- version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
-@end ignore
-
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
-@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
-@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude
-
-@node Non-musical notation
-@chapter Non-musical notation
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Titles and headers::
-* MIDI output::
-* other midi::
-@end menu
-
-@node Titles and headers
-@section Titles and headers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating titles::
-* Custom titles::
-* Reference to page numbers::
-* Table of contents::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating titles
-@subsection Creating titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Custom titles
-@subsection Custom titles
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Reference to page numbers
-@subsection Reference to page numbers
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Table of contents
-@subsection Table of contents
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI output
-@section MIDI output
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-@end menu
-
-@node Creating MIDI files
-@subsection Creating MIDI files
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
-
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Repeats and MIDI
-
-@cindex reprises développées
-@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-
-Au prix de quelques réglages, les reprises de toutes sortes peuvent être
-rendues dans le fichier MIDI. Il suffit pour cela de recourir à la
-fonction @code{\unfoldRepeats}, qui développe toutes les reprises. En
-d'autre termes, @code{\unfoldRepeats} transforme toutes les reprises
-en reprises de type @code{unfold}.
-
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
-\unfoldRepeats {
- \repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
- \repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
- \repeat volta 2 {c'4 d' e' f'}
- \alternative {
- { g' a' a' g' }
- {f' e' d' c' }
- }
-}
-\bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-
-Lorsque l'on veut utiliser @code{\unfoldRepeats} seulement pour le rendu
-MIDI, il faut établir deux blocs @code{\score} : un pour le MIDI, avec
-des reprises explicites, et l'autre pour la partition, avec des reprises
-notées sous forme de barres de reprise, de trémolo ou de symboles de
-pourcentage. Par exemple
-
-@example
-\score @{
- @var{..musique..}
- \layout @{ .. @}
-@}
-\score @{
- \unfoldRepeats @var{..musique..}
- \midi @{ .. @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node other midi
-@section other midi
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Frédéric Chiasson, Jean-Charles Malahieude
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 9c6e7a4df574fb28fa9043e585c97a20ca13f10b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Musical notation
@chapter Musical notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Frédéric Chiasson
@c Translation checkers: Valentin Villenave, Jean-Charles Malahieude
* Writing pitches::
* Changing multiple pitches::
* Displaying pitches::
-* Note heads::
+* Note heads::
@end menu
@node Writing pitches
@subsection Writing pitches
-Cette section
+Cette section explique la manière d'indiquer les hauteurs de note. Il
+y a deux modes d'indiquer l'octave des notes : le mode absolu, et le
+mode relatif. Le dernier est le plus pratique lors de la saisie d'un
+fichier source au clavier de l'ordinateur.
@menu
-* Normal pitches::
+* Absolute octave entry::
+* Relative octave entry::
* Accidentals::
-* Cautionary accidentals::
-* Micro tones::
* Note names in other languages::
@end menu
-@node Normal pitches
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Normal pitches
+@node Absolute octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Absolute octave entry
@cindex noms de note
@cindex hauteurs
+@cindex absolues, hauteurs
+@cindex absolues, octaves
+@cindex octaves absolues
La hauteur s'écrit --- à moins de préciser une autre langue --- avec la
notation anglaise, en utilisant les lettres @code{a} à @code{g}.
Il existe une autre méthode pour préciser à quelle octave se situe la
note à graver ; cette méthode demande moins d'indications d'octave
-(@code{'} ou @code{,}) --- voir @ref{Relative octaves}.
+(@code{'} ou @code{,}) --- voir @ref{Relative octave entry}.
+
+
+@node Relative octave entry
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octave entry
+
+@cindex relatif
+@cindex indication d'octave relative
+@funindex \relative
+
+On spécifie les octaves en ajoutant @code{'} et @code{,} aux noms de
+hauteurs. En recopiant de la musique, on a vite fait de mettre une note
+à la mauvaise octave, et ce genre d'erreur est difficile à retrouver.
+Le mode d'écriture \relative prévient ces erreurs dans la mesure où
+elles deviennent beaucoup plus évidentes : une seule erreur décale le
+reste de la pièce à une mauvaise octave.
+
+
+@example
+\relative @var{startpitch} @var{musicexpr}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+ou
+
+@example
+\relative @var{musicexpr}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@code{c'} est utilisé par défaut si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
+définie.
+
+L'octave des notes mentionnées dans @var{musicexpr} va être calculée de
+la manière suivante : si aucun signe de changement d'octave n'est
+utilisé, l'intervalle de base entre la note actuelle et la précédente
+sera toujours au plus d'une quarte. Cet intervalle est déterminé sans
+tenir compte des altérations ; ainsi un @code{fisis} après un
+@code{ceses} sera placé au-dessus du @code{ceses}. En d'autres termes,
+une quarte doublement augmentée demeure considérée comme un intervavlle
+plus petit qu'une quinte diminuée, bien que la quarte doublement
+augmentée soit de sept demi-tons et la quinte diminuée de seulement six
+demi-tons.
+
+Les signes de changement d'octave @code{'} et @code{,} peuvent être
+ajoutés pour hausser ou baisser la note d'une octave supplémentaire.
+Lorsque l'on entre en mode @code{\relative}, une hauteur absolue de
+départ peut être spécifiée, et agira dès lors comme si elle précédait la
+première note de @var{musicexpr}. Si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
+spécifiée, le do central sert de point de départ.
+
+Voici le mode \relative en action.
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ b c d c b c bes a
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+On utilise les signes de changement d'octave pour les intervalles
+dépassant la quarte.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c'' {
+ c g c f, c' a, e''
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Si l'expression précédente est un accord, c'est la première note de
+l'accord qui détermine l'emplacement de la première note du prochain
+accord.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c' {
+ c <c e g>
+ <c' e g>
+ <c, e' g>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+La hauteur après @code{\relative} contient un nom de note.
+
+La conversion en mode \relative n'affectera pas les sections @code{\transpose},
+@code{\chordmode} ou @code{\relative} situées dans son argument. Pour
+utiliser \relative dans de la musique transposée, un code
+@code{\relative} additionnel doit être placé dans @code{\transpose}.
@node Accidentals
@rinternals{NoteHead}.
-@node Cautionary accidentals
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
+
+@cindex quarts de ton
+@cindex demi-bémols, demi-dièses
+
+Les demi-bémols et demi-dièses s'écrivent en ajoutant respectivement
+@code{-eh} et @code{-ih}. Voici une série de dos altérés en hauteurs
+croissantes :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
+\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
+ceseh ceh cih cisih
+@end lilypond
+
+Les micro-intervalles sont aussi exportés dans le fichier MIDI.
+
+@knownissues
+
+Il n'y a pas de standard universellement accepté pour noter le bémol et
+demi (qui abaisse la hauteur trois quarts de ton), le symbole de
+LilyPond n'est donc conforme à aucun standard.
+
+
@unnumberedsubsubsec Cautionary accidentals
@cindex altération, de précaution
manières. Pour plus d'information, voir @ref{Automatic accidentals}.
-@node Micro tones
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Micro tones
-
-@cindex quarts de ton
-@cindex demi-bémols, demi-dièses
-
-Les demi-bémols et demi-dièses s'écrivent en ajoutant respectivement
-@code{-eh} et @code{-ih}. Voici une série de dos altérés en hauteurs
-croissantes :
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,relative=2,fragment]
-\set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
-ceseh ceh cih cisih
-@end lilypond
-
-Les micro-intervalles sont aussi exportés dans le fichier MIDI.
-
-@knownissues
-
-Il n'y a pas de standard universellement accepté pour noter le bémol et
-demi (qui abaisse la hauteur trois quarts de ton), le symbole de
-LilyPond n'est donc conforme à aucun standard.
-
-
@node Note names in other languages
@unnumberedsubsubsec Note names in other languages
@subsection Changing multiple pitches
@menu
-* Relative octaves::
-* Octave check::
+* Octave checks::
* Transpose::
@end menu
-@node Relative octaves
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octaves
-
-@cindex relatif
-@cindex indication d'octave relative
-@funindex \relative
-
-On spécifie les octaves en ajoutant @code{'} et @code{,} aux noms de
-hauteurs. En recopiant de la musique, on a vite fait de mettre une note
-à la mauvaise octave, et ce genre d'erreur est difficile à retrouver.
-Le mode d'écriture \relative prévient ces erreurs dans la mesure où
-elles deviennent beaucoup plus évidentes : une seule erreur décale le
-reste de la pièce à une mauvaise octave.
-
-
-@example
-\relative @var{startpitch} @var{musicexpr}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-ou
-
-@example
-\relative @var{musicexpr}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@code{c'} est utilisé par défaut si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
-définie.
-
-L'octave des notes mentionnées dans @var{musicexpr} va être calculée de
-la manière suivante : si aucun signe de changement d'octave n'est
-utilisé, l'intervalle de base entre la note actuelle et la précédente
-sera toujours au plus d'une quarte. Cet intervalle est déterminé sans
-tenir compte des altérations ; ainsi un @code{fisis} après un
-@code{ceses} sera placé au-dessus du @code{ceses}. En d'autres termes,
-une quarte doublement augmentée demeure considérée comme un intervavlle
-plus petit qu'une quinte diminuée, bien que la quarte doublement
-augmentée soit de sept demi-tons et la quinte diminuée de seulement six
-demi-tons.
-
-Les signes de changement d'octave @code{'} et @code{,} peuvent être
-ajoutés pour hausser ou baisser la note d'une octave supplémentaire.
-Lorsque l'on entre en mode @code{\relative}, une hauteur absolue de
-départ peut être spécifiée, et agira dès lors comme si elle précédait la
-première note de @var{musicexpr}. Si aucune hauteur de départ n'est
-spécifiée, le do central sert de point de départ.
-
-Voici le mode \relative en action.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- b c d c b c bes a
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-On utilise les signes de changement d'octave pour les intervalles
-dépassant la quarte.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c'' {
- c g c f, c' a, e''
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-Si l'expression précédente est un accord, c'est la première note de
-l'accord qui détermine l'emplacement de la première note du prochain
-accord.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c' {
- c <c e g>
- <c' e g>
- <c, e' g>
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-La hauteur après @code{\relative} contient un nom de note.
-
-La conversion en mode \relative n'affectera pas les sections @code{\transpose},
-@code{\chordmode} ou @code{\relative} situées dans son argument. Pour
-utiliser \relative dans de la musique transposée, un code
-@code{\relative} additionnel doit être placé dans @code{\transpose}.
-
-
-@node Octave check
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave check
+@node Octave checks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Octave checks
@cindex vérification d'octave
imprimée, ayant pour syntaxe
@example
-\octave @var{hauteur}
+\octaveCheck @var{hauteur}
@end example
Cette commande vérifie que la @var{hauteur} considérée sans apostrophe
@example
\relative c' @{
e
- \octave a'
- \octave b'
+ \octaveCheck a'
+ \octaveCheck b'
@}
@end example
L'octave d'une note qui suit un test d'octave est déterminée selon la
note précédente. Dans l'exemple suivant, la dernière note est un
@code{a'}, au-dessus du do central. Cela veut dire que le test
-@code{\octave} réussit, et peut donc être enlevé sans changer le
+@code{\octaveCheck} réussit, et peut donc être enlevé sans changer le
résultat sur la partition.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
\relative c' {
e
- \octave b
+ \octaveCheck b
a
}
@end lilypond
* Key signature::
* Ottava brackets::
* Instrument transpositions::
+* Automatic accidentals::
+* Ambitus::
@end menu
@node Clef
Les marques d'octaviation, @emph{Ottava}, permettent d'introduire une
transposition spécifique d'une octave pour la portée en cours. C'est
-la fonction @code{set-octavation} qui s'en charge.
+la fonction @code{ottava} qui s'en charge.
@cindex ottava
@cindex 15ma
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
\relative c''' {
a2 b
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
a b
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
a b
}
@end lilypond
-La fonction @code{set-octavation} peut aussi prendre en argument les
+La fonction @code{ottava} peut aussi prendre en argument les
valeurs -1@tie{}(pour 8va bassa), 2@tie{}(pour 15ma --- 2 octaves) ou
-2@tie{}(pour 15ma bassa). En interne, cette fonction détermine les
propriétés @code{ottavation} (p.ex. en @code{"8va"} ou @code{"8vb"})
et @code{centralCPosition}. Vous pouvez modifier le texte d'une marque
d'octaviation en définissant @code{ottavation} après avoir fait appel
-à @code{set-octavation} :
+à @code{ottava} :
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
{
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
c'''
}
@knownissues
-@code{set-octavation} gère difficilement les changements de clé qui
+@code{ottava} gère difficilement les changements de clé qui
pourraient intervenir alors qu'elle est effective.
...
@end example
+@node Automatic accidentals
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic accidentals
+@cindex Altérations accidentelles automatiques
+
+Une fonction a été créée pour regrouper les règles suivant lesquelles
+s'impriment les altérations. Elle s'invoque de la manière suivante :
+
+@funindex set-accidental-style
+@example
+#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE)
+@end example
+
+@c TODO: check the context stuff below
+@c -does it *really* work?
+@c -the default contexts as specified in
+@c scm/music-function.scm seem to be different -vv
+
+Cette fonction prend pour argument le nom de la règle d'altérations,
+auquel peut s'ajouter, comme argument facultatif, le contexte
+devant être affecté :
+
+@example
+#(set-accidental-style 'REGLE #('CONTEXTE#))
+@end example
+
+Si aucun contexte n'est spécifié, le contexte @code{Staff} sera affecté ;
+cependant on peut souhaiter l'appliquer au contexte @code{Voice} en lieu
+et place.
+
+Les régles d'altérations suivantes sont possibles :
+
+@table @code
+@item default
+C'est la règle d'impression par défaut, qui se rapporte à l'usage
+en vigueur au XVIIIème siècle : les altérations accidentelles sont valables toute
+une mesure, et uniquement à leur propre octave.
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ %#(set-accidental-style 'default)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'default" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item voice
+En principe, LilyPond se souvient de toutes les altérations présentes sur la
+portée (contexte Staff). Avec cette règle, cependant, les altérations sont indépendantes
+pour chacune des voix.
+
+
+@example
+ \new Staff <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+ >>
+@end example
+
+De ce fait, les altérations d'une voix sont ignorées dans les autres voix,
+ce qui peut donner lieu à un résultat malencontreux. Dans l'exemple suivant,
+il est difficile de dire si le deuxième @samp{la} est dièse ou naturel.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'voice)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'voice" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+La règle @code{voice} n'est à envisager que dans le cas de voix devant être lues par
+des musiciens différents. S'il s'agit d'un @q{conducteur}, ou d'une portée destinée
+à un seul musicien, il vaut mieux utiliser @code{modern} ou @code{modern-cautionary}.
+
+
+@item modern
+@funindex modern style accidentals
+Cette règle est la plus courante au XXème siècle. Les altérations accidentelles
+sont imprimées comme avec le style @code{default}, mais lorsqu'une note non-altérée
+apparaît à une octave différente, ou bien dans la mesure suivante, des bécarres de précaution
+sont ajoutés. Dans l'exemple suivant, notez ainsi les deux bécarres dans la
+deuxième mesure de la main droite.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item @code{modern-cautionary}
+@funindex modern-cautionary
+Cette règle est équivalente à @code{modern}, mais les bécarres de précaution sont
+imprimés de façon particulière : soit plus petits, soit (par défaut) entre parenthèses.
+Il est possible de le définir au moyen de la propriété @code{cautionary-style}
+pour l'objet @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-cautionary" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex modern-voice
+@item modern-voice
+Cette règle sert aux altérations dans de la musique polyphonique destinée
+autant à des musiciens différents qu'à quelqu'un qui lirait l'ensemble des voix.
+Les altérations sont imprimées voix par voix, mais les autres voix, dans le même
+contexte @rinternals{Staff}, en @emph{tiennent compte} cette fois.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
+@item modern-voice-cautionary
+Cette régle est similaire à la précédente, mais les altérations de précautions
+(celles que n'aurait pas ajoutées @code{voice}), sont imprimées de façon
+particulière. On retrouve donc toutes les altérations qu'imprimerait
+@code{default}, mais certaines sont considérées comme étant @qq{de précaution}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-voice-cautionary)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'modern-voice-cautionary" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item piano
+@funindex piano accidentals
+Cette règle est adaptée aux contextes GrandStaff -- ce qui n'empêche pas de devoir la spécifier
+pour chaque portée individuelle au sein du contexte GrandStaff.
+
+@example
+\new GrandStaff @{ <<
+ \new Staff = "up" @{ <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+ >> @}
+ \new Staff = "down"@{ <<
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ @{ @dots{} @}
+ >> @}
+>> @}
+@end example
+
+Cette règle est communément employée pour les partitions de piano au XXème siècle.
+Très similaire à @code{modern} de par son comportement, elle s'en distingue en ce que
+les altérations tiennent compte des autre portées du contexte @rinternals{GrandStaff} ou
+@rinternals{PianoStaff}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item piano-cautionary
+@funindex #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+Identique à @code{#(set-accidental-style 'piano)}, mais les altérations de précaution
+sont imprimées différemment.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'piano-cautionary" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item no-reset
+@funindex no-reset accidental style
+C'est la même règle que @code{default}, mais l'effet des altérations accidentelles
+ne cesse jamais, même dans les mesures suivantes.
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'no-reset" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item forget
+Tout le contraire de @code{no-reset}: l'effet des altérations cesse aussitôt,
+et de ce fait, toutes les altérations, quelque soit leur place dans la mesure, sont
+imprimées, en fonction de l'éventuelle armure.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+musicA = { << \relative { cis'8 fis, d'4 <a cis>8 f bis4 | cis2. <c, g'>4 | } \\
+ \relative { ais'2 cis, | fis8 b a4 cis2 | } >> }
+
+musicB = { \clef bass \new Voice { \voiceTwo \relative { < fis, a cis>4
+ \change Staff = up cis' \change Staff = down <fis, a>
+ \change Staff = up dis' | \change Staff = down <fis, a cis>4 gis
+ <f a d>2 | } }}
+
+\score {
+ \new PianoStaff {
+ << \context Staff = "up" {
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \musicA }
+ \context Staff = "down"{
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \musicB } >> }
+ \header { piece = \markup {\fill-line { \fontsize #3 "'forget" }}}
+}
+@end lilypond
+@end table
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Référence du programme : @rinternals{Accidental_engraver},
+@rinternals{Accidental}, @rinternals{AccidentalSuggestion} et @rinternals{AccidentalPlacement}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Les notes simultanées sont considérées comme des évènements séquentiels.
+Ce qui implique que, dans un accord, les altérations accidentelles seront
+imprimées comme si les notes de l'accords apparaissaient une par une, en fonction
+de l'ordre dans lequels elles ont été saisies -- ce qui peut poser problème lorsqu'au
+sein d'un accord certaines altérations dépendent les unes des autres.
+Ce problème est à résoudre manuellement, en insérant des @code{!} et des @code{?} après les notes
+concernées.
+
+
+@node Ambitus
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Ambitus
+@cindex ambitus
+
+L'@emph{ambitus} est l'amplitude des hauteurs d'une voix donnée dans une
+partition. Ce terme peut aussi désigner la tessiture qu'un instrument
+est capable d'atteindre. Souvent, cet ambitus est imprimé au début des
+partitions vocales, afin que les exécutants puissent voir au premier
+coup d'oeil s'ils sont en mesure de tenir la partie en question.
+
+Pour exprimer l'ambitus d'une pièce, on indique avant la clé deux notes
+représentant la hauteur la plus basse et la plus haute. Pour imprimer
+cet ambitus, il faut ajouter le graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver}
+au contexte @rinternals{Voice}. Ainsi,
+
+@example
+\layout @{
+ \context @{
+ \Voice
+ \consists Ambitus_engraver
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+donne pour résultat
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists Ambitus_engraver
+ }
+}
+
+\relative \new Staff {
+ as'' c e2 cis,2
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Si plusieurs voix se trouvent sur une même portée, on peut attribuer le
+graveur @rinternals{Ambitus_engraver} au contexte @rinternals{Staff}
+plutôt qu'au contexte @rinternals{Voice} ; l'ambitus affiché sera
+alors celui de toutes les voix cumulées, non d'une seule des voix
+actives.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+\new Staff \with {
+ \consists "Ambitus_engraver"
+}
+<<
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
+ } \relative c'' {
+ \override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
+ \voiceOne
+ c4 a d e f2
+ }
+ \new Voice \with {
+ \remove "Ambitus_engraver"
+ } \relative c' {
+ \voiceTwo
+ es4 f g as b2
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Cet exemple met en œuvre une fonctionnalité avancée :
+
+@example
+\override Ambitus #'X-offset = #-1.0
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Ce réglage déplace l'ambitus vers la gauche. Le même résultat aurait pu
+être obtenu avec @code{extra-offset}, mais alors le système de mise en
+forme n'aurait pas attribué d'espace supplémentaire pour l'objet
+déplacé.
+
+@seealso
+
+Référence du programme : @rinternals{Ambitus},
+@rinternals{AmbitusLine}, @rinternals{AmbitusNoteHead},
+@rinternals{AmbitusAccidental}.
+
+Exemples : @rlsr{Pitches}, @rlsr{Vocal music}.
+
+@knownissues
+
+LilyPond ne gère pas les collisions entre plusieurs ambitus présents sur
+une même portée.
+
+
@node Note heads
@subsection Note heads
n-ième degré de la gamme. Toutes les combinaisons sont possibles :
@lilypond[verbatim,relative=1,fragment]
- \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(cross triangle fa #f mensural xcircle diamond)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f mensural xcircle diamond)
c8 d4. e8 a2 g1
@end lilypond
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Ludovic Sardain
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Music functions::
+* Programmer interfaces::
+* Building complicated functions::
+* Markup programmer interface::
+* Contexts for programmers::
+* Scheme procedures as properties::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Music functions::
-* Programmer interfaces::
-* Building complicated functions::
-* Markup programmer interface::
-* Contexts for programmers::
-* Scheme procedures as properties::
-@end menu
@node Music functions
@section Music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Overview of music functions::
+* Simple substitution functions::
+* Paired substitution functions::
+* Mathematics in functions::
+* Void functions::
+* Functions without arguments::
+* Overview of available music functions::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Overview of music functions::
-* Simple substitution functions::
-* Paired substitution functions::
-* Mathematics in functions::
-* Void functions::
-* Functions without arguments::
-* Overview of available music functions::
-@end menu
@node Overview of music functions
@subsection Overview of music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Simple substitution functions
@subsection Simple substitution functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Paired substitution functions
@subsection Paired substitution functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Mathematics in functions
@subsection Mathematics in functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Void functions
@subsection Void functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Functions without arguments
@subsection Functions without arguments
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Overview of available music functions
@subsection Overview of available music functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@include identifiers.tely
@node Programmer interfaces
@section Programmer interfaces
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Input variables and Scheme::
+* Internal music representation::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Input variables and Scheme::
-* Internal music representation::
-@end menu
@node Input variables and Scheme
@subsection Input variables and Scheme
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Internal music representation
@subsection Internal music representation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Building complicated functions
@section Building complicated functions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Displaying music expressions::
+* Music properties::
+* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
+* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Displaying music expressions::
-* Music properties::
-* Doubling a note with slurs (example)::
-* Adding articulation to notes (example)::
-@end menu
@node Displaying music expressions
@subsection Displaying music expressions
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Music properties
@subsection Music properties
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Doubling a note with slurs (example)
@subsection Doubling a note with slurs (example)
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Adding articulation to notes (example)
@subsection Adding articulation to notes (example)
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Markup programmer interface
@section Markup programmer interface
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Markup construction in Scheme::
+* How markups work internally::
+* New markup command definition::
+* New markup list command definition::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Markup construction in Scheme::
-* How markups work internally::
-* New markup command definition::
-* New markup list command definition::
-@end menu
@node Markup construction in Scheme
@subsection Markup construction in Scheme
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node How markups work internally
@subsection How markups work internally
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New markup command definition
@subsection New markup command definition
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New markup list command definition
@subsection New markup list command definition
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Contexts for programmers
@section Contexts for programmers
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Context evaluation::
+* Running a function on all layout objects::
+@end menu
-@menu
-* Context evaluation::
-* Running a function on all layout objects::
-@end menu
@node Context evaluation
@subsection Context evaluation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Running a function on all layout objects
@subsection Running a function on all layout objects
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Scheme procedures as properties
@section Scheme procedures as properties
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Frédéric Chiasson
@c Translation checkers: Valentin Villenave, Jean-Charles Malahieude
* Augmentation dots::
* Tuplets::
* Scaling durations::
+* Ties::
@end menu
@node Durations
Dans ce manuel : @ref{Tuplets}.
+@node Ties
+@subsubsection Ties
+
+@cindex liaison de prolongation
+@funindex ~
+
+Une liaison de tenue (ou de prolongation) relie deux notes adjacentes de
+même hauteur. Dans les faits, elle prolonge la durée d'une note, et ne
+doit donc pas être confondue avec les liaisons d'articulation ou de
+phrasé. Une liaison de tenue est indiquée au moyen d'un tilde @samp{~}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+e' ~ e' <c' e' g'> ~ <c' e' g'>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Quand une liaison de tenue se trouve entre deux accords, toutes les
+notes de même hauteur entre ces deux accords sont reliées. S'il n'y en
+a aucune, aucune liaison n'est créée. Il est également possible de lier
+partiellement deux accords, en mettant les liaisons à l'intérieur des
+accords.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
+<c~ e g~ b> <c e g b>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Une liaison de tenue est un moyen parmi d'autres pour prolonger la durée
+d'une note, tout comme les points. L'exemple suivant montre deux
+manières de matérialiser exactement la même idée :
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right]
+\time 3/4 c'2. c'2 ~ c'4
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Les liaisons de tenues sont utilisées soit lorsque la note dépasse de la
+mesure, soit quand les points ne suffisent pas à donner la bonne durée.
+Lorsque l'on utilise ces liaisons, les valeurs rythmiques les plus
+longues doivent s'aligner sur les subidivisions de la mesure, comme ici :
+
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right]
+\relative {
+ r8^"oui" c8 ~ c2 r4 | r8^"non" c2 ~ c8 r4
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+Lorsque l'on doit lier de nombreuses notes sur plusieurs mesures, il
+devient plus facile d'avoir recours à la division automatique des notes
+--- voir @ref{Automatic note splitting}. Ce procédé divise
+automatiquement les notes trop longues, et les lie par-delà les barres
+de mesure.
+
+@funindex \repeatTie
+@cindex liaison de prolongation, répétition
+@cindex reprises avec alternatives et liaisons de prolongation
+
+Lorsqu'une mesure de seconde fois après une reprise commence sur une
+note liée, la liaison doit être répétée. C'est à cela que sert la
+commande @code{\repeatTie} :
+
+@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,relative=2]
+r <c e g>\repeatTie
+@end lilypond
+
+@cindex laissez vibrer
+@cindex liaison, laissez vibrer
+@funindex \laissezVibrer
+
+Les liaisons @qq{Laissez vibrer} (L.V.) sont utilisées pour le piano, la
+harpe, et certains instruments de percussion. Elles indiquent à
+l'instrumentiste de laisser sonner la note ou l'accord au lieu de
+l'étouffer. Cet effet s'obtient avec la commande @code{\laissezVibrer}.
+
+@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=1]
+<c f g>\laissezVibrer
+@end lilypond
+
+@commonprop
+
+Les liaisons de tenue servent parfois à rendre un accord arpégé. Dans ce
+cas, les notes liées ne sont pas toutes consécutives. Il faut alors
+assigner à la propriété @code{tieWaitForNote} la valeur @emph{vrai}
+(@q{t} pour @q{true}). Cette même méthode peut servir, par exemple, à
+lier un trémolo à un accord.
+
+@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
+\set tieWaitForNote = ##t
+\grace { c16[~ e~ g]~ } <c, e g>2
+\repeat tremolo 8 { c32~ c'~ } <c c,>1
+e8~ c~ a~ f~ <e' c a f>2
+@end lilypond
+
+Il est possible de graver manuellement les liaisons de tenue, en
+modifiant la propriété @code{tie-configuration}. Pour chaque paire, le
+premier nombre indique la distance à la portée, en espaces de portée, et
+le second la direction (1 pour haut, @minus{}1 pour bas).
+
+@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right,quote]
+<c e g>2~ <c e g> |
+\override TieColumn #'tie-configuration =
+ #'((0.0 . 1) (-2.0 . 1) (-4.0 . 1))
+<c e g>~ <c e g> |
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \tieUp
+@code{\tieUp},
+@funindex \tieDown
+@code{\tieDown},
+@funindex \tieNeutral
+@code{\tieNeutral},
+@funindex \tieDotted
+@code{\tieDotted},
+@funindex \tieDashed
+@code{\tieDashed},
+@funindex \tieSolid
+@code{\tieSolid}.
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Glossaire musical :
+@rglos{tie},
+@rglos{laissez vibrer}.
+
+Dans ce manuel : @ref{Automatic note splitting}.
+
+Référence du programme :
+@rinternals{Tie},
+@rinternals{TieColumn},
+@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTie},
+@rinternals{LaissezVibrerTieColumn}.
+
+
+@knownissues
+
+Un changement de portée, lorsqu'une liaison de tenue est active, ne
+peut produire une liaison oblique.
+
+Le changement de clé ou d'octave pendant une liaison de tenue produit un
+résultat indéfini. Dans ces cas-là, il est préférable d'utiliser un
+legato.
+
+
@node Writing rests
@subsection Writing rests
qu'en tête de chaque ligne. C'est ce qu'illustre l'exemple suivant.
@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
-\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = ##(#f #t #t)
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
% Print a bar number every second measure
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Running LilyPond
@chapter Running LilyPond
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Normal usage::
* Command-line usage::
* Error messages::
* Updating files with convert-ly::
* Reporting bugs::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Normal usage
@section Normal usage
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Command-line usage
@section Command-line usage
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Invoking lilypond::
+* Command line options::
+* Environment variables::
+@end menu
+@node Invoking lilypond
@subsection Invoking lilypond
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Command line options
@subsection Command line options
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Environment variables
@subsection Environment variables
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
@node Error messages
@section Error messages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Updating files with convert-ly
@section Updating with @command{convert-ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@subsection Command line options
-@menu
+@menu
* Problems with convert-ly::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Problems with convert-ly
@subsection Problems with @code{convert-ly}
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Reporting bugs
@section Reporting bugs
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Scheme tutorial
@appendix Scheme tutorial
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Tweaking with Scheme::
+@end menu
+
+@node Tweaking with Scheme
+@appendixsec Tweaking with Scheme
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-program.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Setup
@chapter Setup
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Setup for specific Operating Systems::
* Text editor support::
* Point and click::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setup for specific Operating Systems
@section Setup for specific Operating Systems
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* MacOS X on the command-line::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node MacOS X on the command-line
@subsection MacOS X on the command-line
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Text editor support
@section Text editor support
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Emacs mode::
* Vim mode::
* jEdit::
* TexShop::
* TextMate::
-@end menu
+* LilyKDE::
+@end menu
+
@node Emacs mode
@subsection Emacs mode
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vim mode
@subsection Vim mode
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node jEdit
@subsection jEdit
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node TexShop
@subsection TexShop
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node TextMate
@subsection TextMate
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node LilyKDE
+@subsection LilyKDE
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Point and click
@section Point and click
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Frédéric Chiasson, Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 964d024dd4f022ba7cd66adc13c0169035d4c4e5
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Spacing issues
@chapter Spacing issues
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper and pages::
* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
* Breaks::
* Vertical spacing::
* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
-@end menu
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+@end menu
+
@node Paper and pages
@section Paper and pages
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Paper size::
* Page formatting::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Paper size
@subsection Paper size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Page formatting
@subsection Page formatting
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Music layout
@section Music layout
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@menu
+
+@menu
* Setting the staff size::
* Score layout::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Setting the staff size
@subsection Setting the staff size
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Score layout
@subsection Score layout
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Line breaking::
* Page breaking::
* Optimal page breaking::
* Minimal page breaking::
* Explicit breaks::
* Using an extra voice for breaks::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Line breaking
@subsection Line breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Page breaking
@subsection Page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Optimal page breaking
@subsection Optimal page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Optimal page turning
@subsection Optimal page turning
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Minimal page breaking
@subsection Minimal page breaking
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Explicit breaks
@subsection Explicit breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Using an extra voice for breaks
@subsection Using an extra voice for breaks
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical spacing
@section Vertical spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Vertical spacing inside a system::
* Vertical spacing between systems::
* Explicit staff and system positioning::
* Two-pass vertical spacing::
* Vertical collision avoidance::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Vertical spacing inside a system
@subsection Vertical spacing inside a system
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical spacing between systems
@subsection Vertical spacing between systems
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Explicit staff and system positioning
@subsection Explicit staff and system positioning
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Two-pass vertical spacing
@subsection Two-pass vertical spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Vertical collision avoidance
@subsection Vertical collision avoidance
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Horizontal spacing
@section Horizontal Spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Horizontal spacing overview::
* New spacing area::
* Changing horizontal spacing::
* Line length::
* Proportional notation::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Horizontal spacing overview
@subsection Horizontal spacing overview
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node New spacing area
@subsection New spacing area
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Changing horizontal spacing
@subsection Changing horizontal spacing
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Line length
@subsection Line length
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node Proportional notation
@subsection Proportional notation
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
-
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
-
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@menu
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
+@end menu
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
+
+Parfois, une partition peut se terminer avec seulement
+un ou deux systèmes sur la dernière page. Ceci peut être ennuyeux
+surtout si vous constatez, en regardant les pages précédentes, qu'il
+reste encore beaucoup de place sur celles-ci.
+
+Si vous vous intéressez aux problèmes de mise en page,
+@code{annotate-spacing} peut alors être un outil d'une valeur
+inestimable. Cette commande imprime les valeurs
+de nombreuses commandes d'espacement concernant la mise en page.
+Consultez @ref{Displaying spacing} pour de plus amples informations. À l'aide
+des informations données par @code{annotate-spacing}, on peut
+voir quelles marges il est souhaitable de modifier afin de résoudre le
+problème.
+
+
+En plus d'agir sur les marges, il existe d'autres possibilités
+qui permettent de gagner de la place.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Demander à LilyPond de placer les systèmes aussi
+près que possible les uns des autres (pour en disposer autant
+que possible sur une page), tout en répartissant les systèmes afin
+de ne pas laisser de blanc en bas de la dernière page.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ between-system-padding = #0.1
+ between-system-space = #0.1
+ ragged-last-bottom = ##f
+ ragged-bottom = ##f
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Obliger LilyPond à mettre un certain nombre de systèmes
+par page. Par exemple, si LilyPond veut placer onze systèmes dans une page,
+vous pouvez l'obliger à n'en mettre que dix.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ system-count = #10
+@}
+@end example
+
+@item
+Supprimer (ou réduire) les objets qui augmentent la hauteur du
+système. C'est le cas en particulier de certaines reprises (avec des
+alternatives) qui placent des crochets au dessus des portées. Si ces crochets
+de reprise se poursuivent sur deux systèmes, ils prendront plus de
+place que s'ils sont regroupés sur un même système.
+
+Un autre exemple : déplacer les nuances qui @qq{débordent} d'un système.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
+\relative c' {
+ e4 c g\f c
+ \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
+ \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
+ e4 c g\f c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Modifier l'espacement vertical avec @code{SpacingSpanner}. Reportez-vous à
+@ref{Changing horizontal spacing} pour plus de détails.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \relative c'' {
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
+ g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner
+ #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@end itemize
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 9c6e7a4df574fb28fa9043e585c97a20ca13f10b
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Specialist notation
@chapter Specialist notation
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
+@include world.itely
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave, Jean-Charles Malahieude
@c Translation checkers: John Mandereau
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 3975a6210f49b40850e3f5101aad1ea4b09883f0
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
@node Templates
@appendix Templates
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
-@menu
+@menu
* Single staff::
* Piano templates::
* String quartet::
* Ancient notation templates::
* Jazz combo::
* lilypond-book templates::
-@end menu
+@end menu
+
@node Single staff
@appendixsec Single staff
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@appendixsubsec Notes only
@appendixsubsec Notes and lyrics
@node Piano templates
@appendixsec Piano templates
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@appendixsubsec Solo piano
@appendixsubsec Piano and melody with lyrics
@node String quartet
@appendixsec String quartet
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@appendixsubsec String quartet
@appendixsubsec String quartet parts
@node Vocal ensembles
@appendixsec Vocal ensembles
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@appendixsubsec SATB vocal score
@appendixsubsec SATB vocal score and automatic piano reduction
@node Ancient notation templates
@appendixsec Ancient notation templates
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@appendixsubsec Transcription of mensural music
@appendixsubsec Gregorian transcription template
@node Jazz combo
@appendixsec Jazz combo
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@node lilypond-book templates
@appendixsec lilypond-book templates
+@ifhtml
UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
@appendixsubsec LaTeX
@appendixsubsec Texinfo
+@appendixsubsec xelatex
--- SKELETON FILE --
-When you actually translate this file, please remove these lines as
-well as all `UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' lines.
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Jean-Charles Malahieude
@c Translation checkers: Valentin Villenave, John Mandereau
* Text and line spanners::
* Text spanners::
* Text marks::
-* New dynamic marks::
@end menu
@node Text scripts
Référence du programme : @rinternals{RehearsalMark}.
-@node New dynamic marks
-@unnumberedsubsubsec New dynamic marks
-
-Grâce à la commande @code{make-dynamic-script}, vous pouvez créer de
-nouvelles marques textuelles de nuances que vous combinerez
-éventuellement avec les signes de nuances.
-Notez bien que la police des nuances en contient que les caractères
-@code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}.
-
-Certains composants, tels que les marques de nuances, possèdent des
-propriétés particulières et prédéfinies quant à leur police. Lorsque
-vous créez du texte en pareille situation, nous vous recommandons
-d'utiliser @code{normal-text} pour annuler ces propriétés. Voir
-@ref{Text markup commands} pour plus de détails.
-
-@cindex make-dynamic-script
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
-\relative c' {
- c4 c c\sfzp c
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@cindex Nuances éditoriales
-@cindex Nuances, entre parenthèses
-
-Vous pouvez aussi encadrer les nuances entre parenthèses ou entre
-crochets. Ceci est souvent utilisé pour ajouter des nuances propres à
-une édition donnée.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-rndf = \markup{ \center-align {\line { \bold{\italic (}
- \dynamic f \bold{\italic )} }} }
-boxf = \markup{ \bracket { \dynamic f } }
-{ c'1_\rndf c'1_\boxf }
-@end lilypond
-
-
-
@node Formatting text
@subsection Formatting text
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
@ignore
- Translation of GIT committish: 71b67137f76fa4e8aede58299630369f616004d9
+ Translation of GIT committish: 0b3b41414fa52672d7d9416c265cd8d0568eef13
When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
-Tutorial guidelines:
+Tutorial guidelines: (different from policy.txt!)
- unless you have a really good reason, use either
- @l ilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
- or
- @l ilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
- (without spaces)
- Don't use any other relative=X commands (make it a non-fragment
- example), and don't use fragment without relative=2.
-- use "aes" and "ees" instead of "as" and "aes". I know it's not
- correct Dutch naming, but let's not confuse people with this until
- we get to the Basic notation chapter.
-@end ignore
+ @lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+ or
+ @lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+ Don't use any other relative=X commands.
+- use "aes" and "ees" instead of "as" and "es". I know it's not
+ correct Dutch naming, but let's not confuse people with this
+ until we get to the Basic notation chapter.
-@c old info that will probably be removed.
-@c TODO:
-@c * more details about running lilypond; error messages,
-@c compiling/viewing (emacs?)
-@c * where to go from First steps+More basics?
+- Add "Music Glossary: @rglos{foo}" to the *top* of the relevant
+ portions of the tutorial.
-@c wherever possible, do not include index entries here; the
-@c index should point to stuff in the reference manual. -gp
+@end ignore
-@c Your first LilyPond score in 10 minutes?
@c Translators: Nicolas Grandclaude, Ludovic Sardain, Gauvain Pocentek
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, Valentin Villenave, John Mandereau
-
+@c Translation status: post-GDP
@node Tutorial
@chapter Tutorial
produire une partition. Après ce premier contact, nous verrons comment
créer des partitions utilisant une notation musicale courante.
-@ifhtml
-Beaucoup de gens apprennent à utiliser les programmes en les essayant
-et en bidouillant avec. C'est également possible avec LilyPond. Si
-vous cliquez sur une image dans la version HTML de ce manuel, vous
-verrez exactement le code LilyPond utilisé pour générer cette image.
-Essayez sur cette image :
-
-@c no verbatim here
-@c KEEP LY
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-\relative c'' {
- c-\markup { \bold \huge { Cliquez ici. } }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-En copiant et en collant tout le code de l'extrait ly dans un fichier
-test, vous aurez un modèle de base pour faire vos expériences. Si vous
-apprenez de cette façon, vous aurez probablement envie d'imprimer ou de
-garder un lien vers l'@ruser{Cheat sheet}, tableau qui répertorie les
-commandes usuelles pour une consultation rapide.
-@end ifhtml
-
@menu
* First steps::
* Single staff notation::
@node First steps
@section First steps
-Cette section présente sommairement la façon de travailler avec LilyPond.
+Cette section présente les aspects élémentaires de l'utilisation de
+LilyPond.
@menu
* Compiling a file::
* Simple notation::
* Working on text files::
-* How to read the tutorial::
+* How to read the manual::
@end menu
@node Compiling a file
@subsection Compiling a file
-Le premier exemple montre comment débuter avec LilyPond. Pour créer
-une partition, on écrit un fichier de texte qui décrit la notation
-musicale. Par exemple, si l'on écrit
+@cindex compilation
+
+Pour créer une partition avec LilyPond, on écrit un fichier texte,
+appelé fichier source, qui décrit la notation musicale. La
+@emph{compilation} de ce fichier source par LilyPond produit un
+fichier graphique imprimable, et si on le désire un fichier MIDI qui
+peut être joué par un séquenceur. Voici un premier exemple simple de
+fichier source LilyPond.
@example
@{
@end example
@noindent
-le résultat ressemblera à
+Le compilation de cette partition donnera quelque chose de sembable à
+l'image ci-dessous.
@c in this case we don't want verbatim
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote]
{
c' e' g' e'
}
@c DIV specific
Il est aussi possible d'utiliser les noms de notes français @samp{do
re mi fa sol la si}, en insérant au début du fichier la ligne
-@samp{\include "italiano.ly"}
+@samp{\include "italiano.ly"}.
@c END DIV
-@emph{Attention :} tout extrait de code LilyPond doit être entouré
-d'une @{paire d'accolades@}. De plus, pour éviter toute ambiguïté, il
-est préférable d'entourer les accolades par des espaces ou retours à
-la ligne. Bien que certains exemples de ce manuel ne comportent pas
-d'accolades, ne les oubliez pas dans vos partitions !
+@warning{Tout extrait de code LilyPond doit être entouré d'une
+@strong{@{ paire d'accolades @}}. De plus, pour éviter toute
+ambiguïté, il est préférable d'entourer les accolades par des espaces
+ou retours à la ligne. Bien que certains exemples de ce manuel ne
+comportent pas d'accolades, ne les oubliez pas dans vos partitions !
+Pour plus d'informations sur l'affichage des exemples de cette
+documentation, consultez @ref{How to read the manual}.}
+
@cindex casse, prise en compte de
-De plus, LilyPond est sensible à la casse. @code{ @{ c d e @} } est
-un code valide ; @code{ @{ C D E @} } produira un message d'erreur.
+@cindex prise en compte de la casse
+@cindex sensibilité à la casse
+De plus, LilyPond est @strong{sensible à la casse} : le code
+@w{@code{@{ c d e @}}} est valide, alors que @w{@code{@{ C D E @}}}
+produira un message d'erreur.
-@sp 1
+@smallspace
@subheading Entering music and viewing output
+@cindex fichier PDF
+@cindex PDF
+@cindex partition, lire
+@cindex lire la partition
+
Dans cette section nous expliquerons quelles commandes exécuter et
-comment voir ou imprimer le résultat de LilyPond.
+comment voir ou imprimer le résultat produit par LilyPond.
+
+Notez qu'il existe plusieurs éditeurs de texte disponibles avec un bon
+support de LilyPond ; consultez @rprogram{Text editor support}.
+
+@warning{Le premier démarrage de LilyPond peut prendre une minute ou
+deux, afin de faire la liste des polices du système. LilyPond démarre
+en principe plus rapidement lors des exécutions suivantes.}
+
@subsubheading MacOS X
Si vous double-cliquez sur @code{LilyPond.app}, un fichier d'exemple
s'ouvrira. Sauvegardez-le, par exemple, sous @file{test.ly} sur votre
-bureau, et traitez-le ensuite avec la commande du menu @samp{Compile >
-Typeset File}. Le fichier PDF résultant sera alors affiché sur votre
-écran.
-
-Notez que le premier démarrage peut prendre une minute ou deux, car
-toutes les polices système doivent être d'abord analysées.
+bureau, puis traitez-le avec la commande de menu @samp{Compile >
+Typeset File}. Le fichier PDF résultant sera alors affiché à l'écran.
À l'avenir, vous aurez certainement recours aux commandes @qq{Nouveau}
ou @qq{Ouvrir}. Vous devez enregistrer votre fichier avant de lancer
-la création de la partition. Si une erreur advient pendant le
-traitement, vous la trouverez dans la fenêtre @qq{log}.
+la gravure de la partition par LilyPond. Si une erreur apparaît
+pendant le traitement, vous la trouverez dans la fenêtre @qq{log}.
@subsubheading Windows
-Sous Windows, lorsque vous double-cliquez sur l'icône LilyPond qui se
-trouve sur le Bureau, un fichier d'exemple s'ouvre dans un simple
-éditeur de texte. Enregistrez-le, par exemple en tant que
-@file{test.ly} sur votre Bureau, puis double-cliquez sur son icône
-(qui montre une note de musique) pour le traiter. Après quelques
-secondes, vous obtiendrez un fichier @file{test.pdf} sur votre Bureau,
-fichier que vous pourrez ouvrir pour voir la partition imprimée. Une
-autre méthode pour lancer le traitement du fichier @file{test.ly} est
-de le glisser avec votre souris sur l'icône de LilyPond.
+Sous Windows, double-cliquez sur l'icône LilyPond qui se trouve sur le
+bureau, un fichier d'exemple s'ouvre dans un simple éditeur de texte.
+Enregistrez-le, par exemple en tant que @file{test.ly} sur le bureau,
+puis double-cliquez sur son icône (qui montre une note de musique)
+pour le traiter. Après quelques secondes, vous obtiendrez un fichier
+@file{test.pdf} sur le bureau, fichier que vous pourrez ouvrir pour
+voir la partition gravée. Une autre méthode pour lancer le traitement
+du fichier @file{test.ly} est de le glisser avec votre souris sur
+l'icône de LilyPond.
Pour modifier un fichier @file{.ly} existant, faites un clic droit
dessus et sélectionnez @qq{Éditer la source}. Pour partir d'un
En double-cliquant sur le fichier, vous obtiendrez, en plus du fichier
PDF, un fichier @file{.log} qui récapitule les opérations que LilyPond
-a effectuées sur votre fichier. Si une erreur survient, c'est ce
-fichier qu'il vous faudra étudier.
-
-Notez qu'il existe d'autres éditeurs de texte, certains disposant d'un
-meilleur support pour LilyPond ; reportez-vous à @rprogram{Text editor support}.
+a effectuées sur votre fichier. Si une erreur survient, vous en
+trouverez les détails dans ce fichier.
-@subsubheading Unix
+@subsubheading UNIX
-
-Commencez par ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal et un éditeur de
-texte. Par exemple, vous pouvez ouvrir un xterm et exécuter
-@code{joe}. @footnote{Il existe des fichiers de macros pour les fans
-de VIM et un
-@code{LilyPond-mode} pour les fans d'Emacs. S'ils ne sont pas
-encore installés, consultez le fichier @file{INSTALL.txt}. L'outil
-d'édition le plus facile d'utilisation est de loin
-@file{LilyPondTool}. Vous trouverez plus d'informations dans
-@rprogram{Text editor support}.} Dans votre
-éditeur, entrez le texte suivant et sauvegardez le fichier sous
-@file{test.ly}
+Créez un fichier texte @file{test.ly} qui contient
@verbatim
{
@end verbatim
@noindent
-Pour traiter @file{test.ly}, procédez comme ceci :
+Pour traiter @file{test.ly}, entrez la commande suivante dans un
+terminal :
@example
lilypond test.ly
@end example
@noindent
-Vous verrez quelque chose ressemblant à :
+Vous verrez quelque chose ressemblant à
@example
lilypond test.ly
-GNU LilyPond 2.10.0
-Processing `test.ly'
-Parsing...
-Interpreting music... [1]
-Preprocessing graphical objects...
-Calculating line breaks... [2]
-Layout output to `test.ps'...
-Converting to `test.pdf'...
+GNU LilyPond @version{}
+Traitement de « test.ly »
+Analyse...
+Interprétation en cours de la musique...
+Pré-traitement des éléments graphiques...
+Détermination du nombre optimal de pages...
+Répartition de la musique sur une page...
+Dessin des systèmes...
+Sortie mise en page vers « test.ps »...
+Conversion à « ./test.pdf »...
@end example
@c DIV specific
-Suivant votre installation, ces messages peuvent être traduits.
-@c END DIV
-
-@cindex fichier PDF
-@cindex visionnage de la musique
-
@noindent
-De tout cela résulte un fichier @file{test.pdf}, que vous pouvez imprimer
-ou visualiser avec les outils standards de votre système
-d'exploitation. @footnote{Si votre système ne dispose pas des outils
-nécessaires, vous pouvez essayer
-@uref{http://@/www@/.cs@/.wisc@/.edu/@/~ghost/,Ghostscript}, un
-programme pour afficher et imprimer librement les fichiers PDF et PostScript.}
+Suivant votre installation, ces messages peuvent être traduits ou
+non.
+@c END DIV
@node Simple notation
@subsection Simple notation
-Il y a certains éléments graphiques que LilyPond ajoute
+Il y a certains éléments graphiques de notation que LilyPond ajoute
automatiquement. Dans l'exemple suivant, nous n'avons fourni que
quatre hauteurs, mais LilyPond a ajouté une clé, un chiffre de mesure
et du rythme.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
c' e' g' e'
}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Ce comportement peut être modifié, mais dans bien des cas ces
-attributions automatiques s'avèrent utiles.
+Ces valeurs automatiques simplifient la saisie du code source dans
+bien des cas ; nous verrons plus loin comment les indiquer
+explicitement.
-@subheading Pitches
-Le moyen le plus simple d'entrer des notes est d'utiliser le mode
-@code{\relative}. Avec ce mode, l'@rglos{interval} entre la note et
-celle qui la précède est supposé inférieur ou égal à une
-@rglos{fourth}. Commençons par entrer la partition la plus
-élémentaire qui soit, une @rglos{scale}.
+@subheading Hauteurs
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{pitch}, @rglos{interval},
+@rglos{scale}, @rglos{middle C}, @rglos{octave},
+@rglos{accidental}.
+
+Le moyen le plus simple d'entrer des notes est d'utiliser le mode
+d'octaves relatives, ou mode @code{\relative}. Dans ce mode, l'octave
+de chaque note est sélectionnée automatiquement de façon à ce qu'elle
+soit la plus proche possible de la note précédente, c'est-à-dire de
+façon à ce que l'intervalle avec la note précédente soit au plus d'une
+quarte. Commençons par saisir une partition très simple, à savoir une
+gamme.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+% set the starting point to middle C
\relative c' {
c d e f
g a b c
}
@end lilypond
-La note de départ est @rglos{middle C}. Chacune des notes qui suivent
-est à moins d'une quarte de la note précédente --- en d'autres termes,
-le premier @samp{c} est le do central, entre la clé de sol et
-la clé de fa, puis est suivi par le ré le plus proche, et ainsi de
-suite. On peut bien sûr créer des mélodies d'intervalles plus étendus :
+La note de départ est le @notation{do central}. Chacune des notes qui
+suivent est placée à l'octave la plus proche de la note précédente ---
+en d'autres termes, le premier @samp{c} est le do central, entre la
+clé de sol et la clé de fa, puis est suivi par le ré le plus proche,
+et ainsi de suite. On peut bien sûr créer des mélodies avec de plus
+grands intervalles, toujours avec le mode @code{\relative} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
d f a g
c b f d
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Comme vous l'aurez remarqué, cet exemple ne commence plus sur le do du
-milieu. La première note --- le @samp{d} --- est le ré qui en est le
-plus proche.
+Remarquez que cet exemple ne commence plus sur le do central : la
+première note --- le @samp{d} --- est le ré qui en est le plus proche.
+
+Dans l'exemple suivant, on remplace @code{c'} dans la commande
+@w{@code{\relative c'}} par @code{c''}, afin de calculer l'octave de
+la première note par rapport au do situé une octave au-dessus du do
+central :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+% one octave above middle C
+\relative c'' {
+ e c a c
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Le mode d'octaves relatives peut être déroutant au début, mais c'est
+souvent la façon la plus économique de saisir les hauteurs en
+utilisant le clavier de l'ordinateur de façon classique. Détaillons
+sur un exemple le calcul des octaves relatives. En partant d'un si
+sur la troisième ligne de la clé de sol, un do, un ré ou un mi sans
+indication d'octave particulière seront placés juste au-dessus du si,
+c'est-à-dire au plus à une quarte ascendante du si, alors qu'un la, un
+sol ou un fa seront placés juste en-dessous du si, c'est-à-dire au
+plus à une quarte descendante du si.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\relative c'' {
+ b c % c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above
+ b d % d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above
+ b e % e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above
+ b a % a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below
+ b g % g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below
+ b f % f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below
+}
+@end lilypond
-Pour ajouter des intervalles supérieurs à une quarte, il suffit
-d'indiquer si la note est à l'octave supérieure ou inférieure, en
-ajoutant respectivement une apostrophe @code{'} ou une virgule
-@code{,} au nom de la note.
+Notez que le calcul des octaves relatives @strong{ne dépend pas des
+altérations} des notes, dièses bémols ou bécarre.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Pour obtenir des intervalles supérieurs à une quarte, on peut ajouter
+des apostrophes @code{'} --- qui font chacune monter la hauteur d'une
+octave --- ou des virgules @code{,} --- qui font chacune descendre la
+hauteur d'une octave --- au nom de la note.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a a, c' f,
g g'' a,, f'
@noindent
Pour déplacer une note deux octaves (ou davantage !) plus haut ou plus
-bas, il suffit de mettre plusieurs @code{''} ou plusieurs @code{,,} ---
+bas, il suffit de mettre deux (ou davantage) de @code{'} ou ou @code{,} ---
attention cependant à bien mettre deux apostrophes @code{''}, et non
un guillemet @code{"}@tie{}! C'est de cette même manière que l'on
peut modifier la valeur de départ de @code{\relative c'}.
-@subheading Durations (rhythms)
+@subheading Durées et rythme
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{beam}, @rglos{duration},
+@rglos{whole note}, @rglos{half note}, @rglos{quarter note},
+@rglos{dotted note}.
-La @rglos{duration} d'une note est indiquée par un nombre
-qui suit son nom : @samp{1} pour une @rglos{whole
-note}, @samp{2} pour une @rglos{half note}, @samp{4} pour
-une @rglos{quarter note} et ainsi de suite. Les hampes sont
-ajoutées automatiquement.
+La @notation{durée} d'une note est indiquée par un nombre qui suit sa
+hauteur : @samp{1} pour une @notation{ronde}, @samp{2} pour une
+@notation{blanche}, @samp{4} pour une @notation{noire} et ainsi de
+suite. Les @notation{crochets} et @notation{liens} sont ajoutées
+automatiquement.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Si aucune durée n'est indiquée pour une note, la dernière durée entrée
+est utilisée. En l'absence d'indication de durée, la première note
+est une noire.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a1
a2 a4 a8 a
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Si aucune durée n'est indiquée, la dernière durée entrée sera utilisée
-pour les notes suivantes. En l'absence d'indication, la première note
-est une noire.
-
-Une @rglos{dotted note} s'obtient en ajoutant un point @samp{.} à
-la valeur rythmique.
+Une @notation{note pointée} s'obtient en ajoutant un point @code{.} à
+la valeur rythmique. Le point doit être précédé d'un nombre de durée.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a a a4. a8
a8. a16 a a8. a8 a4.
@end lilypond
-@subheading Rests
+@subheading Silences
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{rest}.
-On saisit un @rglos{rest} tout comme une note, mais avec le
-caractère @samp{r}.
+On saisit un @notation{silence} tout comme une note, mais avec la
+lettre @samp{r}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
a r r2
r8 a r4 r4. r8
@end lilypond
-@subheading Time signature
+@subheading Métrique
-La @rglos{time signature} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande
-@code{\time} :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{time signature}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+La @notation{métrique}, aussi appelée @notation{chiffre de mesure},
+peut être définie à l'aide de la commande @code{\time} :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
a4 a a
@subheading Clef
-La @rglos{clef} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande @code{\clef} :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{clef}.
+
+La @notation{clef} peut être définie à l'aide de la commande
+@code{\clef} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c' {
\clef treble
c1
@end lilypond
-@subheading All together
+@subheading Tout ensemble
-Voici un bref exemple qui montre tous ces éléments ensemble :
+Voici un bref exemple qui rassemble tous les éléments que nous déjà
+vus :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c, {
\time 3/4
\clef bass
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Entrer des hauteurs et des durées
-voir @ruser{Pitches} and @ruser{Durations}.
-@item Les silences
-voir @ruser{Rests}.
-@item Les chiffres de mesure et autres commandes de métrique
-voir @ruser{Time signature}.
-@item Les clés
-voir @ruser{Clef}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Writing pitches},
+@ruser{Writing rhythms}, @ruser{Writing rests},
+@ruser{Time signature}, @ruser{Clef}.
@node Working on text files
@subsection Working on text files
Le traitement des fichiers source de LilyPond est semblable à celui du
-code de nombreux langages de programmation répandus : la casse est prise
+code de nombreux langages de programmation. La casse est prise
en compte, et les caractères considérés comme espaces ont généralement
peu d'importance. Les expressions sont délimitées par des accolades @{
@}, et les commentaires par @code{%} ou @code{%@{ ... %@}}.
Si cette phrase vous paraît incompréhensible, ne vous en faites pas !
-Tous ces termes vont être expliqués :
+Expliquons tous ces termes :
@itemize
@cindex casse, prise en compte de
+@cindex prise en compte de la casse
+@cindex sensibilité à la casse
@item @strong{La casse} :
LilyPond est sensible à la casse, c'est à dire qu'une lettre capitale
n'a pas la même valeur qu'une lettre minuscule. Les notes, par
@end example
@noindent
-Bien sûr, ce dernier exemple est difficile à lire. Une bonne habitude
+Bien sûr, ce dernier exemple est illisible. Une bonne habitude
à prendre est d'indenter les blocs de code avec soit des tabulations
soit des doubles espaces :
+
@example
@{
c d e
@item @strong{Expressions musicales} :
Tout morceau saisi dans LilyPond doit être placé entre @strong{@{
accolades @}}. Ces caractères indiquent à LilyPond que ce bloc de
-texte est une et une seule expression musicale, tout comme les
-parenthèses @samp{()} en mathématiques. Il est préférable, pour
-éviter toute ambiguïté, d'entourer tous ces crochets d'espaces, à
-moins qu'ils se trouvent au début ou à la fin d'une ligne.
+texte représente une et une seule expression musicale, tout comme les
+parenthèses @samp{()} en mathématiques. Pour éviter toute ambiguïté,
+il est préférable d'entourer ces accolades d'espaces ou de retours à
+la ligne.
-Une fonction --- @code{\relative @{ @}} par exemple --- compte
-également comme une seule expression musicale.
+Un appel de fonction --- @w{@code{\relative @{ @}}} par exemple ---
+compte également comme une seule expression musicale.
-@cindex commentaires
+@cindex commentaire
@cindex commentaire de fin de ligne
@cindex commentaire-bloc
+@cindex bloc de commentaire
@item @strong{Les commentaires} :
-Un commentaire est une indication pour tout lecteur humain d'un
-fichier de musique ; il est ignoré par l'ordinateur, et n'a donc aucun
-effet sur la partition imprimée. On distingue deux types de
-commentaires :
-@itemize @bullet
-@item la ligne de commentaire, introduite par le symbole @samp{%} :
-tout ce qui suit ce symbole sur cette ligne sera ignoré.
-@item le bloc de commentaire, qui peut être de plusieurs lignes voire
-de toute une section : tout ce qui se trouve entre @code{%@{} et
-@code{%@}} est ignoré. Les blocs de commentaires ne peuvent s'imbriquer.
-@end itemize
-Le fragment suivant met en évidence quelques usages possibles des commentaires :
+un commentaire est une indication pour tout lecteur humain d'un
+fichier source de musique ; il est ignoré par l'ordinateur, et n'a
+donc aucun effet sur la partition imprimée. On distingue deux types
+de commentaires. Le commentaire de fin de ligne, introduit par le
+symbole @samp{%} : tout ce qui suit ce symbole sur la même ligne sera
+ignoré. Par convention, un commentaire qui occupe une ligne entière
+se place juste @emph{au-dessus} de la ligne à laquelle il fait
+référence.
+
+@example
+a4 a a a
+% ce commentaire fait référence aux sis
+b2 b
+@end example
+
+Le bloc de commentaire, qui peut occuper plusieurs lignes voire toute
+une section : tout ce qui se trouve entre @code{%@{} et @code{%@}} est
+ignoré. Les blocs de commentaires ne peuvent s'imbriquer, ce qui
+signifie que vous ne pouvez pas placer un commentaire-bloc à
+l'intérieur d'un autre commentaire-bloc. Si jamais vous essayez, vous
+verrez que la première occurence de @code{%@}} terminera @qq{les
+@emph{deux} commentaires-blocs}. Le fragment suivant met en évidence
+quelques usages possibles des commentaires :
@example
% voici les notes de "ah vous dirai-je maman"
seront ignorées, car elles se trouvent
dans un bloc de commentaire.
- g g f f e e d d c2
+ f f e e d d c2
%@}
@end example
@end itemize
-Vous trouverez plus d'astuces pour organiser vos fichiers LilyPond dans
-@ref{Suggestions for writing LilyPond files}.
-@node How to read the tutorial
-@subsection How to read the tutorial
+@node How to read the manual
+@subsection How to read the manual
Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Working on text files}, un code
-LilyPond doit être encadré par des @{ @} ou bien par @code{\relative
-c'' @{ ... @}} afin d'être compris. Cependant, dans la suite de ce
+LilyPond doit être encadré par des accolades @{ @} ou bien par
+@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}}. Cependant, dans la suite de ce
manuel, la plupart des exemples ne feront pas apparaître ces signes.
-Si vous consultez la documentation au format HTML, et que vous
-souhaitez voir la source exacte d'un exemple, il vous suffit de
-cliquer sur l'image. Si vous ne disposez pas de la version HTML, il
-vous est possible de simplement copier et coller le code affiché, mais
-@strong{à condition} d'ajouter @code{\relative c'' @{ @}} de la façon
-suivante :
+Pour reproduire les exemples, vous pouvez copier et coller le code
+affiché, mais @strong{à condition} d'ajouter @code{\relative c'' @{
+@}} de la façon suivante :
@example
\relative c'' @{
- ... collez ici votre exemple...
+ ...collez ici votre exemple...
@}
@end example
-Pourquoi avoir omis les accolades ? La plupart des exemples de ce
+Pourquoi avoir omis les accolades ? La plupart des exemples de ce
manuel peuvent être insérés au milieu d'un morceau de musique plus
long. Il n'y a donc aucune raison d'ajouter @code{\relative c'' @{
-@}} à ces exemples --- en effet, il n'est pas possible d'insérer un
-@code{\relative} à l'intérieur d'un autre @code{\relative}. Il vous
-serait donc devenu impossible de copier un bref exemple de la
-documentation et de le coller dans une pièce de votre cru.
+@}} à ces exemples --- en effet, il n'est pas possible d'insérer une
+expression @code{\relative} à l'intérieur d'un autre expression
+@code{\relative}. Si nous mettions tous nos exemples dans une
+expression @code{\relative}, vous ne pourriez plus copier un bref
+exemple de la documentation pour le coller dans vos pièces.
+
+
+@subheading Exemples cliquables
+
+Beaucoup de gens apprennent à utiliser les programmes en les essayant
+et en bidouillant avec. C'est également possible avec LilyPond. Si
+vous cliquez sur une image dans la version HTML de ce manuel, vous
+verrez exactement le code LilyPond utilisé pour générer cette image.
+Essayez sur cette image :
+
+@c no verbatim here
+@c KEEP LY
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
+\relative c'' {
+ c-\markup { \bold \huge { Cliquez ici. } }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+En copiant-collant le code à partir du commentaire @qq{ly snippet}
+vers un fichier test, vous aurez un modèle de base pour faire vos
+expériences. Pour obtenir une gravure à l'identique, copiez tout le
+code à partir de @qq{Start cut-&-pastable section}.
+
+@c No longer in the text in English, but should we really
+@c remove this? --jm
+@ignore
+Si vous apprenez de cette façon, vous aurez probablement envie
+d'imprimer ou de garder un lien vers @ruser{Cheat sheet}, tableau
+qui répertorie les commandes usuelles pour une consultation rapide.
+@end ignore
+
+@seealso
+
+Vous trouverez plus de conseils pour construire des fichiers source
+dans @ref{Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files}. Cependant,
+lors d'une première lecture il est préférable de terminer d'abord la
+lecture du tutoriel.
+
@node Single staff notation
@section Single staff notation
Cette section présente la notation courante dont on a besoin pour
-écrire une seule voix sur une seule portée.
+écrire une voix sur une portée.
@menu
-* Relative note names::
* Accidentals and key signatures::
* Ties and slurs::
* Articulation and dynamics::
+* Adding text::
* Automatic and manual beams::
* Advanced rhythmic commands::
@end menu
-@node Relative note names
-@subsection Relative note names
-
-Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Simple notation}, LilyPond calcule la
-hauteur de chaque note en fonction de la précédente@footnote{Il existe
-un autre mode de saisie des hauteurs, le mode @ref{Absolute note
-names}, mais en pratique il est bien plus aisé et sûr d'avoir recours
-au mode de hauteurs relatives.}. Si aucune indication supplémentaire
-d'octaviation n'est ajoutée, il en concluera que chaque hauteur est
-située à une quarte au plus de la note précédente.
-
-Lilypond tient compte des intervalles induits par les noms des notes
---- en d'autres termes, une quarte augmentée n'est @emph{pas}
-équivalente à une quinte diminuée. Ainsi, si l'on part d'un Do, un Fa
-dièse sera placé au-dessus, tandis qu'un Sol bémol sera placé
-au-dessous.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
-c2 fis
-c2 ges
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Les hauteurs de note relatives
-voir @ruser{Relative octaves}.
-@item Les vérifications d'octaves
-voir @ruser{Octave check}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
-
-
-
@node Accidentals and key signatures
@subsection Accidentals and key signatures
@subheading Accidentals
-Dans la notation par défaut, un @rglos{sharp} s'obtient en ajoutant
-@samp{is} au nom de la note, et un @rglos{flat} en ajoutant @samp{es}.
-Comme vous pouvez vous y attendre, un double dièse ou double bémol est
-alors obtenu en ajoutant @samp{isis} ou @samp{eses}@footnote{Cette
-syntaxe est dérivée de la convention de dénomination des notes dans
-les langues nordiques et germaniques, comme l'allemand ou le
-hollandais.}.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{sharp}, @rglos{flat}, @rglos{double sharp},
+@rglos{double flat}, @rglos{accidental}.
+
+Dans la notation par défaut, on obtient un @notation{dièse} en
+ajoutant @code{is} au nom de la note, et un @notation{bémol} en
+ajoutant @code{es}. Comme vous pouvez vous y attendre, un double
+dièse ou double bémol s'obtiennent en ajoutant @code{isis} ou
+@code{eses}. Cette syntaxe est dérivée de la convention de
+dénomination des notes dans les langues nordiques et germaniques,
+comme l'allemand ou le hollandais.
@c DIV specific
-Cependant, si vous utilisez la commande @samp{\include "italiano.ly"}
+Cependant, si vous utilisez la commande @code{\include "italiano.ly"}
pour entrer les noms de notes français au lieu des noms hollandais, il
-faudra ajouter un @samp{d} pour un dièse, et un @samp{b} pour un
-bémol. Le double dièse et le double bémol s'obtiennent en ajoutant
-respectivement @samp{dd} et @samp{bb}
+faudra ajouter un @code{d} pour obtenir un dièse, et un @code{b} pour
+un bémol. Le double dièse et le double bémol s'obtiennent en ajoutant
+respectivement @code{dd} et @code{bb}. Pour en savoir plus sur les
+autres langues disponibles, consultez @ruser{Note names in other
+languages}.
@c END DIV
-Pour en savoir plus sur les autres langues disponibles, voir @ruser{Note
-names in other languages}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
cis1 ees fisis, aeses
@end lilypond
-@cindex armure, définition de
+@cindex armure, définition de l'
+@cindex armure, altérations à l'
+@cindex altérations à l'armure
@subheading Key signatures
L'armure est déterminée par la commande @code{\key}, suivie d'une
-hauteur puis de @code{\major} (majeur) ou @code{\minor} (mineur) :
+hauteur puis de @code{\major} (majeur) ou @code{\minor} (mineur).
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
a1
\key c \minor
a
@end lilypond
-@sp 1
+@smallspace
@subheading Warning: key signatures and pitches
-La combinaison de l'armure et des hauteurs de note --- y compris les
-altérations --- permet à LilyPond de déterminer dans quel cas afficher
-les altérations accidentelles. L'armure n'affecte que les altérations
-@emph{imprimées}, et non les hauteurs réelles ! Cette fonctionnalité
-est souvent source de confusion pour les nouveaux utilisateurs, aussi
-expliquons-la en détail.
-
-LilyPond fait une nette distinction entre le contenu musical et la
-mise en forme. L'altération d'une note --- bémol, bécarre ou dièse
---- fait partie de sa hauteur, et relève donc du contenu musical. La
-présence ou non d'une altération accidentelle --- un @emph{signe}
-bémol, bécarre ou dièse --- devant la note correspondante est une
-question qui relève de la mise en page. Mettre en page une partition
-se fait selon des règles ; les altérations accidentelles seront donc
-automatiquement imprimées suivant ces règles. Les hauteurs de note,
-en revanche, relèvent de ce que vous voulez entendre ; et, dans la
-mesure où la musique que vous entrez est censée être celle que vous
-voulez entendre, LilyPond (qui n'est chargé que de la gravure) ne les
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{accidental}, @rglos{key signature},
+@rglos{pitch}, @rglos{flat}, @rglos{natural}, @rglos{sharp},
+@rglos{transposition}.
+
+La combinaison de l'@notation{armure} et des hauteurs de note --- y
+compris les altérations --- permet à LilyPond de déterminer dans quel
+cas imprimer des @notation{altérations accidentelles}. L'armure
+n'affecte que les altérations @emph{imprimées}, et non les hauteurs
+réelles ! Cette fonctionnalité est souvent source de confusion pour
+les nouveaux utilisateurs, aussi expliquons-la en détail.
+
+LilyPond fait une distinction nette entre le contenu musical et la
+mise en forme. L'altération d'une note --- @notation{bémol},
+@notation{bécarre} ou @notation{dièse} --- fait partie de sa hauteur,
+et relève donc du contenu musical. La gravure ou non d'une altération
+accidentelle --- un @emph{signe} bémol, bécarre ou dièse --- devant la
+note correspondante est une question qui relève de la mise en forme.
+La gravure une partition suit des règles, en particulier des règles
+d'indication des altérations accidentelles. Les hauteurs de note, en
+revanche, relèvent de ce que vous voulez entendre ; et, dans la mesure
+où la musique que vous entrez est censée être celle que vous voulez
+entendre, LilyPond, qui n'est chargé que de la gravure, ne les
choisira pas à votre place.
Dans cet exemple,
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key d \major
d cis fis
@end lilypond
@noindent
aucune note n'a d'altération accidentelle, et pourtant vous devrez
-entrer le @samp{is} pour les notes @code{cis} et @code{fis}.
+entrer le @code{is} pour les notes @code{cis} et @code{fis}.
-Le code @samp{e} ne veut pas dire @qq{Imprimez-moi un point noir sur
+Le code @code{e} ne veut pas dire @qq{Imprimez-moi un point noir sur
la première ligne de la portée.} Cela signifie plutôt : @qq{Ici se
-trouve une note dont la hauteur est un mi naturel.} Avec l'armure de
-la bémol majeur, ce mi sera flanqué d'un bécarre accidentel :
+trouve une note dont la hauteur est un mi naturel.} Avec une armure
+de la bémol majeur, ce mi est flanqué d'un bécarre accidentel :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\key aes \major
e
@end lilypond
-Ajouter explicitement toutes les altérations requiert un peu plus
-d'effort dans la phase de saisie, mais la transposition en sera
-grandement facilitée. De plus les altérations accidentelles peuvent
-être imprimées suivant plusieurs conventions. Regardez
-@ruser{Automatic accidentals} pour connaître les différentes manières
-dont les altérations accidentelles peuvent être imprimées, suivant les
-règles que vous choisirez.
+Ajouter explicitement toutes les altérations demande un peu plus
+d'effort dans la phase de saisie, mais cela facilite grandement la
+@notation{transposition}. De plus, les altérations accidentelles
+peuvent ainsi être imprimées suivant plusieurs conventions. Pour
+connaître les différentes manières dont les altérations accidentelles
+peuvent être imprimées, consultez @ruser{Automatic accidentals}.
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Les altérations
-voir @ruser{Accidentals} and @ruser{Automatic accidentals}.
-@item Les armures
-voir @ruser{Key signature}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Note names in other languages},
+@ruser{Accidentals}, @ruser{Automatic accidentals},
+@ruser{Key signature}.
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{Pitch names}.
@node Ties and slurs
@subsection Ties and slurs
@cindex liaisons de prolongation
+@cindex liaisons de tenue
+@cindex prolongation, liaisons de
+@cindex durée, liaisons de
+@cindex tenue, liaisons de
@subheading Ties
-Une @rglos{tie}@footnote{parfois aussi appelée liaison de
-tenue} se crée en ajoutant un tilde @samp{~} à la première note liée.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{tie}.
+
+Pour créer une liaison de prolongation@footnote{parfois aussi appelée
+liaison de tenue}, on ajoute un tilde @code{~} à la première note
+liée.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
g4~ g c2~
c4 ~ c8 a8 ~ a2
@end lilypond
@cindex liaisons d'articulation
+@cindex articulation, liaisons d'
@subheading Slurs
@c Le terme de "slur" a deux sens en français : articulation et phrasé.
@c Je garde ici le terme "legato", tel qu'il apparaît dans le texte original,
@c car c'est celui qui me semble le plus couramment employé.
-Une @rglos{slur} d'articulation (ou @qq{legato}) peut englober
-plusieurs notes. Les notes de départ et d'arrivée reçoivent
-respectivement un signe @samp{(} et @samp{)}.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{slur}.
+
+Une liaison d'articulation ou @emph{legato} peut englober
+plusieurs notes. Les notes de départ et d'arrivée sont suivies
+respectivement d'un signe @samp{(} et @samp{)}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
d4( c16) cis( d e c cis d) e( d4)
@end lilypond
@cindex liaisons de phrasé
+@cindex phrasé, liaisons de
+@cindex legato
@subheading Phrasing slurs
De plus longues liaisons, dites de phrasé, sont délimitées par @code{\(} et
@code{\)}. Il est possible d'avoir en même temps des legatos et des
phrasés, mais pas plusieurs liaisons de phrasé ou de legato à la fois.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8(\( ais b c) cis2 b'2 a4 cis,\)
@end lilypond
-@sp 1
+@smallspace
-@cindex liaisons de phrasé et de prolongation, différences
+@cindex liaisons d'articulation et de prolongation, différences
@subheading Warnings: slurs vs. ties
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{articulation}, @rglos{slur}, @rglos{tie}.
+
Une liaison d'articulation ou de phrasé ressemble à une liaison de
-tenue, mais n'a pas la même signification. Alors qu'une liaison de
-tenue ne peut relier que deux notes de même hauteur, le legato indique
-une articulation de plusieurs notes, éventuellement nombreuses. Les
-liaisons de tenue peuvent être enchâssées dans un legato ou un phrasé.
+prolongation, mais n'a pas la même signification. Alors qu'une
+liaison de prolongation ne peut relier que deux notes de même hauteur,
+le legato indique une articulation de plusieurs notes, éventuellement
+en grand nombre. Les liaisons de tenue peuvent être enchâssées dans
+un legato ou un phrasé.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2~( c8 fis fis4 ~ fis2 g2)
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item @ruser{Ties},
-@item @ruser{Slurs},
-@item @ruser{Phrasing slurs}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Ties}, @ruser{Slurs},
+@ruser{Phrasing slurs}.
@node Articulation and dynamics
@subsection Articulation and dynamics
@cindex staccato
@subheading Articulations
-Des @rglos{articulation}s peuvent être ajoutées à une note, au moyen
-d'un tiret @samp{-} suivi d'un caractère :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{articulation}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Des @notation{articulations} peuvent être ajoutées à une note, au moyen
+d'un tiret @code{-} suivi d'un caractère :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c-. c-- c-> c-^ c-+ c-_
@end lilypond
@cindex doigtés
@subheading Fingerings
+
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{fingering}.
+
De même, des indications de doigté peuvent être ajoutées à une note en
utilisant un tiret (@samp{-}) et le chiffre à écrire :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c-3 e-5 b-2 a-1
@end lilypond
Articulations et doigtés sont habituellement placés automatiquement,
-mais vous pouvez spécifier une direction en utilisant @samp{^} (en haut)
-ou @samp{_} (en bas). Vous pouvez aussi utiliser plusieurs
-articulations sur la même note. Dans la plupart des cas, cependant, il
-est mieux de laisser LilyPond déterminer l'emplacement de
+mais vous pouvez indiquer une direction en utilisant @samp{^} (en
+haut) ou @samp{_} (en bas). Vous pouvez aussi utiliser plusieurs
+articulations sur la même note. Dans la plupart des cas, cependant,
+il est bon de laisser LilyPond déterminer l'emplacement de
l'articulation.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c_-^1 d^. f^4_2-> e^-_+
@end lilypond
@subheading Dynamics
-Les signes de nuances sont obtenus en ajoutant à la note les noms des nuances,
-précédées d'un anti-slash @samp{\} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{dynamics}, @rglos{crescendo},
+@rglos{decrescendo}.
+
+On obtient un signe de @notation{nuance} en ajoutant à la note les
+lettres du signe, précédées d'un anti-slash @samp{\} :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c\ff c\mf c\p c\pp
@end lilypond
@c Pluriel des termes musicaux italiens :
@c selon Littré, plutôt à la française (en "-os" qu'en "-i")
-Crescendos et decrescendos débutent avec les commandes @code{\<} et
-@code{\>}. Ils se terminent soit par une nuance d'arrivée, par exemple
-@code{\f}, soit par la commande @code{\!} :
+@notation{Crescendos} et @notation{decrescendos} débutent avec les
+commandes @code{\<} et @code{\>}. Ils se terminent soit par une
+nuance d'arrivée, par exemple @code{\f}, soit par la commande
+@code{\!} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2\< c2\ff\> c2 c2\!
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item @ruser{Articulations}.
-@item @ruser{Fingering instructions}.
-@item @ruser{Dynamics}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Articulations and ornamentations},
+@ruser{Fingering instructions}, @ruser{Dynamics}.
+
+
+@node Adding text
+@subsection Adding text
+
+On peut ajouter du texte à une partition :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1^"espr" a_"legato"
+@end lilypond
+
+Pour mettre en forme du texte, on utilise la commande @code{markup} :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c1^\markup{ \bold espr}
+a1_\markup{
+ \dynamic f \italic \small { 2nd } \hspace #0.1 \dynamic p
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Writing text}.
@node Automatic and manual beams
@subsection Automatic and manual beams
@cindex ligatures manuelles
-Toutes les @rglos{beam} sont dessinées automatiquement :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{beam}.
+
+Toutes les barres de ligature sont dessinées automatiquement :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8 ais d ees r d c16 b a8
@end lilypond
@noindent
Lorsqu'on n'aime pas la manière dont les notes sont automatiquement
groupées, il est possible de les ligaturer manuellement, en marquant la
-première note à attacher d'un @samp{[} et la dernière d'un @samp{]}.
+première note à attacher d'un crochet ouvrant @code{[} et la dernière
+d'un crochet fermant @code{]}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a8[ ais] d[ ees r d] a b
@end lilypond
+Pour désactiver les barres de ligature automatqiues pour des passages
+entiers, utilisez la commande @code{\autoBeamOff}, et utilisez
+@code{\autoBeamOn} pour les réactiver.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\autoBeamOff
+a8 c b4 d8. c16 b4
+\autoBeamOn
+a8 c b4 d8. c16 b4
+@end lilypond
+
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Groupements de notes et ligatures automatiques
-voir @ruser{Automatic beams}.
-@item Groupements et ligatures manuels
-voir @ruser{Manual beams}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Automatic beams}, @ruser{Manual beams}.
@node Advanced rhythmic commands
@cindex mesure incomplète
@subheading Partial measure
-Une levée (ou @rglos{anacrusis}) est entrée avec la commande
-@code{\partial}, suivie d'une durée : @code{\partial 4} est une levée
-d'une noire et @code{\partial 8} d'une croche.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{anacrusis}.
+
+On crée une levée (ou anacrouse) avec la commande @code{\partial},
+suivie d'une durée : @code{\partial 4} produit une levée d'une noire
+et @code{\partial 8} d'une croche.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\partial 8
f8 c2 d
@end lilypond
@cindex nolets
@cindex triolets
@subheading Tuplets
-Les nolets sont créés avec la commande @code{\times}, qui prend deux
-arguments : une fraction et une expression musicale. La durée des notes
-de l'expression musicale est multipliée par la fraction. Par exemple
-les notes d'un triolet durent les deux tiers du temps de leur notation
-réelle, cette fraction est donc de 2/3 pour les triolets :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{note value}, @rglos{triplet}.
+
+Les @notation{nolets} sont créés avec la commande @code{\times}, qui
+prend deux arguments : une fraction et une expression musicale. La
+durée des notes de l'expression musicale est multipliée par la
+fraction. Par exemple les notes d'un @notation{triolet} durent les
+deux tiers de la durée de leur notation réelle, cette fraction est
+donc de 2/3 pour les triolets :
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\times 2/3 { f8 g a }
\times 2/3 { c r c }
\times 2/3 { f,8 g16[ a g a] }
@cindex notes d'ornement
@cindex ornementation
@cindex appoggiature
+@cindex acciaccature
@subheading Grace notes
-Des notes d'ornement sont produites par la commande @code{\grace}, mais
-aussi en préfixant une expression musicale avec le mot-clé
-@code{\appoggiatura} ou @code{\acciaccatura} :
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{grace notes}, @rglos{acciaccatura},
+@rglos{appoggiatura}.
+
+Des @notation{notes d'ornement} s'obtiennent en appliquant la commande
+@code{\grace}, @code{\appoggiatura} ou @code{\acciaccatura} à une
+expression musicale :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c2 \grace { a32[ b] } c2
c2 \appoggiatura b16 c2
c2 \acciaccatura b16 c2
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-@table @asis
-@item Notes d'ornement
-voir @ruser{Grace notes},
-@item nolets
-voir @ruser{Tuplets},
-@item levées
-voir @ruser{Upbeats}.
-@end table
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Grace notes}, @ruser{Tuplets},
+@ruser{Upbeats}.
@node Multiple notes at once
@section Multiple notes at once
-Cette section traite des situations où l'on a plus d'une note à la fois
-: plusieurs instruments, plusieurs portées pour un même instrument (le
-piano, par exemple), et les accords.
+Cette section traite de situations où l'on a plus d'une note à la fois :
+plusieurs instruments, plusieurs voix ou portées pour un même
+instrument (le piano, par exemple), et les accords.
-La polyphonie, en théorie musicale, est la notion d'une musique
-constituée de plusieurs voix ; dans lilypond, ce terme désigne les
-situations où il y a plus d'une voix sur une même portée.
+En théorie musicale, la polyphonie désigne une musique constituée de
+plusieurs voix ; dans LilyPond, ce terme désigne les situations où il
+y a plus d'une voix sur une même portée.
@menu
* Music expressions explained::
* Multiple staves::
-* Piano staves::
+* Staff groups::
* Combining notes into chords::
* Single staff polyphony::
@end menu
@node Music expressions explained
@subsection Music expressions explained
+@cindex expression musicale
+
Dans les fichiers source LilyPond, la musique est représentée par ce
qu'on appelle des @emph{expressions musicales}. En soi, une seule note
-peut constituer une expression musicale, si tant est qu'elle soit
-correctement encadrée :
+peut constituer une expression musicale :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a4
@end lilypond
Mettre un groupe de notes entre accolades crée une nouvelle expression
-musicale :
+musicale, appelée @emph{expression musicale composée}. En voici un
+exemple avec deux notes :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
{ a4 g4 }
@end lilypond
-Placer une séquence d'expressions musicales --- des notes par exemple
---- entre accolades signifie qu'elles doivent être jouées
+La mise entre accolades d'une séquence d'expressions musicales --- des
+notes par exemple --- signifie qu'elles doivent être jouées
successivement, les unes après les autres. Le résultat est une
expression, qui peut elle-même être regroupée séquentiellement avec
d'autres expressions. Ici, l'expression de l'exemple précédent est
combinée à deux notes :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
{ { a4 g } f g }
@end lilypond
+@cindex expression
+@subheading Analogy: mathematical expressions
+
+Ce mécanisme est similaire aux formules mathématiques : une grosse
+formule est créée en assemblant plusieurs petites formules. De telles
+formules sont appelées expressions, elles ont une définition
+récursive, de telle sorte que vous pouvez fabriquer des expressions
+arbitrairement longues et complexes. Par exemple :
+
+@example
+1
+
+1 + 2
+
+(1 + 2) * 3
+
+((1 + 2) * 3) / (4 * 5)
+@end example
+
+Ceci est une suite d'expressions, où chacune est contenue dans la
+suivante. Les expressions les plus simples sont les nombres, et de
+plus grandes expressions sont produites en combinant des expressions
+avec des opérateurs --- comme @samp{+}, @samp{*} et @samp{/} --- et
+des parenthèses. Tout comme les expressions mathématiques, les
+expressions musicales peuvent être imbriquées avec une profondeur
+arbitraire, ce qui est nécessaire pour des partitions complexes comme
+de la musique polyphonique.
+
+
@subheading Simultaneous music expressions: multiple staves
-Cette technique est utile pour de la musique polyphonique. Pour entrer
-une musique avec plusieurs voix ou plusieurs portées, nous pouvons aussi
-combiner en parallèle les expressions. Deux voix qui doivent être
-jouées en même temps, sont entrées comme une combinaison simultanée de
-deux expressions. Une expression musicale @q{simultanée} est formée en
-entourant les expressions entre @code{<<} et @code{>>}. Dans l'exemple
-suivant, trois expressions (contenant chacune deux notes distinctes)
-sont combinées simultanément.
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{polyphony}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Cette technique est utile pour de la musique @notation{polyphonique}.
+Pour entrer une musique avec plusieurs voix ou plusieurs portées, nous
+pouvons aussi combiner @emph{en parallèle} les expressions : deux voix
+qui doivent être jouées en même temps, sont entrées comme une
+combinaison simultanée de deux expressions. Une expression musicale
+@qq{simultanée} est formée en entourant les expressions entre @code{<<}
+et @code{>>}. Dans l'exemple suivant, trois expressions (contenant
+chacune deux notes distinctes) sont combinées simultanément.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
{ a4 g }
}
@end lilypond
-Notez que nous avons ici indenté chaque niveau du fichier d'entrée avec
-un nombre d'espaces différent. LilyPond se moque de l'espace qu'il peut
-y avoir (ou pas) au début d'une ligne, mais en indentant votre code vous
-le rendrez bien plus facile à lire pour les humains.
+Notez que nous avons ici indenté chaque niveau du fichier d'entrée
+avec un nombre d'espaces différent. LilyPond se moque --- ou presque
+--- de l'espace qu'il peut y avoir ou non au début d'une ligne, mais
+un code bien indenté est bien plus lisible par des humains.
-@strong{Attention} : chaque note saisie est relative à la précédente,
-mais pas au @code{c''} de la commande @code{\relative} de départ.
+@warning{la hauteur de chaque note saisie est relative à la précédente,
+mais pas au @code{c''} de la commande @code{\relative} de départ.}
@subheading Simultaneous music expressions: single staff
-Pour déterminer le nombre de portées, LilyPond regarde le premier
-élément autre qu'une accolade. Si c'est une seule note, il y a une
-portée ; si c'est une expression simultanée, il y aura plus d'une
-portée.
+Pour déterminer le nombre de portées, LilyPond regarde le début
+de la première expression. Si c'est une seule note, une seule portée
+est produite ; si c'est une expression simultanée, plusieurs portées
+sont produites.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
c2 <<c e>>
<< { e f } { c <<b d>> } >>
}
@end lilypond
-@cindex expression
-@cindex expression musicale
-@subheading Analogy: mathematical expressions
-
-Ce mécanisme est similaire au formules mathématiques : une grosse
-formule est créée en assemblant plusieurs petites formules. Ces types
-de formules, appelées expressions, ont une définition récursive, de
-telle sorte que vous pouvez fabriquer des expressions arbitrairement
-longues et complexes. Par exemple,
-
-@example
-1
-
-1 + 2
-
-(1 + 2) * 3
-
-((1 + 2) * 3) / (4 * 5)
-@end example
-
-Ceci est une suite d'expressions, où chacune est contenue dans la
-suivante. Les expressions les plus simples sont les nombres, et de plus
-grandes expressions sont produites en combinant des expressions avec des
-opérateurs --- comme @samp{+}, @samp{*} et @samp{/} --- et des
-parenthèses. Tout comme les expressions mathématiques, les expressions
-musicales peuvent être imbriquées avec une profondeur arbitraire, ce qui
-est nécessaire pour de la musique complexe comme des partitions
-polyphoniques.
-
@node Multiple staves
@subsection Multiple staves
-Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Music expressions explained}, un fichier
-d'entrée LilyPond est fait d'expressions musicales. Si la partition
-commence par plusieurs expressions simultanées, LilyPond créera
-plusieurs portées. Cependant, il est plus facile de voir ce qu'il
-advient si l'on crée explicitement chacune des portées.
+Comme nous l'avons vu dans @ref{Music expressions explained}, un
+fichier d'entrée LilyPond est fait d'expressions musicales. Si la
+partition commence par plusieurs expressions simultanées, LilyPond
+créera plusieurs portées. Cependant, il est plus facile de prévoir le
+nombre de portées si on les crée explicitement, ce que nous allons
+voir.
-Pour créer plus d'une portée, chaque partie de la musique constituant
-une portée est entrée en la faisant précéder de @code{\new Staff}. Ces
-éléments @code{Staff} sont ensuite combinés en parallèle avec @code{<<}
-et @code{>>}, comme ceci :
+Pour créer plus d'une portée, on ajoute @code{\new Staff} au début de
+chaque partie de la musique constituant une portée. Ces éléments
+@code{Staff} sont ensuite combinés en parallèle avec @code{<<} et
+@code{>>}, comme ci-dessous.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
\new Staff { \clef treble c }
musicaux --- comme les notes ou les commandes @code{\clef} --- sont
interprétés. Pour des pièces simples, ces contextes sont créés
automatiquement. Pour des pièces plus complexes, il est préférable de
-spécifier explicitement les contextes. Cela assure que chaque fragment
-aura sa propre portée.
+spécifier explicitement les contextes, afin de s'assurer que chaque
+fragment aura sa propre portée.
-Il existe différents types de contextes. Les contextes @code{Staff}
-(portée), @code{Voice} (voix) et @code{Score} (partition) gèrent la
+Il existe différents types de contextes. Les contextes @code{Score}
+(partition), @code{Staff} (portée) et @code{Voice} (voix) gèrent la
notation de la mélodie, alors que @code{Lyrics} gère les paroles et
-@code{ChordNames} imprime le nom des accords.
+@code{ChordNames} imprime des noms d'accords.
-En termes de syntaxe, faire précéder une expression musicale de
-@code{\new} crée une plus grosse expression musicale. En reprenant la
-comparaison, cela ressemble au signe @qq{moins} en mathématiques. La
-formule @math{(4+5)} est une expression, donc @math{-(4+5)} est une plus
-grosse expression.
+En termes de syntaxe, ajouter @code{\new} devant une expression
+musicale crée une plus grande expression musicale. En reprenant la
+comparaison précédente, cela ressemble au signe @emph{moins} en
+mathématiques. La formule @math{(4+5)} est une expression, donc
+@math{-(4+5)} est une plus grande expression.
Les chiffres de métrique indiqués sur une portée affectent toutes les
-autres portées@footnote{Ce comportement peut être modifié si nécessaire,
-voir @ruser{Polymetric notation}.}. En revanche l'armure d'une portée
-n'affecte @emph{pas} les autres portées.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+autres portées@footnote{Ce comportement peut être modifié si
+nécessaire, voir @ruser{Polymetric notation}.}. En revanche l'armure
+d'une portée n'affecte @emph{pas} les autres portées. Ces
+caractéristiques par défaut se justifient par le fait que
+l'utilisation d'instruments transpositeurs est bien plus fréquente que
+la musique polyrythmique.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
<<
- \new Staff { \clef treble \time 3/4 c }
- \new Staff { \clef bass \key d \major c,, }
+ \new Staff { \clef treble \key d \major \time 3/4 c }
+ \new Staff { \clef bass c,, }
>>
}
@end lilypond
+@node Staff groups
+@subsection Staff groups
+@cindex portée double
+@cindex portée pour piano
+@cindex piano, portée pour
+@cindex clavier, portée pour
-@node Piano staves
-@subsection Piano staves
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{brace}.
-@cindex changement de portée manuel
-@cindex voix changeant manuellement de portée
-La musique pour piano s'écrit sur deux portées reliées par une accolade.
-Imprimer ce type de portée revient au même que dans l'exemple de musique
-polyphonique de @ref{Multiple staves}, mais maintenant cette expression
-entière doit être interprétée dans un contexte @code{PianoStaff} :
+La musique pour piano s'écrit sur deux portées reliées par une
+@notation{accolade}. La gravure de ce type de portée est semblable à
+l'exemple de musique polyphonique de @ref{Multiple staves}, mais
+maintenant cette expression entière est interprétée dans un contexte
+@code{PianoStaff} :
@example
\new PianoStaff <<
Voici un bref exemple :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff { \time 2/4 c4 e g g, }
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-Voir @ruser{Keyboard instruments}.
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Keyboard instruments},
+@ruser{Displaying staves}.
@node Combining notes into chords
@subsection Combining notes into chords
-@cindex accords
-Des accords peuvent être produits en entourant les hauteurs de notes
-par des angles gauche et droit --- @samp{<} et @samp{>} ---
+@cindex accords, notes simultanées
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{chord}.
+
+Nous avons vu précédemment comment combiner des notes simultanément,
+en les encadrant par des angles doubles @code{<<} et @code{>>}. Pour
+produire des accords simples, c'est-à-dire une superposition de notes
+de même durée, on encadre les hauteurs de notes par des angles simples
+@code{<} et @code{>}, et on écrit la durée juste après.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
r4 <c e g>4 <c f a>2
@end lilypond
-Vous pouvez combiner les indications comme les liaisons et les ligatures
-de croches avec les accords. Ils doivent cependant être placés en
-dehors des angles :
+Beaucoup d'éléments de notation que l'on peut attacher à une note
+simple, comme une liaison, un crochet indiquat un début ou fin de
+lien, un signe d'articulation, peuvent être également attachés à un
+accord : il faut ajouter ces indications après les hauteurs et la
+durée, donc @emph{à l'extérieur} des angles.
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
r4 <c e g>8[ <c f a>]~ <c f a>2
-@end lilypond
-
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
-r4 <c e g>8\>( <c e g> <c e g>4 <c f a>\!)
+r4 <c e g>8( <c e g>\> <c e g>4 <c f a>\!)
@end lilypond
liaisons et ligatures, la voix supérieure ayant les hampes vers le haut,
la voix inférieure vers le bas.
-Ce type de partition est réalisé en entrant chaque voix comme une
-séquence (avec @code{@{...@}}), en combinant simultanément les voix et
-en les séparant par @code{\\} :
-
+On réalise ce type de partition en entrant chaque voix comme une
+séquence, @emph{i.e.} avec @code{@{...@}}, puis en combinant
+simultanément les voix et en les séparant par @code{\\}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
{ r4 g4 f2 f4 }
Pour l'écriture de musique polyphonique, les silences invisibles
s'avèrent bien pratiques : ce sont des silences qui ne s'impriment pas.
Ils sont utiles pour remplir des voix qui, temporairement, ne jouent
-rien. On peut voir ici le même exemple avec un silence invisible
-(@code{s}) à la place d'un silence normal (@code{r}) :
+rien. Voici le même exemple que ci-dessus, avec un silence invisible
+@code{s} à la place d'un silence normal @code{r} :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
{ s4 g4 f2 f4 }
@noindent
Là encore, ces expressions peuvent s'imbriquer arbitrairement :
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
\new Staff <<
{ a4 g2 f4~ f4 } \\
@end lilypond
@seealso
-@quotation
-Voir @ruser{Basic polyphony}.
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Simultaneous notes}.
@node Songs
Cette section présente l'écriture vocale et les partitions de variété.
@menu
-* Printing lyrics::
-* A lead sheet::
+* Setting simple songs::
+* Aligning lyrics to a melody::
+* Lyrics to multiple staves::
@end menu
-@node Printing lyrics
-@subsection Printing lyrics
+@node Setting simple songs
+@subsection Setting simple songs
@cindex paroles
@cindex chansons
-Prenons une mélodie toute simple :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{lyrics}.
+
+Prenons une mélodie toute simple, la comptine @emph{Girls and boys
+come out to play}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
}
@end lilypond
-Des paroles peuvent être associées à ces notes, en les combinant avec la
-commande @code{\addlyrics}. Les paroles sont entrées en séparant chaque
-syllable par un espace :
+Des @notation{paroles} peuvent être associées à ces notes, en les
+combinant avec la commande @code{\addlyrics}. On entre les paroles en
+séparant chaque syllable par un espace :
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
}
- \addlyrics { One day this shall be free }
>>
@end lilypond
+Remarquez les accolades embrassant la musique et celles embrassant les
+paroles, ainsi que les angles doubles encadrant toute la pièce ; ces
+derniers indiquent simplement que la musique et les paroles se
+produisent en même temps.
+
+
+@node Aligning lyrics to a melody
+@subsection Aligning lyrics to a melody
+
@cindex mélisme
@cindex ligne d'extension
-Cette mélodie se termine sur un @rglos{melisma}, c'est-à-dire qu'une
-seule syllable (@qq{free}) correspond à plus d'une note. Ceci est
-indiqué avec une @emph{ligne d'extension}. Elle est entrée avec deux
-caractères souligné (@code{_}), c'est-à-dire :
+@cindex trait d'union (paroles)
+@cindex caractère souligné (paroles)
+Glossaire musical : @rglos{melisma}, @rglos{extender line}.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+La ligne suivante de la comptine précédente est @emph{The moon doth
+shine as bright as day}. Ajoutons-la au code.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c b a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
}
- \addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>
@end lilypond
-De la même manière, les séparations syllabiques d'un mot peuvent être
-entrées avec deux tirets (@code{-}), ce qui produit un tiret centré
-entre les deux syllabes :
+Remarquez que les paroles ajoutées ne s'alignent pas bien avec les
+notes. Le mot @emph{shine} devrait être chanté sur deux notes au lieu
+d'une. On appelle ceci un @notation{mélisme} : il s'agit d'une seule
+syllabe chantée sur plus d'une note. Il existe plusieurs façons
+d'étaler une sylabe sur plusieurs notes, la plus simple étant de lier
+les notes du mélisme. Pour les détails, consultez @ref{Ties and
+slurs}.
-@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hypens get lost.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
- \relative c' {
- \time 2/4
- f4 f c c
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c( b) a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
}
- \addlyrics { A -- le -- gri -- a }
>>
@end lilypond
-@seealso
-@quotation
-Plus de possibilités, comme celle d'ajouter plusieurs lignes de paroles
-en dessous d'une même mélodie sont exposées dans @ruser{Vocal music}.
-@end quotation
+Les paroles sont maintenant correctement alignées, mais les liens de
+croche automatiques ne conviennent pas pour les notes au-dessus de
+@emph{shine as}. On peut les corriger en ajoutant des liens de croche
+manuels, pour ceci consultez @ref{Automatic and manual beams}.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c([ b]) a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine as bright as day;
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-@node A lead sheet
-@subsection A lead sheet
+Au lieu d'utiliser une liaison, on peut indiquer le mélisme dans les
+paroles en insérant un caractère souligné @code{_} pour chaque note du
+mélisme sauf la première.
-@cindex partition de chanson
-@cindex chanson, partition complète
-@cindex accords, noms
-@cindex noms d'accords
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 6/8
+ d4 b8 c4 a8 d4 b8 g4
+ g8 a4 b8 c[ b] a d4 b8 g4.
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Girls and boys come out to play,
+ The moon doth shine _ as bright as day;
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-En musique de variété, il est courant d'indiquer l'accompagnement par le
-nom des accords. De tels accords peuvent être entrés comme les notes :
+Si une syllabe s'étend sur un grand nombre de notes ou une note très
+longue, on représente souvent le mélisme par un @notation{trait de
+prolongation}, qu'on entre avec @code{__}. L'exemple suivant montre
+les trois premières mesures de la plainte de Didon, extraite de
+@emph{Didon et Énée} de Purcell.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\chordmode { c2 f4. g8 }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+<<
+ \relative c'' {
+ \key g \minor
+ \time 3/2
+ g2 a bes bes( a)
+ b c4.( bes8 a4. g8 fis4.) g8 fis1
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ When I am laid,
+ am laid __ in earth,
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Maintenant, chaque hauteur est lue comme la base de l'accord à la place
-de la note. Ce mode est activé avec @code{\chordmode}. D'autres
-accords peuvent être créés en ajoutant des modificateurs après deux
-points. L'exemple suivant montre quelques modificateurs usuels :
+Aucun exemple jusqu'à présent n'a utilisé de mots de plus d'une
+syllabe. Dans des paroles, de tels mots sont écrits en syllabes
+séparées par des traits d'union. Avec LilyPond, on utilise deux
+tirets pour produire un trait d'union centré entre deux syllabes.
+L'exemple suivant montre tout ce que nous avons vu jusqu'à maintenant
+sur l'alignement de paroles à une mélodie.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\chordmode { c2 f4:m g4:maj7 gis1:dim7 }
+@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
+@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
+<<
+ \relative c' {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 3/4
+ \partial 4
+ d4 g4 g a8( b) g4 g4
+ b8( c) d4 d e4 c2
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ A -- way in a __ man -- ger,
+ no __ crib for a bed, __
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-Pour la musique improvisée, les accords ne sont pas imprimés sur des
-portées mais comme des lignes à part entière. Ceci s'obtient en
-utilisant @code{\chords} à la place de @code{\chordmode}. La même
-syntaxe sera utilisée que dans le cas de@code{\chordmode}, mais le rendu
-des notes interviendra dans un contexte @code{ChordNames}, avec le
-résultat suivant :
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\chords { c2 f4.:m g4.:maj7 gis8:dim7 }
+Avec certaines paroles, en particulier en italien, il se produit la
+situation inverse : il peut y avoir plusieurs syllabes sur une seule
+note. On réalise ceci avec LilyPond grâce à un caractère souligné
+@code{_} sans espace entre les syllabes, ou alors en groupant les
+syllabes avec des guillemets. L'exemple suivant est extrait de l'air
+de Figaro @emph{Largo al factotum}, dans @emph{Figaro} de Rossini, où
+la syllabe @emph{al} est chantée sur la même note que @emph{go}.
+
+@c no ragged-right here because otherwise the hyphens get lost,
+@c but the example is long enough to avoid looking strange.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,noragged-right]
+<<
+ \relative c' {
+ \clef bass
+ \key c \major
+ \time 6/8
+ c4.~ c8 d b c([ d]) b c d b c
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Lar -- go_al fac -- to -- tum del -- la cit -- tà
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-@cindex partition de chanson
-@cindex chanson, partition complète
-Une fois assemblés, les accords, paroles et mélodie forment une
-partition de chanson :
+@seealso
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Vocal music}.
+
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@node Lyrics to multiple staves
+@subsection Lyrics to multiple staves
+
+La méthode simple d'ajout de paroles avec @code{\addlyrics} peut être
+également utilisée pour placer des paroles sous plusieurs portées.
+L'exemple suivant est extrait de @emph{Judas Macchabée} de Händel.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
- \chords { c2 g:sus4 f e }
\relative c'' {
- a4 e c8 e r4
- b2 c4( d)
+ \key f \major
+ \time 6/8
+ \partial 8
+ c8 c([ bes]) a a([ g]) f f'4. b, c4.~ c4
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Let flee -- cy flocks the hills a -- dorn, __
+ }
+ \relative c' {
+ \key f \major
+ \time 6/8
+ \partial 8
+ r8 r4. r4 c8 a'([ g]) f f([ e]) d e([ d]) c bes'4
+ }
+ \addlyrics {
+ Let flee -- cy flocks the hills a -- dorn,
}
- \addlyrics { One day this shall be free __ }
>>
@end lilypond
+Pour produire des partitions plus complexes ou plus longues que cet
+exemple simple, il est vivement conseillé de séparer la structure de
+la partition des notes et paroles, grâce à des variables. Ceci sera
+détaillé plus loin dans @ref{Organizing pieces with variables}.
@seealso
-@quotation
-Une liste complète de modificateurs et d'autres options de mise en forme
-se trouve à la section @ruser{Chord notation}.
-@end quotation
+
+Manuel de notation : @ruser{Vocal music}.
+
@node Final touches
@section Final touches
-L'ultime section de ce tutoriel montre comment ajouter une touche finale
-à des morceaux simples, et consititue une introduction au reste du
-manuel.
+L'ultime section de ce tutoriel montre comment ajouter une touche
+finale à des morceaux simples, et constitue une introduction au reste
+du manuel.
@menu
+* Organizing pieces with variables::
* Version number::
* Adding titles::
* Absolute note names::
-* Organizing pieces with identifiers::
* After the tutorial::
-* How to read the manual::
@end menu
+@node Organizing pieces with variables
+@subsection Organizing pieces with variables
+
+Lorsque l'on combine tous les éléments étudiés précédemment pour
+écrire des partitions plus longues, les expressions musicales prennent
+de l'ampleur et, dans le cas des pièces polyphoniques, deviennent
+profondément imbriquées, jusqu'au point où il devient difficile de se
+repérer dans le fichier source. Cet inconvénient peut être résolu par
+l'utilisation de @emph{variables}.
+
+En utilisant des variables, parfois appelées identificateurs ou
+macros, on peut scinder des expressions musicales complexes en des
+expressions plus simples. Une variable se définit comme suit :
+
+@example
+musiqueToto = @{ @dots{} @}
+@end example
+
+Le contenu de l'expression musicale @code{musiqueToto} pourra être
+utilisé plus loin en faisant précéder son nom d'un anti-slash,
+c'est-à-dire @code{\musiqueToto}, tout comme n'importe quelle commande
+LilyPond. Toute variable doit être définie @emph{avant} son
+utilisation dans une autre expression musicale.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+violin = \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4 b c b
+ }
+}
+cello = \new Staff {
+ \relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ e2 d
+ }
+}
+{
+ <<
+ \violin
+ \cello
+ >>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Le nom d'une variable ne doit comporter que des caractères
+alphabétiques non accentués, aucun nombre ni tiret ne sont autorisés.
+
+On peut utiliser une variable déjà définie autant de fois que l'on
+veut, y compris dans la définition d'une nouvelle variable ; par
+exemple, cela peut servir à saisir un motif qu'une seule fois, même
+s'il se répète un grand nombre de fois dans la pièce.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+tripletA = \times 2/3 { c,8 e g }
+barA = { \tripletA \tripletA \tripletA \tripletA }
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \barA \barA
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Il est possible d'utiliser des variables de types variés. Par exemple,
+
+@example
+width = 4.5\cm
+name = "Wendy"
+aFivePaper = \paper @{ paperheight = 21.0 \cm @}
+@end example
+
+En fonction de son contenu, un identificateur peut être utilisé à
+différents endroits. L'exemple suivant utilise les variable définies
+ci-dessus.
+
+@example
+\paper @{
+ \aFivePaper
+ line-width = \width
+@}
+@{ c4^\name @}
+@end example
+
+
@node Version number
@subsection Version number
@cindex versions
La déclaration @code{\version} stipule le numéro de la version de
-LilyPond pour laquelle le fichier a été écrit,
+LilyPond pour laquelle le fichier a été écrit :
@example
\version @w{"@version{}"}
@end example
@noindent
-que l'on place par convention en début de fichier.
+Par convention, on place cette instruction en début de fichier.
-Cette annotation permet de faciliter les prochaines mises à jour de
-LilyPond. Les changements dans la syntaxe sont gérés avec un programme
-spécial, @file{convert-ly} --- voir @rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}
---- et il utilise @code{\version} pour déterminer les règles de
-conversion à appliquer au fichier.
+Cette instruction permet de faciliter les mises à jour futures de
+LilyPond. Les changements de syntaxe au fil des versions sont gérés
+avec un programme dédié, @command{convert-ly}, qui utilise la valeur
+de @code{\version} pour déterminer les règles de conversion à
+appliquer au fichier source. Pour plus d'informations, consultez voir
+@rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}.
@node Adding titles
@subsection Adding titles
-Les informations bibliographiques (nom du morceau, du compositeur, etc)
-sont entrées dans un bloc séparé, le bloc d'en-tête (@code{\header}),
-qui existe indépendamment des expressions musicales principales. Le
-bloc @code{\header} est habituellement placé en début de fichier.
+On indique les informations bibliographiques --- nom du morceau, du
+compositeur, numéro d'opus... --- dans un bloc à part, le bloc
+d'en-tête @code{\header}, qui existe indépendamment de l'expression
+musicale principale. Le bloc @code{\header} est habituellement placé
+en début de fichier, après le numéro de version.
@example
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version @w{"@version{}"}
\header @{
title = "Symphonie"
composer = "Moi"
@}
@{
- @dots{} music @dots{}
+ @dots{} la musique @dots{}
@}
@end example
-Quand le fichier est traité, le titre et le compositeur sont imprimés en
-haut de la partition. Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur les titres
-à @ruser{Creating titles}.
+
+Quand LilyPond traite le fichier, le titre et le compositeur sont
+imprimés au début de la partition. Vous trouverez plus d'informations
+sur les titres à la section @ruser{Creating titles}.
+
@node Absolute note names
@subsection Absolute note names
-Jusqu'ici nous n'avons utilisé que le mode @code{\relative} pour définir
-les hauteurs de notes. Si c'est effectivement le moyen le plus simple
-d'entrer la majeure partie de votre musique, il existe une autre façon
-de procéder : le mode des hauteurs absolues.
+Jusqu'ici nous n'avons utilisé que le mode @code{\relative} pour
+définir les hauteurs de notes. Si c'est souvent le moyen le plus
+simple de saisir la musique au clavier, il existe une autre façon de
+procéder : le mode de hauteurs absolues.
Si vous omettez la commande @code{\relative}, LilyPond considérera
-toutes les hauteurs comme des hauteurs absolues. Un @code{c'} sera
-toujours un do du milieu, un @code{b} sera toujours une note au-dessous
-du précédent, et un @code{g,} sera toujours la note la plus grave dans
-la portée de clé de fa.
+toutes les hauteurs comme des hauteurs absolues. Un @code{c'} désigne
+toujours le do central, un @code{b} se situe une seconde en dessous
+du do central, et un @code{g,} est situé sur la première ligne de
+la portée en clé de fa.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\clef bass
c' b g, g,
Voici une gamme sur 4 octaves :
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\clef bass
c, d, e, f,
}
@end lilypond
-Comme vous pouvez le voir, il faut beaucoup d'apostrophes pour écrire de
-la musique dans un registre aigu. Regardez cet extrait de Mozart :
+Comme vous pouvez le voir, il faut beaucoup d'apostrophes pour écrire
+de la musique dans un registre aigu, comme le montre cet extrait de
+Mozart.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
{
\key a \major
\time 6/8
}
@end lilypond
-Toutes ces apostrophes rendent le fichier moins lisible, et c'est donc
-une source d'erreurs. En mode @code{\relative}, le même exemple devient
-bien plus facile à lire :
+Toutes ces apostrophes rendent le fichier moins lisible, et surtout il
+est très probable d'oublier au moins une apostrophe au cours de la
+frappe. En mode @code{\relative}, le même exemple devient bien plus
+facile à lire et à saisir.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
\key a \major
\time 6/8
@end lilypond
Si d'aventure vous faites une erreur d'octaviation, le mode
-@code{\relative} la rendra frappante --- toutes les notes suivantes
-seront placées à la mauvaise octave. En mode de hauteurs absolues, une
-erreur isolée ne serait pas auntant visible, et donc aussi facile à
-dénicher.
+@code{\relative} la mettra en évidence : toutes les notes suivantes
+seront placées à la mauvaise octave. En mode de hauteurs absolues,
+une erreur isolée ne serait pas autant visible, donc serait plus
+difficile à dénicher.
-Cependant, le mode de hauteurs absolues reste utile pour les musiques où
-les intervalles sont étendus, surtout pour les fichiers LilyPond créés
-par ordinateur.
-
-
-@node Organizing pieces with identifiers
-@subsection Organizing pieces with identifiers
-
-Lorsque l'on combine tous les éléments étudiés plus haut pour produire
-des fichiers plus volumineux, les blocs @code{\score} deviennent
-beaucoup plus gros parce que les expressions musicales sont plus longues
-et, dans le cas des pièces polyphoniques, profondément imbriquées. De
-telles expressions imposantes finissent par devenir peu maniables. Cet
-inconvénient peut être résolu par l'utilisation
-d'@emph{identificateurs}.
-
-En utilisant ces identificateurs, que l'on pourrait aussi appeler
-variables ou macros, il est possible de découper des expressions
-musicales complexes. Un identificateur se définit comme suit :
-
-@example
-MusiqueToto = @{ @dots{} @}
-@end example
-
-Le contenu de l'expression musicale @code{MusiqueToto} pourra être
-utilisé plus loin en faisant précéder son nom d'un anti-slash,
-c'est-à-dire @code{\MusiqueToto}, juste comme n'importe quelle commande
-LilyPond. Tous les identificateurs doivent être définis @emph{avant}
-l'expression musicale principale.
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-violin = \new Staff { \relative c'' {
- a4 b c b
-}}
-cello = \new Staff { \relative c {
- \clef bass
- e2 d
-}}
-{
- <<
- \violin
- \cello
- >>
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@noindent
-Le nom d'un identificateur ne doit comporter que des caractères
-alphabétiques non accentués, aucun nombre ni tiret.
-
-Il est possible d'utiliser des variables de types variés. Par exemple,
-
-@example
-width = 4.5\cm
-name = "Wendy"
-aFivePaper = \paper @{ paperheight = 21.0 \cm @}
-@end example
-
-En fonction de son contenu, un identificateur peut être utilisé à
-différents endroits. L'exemple suivant utilise la variable ci-dessus :
-
-@example
-\paper @{
- \aFivePaper
- line-width = \width
-@}
-@{ c4^\name @}
-@end example
+Cependant, le mode de hauteurs absolues reste utile pour les musiques
+où les intervalles sont étendus, et plus encore pour les fichiers
+LilyPond créés par des programmes.
@node After the tutorial
@subsection After the tutorial
-Après avoir parcouru ce tutoriel, vous devriez vous essayer à écrire un
-morceau ou deux. Commencez par copier l'un des @ref{Templates} types et
-ajoutez-y des notes. Si vous voulez employer une notation que vous
-n'avez pas trouvé dans le tutoriel, consultez la référence de notation,
-en commençant par la @ruser{Musical notation}. Si vous désirez écrire pour
-un ensemble instrumental non couvert par les @ref{Templates}, lisez la
-section @ref{Extending the templates}.
-
-Après avoir écrit quelques pièces courtes, lisez les chapitres 3 à 5 du
-manuel d'apprentissage. Rien ne s'oppose à ce que vous consultiez dès à
-présent les autres chapitres, bien sûr ! Néanmoins, le reste du manuel
-de l'utilisateur part du principe que vous avez déjà bien assimilé la
-syntaxe de LilyPond. Vous pouvez toujours survoler le reste du manuel,
-et y revenir plus tard après avoir acquis de l'expérience.
-
-@node How to read the manual
-@subsection How to read the manual
-
-Comme nous l'avons déjà vu dans @ref{How to read the tutorial}, de
-nombreux exemples du tutoriel n'ont pas fait apparaître
-@code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}} dans l'extrait de code affiché.
-
-Dans le reste du manuel, les exemples utilisés sont encore beaucoup plus
-souples : parfois il leur manque le @code{\relative c'' @{ ... @}},
-mais d'autres fois ils ont recours à une autre hauteur de référence,
-telle que @code{c'} ou @code{c,,}), et dans certains cas c'est même
-l'exemple entier qui est en mode de hauteurs absolues ! Cependant, de
-telles ambiguïtés ne se trouvent que dans des contextes où les hauteurs
-n'ont que peu d'importance. Dans tous les exemples où elles en ont, le
-mode @code{\relative} ou absolu @code{@{ @}} est explicitement spécifié.
-
-Si vous ne vous y retrouvez toujours pas pour savoir quel code LilyPond
-produit précisément tel ou tel exemple, consultez la version HTML de ce
-manuel si ce n'est pas déjà le cas, et cliquez sur l'image de la
-partition. La source exacte utilisée pour générer ce manuel s'affichera
-alors.
-
-Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation de la suite de ce manuel,
-reportez-vous à @ref{About the documentation}.
+Après avoir parcouru ce tutoriel, vous devriez essayer d'écrire un
+morceau ou deux. Commencez par copier l'un des modèles types et
+ajoutez-y des notes --- consultez les @ref{Templates}. Si vous voulez
+employer une notation que vous n'avez pas trouvé dans le tutoriel,
+consultez le manuel de notation, en commençant par la @ruser{Musical
+notation}. Si vous désirez écrire pour un ensemble instrumental non
+couvert par les modèles, lisez la section @ref{Extending the
+templates}.
+
+Après avoir écrit quelques pièces courtes, lisez les chapitres 3 à 5
+du manuel d'initiation. Rien ne s'oppose à ce que vous consultiez dès
+à présent ces chapitres, bien sûr ! Néanmoins, le reste du manuel
+d'initiation part du principe que vous avez déjà bien assimilé la
+syntaxe de base de LilyPond. Vous pouvez toujours survoler ces
+chapitres 3 à 5, et y revenir plus tard après avoir acquis de
+l'expérience.
+
+Si vous ne l'avez pas encore fait, lisez @ref{About the
+documentation}. Les sources de documentation et d'information sur
+LilyPond sont vastes, il est normal pour un débutant de ne pas savoir
+où chercher ; si vous passez quelques minutes à lire attentivement
+cette section, vous vous épargnerez certainement la frustration causée
+par des heures de recherche infructueuses.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave, Nicolas Klutchnikoff
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
quasiment chaque élément de votre partition.
@menu
-* Moving objects::
-* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Tweaking basics::
+* The Internals Reference manual::
+* Appearance of objects::
+* Placement of objects::
+* Collisions of objects::
* Common tweaks::
-* Default files::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
-* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
-* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Further tweaking::
+@end menu
+
+@node Tweaking basics
+@section Tweaking basics
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Introduction to tweaks::
+* Objects and interfaces::
+* Naming conventions of objects and properties::
+* Tweaking methods::
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction to tweaks
+@subsection Introduction to tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Objects and interfaces
+@subsection Objects and interfaces
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Naming conventions of objects and properties
+@subsection Naming conventions of objects and properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Tweaking methods
+@subsection Tweaking methods
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node The Internals Reference manual
+@section The Internals Reference manual
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Properties of layout objects::
+* Properties found in interfaces::
+* Types of properties::
@end menu
+@node Properties of layout objects
+@subsection Properties of layout objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Properties found in interfaces
+@subsection Properties found in interfaces
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Types of properties
+@subsection Types of properties
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Appearance of objects
+@section Appearance of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Visibility and color of objects::
+* Size of objects::
+* Length and thickness of objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Visibility and color of objects
+@subsection Visibility and color of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Size of objects
+@subsection Size of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Length and thickness of objects
+@subsection Length and thickness of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Placement of objects
+@section Placement of objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@menu
+* Automatic behavior::
+* Within-staff objects::
+* Outside staff objects::
+@end menu
+
+@node Automatic behavior
+@subsection Automatic behavior
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Within-staff objects
+@subsection Within-staff objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Outside staff objects
+@subsection Outside staff objects
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Collisions of objects
+@section Collisions of objects
+
+
+@menu
+* Moving objects::
+* Fixing overlapping notation::
+* Real music example::
+@end menu
@node Moving objects
-@section Moving objects
+@subsection Moving objects
Aussi surprenant que cela puisse paraître, LilyPond n'est pas parfait.
Certains éléments sur la partition peuvent se chevaucher, ce qui est
@node Fixing overlapping notation
-@section Fixing overlapping notation
+@subsection Fixing overlapping notation
Dans la section @ref{Moving objects}, nous avons vu comment
déplacer un objet @code{TextScript}. Ce même procédé peut être
@end multitable
+@node Real music example
+@subsection Real music example
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@c DEPRECATED SECTION
@node Common tweaks
@section Common tweaks
consultez les sections correspondantes de la Référence du programme.
-@node Default files
-@section Default files
+@node Further tweaking
+@section Further tweaking
+
+@menu
+* Other uses for tweaks::
+* Using variables for tweaks::
+* Other sources of information::
+* Avoiding tweaks with slower processing::
+* Advanced tweaks with Scheme::
+@end menu
+
+@node Other uses for tweaks
+@subsection Other uses for tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Using variables for tweaks
+@subsection Using variables for tweaks
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+@node Other sources of information
+@subsection Other sources of information
La Référence du programme contient
beaucoup d'informations sur LilyPond. Cependant vous pouvez en découvrir
@file{ly/property-init.ly} ou encore @file{ly/declarations-init.ly}
déterminent toutes les définitions avancées communes.
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-
-Parfois, une partition peut se terminer avec seulement
-un ou deux systèmes sur la dernière page. Ceci peut être ennuyeux
-surtout si vous constatez, en regardant les pages précédentes, qu'il
-reste encore beaucoup de place sur celles-ci.
-
-Si vous vous intéressez aux problèmes de mise en page,
-@code{annotate-spacing} peut alors être un outil d'une valeur
-inestimable. Cette commande imprime les valeurs
-de nombreuses commandes d'espacement concernant la mise en page.
-Consultez @ruser{Displaying spacing} pour de plus amples informations. À l'aide
-des informations données par @code{annotate-spacing}, on peut
-voir quelles marges il est souhaitable de modifier afin de résoudre le
-problème.
-
-
-En plus d'agir sur les marges, il existe d'autres possibilités
-qui permettent de gagner de la place.
-
-@itemize
-@item
-Demander à LilyPond de placer les systèmes aussi
-près que possible les uns des autres (pour en disposer autant
-que possible sur une page), tout en répartissant les systèmes afin
-de ne pas laisser de blanc en bas de la dernière page.
-
-@example
-\paper @{
- between-system-padding = #0.1
- between-system-space = #0.1
- ragged-last-bottom = ##f
- ragged-bottom = ##f
-@}
-@end example
+@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
+@subsection Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@item
-Obliger LilyPond à mettre un certain nombre de systèmes
-par page. Par exemple, si LilyPond veut placer onze systèmes dans une page,
-vous pouvez l'obliger à n'en mettre que dix.
+LilyPond peut effectuer des vérifications supplémentaires lors du
+traitement des fichiers, cependant le rendu nécessitera alors plus de
+temps. En contrepartie, il y aura moins d'ajustements manuels à réaliser.
+
@example
-\paper @{
- system-count = #10
-@}
+%% Ceci sert à s'assurer que les indications textuelles resteront à l'intérieur des marges de la page.
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
@end example
-@item
-Supprimer (ou réduire) les objets qui augmentent la hauteur du
-système. C'est le cas en particulier de certaines reprises (avec des
-alternatives) qui placent des crochets au dessus des portées. Si ces crochets
-de reprise se poursuivent sur deux systèmes, ils prendront plus de
-place que s'ils sont regroupés sur un même système.
-
-Un autre exemple : déplacer les nuances qui @qq{débordent} d'un système.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment]
-\relative c' {
- e4 c g\f c
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #-1.8
- \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0)
- e4 c g\f c
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@item
-Modifier l'espacement vertical avec @code{SpacingSpanner}. Reportez-vous à
-@ruser{Changing horizontal spacing} pour plus de détails.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\score {
- \relative c'' {
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 d e f | g4 g g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- d4 d d d | d4 e f2 | e4 e e e | e4 f g2 |
- g4 e e2 | f4 d d2 | c4 e g g | c,1 |
- }
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \override SpacingSpanner
- #'base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
- }
- }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-@end itemize
-
@node Advanced tweaks with Scheme
-@section Advanced tweaks with Scheme
+@subsection Advanced tweaks with Scheme
Nous avons déjà vu comment le résultat obtenu avec LilyPond peut être
largement personnalisé à l'aide de commandes comme
}
@end lilypond
-
-@node Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-@section Avoiding tweaks with slower processing
-
-LilyPond peut effectuer des vérifications supplémentaires lors du
-traitement des fichiers, cependant le rendu nécessitera alors plus de
-temps. En contrepartie, il y aura moins d'ajustements manuels à réaliser.
-
-
-@example
-%% Ceci sert à s'assurer que les indications textuelles resteront à l'intérieur des marges de la page.
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Valentin Villenave
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Charles Malahieude, John Mandereau
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Translators: Ludovic Sardain
@c Translation checkers: Jean-Yves Baudais, Valentin Villenave, John Mandereau, Jean-Charles Malahieude
de même pas votre temps à lire ce chapitre.
@menu
-* Suggestions for writing LilyPond files::
+* Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files::
* When things don't work::
* Scores and parts::
@end menu
-@node Suggestions for writing LilyPond files
-@section Suggestions for writing LilyPond files
+@node Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files
+@section Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files
Maintenant vous êtes prêt à travailler sur de plus gros fichiers
LilyPond --- des pièces entières, et plus seulement les petits
spécifiiez la version de LilyPond vous utilisiez alors.
@item @strong{Ajoutez des contrôles}: @ruser{Bar check}, @ruser{Octave
-check} et @ruser{Barnumber check}. Si vous avez ajouté des contrôles de
+checks} et @ruser{Barnumber check}. Si vous avez ajouté des contrôles de
loin en loin, et que vous faites une erreur, vous pourrez la retrouver
plus rapidement. @qq{De loin en loin}, qu'est-ce à dire ? Cela
dépend de la complexité de la musique. Pour de la musique très
musique minimaliste :
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-fragA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
-fragB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
-violin = \new Staff { \fragA \fragA \fragB \fragA }
+fragmentA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
+fragmentB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
+violin = \new Staff { \fragmentA \fragmentA \fragmentB \fragmentA }
\score {
{
\violin
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; documentlanguage: fr -*-
+@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: 6bcad9cdc487270910758b1ee39cf3c8aee1015e
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@ifhtml
+UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME
+@end ifhtml
+
+
+
+@c -- SKELETON FILE --
<li>
<a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-learning/index.html">Learning Manual (LM)</a>
+(in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1.5 MB,
+in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-learning.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(start here)
<li><a class="title"
href="user/music-glossary/index.html">Music Glossary (MG)</a>
-(in <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1 Mb,
+(in <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 500 kB,
in <a class="title" href="user/music-glossary.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(for non-English users)
<li>
<a class="title" href="user/lilypond/index.html">Notation
Reference (NR)</a>
-(in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 4 Mb,
+(in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 4 MB,
in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(writing music in LilyPond)
<li>
<a class="title"
href="user/lilypond-internals/index.html">Internals Reference (IR)</a>
- (in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1 Mb)
+ (in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-internals-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 1 MB)
<br>(definitions for tweaking)
</ul>
<br>(how to install and run the program)
<li><a class="title"href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html">Snippets List (SL)</a>
-(in <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">one big page</a>,
+(in <a class="title" href="../input/lsr/lilypond-snippets-big-page.html">one big page</a> ~ 2MB,
in <a class="title" href="user/lilypond-snippets.pdf">PDF</a>)
<br>(Short tricks, tips, and examples)
</ul>
</td><td class="right-column">
-<!-- TODO
- <ul>
- <li><a class="title" href="translations.html">Translations status</a>
- <br>(see translations progress)
- </ul>
--->
+ <ul>
+ <li><a class="title" href="translations.html">Translations status</a>
+ <br>(see translations progress)
+ </ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-20 09:14+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-05 19:25+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Till Rettig <till.rettig@gmx.de>\n"
"Language-Team: de\n"
#: translations-status.py:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr "Titel erstellen"
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Translators"
msgstr "Transposition"
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translated"
msgstr "Transposition"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:58
+#: translations-status.py:60
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other info"
msgstr "Mehr Information"
-#: translations-status.py:60
+#: translations-status.py:62
#, fuzzy
msgid "no"
msgstr "normal"
-#: translations-status.py:61
+#: translations-status.py:63
#, fuzzy
msgid "not translated"
msgstr "Banjo-Tabulaturen"
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:67
+#: translations-status.py:69
#, fuzzy
msgid "translated"
msgstr "transparent (durchsichtig)"
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:70
+#: translations-status.py:72
#, fuzzy
msgid "partially"
msgstr "Wiederholungen"
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
msgstr "Die Referenz der Programminterna"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr "Andere Dokumentation"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
msgstr ""
msgid "one octave above middle C"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "Geige"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "Cello"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
msgstr "TrioleA"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Windows"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr "UNIX"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Tonhöhen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr "eingestrichenes C"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr "Oktave"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr "Versetzungszeichen"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr "Tondauer"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rests"
msgstr "Pausen"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time signature"
msgstr "Taktangabe"
msgstr "Notenschlüssel"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Tonartbezeichnungen (Vorzeichen)"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr "Warnung: Tonartbezeichnungen und Tonhöhen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr "Auflösungszeichen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Fingersatz"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Dynamik"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr "Andere rhythmische Aufteilungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Grace notes"
msgstr "Verzierungen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Einfache Lieder setzen"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Melisma"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Nach der Übung"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "Text"
msgstr "Hauptstimme"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:481 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:503 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:527 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Takt 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:485 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:507 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:533 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Takt 2"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Die dritte Stimme beginnen"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
msgstr ""
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:521 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
msgid "SopMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "StropheVier"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr "Score ist ein (einziger) zusammengesetzter musikalischer Ausdruck"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
+msgstr "An Noten angehängt"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgid "create LH voice two"
msgstr "Notenköpfe vergrößern"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
-msgid "return to default size"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
+msgid "return to default size"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
msgstr "SopranNoten"
msgid "celloMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopranoWords"
+msgstr "SopranNoten"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "AltNoten"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Klaviersystem beenden"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
+msgstr "Klaviersystem beenden"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
msgid "end Score context"
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "Keine Taktangabe in diesem System"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Beginn der Oktavierungsklammer"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Textbeschriftung hinzufügen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Ende der Oktavierungsklammer"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Abschalten der automatischen Vermeidung von Zusammenstößen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "und Textlänge berücksichtigen"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "AuflösungB"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+msgid "emphasize"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
-msgid "norm"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
+msgstr "SopranNoten"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Noten zwischen unterschiedlichen Stimmen überbinden"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Eine Fermate simulieren"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr "HornNoten"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
+msgid "fragmentA"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
+msgid "fragmentB"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr "Vorschläge, wie LilyPond-Eingabe-Dateien geschrieben werden sollen"
msgstr "Texinfo"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr "xelatex"
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Voraussetzungen zur Programmbenutzung"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen"
msgstr "Für mehrere Plattformen kompilieren"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr "Aus den Quellen übersetzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr "Die Dokumentation übersetzen ohne LilyPond zu kompilieren"
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr "TextMate"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr "lilypond aufrufen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "Umgebungsvariablen"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Musikalische Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
-msgid "mus"
-msgstr "Noten"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "music"
+msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr ""
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Standart"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Standardstil"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Alle Taknummern anzeigen"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
msgstr "Taktangabe"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "in nichtgespreizte Balken zurückverwandeln"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern zentrieren"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktnummern rechtsbündig"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "Kadenz"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Durations"
msgstr "Tondauern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Scaling durations"
msgstr "Tondauern skalieren"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
-msgstr "Überspringen von Zeichen"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Invisible rests"
+msgstr "Pausen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Upbeats"
msgstr "Auftakte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Unmetered music"
msgstr "Musik ohne Metrum"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Polymetric notation"
msgstr "Polymetrische Notation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic note splitting"
msgstr "Automatische Aufteilung von Noten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Showing melody rhythms"
msgstr "Melodierhythmus anzeigen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic beams"
msgstr "Automatische Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Setting automatic beam behavior"
msgstr "Einstellung von automatischen Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Manual beams"
msgstr "Manuelle Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Feathered beams"
msgstr "Gespreizte Balken"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar lines"
msgstr "Taktlinien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar numbers"
msgstr "Taktzahlen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rehearsal marks"
msgstr "Übungszeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Aligning to cadenzas"
msgstr "An Kadenzen ausrichten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Verwaltung der Zeiteinheiten"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr "Dynamik"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr "Dynamik"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "An Noten angehängt"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
msgstr "Portato"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Bögen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Atemzeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Linien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Glissando"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Arpeggio"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "Triller"
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
+msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "Wiederholungen eingeben"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "Volta-Klammer"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Manuelle Wiederholungszeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Kurze Wiederholungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "kleiner"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Tremolo-Wiederholung"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:352 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "Instrumentenbezeichnungn"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:360 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "Blasinstrumente"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:539 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Eine einzelne Stimme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Noten mit Akkorden"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Clusters"
msgstr "Mehrere Stimmen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr "Mehrstimmigkeit in einem System"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr "Zeilenstile"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr "Auflösung von Zusammenstößen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Automatic part combining"
msgstr "Wiederholungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Musik parallel notieren"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
msgid ""
"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr "kleiner"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr "picc"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Systeme anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
msgstr "Neue Notensysteme erstellen"
msgstr "Systeme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Systeme gruppieren"
msgstr "Akkolade"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
msgstr "Tief verschachtelte Notensysteme"
msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Hilfslinie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
msgstr "Ossia-Systeme"
msgstr "Verkleinerte Systeme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Orchesterstimmen erstellen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Metronombezeichnung"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr "Instrumentenbezeichnungn"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Stichnoten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr "Stichnoten formatieren"
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr "Analyseklammern"
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "allegro"
msgstr "kleiner"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr "Überblick über die wichtigsten Textbeschriftungsbefehle"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr "Textausrichtung"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr "Graphische Notation innerhalb einer Textbeschriftung"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr "Musikalische Notation innerhalb einer Textbeschriftung"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr "Textbeschriftung über mehrere Seiten"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Schriftarten"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr "Schriftart des gesamten Dokuments"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr "Schriftarten für einen Eintrag"
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Spezielle Notation"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
-msgid "voice"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
-msgid "lyr"
-msgstr "Text"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
+msgstr "Tondauern skalieren"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
-msgid "applies to "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
+msgid "voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
+msgid "lyr"
+msgstr "Text"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
+msgid "applies to "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "Vertikaler Abstand zwischen Strophen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
+msgstr "Vertikaler Abstand zwischen Strophen"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für Gesang"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr "Manuelle Silbendauer"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr "Mehrere Silben zu einer Note"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr "Mehrere Noten zu einer Silbe"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr "Noten überspringen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr "Gesangtext und Wiederholungen"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr "Positionierung von Gesangtext"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr "Hymnen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr "Silben platzieren"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr "Gesangtext zwischen Systemen zentrieren"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr "Strophen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr "Lautstärkebezeichnung zu Strophen hinzufügen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr "Sängernamen zu Strophen hinzufügen"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr "Strophen mit unterschiedlichem Rhythmus"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr "Melismen ignorieren"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr "Zu einer alternativen Melodie umschalten"
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr "Die Strophen am Ende in mehreren Spalten drucken"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Übliche Notation für Tasteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Referenz für Tasteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Notensysteme manuell verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Automatischer Systemwechsel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Stimmführungslinien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Klavier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Akkordion"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für nichtgebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for unfretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowed instruments"
msgstr "Streichinstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "References for bowed strings"
msgstr "Referenz für gebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Plucked instruments"
msgstr "Zupfinstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Harfe"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "Melisma"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr "Akkorde"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für gebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for fretted strings"
msgstr "Referenz für gebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "String number indications"
msgstr "Seitennummerbezeichnung"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Default tablatures"
msgstr "Standardtabulaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Custom tablatures"
msgstr "Angepasste Tabulaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Vordefinierte Optimierungen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Automatische Balken"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr "Gitarre"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgstr "Position und Barret anzeigen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
-msgstr "Position und Barret anzeigen"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr "Banjo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Banjo-Tabulaturen"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für Schlagzeug"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "References for percussion"
msgstr "Referenz für Schlagzeug"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Basic percussion notation"
msgstr "Grundlagen der Schlagzeugnotation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Percussion staves"
msgstr "Schlagzeugsysteme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Ghost notes"
msgstr "Geisternoten"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
msgstr "Übliche Notation für nichtgebundene Saiteninstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "References for wind instruments"
msgstr "Referenz für Blasinstrumente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Half-holes"
msgstr "Halbgeschlossene Löcher"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipes"
msgstr "Dudelsack"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe definitions"
msgstr "Dudelsack-Defintionen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr "Dudelsack-Beispiele"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
#, fuzzy
msgid "myChords"
msgstr "Akkorde"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord notation"
msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Chord mode"
msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Chord mode overview"
msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common chords"
msgstr "Moderne Akkorde"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extended and altered chords"
msgstr "Noten und Akkordbezeichnungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Displaying chords"
msgstr "Tonhöhen anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Customizing chord names"
msgstr "Akkordbezeichnungen eingeben"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Figured bass"
msgstr "Generalbass"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Introduction to figured bass"
msgstr "Grundlagen des Bezifferten Basses"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Entering figured bass"
msgstr "Eingabe von Zahlen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr "Tonhöhen anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Introduction to ancient notation"
msgstr "Einführung in die Notation Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient notation supported"
msgstr "Notation von Alter Musik, die unterstützt wird"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Alternative note signs"
msgstr "Alternative Notenzeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient note heads"
msgstr "Notenköpfe Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient accidentals"
msgstr "Versetzungszeichen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient rests"
msgstr "Pausen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient clefs"
msgstr "Schlüssel Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient flags"
msgstr "Fähnchen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient time signatures"
msgstr "Taktangaben Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Additional note signs"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Notenzeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient articulations"
msgstr "Artikulationszeichen Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Custodes"
msgstr "Custodes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Divisiones"
msgstr "Divisiones"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ligatures"
msgstr "Ligaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "White mensural ligatures"
msgstr "Weiße Mensuralligaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian square neumes ligatures"
msgstr "Ligaturen der gregorianischen Quadratnotation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Pre-defined contexts"
msgstr "Vordefinierte Umgebungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Gregorian chant contexts"
msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
msgstr "Mensural-Kontexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing ancient music"
msgstr "Transkription Alter Musik"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient and modern from one source"
msgstr "Alte und moderne Edition aus einer Quelldatei"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Incipits"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Incipits"
msgstr "Incipite"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensurstriche layout"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing Gregorian chant"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Editorial markings"
msgstr "Herausgeberische Anmerkungen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Versetzungszeichen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
msgstr "Notation barocker Rhythmen"
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr "Rhythmische Musik"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr "Referenz für Musiktexte"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr "Absolute Notenbezeichnungen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr "Tonartbezeichnung"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr "Taktangaben Alter Musik"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr "Beispiele aus dem Leben"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Weitere Optimierungen"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr "Gesangtext"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
-msgstr "Die Eingabe-Syntax"
+msgid "General input and output"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr "Die Dateistruktur"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr "Titel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating titles"
msgstr "Titel erstellen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr "Eigene Titel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr "Verweis auf die Seitenzahlen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr "Arbeiten an Eingabe-Dateien"
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr "Verschiedene Editionen aus einer Quelldatei"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr "Variablen für Optimierungen einsetzen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr "Systeme verstecken"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Controlling output"
msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr "MIDI-Ausgabe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr "MIDI-Dateien erstellen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr "Der MIDI-Block"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
-msgstr "MIDI-Instrumentenbezeichnungen"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr "Wiederholungen und MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
-msgstr "Weiter Midi-Probleme"
-
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr "Neue Lautstärkezeichen"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr "Vermeidung von vertikalen Zusammenstößen"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr ""
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr "Partiturlayout"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr "Abstände anzeigen lassen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr "Seitenlayout"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
-msgstr "Einfürung in das Layout"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+msgstr "Die Musik auf weniger Seiten zwingen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
-msgstr "Globale Größenangabe"
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
+msgstr "Abstände anzeigen lassen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
-msgstr "Zeilenumbrüche"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing spacing"
+msgstr "Horizontale Abstände verändern"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
-msgstr "Seitenumbrüche"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
-msgstr "Die Musik auf weniger Seiten zwingen"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr "Interpretationsumgebungen"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr "Die Referenz der Programminterna"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr "Definitionen"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr "Umgebungs-Eignschaften verändern"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr "Überblick über musikalische Funktionen"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr "Alle Kontexteigenschaften"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr "Quelldateien"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr "Richtung und Platzierung kontrollieren"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Abstände und Maßeinheiten"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr "Text mit Verbindungslinien"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr "Übliche Veränderungen der Einstellungen"
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr "Die Sichtbarkeit von Objekten kontrollieren"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr "Verschieben von Objekten"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr "Verschieben von Objekten"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr "break-visibility (unsichtbar machen)"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr "Besonderheiten bei der Texteingabe"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr "Verschieben von Objekten"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr "Umgebungen aneinander ausrichten"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr "Fortgeschrittene Optimierungen mit Scheme"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
-msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
+msgstr "Einzelne Systeme verändern"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "Was sind Umgebungen?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr "Scheme-Code anstelle von \\tweak verwenden"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Scheme-Code anstelle von @code{\tweak} verwenden"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
msgstr "Schwierige Korrekturen"
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr "Liste der Akkordbezeichnungen"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr "Moderne Akkorde"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr "Vordefinierte Befehle"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr "Übliche Veränderungen der Einstellungen"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hauteurs"
+msgstr "Cluster"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Silences"
+msgstr "Linien"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
-msgstr "Andere Dokumentation"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
-msgstr "Unix"
-
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
-msgstr "Quarte"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
+msgstr "Vokalensemble"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr "Arbeiten an Text-Dateien"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr "Wie soll man die Übung lesen"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
-msgstr "Relative Notenbezeichnungen"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr "Klaviersysteme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr "Eingabe von Gesangtext"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr "Ein Song-Blatt"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
-msgstr "Stücke durch Bezeichner organisieren"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr "Standarddateien"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr "Vorschläge, wie LilyPond-Dateien geschrieben werden sollen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Die Programmbenutzung"
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notensatzprogramm"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Handbuch zum Lernen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgstr "Oktavenüberprüfung"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr "Punktierung"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr "Überspringen von Zeichen"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Multi measure rests"
msgstr "Mehrtaktige Pausen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar check"
msgstr "Taktüberprüfung"
#
#
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Barnumber check"
msgstr "Taktzahlüberprüfung"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr "Proportionale Notation (Einleitung)"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr "Klammern am Systemanfang"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr "Ein leeres Notenblatt"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr "Geschachtelte Systeme"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr "Text über mehrere Seiten"
msgid "The piano staff"
msgstr "Das Klaviersystem"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
-msgstr "Notation von Orchestermusik"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
-msgstr "Flageolett"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar sections"
-msgstr "Notation für Guitarre"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Tablatures basic"
-msgstr "Grundlagen der Tabulatur"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Bund-Diagramme"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Nicht-Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgstr "Fingersatz der rechten Hand"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Other guitar issues"
-msgstr "Weitere Gitarrenprobleme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Percussion sections"
-msgstr "Notation für Schlagzeug"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Entering percussion"
-msgstr "Schlagzeugnotation"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-msgid "Bagpipe"
-msgstr "Dudelsack"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords sections"
-msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Entering chord names"
-msgstr "Akkordbezeichnungen eingeben"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords mode"
-msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Ancient TODO"
-msgstr "Alte Musik"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-msgstr "Musica-ficta-Versetzungszeichen"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr "Quelldateien"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr "Ein einzelner musikalischer Ausdruck"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr "Übliche Syntax-Probleme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr "Abstände und Maßeinheiten"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
-msgstr "Nichtmusikalische Notation"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+msgstr "Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr "Umgebungseigenschaften lokal ändern"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr "Layouteinstellungen mit Umgebungen"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr "Eine Korrektur konstruieren"
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr "Anhang"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
-msgstr "Programmbenutzung"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
-msgstr "Mehr Information"
-
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Automatic behaviour"
msgstr "Automatisches Verhalten"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgstr "Eine Fermate simulieren"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
+msgstr "Vorschläge, wie LilyPond-Dateien geschrieben werden sollen"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
#, fuzzy
msgid "baritone"
msgid "Writing long repeats"
msgstr "Lange Wiederholungen eingeben"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
-msgstr "Streicher"
-
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
-msgstr "Richtung und Platzierung kontrollieren"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Ancient TODO"
+msgstr "Alte Musik"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
-msgstr "Wann ein - hinzugefügt wird"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+msgstr "Gregorianische Gesangs-Kontexte"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
+msgstr "Musica-ficta-Versetzungszeichen"
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr "Anhang"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr "Programmbenutzung"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr "Mehr Information"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr "Unix"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr "Legato"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr "Laissez-vibrer-Bögen"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr "Akkorde"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr "Auswahl der Schriftart"
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Nach oben:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr "Einfache Gesangstexte"
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Weiter:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Eine andere Art, den Text einzugeben"
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Zurück:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr "Mehr als eine Strophe an einer Note ausrichten"
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Anhang "
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr "Mehr als eine Note für eine einzelne Silbe"
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Fußnoten"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr "Gesangstexte und Bezeichner"
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr "Flexibilität bei der Positionierung"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Mikrotöne"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr "Text zu mehreren Noten eines Melismas"
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Quelldateien"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr "Die Melodie, die mit einer Textzeile verbunden ist, umschalten"
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Ein einzelner musikalischer Ausdruck"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr "Abstände im Gesangstext"
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notationsfragmente extrahieren"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr "Textabstände"
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Übliche Syntax-Probleme"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr "Mehr über Strophen"
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
+#~ msgstr "Richtungskontrolle"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr "Lautstärkebezeichnung hinzufügen"
+#~ msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
+#~ msgstr "Abstände und Maßeinheiten"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr "Sängernamen hinzufügen"
+#~ msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#~ msgstr "Nichtmusikalische Notation"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar TODO"
-msgstr "Gitarre"
+#~ msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#~ msgstr "MIDI-Instrumentenbezeichnungen"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "TODO percussion node fix"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Wiederholungen und MIDI"
+
+#~ msgid "other midi"
+#~ msgstr "Weiter Midi-Probleme"
+
+#~ msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
+#~ msgstr "Seitenlayout"
+
+#~ msgid "Introduction to layout"
+#~ msgstr "Einfürung in das Layout"
+
+#~ msgid "Global sizes"
+#~ msgstr "Globale Größenangabe"
+
+#~ msgid "Line breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Zeilenumbrüche"
+
+#~ msgid "Page breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Seitenumbrüche"
+
+#~ msgid "Input syntax"
+#~ msgstr "Die Eingabe-Syntax"
+
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#~ msgstr "Richtung und Platzierung kontrollieren"
+
+#~ msgid "When to add a -"
+#~ msgstr "Wann ein - hinzugefügt wird"
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Chords notation"
-msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
+#~ msgid "old The \\override command"
+#~ msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "TODO chords fix"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#~ msgstr "Der \\override-Befehl"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Nach oben:"
+#~ msgid "Font selection"
+#~ msgstr "Auswahl der Schriftart"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Weiter:"
+#~ msgid "Simple lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Einfache Gesangstexte"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Zurück:"
+#~ msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Eine andere Art, den Text einzugeben"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Anhang "
+#~ msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr als eine Strophe an einer Note ausrichten"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Fußnoten"
+#~ msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr als eine Note für eine einzelne Silbe"
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis"
+#~ msgid "Vocals and variables"
+#~ msgstr "Gesangstexte und Bezeichner"
+
+#~ msgid "Flexibility in placement"
+#~ msgstr "Flexibilität bei der Positionierung"
+
+#~ msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
+#~ msgstr "Text zu mehreren Noten eines Melismas"
+
+#~ msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
+#~ msgstr "Die Melodie, die mit einer Textzeile verbunden ist, umschalten"
+
+#~ msgid "Spacing vocals"
+#~ msgstr "Abstände im Gesangstext"
+
+#~ msgid "Spacing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Textabstände"
+
+#~ msgid "More about stanzas"
+#~ msgstr "Mehr über Strophen"
+
+#~ msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
+#~ msgstr "Lautstärkebezeichnung hinzufügen"
+
+#~ msgid "Adding singer names"
+#~ msgstr "Sängernamen hinzufügen"
+
+#~ msgid "mus"
+#~ msgstr "Noten"
+
+#~ msgid "Autre documentation"
+#~ msgstr "Andere Dokumentation"
+
+#~ msgid "fourth"
+#~ msgstr "Quarte"
+
+#~ msgid "How to read the tutorial"
+#~ msgstr "Wie soll man die Übung lesen"
+
+#~ msgid "Relative note names"
+#~ msgstr "Relative Notenbezeichnungen"
+
+#~ msgid "Piano staves"
+#~ msgstr "Klaviersysteme"
+
+#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Eingabe von Gesangtext"
+
+#~ msgid "A lead sheet"
+#~ msgstr "Ein Song-Blatt"
+
+#~ msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#~ msgstr "Stücke durch Bezeichner organisieren"
+
+#~ msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
+#~ msgstr "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notensatzprogramm"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation von Orchestermusik"
+
+#~ msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
+#~ msgstr "Flageolett"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation für Guitarre"
+
+#~ msgid "Tablatures basic"
+#~ msgstr "Grundlagen der Tabulatur"
+
+#~ msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
+#~ msgstr "Nicht-Gitarren-Tabulaturen"
+
+#~ msgid "Other guitar issues"
+#~ msgstr "Weitere Gitarrenprobleme"
+
+#~ msgid "Percussion sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation für Schlagzeug"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering percussion"
+#~ msgstr "Schlagzeugnotation"
+
+#~ msgid "Bagpipe"
+#~ msgstr "Dudelsack"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords sections"
+#~ msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering chord names"
+#~ msgstr "Akkordbezeichnungen eingeben"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords mode"
+#~ msgstr "Akkord-Modus"
+
+#~ msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
+#~ msgstr "Handbuch zum Lernen (LH)"
+
+#~ msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
+#~ msgstr "Notationsreferenz (NR)"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Streicher"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Gitarre"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Chords notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notation von Akkorden"
#~ msgid "church rests"
#~ msgstr "Kirchenpausen"
#~ msgid "dashPlus"
#~ msgstr "dashPlus"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "music"
-#~ msgstr "Notation von Gesang"
-
#~ msgid "Common notation"
#~ msgstr "Übliche Notation"
#~ msgid "Overview of text entry"
#~ msgstr "Überblick über Textbeschriftungsbefehle"
-#~ msgid "Special text concerns"
-#~ msgstr "Besonderheiten bei der Texteingabe"
-
#~ msgid "Bagpipe sections"
#~ msgstr "Notation von Musik für Dudelsack"
#~ msgid "Educational use"
#~ msgstr "Pädagogische Verwendung"
-#~ msgid "Predefined tweaks"
-#~ msgstr "Vordefinierte Optimierungen"
-
#~ msgid "The three methods of tweaking"
#~ msgstr "Die drei Korrektur-Methoden"
#~ msgid "Connecting notes"
#~ msgstr "Noten verbinden"
-#~ msgid "Rhythmic music"
-#~ msgstr "Rhythmische Musik"
-
#~ msgid "Other instrument specific notation"
#~ msgstr "Notation für verschiedene Instrumente"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: es\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-24 18:54+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-24 19:07+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-30 11:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Francisco Vila <francisco.vila@hispalinux.es>\n"
"Language-Team: Español\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
msgstr "Esta sección aún no está traducida; consulte el manual en inglés."
#: translations-status.py:56
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr "Títulos de sección"
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr " <p><i>Actualizado en %s</i></p>\n"
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translators"
msgstr "Traductores"
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
msgstr "Revisores"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Translated"
msgstr "Traducido"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr "Actualizado"
-#: translations-status.py:58
+#: translations-status.py:60
msgid "Other info"
msgstr "Más inf."
-#: translations-status.py:60
+#: translations-status.py:62
msgid "no"
msgstr "ninguno"
-#: translations-status.py:61
+#: translations-status.py:63
msgid "not translated"
msgstr "no traducido"
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr "parcialmente (%(p)d %%)"
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr "parlte. traducido (%(p)d %%)"
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
msgstr "sí"
-#: translations-status.py:67
+#: translations-status.py:69
msgid "translated"
msgstr "traducido"
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
msgstr "actualizado"
-#: translations-status.py:70
+#: translations-status.py:72
msgid "partially"
msgstr "parcialmente"
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
msgstr "parlte. actualizado"
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
msgstr "N/D"
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
msgstr "pre-GDP"
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
msgstr "post-GDP"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
msgstr "Antecedentes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
msgstr "Sobre el Manual de aprendizaje (MA)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
msgstr "Sobre el Glosario Musical (GM)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
msgstr "Sobre la Referencia de la notación (RN)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
msgstr "Sobre el manual de Utilización del programa (UP)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
msgstr "Sobre la lista de fragmentos de código (FC)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
msgstr "Sobre el Manual de Referencia de Funcionamiento Interno (RFI)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr "Otros documentos"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
msgstr "fijar el punto de inicio en Do central"
msgid "one octave above middle C"
msgstr "una octava por encima del Do central"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
msgstr "el Do está un espacio por encima, es el Do agudo"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
msgstr "el Re está 2 por encima ó 5 por debajo, es el Re agudo"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
msgstr "el Mi está 3 por encima ó 4 por debajo, es el Mi agudo"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
msgstr "el La está 6 por encima ó 1 por debajo, es el La grave"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
msgstr "el Sol está 5 por encima ó 2 por debajo, es el Sol grave"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
msgstr "el Fa está 4 por encima ó 3 por debajo, es el Fa grave"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
msgid "violin"
msgstr "violin"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr "cello"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
msgstr "tresilloA"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
msgstr "compasA"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr "bla"
msgstr "Windows"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr "UNIX"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Alturas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr "Do central"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr "octava"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr "alteración accidental"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr "duración"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "clave"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Armaduras"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr "Advertencia: armaduras y alturas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr "becuadro"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Digitaciones"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Matices dinámicos"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Elaborar canciones sencillas"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "melisma"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Más allá del tutorial"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr "melodia"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr "texto"
msgstr "Voz principal"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:486 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:508 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:532 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr "Compás 1"
# También Líneas divisorias. FVD
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:512 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:538 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr "Compás 2"
msgstr "Iniciar la segunda voz"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
msgstr "Poner plicas, etc. hacia abajo"
msgstr "Iniciar la tercera voz"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
msgstr "Poner las plicas, etc. hacia arriba"
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr "Iniciar la primera voz"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr "Poner las plicas, etc. hacia abajo"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr "Poner las plicas, etc. hacia arriba"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:526 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr "global"
msgstr "CompasTono"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
msgid "SopMusic"
msgstr "MusicaSoprano"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr "MusicaAlto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr "MusicaTenor"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr "MusicaBajo"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr "EstrofaUno"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr "EstrofaDos"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr "EstrofaTres"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr "EstrofaCuatro"
msgstr "letra_estribilloB"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
-msgstr "inicio de la expresión compuesta única"
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
+msgstr "inicio de la expresión musical compuesta única"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
msgid "start of simultaneous staves section"
msgstr "fin de las notas de la voz uno de la M.I."
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
-msgstr "fin de la primera voz de la M.I."
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
+msgstr "fin de la voz uno de la M.I."
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgid "create LH voice two"
msgstr "cabezas más grandes"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
msgid "return to default size"
msgstr "tamaño predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
-msgstr "tamaño original"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
msgstr "musicaSoprano"
msgid "celloMusic"
msgstr "musicaCello"
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr "musicaSoprano"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
+msgid "sopranoWords"
msgstr "letraSoprano"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr "musicaContralto"
msgstr "letraContralto"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr "musicaTenor"
msgstr "letraTenor"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr "musicaBajo"
msgstr "fin del contexto PianoStaff"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
-msgstr "fin del pentagrama del Pedal"
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
+msgstr "fin del contexto de pentagrama del Pedal"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
msgid "end Score context"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:668 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
-msgstr "Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
+msgstr ""
+"Devolver el grosor de las ligaduras siguientes al valor predeterminado 1.2"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr "No imprimir la clave en este pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr "No imprimir el compás en este pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr "Reducir el tamaño de la fuente en un 24% aprox."
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
-msgstr "Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
+msgstr ""
+"Reducir la longitud de la plica y el espaciado de la línea en coincidencia"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr "Establecer ajustes para el extensor de texto ulterior"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr "Situar la dinámica por encima"
# fuzzy. FVD
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Inicio del corchete de octava"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr "Añadir indicación dinámica textual"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr "Añadir indicación dinámica de extensión de línea"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr "Guiones de texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr "Detener el corchete de octava"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
-msgstr "Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
+msgstr ""
+"Situar el corchete de octava ulterior por debajo de los extensores de texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr "Ocasionar que las notas se espacíen para adecuarse al texto"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr "Este marcado es corto y cabe sin colisionar"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr "Este es muy largo y se desplaza hacia arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr "Desactivar el detector de colisiones"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr "y activar textLengthOn"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr "Los espacios al final se respetan"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr "Aumentar la anchura en un espacio de pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr "Esto no va a funcionar, véase más abajo:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr "Esto sí funciona:"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr "becuadro_y_bemol"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr "Aumentar la anchura en una unidad"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr "Alinear los matices a dos unidades por encima del pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr "Musica_m_der"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr "Inicio de la sección polifónica de cuatro voces"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr "Muslca_m_izq"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
"Sacar el Do blanca de la columna principal de notas para que la fusión "
"funcione"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr "La plica del Re blanca debe estar hacia abajo para permitir la fusión"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr "Recolocar el Do blanca a la derecha de la nota fundida"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr "Indicación metronómica visible"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr "Indicación metronómica invisible para prolongar el calderón en el MIDI"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr "Tempo nuevo para la sección siguiente"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
-msgstr "enfasis"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+msgid "emphasize"
+msgstr "enfatizar"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
-msgid "norm"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+msgid "normal"
msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
+msgstr "musicaSoprano"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr "Truco para obtener color a partir del procedimiento color-notehead"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
-msgstr "left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
+msgstr ""
+"left-padding y right-padding (relleno por la izquierda y por la derecha)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr "Ligar notas entre voces distintas"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
-msgstr "Simulación de una fermata"
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
+msgstr "Simulación de un calderón en el MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr "notasTrompa"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
+msgid "fragmentA"
msgstr "fragmentoA"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
+msgid "fragmentB"
msgstr "fragmentoB"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgstr "dolce"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr "f_luego_p"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr "mpdolce"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr "Sugerencias para escribir archivos de entrada de LilyPond"
msgstr "Texinfo"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr "xelatex"
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr "Requisitos para la ejecución"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr "Requisitos para construir la documentación"
msgstr "Compilar para distintas plataformas"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr "Compilar fuera del árbol del código fuente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr "Construir la documentación"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr "Instrucciones para construir la documentación"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr "Construir la documentación sin compilar LilyPond"
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr "TextMate"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr "LilyKDE"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr "Invocar a LilyPond"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "Variables de entorno"
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notación musical"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
-msgid "mus"
-msgstr "mus"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+msgid "music"
+msgstr "musica"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr "no es imprescindible pero es bueno recordarlo"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr "musicaA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr "musicaB"
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr "Imprimir un silencio de breve"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr "Esto es una entrada válida, pero no hace nada"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr "Compases en silencio contraídos a un solo compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr "Comportamiento predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr "Compases en silencio contraídos a un solo compás"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr "Compases de silencio expandidos"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr "Esto no funciona, se ha especificado un nombre de objeto equivocado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr "Esto es correcto y funciona"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr "Estilo predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr "Cambiar al estilo numérico"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr "Retornar al estilo predeterminado"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar todos los números de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr "Crear un 9/8 dividido en 2/4 + 5/8"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
msgstr "marcadoTs"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr "Ahora cada pentagrama tiene un compás distinto"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr "Establecer longitud de barra del subgrupo a corchea"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr "Establecer longitud de barra del subgrupo a semicorchea"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+"finalizar barras de semicorchea para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr "finalizar barras de fusa para todos los compases en el momento 1/16"
+
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+msgstr ""
+"finalizar barras para cualquier duración en el compás de 5/8, en el momento "
+"2/8"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+msgstr ""
+"deshacer regla de finalizar barras de semicorchea en compás 4/4 en el "
+"momento 1/4"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr "¡esto no lo devuelve a su valor anterior!"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr "esto sí"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr "volver a usar barras continuas"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr "Habilitar la impresión del número del primer compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr "Imprimir el número de compás cada dos compases"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
-msgstr "No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
+msgstr ""
+"No poner números de compás al final de la línea, pero sí en otros lugares"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr "Aumentar en 2 el tamaño del número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Pintar una caja rodeando al siguiente(s) número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr "Rodear con un círculo el siguiente(s) número de compás"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alinear números de compás al centro"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr "Alinear números de compás a la derecha"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr "simboloTubo"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr "cadenza"
msgstr "Escalar las duraciones"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "laissez vibrer"
msgid "Writing rests"
msgstr "Escritura de silencios"
-# Saltos? FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
-msgstr "Desplazamientos"
+msgid "Invisible rests"
+msgstr "Silencios invisibles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Gestión del tiempo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr "f_redondo"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr "f_caja"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr "sfzp"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr "matices dinámicos"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr "matices dinámicos"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Adosado a las notas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
msgstr "portato"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Curvas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
# FUZZY. FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Líneas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "glissando"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "arpegio"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr "trino"
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr "ARREGLAR: No creo que esto esté bien."
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr "ARREGLAR: no funciona."
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
-msgstr "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
+msgstr "voltaAdLib"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "Repeticiones largas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr "primera y segunda vez"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr "Marcas de repetición manual"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Repeticiones cortas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgstr "simile"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Repeticiones de trémolo"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:357 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr "instrumentoUno"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:365 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr "instrumentoDos"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:544 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr "Compás 3 ..."
msgstr "Una voz única"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgstr "Notas en acorde"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgstr "Varias voces"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr "Polifonía en un solo pentagrama"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr "Estilos de voz"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr "Resolución de las colisiones"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgstr "parte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Escribir música en paralelo"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr "Establecer aquí las sobreescrituras para el pentagrama"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr "Devolver al valor predeterminado"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr "El ossia no tiene compás"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
"Para emplear el ajuste globalmente, quite el comentario de la línea "
"siguiente:"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
-msgid "To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
+msgid ""
+"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
"Para emplear el ajuste globalmente, comente esta línea, descomente la "
"anterior"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr "menor"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr "preparar un contexto para las notas guía"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr "fltin"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr "cbjo"
msgstr "Impresión de los pentagramas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
msgstr "Crear instancias de pentagramas nuevos"
msgstr "pentagramas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr "Agrupar pentagramas"
msgstr "sistema de piano"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
msgstr "Grupos de pentagramas más complejos"
msgstr "Modificación de pentagramas sueltos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "línea adicional"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
msgstr "Pentagramas de Ossia"
msgstr "Sistemas a la francesa"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Escritura de las particellas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "indicación metronómica"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr "Nombres de instrumentos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Citar otras voces"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr "Formateo de las notas de aviso"
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
-msgstr "esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
+msgstr ""
+"esto no tiene sentido, intencionalmente. Observe que las plicas siguen negras"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr "Corchetes de análisis"
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
msgid "allegro"
msgstr "allegro"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr "Instrucciones de marcado de texto más usuales"
# fuzzy. FVD
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr "Alineación de texto"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr "Notación gráfica dentro de elementos de marcado"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr "Notación musical dentro de elementos de marcado"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr "Elementos de marcado de varias páginas"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Tipografías"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr "Fuentes tipográficas del documento completo"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr "Fuentes de un solo elemento"
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Notación especializada"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
+msgstr "Escalar las duraciones"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
msgid "voice"
msgstr "voz"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "letra"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
-msgstr "{"
-
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
msgid "applies to "
msgstr "se aplica a"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
-msgstr "}"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
+msgstr "aleja la columna del margen izquierdo; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
-msgstr "aleja la columna del margen izquierdo; se puede quitar si el"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
+msgstr "se puede quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
-msgstr "espaciado en esta página queda apretado"
-
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr "añade espaciado vertical entre estrofas"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
-msgstr "añade espaciado horizontal entre columnas; si todavía"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
+msgstr "añade espaciado horizontal entre columnas; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
-msgstr "están muy juntas, añada más parejas hasta que el resultado"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
+msgstr "si aún están muy juntas, añada más parejas "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
-msgstr "parezca correcto"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
+msgstr "hasta que el resultado resulte adecuado"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
-msgstr "aplica más separación en el margen derecho; se puede"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
+msgstr "aplica más separación en el margen derecho; "
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
-msgstr "quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
+msgstr "se puede quitar si el espaciado de la página es apretado"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr "Notación usual para voces"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr "Referencias para música vocal"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Manual syllable durations"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr "Duración manual de las sílabas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr "Varias sílabas sobre una nota"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr "Varias notas sobre una sílaba"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr "Saltar notas"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr "Letras y repeticiones"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr "Colocación de la letra"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr "Cantos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr "Espaciado de las sílabas"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr "Centrado de la letra entre pentagramas"
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr "Versos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr "Añadir expresiones dinámicas a los versos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr "Añadir el nombre de los cantantes a los versos"
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr "Versos con ritmos distintos"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr "Ignorar los melismas"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr "Cambio a una melodía alternativa"
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr "Imprimir los versos al final en varias columnas"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr "mantener vivo el pentagrama"
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr "las plicas pueden superponerse al otro pentagrama"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr "extender las plicas para que lleguen hasta el otro pentagrama"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
+msgstr "no imprimir corchetes adicionales"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Notación usual para instrumentos de teclado"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Referencias para teclados"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Cambiar de pentagrama manualmente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Cambiar de pentagrama automáticamente"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Líneas de cambio de pentagrama"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Piano"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr "Acordeón"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr "Arpa"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr "melodia"
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr "Un acorde de ukelele"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr "misAcordes"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr "misAcordes"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
+msgstr "Marcas de diagramas de trastes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
msgstr "Diagramas de trastes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Diagramas de traste automáticos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr "Digitaciones de la mano derecha"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr "Guitarra"
-# ¡Distintos a la guitarra!. FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Tablaturas de guitarra"
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgstr "Indicar la posición y la cejilla"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
-msgstr "Indicar la posición y la cejilla"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
+msgstr "Indicar armónicos y notas tapadas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Tablaturas de banjo"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr "arriba"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr "abajo"
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr "Ejemplo de música de gaita"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
msgid "myChords"
msgstr "misAcordes"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr "ARREGLAR: no funciona."
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr "<6\\\\>"
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr "Poner las notas en el mismo pentagrama que los números"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr "Los extensores aquí son correctos, con el mismo ritmo que el bajo"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr "Los extensores aquí son incorrectos, aunque la medida es la misma"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
msgstr "Notación rítmica barroca"
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr "Músicas del mundo"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr "Música árabe"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr "Referencias para música árabe"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr "Nombres de nota árabes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr "Armaduras de tonalidad árabes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr "Indicaciones de compás árabes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr "Ejemplos reales de música"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Trucajes adicionales"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
msgstr "no impreso"
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr "letraCompleta"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
-msgstr "Sintaxis de escritura"
+msgid "General input and output"
+msgstr "Entrada y salida generales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr "Estructura del código de entrada"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr "Estructura de una partitura"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr "Títulos y cabeceras"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating titles"
msgstr "Crear títulos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr "Títulos personalizados"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr "Referencias a números de página"
# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "Índice general"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr "Trabajar sobre los archivos de entrada"
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr "Distintas ediciones a partir de una misma fuente"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr "Uso de las variables"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr "Uso de etiquetas"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling output"
msgstr "Controlar la salida"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr "Extracción de fragmentos de música"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr "Salida MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr "Crear archivos MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr "El bloque MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
-msgstr "Nombres de los instrumentos MIDI"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
+msgstr "¿Qué sale por el MIDI?"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr "Contemplado en el MIDI"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
+msgstr "No contemplado en el MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
-msgstr "¿Qué hay dentro del MIDI?"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
-msgstr "Las repeticiones y el MIDI"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
+msgstr "Repeticiones y MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
-msgstr "otros asuntos relacionados con el MIDI"
-
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr "Control de los matices en el MIDI"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr "Indicaciones dinámicas"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
+msgstr "Volumen maestro MIDI"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
+msgstr "Balance entre instrumentos (i)"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
+msgstr "Balance entre instrumentos (i)"
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr "esto no hace nada"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr "un salto aquí funcionaría"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr "como por ejemplo este salto"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr "ahora se permite el salto de línea"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr "esta vez el texto estará más cerca del pentagrama"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
-msgstr "ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número,"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
+msgstr ""
+"ajustando el valor de outside-staff-priority a algo que no sea un número, "
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr "desactivamos la evitación automática de colisiones"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr "ahora se producirá la colisión"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr "el marcado está demasiado cerca de la nota siguiente"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr "ajustar outside-staff-horizontal-padding corrige esto"
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr "Disposición de la partitura"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr "Mostrar el espaciado"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr "Disposición de la página"
-
-# ?? FVD
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
-msgstr "Introducción a la disposición"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+msgstr "Encajar la música en menos páginas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
-msgstr "Tamaños globales"
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
+msgstr "Mostrar el espaciado"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
-msgstr "Saltos de línea"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Changing spacing"
+msgstr "Cambiar el espaciado horizontal"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
-msgstr "Saltos de página"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
-msgstr "Encajar la música en menos páginas"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
+msgstr "Armaduras de tonalidad árabes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgstr "Contextos de interpretación"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Modifying context plug-ins"
-msgstr "Modificar los complementos (plug-ins) de contexto"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying context plug-ins"
+msgstr "Modificar los complementos (plug-ins) de contexto"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr "Explicación del Manual de referencia de funcionamiento interno"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr "Convenciones de nombres"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr "Modificar las propiedades"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr "Panorámica de la modificación de las propiedades"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr "La instrucción \\set"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr "La instrucción @code{\\set}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr "La instrucción @code{\\override}"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr "Conceptos y propiedades útiles"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr "Modos de entrada"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr "Dirección y posición"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr "Objetos de extensión"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr "Propiedades más usuales"
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr "Control de la visibilidad de los objetos"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr "Modificación de los sellos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr "Mover objetos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr "Rotación de objetos"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr "break-visibility (visibilidad en el salto)"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr "Notación especializada"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr "Rotación de objetos"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr "Alineación de objetos"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr "Trucos avanzados"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr "Modificación de los extremos de los extensores"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr "Modificación de los sellos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr "antiguo La instrucción \\override"
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
-msgstr "antiguo La instrucción @code{\\override}"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
+msgstr "Modificación de los sellos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr "antiguo Explicación de los contextos"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr "HACER trasladado al apartado sobre scheme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr "Usar código de Scheme en lugar de \\tweak"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Usar código de Scheme en lugar de @code{\\tweak}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
msgstr "Trucos difíciles"
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr "Carta de nombres de acordes"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr "Modificadores de acorde más usuales"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr "Instrucciones predefinidas"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr "Propiedades trucadas frecuentemente"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr "Manual del usuario"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr "Manual de aprendizaje"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
-msgstr "Manual de referencia"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
-msgstr "Apéndices"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hauteurs"
+msgstr "Racimos (clusters)"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
-msgstr "Utilización del programa"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
+msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
-msgstr "Otros documentos"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Silences"
+msgstr "Líneas"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
-msgstr "Unix"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
+msgstr ""
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
-msgstr "cuarta"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
+msgstr "Conjuntos vocales"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr "Trabajar sobre archivos de texto"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr "Cómo leer el tutorial"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
-msgstr "Nombres de nota relativos"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr "Sistemas de piano"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr "Impresión de la letra"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr "Hojas guía de acordes"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
-msgstr "Organizar las piezas mediante identificadores"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr "Archivos por omisión"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr "Sugerencias para escribir archivos de LilyPond"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation des programmes"
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
-msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- el tipografiador de música"
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr "Puntillos"
+# Saltos? FVD
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr "Desplazamientos"
+
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr "Notación proporcional (introducción)"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Ligaduras Laissez vibrer"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr "Delimitadores del comienzo de un sistema"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr "Papel de música en blanco"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr "Partituras anidadas"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr "Textos que saltan de página"
msgid "The piano staff"
msgstr "El sistema de piano"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr "Archivos de entrada"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr "Una expresión musical única"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr "Extraer fragmentos de notación"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr "Consideraciones usuales de la sintaxis"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr "Control de la dirección"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr "Otras consideraciones"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr "lista de contextos"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr "otra cosa"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Diagramas de trastes"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr "Modos de entrada"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgstr "Digitaciones de la mano derecha"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
-msgstr "Notación no musical"
+# ¡Distintos a la guitarra!. FVD
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+msgstr "Tablaturas de guitarra"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr "Cambiar las propiedades de un contexto al vuelo"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr "Ajuste fino de la presentación dentro de los contextos"
# ?? FVD
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr "Construir un truco"
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr "Manual de aprendizaje (MA)"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr "Referencia de la notación (RN)"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr "Apéndices"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
-msgstr "Utilización del programa"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
-msgstr "Más información"
-
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Automatic behaviour"
msgstr "Comportamiento automático"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgstr "Simulación de una fermata"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
+msgstr "Sugerencias para escribir archivos de LilyPond"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgid "baritone"
msgstr "barítono"
msgid "Writing long repeats"
msgstr "Escribir repeticiones largas"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-msgid "Parallel notes"
-msgstr "Pasajes en paralelo"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-msgid "Voice styles"
-msgstr "Estilos de voz"
-
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr " "
msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
msgstr "Alteraciones de la Musica Ficta"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
-msgstr "Control de la dirección y la posición"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
-msgstr "Cuándo añadir un guión"
-
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr ""
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr ""
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr "Apéndices"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr "Utilización del programa"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr "Más información"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr "Unix"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr ""
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr "Ligaduras Laissez vibrer"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Up:"
+msgstr "Arriba:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Next:"
+msgstr "Siguiente:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Previous:"
+msgstr "Anterior:"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Appendix "
+msgstr "Apéndice "
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Footnotes"
+msgstr "Notas al pie"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr ""
+# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
+msgid "Table of Contents"
+msgstr "Índice general"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Microtonos en MIDI"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Archivos de entrada"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Una expresión musical única"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Extraer fragmentos de notación"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Consideraciones usuales de la sintaxis"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
+#~ msgstr "Control de la dirección"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
+#~ msgstr "Distancias y medidas"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr ""
+#~ msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
+#~ msgstr "Otras consideraciones"
-msgid "Up:"
-msgstr "Arriba:"
+#~ msgid "context list FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "lista de contextos"
-msgid "Next:"
-msgstr "Siguiente:"
+#~ msgid "another thing FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "otra cosa"
-msgid "Previous:"
-msgstr "Anterior:"
+#~ msgid "Input modes FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "Modos de entrada"
-msgid "Appendix "
-msgstr "Apéndice "
+#~ msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notación no musical"
-msgid "Footnotes"
-msgstr "Notas al pie"
+#~ msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#~ msgstr "Nombres de los instrumentos MIDI"
-# this is the same translation that babel LaTex package uses . FVD
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Índice general"
+#~ msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "¿Qué hay dentro del MIDI?"
+
+#~ msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Las repeticiones y el MIDI"
+
+#~ msgid "other midi"
+#~ msgstr "otros asuntos relacionados con el MIDI"
+
+#~ msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
+#~ msgstr "Disposición de la página"
+
+# ?? FVD
+#~ msgid "Introduction to layout"
+#~ msgstr "Introducción a la disposición"
+
+#~ msgid "Global sizes"
+#~ msgstr "Tamaños globales"
+
+#~ msgid "Line breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Saltos de línea"
+
+#~ msgid "Page breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Saltos de página"
+
+#~ msgid "Input syntax"
+#~ msgstr "Sintaxis de escritura"
+
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#~ msgstr "Control de la dirección y la posición"
+
+#~ msgid "When to add a -"
+#~ msgstr "Cuándo añadir un guión"
+
+#~ msgid "old The \\override command"
+#~ msgstr "antiguo La instrucción \\override"
+
+#~ msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#~ msgstr "antiguo La instrucción @code{\\override}"
+
+#~ msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
+#~ msgstr "Establecer aquí las sobreescrituras para el pentagrama"
+
+#~ msgid "Revert to the default"
+#~ msgstr "Devolver al valor predeterminado"
+
+#~ msgid "Arabic music notation overview"
+#~ msgstr "Panorámica de la notación de música árabe"
+
+#~ msgid "References for arabic music"
+#~ msgstr "Referencias para música árabe"
+
+#~ msgid "fourth"
+#~ msgstr "cuarta"
+
+#~ msgid "How to read the tutorial"
+#~ msgstr "Cómo leer el tutorial"
+
+#~ msgid "Relative note names"
+#~ msgstr "Nombres de nota relativos"
+
+#~ msgid "Piano staves"
+#~ msgstr "Sistemas de piano"
+
+#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Impresión de la letra"
+
+#~ msgid "A lead sheet"
+#~ msgstr "Hojas guía de acordes"
+#~ msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#~ msgstr "Organizar las piezas mediante identificadores"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: fr\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-20 09:14+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-15 15:15+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-07-16 18:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean-Charles Malahieude <lolyfan-AT-wanadoo-DOT-fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Français <lilypond-user-fr@gnu.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
#: translations-status.py:56
#, fuzzy
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr "Création de titres"
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translators"
-msgstr "Transposition"
+msgstr "Traducteurs"
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Relecteurs"
-#: translations-status.py:57
-#, fuzzy
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Translated"
-msgstr "Transposition"
+msgstr "Traduit"
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "À jour"
-#: translations-status.py:58
-#, fuzzy
+#: translations-status.py:60
msgid "Other info"
-msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
+msgstr "Autres informations"
-#: translations-status.py:60
-#, fuzzy
+#: translations-status.py:62
msgid "no"
-msgstr "mineur"
+msgstr "non"
-#: translations-status.py:61
-#, fuzzy
+#: translations-status.py:63
msgid "not translated"
-msgstr "Tablatures pour banjo"
+msgstr "non traduit"
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "partiellement (%(p)d %%)"
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "partiellement traduit (%(p)d %%)"
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "oui"
-#: translations-status.py:67
-#, fuzzy
+#: translations-status.py:69
msgid "translated"
-msgstr "transposition"
+msgstr "traduit"
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "à jour"
-#: translations-status.py:70
-#, fuzzy
+#: translations-status.py:72
msgid "partially"
-msgstr "Barres de mesures"
+msgstr "partiellement"
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "partiellement à jour"
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "N/A"
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "pré-GDP"
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "post-GDP"
#. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
#. @node in Documentation/user/lilypond-learning.tely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/macros.itexi
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/macros.itexi
msgid "Selected Snippets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Morceaux choisis"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/macros.itexi
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/macros.itexi
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "About the documentation"
-msgstr "Compilation de la documentation"
+msgstr "À propos de la documentation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr "Manuel d'initiation"
+msgstr "À propos du manuel d'initiation (LM)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "À propos du glossaire musicologique (MG)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr "Manuel de notation"
+msgstr "À propos du manuel de notation (NR)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "À propos du manuel d'utilisation (AU)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "À propos des morceaux choisis (SL)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
-msgstr "Manuel de notation"
+msgstr "À propos des références du programme (IR)"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "définit le point de départ en référence au do central"
#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:256 (comment)
msgid "one octave above middle C"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "une octave au dessus du do central"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "do est à un cran de plus, il sera donc au dessus"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ré est à 2 crans de plus ou 5 de moins, il sera donc au dessus"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "mi est à 3 crans de plus ou 4 de moins, il sera donc au dessus"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la est à 6 crans de plus ou 1 de moins, il sera donc en dessous"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sol est à 5 crans de plus ou 2 de moins, il sera donc en dessous"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fa est à 4 crans de plus ou 3 de moins, il sera donc en dessous"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "violin"
-msgstr "Lignes"
+msgstr "violon"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
-msgstr "couleur"
+msgstr "cello"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
-msgstr "triolet"
+msgstr "trioletA"
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "mesureA"
# utiliser peut-être le terme anglais, surtout
# s'il est massivement utilisé dans les ly
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr "toto"
msgstr "Windows"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "UNIX"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Hauteurs"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr "do central"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr "octave"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr "altération accidentelle"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr "durée"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rests"
msgstr "Silences"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time signature"
msgstr "Métrique"
# bof
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Working on input files"
-msgstr "Travail sur des fichiers texte"
+msgstr "Travail sur les fichiers d'entrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Armures"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr "Attention aux armures et aux hauteurs"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr "bécarre"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Doigtés"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Nuances"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr "Nolets"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Grace notes"
msgstr "Notes d'ornement"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
msgstr "notes d'ornement"
# ça existe ce terme en français ?
+# ça vient directement de l'italien comme appogiature
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "acciaccatura"
-msgstr "acciacature"
+msgstr "acciaccature"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Staff groups"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Regroupements de portées"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Écriture de chants simples"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "mélisme"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr "Après le tutoriel"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
-msgstr "mélisme"
+msgstr "melodie"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
-msgstr "Texte"
+msgstr "texte"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:354 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2520 (variable)
msgid "upper"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "superieur"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:355 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2527 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "lower"
-msgstr "couleur"
+msgstr "inferieur"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:613 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:623 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:638 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:643 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:663 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Voice "
-msgstr "Altérations microtonales"
+msgstr "Voix"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:661 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:685 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Main voice"
-msgstr "Monophonie"
+msgstr "Voix principale"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:481 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:503 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:527 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
-msgstr "Barres de mesures"
+msgstr "Mesure 1"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:485 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:507 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:533 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
-msgstr "Barres de mesures"
+msgstr "Mesure 2"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:699 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Voice 1 continues"
-msgstr "Les voix contiennent la musique"
+msgstr "La voix 1 continue"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:702 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Voice 2 continues"
-msgstr "Les voix contiennent la musique"
+msgstr "La voix 2 continue"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:873 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Voice one"
-msgstr "Altérations microtonales"
+msgstr "Voix un"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:875 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Voice two"
-msgstr "Altérations microtonales"
+msgstr "Voix deux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:877 (comment)
msgid "Omit Voice three"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pas de Voix trois"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:878 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Voice four"
-msgstr "Altérations microtonales"
+msgstr "Voix quatre"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:966 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior or behavior after \\oneVoice"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comportement par défaut ou après \\oneVoice"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1004 (comment)
msgid "The following notes are monophonic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les notes qui suivent sont monophoniques"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1006 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Start simultaneous section of three voices"
-msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+msgstr "Début d'une section de trois voix simultanées"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1008 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Continue the main voice in parallel"
-msgstr "Saisie la musique en parallèle"
+msgstr "Poursuite de la voix principale en parallèle"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1010 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1072 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Initiate second voice"
-msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
+msgstr "Initialisation de la seconde voix"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le bas"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1016 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1078 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Initiate third voice"
-msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
+msgstr "Initialisation de la troisième voix"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le haut"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1067 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Initiate first voice"
-msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Initialisation de la première voix"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:521 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "glogal"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1188 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "SopOneMusic"
-msgstr "Paroles simples"
+msgstr "SopUnMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1190 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "SopTwoMusic"
-msgstr "Musique pour piano"
+msgstr "SopDeuxMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1192 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "SopOneLyrics"
-msgstr "Paroles simples"
+msgstr "SopUnParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1194 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "SopTwoLyrics"
-msgstr "Paroles simples"
+msgstr "SopDeuxParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1238 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2712 (variable)
msgid "TimeKey"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MetriqueArmure"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "SopMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "SopMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "AltoMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
-msgstr "Musique pour piano"
+msgstr "TenorMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "BasseMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CoupletUn"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
-msgstr "Numéro de version"
+msgstr "CoupletDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
-msgstr "Numéro de version"
+msgstr "CoupletTrois"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
-msgstr "Numéro de version"
+msgstr "CoupletQuatre"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1292 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1344 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1405 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "versenotes"
-msgstr "Notes d'ornement"
+msgstr "coupletnotes"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1297 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1358 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1419 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "versewords"
-msgstr "Numéro de version"
+msgstr "coupletparoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1349 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1410 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "refrainnotesA"
-msgstr "Création d'un contexte"
+msgstr "refrainnotesA"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1353 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1414 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "refrainnotesB"
-msgstr "Création d'un contexte"
+msgstr "refrainnotesB"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1361 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1422 (variable)
msgid "refrainwordsA"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "refrainparolesA"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1364 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1425 (variable)
msgid "refrainwordsB"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "refrainparolesB"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
-msgstr "La partition est une unique expression musicale composée"
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
+msgstr "début de l'unique expression musicale composée"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "start of simultaneous staves section"
-msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+msgstr "début d'une section de portées simultanées"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1592 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "create RH staff"
-msgstr "Portée unique"
+msgstr "création de la portée MD"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1595 (comment)
msgid "create voice for RH notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "création d'une voix pour les notes de MD"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1596 (comment)
msgid "start of RH notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "début des notes de MD"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1599 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end of RH notes"
-msgstr "Indications attachées à des notes"
+msgstr "fin des notes de MD"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1600 (comment)
msgid "end of RH voice"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fin de la voix MD"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1601 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end of RH staff"
-msgstr "Portée unique"
+msgstr "fin de la portée MD"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1602 (comment)
msgid "create LH staff; needs two simultaneous voices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "création de la portée MG ; nécessite deux voix simultanées"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1605 (comment)
msgid "create LH voice one"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "création de la voix un de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1607 (comment)
msgid "start of LH voice one notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "début des notes de la voix un de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1610 (comment)
msgid "end of LH voice one notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fin des notes de la voix un de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
-msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
+msgstr "fin de la voix deux de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgid "create LH voice two"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "création de la voix deux de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1614 (comment)
msgid "start of LH voice two notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "début des notes de la voix deux de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1617 (comment)
msgid "end of LH voice two notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fin des notes de la voix deux de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1618 (comment)
msgid "end of LH voice two"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fin de la voix deux de MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1619 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end of LH staff"
-msgstr "Portée unique"
+msgstr "fin de la portée MG"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1620 (comment)
msgid "end of simultaneous staves section"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fin de la section de portées simultanées"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1621 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end of single compound music expression"
-msgstr "La partition est une unique expression musicale composée"
+msgstr "fin de l'unique expression musicale composée"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Wrong!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mauvais !"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1908 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2003 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "make note heads smaller"
-msgstr "Têtes de note à forme variable"
+msgstr "pour obtenir des têtes de note plus petites"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1911 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2005 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "make note heads larger"
-msgstr "Têtes de note à forme variable"
+msgstr "pour obtenir des têtes de note plus grosses"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "return to default size"
-msgstr "Liens de croches en soufflet"
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "return to default size"
+msgstr "retour à la taille par défaut"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
-msgstr "Musique pour piano"
+msgstr "sopranoMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2281 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "sopranoLyrics"
-msgstr "Paroles simples"
+msgstr "sopranoParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2285 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "celloMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr "Musique pour piano"
+msgstr "violoncelleMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "sopranoWords"
+msgstr "sopParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "altoMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2509 (variable)
msgid "altoWords"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "altoParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "tenorMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2514 (variable)
msgid "tenorWords"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tenorParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "bassMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2519 (variable)
msgid "bassWords"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "bassParoles"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2536 (comment)
msgid "combine ChoirStaff and PianoStaff in parallel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "combinaison en parallèle du ChoirStaff et du PianoStaff"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2558 (comment)
msgid "end ChoirStaff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fin du ChoirStaff (système pour choeur)"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2713 (variable)
msgid "ManualOneVoiceOneMusic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ManuelUnVoixUnMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2716 (variable)
msgid "ManualOneVoiceTwoMusic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ManuelUnVoixDeuxMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2720 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "ManualTwoMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "ManuelDeuxMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2724 (variable)
msgid "PedalOrganMusic"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PedalierOrgueMusique"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2730 (comment)
msgid "PianoStaff and Pedal Staff must be simultaneous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Système pianistique et portée de pédalier sont synchrones"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2733 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "set time signature and key"
-msgstr "métrique"
+msgstr "définition de la métrique et de l'armure"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2737 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end ManualOne Staff context"
-msgstr "Définition de nouveaux contextes"
+msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée ManuelUn"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2742 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end ManualTwo Staff context"
-msgstr "Définition de nouveaux contextes"
+msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée ManuelDeux"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2743 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end PianoStaff context"
-msgstr "Définition de nouveaux contextes"
+msgstr "fin du contexte PianoStaff"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
+msgstr "fin du contexte de la portée PedalOrgan"
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "end Score context"
-msgstr "Définition de nouveaux contextes"
+msgstr "fin du contexte Score"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "How LilyPond input files work"
msgstr "Organisation des fichiers LilyPond"
msgstr "Instantiation explicite des voix"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Note columns"
-msgstr "Notes seules"
+msgstr "Empilement des notes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Modifying context properties"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Modification des propriétés d'un contexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Changing a single context"
-msgstr "Définition de nouveaux contextes"
+msgstr "Modification d'un seul contexte"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Changing all contexts of the same type"
-msgstr "Changer à la volée les propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Modification de tous les contextes d'un même type"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fundamental.itely
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:540 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:664 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of all following slurs from 1.2 to 5.0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "L'épaisseur de toutes les liaisons à venir passe de 1,2 à 5,0"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:605 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:639 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:642 (comment)
msgid "Increase thickness of immediately following slur only"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Épaississement de la prochaine liaison seulement"
#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:668 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Retour à l'épaisseur par défaut de 1,2 pour les prochaines liaisons"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
-msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
+msgstr "pas de clef pour cette portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
-msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
+msgstr "pas de métrique pour cette portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Réduction d'environ 24 % de toutes les tailles de fonte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
+"Réduction de la taille des hampes et de l'interligne pour ne pas déborder"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Réglage des détails du texte avec extension"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Positionnement des nuances au dessus de la portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
-msgstr "Marques d'octavation"
+msgstr "Début du crochet d'octavation"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance textuelle"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ajout d'une nuance graphique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
-msgstr "Commentaires textuels"
+msgstr "Ajout d'un commentaire textuel"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
-msgstr "Marques d'octavation"
+msgstr "Fin du crochet d'octavation"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Positionnement du crochet d'octavation sous le texte avec extension"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Force les notes à s'espacer selon le texte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cette étiquette est assez courte pour ne pas risquer de chevauchement"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Celle-ci est trop longue pour tenir, elle est déplacée plus haut"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
-msgstr "Résolution des collisions verticales"
+msgstr "Désactivation du processus d'évitement de collision"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "activation de textLengthOn"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les espaces de la fin sont pris en compte"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Élargissement d'un espace"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La commande suivante est sans résultat ; voir plus loin."
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Celle-ci donne le résultat escompté"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
-msgstr "bécarre"
+msgstr "becarreplusbemol"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Élargissement d'une unité"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
+"Alignement des nuances sur une ligne de base à 2 unités au dessus de la "
+"portée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "mdMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
-msgstr "Notes simultanées"
-
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "Début d'un section polyphonique de quatre voix"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "mgMusique"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Déplace le do2 pour que la fusion puisse fonctionner"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la hampe du ré2 ira vers le bas pour permettre la fusion"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Repositionnement du do2 à droite de la note fusionnée"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indication de tempo visible"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Indication de tempo invisible ; utilisée pour le MIDI"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nouveau tempo pour la section suivante"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "emphasize"
+msgstr "emphase"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "norm"
-msgstr "mineur"
+msgid "normal"
+msgstr "normal"
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
+msgstr "sopranoMusique"
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Arranger pour obtenir une couleur par la procédure color-notehead"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Naming conventions of objects and properties"
-msgstr "Conventions de noms d'objets et de propriétés"
+msgstr "Conventions de nom des objets et propriétés"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "The Internals Reference manual"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le manuel des références internes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Properties of layout objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Propriétés des objets de rendu"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Finding the context"
-msgstr "Définition de nouveaux contextes"
+msgstr "Détermination du contexte adéquat"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Overriding once only"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Redéfinition pour une seule occurence"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Reverting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rétablissement"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Specifying the context in lyric mode"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Specification du contexte en mode lyrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "stencil"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "stencil"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "break-visibility"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "visibilité des barres (break-visibility)"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "transparent"
-msgstr "transposition"
+msgstr "transparent"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Length and thickness of objects"
-msgstr "Apparence des objets"
+msgstr "Longueur et épaisseur des objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Placement of objects"
-msgstr "Taille des objets"
+msgstr "Positionnement des objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatic behavior"
-msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
+msgstr "Comportement automatique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Within-staff objects"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Objets inclus dans la portée"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Fingering"
msgstr "Doigtés"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Outside staff objects"
-msgstr "Hors de la portée"
+msgstr "Objets hors de la portée"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "\\textLengthOn"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\\textLengthOn"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Grob sizing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dimensionnement des objets graphiques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Collisions of objects"
-msgstr "Coloration d'objets"
+msgstr "Collisions d'objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "padding property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété padding"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "left-padding and right-padding"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "left-padding et right-padding"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-padding property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété staff-padding"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "self-alignment-X property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété self-alignment-X"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "staff-position property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété staff-position"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "extra-offset property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété extra-offset"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "positions property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété positions"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "force-hshift property"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la propriété force-hshift"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Real music example"
-msgstr "Exemples cliquables"
+msgstr "Exemple concret"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
msgid "Further tweaking"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autres retouches"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Other uses for tweaks"
-msgstr "Autres retouches courantes"
+msgstr "Autres utilisations des retouches"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Tying notes across voices"
-msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
+msgstr "Liaison entre plusieurs voix"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
+msgstr "Rendu MIDI d'un point d'orgue"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Using variables for tweaks"
-msgstr "Recourir à une voix supplémentaire pour gérer les sauts"
+msgstr "Utilisation de variables dans les retouches"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Other sources of information"
msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
msgstr "Retouches avancées avec Scheme"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:201 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "hornNotes"
-msgstr "Notes en accords"
+msgstr "corNotes"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "fragmentA"
+msgstr "fragmentA"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "fragmentB"
+msgstr "fragmentB"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgid "dolce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "dolce"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "padText"
-msgstr "Texte"
+msgstr "decallageTexte"
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:228 (variable)
msgid "fthenp"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fpuisp"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "mpdolce"
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tempoMarque"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr "Suggestions de saisie des fichiers LilyPond"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/working.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Updating old input files"
msgstr "Mise à jour d'anciens fichiers"
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "lilypond-book templates"
msgstr "Squelettes pour lilypond-book"
msgstr "Texinfo"
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "xelatex"
-msgstr "Modèles"
+msgstr "xelatex"
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:274 (variable)
msgid "pattern"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "motif"
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
-msgstr "Retouches avancées avec Scheme"
+msgstr "Scheme et les retouches"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fdl.itexi
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/fdl.itexi
msgstr "Logiciels nécessaires à l'exécution"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
-msgstr "Compilation de la documentation"
+msgstr "Prérequis pour générer la documentation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
msgstr "Compilation pour plusieurs plateformes"
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
-msgstr "Compilation à partir du code source"
+msgstr "Compilation en dehors de l'arborescence des sources"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr "Compilation de la documentation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
-msgstr "Compilation de la documentation"
+msgstr "Commandes pour générer la documentation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr "Compilation de la documentation sans compiler LilyPond"
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr "TextMate"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr "Lancement de lilypond"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr "Variables d'environnement"
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Format-specific instructions"
-msgstr "Doigtés"
+msgstr "Instructions spécifiques à certains formats"
#. @node in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr "Notation musicale générale"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "mus"
-msgstr "ambitus"
+msgid "music"
+msgstr "musiqueA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "pas strictement nécessaire, mais en pense-bête"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "musiqueA"
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "musiqueB"
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "fifth"
-msgstr "hauteur"
+msgstr "quinte"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "quarter tone"
-msgstr "noire"
+msgstr "quart de ton"
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Octave checks"
msgstr "Vérification d'octave"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
msgid "scordatura"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "scordatura"
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "octavation"
-msgstr "octave"
+msgstr "octavation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
msgid "concert pitch"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tonalité de concert"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "transposing instrument"
-msgstr "transposition"
+msgstr "instrument transpositeur"
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Special note heads"
msgstr "Têtes de note spécifiques"
msgstr "Improvisation"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:308 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Alter durations to triplets"
-msgstr "Introduction aux retouches"
+msgstr "Modification des durées pour obtenir un triolet"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:310 (comment)
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:335 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Normal durations"
-msgstr "Répétitions courantes"
+msgstr "Durées normales"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:312 (comment)
msgid "Double the duration of chord"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Doublement de la durée de l'accord"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:314 (comment)
msgid "Duration of quarter, appears like sixteenth"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bien que durant une noire, apparaît comme une double croche"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:337 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Scale music by *2/3"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "Échelonnement de la musique par 2/3"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:341 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Scale music by *2"
-msgstr "Musique vocale"
+msgstr "Échelonnement de la musique par 2"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:426 (comment)
msgid "First alternative: following note is tied normally"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Première alternative : la note qui suit est liée normalement"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:428 (comment)
msgid "Second alternative: following note has a repeated tie"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Seconde alternative : la liaison est rappelée"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:545 (comment)
msgid "These two lines are just to prettify this example"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les deux lignes qui suivent ne sont là que illustrer le propos"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:548 (comment)
msgid "Print a maxima rest, equal to four breves"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Affiche une maxima, équivalant à quatre double-pauses"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:550 (comment)
msgid "Print a longa rest, equal to two breves"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Affiche une longa, équivalant à deux double-pauses"
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:552 (comment)
msgid "Print a breve rest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Affiche une double-pause"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cette entrée est tout à fait valide, mais ne fait rien"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
+msgstr "Contraction des mesures de silence consécutives en une seule"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
-msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Comportement par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Expansion des mesures de silence"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ceci échouera, il y a erreur sur l'objet spécifié"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La formulation correcte, qui fonctionnera"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
-msgstr "Fichiers fournis avec le logiciel"
+msgstr "Style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Adoption du style numérique"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Retour au style par défaut"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
-msgstr "Numéros de mesure"
+msgstr "Affichage de tous les numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr "mise en évidence de la décomposition de 9/8 en 2/4 + 5/8"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
-msgstr "Étiquettes de texte"
+msgstr "tsEtiquette"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chaque portée dispose désormais de sa propre métrique."
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la croche"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
+msgstr "Subdivision des ligatures à la double-croche"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
-msgid "this won't revert it!"
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
-msgid "this will"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
+msgid "this won't revert it!"
+msgstr "ceci n'est pas en concordance"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
+msgid "this will"
+msgstr "ceci est conforme"
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
-msgstr "Liens de croches en soufflet"
+msgstr "retour à des liens de croches rectilignes"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le numéro de la première mesure sera affiché"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Affichage du numéro toutes les deux mesures"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Affichage du numéro à chaque mesure, hormis en fin de ligne"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Augmentation de la taille des numéros de mesure au double"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un rectangle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Numéros de mesure encadrés dans un cercle"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
-msgstr "Vérification des limites et numéros de mesure"
+msgstr "Alignement au centre des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
-msgstr "Numérotation des couplets"
+msgstr "Alignement à droite des numéros de mesure"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "pipeSymbole"
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cadence"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Durations"
msgstr "Durées"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Duration names notes and rests"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Noms des notes et silences selon leur durée"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "tuplet"
-msgstr "Nolets"
+msgstr "nolet"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "polymetric"
-msgstr "paroles"
+msgstr "polymétrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Scaling durations"
msgstr "Changement d'échelle des durées"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr "laissez vibrer"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
-msgstr "Silences invisibles"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Invisible rests"
+msgstr "Silences anciens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Full measure rests"
-msgstr "Silences multi-mesures"
+msgstr "Silences valant une mesure"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "multi-measure rest"
-msgstr "Silences multi-mesures"
+msgstr "silence multi-mesures"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Upbeats"
msgstr "Levées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Unmetered music"
msgstr "Musique sans métrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Polymetric notation"
msgstr "Notation polymétrique"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "polymetric time signature"
-msgstr "métrique"
+msgstr "métrique composite"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "meter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "métrique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic note splitting"
msgstr "Découpage automatique des notes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Showing melody rhythms"
msgstr "Gravure de lignes rythmiques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic beams"
msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Setting automatic beam behavior"
msgstr "Définition les règles de ligatures automatiques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Manual beams"
msgstr "Barres de ligature manuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Feathered beams"
msgstr "Liens de croches en soufflet"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bars"
-msgstr "Barres de mesures"
+msgstr "Barres de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar lines"
-msgstr "Barres de mesures"
+msgstr "Barres de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar numbers"
msgstr "Numéros de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rehearsal marks"
msgstr "Indications de repère"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Aligning to cadenzas"
msgstr "Alignement et cadences"
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr "Gestion du temps"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "moltoF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundF"
+msgstr "suggereF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxF"
+msgstr "carreF"
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sfzp"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr "nuances"
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr "nuances"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Indications attachées à des notes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "tenuto"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "tenuto"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "accent"
-msgstr "altération accidentelle"
+msgstr "accent"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "staccato"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "staccato"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "portato"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "portato"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Courbes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Signes de respiration"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr "Lignes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "glissando"
-msgstr "Glissando"
+msgstr "glissando"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "arpeggio"
-msgstr "Arpèges"
+msgstr "arpège"
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "trill"
-msgstr "Trilles"
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "trille"
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
+msgstr "volta"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Repeats"
-msgstr "Répétitions"
+msgstr "Répétitions et reprises"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Long repeats"
-msgstr "Écriture de répétitions"
+msgstr "Répétition d'un long passage"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "repeat"
-msgstr "Répétitions"
+msgstr "répétition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "volta"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "volta"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
-msgstr "Commandes de reprise manuelles"
+msgstr "Indications de reprise manuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr "Écriture de répétitions"
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Short repeats"
-msgstr "Autres types de répétition"
+msgstr "Répétition d'un fragment court"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Percent repeats"
-msgstr "Répétitions de mesure"
+msgstr "Répétitions en pourcent"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "percent repeat"
-msgstr "Répétitions de mesure"
+msgstr "répétition en pourcent"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "simile"
-msgstr "gamme"
+msgstr "simile"
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr "Répétitions en trémolo"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:352 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
-msgstr "Noms d'instrument"
+msgstr "instrumentUn"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:360 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
-msgstr "Instruments MIDI"
+msgstr "instrumentDeux"
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:539 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mesure 3..."
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
msgstr "Monophonie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr "Notes en accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Clusters"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "cluster"
-msgstr "Clusters"
+msgstr "cluster"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
msgstr "Plusieurs voix"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr "Polyphonie sur une portée"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr "Styles de ligne"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Automatic part combining"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "a due"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "a due"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "part"
-msgstr "Barres de mesures"
+msgstr "partie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr "Saisie la musique en parallèle"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr "Liens de croches en soufflet"
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
-msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
+msgstr "pas de métrique pour la portée d'ossia"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
+"Pour une application à toutes les portées, décommenter la ligne suivante"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
msgid ""
"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
+"Pour une application à toutes les portées, commenter la ligne suivante, et "
+"décommenter celle du bloc \\layout"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
-msgstr "gamme"
+msgstr "moinsgros"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "définition d'un contexte pour la citation"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
-msgstr "hauteur"
+msgstr "picc"
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cbsn"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Gravure des portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
-msgstr "Masquage de portées"
+msgstr "Initialisation de nouvelles portées"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "staff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "portée"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "staves"
-msgstr "octave"
+msgstr "portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
-msgstr "Masquage de portées"
+msgstr "Regroupement de portées"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "bracket"
-msgstr "accolade"
+msgstr "crochet"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "grand staff"
-msgstr "Portée unique"
+msgstr "système"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Regroupements imbriqués de portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Modifying single staves"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Modification de portées individuelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Symbole de la portée"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "line"
-msgstr "Lignes"
+msgstr "ligne"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "ledger line"
-msgstr "ligne de prolongation"
+msgstr "ligne supplémentaire"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
-msgstr "Double portée"
+msgstr "Portées d'ossia"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Frenched staff"
-msgstr "Portée unique"
+msgstr "Portée à la française"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "Writing parts"
-msgstr "Écriture de partie séparées"
+msgstr "Écriture de parties séparées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Indications métronomiques"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "metronome"
-msgstr "Indications métronomiques"
+msgstr "métronome"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "metronomic indication"
-msgstr "Indications de numéro de corde"
+msgstr "indication métronomique"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "tempo indication"
-msgstr "Indications de numéro de corde"
+msgstr "indication du tempo"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "metronome mark"
-msgstr "Indications métronomiques"
+msgstr "marque métronomique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr "Noms d'instrument"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr "Citation d'autres voix"
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr "Mise en forme d'une citation"
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "pour cette erreur manifeste, notez que les hampes restent en noir"
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr "Crochets d'analyse"
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
msgid "allegro"
-msgstr "gamme"
+msgstr "allegro"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Separate text"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Texte indépendant"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Formatting text"
-msgstr "Mise en forme d'une citation"
+msgstr "Mise en forme du texte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des commandes d'indication textuelle"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
-msgstr "Indications textuelles et lignes d'extension"
+msgstr "Alignement du texte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inclusion de graphique dans une étiquette de texte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
-msgstr "Notation musicale générale"
+msgstr "Inclusion de musique dans une étiquette de texte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bloc de texte étendu"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
-msgstr "Notes de bas de page"
+msgstr "Fontes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Choix des fontes par défaut"
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
-msgstr "Portée unique"
+msgstr "Attribution d'une fonte en particulier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/specialist.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/specialist.itely
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr "Notation spécialiste"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
#, fuzzy
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
+msgstr "Changement d'échelle des durées"
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
msgid "voice"
-msgstr "Monophonie"
+msgstr "voix"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
msgid "lyr"
msgstr "paroles"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
msgid "applies to "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "s'applique à"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
-msgstr "Espacement vertical entre les systèmes"
+msgstr "ajout d'espace vertical entre les couplets"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
-msgstr "Espacement vertical entre les systèmes"
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
+msgstr "ajout d'espace horizontal entre les colonnes ; si elles sont"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
+msgstr "toujours trop proches, ajouter d'autres paires de jusqu'à"
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la musique vocale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
-msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
+msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
-msgstr "Durée automatique des syllabes"
+msgstr "Durée explicite des syllabes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
-msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+msgstr "Plusieurs syllabes sur une note"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
-msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+msgstr "Plusieurs notes pour une même syllabe"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
-msgstr "Ignorer des passages de la partition"
+msgstr "Saut de notes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
-msgstr "Répétitions de mesure"
+msgstr "Paroles et reprises"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
-msgstr "Taille des objets"
+msgstr "Positionnement des paroles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Chants"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
-msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
+msgstr "Espacement des syllabes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
-msgstr "Saisie de paroles"
+msgstr "Centrage des paroles entre les portées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Couplets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
-msgstr "Ajout de nuances"
+msgstr "Indication de nuance et couplets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
-msgstr "Nom des chanteurs"
+msgstr "Indication du personnage et couplets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rythme différent selon le couplet"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Désactivation du traitement des mélismes"
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Passage à une mélodie alternative"
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr "Paroles sur plusieurs colonnes en fin de partition"
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
+msgstr "maintien la portée active"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr "Définition de réglages particuliers pour cette portée"
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Keyboard instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments MIDI"
+msgstr "Instruments à clavier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Common notation for keyboards"
-msgstr "Têtes de note avec nom de note"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des claviers"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "References for keyboards"
-msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
+msgstr "Généralités sur les instruments à clavier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Changing staff manually"
-msgstr "Modification des réglages prédéfinis"
+msgstr "Changement de portée manuel"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Changing staff automatically"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Changement de portée automatique"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Staff-change lines"
msgstr "Lignes de changement de portée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Cross-staff stems"
-msgstr "Accords sur plusieurs portées"
+msgstr "Hampes et changements de portée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Piano"
-msgstr "Musique pour piano"
+msgstr "Piano"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Piano pedals"
-msgstr "Modèles pour claviers"
+msgstr "Pédales de piano"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Accordion"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Accordéon"
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "Discant symbols"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Symboles de jeux"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Unfretted string instruments"
-msgstr "transposition"
+msgstr "Cordes frottées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la notation pour cordes frottées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for unfretted strings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Références en matière de cordes frottées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowed instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments MIDI"
+msgstr "Instruments à archet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for bowed strings"
-msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
+msgstr "Références en matière d'instrument à archet"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Plucked instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments MIDI"
+msgstr "Instruments à cordes pincées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harp"
-msgstr "dièse"
+msgstr "Harpe"
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
-msgstr "mélisme"
+msgstr "melodie"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr "mesAccords"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr "mesAccords"
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Fretted string instruments"
-msgstr "transposition"
+msgstr "Instruments à cordes frettées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des cordes frettées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for fretted strings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Références en matière de cordes frettées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "String number indications"
msgstr "Indications de numéro de corde"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Default tablatures"
-msgstr "Fichiers fournis avec le logiciel"
+msgstr "Tablatures par défaut"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Custom tablatures"
-msgstr "Titres personnalisés"
+msgstr "Tablatures personnalisées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
msgstr "Tablatures"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Tablatures"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr "Guitare"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Tablatures autres que pour la guitare"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgstr "Indication de la position et du barré"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo"
-msgstr "majeur"
+msgstr "Banjo"
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr "Tablatures pour banjo"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "haut"
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "bas"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
-msgstr "Notation des percussions"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "References for percussion"
-msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
+msgstr "Références en matière de notation pour percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Basic percussion notation"
-msgstr "Sections de percussions"
+msgstr "Notation de base pour percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Percussion staves"
msgstr "Portée de percussions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Ghost notes"
msgstr "Notes fantômes"
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Wind instruments"
-msgstr "Instruments MIDI"
+msgstr "Instruments à vent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
-msgstr "Notation des percussions"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des instruments à vent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "References for wind instruments"
-msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
+msgstr "Références en matière d'instruments à vent"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Half-holes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Demi-trous"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipes"
msgstr "Cornemuse"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe definitions"
msgstr "Définitions pour la cornemuse"
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr "Exemple pour la cornemuse"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
msgid "myChords"
-msgstr "Accords"
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "mesAccords"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Assemblage des notes et de la basse chifrée sur une même portée"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr ""
+"Les prolongateurs sont corrects, ils suivent bien le rythme de la basse"
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Les prolongateurs sont erronés, bien que le rythme soit le même"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord notation"
-msgstr "Sections d'accords"
+msgstr "Notation des accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode"
msgstr "Mode accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode overview"
-msgstr "Mode accords"
+msgstr "Généralités sur le mode accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Common chords"
-msgstr "Notes et accords"
+msgstr "Accords courants"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Extended and altered chords"
-msgstr "Notes et accords"
+msgstr "Extensions et altération d'accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying chords"
-msgstr "Gravure des hauteurs"
+msgstr "Gravure des accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Customizing chord names"
-msgstr "Impression de noms d'accords"
+msgstr "Personnalisation des noms d'accords"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Figured bass"
msgstr "Basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Introduction to figured bass"
-msgstr "Introduction aux retouches"
+msgstr "Introduction à la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Entering figured bass"
-msgstr "Saisie de paroles"
+msgstr "Saisie de la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
-msgstr "Gravure des hauteurs"
+msgstr "Gravure de la basse chiffrée"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Introduction to ancient notation"
-msgstr "Introduction aux retouches"
+msgstr "Introduction aux notations anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient notation supported"
-msgstr "Exemples de notation ancienne"
+msgstr "Formes de notation ancienne prises en charge"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Alternative note signs"
-msgstr "Signes de note alternatifs pour la musique ancienne"
+msgstr "Signes de note alternatifs"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient note heads"
msgstr "Têtes de note anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient accidentals"
msgstr "Altérations anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient rests"
msgstr "Silences anciens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient clefs"
msgstr "Clefs anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient flags"
msgstr "Crochets anciens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient time signatures"
msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Additional note signs"
-msgstr "Signes de note supplémentaires pour la musique ancienne"
+msgstr "Signes de note supplémentaires"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient articulations"
msgstr "Articulations anciennes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Custodes"
msgstr "Guidons"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Divisiones"
msgstr "Divisions"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ligatures"
msgstr "Ligatures"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "White mensural ligatures"
msgstr "Ligatures mensurales"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian square neumes ligatures"
msgstr "Neumes ligaturés grégoriens"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Pre-defined contexts"
msgstr "Contextes prédéfinis"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian chant contexts"
msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
msgstr "Le contexte mensural"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing ancient music"
msgstr "Transcription de musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient and modern from one source"
msgstr "Différentes éditions à partir d'une même source"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Incipits"
-msgstr "Fichier d'entrée"
+msgstr "Des incipits"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensurstriche layout"
-msgstr "Mise en forme de la musique"
+msgstr "Mise en forme de la musique mensurale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing Gregorian chant"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Transcription de chant grégorien"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Editorial markings"
msgstr "Notation éditoriale"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
-msgstr "Notation automatique"
+msgstr "Notation du rythme dans la musique baroque"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr "Musique vocale"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr "Musique vocale"
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr "Références en matière de musique vocale"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr "Noms de note absolus"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr "armure"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr "Métriques anciennes"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr "Exemple concret"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Autres retouches"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "non imprimé"
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr "paroles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
-msgstr "Syntaxe d'entrée"
+msgid "General input and output"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr "Structure de fichier"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Structure d'une partition"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr "Titres et entêtes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating titles"
msgstr "Création de titres"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr "Titres personnalisés"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr "Référence de numéro de page"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr "Table des matières"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr "Travail sur des fichiers texte"
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr "Différentes éditions à partir d'une même source"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr "Utilisation de variables dans les retouches"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr "Masquage de portées"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling output"
-msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
+msgstr "Contrôle des sorties"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr "Extraction de fragments musicaux"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr "Sortie MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr "Création de fichiers MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr "Le bloc MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
-msgstr "Noms d'instruments MIDI"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
+msgstr "Éléments pris en compte dans le MIDI"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr "Répétitions et MIDI"
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
-msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr "Contrôle des directions"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
-msgid "this does nothing"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr "Personnalisation des indications de nuance"
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
-msgid "a break here would work"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
-msgid "as does this break"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
+msgid "this does nothing"
+msgstr "ceci est sans effet"
+
#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+msgid "a break here would work"
+msgstr "une rupture serait ici acceptée"
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
+msgid "as does this break"
+msgstr "tout comme celle-ci"
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "la rupture est maintenant autorisée"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cette fois, le texte est plus proche de la portée"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
-msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
+msgstr "definir outside-staff-priority à autre chose qu'un nombre"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
#, fuzzy
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
-msgstr "Résolution des collisions verticales"
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+msgstr "désactive l'évitement automatique de collision"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "il y a maintenant chevauchement"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "l'étiquette est trop proche de la note qui suit"
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "définir outside-staff-horizontal-padding règle le problème"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr "Mise en forme de la partition"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr "Mise en évidence de l'espacement"
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
msgid "Using an extra voice for breaks"
-msgstr "Recourir à une voix supplémentaire pour gérer les sauts"
+msgstr "Recours à une voix supplémentaire pour gérer les sauts"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
-msgstr "Introduction aux retouches"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+msgstr "Réduction du nombre de pages de la partition"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
+msgstr "Mise en évidence de l'espacement"
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Line breaks"
-msgstr "Sauts de ligne"
+msgid "Changing spacing"
+msgstr "Modification de l'espacement horizontal"
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Page breaks"
-msgstr "Sauts de page"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
+msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
-msgstr "Réduction du nombre de pages de la partition"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr "Contextes d'interprétation"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning contexts"
-msgstr "Alignement de contextes"
+msgstr "Alignement des contextes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
-msgstr "Navigation dans la référence du programme"
+msgstr "En quoi consiste la référence du programme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Naming conventions"
-msgstr "Conventions communes"
+msgstr "Conventions d'attribution de nom"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying properties"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Modification de propriétés"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
-msgstr "Aperçu des fonctions musicales"
+msgstr "Vue d'ensemble de la modification des propriétés"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The \\set command"
-msgstr "La commande \\override"
+msgstr "La commande \\set"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
-msgstr "La commande @code{\\override}"
+msgstr "La commande @code{\\set}"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr "La commande @code{\\override}"
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Propriétés et contextes utiles"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Input modes"
-msgstr "Fichiers d'entrée"
+msgstr "Modes de saisie"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Direction and placement"
-msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
+msgstr "Direction et positionnement"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Spanners"
-msgstr "Extensions de texte"
+msgstr "Extenseurs et prolongateurs"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Common properties"
-msgstr "Propriétés couramment modifiées"
+msgstr "Propriétés couramment utilisées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
-msgstr "Coloration d'objets"
+msgstr "Contrôle de la visibilité des objets"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr "Modification des stencils"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr "Déplacement d'objets"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr "Rotation des objets"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr "visibilité des barres (break-visibility)"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr "Notation spécialiste"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Line styles"
-msgstr "Longueur de ligne"
+msgstr "Styles de ligne"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating objects"
-msgstr "Déplacement d'objets"
+msgstr "Rotation des objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning objects"
-msgstr "Alignement de contextes"
+msgstr "Alignement des objets"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
-msgstr "Retouches avancées avec Scheme"
+msgstr "Retouches avancées"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Modification dela terminaison des extenseurs"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying stencils"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Modification des stencils"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr "La commande \\override"
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#, fuzzy
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
-msgstr "La commande @code{\\override}"
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
+msgstr "Modification des stencils"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Considération de certaines retouches spécifiques"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#, fuzzy
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "old Contexts explained"
-msgstr "Tout savoir sur les contextes"
+msgstr "ex Tout savoir sur les contextes"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:117 (variable)
msgid "custosNote"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "guidonNote"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:177 (variable)
-#, fuzzy
msgid "manualBeam"
-msgstr "Barres de ligature manuelles"
+msgstr "LigatureManuelle"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:197 (variable)
msgid "AltOn"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ZoomOui"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:202 (variable)
msgid "AltOff"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ZoomNon"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:215 (variable)
msgid "withAlt"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Zoome"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:349 (variable)
msgid "traLaLa"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "traLaLa"
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:351 (comment)
msgid "dummy action to deal with parser lookahead"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "leurre pour prise en charge par l'analyseur lookahead"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Building complicated functions"
-msgstr "Construction des fonctions complexes"
+msgstr "Construction de fonctions complexes"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Running a function on all layout objects"
-msgstr "Application une fonction à tous les objets de mise en forme"
+msgstr "Application d'une fonction à tous les objets de mise en forme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr "Utilisation de code Scheme au lieu de \\tweak"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr "Utilisation de code Scheme au lieu de @code{\\tweak}"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Difficult tweaks"
msgstr "Retouches complexes"
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr "Table des noms d'accord"
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr "Accords courants"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr "Commandes prédéfinies"
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "All context properties"
-msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+msgstr "Liste des propriétés de contexte"
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Layout properties"
-msgstr "Propriétés de la musique"
+msgstr "Propriétés de mise en forme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Identifiers"
-msgstr "Fichiers d'entrée"
+msgstr "Variables"
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/de/user/notation-appendices.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Scheme functions"
-msgstr "Fonctions musicales"
+msgstr "Fonctions Scheme"
#. @node in Documentation/user/cheatsheet.itely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/cheatsheet.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr "Propriétés couramment modifiées"
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Hauteurs"
+msgstr "Clusters"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
-msgstr ""
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Silences"
+msgstr "Lignes"
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
-msgstr "Unix"
-
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
-msgstr "quarte"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
+msgstr "Ensemble vocal"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr "Travail sur des fichiers texte"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr "Bien lire le tutoriel"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr "Double portée"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr "Gravure de paroles"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr "Partition d'une chanson"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
-msgstr "Organisation du code source avec des variables"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr "Fichiers fournis avec le logiciel"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr "Suggestions de saisie des fichiers LilyPond"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr "Mise à jour d'anciens fichiers"
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-program.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation des programmes"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme"
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
+msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/pitches.itely
msgid "Cautionary accidentals"
-msgstr "Altérations accidentelles"
+msgstr "Altérations de précaution"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgstr "Vérification d'octave"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr "Points d'augmentation"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr "Silences invisibles"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Multi measure rests"
msgstr "Silences multi-mesures"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar check"
msgstr "Vérification des limites de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Barnumber check"
msgstr "Vérification des numéros de mesure"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr "Introduction à la notation proportionnelle"
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo subdivisions"
-msgstr "Trémolos de subdivision"
+msgstr "Subdivision de trémolos"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
msgid "System start delimiters"
-msgstr "Groupements de systèmes"
+msgstr "Délimitations en début de système"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr "Papier à musique"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr "Partitions emboîtées"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr "Texte avec sauts de page"
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/keyboards.itely
msgid "The piano staff"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
-msgstr "Musique orchestrale"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
-msgstr "Harmoniques artificiels (cordes)"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar sections"
-msgstr "Sections de guitare"
+msgstr "La double portée pour piano"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Tablatures basic"
-msgstr "Introduction aux tablatures"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgstr "Tablatures"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
-msgstr "Tablatures autres que pour la guitare"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgstr "Doigtés pour la main droite"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Other guitar issues"
-msgstr "Autres éléments relatifs à la guitare"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Percussion sections"
-msgstr "Sections de percussions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Entering percussion"
-msgstr "Notation des percussions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-msgid "Bagpipe"
-msgstr "Cornemuse"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords sections"
-msgstr "Sections d'accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Entering chord names"
-msgstr "Impression de noms d'accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords mode"
-msgstr "Mode accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Ancient TODO"
-msgstr "Musique ancienne"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-msgstr "Altérations et musica ficta"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr "Fichiers d'entrée"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr "Une expression musicale unique"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr "Extraction de fragments musicaux"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr "Problèmes de syntaxe courants"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
-msgstr "Objets non musicaux"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+msgstr "Tablatures pour la guitare"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr "Changer à la volée les propriétés de contexte"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr "Retouches de mise en forme au sein des contextes"
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr "Élaboration d'une retouche"
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr "Manuel d'initiation"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr "Manuel de notation"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr "Annexes"
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
-msgstr "Utilisation du programme"
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
-msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
-
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Automatic behaviour"
-msgstr "Barres de ligature automatiques"
+msgstr "Comportement automatique"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgstr "Rendu MIDI d'un point d'orgue"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
+msgstr "Suggestions de saisie des fichiers LilyPond"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "baritone"
-msgstr "articulation"
+msgstr "baryton"
#. @top in Documentation/es/user/lilypond.tely
msgid "GNU LilyPond --- El tipografiador de música"
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Writing long repeats"
-msgstr "Écriture de répétitions"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
-msgstr "Cordes frottées"
+msgstr "Écriture de répétitions longues"
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
-msgstr "Résolution des collisions"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Ancient TODO"
+msgstr "Musique ancienne"
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
-msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+msgstr "Contextes du chant grégorien"
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
+msgstr "Altérations et musica ficta"
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Handbuch zum Lernen"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- manuel d'initiation"
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr ""
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr "Annexes"
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr "Utilisation du programme"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr "Autres sources de documentation"
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr "Unix"
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr "legato"
msgstr "Squelettes pour lilypond-book"
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-program.tely
-#, fuzzy
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Programmbenutzung"
msgstr "GNU LilyPond --- utilisation du programme"
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr "Liaisons ``laissez vibrer''"
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr "Accords"
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr "Sélection de la fonte"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr "Paroles simples"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr "Une autre manière de saisir des paroles"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr "Plusieurs syllabes sur une même note"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr "Plusieurs notes pour une même syllabe"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr "Paroles et variables"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr "Flexibilité dans le placement"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr "Paroles sur plusieurs notes d'un mélisme"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr "Changement de la voix associée à une ligne de paroles"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr "Traitement avancé des couplets"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr "Ajout de nuances"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr "Nom des chanteurs"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar TODO"
-msgstr "Guitare"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "TODO percussion node fix"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Chords notation"
-msgstr "Sections d'accords"
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "TODO chords fix"
-msgstr ""
-
msgid "Up:"
msgstr "Haut :"
msgid "Table of Contents"
msgstr "Table des matières"
-#~ msgid "church rests"
-#~ msgstr "longues figures de silence"
-
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "harmonies"
-#~ msgstr "Mode accords"
+#~ msgid "Microtones in MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Altérations microtonales"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "negra"
-#~ msgstr "intervalle"
+#~ msgid "Input files"
+#~ msgstr "Fichiers d'entrée"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "marcato"
-#~ msgstr "articulation"
+#~ msgid "A single music expression"
+#~ msgstr "Une expression musicale unique"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "hairpin"
-#~ msgstr "Soufflet de crescendo"
+#~ msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
+#~ msgstr "Extraction de fragments musicaux"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "broken chord"
-#~ msgstr "Notes et accords"
+#~ msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
+#~ msgstr "Problèmes de syntaxe courants"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Modern chords"
-#~ msgstr "Notes et accords"
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction"
+#~ msgstr "Contrôle des directions"
-#~ msgid "About this manual"
-#~ msgstr "À propos de ce manuel"
+#~ msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
+#~ msgstr "Distances et unités de mesure"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "dashPlus"
-#~ msgstr "liaison d'articulation"
+#~ msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#~ msgstr "Objets non musicaux"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "music"
-#~ msgstr "Musique vocale"
+#~ msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#~ msgstr "Noms d'instruments MIDI"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Common notation"
-#~ msgstr "Conventions communes"
+#~ msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#~ msgstr "Éléments pris en compte dans le MIDI"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "FGGChordNames"
-#~ msgstr "Mode accords"
+#~ msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#~ msgstr "Répétitions et MIDI"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "chordStuff"
-#~ msgstr "accord"
+#~ msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
+#~ msgstr "Mise en page (DÉPLACÉ DU MANUEL D'INITIATION)"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "standard names"
-#~ msgstr "Noms d'instrument"
+#~ msgid "Introduction to layout"
+#~ msgstr "Introduction à la mise en forme"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Building chords"
-#~ msgstr "Compilation de LilyPond"
+#~ msgid "Global sizes"
+#~ msgstr "Tailles par défaut"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Lead sheets"
-#~ msgstr "Partition d'une chanson"
+#~ msgid "Line breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Sauts de ligne"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Repeated figures"
-#~ msgstr "Types de répétitions"
+#~ msgid "Page breaks"
+#~ msgstr "Sauts de page"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Text markup commands"
-#~ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des commandes d'indication textuelle"
+#~ msgid "Input syntax"
+#~ msgstr "Syntaxe d'entrée"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Text markup list commands"
-#~ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des commandes de listes d'indications textuelles"
+#~ msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#~ msgstr "Maîtrise des directions et positionnements"
-#~ msgid "Text markup"
-#~ msgstr "Étiquettes de texte"
+#~ msgid "old The \\override command"
+#~ msgstr "ex La commande \\override"
-#~ msgid "Working with lyrics and identifiers"
-#~ msgstr "Travail avec des paroles et variables"
+#~ msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#~ msgstr "ex La commande @code{\\override}"
-#~ msgid "Other vocal issues"
-#~ msgstr "Autres éléments relatifs à la voix"
+#~ msgid "Font selection"
+#~ msgstr "Sélection de la fonte"
-#~ msgid "Piano music"
-#~ msgstr "Musique pour piano"
+#~ msgid "Simple lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Paroles simples"
-#~ msgid "Piano sections"
-#~ msgstr "Sections de piano"
+#~ msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Une autre manière de saisir des paroles"
-#~ msgid "Automatic staff changes"
-#~ msgstr "Changements de portée automatiques"
+#~ msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
+#~ msgstr "Plusieurs syllabes sur une même note"
-#~ msgid "Manual staff switches"
-#~ msgstr "Changements de portée manuels"
+#~ msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
+#~ msgstr "Plusieurs notes pour une même syllabe"
-#~ msgid "Pedals"
-#~ msgstr "Pédales"
+#~ msgid "Vocals and variables"
+#~ msgstr "Paroles et variables"
-#~ msgid "Staff switch lines"
-#~ msgstr "Lignes de changement de portée"
+#~ msgid "Flexibility in placement"
+#~ msgstr "Flexibilité dans le placement"
-#~ msgid "Cross staff stems"
-#~ msgstr "Accords sur plusieurs portées"
+#~ msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
+#~ msgstr "Paroles sur plusieurs notes d'un mélisme"
-#~ msgid "Orchestral strings"
-#~ msgstr "Cordes frottées"
+#~ msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
+#~ msgstr "Changement de la voix associée à une ligne de paroles"
-#~ msgid "Overview of text markup commands"
-#~ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des commandes d'indication textuelle"
+#~ msgid "Spacing vocals"
+#~ msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
-#~ msgid "Overview of text markup list commands"
-#~ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble des commandes de listes d'indications textuelles"
+#~ msgid "Spacing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Espacement des paroles"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "quarter-tone"
-#~ msgstr "noire"
+#~ msgid "More about stanzas"
+#~ msgstr "Traitement avancé des couplets"
-#~ msgid "Chords Blah"
-#~ msgstr "Accords"
+#~ msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
+#~ msgstr "Ajout de nuances"
-# ça existe ce terme en français ?
-#~ msgid "acciacccatura"
-#~ msgstr "acciacature"
+#~ msgid "Adding singer names"
+#~ msgstr "Nom des chanteurs"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "flute"
-#~ msgstr "bémol"
+#~ msgid "set stems, etc down"
+#~ msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le bas"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "trumpet"
-#~ msgstr "Nolets"
+#~ msgid "set stems, etc up"
+#~ msgstr "Hampes et autres attributs iront vers le haut"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "for the piano"
-#~ msgstr "Piano seul"
+#~ msgid "end of first LH voice"
+#~ msgstr "fin de la voix un de MG"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "one syllable too soon!"
-#~ msgstr "Notes simultanées"
+#~ msgid "return to original size"
+#~ msgstr "retour à la taille originelle"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Oriscus"
-#~ msgstr "paroles"
+#~ msgid "sopMusic"
+#~ msgstr "sopMusique"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Salicus"
-#~ msgstr "Liaisons d'articulation"
+#~ msgid "mus"
+#~ msgstr "musique"
-#~ msgid "Introducing chord names"
-#~ msgstr "Introduction aux noms d'accords"
+#~ msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#~ msgstr "Contraction des mesures de silence consécutives en une seule"
-#~ msgid "Overview of text entry"
-#~ msgstr "Introduction à l'entrée de texte"
+#~ msgid "Revert to the default"
+#~ msgstr "Retour aux valeurs par défaut"
-#~ msgid "Special text concerns"
-#~ msgstr "Particularités liées au texte"
+#~ msgid "{"
+#~ msgstr "{"
-#~ msgid "Bagpipe sections"
-#~ msgstr "Sections pour la cornemuse"
+#~ msgid "}"
+#~ msgstr "}"
-#~ msgid "Saving typing with identifiers and functions"
-#~ msgstr "Économies de saisie grâce aux identificateurs et fonctions"
+#~ msgid "looks good"
+#~ msgstr "obtenir un résultat satisfaisant"
-# bof
-#~ msgid "Putting it all together"
-#~ msgstr "Assemblage"
+#~ msgid "fourth"
+#~ msgstr "quarte"
-#~ msgid "Score is a single musical expression"
-#~ msgstr "La partition est une unique expression musicale composée"
+#~ msgid "How to read the tutorial"
+#~ msgstr "Bien lire le tutoriel"
-#~ msgid "An orchestral part"
-#~ msgstr "Partie d'orchestre"
+#~ msgid "Piano staves"
+#~ msgstr "Double portée"
-#~ msgid "Easy Notation note heads"
-#~ msgstr "Têtes de note avec nom de note"
+#~ msgid "Printing lyrics"
+#~ msgstr "Gravure de paroles"
-#~ msgid "Special noteheads"
-#~ msgstr "Têtes de note spécifiques"
+#~ msgid "A lead sheet"
+#~ msgstr "Partition d'une chanson"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Modifying tuplet bracket length"
-#~ msgstr "Modification des propriétés de contexte"
+#~ msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#~ msgstr "Organisation du code source avec des variables"
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Compressing music"
-#~ msgstr "Gravure de musique existante"
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
+#~ msgstr "Musique orchestrale -- pupitres de cordes"
+
+#~ msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
+#~ msgstr "Harmoniques artificiels (cordes)"
+
+#~ msgid "Guitar sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sections de guitare"
-#~ msgid "Bugs"
-#~ msgstr "Bogues"
+#~ msgid "Tablatures basic"
+#~ msgstr "Introduction aux tablatures"
-#~ msgid "Educational use"
-#~ msgstr "Utilisation en milieu éducatif"
+#~ msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
+#~ msgstr "Tablatures autres que pour la guitare"
-#~ msgid "Predefined tweaks"
-#~ msgstr "Retouches prédéfinies"
+#~ msgid "Other guitar issues"
+#~ msgstr "Autres éléments relatifs à la guitare"
+
+#~ msgid "Percussion sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sections de percussions"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering percussion"
+#~ msgstr "Notation des percussions"
+
+#~ msgid "Bagpipe"
+#~ msgstr "Cornemuse"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords sections"
+#~ msgstr "Sections d'accords"
+
+#~ msgid "Entering chord names"
+#~ msgstr "Saisie des noms d'accords"
+
+#~ msgid "Chords mode"
+#~ msgstr "Mode accords"
+
+#~ msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
+#~ msgstr "Manuel d'initiation (LM)"
+
+#~ msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
+#~ msgstr "Manuel de notation (NR)"
+
+#~ msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Cordes frottées"
-#~ msgid "The three methods of tweaking"
-#~ msgstr "Les trois méthodes de retouche"
+#~ msgid "Guitar TODO"
+#~ msgstr "Guitare"
-#~ msgid "Up and down"
-#~ msgstr "Vers le haut ou vers le bas"
+#~ msgid "Chords notation"
+#~ msgstr "Notation des accords"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-06-20 09:14+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-08-11 18:05+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
msgstr ""
#: translations-status.py:56
+msgid "Section titles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:57
+#, python-format
+msgid " <p><i>Last updated %s</i></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translators"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:56
+#: translations-status.py:58
msgid "Translation checkers"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Translated"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:57
+#: translations-status.py:59
msgid "Up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:58
+#: translations-status.py:60
msgid "Other info"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:60
+#: translations-status.py:62
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:61
+#: translations-status.py:63
msgid "not translated"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:63
+#: translations-status.py:65
#, python-format
msgid "partially (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:65
+#: translations-status.py:67
#, python-format
msgid "partially translated (%(p)d %%)"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:66 translations-status.py:68
+#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:70
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:67
+#: translations-status.py:69
msgid "translated"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:68 translations-status.py:69
+#: translations-status.py:70 translations-status.py:71
msgid "up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:70
+#: translations-status.py:72
msgid "partially"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:71
+#: translations-status.py:73
msgid "partially up to date"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:72
+#: translations-status.py:74
msgid "N/A"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:73
+#: translations-status.py:75
msgid "pre-GDP"
msgstr ""
-#: translations-status.py:74
+#: translations-status.py:76
msgid "post-GDP"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Automated engraving"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "What symbols to engrave?"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Music representation"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Example applications"
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Learning Manual (LM)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Music Glossary (MG)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Notation Reference (NR)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Application Usage (AU)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Snippet List (SL)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "About the Internals Reference (IR)"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsec in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
msgid "Other documentation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:226 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:225 (comment)
msgid "set the starting point to middle C"
msgstr ""
msgid "one octave above middle C"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:271 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
msgid "c is 1 staff space up, so is the c above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:272 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
msgid "d is 2 up or 5 down, so is the d above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:273 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
msgid "e is 3 up or 4 down, so is the e above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:274 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
msgid "a is 6 up or 1 down, so is the a below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
msgid "g is 5 up or 2 down, so is the g below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:276 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:277 (comment)
msgid "f is 4 up or 3 down, so is the f below"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1525 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:214 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:229 (variable)
msgid "violin"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1528 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1556 (variable)
msgid "cello"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1551 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1581 (variable)
msgid "tripletA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1552 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tutorial.itely:1582 (variable)
msgid "barA"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "foo"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "UNIX"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "pitch"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "octave"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "accidental"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Durations (rhythms)"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "whole note"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rests"
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time signature"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "All together"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "key signature"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "natural"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "transposition"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/pitches.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/pitches.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "fingering"
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "dynamics"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Tuplets"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Grace notes"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "grace notes"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "acciaccatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "appoggiatura"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "brace"
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "lyrics"
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "extender line"
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:352 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1054 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1096 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1165 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1207 (variable)
msgid "melody"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:353 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:879 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1059 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1100 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:989 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1170 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1211 (variable)
msgid "text"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:687 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:481 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:503 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:527 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:593 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:618 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:645 (comment)
msgid "Bar 1"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:698 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:485 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:507 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:533 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:598 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:623 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:651 (comment)
msgid "Bar 2"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1012 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, down"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1018 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
msgid "Set stems, etc, up"
msgstr ""
msgid "Initiate first voice"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1074 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc down"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1080 (comment)
-msgid "set stems, etc up"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1187 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2497 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3156 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:521 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3168 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:639 (variable)
msgid "global"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1239 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3157 (variable)
msgid "SopMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1240 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3158 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3170 (variable)
msgid "AltoMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1241 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3171 (variable)
msgid "TenorMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1242 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3160 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3172 (variable)
msgid "BassMusic"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1243 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3173 (variable)
msgid "VerseOne"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1245 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3162 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3174 (variable)
msgid "VerseTwo"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1247 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3175 (variable)
msgid "VerseThree"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1249 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3164 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3176 (variable)
msgid "VerseFour"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1589 (comment)
-msgid "start single compound music expression"
+msgid "start of single compound music expression"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1590 (comment)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1611 (comment)
-msgid "end of first LH voice"
+msgid "end of LH voice one"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1612 (comment)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:1914 (comment)
-msgid "return to default size"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2007 (comment)
-msgid "return to original size"
+msgid "return to default size"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2274 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:907 (variable)
msgid "sopranoMusic"
msgstr ""
msgid "celloMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2498 (variable)
-msgid "sopMusic"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2502 (variable)
-msgid "sopWords"
+msgid "sopranoWords"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2505 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:908 (variable)
msgid "altoMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2510 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:909 (variable)
msgid "tenorMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2515 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:910 (variable)
msgid "bassMusic"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2748 (comment)
-msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff"
+msgid "end PedalOrgan Staff context"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/fundamental.itely:2750 (comment)
msgid "Revert thickness of all following slurs to default of 1.2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1257 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1265 (comment)
msgid "Don't print clefs in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1259 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1267 (comment)
msgid "Don't print time signatures in this staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1320 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1328 (comment)
msgid "Reduce all font sizes by ~24%"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1376 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1384 (comment)
msgid "Reduce stem length and line spacing to match"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1750 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1811 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1819 (comment)
msgid "Set details for later Text Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1753 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1814 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1761 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1822 (comment)
msgid "Place dynamics above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1755 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1818 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1763 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1826 (comment)
msgid "Start Ottava Bracket"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1758 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1765 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1821 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1828 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1766 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1773 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1829 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1836 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1760 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1823 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1831 (comment)
msgid "Add Dynamic Line Spanner"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1762 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1825 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1770 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1833 (comment)
msgid "Add Text Script"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1767 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1830 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1775 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1838 (comment)
msgid "Stop Ottava Bracket"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1816 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1824 (comment)
msgid "Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1872 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1880 (comment)
msgid "Cause notes to space out to accommodate text"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1890 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
msgid "This markup is short enough to fit without collision"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1902 (comment)
msgid "This is too long to fit, so it is displaced upwards"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1903 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1911 (comment)
msgid "Turn off collision avoidance"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1905 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1913 (comment)
msgid "and turn on textLengthOn"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:1914 (comment)
msgid "Spaces at end are honored"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2009 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2017 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 staff space"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2275 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2283 (comment)
msgid "This will not work, see below:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2279 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2287 (comment)
msgid "This works:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2324 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2332 (variable)
msgid "naturalplusflat"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2359 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2367 (comment)
msgid "Extend width by 1 unit"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2361 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2369 (comment)
msgid "Align dynamics to a base line 2 units above staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2639 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2690 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2752 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2823 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2885 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2940 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2647 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2698 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2760 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2831 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2893 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2948 (variable)
msgid "rhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2644 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2695 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2759 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2832 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2894 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2652 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2703 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2767 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2840 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2902 (comment)
msgid "Start polyphonic section of four voices"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2657 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2708 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2772 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2847 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2911 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2968 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2716 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2780 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2855 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2919 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2976 (variable)
msgid "lhMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2898 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2906 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2963 (comment)
msgid "Move the c2 out of the main note column so the merge will work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2901 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2958 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2909 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2966 (comment)
msgid "Stem on the d2 must be down to permit merging"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2953 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:2961 (comment)
msgid "Reposition the c2 to the right of the merged note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3081 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3100 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3089 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3108 (comment)
msgid "Visible tempo marking"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3085 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3104 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3112 (comment)
msgid "Invisible tempo marking to lengthen fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3088 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3107 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3115 (comment)
msgid "New tempo for next section"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3147 (variable)
-msgid "emph"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3159 (variable)
+msgid "emphasize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3163 (variable)
+msgid "normal"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3151 (variable)
-msgid "norm"
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3169 (variable)
+msgid "SopranoMusic"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3373 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/tweaks.itely:3385 (comment)
msgid "Arrange to obtain color from color-notehead procedure"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Simulating a fermata"
+msgid "Simulating a fermata in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/tweaks.itely
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:212 (variable)
-msgid "fragA"
+msgid "fragmentA"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:213 (variable)
-msgid "fragB"
+msgid "fragmentB"
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:226 (variable)
msgstr ""
#. Documentation/user/working.itely:227 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:273 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:276 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:235 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:100 (variable)
msgid "padText"
msgid "fthenp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:310 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:313 (variable)
msgid "mpdolce"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/working.itely:312 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/working.itely:315 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely:256 (variable)
#. Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely:134 (variable)
msgid "tempoMark"
#. @node in Documentation/user/working.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond input files"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/user/templates.itely
+#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/templates.itely
#. @appendixsubsec in Documentation/es/user/templates.itely
msgid "xelatex"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/fr/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/es/user/scheme-tutorial.itely
msgid "Tweaking with Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Requirements for building documentation"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Compiling outside the source tree"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/install.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/install.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Commands for building documentation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/install.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/install.itely
msgid "Building documentation without compiling LilyPond"
msgstr ""
msgid "TextMate"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/setup.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
+msgid "LilyKDE"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/setup.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Invoking lilypond"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/lilypond-book.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-book.itely
msgid "Command line options"
#. @node in Documentation/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/running.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/running.itely
msgid "Environment variables"
msgstr ""
msgid "Musical notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:615 (variable)
-msgid "mus"
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:651 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:997 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1016 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1053 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:1068 (variable)
+msgid "music"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:979 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1027 (comment)
msgid "not strictly necessary, but a good reminder"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1068 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1119 (variable)
msgid "musicA"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1082 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/pitches.itely:1133 (variable)
msgid "musicB"
msgstr ""
msgid "Print a breve rest"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:653 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:654 (comment)
msgid "This is valid input, but does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:679 (comment)
-msgid "Rest bars contracted to single bar"
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:680 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:733 (comment)
+msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:728 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:729 (comment)
msgid "Default behavior"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:732 (comment)
-msgid "Rest measures contracted to single measure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:736 (comment)
msgid "Rest measures expanded"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:768 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:769 (comment)
msgid "This fails, as the wrong object name is specified"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:771 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:772 (comment)
msgid "This is correct and works"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:917 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:919 (comment)
msgid "Default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:920 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:922 (comment)
msgid "Change to numeric style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:924 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:926 (comment)
msgid "Revert to default style"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1127 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1129 (comment)
msgid "Show all bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1183 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1193 (comment)
msgid "Create 9/8 split into 2/4 + 5/8"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1184 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1194 (variable)
msgid "tsMarkup"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1261 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1274 (comment)
msgid "Now each staff has its own time signature."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1458 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1480 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to an eighth note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1461 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1483 (comment)
msgid "Set beam sub-group length to a sixteenth note"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1615 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1619 (comment)
+msgid "end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1629 (comment)
+msgid "end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1658 (comment)
+msgid "undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1671 (comment)
msgid "this won't revert it!"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1631 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1673 (comment)
msgid "this will"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1804 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:1852 (comment)
msgid "revert to non-feathered beams"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2025 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2041 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2081 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2097 (comment)
msgid "Permit first bar number to be printed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2042 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2090 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2098 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2146 (comment)
msgid "Print a bar number every second measure"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2058 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2114 (comment)
msgid "Prevent bar numbers at the end of a line and permit them elsewhere"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2062 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2088 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2118 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2144 (comment)
msgid "Increase the size of the bar number by 2"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2066 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2122 (comment)
msgid "Draw a box round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2071 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2127 (comment)
msgid "Draw a circle round the following bar number(s)"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2093 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2149 (comment)
msgid "Center-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2096 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2152 (comment)
msgid "Right-align bar numbers"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2194 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2255 (variable)
msgid "pipeSymbol"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2565 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/rhythms.itely:2626 (variable)
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "cadenza"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Durations"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Scaling durations"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "laissez vibrer"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-msgid "Skips"
+msgid "Invisible rests"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Upbeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Unmetered music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Polymetric notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic note splitting"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Showing melody rhythms"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Automatic beams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Setting automatic beam behavior"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Manual beams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Feathered beams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar lines"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar numbers"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Rehearsal marks"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Aligning to cadenzas"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Time administration"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:332 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:377 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:390 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:458 (variable)
msgid "moltoF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:348 (variable)
-msgid "roundf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:411 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:441 (variable)
+msgid "roundF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:350 (variable)
-msgid "boxf"
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:413 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:445 (variable)
+msgid "boxF"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:364 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:428 (variable)
msgid "sfzp"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:446 (variable)
+msgid "roundFdynamic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/expressive.itely:447 (variable)
+msgid "boxFdynamic"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "Articulations and ornamentations"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/expressive.itely
msgid "trill"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:237 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:277 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: I can't believe this is right."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:297 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (comment)
-msgid "\\set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaChorus ) )"
+#. Documentation/user/repeats.itely:298 (variable)
+msgid "voltaAdLib"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Normal repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Manual repeat marks"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Written-out repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/repeats.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Tremolo repeats"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:352 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:482 (variable)
msgid "instrumentOne"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:360 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:490 (variable)
msgid "instrumentTwo"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:539 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely:657 (comment)
msgid "Bar 3 ..."
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chorded notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Clusters"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Single-staff polyphony"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+msgid "Voice styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Collision resolution"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Automatic part combining"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Writing music in parallel"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:534 (comment)
-msgid "Set here the overrides for the staff "
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:538 (comment)
-msgid "Revert to the default"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:604 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:536 (comment)
msgid "No time signature in the ossia staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:726 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:678 (comment)
msgid "To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:727 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:679 (comment)
msgid "\\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:735 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:687 (comment)
msgid ""
"To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1105 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1079 (variable)
msgid "smaller"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1119 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1094 (comment)
msgid "setup a context for cue notes."
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1161 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1135 (variable)
msgid "picc"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1169 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/staff.itely:1143 (variable)
msgid "cbsn"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Instantiating new staves"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Grouping staves"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Deeper nested staff groups"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
msgid "Ossia staves"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Instrument names"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/staff.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/staff.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/staff.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/staff.itely
msgid "Formatting cue notes"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:288 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/editorial.itely:323 (comment)
msgid "this is deliberate nonsense; note that the stems remain black"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/editorial.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/editorial.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Analysis brackets"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/text.itely:403 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/text.itely:410 (variable)
msgid "allegro"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
-msgid "Common markup commands"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+msgid "Selecting font and font size"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Text alignment"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Graphic notation inside markup"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Music notation inside markup"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Multi-page markup"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Entire document fonts"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/text.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/text.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Single entry fonts"
msgstr ""
msgid "Specialist notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:720 (variable)
-msgid "voice"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:450 (comment)
+msgid "not recommended: left aligns syllables "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:727 (variable)
-msgid "lyr"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:453 (comment)
+msgid "wrong: durations needed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:933 (comment)
-msgid "{"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:456 (comment)
+msgid "correct"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:946 (comment)
-msgid "applies to "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:786 (variable)
+msgid "voice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:793 (variable)
+msgid "lyr"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:952 (comment)
-msgid "}"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1056 (comment)
+msgid "applies to "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1114 (comment)
-msgid "moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1225 (comment)
+msgid "moves the column off the left margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1115 (comment)
-msgid "space on the page is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1226 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if space on the page is tight"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1123 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1141 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1234 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1252 (comment)
msgid "adds vertical spacing between verses"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1131 (comment)
-msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1242 (comment)
+msgid "adds horizontal spacing between columns; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1132 (comment)
-msgid "still too close, add more pairs until the result "
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1243 (comment)
+msgid "if they are still too close, add more pairs "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1133 (comment)
-msgid "looks good"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1244 (comment)
+msgid "until the result looks good"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1149 (comment)
-msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; can"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1260 (comment)
+msgid "gives some extra space on the right margin; "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1150 (comment)
-msgid "be removed if page space is tight"
+#. Documentation/user/vocal.itely:1261 (comment)
+msgid "can be removed if page space is tight"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Common notation for vocals"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "References for vocal music"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Manual syllable durations"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+msgid "Multiple syllables to one note"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Multiple notes to one syllable"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Skipping notes"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Lyrics and repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Placement of lyrics"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Chants"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Spacing out syllables"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Centering lyrics between staves"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding dynamics marks to stanzas"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Adding singers' names to stanzas"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/vocal.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Stanzas with different rhythms"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Ignoring melismata"
msgstr ""
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/user/vocal.itely
#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/vocal.itely
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
msgid "Switching to an alternative melody"
msgstr ""
msgid "Printing stanzas at the end in multiple columns"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:162 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:175 (comment)
msgid "keep staff alive"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:373 (comment)
+msgid "stems may overlap the other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:375 (comment)
+msgid "extend the stems to reach other other staff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/keyboards.itely:377 (comment)
+msgid "do not print extra flags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/keyboards.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for unfretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for unfretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Bowed instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for bowed strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Plucked instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
msgid "Harp"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:159 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:210 (variable)
msgid "melodia"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:376 (comment)
+msgid "A chord for ukelele"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:665 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:684 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:713 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:738 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:762 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:798 (variable)
+msgid "mychords"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:688 (variable)
+msgid "mychordlist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:785 (comment)
+msgid "add a new chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely:789 (comment)
+msgid "add some new chords based on the power chord shape"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Common notation for fretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "References for fretted strings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "String number indications"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Default tablatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Custom tablatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Fret diagrams"
+msgid "Fret diagram markups"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Right hand fingerings"
+msgid "Predefined fret diagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Automatic fret diagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right-hand fingerings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Guitar"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar tablatures"
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Indicating position and barring"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Indicating position and barring"
+msgid "Indicating harmonics and dampened notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
msgid "Banjo tablatures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:120 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:300 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:214 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:394 (variable)
msgid "up"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:121 (variable)
-#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:301 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:215 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/percussion.itely:395 (variable)
msgid "down"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Common notation for percussion"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "References for percussion"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Basic percussion notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Percussion staves"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/percussion.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
msgid "Ghost notes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Common notation for wind instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "References for wind instruments"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Half-holes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe definitions"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
msgid "Bagpipe example"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:599 (variable)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:651 (variable)
msgid "myChords"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:709 (comment)
-msgid "FIXME: broken."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:710 (comment)
-msgid "<6\\\\>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:857 (comment)
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:878 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:974 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:995 (comment)
msgid "Put notes on same Staff as figures"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:955 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1054 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are correct here, with the same rhythm as the bass"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:967 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:1066 (comment)
msgid "The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/chords.itely:969 (comment)
-msgid "\\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Chord mode overview"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Common chords"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Extended and altered chords"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying chords"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Customizing chord names"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Introduction to figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Entering figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
msgid "Displaying figured bass"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Introduction to ancient notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient notation supported"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Alternative note signs"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient note heads"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient accidentals"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient rests"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient clefs"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient flags"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient time signatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Additional note signs"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient articulations"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Custodes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Divisiones"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ligatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "White mensural ligatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian square neumes ligatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Pre-defined contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Gregorian chant contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensural contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing ancient music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Ancient and modern from one source"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Incipits"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Mensurstriche layout"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Transcribing Gregorian chant"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Editorial markings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Annotational accidentals"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
msgid "Baroque rhythmic notation"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/input.itely:497 (comment)
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "World music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "References for Arabic music"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic note names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic key signatures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic time signatures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Arabic music example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/world.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/world.itely
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:494 (comment)
msgid "not printed"
msgstr ""
+#. Documentation/user/input.itely:911 (variable)
+msgid "allLyrics"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input syntax"
+msgid "General input and output"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Input structure"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Structure of a score"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Titles and headers"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Creating titles"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Creating titles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Custom titles"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Reference to page numbers"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Table of contents"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Working with input files"
msgstr ""
msgid "Different editions from one source"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Using variables"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Using tags"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Controlling output"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Extracting fragments of music"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI output"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "Creating MIDI files"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
msgid "MIDI block"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "MIDI instrument names"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "What goes into the MIDI output?"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "What goes into the MIDI? FIXME"
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Supported in MIDI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Unsupported in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Repeats and MIDI"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Repeats in MIDI"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/input.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "other midi"
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Controlling MIDI dynamics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Dynamic marks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Overall MIDI volume"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:671 (comment)
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (i)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
+msgid "Equalizing different instruments (ii)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:684 (comment)
msgid "this does nothing"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:672 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
msgid "a break here would work"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:673 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:686 (comment)
msgid "as does this break"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:685 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:698 (comment)
msgid "now the break is allowed"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1438 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1460 (comment)
msgid "this time the text will be closer to the staff"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1440 (comment)
-msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1462 (comment)
+msgid "by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, "
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1441 (comment)
-msgid "disable the automatic collision avoidance"
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1463 (comment)
+msgid "we disable the automatic collision avoidance"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1444 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1466 (comment)
msgid "now they will collide"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1469 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1491 (comment)
msgid "the markup is too close to the following note"
msgstr ""
-#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1472 (comment)
+#. Documentation/user/spacing.itely:1494 (comment)
msgid "setting outside-staff-horizontal-padding fixes this"
msgstr ""
msgid "Score layout"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Displaying spacing"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page layout MOVED FROM LM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Introduction to layout"
+msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Global sizes"
+msgid "Displaying spacing"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Line breaks"
+msgid "Changing spacing"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Page breaks"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1947 (comment)
+msgid "Remove bar line at the end of the current line"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/spacing.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/spacing.itely
-msgid "Fitting music onto fewer pages"
+#. Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely:1993 (comment)
+msgid "Try to remove all key signatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Interpretation contexts"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Score - the master of all contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Top-level contexts - staff containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Intermediate-level contexts - staves"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Bottom-level contexts - voices"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Explaining the Internals Reference"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Naming conventions"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying properties"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Overview of modifying properties"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The \\set command"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\set} command"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "The @code{\\override} command"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Useful concepts and properties"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Input modes"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Direction and placement"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Distances and measurements"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Spanners"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Common properties"
msgstr ""
msgid "Controlling visibility of objects"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Removing the stencil"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Making objects transparent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Painting objects white"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Using break-visibility"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Special considerations"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Rotating objects"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Aligning objects"
msgstr ""
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Advanced tweaks"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying ends of spanners"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Modifying stencils"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The \\override command"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "old The @code{\\override} command"
+#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+msgid "Modifying shapes"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @section in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Discussion of specific tweaks"
#. @node in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "old Contexts explained"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @section in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "TODO moved into scheme"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of \\tweak"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
msgid "Using Scheme code instead of @code{\\tweak}"
msgstr ""
#. @subsection in Documentation/user/programming-interface.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-msgid "Difficult tweaks"
-msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/programming-interface.itely
+msgid "Difficult tweaks"
+msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/user/literature.itely
#. @appendix in Documentation/user/literature.itely
msgid "Chord name chart"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+msgid "Common chord modifiers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
+msgid "Predefined fretboard diagrams"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @appendixsec in Documentation/user/notation-appendices.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/notation-appendices.itely
msgid "Commonly tweaked properties"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de l'utilisateur"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel d'apprentissage"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Manuel de référence"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Annexes"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Hauteurs"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Utilisation du programme"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Durées et rythme"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Autre documentation"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Silences"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Unix"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Métrique"
msgstr ""
-#. @rglos in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "fourth"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Tout ensemble"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "Working on text files"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "How to read the tutorial"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Relative note names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Piano staves"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Printing lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "A lead sheet"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
-msgid "Organizing pieces with identifiers"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/fr/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Exemples cliquables"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fundamental.itely
msgid "Default files"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
-msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/working.itely
#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgstr ""
#. @top in Documentation/fr/user/lilypond.tely
-msgid "GNU LilyPond --- le système de gravure musicale"
+msgid "GNU LilyPond --- manuel de notation"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/pitches.itely
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Augmentation dots"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+msgid "Skips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Multi measure rests"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Bar check"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Barnumber check"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/rhythms.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/rhythms.itely
msgid "Proportional notation (introduction)"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/expressive.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
-msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/repeats.itely
msgid "Writing repeats"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/editorial.itely
msgid "Blank music sheet"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Nested scores"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/text.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
msgid "Page wrapping text"
msgstr ""
msgid "The piano staff"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Artificial harmonics (strings)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Tablatures basic"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Fret diagrams"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Non-guitar tablatures"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Right hand fingerings"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/fr/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/fretted-strings.itely
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Other guitar issues"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Percussion sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/percussion.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "Entering percussion"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/wind.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/wind.itely
-msgid "Bagpipe"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords sections"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Entering chord names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/chords.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords mode"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Ancient TODO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/fr/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/ancient.itely
-msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input files"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "A single music expression"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Extracting fragments of notation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Common syntax issues TODO name?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Distances and measurements MAYBE MOVE"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Other stuffs TODO move?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "context list FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "another thing FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Input modes FIXME"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/fr/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/es/user/non-music.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-#. @chapter in Documentation/de/user/non-music.itely
-msgid "Non-musical notation"
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
+msgid "Guitar tablatures"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Changing context properties on the fly"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Layout tunings within contexts"
msgstr ""
#. @node in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
#. @subsection in Documentation/fr/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/changing-defaults.itely
msgid "Constructing a tweak"
msgstr ""
msgid "Advertencias y problemas conocidos"
msgstr ""
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Learning Manual (LM)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Notation Reference (NR)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Appendices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Program usage"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Automatic behaviour"
msgstr ""
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/es/user/introduction.itely
-#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
-msgid "Other information"
+#. @subheading in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
+msgid "Simulating a fermata"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/tweaks.itely
-msgid "Automatic behaviour"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+#. @section in Documentation/de/user/working.itely
+msgid "Suggestions for writing LilyPond files"
msgstr ""
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/working.itely
msgid "Writing long repeats"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/unfretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Orchestral strings TODO"
-msgstr ""
-
#. @rglos in Documentation/es/user/chords.itely
msgid " "
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "Controlling direction and placement"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Ancient TODO"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/es/user/input.itely
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/input.itely
-msgid "When to add a -"
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Gregorian Chant contexts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @node in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+#. @subsubsection in Documentation/es/user/ancient.itely
+msgid "Musica ficta accidentals"
msgstr ""
#. @top in Documentation/de/user/lilypond-learning.tely
msgid "Notation reference"
msgstr ""
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Appendices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Program usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/introduction.itely
+msgid "Other information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @subsubheading in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
+msgid "Unix"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @rglos in Documentation/de/user/tutorial.itely
msgid "legato"
msgstr ""
msgid "GNU LilyPond -- Das Notationsprogramm"
msgstr ""
+#. @node in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/expressive.itely
+msgid "Laissez vibrer ties"
+msgstr ""
+
#. @node in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
#. @unnumberedsubsubsec in Documentation/de/user/simultaneous.itely
msgid "Chords"
msgstr ""
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/text.itely
-msgid "Font selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Simple lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Another way of entering lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Assigning more than one syllable to a single note"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More than one note on a single syllable"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Vocals and variables"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Flexibility in placement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Lyrics to multiple notes of a melisma"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Switching the melody associated with a lyrics line"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing vocals"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Spacing lyrics"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "More about stanzas"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding dynamics marks"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-#. @subsubsection in Documentation/de/user/vocal.itely
-msgid "Adding singer names"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/fretted-strings.itely
-msgid "Guitar TODO"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/percussion.itely
-msgid "TODO percussion node fix"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @section in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "Chords notation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. @node in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-#. @subsection in Documentation/de/user/chords.itely
-msgid "TODO chords fix"
-msgstr ""
-
msgid "Up:"
msgstr ""
Gregorian chant notation), ambitus, clusters.
@item @email{nicolas.sceaux@@free.fr, Nicolas Sceaux},
Scheme macros, \markup syntax.
-@item @email{carldsorensen@@comcast.net, Carl Sorensen},
+@item @email{c_sorensen@@byu.edu, Carl Sorensen},
Fret diagrams.
@item @email{rune@@zedeler.dk, Rune Zedeler},
Auto-accidental code, zigzag glissandi, rest bugfixes, minimum
@end ignore
+@item
+A few syntax changes were made:
+@example
+2.11.23: #'break-align-symbol -> #'break-align-symbols
+2.11.35: scripts.caesura -> scripts.caesura.curved.
+Use #'style not #'dash-fraction to select solid/dashed lines.
+2.11.38: \setEasyHeads -> \easyHeadsOn, \fatText -> \textLengthOn,
+\emptyText -> \textLengthOff
+2.11.46: \set hairpinToBarline -> \override Hairpin #'to-barline
+2.11.48: \compressMusic -> \scaleDurations
+2.11.50: metronomeMarkFormatter uses text markup as second
+argument,
+fret diagram properties moved to fret-diagram-details.
+2.11.51: \octave -> \octaveCheck, \arpeggioUp -> \arpeggioArrowUp,
+\arpeggioDown -> \arpeggioArrowDown, \arpeggioNeutral ->
+\arpeggioNormal,
+\setTextCresc -> \crescTextCresc, \setTextDecresc ->
+\dimTextDecresc,
+\setTextDecr -> \dimTextDecr, \setTextDim -> \dimTextDim,
+\setHairpinCresc -> \crescHairpin, \setHairpinDecresc ->
+\dimHairpin,
+\sustainUp -> \sustainOff, \sustainDown -> \sustainOn
+\sostenutoDown -> \sostenutoOn, \sostenutoUp -> \sostenutoOff
+2.11.53: infinite-spacing-height -> extra-spacing-height
+@end example
+
@item
Arpeggios may now use ``parenthesis'' style brackets:
}
@end lilypond
+@item Metronome marks can now also contain a textual description. The
+duration and count (if given) are shown in parentheses after the text.
+
+@lilypond
+{
+ \tempo "Fast"
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ \tempo "Andante" 4=120
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ \tempo 4=100
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ \tempo "" 4=30
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+ c'4 c' c' c'
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item In figured bass you can now also use a backslash through a number to
+indicate a raised 6th step.
+
+@lilypond[ragged-right]
+\new FiguredBass \figuremode { < 6\\ 5\\ > < 6/ > }
+@end lilypond
+
@end itemize
is finished.
</p>
- <p><i>Last updated Sat Jun 28 13:59:30 UTC 2008
+ <p><i>Last updated Mon Aug 11 16:16:20 UTC 2008
</i></p>
<table align="center" border="2">
<tr align="center">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Introduction<br>(3704)</td>
+ <td>1 Introduction<br>(3678)</td>
<td>Ludovic Sardain<br>
John Mandereau<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
Jean-Yves Baudais</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #83fe2c">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #83fe2c">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffa34c">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (65 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #76fe2a">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffd244">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5652)</td>
+ <td>2 Tutorial<br>(5685)</td>
<td>Nicolas Grandclaude<br>
Ludovic Sardain<br>
Gauvain Pocentek<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff8c51">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #a5ff31">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #62ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (39 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #fff53e">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #fff23f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (7 %)</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #25fe1f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Tweaking output<br>(12228)</td>
+ <td>4 Tweaking output<br>(12334)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Nicolas Klutchnikoff<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (18 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (17 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (18 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (17 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #acff31">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #acff31">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1 Install<br>(1674)</td>
+ <td>1 Install<br>(1681)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (10 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #b9ff33">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #c7ff35">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (10 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #c0ff34">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Setup<br>(947)</td>
+ <td>2 Setup<br>(1012)</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #54ff26">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (69 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (69 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Converting from other formats<br>(975)</td>
+ <td>5 Converting from other formats<br>(995)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #47ff24">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<th>es</th>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>Section titles<br>(544)</td>
+ <td>Section titles<br>(547)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #33ff21">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #40fe23">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #2cff20">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.1 Pitches<br>(2822)</td>
+ <td>1.1 Pitches<br>(2948)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6591)</td>
+ <td>1.2 Rhythms<br>(6785)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (95 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.3 Expressive marks<br>(944)</td>
+ <td>1.3 Expressive marks<br>(1119)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (70 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #acff31">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffea40">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.4 Repeats<br>(976)</td>
+ <td>1.4 Repeats<br>(556)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #7dff2b">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffdd42">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.5 Simultaneous notes<br>(1078)</td>
+ <td>1.5 Simultaneous notes<br>(1000)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (71 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #b9ff33">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(2310)</td>
+ <td>1.6 Staff notation<br>(1800)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>John Mandereau</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (63 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (87 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffcd45">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.7 Editorial annotations<br>(827)</td>
+ <td>1.7 Editorial annotations<br>(908)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (47 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (44 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #4efe25">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>1.8 Text<br>(1851)</td>
+ <td>1.8 Text<br>(2082)</td>
<td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<small>Valentin Villenave<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (83 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (82 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (85 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #b2fe32">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (86 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #efff3a">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2 Specialist notation<br>(68)</td>
+ <td>2 Specialist notation<br>(73)</td>
<td>John Mandereau<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ffef3f">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffed40">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.1 Vocal music<br>(2745)</td>
+ <td>2.1 Vocal music<br>(2799)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude</small><br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #76fe2a">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.2 Keyboard instruments<br>(1044)</td>
+ <td>2.2 Keyboard instruments<br>(668)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (72 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (89 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (72 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (89 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (72 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (89 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(1063)</td>
+ <td>2.4 Fretted string instruments<br>(1369)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (90 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (90 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (16 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (98 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (35 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff954f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.5 Percussion<br>(546)</td>
+ <td>2.5 Percussion<br>(747)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (98 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (95 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (96 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6d58">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (97 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (98 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #5bff27">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>2.7 Chord notation<br>(1530)</td>
+ <td>2.7 Chord notation<br>(1352)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
John Mandereau</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (47 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (62 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (47 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (62 %)</span><br>
<span style="background-color: #ff6f57">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
<span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #76fe2a">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>3 Input syntax<br>(4971)</td>
- <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (4 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ff8a51">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <td>2.9 World music<br>(1115)</td>
+ <td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>4 Spacing issues<br>(8400)</td>
+ <td>3 General input and output<br>(5431)</td>
+ <td>Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
+ Valentin Villenave<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (6 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff8652">partially up to date</span><br>
+ </td>
+ <td>Till Rettig<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (6 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ff8353">partially up to date</span><br>
+ </td>
+ <td>Francisco Vila<br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (43 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ </td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr align="left">
+ <td>4 Spacing issues<br>(7896)</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(6951)</td>
+ <td>5 Changing defaults<br>(8377)</td>
<td>Valentin Villenave<br>
<small>Gilles Thibault</small><br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (76 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #ffb249">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (51 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #ffa74b">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (92 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (69 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #97ff2f">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>6 Interfaces for programmers<br>(5213)</td>
+ <td>6 Interfaces for programmers<br>(5218)</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
<td> <span style="background-color: #d0f0f8">not translated</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
- <td>B Notation manual tables<br>(894)</td>
+ <td>B Notation manual tables<br>(1146)</td>
<td>Frédéric Chiasson<br>
Jean-Charles Malahieude<br>
- <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (14 %)</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (7 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Till Rettig<br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #68ff28">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (99 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #d4ff37">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
<td>Francisco Vila<br>
- <span style="background-color: #1fff1f">translated</span><br>
- <span style="background-color: #39ff22">partially up to date</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #dfef77">partially translated (99 %)</span><br>
+ <span style="background-color: #acff31">partially up to date</span><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr align="left">
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Ancient notation
@section Ancient notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.55"
@node Changing defaults
@chapter Changing defaults
+@strong{N.B. This Chapter is under heavy development at present.}
The purpose of LilyPond's design is to provide the finest output
quality as a default. Nevertheless, it may happen that you need to
@uref{http://@/lilypond@/.org/@/doc/@/stable/@/Documentation/@/user/@/lilypond@/-internals/,on@/-line},
but is also included with the LilyPond documentation package.
+@c TODO The following is at variance to what actually follows. Fix -td
+
There are four areas where the default settings may be changed:
@itemize
* Useful concepts and properties::
* Common properties::
* Advanced tweaks::
-* old The \override command::
* Discussion of specific tweaks::
@end menu
@node Contexts explained
@subsection Contexts explained
+@ignore
+@c TODO Rethink and rewrite
+
>> > > - list of contexts: my *danger unmaintainable*
->> > > alarm just went off. I'm
+>> > > alarm just went off. I'm
I knew it would... And leaving out some of them is perfectly fine
with me.
should be there, and then we could simply list the remaining ones
without
further explanation and with links to the IR.
+@end ignore
+
+@c TODO Improve layout, order and consistency of wording -td
+
+@c TODO Add introduction which explains contexts in generality -td
+
+Contexts are arranged heirarchically:
+
+@menu
+* Score - the master of all contexts::
+* Top-level contexts - staff containers::
+* Intermediate-level contexts - staves::
+* Bottom-level contexts - voices::
+@end menu
+
+@node Score - the master of all contexts
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Score - the master of all contexts
+
+This is the top level notation context. No other context can
+contain a Score context. By default the Score context handles
+the administration of time signatures and makes sure that items
+such as clefs, time signatures, and key-signatures are aligned
+across staves.
+
+A Score context is instantiated implicitly when a
+@code{\score @{@dots{}@}} or @code{\layout @{@dots{}@}} block is
+processed, or explicitly when a @code{\new Score} command is
+executed.
+
+@node Top-level contexts - staff containers
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Top-level contexts - staff containers
+
+@strong{@emph{StaffGroup}}
+
+Groups staves while adding a bracket on the left side, grouping
+the staves together. The bar lines of the contained staves are
+connected vertically. StaffGroup only consists of a collection
+of staves, with a bracket in front and spanning bar lines.
+
+@strong{@emph{ChoirStaff}}
+
+Identical to StaffGroup except that the bar lines of the contained
+staves are not connected vertically.
+
+@strong{@emph{GrandStaff}}
+
+A group of staves, with a brace on the left side, grouping
+the staves together. The bar lines of the contained staves are
+connected vertically.
+
+@strong{@emph{PianoStaff}}
+
+TODO No longer correct? Check. -td
+
+Just like GrandStaff but with a forced distance between the
+staves, so cross staff beaming and slurring can be used.
+
+@strong{@emph{InnerStaffGroup}}
+
+TODO -td
+
+@strong{@emph{InnerChoirStaff}}
+
+TODO -td
+
+@node Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Intermediate-level contexts - staves
+
+@strong{@emph{Staff}}
+
+Handles clefs, bar lines, keys, accidentals. It can contain
+Voice contexts.
+
+@strong{@emph{RhythmicStaff}}
+
+Like Staff but for printing rhythms. Pitches are ignored;
+the notes are printed on one line.
+
+@strong{@emph{TabStaff}}
+
+Context for generating tablature. By default lays the music
+expression out as a guitar tablature, printed on six lines.
+
+@strong{@emph{DrumStaff}}
+Handles typesetting for percussion. Can contain DrumVoice
-The Master Of All Contexts
-==========================
-
- * Score
- This is the top level notation context. No other context
-can
- contain a Score context. This context handles the
- administration of time signatures. It also makes sure that
- items such as clefs, time signatures, and key-signatures
-are
- aligned across staves.
- You cannot explicitly instantiate a Score context (since
-it is
- not contained in any other context). It is instantiated
- automatically when an output definition (a \score or
-\layout
- block) is processed.
- (it should also be made clear somewhere what the
-difference is between
- \score and \Score).
-
-Top-level contexts: Staff containers
-====================================
- * StaffGroup
- Groups staves while adding a bracket on the left side,
- grouping the staves together. The bar lines of the
-contained
- staves are connected vertically. StaffGroup only consists
-of a
- collection of staves, with a bracket in front and spanning
-bar
- lines.
- * ChoirStaff
- Identical to StaffGroup except that the contained staves
-are
- not connected vertically.
- * GrandStaff
- A group of staves, with a brace on the left side, grouping
-the
- staves together. The bar lines of the contained staves are
- connected vertically.
- * PianoStaff
- Just like GrandStaff but with a forced distance between
-the
- staves, so cross staff beaming and slurring can be used.
- * DrumStaff
- Handles typesetting for percussion. Can contain DrumVoice
- * InnerStaffGroup
- * InnerChoirStaff
-
-Staff-level contexts
-====================
- * Staff
- Handles clefs, bar lines, keys, accidentals. It can
-contain
- Voice contexts.
- * RhythmicStaff
- Like Staff but for printing rhythms. Pitches are
- ignored; the notes are printed on one line.
- * TabStaff
- Context for generating tablature. By default lays the
-music
- expression out as a guitar tablature, printed on six
-lines.
- * VaticanaStaff
- Same as Staff, except that it is accommodated for
- typesetting a piece in gregorian style.
- * MensuralStaff
- Same as Staff, except that it is accommodated for
- typesetting a piece in mensural style.
-
-Voice-level (bottom) contexts
-=============================
-What is generated by default here? The voice-level contexts
-initiate
-certain properties and start engravers.
-
- * Voice
- Corresponds to a voice on a staff. This context handles
-the
- conversion of dynamic signs, stems, beams, super- and
- subscripts, slurs, ties, and rests.
- You have to instantiate this explicitly if you want to
-have
- multiple voices on the same staff.
- Bottom context.
- * VaticanaVoice
- Same as Voice, except that it is accommodated for
- typesetting a piece in gregorian style.
- * MensuralVoice
- Same as Voice, except that it is accommodated for
- typesetting a piece in mensural style.
- * Lyrics
- Corresponds to a voice with lyrics. Handles the printing
-of a
- single line of lyrics.
- Bottom context.
- * DrumVoice
- A voice on a percussion staff.
- * FiguredBass
-
- * ChordNames
- Typesets chord names. This context is a `bottom' context;
-it
- cannot contain other contexts.
+@strong{@emph{VaticanaStaff}}
+
+Same as Staff, except that it is designed for typesetting
+a piece in gregorian style.
+
+@strong{@emph{MensuralStaff}}
+
+Same as Staff, except that it is designed for typesetting
+a piece in mensural style.
+
+@node Bottom-level contexts - voices
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Bottom-level contexts - voices
+
+Voice-level contexts initialise certain properties and start
+appropriate engravers. Being bottom-level contexts, they cannot
+contain other contexts.
+
+@strong{@emph{Voice}}
+
+Corresponds to a voice on a staff. This context handles the
+conversion of dynamic signs, stems, beams, super- and sub-scripts,
+slurs, ties, and rests. You have to instantiate this explicitly
+if you require multiple voices on the same staff.
+
+@strong{@emph{VaticanaVoice}}
+
+Same as Voice, except that it is designed for typesetting a piece
+in gregorian style.
+
+@strong{@emph{MensuralVoice}}
+
+Same as Voice, with modifications for typesetting a piece in
+mensural style.
+
+@strong{@emph{Lyrics}}
+
+Corresponds to a voice with lyrics. Handles the printing of a
+single line of lyrics.
+
+@strong{@emph{DrumVoice}}
+
+The voice context used in a percussion staff.
+
+@strong{@emph{FiguredBass}}
+
+The context in which BassFigure objects are created from
+input entered in @code{\figuremode} mode.
+
+@strong{@emph{TabVoice}}
+
+The voice context used within a TabStaff context. Usually left to
+be created implicitly.
+
+@strong{@emph{ChordNames}}
+
+Typesets chord names.
------------------------------
+
+TODO
+
Then the following, which I don't know what to do with:
- * TabVoice
* GregorianTranscriptionVoice
* GregorianTranscriptionStaff
* FretBoards
Engraves fretboards from chords. Not easy... Not
documented.
+ There is now some documentation on FretBoards in the NR, under
+ instrument-specific notation -- cds.
+
* NoteNames
* CueVoice Not documented
context.
-
@node Creating contexts
@subsection Creating contexts
+@c TODO \new Score and \score
+@c TODO more complete descriptions rather than learning style
+
For scores with only one voice and one staff, contexts are
created automatically. For more complex scores, it is necessary to
create them by hand. There are three commands that do this.
@node Modifying context plug-ins
@subsection Modifying context plug-ins
+@c TODO Should this be Modifying engravers or Modifying contexts?
+
Notation contexts (like @code{Score} and @code{Staff}) not only
store properties,
they also contain plug-ins called @q{engravers} that create notation
could be useful in setting up a vocal staff (@rlearning{Vocal ensembles}) and
in ossia,
-FIXME: this section doesn't work in pdf. (?)
+@c TODO Better example needed. Ref LM, and expand on it.
@cindex ossia
@findex alignAboveContext
@menu
-* Navigating the program reference::
-* Layout interfaces::
-* Determining the grob property::
-* Naming conventions::
+* Navigating the program reference::
+* Layout interfaces::
+* Determining the grob property::
+* Naming conventions::
@end menu
@node Navigating the program reference
@subsection Navigating the program reference
+@c TODO remove this (it's in the LM)
+@c Replace with more factual directions
+
Suppose we want to move the fingering indication in the fragment
below:
The programmer's reference is available as an HTML document. It is
highly recommended that you read it in HTML form, either online or
by downloading the HTML documentation. This section will be much more
-difficult to understand if you are using the
+difficult to understand if you are using the
PDF manual.
@end ifnothtml
@node Determining the grob property
@subsection Determining the grob property
+@c TODO remove this (it's in the LM)
+@c Replace with more factual directions
+
Recall that we wanted to change the position of the @b{2} in
@lilypond[quote,fragment,relative=2,verbatim]
@subsection Naming conventions
Another thing that is needed, is an overview of the various naming
-conventions:
+conventions:
scheme functions: lowercase-with-hyphens (incl. one-word
names)
@section Modifying properties
@menu
-* Overview of modifying properties::
-* The \set command::
-* The \override command::
-* \set versus \override::
-* Objects connected to the input::
+* Overview of modifying properties::
+* The \set command::
+* The \override command::
+* \set versus \override::
+* Objects connected to the input::
@end menu
render them in a @code{TabStaff} context, see
@ref{Default tablatures}.
-To create fret diagrams above a staff, enter them as markup
-above the notes using the @code{\fret-diagram} command, see
-@ref{Fret diagrams}.
+To create fret diagrams above a staff, you have two choices.
+You can either use the @code{FretBoards} context (see
+@ref{Automatic fret diagrams} or you can enter them as a markup
+above the notes using the @code{\fret-diagram} command (see
+@ref{Fret diagram markups}).
@strong{Lyrics mode}
Some of these properties are common to all spanners; others are
restricted to a sub-set of the spanners.
-
@node Common properties
@section Common properties
* Aligning objects::
@end menu
+@c TODO Add new subsection Shapes of objects
+@c which would include Slur shapes
+@c with a Known issue: can't modify shapes with 'control-points if there are
+@c more than one at the same musical moment
+
@node Controlling visibility of objects
@subsection Controlling visibility of objects
+@cindex objects, visibility of
+@cindex grobs, visibility of
+@cindex visibility of objects
+
+There are four main ways in which the visibility of layout objects
+can be controlled: their stencil can be removed, they can be made
+transparent, they can be colored white, or their
+@code{break-visibility} property can be overridden. The first
+three apply to all layout objects; the last to just a few -- the
+@emph{breakable} objects. The Learning Manual introduces these
+four techniques, see @rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}.
+
+There are also a few other techniques which are specific to
+certain layout objects. These are covered under Special
+considerations.
+
+@menu
+* Removing the stencil::
+* Making objects transparent::
+* Painting objects white::
+* Using break-visibility::
+* Special considerations::
+@end menu
+
+
+@node Removing the stencil
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Removing the stencil
+
+@cindex stencil, removing
+
+Every layout object has a stencil property. By default this is set
+to the specific function which draws that object. If this property
+is overridden to @code{#f} no function will be called and the object
+will not be drawn. The default action can be recovered with
+@code{\revert}.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+a1 a
+\override Score.BarLine #'stencil = ##f
+a a
+\revert Score.BarLine #'stencil
+a a a
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Making objects transparent
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Making objects transparent
+
+@cindex transparent, making objects
+
+Every layout object has a transparent property which by default is
+set to @code{#f}. If set to @code{#t} the object still occupies
+space but is made invisible.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+a4 a
+\once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
+a a
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Painting objects white
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Painting objects white
+
+@cindex objects, coloring
+@cindex coloring objects
+@cindex layers
+@cindex printing order
+@cindex overwriting objects
+@cindex objects, overwriting
+@cindex grobs, overwriting
+
+Every layout object has a color property which by default is set
+to @code{black}. If this is overridden to @code{white} the object
+will be indistinguishable from the white background. However,
+if the object crosses other objects the color of the crossing
+points will be determined by the order in which they are drawn,
+and this may leave a ghostly image of the white object, as shown
+here:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\override Staff.Clef #'color = #white
+a1
+@end lilypond
+
+This may be avoided by changing the order of printing the objects.
+All layout objects have a @code{layer} property which should be set
+to an integer. Objects with the lowest value of @code{layer} are
+drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn,
+so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values.
+By default most objects are assigned a @code{layer} value of
+@code{1}, although a few objects, including @code{StaffSymbol} and
+@code{BarLine}, are assigned a value of @code{0}. The order of
+printing objects with the same value of @code{layer} is indeterminate.
+
+In the example above the white clef, with a default @code{layer}
+value of @code{1}, is drawn after the staff lines (default
+@code{layer} value @code{0}), so overwriting them. To change this,
+the @code{Clef} object must be given in a lower value of
+@code{layer}, say @code{-1}, so that it is drawn earlier:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\override Staff.Clef #'color = #white
+\override Staff.Clef #'layer = #-1
+a1
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Using break-visibility
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Using break-visibility
+
+@c TODO Add making other objects breakable
+
+@cindex break-visibility
+
+Most layout objects are printed only once, but some like
+bar lines, clefs, time signatures and key signatures, may need
+to be printed twice when a line break occurs -- once at the end
+of the line and again at the start of the next line. Such
+objects are called @emph{breakable}, and have a property, the
+@code{break-visibility} property to control their visibility
+at the three positions in which they may appear -- at the
+start of a line, within a line if they are changed, and at the
+end of a line if a change takes place there.
+
+For example, the time signature
+by default will be printed at the start of the first line, but
+nowhere else unless it changes, when it will be printed at the
+point at which the change occurs. If this change occurs at the
+end of a line the new time signature will be printed at the start
+of the next line and a cautionary time signature will be printed
+at the end of the previous line as well.
+
+This behaviour is controlled by the @code{break-visibility}
+property, which is explained in
+@c Leave this ref on a newline - formats incorrectly otherwise -td
+@rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}. This property takes
+a vector of three booleans which, in order, determine whether the
+object is printed at the end of, within the body of, or at the
+beginning of a line. Or to be more precise, before a line break,
+where there is no line break, or after a line break.
+
+Alternatively, seven of the eight combinations may be specified
+by pre-defined functions, defined in @file{scm/output-lib.scm},
+where the last three columns indicate whether the layout objects
+will be visible in the positions shown at the head of the columns:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .40 .15 .1 .1 .1
+@c TODO check these more carefully
+@headitem Function @tab Vector @tab Before @tab At no @tab After
+@headitem form @tab form @tab break @tab break @tab break
+
+@item @code{all-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #f)} @ @ @tab no @tab no @tab no
+@item @code{begin-of-line-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #f #t)} @tab no @tab no @tab yes
+@item @code{end-of-line-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #f #f)} @tab yes @tab no @tab no
+@item @code{all-visible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #t)} @tab yes @tab yes @tab yes
+@c The center-visible function is not defined
+@c @item @code{center-visible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #f)} @tab no @tab yes @tab no
+@item @code{begin-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#t #t #f)} @tab yes @tab yes @tab no
+@item @code{end-of-line-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#f #t #t)} @tab no @tab yes @tab yes
+@item @code{center-invisible} @tab @code{'#(#t #f #t)} @tab yes @tab no @tab yes
+@end multitable
+
+The @code{center-visible} function is not pre-defined.
+
+The default settings of @code{break-visibility} depend on the
+layout object. The following table shows all the layout objects
+of interest which are affected by @code{break-visibility} and the
+default setting of this property:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .3 .3 .4
+
+@headitem Layout object @tab Usual context @tab Default setting
+
+@c omit Ambitus as it appears not to be affected by break-visibility -td
+@c @item @code{Ambitus} @tab as specified @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{BarLine} @tab @code{Score} @tab calculated
+@item @code{BarNumber} @tab @code{Score} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@c omit the following item until it can be explained -td
+@c @item @code{BreakAlignGroup} @tab @code{Score} @tab calculated
+@item @code{BreathingSign} @tab @code{Voice} @tab @code{begin-of-line-invisible}
+@item @code{Clef} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{Custos} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{end-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{DoublePercentRepeat} @tab @code{Voice} @tab @code{begin-of-line-invisible}
+@c omit KeyCancellation until it can be explained -td
+@c @item @code{KeyCancellation} @tab ?? @tab @code{begin-of-line-invisible}
+@item @code{KeySignature} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@c omit LeftEdge until it can be explained -td
+@c @item @code{LeftEdge} @tab @code{Score} @tab @code{center-invisible}
+@item @code{OctavateEight} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{begin-of-line-visible}
+@item @code{RehearsalMark} @tab @code{Score} @tab @code{end-of-line-invisible}
+@item @code{TimeSignature} @tab @code{Staff} @tab @code{all-visible}
+
+@end multitable
+
+The example below shows the use of the vector form to control the
+visibility of barlines:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+% Remove bar line at the end of the current line
+\once \override Score.BarLine #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
+\break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+Although all three components of the vector used to override
+@code{break-visibility} must be present, not all of them are
+effective with every layout object, and some combinations may
+even give errors. The following limitations apply:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item Bar lines cannot be printed at start of line.
+@item A bar number cannot be printed at the start of the first
+line unless it is set to be different from 1.
+@item Clef -- see below
+@item Double percent repeats are either all printed or all
+suppressed. Use begin-of line-invisible to print and
+all-invisible to suppress.
+@item Key signature -- see below
+@item OctavateEight -- see below
+@end itemize
+
+@node Special considerations
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Special considerations
+
+@strong{@emph{Visibility following explicit changes}}
+
+@cindex key signature, visibility following explicit change
+@cindex explicitKeySignatureVisibility
+@cindex clef, visibility following explicit change
+@cindex explicitClefVisibility
+
+The @code{break-visibility} property controls the visibility of
+key signatures and changes of clef only at the start of lines,
+i.e. after a break. It has no effect on the visibility of the
+key signature or clef following an explicit key change or an
+explicit clef change within or at the end of a line. In the
+following example the key signature following the explicit change
+to B-flat major is still visible, even though @code{all-invisible}
+is set.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+\key g \major
+f4 g a b
+% Try to remove all key signatures
+\override Staff.KeySignature #'break-visibility = #all-invisible
+\key bes \major
+f4 g a b
+\break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+The visibility of such explicit key signature and clef changes is
+controlled by the @code{explicitKeySignatureVisibility} and
+@code{explicitClefVisibility} properties. These are the equivalent
+of the @code{break-visibility} property and both take a vector of
+three booleans or the predefined functions listed above, exactly like
+@code{break-visibility}. Both are properties of the Staff context,
+not the layout objects themselves, and so they are set using the
+@code{\set} command. Both are set by default to @code{all-visible}.
+These properties control only the visibility of key signatures and
+clefs resulting from explicit changes and do not affect key
+signatures and clefs at the beginning of lines;
+@code{break-visibility} must still be overridden in the appropriate
+object to remove these.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+\key g \major
+f4 g a b
+\set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility = #all-invisible
+\override Staff.KeySignature #'break-visibility = #all-invisible
+\key bes \major
+f4 g a b \break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+@strong{@emph{Visibility of cautionary accidentals}}
+
+To remove the cautionary accidentals printed at an explicit key
+change, set the Staff context property @code{printKeyCancellation}
+to @code{#f}:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1,ragged-right]
+\key g \major
+f4 g a b
+\set Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility = #all-invisible
+\set Staff.printKeyCancellation = ##f
+\override Staff.KeySignature #'break-visibility = #all-invisible
+\key bes \major
+f4 g a b \break
+f4 g a b
+f4 g a b
+@end lilypond
+
+With these overrides only the accidentals before the notes remain
+to indicate the change of key.
+
+@c TODO Add visibility of cautionary accidentals before notes
+
+@strong{@emph{Automatic bars}}
+
+@cindex automaticBars
+@cindex bar lines, suppressing
+
+As a special case, the printing of bar lines can also be turned off
+by setting the @code{automaticBars} property in the Score context.
+If set to @code{#f}, bar lines will not be printed automatically;
+they must be explicitly created with a @code{\bar} command. Unlike
+the @code{\cadenzaOn} predefined command, measures are still counted.
+Bar generation will resume according to that count if this property
+is later set to @code{#t}. When set to @code{#f}, line breaks can
+occur only at explicit @code{\bar} commands.
+
+@c TODO Add example
+
+@strong{@emph{Octavated clefs}}
+
+@cindex octavated clefs, visibility of
+@cindex visibility of octavated clefs
+@cindex clefs, visibility of octavation
+
+The small octavation symbol on octavated clefs is produced by the
+@code{OctavateEight} layout object. Its visibility is controlled
+independently from that of the @code{Clef} object, so it is
+necessary to apply any required @code{break-visibility} overrides
+to both the @code{Clef} and the @code{OctavateEight} layout objects
+to fully suppress such clef symbols at the start of each line.
+
+For explicit clef changes, the @code{explicitClefVisibility}
+property controls both the clef symbol and any octavation symbol
+associated with it.
+
+
+@seealso
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{Visibility and color of objects}
+
@node Line styles
@subsection Line styles
The information that determines the end-points is computed
on-the-fly for every graphic object, but it is possible to
-override these.
+override these.
@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
e2 \glissando f
left side with @code{left} instead of @code{right}.
If @code{Y} is not set, the value is computed from the vertical
-position of right attachment point of the spanner.
+position of right attachment point of the spanner.
In case of a line break, the values for the span-points are
extended with contents of the @code{left-broken} and
@code{right-broken} sublists, for example
@lilypond[relative=2,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-\override Glissando #'breakable = ##T
+\override Glissando #'breakable = ##T
\override Glissando #'bound-details #'right-broken #'Y = #-3
c1 \glissando \break
f1
@item X
This is the absolute coordinate of the end point. It is usually
-computed on the fly, and there is little use in overriding it.
+computed on the fly, and there is little use in overriding it.
@item stencil
Line spanners may have symbols at the beginning or end, which is
@end table
-FIXME: should this be in NR 3?
+@c TODO: Move to 5.4.4
The music function \endSpanners terminates spanners and hairpins
after exactly one note.
@node Rotating objects
@subsection Rotating objects
+Both layout objects and elements of markup text can be rotated by
+any angle about any point, but the method of doing so differs.
+
+@menu
+* Rotating layout objects::
+* Rotating markup::
+@end menu
+
+@node Rotating layout objects
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Rotating layout objects
+
+@cindex rotating objects
+@cindex objects, rotating
+
+All layout objects which support the @code{grob-interface} can be
+rotated by setting their @code{rotation} property. This takes a
+list of three items: the angle of rotation counter-clockwise,
+and the x and y coordinates of the point relative to the object's
+reference point about which the rotation is to be performed. The
+angle of rotation is specified in degrees and the coordinates in
+staff-spaces.
+
+The angle of rotation and the coordinates of the rotation point must
+be determined by trial and error.
+
+@cindex hairpins, angled
+@cindex angled hairpins
+
+There are only a few situations where the rotation of layout
+objects is useful; the following example shows one situation where
+they may be:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+g4\< e' d' f\!
+\override Hairpin #'rotation = #'(20 -1 0)
+g,,4\< e' d' f\!
+@end lilypond
+
+@node Rotating markup
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Rotating markup
+
+All markup text can be rotated to lie at any angle by prefixing it
+with the @code{\rotate} command. The command takes two arguments:
+the angle of rotation in degrees counter-clockwise and the text to
+be rotated. The extents of the text are not rotated: they take
+their values from the extremes of the x and y coordinates of the
+rotated text. In the following example the
+@code{outside-staff-priority} property for text is set to @code{#f}
+to disable the automatic collision avoidance, which would push some
+of the text too high.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
+\override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
+g4^\markup { \rotate #30 "a G" }
+b^\markup { \rotate #30 "a B" }
+des^\markup { \rotate #30 "a D-Flat" }
+fis^\markup { \rotate #30 "an F-Sharp" }
+@end lilypond
+
+
@node Aligning objects
@subsection Aligning objects
+@c FIXME Write this section
+
@node Advanced tweaks
@section Advanced tweaks
@menu
-* Vertical grouping of grobs::
-* Modifying ends of spanners::
-* Modifying stencils::
+* Vertical grouping of grobs::
+* Modifying ends of spanners::
+* Modifying stencils::
+* Modifying shapes::
@end menu
@node Vertical grouping of grobs
@subsection Vertical grouping of grobs
+@c FIXME Expand this section
+
The VerticalAlignment and VerticalAxisGroup grobs work together.
VerticalAxisGroup groups together different grobs like Staff, Lyrics,
etc. VerticalAlignment then vertically aligns the different grobs
grouped together by VerticalAxisGroup. There is usually only one
VerticalAlignment per score but every Staff, Lyrics, etc. has its own
-VerticalAxisGroup.
+VerticalAxisGroup.
@node Modifying ends of spanners
@subsection Modifying ends of spanners
+@c FIXME Write this section
@node Modifying stencils
@subsection Modifying stencils
+@c FIXME Write this section
+@node Modifying shapes
+@subsection Modifying shapes
-@node old The \override command
-@section old The @code{\override} command
-
-In the previous section, we have already touched on a command that
-changes layout details: the @code{\override} command. In this section,
-we will look in more detail at how to use the command in practice. The
-general syntax of this command is:
-
-@example
-\override @var{context}.@var{layout_object} #'@var{layout_property} = #@var{value}
-@end example
-
-This will set the @var{layout_property} of the specified @var{layout_object},
-which is a member of the @var{context}, to the @var{value}.
-
-
-
-
+@c FIXME Write this section
+@c Discussion of Bezier curves and the control-points property
@node Discussion of specific tweaks
@section Discussion of specific tweaks
@menu
-* old Contexts explained::
+* old Contexts explained::
@end menu
@node old Contexts explained
@subsection old Contexts explained
+@c FIXME Delete this section? It is in LM
+@c Or leave heading and go on from LM?
+
When music is printed, a lot of notational elements must be added to the
output. For example, compare the input and output of the following example:
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c TODO: add tablature.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Chord notation
@section Chord notation
-Chords can be entered in chord mode, which recognizes some
-traditional European chord naming conventions. Chord names can also
-be displayed. In addition, figured bass notation can be displayed.
+@lilypondfile[quote]{chords-headword.ly}
+
+Chords can be entered either as normal notes or in chord mode and displayed
+using a variety of traditional European chord naming conventions. Chord
+names and figured bass notation can also be displayed.
@menu
* Chord mode::
@funindex m
The table belows shows the actions of the quality modifiers on
-triads and seventh chords.
-
-@table @code
+triads and seventh chords. A more complete table of modifier usage
+is found at @ref{Common chord modifiers}.
+
+@c @table @code
+@multitable @columnfractions .2 .4 .3
+
+@item
+@b{Modifier}
+@tab
+@b{Action}
+@tab
+@b{Example}
+
+@item
+None
+@tab
+The default action; produces a major triad.
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm, noragged-right]
+\chordmode {
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
+ c1
+}
+@end lilypond
-@item m
+@item
+m, m7
+@tab
The minor chord. This modifier lowers the 3rd and (if present) the
7th step.
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm, noragged-right]
+\chordmode {
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
+ c1:m c:m7
+}
+@end lilypond
-@item dim
+
+@item
+dim, dim7
+@tab
The diminished chord. This modifier lowers the 3rd, 5th and (if
present) the 7th step.
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm, noragged-right]
+\chordmode {
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
+ c1:dim c:dim7
+}
+@end lilypond
-@item aug
+@item
+aug
+@tab
The augmented chord. This modifier raises the 5th step.
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm, noragged-right]
+\chordmode {
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
+ c1:aug
+}
+@end lilypond
-@item maj
+@item
+maj, maj7
+@tab
The major 7th chord. This modifier adds a raised 7th step. The
@code{7} following @code{maj} is optional. Do NOT use this modifier
to create a major triad.
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm, noragged-right]
+\chordmode {
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f
+ c1:maj c:maj7
+}
+@end lilypond
-@end table
+@end multitable
-@c TODO -- perhaps add warning about c and c:maj being different, while
-@c c:maj and c:maj7 are the same
@seealso
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Common chord modifiers}.
+
Snippets:
-@rlsr{Chords}
+@rlsr{Chords}.
@node Extended and altered chords
@unnumberedsubsubsec Extended and altered chords
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=1]
\chordmode {
- c:2 c:3 c:4 c:5
+ c1:2 c:3 c:4 c:5
c:6 c:7 c:8 c:9
c:10 c:11 c:12 c:13
+ c:14
}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Note that @code{c:5} is identical to @code{c} -- both produce a C major triad.
+Note that both @code{c:5} and @code{c} produce a C major triad.
Since an unaltered 11 does not sound good when combined with an
unaltered 13, the 11 is removed from a @code{:13} chord (unless it
@funindex ^
-A step to be removed from the chord indicated in a
-modifier string with a prefix of @code{^}. Only one removal with @code{^}
-is allowed in a modifier string.
+Following any steps to be added, a series of steps to be removed
+is introduced in a modifier string with a prefix of @code{^}.
+If more than one step is to be removed, the steps to be
+removed are separated by @code{.} following the
+initial @code{^}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
\chordmode {
- c1^3 c:7^5 c:9^3.5
+ c1^3 c:7^5 c:9^3 c:9^3.5 c:13.11^3.7
}
@end lilypond
}
@end lilypond
-It is possible to remove the 3rd step with @code{sus} and remove
-another step with @code{^} in one modifier string.
-
@funindex /
@cindex chord inversions
@cindex bass note, for chords
}
@end lilypond
+Chord modifiers that can be used to produce a variety of
+standard chords are shown in
+@ref{Common chord modifiers}.
+
@seealso
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Common chord modifiers}.
+
Snippets:
@rlsr{Chords}
\chordmode { c1:5.5-.5+ }
@end lilypond
-Only one step can be removed from a chord. If a chord with multiple
-removed steps is desired, it must be built through addition of
-multiple steps.
-
-Only the first inversion can be created by adding a bass note. The
-second inversion requires changing the root of the chord.
+Only the second inversion can be created by adding a bass
+note. The first inversion requires changing the root of
+the chord.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
\chordmode {
are also different symbols displayed for a given chord name. The
names and symbols displayed for chord names are customizable.
-@cindex Banter
@cindex jazz chords
@cindex chords, jazz
-The default chord name layout is a system for Jazz music, proposed
-by Klaus Ignatzek (see @ref{Literature list}). There are also two
-other chord name schemes implemented: an alternate Jazz chord
-notation, and a systematic scheme called Banter chords. The
-alternate Jazz notation is also shown on the chart in @ref{Chord
+The basic chord name layout is a system for Jazz music, proposed
+by Klaus Ignatzek (see @ref{Literature list}). The chord naming
+system can be modified as described below. An alternate jazz
+chord system has been developed using these modifications.
+The Ignatzek and alternate
+Jazz notation are shown on the chart in @ref{Chord
name chart}.
@c TODO -- Change this so we don't have a non-verbatim example.
@lilypondfile[ragged-right]{chord-names-languages.ly}
-If none of the default settings give the desired output, the chord
+If none of the existing settings give the desired output, the chord
name display can be tuned through the following properties.
@table @code
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{chord-name-major7.ly}
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {adding-bars-to-chordnames.ly)
-
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {volta-brackets-over-chord-names.ly}
-
-@c TODO convert to snippet
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {changing-chord-separator.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{adding-bar-lines-to-chordnames-context.ly}
-The separator between different parts of a chord name
-can be set to any markup.
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{volta-below-chords.ly}
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\chords {
- c:7sus4
- \set chordNameSeparator
- = \markup { \typewriter "|" }
- c:7sus4
-}
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-chord-separator.ly}
@seealso
Notation Reference:
-@ref{Chord name chart}.
+@ref{Chord name chart},
+@ref{Common chord modifiers}.
Installed Files:
@file{scm/@/chords@/-ignatzek@/.scm},
@node Figured bass
@subsection Figured bass
+@lilypondfile[quote]{figured-bass-headword.ly}
+
Figured bass notation can be displayed.
@menu
@c TODO: musicological blurb about FB
+
LilyPond has support for figured bass, also called thorough bass
or basso continuo:
example, the vertical spacing of the figures may be set with
@code{baseline-skip}.
+@seealso
+
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{Figured Bass}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Chords}
+
+
@node Entering figured bass
@unnumberedsubsubsec Entering figured bass
}
@end lilypond
+
Accidentals (including naturals) can be added to figures:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment]
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment]
\figures {
-<6>
-% FIXME: broken.
- %<6\\>
+ <6>
+ <6\\>
}
@end lilypond
-
Vertical spaces and brackets can be be included in figures:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment]
}
@end lilypond
-
Any text markup can be inserted as a figure:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment]
}
@end lilypond
-@c TODO We need to include notes any time we use extenders to
+@c NOTE: We need to include notes any time we use extenders to
@c avoid extraneous staff creation due to Staff.use... in
@c \bassFigureExtendersOn
>>
@end lilypond
+The table below summarizes the figure modifiers available.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .1 .5 .4
+
+@item
+@b{Modifier}
+@tab
+@b{Purpose}
+@tab
+@b{Example}
+
+@item
++, -, !
+@tab
+Accidentals
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm]
+\figures {
+ <7! 6+ 4-> <5++> <3-->
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+\+, /
+@tab
+Augmented and diminished steps
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm]
+\figures {
+ <6\+ 5/> <7/>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+\\
+@tab
+Raised sixth step
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=4\cm]
+\figures {
+ <6\\>
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+\!
+@tab
+End of continuation line
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=1.5\cm]
+<<
+ \figures {
+ \bassFigureExtendersOn
+ <6 4> <6 4> <6\! 4\!> <6 4>
+ }
+ {
+ \clef bass
+ d d c c
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@end multitable
+
@predefined
@snippets
-@c TODO Fix this snippet -- Plus direction should be RIGHT.
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{changing-the-positions-of-figured-bass-alterations.ly}
directly. In this case, the vertical position of the
figures is adjusted automatically.
-@c TODO add a second paragraph to show direction change. First
-@c example should be UP (default), second should be DOWN.
-
-@c TODO change to use predefined command once it is added to
-@c property-init.ly -cds
@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,quote]
<<
\new Staff = myStaff
@end lilypond
-@ignore
-@c I don't understand this -cs
-When using continuation lines, common figures are always put in the
-same vertical position. When this is unwanted, you can insert a rest.
-The rest will clear any previous alignment. For
-example, you can write
-
-@example
-<6 4>8 r8
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-instead of
-@example
-<4 6>4
-@end example
-@end ignore
-
@predefined
@cindex figured bass alignment
@code{\bassFigureStaffAlignmentDown},
@code{\bassFigureStaffAlignmentUp},
@code{\bassFigureStaffAlignmentNeutral}.
-@snippets
+@c @snippets
@seealso
@c Music Glossary:
@c Installed Files:
@c @file{}.
-@c Snippets:
-@rlsr{Figured Bass}.
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Chords}.
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{NewBassFigure},
\bassFigureExtendersOn
% The extenders are incorrect here, even though the timing is the same
<6 4->4 <6 4->4
- %\repeat unfold 4 {<6 4->16. <6 4->32}
<5>8. r16 <6>8 <6\! 5->
}
>>
@end lilypond
-@c I have no idea what this means -cds
-@c A predefined command for changing this has been proposed -cds
-@c TODO -- put stacking direction snippet here -cds
-When using figured bass above the staff with extender lines and
-@code{implicitBassFigures} the lines may become swapped around.
-Maintaining order consistently will be impossible when multiple figures
-have overlapping extender lines. To avoid this problem, please
-use @code{stacking-dir} on @code{BassFigureAlignment}.
+When using extender lines, adjacent figures with the same number in
+a different figure location can cause the figure positions to invert.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,quote,relative=1]
+<<
+ { fis g g, e' }
+ \figures {
+ \bassFigureExtendersOn
+ <6 5> <5\! 4> < 5 _!> <6>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+To avoid this problem, simply turn on extenders after the figure that
+begins the extender line and turn them off at the end of the extender line.
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,quote,relative=1]
+<<
+ { fis g g, e' }
+ \figures {
+ <6 5> <5 4>
+ \bassFigureExtendersOn
+ < 5 _!> <6>
+ \bassFigureExtendersOff
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-@seealso
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Converting from other formats
@chapter Converting from other formats
@item
@uref{http://@/common-lisp@/.net/project/fomus/,FOMUS},
a LISP library to generate music notation
+@item
+@uref{http://vsr.informatik.tu-chemnitz.de/staff/jan/nted/nted.xhtml},
+has experimental export for lilypond.
+@item
+@uref{http://www.tuxguitar.com.ar/}, can export to lilypond.
+@item
+@uref{http://musescore.org} can also export to lilypond.
@end itemize
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@quotation
We want to dedicate this program to all the friends that we
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Editorial annotations
@section Editorial annotations
@node Selecting notation font size
@unnumberedsubsubsec Selecting notation font size
+@cindex font size (notation) scaling
@cindex font size (notation)
@cindex selecting font size (notation)
+@cindex notation font size
+@cindex note heads
+@funindex fontSize
+@funindex font-size
+@funindex magstep
+@funindex \huge
+@funindex \large
+@funindex \normalsize
+@funindex \small
+@funindex \tiny
+@funindex \teeny
+@funindex huge
+@funindex large
+@funindex normalsize
+@funindex small
+@funindex tiny
+@funindex teeny
The font size of notation elements may be altered. It does not
change the size of variable symbols, such as beams or slurs.
@warning{For font sizes of text, see
-@ref{Common markup commands}.}
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}.}
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\huge
c4.-> d8---3
@end lilypond
-@cindex font size (notation) scaling
-
Internally, this sets the @code{fontSize} property. This in turn
causes the @code{font-size} property to be set in all layout
objects. The value of @code{font-size} is a number indicating the
@cindex standard font size (notation)
@cindex font size (notation), standard
+@funindex font-interface
+@funindex font-size
Font size changes are achieved by scaling the design size that is
closest to the desired size. The standard font size (for
@cindex fingering
@cindex finger change
+@funindex \finger
+@funindex finger
Fingering instructions can be entered using
@var{note}-@var{digit}:
@end lilypond
@cindex thumb-script
+@funindex \thumb
+@funindex thumb
A thumb-script can be added (e.g., in cello music) to indicate
that a note should be played with the thumb.
@end lilypond
@cindex fingering chords
+@cindex fingering instructions for chords
@cindex chords, fingering
Fingerings for chords can also be added to individual notes of the
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
{controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly}
+
@seealso
@cindex hidden notes
@cindex invisible notes
@cindex transparent notes
+@cindex notes, hidden
+@cindex notes, invisible
+@cindex notes, transparent
@funindex \hideNotes
+@funindex hideNotes
@funindex \unHideNotes
+@funindex unHideNotes
Hidden (or invisible or transparent) notes can be useful in
preparing theory or composition exercises.
@predefined
-@funindex \hideNotes
-@funindex \unHideNotes
@code{\hideNotes}, @code{\unHideNotes}
@seealso
@cindex colored notes
@cindex coloring notes
@cindex notes, colored
+@cindex x11 color
+@cindex x11-color
+@cindex with-color
+@funindex color
+@funindex \with-color
+@funindex with-color
+@funindex x11-color
Individual objects may be assigned colors. Valid color names
are listed in the @ref{List of colors}.
e
@end lilypond
-@cindex x11-color
The full range of colors defined for X11 can be accessed by using
the Scheme function @code{x11-color}. The function takes one
b2 cis
@end lilypond
+@cindex rgb-color
+@cindex color, rgb
+@cindex rgb color
+@funindex rgb-color
+
Exact RGB colors can be specified using the Scheme function
@code{rgb-color}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Editorial annotations}.
+@cindex x11 color
+@cindex colored notes in chords
+@cindex notes, colored in chords
+@cindex color in chords
+@funindex x11-color
+
@knownissues
An X11 color is not necessarily exactly the same shade as a
similarly named normal color.
@cindex notes, ghost
@cindex notes, parenthesized
@cindex parentheses
+@funindex \parenthesize
+@funindex parenthesize
Objects may be parenthesized by prefixing @code{\parenthesize} to
the music event. When prefixed to a chord, it parenthesizes every
@unnumberedsubsubsec Stems
@cindex stem
+@cindex stem, invisible
+@cindex invisible stem
Whenever a note is found, a @code{Stem} object is created
automatically. For whole notes and rests, they are also created but
@node Balloon help
@unnumberedsubsubsec Balloon help
+@cindex balloon
+@cindex notation, explaining
+@cindex balloon help
+@cindex help, balloon
+@funindex \balloonGrobText
+@funindex \balloonText
+@funindex Balloon_engraver
+@funindex balloonGrobText
+@funindex balloonText
+
Elements of notation can be marked and named with the help of a
square balloon. The primary purpose of this feature is to explain
notation.
}
@end lilypond
-@cindex balloon
-@cindex notation, explaining
There are two music functions, @code{balloonGrobText} and
@code{balloonText}; the former is used like
@funindex balloonLengthOn
@funindex balloonLengthOff
+@funindex \balloonLengthOn
+@funindex \balloonLengthOff
+
@code{\balloonLengthOn}, @code{\balloonLengthOff}
@seealso
@node Grid lines
@unnumberedsubsubsec Grid lines
+@cindex grid lines
+@cindex lines, grid
+@cindex vertical lines between staves
+@cindex lines, vertical between staves
+@funindex Grid_point_engraver
+@funindex Grid_line_span_engraver
+@funindex gridInterval
+
Vertical lines can be drawn between staves synchronized with the
notes.
@unnumberedsubsubsec Analysis brackets
@cindex brackets
-@cindex phrasing brackets
+@cindex bracket, phrasing
+@cindex phrasing bracket
@cindex musicological analysis
@cindex note grouping bracket
+@cindex horizontal bracket
+@cindex bracket, horizontal
+@funindex Horizontal_bracket_engraver
+@funindex \startGroup
+@funindex startGroup
+@funindex \stopGroup
+@funindex stopGroup
Brackets are used in musical analysis to indicate structure in musical
pieces. Simple horizontal brackets are supported.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Expressive marks
@section Expressive marks
Some of these articulations have shorthands for easier entry.
Shorthands are appended to the note name, and their syntax
-consists of a dash (@tie{}@code{-}) followed by a symbol
-signifying the articulation. Predefined shorthands exist for
-@notation{marcato}, @notation{stopped}, @notation{tenuto},
-@notation{staccatissimo}, @notation{accent}, @notation{staccato},
-and @notation{portato}. Their corresponding output appears as
-follows:
+consists of a dash @code{-} followed by a symbol signifying the
+articulation. Predefined shorthands exist for @notation{marcato},
+@notation{stopped}, @notation{tenuto}, @notation{staccatissimo},
+@notation{accent}, @notation{staccato}, and @notation{portato}.
+Their corresponding output appears as follows:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c4-^ c-+ c-- c-|
-c4-> c-. c-_
+c4-> c-. c2-_
@end lilypond
The rules for the default placement of articulations are defined
@rinternals{TextScript}.
-@knownissues
-
-These signs appear in the printed output but have no effect on the
-MIDI rendering of the music.
-
-
@node Dynamics
@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamics
@cindex dynamics
@cindex dynamics, absolute
@funindex \ppppp
+@funindex ppppp
@funindex \pppp
+@funindex pppp
@funindex \ppp
+@funindex ppp
@funindex \pp
+@funindex pp
@funindex \p
+@funindex p
@funindex \mp
+@funindex mp
@funindex \mf
+@funindex mf
@funindex \f
+@funindex f
@funindex \ff
+@funindex ff
@funindex \fff
+@funindex fff
@funindex \ffff
+@funindex ffff
@funindex \fp
+@funindex fp
@funindex \sf
+@funindex sf
@funindex \sff
+@funindex sff
@funindex \sp
+@funindex sp
@funindex \spp
+@funindex spp
@funindex \sfz
+@funindex sfz
@funindex \rfz
+@funindex rfz
Absolute dynamic marks are specified using a command after a note,
such as @code{c4\ff}. The available dynamic marks are
@code{\mp}, @code{\mf}, @code{\f}, @code{\ff}, @code{\fff},
@code{\ffff}, @code{\fp}, @code{\sf}, @code{\sff}, @code{\sp},
@code{\spp}, @code{\sfz}, and @code{\rfz}. The dynamic marks may
-be manually placed above or below the staff, see
+be manually placed above or below the staff, see
@ref{Direction and placement}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
@end lilypond
@cindex hairpin
+@cindex crescendo
+@cindex decrescendo
@funindex \<
@funindex \>
@funindex \!
Spacer rests are needed to engrave multiple marks on one note.
+@cindex multiple dynamic marks on one note
+@cindex dynamic marks, multiple on one note
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c4\< c\! d\> e\!
<< f1 { s4 s4\< s4\> s4\! } >>
@end lilypond
@cindex espressivo articulation
+@funindex \espressivo
+@funindex espressivo
In some situations the @code{\espressivo} articulation mark may be
the appropriate choice to indicate a crescendo and decrescendo on
@cindex crescendo
@cindex decrescendo
@cindex diminuendo
+@funindex \crescTextCresc
+@funindex crescTextCresc
+@funindex \dimTextDecresc
+@funindex dimTextDecresc
+@funindex \dimTextDecr
+@funindex dimTextDecr
+@funindex \dimTextDim
+@funindex dimTextDim
+@funindex \crescHairpin
+@funindex crescHairpin
+@funindex \dimHairpin
+@funindex dimHairpin
Crescendos and decrescendos can be engraved as textual markings
-instead of hairpins. The built-in commands that enable these text
-modes are @code{\setTextCresc}, @code{\setTextDecresc},
-@code{\setTextDecr}, and @code{\setTextDim}. The corresponding
-@code{\setHairpinCresc}, @code{\setHairpinDim}, and
-@code{\setHairpinDecresc} commands will revert to hairpins again:
+instead of hairpins. Dashed lines are printed to indicate their
+extent. The built-in commands that enable these text modes are
+@code{\crescTextCresc}, @code{\dimTextDecresc},
+@code{\dimTextDecr}, and @code{\dimTextDim}. The corresponding
+@code{\crescHairpin} and @code{\dimHairpin} commands will revert
+to hairpins again:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-c4\< d e f\!
-e4\> d c b\!
-\setTextCresc
-c4\< d e f\!
-\setTextDecresc
-e4\> d c b\!
-\setHairpinCresc
-c4\< d e f\!
+\crescTextCresc
+c2\< d | e f\!
+\dimTextDecresc
+e2\> d | c b\!
+\crescHairpin
+c2\< d | e f\!
+\dimHairpin
+e2\> d\!
@end lilypond
+
To create new absolute dynamic marks or text that should be
aligned with dynamics, see @ref{New dynamic marks}.
+@cindex dynamics, vertical positioning
+@cindex vertical positioning of dynamics
+@funindex DynamicLineSpanner
+
Vertical positioning of dynamics is handled by
@rinternals{DynamicLineSpanner}.
@predefined
@funindex \dynamicUp
+@funindex dynamicUp
@code{\dynamicUp},
@funindex \dynamicDown
+@funindex dynamicDown
@code{\dynamicDown},
@funindex \dynamicNeutral
+@funindex dynamicNeutral
@code{\dynamicNeutral},
-@funindex \setTextCresc
-@code{\setTextCresc},
-@funindex \setTextDim
-@code{\setTextDim},
-@funindex \setTextDecr
-@code{\setTextDecr},
-@funindex \setTextDecresc
-@code{\setTextDecresc},
-@funindex \setHairpinCresc
-@code{\setHairpinCresc},
-@funindex \setHairpinDim
-@code{\setHairpinDim},
-@funindex \setHairpinDecresc
-@code{\setHairpinDecresc}.
+@funindex \crescTextCresc
+@funindex crescTextCresc
+@code{\crescTextCresc},
+@funindex \dimTextDim
+@funindex dimTextDim
+@code{\dimTextDim},
+@funindex \dimTextDecr
+@funindex dimTextDecr
+@code{\dimTextDecr},
+@funindex \dimTextDecresc
+@funindex dimTextDecresc
+@code{\dimTextDecresc},
+@funindex \crescHairpin
+@funindex crescHairpin
+@code{\crescHairpin},
+@funindex \dimHairpin
+@funindex dimHairpin
+@code{\dimHairpin}.
@snippets
{printing-hairpins-using-al-niente-notation.ly}
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-{vertically-aligning-dynamics-across-multiple-notes.ly}
+{vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly}
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{hiding-the-extender-line-for-text-dynamics.ly}
Notation Reference:
@ref{Direction and placement},
-@ref{New dynamic marks}.
+@ref{New dynamic marks},
+@ref{What goes into the MIDI output?},
+@ref{Controlling MIDI dynamics}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
moltoF = \markup { molto \dynamic f }
\relative c' {
- <d e>16 <d e>
- <d e>2.._\moltoF
+ <d e>16_\moltoF <d e>
+ <d e>2..
}
@end lilypond
@cindex dynamics, editorial
@cindex dynamics, parenthesis
+@cindex editorial dynamics
+@funindex \bracket
+@funindex bracket
+@funindex \dynamic
+@funindex dynamic
-Markup mode makes possible, for instance, to add
-editorial dynamics, printed in round parenthesis or square
-brackets. Its syntax is described in @ref{Formatting text}.
+In markup mode, editorial dynamics (within parentheses or square
+brackets) can be created. The syntax for markup mode is described
+in @ref{Formatting text}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-roundf = \markup { \center-align { \line { \bold { \italic ( }
- \dynamic f \bold { \italic ) } } } }
-boxf = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+roundF = \markup { \hcenter \concat { \bold { \italic ( }
+ \dynamic f \bold { \italic ) } } }
+boxF = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
\relative c' {
- c1_\roundf
- c1_\boxf
+ c1_\roundF
+ c1_\boxF
}
@end lilypond
-Markup objects are treated differently from authentic dynamic marks.
-Defining dynamic objects that will be entered and printed exactly like
-standard dynamic marks is also possible, using the following function:
-
@cindex make-dynamic-script
+@funindex make-dynamic-script
+
+Simple, centered dynamic marks are easily created with the
+@code{make-dynamic-script} function. The dynamic font only
+contains the characters @code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
sfzp = #(make-dynamic-script "sfzp")
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-Note that the dynamic font only contains the characters
-@code{f,m,p,r,s} and @code{z}. To switch to other font families,
-it is necessary to use markup mode in its Scheme form, as
+In general, @code{make-dynamic-script} takes any markup object as
+its argument. In the following example, using
+@code{make-dynamic-script} ensures the vertical alignment of
+markup objects and hairpins that are attached to the same note
+head.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+roundF = \markup { \hcenter \concat {
+ \normal-text { \bold { \italic ( } }
+ \dynamic f
+ \normal-text { \bold { \italic ) } } } }
+boxF = \markup { \bracket { \dynamic f } }
+roundFdynamic = #(make-dynamic-script roundF)
+boxFdynamic = #(make-dynamic-script boxF)
+\relative c' {
+ c4_\roundFdynamic\< d e f
+ g,1_\boxFdynamic
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+The Scheme form of markup mode may be used instead. Its syntax is
explained in @ref{Markup construction in Scheme}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-moltoF = #(make-dynamic-script (markup
- #:normal-text "molto"
- #:dynamic "f"))
+moltoF = #(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup #:normal-text "molto"
+ #:dynamic "f"))
\relative c' {
<d e>16 <d e>
<d e>2..\moltoF
}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
Font settings in markup mode are described in
-@ref{Common markup commands}.
+@ref{Selecting font and font size}.
@seealso
Notation Reference:
@ref{Formatting text},
-@ref{Common markup commands},
-@ref{Markup construction in Scheme}.
+@ref{Selecting font and font size},
+@ref{Markup construction in Scheme},
+@ref{What goes into the MIDI output?},
+@ref{Controlling MIDI dynamics}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
<c e>2( <b d>2)
@end lilypond
+@cindex slurs, manual placement
+@cindex slurs, below notes
+@cindex slurs, above notes
+@funindex \slurDown
+@funindex slurDown
+@funindex \slurNeutral
+@funindex slurNeutral
+
Slurs may be manually placed above or below the notes, see
@ref{Direction and placement}.
c2( d)
@end lilypond
+@cindex phrasing slur
+@cindex multiple slurs
+@cindex simultaneous slurs
+@cindex slur, phrasing
+@cindex slurs, multiple
+@cindex slurs, simultaneous
+
Phrasing slurs must be used to print more than one slur at once.
For details, see @ref{Phrasing slurs}.
+@cindex slur style
+@cindex slur, solid
+@cindex slur, dotted
+@cindex slur, dashed
+@cindex solid slur
+@cindex dotted slur
+@cindex dashed slur
+@cindex sytle, slur
+@funindex \slurDashed
+@funindex slurDashed
+@funindex \slurDotted
+@funindex slurDotted
+@funindex \slurSolid
+@funindex slurSolid
+
Slurs can be solid, dotted, or dashed. Solid is the default slur
style:
Music Glossary:
@rglos{slur}.
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties}.
+
Notation Reference:
@ref{Direction and placement},
@ref{Phrasing slurs}.
@cindex phrasing slurs
@cindex phrasing marks
+@cindex slur, phrasing
+@cindex mark, phrasing
@funindex \(
@funindex \)
e2) d\)
@end lilypond
+@funindex \phrasingSlurUp
+@funindex phrasingSlurUp
+@funindex \phrasingSlurDown
+@funindex phrasingSlurDown
+@funindex \phrasingSlurNeutral
+@funindex phrasingSlurNeutral
+
Typographically, a phrasing slur behaves almost exactly like a
normal slur. However, they are treated as different objects; a
@code{\slurUp} will have no effect on a phrasing slur. Phrasing
c4\( g' c,( b) | c1\)
@end lilypond
+@cindex simultaneous phrasing slurs
+@cindex multiple phrasing slurs
+@cindex slurs, simultaneous phrasing
+@cindex slurs, multiple phrasing
+@cindex phrasing slurs, simultaneous
+@cindex phrasing slurs, multiple
+
Simultaneous phrasing slurs are not permitted.
@predefined
-@funindex \phrasingSlurUp
@code{\phrasingSlurUp},
-@funindex \phrasingSlurDown
@code{\phrasingSlurDown},
-@funindex \phrasingSlurNeutral
@code{\phrasingSlurNeutral}.
@seealso
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties}.
+
Notation Reference:
@ref{Direction and placement}.
@cindex breath marks
@funindex \breathe
+@funindex breathe
Breath marks are entered using @code{\breathe}:
@cindex caesura
@cindex railroad tracks
-@c input/new snippet
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {inserting-a-caesura.ly}
-
-Caesura marks can be created by overriding the @code{'text}
-property of the @code{BreathingSign} object. A curved caesura
-mark is also available.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-\override BreathingSign #'text =
- #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.straight")
-c8 e4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
-
-\override BreathingSign #'text =
- #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.curved")
-g8 e'4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{inserting-a-caesura.ly}
@seealso
@cindex falls
@cindex doits
@funindex \bendAfter
+@funindex bendAfter
@notation{Falls} and @notation{doits} can be added to notes using
the @code{\bendAfter} command. The direction of the fall or doit
c2-\bendAfter #-8
@end lilypond
-The dash (@tie{-}) immediately preceding the @code{\bendAfter}
+The dash @code{-} immediately preceding the @code{\bendAfter}
command is @emph{required} when writing falls and doits.
@cindex glissando
@funindex \glissando
+@funindex glissando
A @notation{glissando} is created by attaching @code{\glissando}
to a note:
@cindex arpeggio
@cindex broken chord
@cindex chord, broken
+@funindex \arpeggio
+@funindex arpeggio
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowUp
+@funindex arpeggioArrowUp
+@funindex \arpeggioArrowDown
+@funindex arpeggioArrowDown
+@funindex \arpeggioNormal
+@funindex arpeggioNormal
An @notation{arpeggio} on a chord (also known as a broken chord)
is denoted by appending @code{\arpeggio} to the chord construct:
<c e g c>1\arpeggio
@end lilypond
-The direction of an arpeggio is indicated by adding an arrowhead
-to the wiggly line. The commands @code{\arpeggioUp} and
-@code{\arpeggioDown} are used for this task.
-@code{\arpeggioNeutral} reverts back to an arrow-less arpeggio:
+Different types of arpeggios may be written.
+@code{\arpeggioNormal} reverts to a normal arpeggio:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-\arpeggioUp
<c e g c>2\arpeggio
-\arpeggioDown
+\arpeggioArrowUp
<c e g c>2\arpeggio
-\arpeggioNeutral
-<c e g c>1\arpeggio
-@end lilypond
-
-The command @code{\arpeggioBracket} can be used to create a square
-bracket on the left of a chord, indicating that the chord should
-@emph{not} be arpeggiated. @code{\arpeggioNeutral} reverts back
-to a regular arpeggio:
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-<c e g c>2
-\arpeggioBracket
+\arpeggioArrowDown
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioNormal
<c e g c>2\arpeggio
-\arpeggioNeutral
-<c e g c>1\arpeggio
@end lilypond
-A @emph{parenthesis} style bracket may be attached to a chord
-construct instead of a square bracket.
+@cindex arpeggio symbols, special
+@cindex special arpeggio symbols
+@funindex \arpeggioBracket
+@funindex arpeggioBracket
+@funindex \arpeggioParenthesis
+@funindex arpeggioParenthesis
-@c Maybe create a new \arpeggioParen command, or something
-@c like that. -pm
+Special @emph{bracketed} arpeggio symbols can be created:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
<c e g c>2
-\override Arpeggio #'stencil = #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-slur
-\override Arpeggio #'X-extent = #ly:grob::stencil-width
+\arpeggioBracket
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioParenthesis
+<c e g c>2\arpeggio
+\arpeggioNormal
<c e g c>2\arpeggio
-\arpeggioNeutral
-<c e g c>1\arpeggio
@end lilypond
Arpeggios can be explicitly written out with ties. For more
@predefined
-@funindex \arpeggio
@code{\arpeggio},
-@funindex \arpeggioUp
-@code{\arpeggioUp},
-@funindex \arpeggioDown
-@code{\arpeggioDown},
-@funindex \arpeggioNeutral
-@code{\arpeggioNeutral},
-@funindex \arpeggioBracket
-@code{\arpeggioBracket}.
+@code{\arpeggioArrowUp},
+@code{\arpeggioArrowDown},
+@code{\arpeggioNormal},
+@code{\arpeggioBracket},
+@code{\arpeggioParenthesis}.
@snippets
@knownissues
+@cindex cross-staff parenthesis-style arpeggio
+@cindex arpeggio, parenthesis-style, cross-staff
+@cindex arpeggio, cross-staff parenthesis-style
+
It is not possible to mix connected arpeggios and unconnected
arpeggios in one @code{PianoStaff} at the same point in
time.
@cindex trills
@funindex \trill
+@funindex trill
+@funindex \startTrillSpan
+@funindex startTrillSpan
+@funindex \stopTrillSpan
+@funindex stopTrillSpan
Short @notation{trills} without an extender line are printed with
@code{\trill}; see @ref{Articulations and ornamentations}.
-Long running trills are made with @code{\startTrillSpan} and
-@code{\stopTrillSpan}. In the following example, a long running
-trill is shown combined with grace notes. To achieve precise
-control of the placement of the grace notes, see @ref{Grace
-notes}.
+Longer trills with an extender line are made with
+@code{\startTrillSpan} and @code{\stopTrillSpan}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+d1~\startTrillSpan
+d1
+c2\stopTrillSpan r2
+@end lilypond
+
+In the following example, a trill is combined with grace notes.
+The syntax of this construct and the method to precisely position
+the grace notes are described in @ref{Grace notes}.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1 \afterGrace
-d1\startTrillSpan { c16[\stopTrillSpan d] }
-c4
+d1\startTrillSpan { c32[ d]\stopTrillSpan }
+e2 r2
@end lilypond
@cindex pitched trills
@cindex trills, pitched
+@funindex \pitchedTrill
+@funindex pitchedTrill
-Trills that should be executed on an explicitly specified pitch
-can be typeset with the command @code{\pitchedTrill} using the
-following syntax:
-
-@example
-@code{\pitchedTrill} @var{mainnote} @code{\startTrillSpan}
-@var{trillnote} @var{endnote} @code{\stopTrillSpan}
-@end example
+Trills that require an auxiliary note with an explicit pitch can
+be typeset with the @code{\pitchedTrill} command. The first
+argument is the main note, and the second is the @emph{trilled}
+note, printed as a stemless note head in parentheses.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
-\pitchedTrill e2 \startTrillSpan fis
+\pitchedTrill e2\startTrillSpan fis
d\stopTrillSpan
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-The first argument is the main note. The pitch of the second is
-printed as a stemless note head in parentheses.
+@cindex pitched trill with forced accidental
+@cindex trill, pitched with forced accidental
+@cindex accidental, forced for pitched trill
+
+In the following example, the second pitched trill is ambiguous;
+the accidental of the trilled note is not printed. As a
+workaround, the accidentals of the trilled notes can be forced.
+The second measure illustrates this method:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis
+g\stopTrillSpan
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis
+g\stopTrillSpan
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis
+g\stopTrillSpan
+\pitchedTrill eis4\startTrillSpan fis!
+g\stopTrillSpan
+@end lilypond
@predefined
@code{\startTrillSpan},
-@funindex \startTrillSpan
@code{\stopTrillSpan}.
-@funindex \stopTrillSpan
@seealso
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{TrillSpanner}.
+
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.53"
@node Fretted string instruments
@section Fretted string instruments
+@lilypondfile[quote]{fretted-headword.ly}
+
+This section discusses several aspects of music notation that are unique
+to fretted string instruments.
+
@cindex tablature
@cindex guitar tablature
@menu
-* Common notation for fretted strings::
-* Guitar::
-* Banjo::
+* Common notation for fretted strings::
+* Guitar::
+* Banjo::
@end menu
@node Common notation for fretted strings
@subsection Common notation for fretted strings
+This section discusses common notation that is unique
+to fretted string instruments.
+
@menu
-* References for fretted strings::
-* String number indications::
-* Default tablatures::
-* Custom tablatures::
-* Fret diagrams::
-* Right hand fingerings::
+* References for fretted strings::
+* String number indications::
+* Default tablatures::
+* Custom tablatures::
+* Fret diagram markups::
+* Predefined fret diagrams::
+* Automatic fret diagrams::
+* Right-hand fingerings::
@end menu
@node References for fretted strings
-@subsubsection References for fretted strings
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for fretted strings
+
+Music for fretted string instruments is normally notated on
+a single staff, either in traditional music notation or in
+tablature. Sometimes the two types are combined, and it is
+especially common in popular music to use chord diagrams above
+a staff of traditional notation. The guitar and the banjo are
+transposing instruments, sounding an octave lower than written.
+Scores for these instruments should use the @code{"treble_8"} clef.
+Some other elements pertinent to fretted string instruments
+are covered elsewhere:
+
+@itemize
+@item Fingerings are indicated with @ref{Fingering instructions}.
+
+@item Instructions for @notation{Laissez vibrer} ties
+as well as ties on arpeggios and tremolos is described in
+@ref{Ties}.
+
+@item Instructions on handling multiple voices is described
+in @ref{Collision resolution}.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@seealso
-@c TODO Add refs
-TBC
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Fingering instructions},
+@ref{Ties},
+@ref{Collision resolution},
+@ref{Instrument names},
+@ref{Writing music in parallel},
+@ref{Arpeggio},
+@ref{List of articulations},
+@ref{Clef}.
@node String number indications
-@subsubsection String number indications
+@unnumberedsubsubsec String number indications
@cindex String numbers
The string on which a note should be played may be indicated by
-appending @code{\}@tie{}@var{number} to a note inside a chord
-construct (@code{<>}).
+appending @code{\@var{number}} to a note inside a chord construct
+@code{<>}.
@warning{String numbers @strong{must} be defined inside a chord
construct even if there is only a single note.}
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=0]
+\clef "treble_8"
<c\5>4 <e\4> <g\3>2
<c,\5 e\4 g\3>1
@end lilypond
-Although fingering is covered in detail elsewhere, it is worth noting
-here how fingerings and string indications behave together, since
-guitar music often incorporates both at once. The usual convention
-is to place the fingering closest to the note, then the string
-indication outside the fingering. This is controlled by the order in
-which the two items appear:
+When fingerings and string indications are used together, their
+placement is controlled by the order in which the two items appear
+in the code:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\clef "treble_8"
<g\3-0>2
<g-0\3>
@end lilypond
@snippets
-@ignore
-@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly}
-@end ignore
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly}
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{StringNumber},
-@c @lsr{guitar/,string-number.ly}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Fingering instructions}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{StringNumber},
+@rinternals{Fingering}.
@node Default tablatures
-@subsubsection Default tablatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Default tablatures
@cindex Tablatures, basic
@cindex Tablatures, default
numbers indicating on which string and fret a note must be played.
LilyPond offers limited support for tablature.
-The string number associated to a note is given as a backslash
-followed by a number, e.g., @code{c4\3} for a C quarter on the third
-string. By default, string 1 is the highest one, and the tuning
-defaults to the standard guitar tuning (with 6 strings). The notes
-are printed as tablature, by using @rinternals{TabStaff} and
-@rinternals{TabVoice} contexts
+The string number associated with a note is given as a backslash
+followed by a number. By default, string 1 is the highest,
+and the tuning defaults to the standard guitar tuning (with 6 strings).
+The notes are printed as tablature, by using @code{TabStaff} and
+@code{TabVoice} contexts
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
\new TabStaff {
@funindex minimumFret
@cindex fret
-When no string is specified, the first string that does not give a
-fret number less than @code{minimumFret} is selected. The default
-value for @code{minimumFret} is 0
+When no string is specified for a note, the note is assigned to
+the lowest string that can generate the note with a fret number
+greater than or equal to the value of @code{minimumFret}.
+The default value for @code{minimumFret} is 0.
-@example
-e16 fis gis a b4
-\set TabStaff.minimumFret = #8
-e16 fis gis a b4
-@end example
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
-frag = {
- \key e \major
- e16 fis gis a b4
- \set TabStaff.minimumFret = #8
- e16 fis gis a b4
-}
- \new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff { \clef "G_8" \frag }
- \new TabStaff { \frag }
- >>
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\new StaffGroup <<
+ \new Staff \relative c {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ c16 d e f g4
+ c,16 d e f g4
+ }
+ \new TabStaff \relative c {
+ c16 d e f g4
+ \set TabStaff.minimumFret = #5
+ c,16 d e f g4
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-
@snippets
-To print tablatures with stems down and horizontal beams,
-initialize the @code{TabStaff} with this code:
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{stem-and-beam-behavior-in-tablature.ly}
-@example
-\stemDown
-\override Beam #'damping = #100000
-@end example
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{polyphony-in-tablature.ly}
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{TabNoteHead}, @rinternals{TabStaff}, @rinternals{TabVoice}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Stems}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{TabNoteHead},
+@rinternals{TabStaff},
+@rinternals{TabVoice},
+@rinternals{Beam}.
@knownissues
Chords are not handled in a special way, and hence the automatic
-string selector may easily select the same string to two notes in a
-chord.
+string selector may easily select the same string for two notes in
+a chord.
In order to handle @code{\partcombine}, a @code{TabStaff} must use
specially-created voices:
@node Custom tablatures
-@subsubsection Custom tablatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Custom tablatures
@cindex Tablatures, custom
-You can change the tuning of the strings. A string tuning is given as
-a Scheme list with one integer number for each string, the number
-being the pitch (measured in semitones relative to middle C) of an
-open string. The numbers specified for @code{stringTunings} are the
-numbers of semitones to subtract or add, starting the specified pitch
-by default middle C, in string order. LilyPond automatically calculates
-the number of strings by looking at @code{stringTunings}.
+LilyPond tabulature automatically calculates the fret for
+a note based on the string to which the note is assigned.
+In order to do this, the tuning of the strings must be
+specified. The tuning of the strings is given in the
+@code{StringTunings} property.
-In the next example,
-@code{stringTunings} is set for the pitches e, a, d, and g
+LilyPond comes with predefined string tunings for banjo, mandolin,
+guitar and bass guitar. Lilypond automatically sets the correct
+transposition for predefined tunings. The following example is
+for bass guitar, which sounds an octave lower than written.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\new TabStaff <<
- \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #'(-5 -10 -15 -20)
- {
- a,4 c' a e' e c' a e'
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef "bass_8"
+ \relative c, {
+ c4 d e f
+ }
+ }
+ \new TabStaff {
+ \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #bass-tuning
+ \relative c, {
+ c4 d e f
+ }
}
>>
@end lilypond
-LilyPond comes with predefined string tunings for banjo, mandolin, guitar
-and bass guitar.
-
-@example
-\set TabStaff.stringTunings = #bass-tuning
-@end example
+The default string tuning is @code{guitar-tuning}, which
+is the standard EADGBE tuning. Some other predefined tunings are
+@code{guitar-open-g-tuning}, @code{mandolin-tuning} and
+@code{banjo-open-g-tuning}. The predefined string tunings
+are found in @code{scm/output-lib.scm}.
+
+A string tuning is a Scheme list of string pitches,
+one for each string, ordered by string number from 1 to N,
+where string 1 is at the top of the tablature staff and
+string N is at the bottom. This ordinarily results in ordering
+from highest pitch to lowest pitch, but some instruments
+(e.g. ukulele) do not have strings ordered by pitch.
+
+A string pitch in a string tuning list is the pitch difference
+of the open string from middle C measured in semitones. The
+string pitch must be an integer. Lilypond calculates the actual
+pitch of the string by adding the string tuning pitch to the
+actual pitch for middle C.
+
+LilyPond automatically calculates the number of strings in the
+@code{TabStaff} as the number of elements in @code{stringTunings}.
+
+Any desired string tuning can be created. For example, we can
+define a string tuning for a four-string instrument with pitches
+of @code{a''}, @code{d''}, @code{g'}, and @code{c'}:
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+mynotes = {
+ c'4 e' g' c'' |
+ e'' g'' b'' c'''
+}
-The default string tuning is @code{guitar-tuning} (the standard EADGBE
-tuning).
-Some other predefined tunings are @code{guitar-open-g-tuning},
-@code{mandolin-tuning} and @code{banjo-open-g-tuning}.
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef treble
+ \mynotes
+ }
+ \new TabStaff {
+ \set TabStaff.stringTunings = #'(21 14 7 0)
+ \mynotes
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
@seealso
-The file @file{scm/@/output@/-lib@/.scm} contains the predefined string
-tunings.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{Tab_note_heads_engraver}.
+Installed Files:
+@file{scm/output-lib.scm}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Tab_note_heads_engraver}.
@knownissues
No guitar special effects have been implemented.
-
-@node Fret diagrams
-@subsubsection Fret diagrams
+@node Fret diagram markups
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Fret diagram markups
@cindex fret diagrams
@cindex chord diagrams
-Fret diagrams can be added to music as a markup to the desired note.
-The markup contains information about the desired fret diagram.
-There are three different fret-diagram markup interfaces: standard, terse,
-and verbose. The three interfaces produce equivalent markups, but have
-varying amounts of information in the markup string. Details about the
-markup interfaces are found at @ref{Text markup commands}.
+Fret diagrams can be added to music as a markup to the desired
+note. The markup contains information about the desired fret
+diagram. There are three different fret-diagram markup
+interfaces: standard, terse, and verbose. The three interfaces
+produce equivalent markups, but have varying amounts of
+information in the markup string. Details about the markup
+interfaces are found at @ref{Text markup commands}.
-The following example shows the three fret-diagram markup interfaces,
-along with examples of common tweaks. For example, the size of the verbose
-fret diagram is reduced to 0.75, and the finger indications are specified
-to appear below the diagram. The terse diagram includes tweaks to
-specify placement of finger code and color of dots.
+The standard fret diagram markup string indicates the string
+number and the fret number for each dot to be placed on the string.
+In addition, open and unplayed (muted) strings can be indicated.
-@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-3;4-2;3-o;2-1;1-o;"
+ < d a d' f'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-x;4-o;3-2;2-3;1-1;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Barre indications can be added to the diagram from
+the fret-diagram markup string.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ f1 g
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"c:6-1-1;6-1;5-3;4-3;3-2;2-1;1-1;"
+ < g, b, d g b' g'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"c:6-1-3;6-3;5-5;4-5;3-4;2-3;1-3;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The size of the fret diagram, and the number of frets in the diagram
+can be changed in the fret-diagram markup string.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ f1 g
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"s:1.5;c:6-1-1;6-1;5-3;4-3;3-2;2-1;1-1;"
+ < g, b, d g b' g'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"h:6;6-3;5-2;4-o;3-o;2-o;1-3;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The number of strings in a fret diagram can be changed to accomodate
+different instruments such as banjos and ukeleles with the fret-diagram
+markup string.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ a1
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ %% A chord for ukelele
+ a'1 ^\markup \fret-diagram #"w:4;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Fingering indications can be added, and the location of fingering labels
+can be controlled by the fret-diagram markup string.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"f:1;6-x;5-3-3;4-2-2;3-o;2-1-1;1-o;"
+ < d a d' f'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"f:2;6-x;5-x;4-o;3-2-2;2-3-3;1-1-1;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Dot radius and dot position can be controlled with the fret-diagram
+markup string.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"d:0.35;6-x;5-3;4-2;3-o;2-1;1-o;"
+ < d a d' f'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram #"p:0.2;6-x;5-x;4-o;3-2;2-3;1-1;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The fret-diagram-terse markup string omits string numbers; the string
+number is implied by the presence of semicolons. There is one semicolon
+for each string in the diagram. The first semicolon corresponds to the
+highest string number and the last semicolon corresponds to the first string.
+Mute strings, open strings, and fret numbers can be indicated.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3;2;o;1;o;"
+ < d a d' f'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2;3;1;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Barre indicators can be included in the fret-diagram-terse markup string.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ f1 g
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"1-(;3;3;2;1;1-);"
+ < g, b, d g b' g'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"3-(;5;5;4;3;3-);"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Fingering indications can be included in the fret-diagram-terse markup string.
+
+@c Need to use override to enable fingerings to show this -- can we do so?
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \override Voice.TextScript
+ #'fret-diagram-details #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+ < d a d' f'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-2;3-3;1-1;"
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Other fret diagram properties must be adjusted using @code{\override} when using
+the fret-diagram-terse markup.
+
+The fret-diagram-verbose markup string is in the format of a Scheme list. Each
+element of the list indicates an item to be placed on the fret diagram.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<< \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'(
+ (mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3)
+ (place-fret 4 2)
+ (open 3)
+ (place-fret 2 1)
+ (open 1)
+ )
+ < d a d' f'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'(
+ (mute 6)
+ (mute 5)
+ (open 4)
+ (place-fret 3 2)
+ (place-fret 2 3)
+ (place-fret 1 1)
+ )
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Fingering indications and barres can be included in a
+fret-diagram-verbose markup string.
+
+@c \override is necessary to make fingering visible
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ f1 g
+ }
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ \override Voice.TextScript
+ #'fret-diagram-details #'finger-code = #'below-string
+
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1 ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'(
+ (place-fret 6 1)
+ (place-fret 5 3)
+ (place-fret 4 3)
+ (place-fret 3 2)
+ (place-fret 2 1)
+ (place-fret 1 1)
+ (barre 6 1 1)
+ )
+ < g, b, d g b' g'> ^\markup
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'(
+ (place-fret 6 3 2)
+ (place-fret 5 2 1)
+ (open 4)
+ (open 3)
+ (open 2)
+ (place-fret 1 3 3)
+ )
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+All other fret diagram properties must be adjusted using @code{\override}
+when using the fret-diagram-verbose markup.
+
+@ignore
+The following example shows the three fret-diagram markup
+interfaces, along with examples of common tweaks. For example,
+the size of the verbose fret diagram is reduced to 0.75, and the
+finger indications are specified to appear below the diagram. The
+terse diagram includes tweaks to specify placement of finger code
+and color of dots.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
\new Voice {
- d'^\markup \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-x;4-o;3-2;2-3;1-2;"
- d' d' d'
- fis'^\markup \override #'(size . 0.75) {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ d^\markup \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-x;4-o;3-2;2-3;1-2;"
+ d d d
+ fis^\markup \override #'(size . 0.75) {
\override #'(finger-code . below-string) {
\fret-diagram-verbose #'((place-fret 6 2 1) (barre 6 1 2)
(place-fret 5 4 3)
(place-fret 1 2 1))
}
}
- fis' fis' fis'
- c'^\markup \override #'(dot-radius . 0.35) {
+ fis fis fis
+ c^\markup \override #'(dot-radius . 0.35) {
\override #'(finger-code . in-dot) {
\override #'(dot-color . white) {
\fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-1-(;5-2;5-3;5-4;3-1-);"
}
}
}
- c' c' c'
+ c c c
}
@end lilypond
+@end ignore
-You can set a number of graphical properties according to your preference.
-Details about the property interface to fret diagrams are found at
-@rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}.
+The graphical layout of a fret diagram can be customized according to
+user preference through the properties of the @code{fret-diagram-interface}.
+Details are found at @rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}. For a fret diagram
+markup , the interface properties belong to @code{Voice.TextScript}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly}
@seealso
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Text markup commands}.
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
-@node Right hand fingerings
-@subsubsection Right hand fingerings
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}.
-Right-hand fingerings @var{p-i-m-a} can be entered using
-@code{<@var{note}-\rightHandFinger @var{finger} >}.
-The right-hand fingering indication must occur within a @code{<>} chord
-construct for it to be printed in the score, even if it is a single note.
-There must be a hyphen after the note and the space
-before the closing @code{>}.
+@node Predefined fret diagrams
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Predefined fret diagrams
+@cindex fret diagrams
+@cindex chord diagrams
+Fret diagrams can be displayed using the @code{FretBoards} context. By
+default, the @code{FretBoards} context will display fret diagrams that
+are stored in a lookup table:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-\relative c' {
- <c-\rightHandFinger #1 >4
- <e-\rightHandFinger #2 >
- <g-\rightHandFinger #3 >
- <c-\rightHandFinger #4 >
- <c,-\rightHandFinger #1 e-\rightHandFinger #2 g-\rightHandFinger #3 c-\rightHandFinger #4 >1
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\context FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d
+ }
}
@end lilypond
-for brevity, you can abbreviate @code{\rightHandFinger} to something
-short, for example @code{RH},
+The default predefined fret diagrams are contained in the file
+@code{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}. Fret diagrams are
+stored based on the pitches of a chord and the value of
+@code{stringTunings} that is currently in use.
+@code{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly} contains predefined
+fret diagrams only for @code{guitar-tuning}. Predefined fret
+diagrams can be added for other instruments or other tunings
+by following the examples found in
+@code{predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
+
+Chord pitches can be entered
+either as simultaneous music or using chord mode (see
+@ref{Chord mode overview}).
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right,quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\context FretBoards {
+ \chordmode {c1}
+ <c' e' g'>1
+}
+@end lilypond
-@example
-#(define RH rightHandFinger)
-@end example
+It is common that both chord names and fret diagrams are displayed together.
+This is achieved by putting a @code{ChordNames} context in parallel with
+a @code{FretBoards} context and giving both contexts the same music.
-@cindex fingerings, right hand, for guitar
-@cindex right hand fingerings for guitar
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 f g
+}
-@snippets
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
-You may exercise greater control over the placement of right-hand
-fingerings by setting @code{strokeFingerOrientations},
+Predefined fret diagrams are transposable, as long as a diagram for the
+transposed chord is stored in the fret diagram table.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1]
-#(define RH rightHandFinger)
-{
- \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up down)
- <c-\RH #1 es-\RH #2 g-\RH #4 > 4
- \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up right down)
- <c-\RH #1 es-\RH #2 g-\RH #4 > 4
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 f g
+}
+
+mychordlist = {
+ \mychords
+ \transpose c e { \mychords}
}
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychordlist
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychordlist
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-The letters used for the fingerings are contained in the property
-@code{digit-names}, but they can also be set individually by supplying
-@code{\rightHandFinger} with a string argument, as in the following example
+The predefined fret diagram table contains seven chords (major, minor,
+augmented, diminished, dominant seventh, major seventh, minor seventh)
+for each of 17 keys. A complete list of the predefined fret diagrams is
+shown in @ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}. If there is no entry in
+the table for a chord, the FretBoards engraver will calculate a
+fret-diagram using the automatic fret diagram functionality described in
+@ref{Automatic fret diagrams}.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1]
-#(define RH rightHandFinger)
-{
- \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(right)
- \override StrokeFinger #'digit-names = ##("x" "y" "z" "!" "@")
- <c-\RH #5 >4
- <c-\RH "@">4
- <c-\RH #2 >4
- <c-\RH "z">4
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 c:9
}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
-This example combines left-hand fingering, string indication, and
-right-hand fingering
+Fret diagrams can be added to the fret diagram table. To add a diagram,
+you must specify the chord for the diagram, the tuning to be used, and the
+fret-diagram-terse definition string for the diagram.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-#(define RH rightHandFinger)
-\relative c' {
- <c-3\5-\RH #1 >4
- <e-2\4-\RH #2 >
- <g-0\3-\RH #3 >
- <c-1\2-\RH #4 >
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:9}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-2;2-1;3-3;3-4;x;"
+
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 c:9
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Different fret diagrams for the same chord name can be stored using different
+octaves of pitches.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c'}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes))
+
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ c1 c'
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+In addition to fret diagrams, LilyPond stores an internal list of chord
+shapes. The chord shapes are fret diagrams that can be shifted along
+the neck to different posistions to provide different chords. Chord
+shapes can be added to the internal list and then used to define
+predefined fret diagrams.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim, ragged-right, quote]
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+% add a new chord shape
+
+\addChordShape #'powerf #"1-1;3-3;3-4;x;x;x;"
+
+% add some new chords based on the power chord shape
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f'}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'powerf)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g'}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'powerf))
+
+mychords = \chordmode{
+ f1 f' g g'
}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \mychords
+ }
+>>
@end lilypond
+The graphical layout of a fret diagram can be customized according to
+user preference through the properties of the @code{fret-diagram-interface}.
+Details are found at @rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}. For a
+predefined fret diagram, the interface properties belong to
+@code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly}
+
+
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{StrokeFinger}
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Custom tablatures},
+@ref{Automatic fret diagrams},
+@ref{Chord mode overview},
+@ref{Predefined fretboard diagrams}.
+
+Installed Files:
+@file{ly/predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals {fret-diagram-interface}.
+
+
+@node Automatic fret diagrams
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic fret diagrams
+@cindex fret diagrams
+@cindex chord diagrams
+
+Fret diagrams can be automatically created from entered notes using the
+@code{FretBoards} context. If no predefined diagram is available for
+the entered notes in the active @code{stringTunings}, this context
+calculates strings and frets that can be used to play the notes.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ f1 g
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1
+ < g,\6 b, d g b g'>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < f, c f a c' f'>1
+ < g, b, d g b' g'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+As no predefined diagrams are loaded by default, automatic calculation
+of fret diagrams is the default behavior. Once default diagrams are
+loaded, automatic calculation can be enabled and disabled with predefined
+commands:
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram <c e g c' e'>
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-1-(;5-2;5-3;5-4;3-1-1);"
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 c c
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ <c e g c' e'>1
+ \predefinedFretboardsOff
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ \predefinedFretboardsOn
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ <c e g c' e'>1
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ <c e g c' e'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+
+
+Sometimes the fretboard calculator will be unable to find
+an accceptable diagram. This can often be remedied by
+manually assigning a note to a string. In many cases, only one
+note need be manually placed on a string; the rest of
+the notes will then be placed appropriately by the @code{FretBoards}
+context.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 c
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < c g c' e' g'> 1
+ < c g\4 c' e' g'> 1
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c g c' e' g'> 1
+ < c g c' e' g'> 1
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Fingerings can be added to FretBoard fret diagrams.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ c1 d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < c-3 e-2 g c'-1 e' > 1
+ < d a-2 d'-3 f'-1>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < c e g c' e' > 1
+ < d a d' f'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The minimum fret to be used in calculating strings and frets for
+the FretBoard context can be set with the @code{minimumFret}
+property.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim]
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode {
+ d1:m d:m
+ }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ < d a d' f'>
+ \set FretBoards.minimumFret = #5
+ < d a d' f'>
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ < d a d' f'>
+ < d a d' f'>
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+The strings and frets for the @code{FretBoards} context depend
+on the @code{stringTunings} property, which has the same meaning
+as in the TabStaff context. See @ref{Custom tablatures} for
+information on the @code{stringTunings} property.
+
+The graphical layout of a fret diagram can be customized according to
+user preference through the properties of the @code{fret-diagram-interface}.
+Details are found at @rinternals{fret-diagram-interface}. For a
+@code{FretBoards} fret diagram, the interface properties belong to
+@code{FretBoards.FretBoard}.
+
+@predefined
+@code{\predefinedFretboardsOff},
+@code{\predefinedFretboardsOn}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Custom tablatures}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals {fret-diagram-interface}.
+
+
+@node Right-hand fingerings
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Right-hand fingerings
+
+Right-hand fingerings @var{p-i-m-a} must be entered within a
+chord construct @code{<>} for them to be printed in the score,
+even when applied to a single note.
+
+@warning{There @strong{must} be a hyphen after the note and a space
+before the closing @code{>}.}
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=0]
+\clef "treble_8"
+<c-\rightHandFinger #1 >4
+<e-\rightHandFinger #2 >
+<g-\rightHandFinger #3 >
+<c-\rightHandFinger #4 >
+<c,-\rightHandFinger #1 e-\rightHandFinger #2 g-\rightHandFinger #3 c-\rightHandFinger #4 >1
+@end lilypond
+
+For convenience, you can abbreviate @code{\rightHandFinger} to something
+short, for example @code{RH},
+
+@example
+#(define RH rightHandFinger)
+@end example
+
+@cindex fingerings, right hand, for guitar
+@cindex right hand fingerings for guitar
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{placement-of-right-hand-fingerings.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{fingerings,-string-indications,-and-right-hand-fingerings.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{StrokeFinger}.
@node Guitar
@subsection Guitar
-@c TODO Make a snippet based on
-@c http://www.nabble.com/Creating-a-nice-formatted-Chords-%2B-Lyrics-layout-for-guitar-players-to13829430.html
-@c and include it somewhere -td
+Most of the notational issues associated with guitar music are
+covered sufficiently in the general fretted strings section, but there
+are a few more worth covering here. Occasionally users want to
+create songbook-type documents having only lyrics with chord
+indications above them. Since Lilypond is a music typesetter,
+it is not recommended for documents that have no music notation
+in them. A better alternative is a word processor, text editor,
+or, for experienced users, a typesetter like GuitarTeX.
@menu
-* Guitar tablatures::
-* Indicating position and barring::
+* Indicating position and barring::
+* Indicating harmonics and dampened notes::
@end menu
-@node Guitar tablatures
-@subsubsection Guitar tablatures
-
-@c TODO Add text
-TBC
-
@node Indicating position and barring
-@subsubsection Indicating position and barring
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Indicating position and barring
This example demonstrates how to include guitar position and
barring indications.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=0]
-\clef "G_8"
-b16 d16 g16 b16 e16
+\clef "treble_8"
+b16 d g b e
\textSpannerDown
\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text = #"XII "
g16\startTextSpan
- b16 e16 g16 e16 b16 g16\stopTextSpan
-e16 b16 g16 d16
+ b16 e g e b g\stopTextSpan
+e16 b g d
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Text spanners}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings},
+@rlsr{Expressive marks}.
+
+@node Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Indicating harmonics and dampened notes
+
+Special note heads can be used to indicate dampened notes or
+harmonics. Harmonics are normally further explained with a
+text markup.
+
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
+\relative c' {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ \override Staff.NoteHead #'style = #'cross
+ g8 a b c b4
+ \override Staff.NoteHead #'style = #'harmonic-mixed
+ d^\markup { \italic { \fontsize #-2 { "harm. 12" }}} <g b>1
+}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
-Stopped (X) note heads are used in guitar music to signal a place where the
-guitarist must play a certain note or chord, with its fingers just
-touching the strings instead of fully pressing them. This gives the sound a
-percussive noise-like sound that still maintains part of the original
-pitch. It is notated with cross note heads; this is
-demonstrated in @ref{Special note heads}.
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Special note heads},
+@ref{Note head styles}.
@node Banjo
@subsection Banjo
-@menu Banjo tablatures
-* Banjo tablatures::
+@menu
+* Banjo tablatures::
@end menu
@node Banjo tablatures
-@subsubsection Banjo tablatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Banjo tablatures
@cindex Banjo tablatures
-LilyPond has basic support for five stringed banjo. When making tablatures
-for five stringed banjo, use the banjo tablature format function to get
-correct
-fret numbers for the fifth string:
+LilyPond has basic support for the five-string banjo. When making tablatures
+for five-string banjo, use the banjo tablature format function to get
+correct fret numbers for the fifth string:
+
+@c due to crazy intervals of banjo music, absolute pitch is recommended
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
\new TabStaff <<
@code{banjo-open-d-tuning} (aDF#AD) and @code{banjo-open-dm-tuning}
(aDFAD).
-These tunings may be converted to four string banjo tunings using the
+These tunings may be converted to four-string banjo tunings using the
@code{four-string-banjo} function:
@example
@seealso
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Fretted strings}.
+
The file @file{scm/@/output@/-lib@/.scm} contains predefined banjo tunings.
+
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Fundamental concepts
@chapter Fundamental concepts
@example
\version @w{"@version{}"}
+\header @{ @}
\score @{
@var{...compound music expression...} % all the music goes here!
- \header @{ @}
\layout @{ @}
\midi @{ @}
@}
@cindex midi
@noindent
-Note that these three commands -- @code{\header}, @code{\layout}
-and @code{\midi} -- are special: unlike all other commands which
-begin with a backward slash (@code{\}) they are @emph{not} music
-expressions and are not part of any music expression.
-So they may be placed inside a @code{\score} block
-or outside it. In fact, these commands are commonly placed
-outside the @code{\score} block -- for example, @code{\header}
-is often placed above the @code{\score} command because headers
-naturally appear at the top of a score. That's just another
-shorthand that LilyPond accepts.
+Note that these three commands -- @code{\header}, @code{\layout} and
+@code{\midi} -- are special: unlike many other commands which begin
+with a backward slash (@code{\}) they are @emph{not} music expressions
+and are not part of any music expression. So they may be placed
+inside a @code{\score} block or outside it. In fact, these commands
+are commonly placed outside the @code{\score} block -- for example,
+@code{\header} is often placed above the @code{\score} command, as the
+example at the beginning of this section shows.
Two more commands you have not previously seen are
@code{\layout @{ @}} and @code{\midi @{@}}. If these appear as
shown they will cause LilyPond to produce a printed output and a
MIDI output respectively. They are described fully in the
-Notation Reference -- @ruser{Score layout} and
+Notation Reference -- @ruser{Score layout}, and
@ruser{Creating MIDI files}.
@cindex scores, multiple
In summary:
Every @code{\book} block creates a separate output file (e.g., a
-pdf file). If you haven't explicitly added one, LilyPond wraps
+PDF file). If you haven't explicitly added one, LilyPond wraps
your entire input code in a @code{\book} block implicitly.
Every @code{\score} block is a separate chunk of music within a
(and thus in a @code{\book} block, either explicitly or
implicitly) will affect every @code{\score} in that @code{\book}.
-Every @code{\context} block will affect the named context (e.g.,
-@code{\StaffGroup}) throughout the block (@code{\score} or
-@code{\book}) in which it appears.
-
For details see @ruser{Multiple scores in a book}.
@cindex variables
@cindex Music expression, compound
We saw the general organization of LilyPond input files in the
-previous section, @ref{How LilyPond input files work}. But we seemed to
-skip over the most important part: how do we figure out what to
-write after @code{\score}?
+previous section, @ref{Introduction to the LilyPond file structure}.
+But we seemed to skip over the most important part: how do we figure
+out what to write after @code{\score}?
We didn't skip over it at all. The big mystery is simply that
there @emph{is} no mystery. This line explains it all:
@noindent
To understand what is meant by a music expression and a compound
-music expression you may find it useful to review
+music expression, you may find it useful to review the tutorial,
@ref{Music expressions explained}. In that section, we saw how to
build big music expressions from small pieces -- we started from
notes, then chords, etc. Now we're going to start from a big
@}
@end example
-Remember that we use @code{<< ... >>} instead of
-@code{@{ ... @}} to show simultaneous
-music. And we definitely want to show the vocal part and piano
-part at the same time, not one after the other! However, the
-@code{<< ... >>} construct is not really necessary for the Singer
-staff, as it contains only one music expression, but Staves often
-do require simultaneous Voices within them, so using
-@code{<< ... >>}
-rather than braces is a good habit to adopt. We'll add some real
-music later; for now let's just put in some dummy notes and lyrics.
+Remember that we use @code{<< ... >>} instead of @code{@{ ... @}} to
+show simultaneous music. And we definitely want to show the vocal
+part and piano part at the same time, not one after the other! Note
+that the @code{<< ... >>} construct is not really necessary for the
+Singer staff, as it contains only one sequential music expression;
+however, using @code{<< ... >>} instead of braces is still necessary
+if the music in the Staff is made of two simultaneous expressions,
+e.g. two simultaneous Voices, or a Voice with lyrics. We'll add some
+real music later; for now let's just put in some dummy notes and
+lyrics.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
\score {
Be careful about the difference between notes, which are introduced
-with @code{\relative}, and lyrics, which are introduced with
+with @code{\relative} or which are directly included in a music
+expression, and lyrics, which are introduced with
@code{\lyricmode}. These are essential to tell LilyPond
to interpret the following content as music and text
respectively.
When writing (or reading) a @code{\score} section, just take it
-slowly and carefully. Start with the outer layer, then work on
-each smaller layer. It also really helps to be strict with
-indentation -- make sure that each item on the same layer starts
+slowly and carefully. Start with the outer level, then work on
+each smaller level. It also really helps to be strict with
+indentation -- make sure that each item on the same level starts
on the same horizontal position in your text editor.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Structure of a score}.
@node Nesting music expressions
@subsection Nesting music expressions
@cindex staves, temporary
@cindex ossias
-It is not essential to declare all staves at the beginning;
-they may be introduced temporarily at any point. This is
-particularly useful for creating ossia sections
-(see @rglos{ossia}). Here is a simple example showing how
-to introduce a new staff temporarily for the duration of
-three notes:
+It is not essential to declare all staves at the beginning; they may
+be introduced temporarily at any point. This is particularly useful
+for creating ossia sections -- see @rglos{ossia}. Here is a simple
+example showing how to introduce a new staff temporarily for the
+duration of three notes:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
\new Staff {
placed above the staff called @qq{main} instead of the default
position which is below.
+@seealso
+
Ossia are often written without clef and without
time signature and are usually in a smaller font.
These require further commands which
-have not yet been introduced. See @ref{Size of objects}
+have not yet been introduced. See @ref{Size of objects},
+and @ruser{Ossia staves}.
+
@node On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
@subsection On the un-nestedness of brackets and ties
@item @code{< .. >}
@tab Encloses the notes of a chord
@item @code{<< .. >>}
- @tab Encloses concurrent or simultaneous sections
+ @tab Encloses simultaneous music expressions
@item @code{( .. )}
@tab Marks the start and end of a slur
@item @code{\( .. \)}
- @tab Marks the start and end of a phrase mark
+ @tab Marks the start and end of a phrasing slur
@item @code{[ .. ]}
@tab Marks the start and end of a manual beam
@end multitable
different durations: the quarter-note D and the eighth-note
F-sharp. How are these to be coded? They cannot be written as
a chord because all the notes in a chord must have the same
-duration. And they cannot be written as two separate notes
+duration. And they cannot be written as two sequential notes
as they need to start at the same time. This is when two
voices are required.
@code{noteB} is relative to @code{noteA} @*
@code{noteC} is relative to @code{noteB}, not @code{noteA}; @*
@code{noteD} is relative to @code{noteB}, not @code{noteA} or
-@code{noteC}. @*
-@code{noteE} is relative to @code{noteD}, not @code{noteA}
+@code{noteC}; @*
+@code{noteE} is relative to @code{noteD}, not @code{noteA}.
An alternative way, which may be clearer if the notes in the
voices are widely separated, is to place a @code{\relative}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-We see that this fixes the stem direction, but exposes a
-problem sometimes encountered with multiple voices -- the
-stems of the notes in one voice can collide with the note heads
-in other voices. In laying out the notes, LilyPond allows the
-notes or chords from two voices to occupy the same vertical
-note column provided the stems are in opposite directions, but
-the notes from the third and fourth voices are displaced to if
-necessary to avoid the note heads
-colliding. This usually works well, but in this example the
-notes of the lowest voice are clearly not well placed by default.
-LilyPond provides several ways to adjust the horizontal placing
-of notes. We are not quite ready yet to see how to correct this,
-so we shall leave this problem until a later section
-(see the force-hshift property in @ref{Fixing overlapping
-notation} )
+We see that this fixes the stem direction, but exposes a problem
+sometimes encountered with multiple voices -- the stems of the notes
+in one voice can collide with the note heads in other voices. In
+laying out the notes, LilyPond allows the notes or chords from two
+voices to occupy the same vertical note column provided the stems are
+in opposite directions, but the notes from the third and fourth voices
+are displaced, if necessary, to avoid the note heads colliding. This
+usually works well, but in this example the notes of the lowest voice
+are clearly not well placed by default. LilyPond provides several ways
+to adjust the horizontal placing of notes. We are not quite ready yet
+to see how to correct this, so we shall leave this problem until a
+later section --- see the @code{force-hshift} property in @ref{Fixing
+overlapping notation}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Multiple voices}.
+
@node Explicitly instantiating voices
@subsection Explicitly instantiating voices
}
% Initiate second voice
\new Voice {
- % set stems, etc down
+ % Set stems, etc, down
\voiceTwo
s4 r8 e4 d c8 ~ | c8 b16 a b8 g ~ g2 |
}
% Initiate third voice
\new Voice {
- % set stems, etc up
+ % Set stems, etc, up
\voiceThree
s1 | s4 b4 c2 |
}
have no shift or the same shift specified, the error message
@qq{Too many clashing note columns} will be produced.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Multiple voices}.
+
+
@node Voices and vocals
@subsection Voices and vocals
}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Vocal music}.
+
+
@node Contexts and engravers
@section Contexts and engravers
preceding word with no hyphen or underscore, e.g.,
@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff}.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Contexts explained}.
+
+
@node Creating contexts
@subsection Creating contexts
annotated real-music example:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\score { % start single compound music expression
+\score { % start of single compound music expression
<< % start of simultaneous staves section
\time 2/4
\new Staff { % create RH staff
g8 <bes d> ees, <g c> |
g8 <bes d> ees, <g c> |
} % end of LH voice one notes
- } % end of first LH voice
+ } % end of LH voice one
\new Voice { % create LH voice two
\voiceTwo
\relative g { % start of LH voice two notes
@end example
Note the distinction between the name of the context type,
-@code{Staff}, @code{Voice}, etc, and
-the identifying name of a particular instance of that type,
-which can be any sequence of letters invented by the user.
-The identifying name is used to refer back to that particular
-instance of a context. We saw this in use in the section on
-lyrics in @ref{Voices and vocals}.
+@code{Staff}, @code{Voice}, etc, and the identifying name of a
+particular instance of that type, which can be any sequence of letters
+and digits invented by the user. The identifying name is used to
+refer back to that particular instance of a context. We saw this in
+use in the section on lyrics, see @ref{Voices and vocals}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Creating contexts}.
@node Engravers explained
@tab Engraves clefs
@item Completion_heads_engraver
@tab Splits notes which cross bar lines
-@item Dynamic_engraver
+@c The old Dynamic_engraver is deprecated. -jm
+@item New_dynamic_engraver
@tab Creates hairpins and dynamic texts
@item Forbid_line_break_engraver
@tab Prevents line breaks if a musical element is still active
We shall see later how the output of LilyPond can be changed
by modifying the action of Engravers.
+@seealso
+
+Internals reference: @rinternals{Engravers and performers}.
+
@node Modifying context properties
@subsection Modifying context properties
further action took place. This is not an error, and no error
message is logged in the log file.
-Similarly, if the property name is mis-spelt no error message
-is produced, and clearly the expected action cannot be performed.
-If fact, you can set any (fictitious) @q{property} using any
-name you like in any context that exists by using the
-@code{\set} command. But if the name is not
-known to LilyPond it will not cause any action to be taken.
-This is one of the reasons why it is highly recommended to
-use a context-sensitive editor with syntax highlighting for
-editing LilyPond input files, such as Vim, Jedit, ConTEXT or Emacs,
-since unknown property names will be highlighted differently.
+Similarly, if the property name is mis-spelt no error message is
+produced, and clearly the expected action cannot be performed. If
+fact, you can set any (fictitious) @q{property} using any name you
+like in any context that exists by using the @code{\set} command. But
+if the name is not known to LilyPond it will not cause any action to
+be taken. Some text editors with special support for LilyPond input
+files document property names with bullets when you hover them with
+the mouse, like JEdit with LilyPondTool, or highlight unknown property
+names differently, like ConTEXT. If you do not use an editor with
+such features, it is recommended to check the property name in the
+Internals Reference: see @rinternals{Tunable context properties}, or
+@rinternals{Contexts}.
The @code{instrumentName} property will take effect only
if it is set in the @code{Staff} context, but
a b
@end lilypond
-We have now seen how to set the values of several different
-types of property. Note that integers and numbers are always
-preceded by a hash sign, @code{#}, while a true or false value
-is specified by ##t and ##f, with two hash signs. A text
-property should be enclosed in double quotation signs, as above,
-although we shall see later that text can actually be specified
-in a much more general way by using the very powerful
-@code{markup} command.
+We have now seen how to set the values of several different types of
+property. Note that integers and numbers are always preceded by a
+hash sign, @code{#}, while a true or false value is specified by
+@code{##t} and @code{##f}, with two hash signs. A text property
+should be enclosed in double quotation signs, as above, although we
+shall see later that text can actually be specified in a much more
+general way by using the very powerful @code{markup} command.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting context properties with @code{\with}
@funindex \with
@cindex context properties, setting with \with
The @code{fontSize} property is treated differently. If this is
set in a @code{\with} clause it effectively resets the default
-value of the font size. If it is later changed with @code{\set}
+value of the font size. If it is later changed with @code{\set},
this new default value may be restored with the
@code{\unset fontSize} command.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Setting context properties with @code{\context}
+
+The values of context properties may be set in @emph{all} contexts
+of a particular type, such as all @code{Staff} contexts, with a single
+command. The context type is identified by using its
+type name, like @code{Staff}, prefixed by a back-slash: @code{\Staff}.
+The statement which sets the property value is the same as that in a
+@code{\with} block, introduced above. It is placed in a
+@code{\context} block within a @code{\layout} block. Each
+@code{\context} block will affect all contexts of the type specified
+throughout the @code{\score} or @code{\book} block in which the
+@code{\layout} block appears. Here is a example to show the format:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ cis4 e d ces
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ extraNatural = ##t
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@noindent
+Context properties set in this way may be overridden for particular
+instances of contexts by statements in a @code{\with} block, and by
+@code{\set} commands embedded in music statements.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Changing context default settings},
+@ruser{The set command}.
+
+Internals Reference: @rinternals{Contexts},
+@rinternals{Tunable context properties}.
+
+
@node Adding and removing engravers
@subsection Adding and removing engravers
We have seen that contexts each contain several engravers, each
of which is responsible for producing a particular part of the
output, like bar lines, staves, note heads, stems, etc. If an
-engraver is removed from a context it can no longer produce its
+engraver is removed from a context, it can no longer produce its
output. This is a crude way of modifying the output, but it
can sometimes be useful.
@code{\with} command placed immediately after the context creation
command, as in the previous section.
-As an
-illustration let's repeat an example from the previous
-section with the staff lines removed. Remember that the
-staff lines are produced by the Staff_symbol_engraver.
+As an illustration, let's repeat an example from the previous section
+with the staff lines removed. Remember that the staff lines are
+produced by the @code{Staff_symbol_engraver}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\new Staff \with {
d e
\set fontSize = #2.5 % make note heads larger
f g
- \unset fontSize % return to original size
+ \unset fontSize % return to default size
a b
}
@end lilypond
Engravers can also be added to individual contexts.
The command to do this is
-@code{\consists @emph{Engraver_name}},
+@code{\consists @var{Engraver_name}},
-placed inside a @code{\with} block. Some vocal scores
-have an @rglos{ambitus} placed at the beginning of a
-staff to indicate the range of notes in that staff.
-The ambitus is produced by the @code{Ambitus_engraver},
-which is not normally included in any context. If
-we add it to the @code{Voice} context it calculates
-the range from that voice only:
+@noindent
+placed inside a @code{\with} block. Some vocal scores have an ambitus
+placed at the beginning of a staff to indicate the range of notes in
+that staff -- see @rglos{ambitus}. The ambitus is produced by the
+@code{Ambitus_engraver}, which is not normally included in any
+context. If we add it to the @code{Voice} context, it calculates the
+range from that voice only:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\new Staff <<
@end lilypond
@noindent
-but if we add the Ambitus engraver to the
-@code{Staff} context it calculates the range from all
+but if we add the ambitus engraver to the
+@code{Staff} context, it calculates the range from all
the notes in all the voices on that staff:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
engravers to every context of a specific type by placing the
commands in the appropriate context in a @code{\layout}
block. For example, if we wanted to show an ambitus for every
-staff in a four-staff score we could write
+staff in a four-staff score, we could write
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
\score {
@code{\set} command in a @code{\context} block in the
same way.
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference: @ruser{Modifying context plug-ins},
+@ruser{Changing context default settings}.
+
+
@node Extending the templates
@section Extending the templates
understand the fundamental concepts. But how can you
get the staves that you want? Well, you can find lots of
templates (see @ref{Templates}) which may give you a start.
-But what
-if you want something that isn't covered there? Read on.
-
-TODO Add links to templates after they have been moved to LSR
+But what if you want something that isn't covered there? Read on.
@menu
* Soprano and cello::
underneath the soprano stuff. We also need to add @code{<<} and
@code{>>} around the music -- that tells LilyPond that there's
more than one thing (in this case, two @code{Staves}) happening
-at once. The @code{\score} looks like this now
+at once. The @code{\score} looks like this now:
@c Indentation in this example is deliberately poor
@example
}
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+The starting templates can be found in the @q{Templates} appendix,
+see @ref{Single staff}.
+
@node Four-part SATB vocal score
@subsection Four-part SATB vocal score
@c The following should appear as music without code
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
global = { \key d \major \time 4/4 }
-sopMusic = \relative c'' {
+sopranoMusic = \relative c'' {
\clef "treble"
r4 d2 a4 | d4. d8 a2 | cis4 d cis2 |
}
-sopWords = \lyricmode {
+sopranoWords = \lyricmode {
Wor -- thy is the lamb that was slain
}
altoMusic = \relative a' {
\clef "treble"
r4 a2 a4 | fis4. fis8 a2 | g4 fis e2 |
}
-altoWords = \sopWords
+altoWords = \sopranoWords
tenorMusic = \relative c' {
\clef "G_8"
r4 fis2 e4 | d4. d8 d2 | e4 a, cis2 |
}
-tenorWords = \sopWords
+tenorWords = \sopranoWords
bassMusic = \relative c' {
\clef "bass"
r4 d2 cis4 | b4. b8 fis2 | e4 d a'2 |
}
-bassWords = \sopWords
+bassWords = \sopranoWords
upper = \relative a' {
\clef "treble"
\global
\new ChoirStaff <<
\new Staff = "sopranos" <<
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Soprano"
- \new Voice = "sopranos" { \global \sopMusic }
+ \new Voice = "sopranos" { \global \sopranoMusic }
>>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" { \sopWords }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" { \sopranoWords }
\new Staff = "altos" <<
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Alto"
\new Voice = "altos" { \global \altoMusic }
}
@end lilypond
-None of the templates provides this layout exactly. The
-nearest is @q{SATB vocal score and automatic piano reduction},
-but we need to change the layout and add a piano
-accompaniment which is not derived automatically from the
-vocal parts. The variables holding the music and words for
-the vocal parts are fine, but we shall need to add variables for
-the piano reduction.
+None of the templates provides this layout exactly. The nearest is
+@q{SATB vocal score and automatic piano reduction} -- see @ref{Vocal
+ensembles} -- but we need to change the layout and add a piano
+accompaniment which is not derived automatically from the vocal parts.
+The variables holding the music and words for the vocal parts are
+fine, but we shall need to add variables for the piano reduction.
The order in which the contexts appear in the ChoirStaff of
the template do not correspond with the order in the vocal
\new ChoirStaff <<
\new Staff = "sopranos" <<
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Soprano"
- \new Voice = "sopranos" @{ \global \sopMusic @}
+ \new Voice = "sopranos" @{ \global \sopranoMusic @}
>>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" @{ \sopWords @}
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" @{ \sopranoWords @}
\new Staff = "altos" <<
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Alto"
\new Voice = "altos" @{ \global \altoMusic @}
<< % combine ChoirStaff and PianoStaff one above the other
\new ChoirStaff <<
\new Staff = "sopranos" <<
- \new Voice = "sopranos" @{ \global \sopMusic @}
+ \new Voice = "sopranos" @{ \global \sopranoMusic @}
>>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" @{ \sopWords @}
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" @{ \sopranoWords @}
\new Staff = "altos" <<
\new Voice = "altos" @{ \global \altoMusic @}
>>
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,addversion]
global = { \key d \major \time 4/4 }
-sopMusic = \relative c'' {
+sopranoMusic = \relative c'' {
\clef "treble"
r4 d2 a4 | d4. d8 a2 | cis4 d cis2 |
}
-sopWords = \lyricmode {
+sopranoWords = \lyricmode {
Wor -- thy is the lamb that was slain
}
altoMusic = \relative a' {
\clef "treble"
r4 a2 a4 | fis4. fis8 a2 | g4 fis fis2 |
}
-altoWords = \sopWords
+altoWords = \sopranoWords
tenorMusic = \relative c' {
\clef "G_8"
r4 fis2 e4 | d4. d8 d2 | e4 a, cis2 |
}
-tenorWords = \sopWords
+tenorWords = \sopranoWords
bassMusic = \relative c' {
\clef "bass"
r4 d2 cis4 | b4. b8 fis2 | e4 d a'2 |
}
-bassWords = \sopWords
+bassWords = \sopranoWords
upper = \relative a' {
\clef "treble"
\global
\new ChoirStaff <<
\new Staff = "sopranos" <<
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Soprano"
- \new Voice = "sopranos" { \global \sopMusic }
+ \new Voice = "sopranos" { \global \sopranoMusic }
>>
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" { \sopWords }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sopranos" { \sopranoWords }
\new Staff = "altos" <<
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Alto"
\new Voice = "altos" { \global \altoMusic }
@cindex template, writing your own
-After gaining some facility with writing LilyPond code you
+After gaining some facility with writing LilyPond code, you
may find that it is easier to build a score from scratch
rather than modifying one of the templates. You can also
develop your own style this way to suit the sort of music you
We simply mirror the staff structure we want.
Organ music is usually written on three staves,
one for each manual and one for the pedals. The
-manual staves should be bracketed together so we
+manual staves should be bracketed together, so we
need to use a PianoStaff for them. The first
manual part needs two voices and the second manual
part just one.
>>
@end example
-It is not strictly necessary to use the simultaneous construct
+It is not necessary to use the simultaneous construct
@code{<< .. >>} for the manual two staff and the pedal organ staff,
-since they contain only one music expression, but it does no harm
+since they contain only one music expression, but it does no harm,
and always using angle brackets after @code{\new Staff} is a good
habit to cultivate in case there are multiple voices. The opposite
is true for Voices: these should habitually be followed by braces
@code{@{ .. @}} in case your music is coded in several variables
which need to run consecutively.
-Let's add this structure to the score block, and adjust the
-indenting. We also add the appropriate clefs, ensure the
-second voice stems point down with @code{\voiceTwo} and
-enter the time signature and key to each staff using our
-predefined variable, @code{\TimeKey}.
+Let's add this structure to the score block, and adjust the indenting.
+We also add the appropriate clefs, ensure stems, ties and slurs in
+each voice on the upper staff point to the right direction with
+@code{\voiceOne} and @code{\voiceTwo}, and enter the time signature
+and key to each staff using our predefined variable, @code{\TimeKey}.
@example
\score @{
\new Staff = "ManualOne" <<
\TimeKey % set time signature and key
\clef "treble"
- \new Voice @{ \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic @}
+ \new Voice @{ \voiceOne \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic @}
\new Voice @{ \voiceTwo \ManualOneVoiceTwoMusic @}
>> % end ManualOne Staff context
\new Staff = "ManualTwo" <<
\new Staff = "ManualOne" <<
\TimeKey % set time signature and key
\clef "treble"
- \new Voice { \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic }
+ \new Voice { \voiceOne \ManualOneVoiceOneMusic }
\new Voice { \voiceTwo \ManualOneVoiceTwoMusic }
>> % end ManualOne Staff context
\new Staff = "ManualTwo" <<
\TimeKey
\clef "bass"
\new Voice { \PedalOrganMusic }
- >> % end PedalOrgan Staff
+ >> % end PedalOrgan Staff context
>>
} % end Score context
@end lilypond
-
-
-
-
-
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
-@node Input syntax
-@chapter Input syntax
+@node General input and output
+@chapter General input and output
-This section deals with general LilyPond input syntax issues,
+This section deals with general LilyPond input and output issues,
rather than specific notation.
-FIXME: don't complain about anything in this chapter. It's still
-under heavy development.
-
@menu
* Input structure::
* Titles and headers::
toplevel scores, and combined as a single @code{\book}.
This behavior can be changed by setting the variable
@code{toplevel-score-handler} at toplevel. The default handler is
-defined in the init file @file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}.
+defined in the init file @file{../scm/@/lily@/.scm}.
@item
A @code{\book} block logically combines multiple movements
or @code{\markup} in the same example. This behavior can be
changed by setting the variable @code{toplevel-book-handler} at
toplevel. The default handler is defined in the init file
-@file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}.
+@file{../scm/@/lily@/.scm}.
@item
A compound music expression, such as
This behavior can be changed by setting the variable
@code{toplevel-music-handler} at toplevel. The default handler is
-defined in the init file @file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}.
+defined in the init file @file{../scm/@/lily@/.scm}.
@item
A markup text, a verse for example
A more advanced option is to change the definitions of the following
variables in the @code{\paper} block. The init file
-@file{ly/titling-init.ly} lists the default layout.
+@file{../ly/titling-init.ly} lists the default layout.
@table @code
@funindex bookTitleMarkup
@seealso
-Init files: @file{ly/@/toc@/-init@/.ly}.
+Init files: @file{../ly/@/toc@/-init@/.ly}.
@predefined
@node Text encoding
@subsection Text encoding
-LilyPond uses the Pango library to format multi-lingual texts, and
-does not perform any input-encoding conversions. This means that any
-text, be it title, lyric text, or musical instruction containing
-non-ASCII characters, must be utf-8. The easiest way to enter such text is
-by using a Unicode-aware editor and saving the file with utf-8 encoding. Most
-popular modern editors have utf-8 support, for example, vim, Emacs,
-jEdit, and GEdit do.
-
-@c Currently not working
-@ignore
-Depending on the fonts installed, the following fragment shows Hebrew
-and Cyrillic lyrics,
-
-@cindex Cyrillic
-@cindex Hebrew
-@cindex ASCII, non
-
-@li lypondfile[fontload]{utf-8.ly}
-
-The @TeX{} backend does not handle encoding specially at all. Strings
-in the input are put in the output as-is. Extents of text items in the
-@TeX{} backend, are determined by reading a file created via the
-@file{texstr} backend,
+LilyPond uses the character repertoire defined by the Unicode
+consortium and ISO/IEC 10646. This defines a unique name and
+code point for the character sets used in virtually all modern
+languages and many others too. Unicode can be implemented using
+several different encodings. LilyPond uses the UTF-8 encoding
+(UTF stands for Unicode Transformation Format) which represents
+all common Latin characters in one byte, and represents other
+characters using a variable length format of up to four bytes.
+
+The actual appearance of the characters is determined by the
+glyphs defined in the particular fonts available - a font defines
+the mapping of a subset of the Unicode code points to glyphs.
+LilyPond uses the Pango library to layout and render multi-lingual
+texts.
+
+Lilypond does not perform any input-encoding conversions. This
+means that any text, be it title, lyric text, or musical
+instruction containing non-ASCII characters, must be encoded in
+UTF-8. The easiest way to enter such text is by using a
+Unicode-aware editor and saving the file with UTF-8 encoding. Most
+popular modern editors have UTF-8 support, for example, vim, Emacs,
+jEdit, and GEdit do. All MS Windows systems later than NT use
+Unicode as their native character encoding, so even Notepad can
+edit and save a file in UTF-8 format. A more functional
+alternative for Windows is BabelPad.
+
+If a LilyPond input file containing a non-ASCII character is not
+saved in UTF-8 format the error message
@example
-lilypond -dbackend=texstr input/les-nereides.ly
-latex les-nereides.texstr
+FT_Get_Glyph_Name () error: invalid argument
@end example
-The last command produces @file{les-nereides.textmetrics}, which is
-read when you execute
+will be generated.
-@example
-lilypond -dbackend=tex input/les-nereides.ly
-@end example
+Here is an example showing Cyrillic, Hebrew and Portuguese
+text:
-Both @file{les-nereides.texstr} and @file{les-nereides.tex} need
-suitable LaTeX wrappers to load appropriate La@TeX{} packages for
-interpreting non-ASCII strings.
+@lilypond[quote]
+%c No verbatim here as the code does not display correctly in PDF
+% Cyrillic
+bulgarian = \lyricmode {
+ Жълтата дюля беше щастлива, че пухът, който цъфна, замръзна като гьон.
+}
-@end ignore
+% Hebrew
+hebrew = \lyricmode {
+ זה כיף סתם לשמוע איך תנצח קרפד עץ טוב בגן.
+}
-To use a Unicode escape sequence, use
+% Portuguese
+portuguese = \lyricmode {
+ à vo -- cê uma can -- ção legal
+}
+
+\relative {
+ c2 d e f g f e
+}
+\addlyrics { \bulgarian }
+\addlyrics { \hebrew }
+\addlyrics { \portuguese }
+@end lilypond
+
+To enter a single character for which the Unicode escape sequence
+is known but which is not available in the editor being used, enter
@example
-#(ly:export (ly:wide-char->utf-8 #x2014))
+#(ly:export (ly:wide-char->utf-8 #x03BE))
@end example
+where in this example @code{x03BE} is the hexadecimal code for the
+Unicode U+03BE character, which has the Unicode name @qq{Greek Small
+Letter Xi}. Any Unicode hexadecimal code may be substituted, and
+if all special characters are entered in this format it is not
+necessary to save the input file in UTF-8 format.
+
+@knownissues
+
+The @code{ly:export} format may be used in text within @code{\mark} or
+@code{\markup} commands but not in lyrics.
@node Displaying LilyPond notation
@subsection Displaying LilyPond notation
the results of @code{\display@{STUFF@}}, redirect the output to
a file.
+@c TODO What happens under Windows?
+
@example
lilypond file.ly >display.txt
@end example
(cons
(make-rhythmic-location 5 1 2)
(make-rhythmic-location 7 3 4)))
-}
+}
@end verbatim
@noindent
in measure 5, and @code{7 3 4} after 3 quarter notes in measure 7.
More clip regions can be defined by adding more pairs of
-rhythmic-locations to the list.
+rhythmic-locations to the list.
In order to use this feature, LilyPond must be invoked with
@code{-dclip-systems}. The clips are output as EPS files, and are
that are off or accidentals that were mistyped stand out very much
when listening to the MIDI output.
-@knownissues
-
-Many musically interesting effects, such as swing, articulation,
-slurring, etc., are not translated to midi.
-
+@c TODO Check this
The midi output allocates a channel for each staff, and one for global
settings. Therefore the midi file should not have more than 15 staves
(or 14 if you do not use drums). Other staves will remain silent.
-Not all midi players correctly handle tempo changes in the midi
-output. Players that are known to work include
-@uref{http://@/timidity@/.sourceforge@/.net/,timidity}.
-
@menu
-* Creating MIDI files::
-* MIDI block::
-* MIDI instrument names::
-* What goes into the MIDI? FIXME::
-* other midi::
+* Creating MIDI files::
+* MIDI block::
+* What goes into the MIDI output?::
+* Repeats in MIDI::
+* Controlling MIDI dynamics::
@end menu
@node Creating MIDI files
@subsection Creating MIDI files
-To create a MIDI from a music piece of music, add a @code{\midi} block
-to a score, for example,
+To create a MIDI output file from a LilyPond input file, add a
+@code{\midi} block to a score, for example,
@example
\score @{
@var{...music...}
- \midi @{
- \context @{
- \Score
- tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
- @}
- @}
+ \midi @{ @}
@}
@end example
-The tempo can be specified using the @code{\tempo} command within the
-actual music, see @ref{Metronome marks}. An alternative, which does not
-result in a metronome mark in the printed score, is shown in the example
-above. In this example the tempo of quarter notes is set to 72 beats per
-minute.
-This kind of tempo
-specification can not take dotted note lengths as an argument. In this
-case, break the dotted notes into smaller units. For example, a tempo
-of 90 dotted quarter notes per minute can be specified as 270 eighth
-notes per minute
-
-@example
-tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 270 8)
-@end example
-
-If there is a @code{\midi} command in a @code{\score}, only MIDI will
-be produced. When notation is needed too, a @code{\layout} block must
-be added
+If there is a @code{\midi} block in a @code{\score} with no
+@code{\layout} block, only MIDI output will be produced. When
+notation is needed too, a @code{\layout} block must be also be
+present.
@example
\score @{
\layout @{ @}
@}
@end example
-@cindex layout block
+Pitches, rhythms, ties, dynamics, and tempo changes are interpreted
+and translated correctly to the MIDI output. Dynamic marks,
+crescendi and decrescendi translate into MIDI volume levels.
+Dynamic marks translate to a fixed fraction of the available MIDI
+volume range. Crescendi and decrescendi make the volume vary
+linearly between their two extremes. The effect of dynamic markings
+on the MIDI output can be removed completely, see @ref{MIDI block}.
+The initial tempo and later tempo changes can be specified
+with the @code{\tempo} command within the music notation. These
+are reflected in tempo changes in the MIDI output. This command
+will normally result in the metronome mark being printed, but this
+can be suppressed, see @ref{Metronome marks}. An alternative way
+of specifying the inital or overall MIDI tempo is described below,
+see @ref{MIDI block}.
-Ties, dynamics, and tempo changes are interpreted. Dynamic marks,
-crescendi and decrescendi translate into MIDI volume levels. Dynamic
-marks translate to a fixed fraction of the available MIDI volume
-range, crescendi and decrescendi make the volume vary linearly between
-their two extremes. The fractions can be adjusted by
-@code{dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} in @rinternals{Voice} context.
-For each type of MIDI instrument, a volume range can be defined. This
-gives a basic equalizer control, which can enhance the quality of
-the MIDI output remarkably. The equalizer can be controlled by
-setting @code{instrumentEqualizer}, or by setting
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
+
+@cindex instrument names
+@funindex Staff.midiInstrument
+
+The MIDI instrument to be used is specified by setting the
+@code{Staff.midiInstrument} property to the instrument name.
+The name should be chosen from the list in @ref{MIDI instruments}.
@example
-\set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
-\set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.8
+\new Staff @{
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel"
+ @var{...notes...}
+@}
@end example
-To remove dynamics from the MIDI output, insert the following lines
-in the @code{\midi@{@}} section.
-
@example
-\midi @{
- ...
- \context @{
- \Voice
- \remove "Dynamic_performer"
- @}
+\new Staff \with @{midiInstrument = "cello"@} @{
+ @var{...notes...}
@}
@end example
+If the selected instrument does not exactly match an instrument from
+the list of MIDI instruments, the Grand Piano (@code{"acoustic grand"})
+instrument is used.
+
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-midi-output-to-one-channel-per-voice.ly}
@knownissues
+@c In 2.11 the following no longer seems to be a problem -td
+@ignore
Unterminated (de)crescendos will not render properly in the midi file,
resulting in silent passages of music. The workaround is to explicitly
terminate the (de)crescendo. For example,
@noindent
will.
+@end ignore
+Changes in the MIDI volume take place only on starting a note, so
+crescendi and decrescendi cannot affect the volume of a
+single note.
-MIDI output is only created when the @code{\midi} command is within
-a @code{\score} block. If you put it within an explicitly instantiated
-context ( i.e. @code{\new Score} ) the file will fail. To solve this,
-enclose the @code{\new Score} and the @code{\midi} in a @code{\score} block.
+Not all midi players correctly handle tempo changes in the midi
+output. Players that are known to work include MS Windows Media
+Player and @uref{http://@/timidity@/.sourceforge@/.net/,timidity}.
+
+@node MIDI block
+@subsection MIDI block
+@cindex MIDI block
+
+A @code{\midi} block must appear within a score block if MIDI output
+is required. It is analogous to the layout block, but somewhat
+simpler. Often, the @code{\midi} block is left empty, but it
+can contain context rearrangements, new context definitions or code
+to set the values of properties. For example, the following will
+set the initial tempo exported to a MIDI file without causing a tempo
+indication to be printed:
@example
\score @{
- \new Score @{ @dots{}notes@dots{} @}
- \midi
+ @var{...music...}
+ \midi @{
+ \context @{
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 4)
+ @}
+ @}
@}
@end example
+In this example the tempo is set to 72 quarter note
+beats per minute. This kind of tempo specification cannot take
+a dotted note length as an argument. If one is required, break
+the dotted note into smaller units. For example, a tempo of 90
+dotted quarter notes per minute can be specified as 270 eighth
+notes per minute:
-@node MIDI block
-@subsection MIDI block
-@cindex MIDI block
+@example
+tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 270 8)
+@end example
+@cindex MIDI context definitions
-The MIDI block is analogous to the layout block, but it is somewhat
-simpler. The @code{\midi} block is similar to @code{\layout}. It can contain
-context definitions.
+Context definitions follow precisely the same syntax as those
+within a @code{\layout} block. Translation modules for sound are
+called performers. The contexts for MIDI output are defined in
+@file{../ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly},
+see @rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+For example, to remove the effect of dynamics
+from the MIDI output, insert the following lines in the
+@code{\midi@{ @}} block.
+@example
+\midi @{
+ ...
+ \context @{
+ \Voice
+ \remove "Dynamic_performer"
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
-@cindex context definition
+MIDI output is created only when a @code{\midi} block is included
+within a score block defined with a @code{\score} command. If it
+is placed within an explicitly instantiated score context (i.e.
+within a @code{\new Score} block) the file will fail. To solve
+this, enclose the @code{\new Score} and the @code{\midi} commands
+in a @code{\score} block.
-Context definitions follow precisely the same syntax as within the
-\layout block. Translation modules for sound are called performers.
-The contexts for MIDI output are defined in @file{ly/@/performer@/-init@/.ly}.
+@example
+\score @{
+ \new Score @{ @dots{}notes@dots{} @}
+ \midi @{ @}
+@}
+@end example
+@node What goes into the MIDI output?
+@subsection What goes into the MIDI output?
-@node MIDI instrument names
-@subsection MIDI instrument names
+@c TODO Check grace notes - timing is suspect?
-@cindex instrument names
-@funindex Staff.midiInstrument
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Supported in MIDI
-The MIDI instrument name is set by the @code{Staff.midiInstrument}
-property. The instrument name should be chosen from the list in
-@ref{MIDI instruments}.
+@cindex Pitches in MIDI
+@cindex MIDI, Pitches
+@cindex Quarter tones in MIDI
+@cindex MIDI, quarter tones
+@cindex Microtones in MIDI
+@cindex MIDI, microtones
+@cindex Chord names in MIDI
+@cindex MIDI, chord names
+@cindex Rhythms in MIDI
+@cindex MIDI, Rhythms
+@c TODO etc
-@example
-\set Staff.midiInstrument = "glockenspiel"
-@var{...notes...}
-@end example
+The following items of notation are reflected in the MIDI output:
-If the selected instrument does not exactly match an instrument from
-the list of MIDI instruments, the Grand Piano (@code{"acoustic grand"})
-instrument is used.
+@itemize
+@item Pitches
+@item Quarter tones (See @ref{Accidentals}. Rendering needs a
+player that supports pitch bend.)
+@item Chords entered as chord names
+@item Rhythms entered as note durations, including tuplets
+@item Tremolos entered without @q{@code{:}[@var{number}]}
+@item Ties
+@item Dynamic marks
+@item Crescendi, decrescendi over multiple notes
+@item Tempo changes entered with a tempo marking
+@end itemize
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Unsupported in MIDI
-@node What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
-@subsection What goes into the MIDI? FIXME
+@c TODO index as above
-@menu
-* Repeats and MIDI::
-@end menu
+The following items of notation have no effect on the MIDI output:
+
+@itemize
+@item Rhythms entered as annotations, e.g. swing
+@item Tempo changes entered as annotations with no tempo marking
+@item Staccato and other articulations and ornamentations
+@item Slurs and Phrasing slurs
+@item Crescendi, decrescendi over a single note
+@item Tremolos entered with @q{@code{:}[@var{number}]}
+@item Figured bass
+@c TODO Check Lyrics
+@item Lyrics
+@end itemize
-@node Repeats and MIDI
-@subsubsection Repeats and MIDI
-@cindex expanding repeats
+@node Repeats in MIDI
+@subsection Repeats in MIDI
+
+@cindex repeats in MIDI
@funindex \unfoldRepeats
-With a little bit of tweaking, all types of repeats can be present
+With a few minor additions, all types of repeats can be represented
in the MIDI output. This is achieved by applying the
@code{\unfoldRepeats} music function. This function changes all
repeats to unfold repeats.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,line-width=8.0\cm]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\unfoldRepeats {
\repeat tremolo 8 {c'32 e' }
\repeat percent 2 { c''8 d'' }
@}
@end example
+@node Controlling MIDI dynamics
+@subsection Controlling MIDI dynamics
+
+MIDI dynamics are implemented by the Dynamic_performer which lives
+by default in the Voice context. It is possible to control the
+overall MIDI volume, the relative volume of dynamic markings and
+the relative volume of different instruments.
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Dynamic marks
+
+Dynamic marks are translated to a fixed fraction of the available
+MIDI volume range. The default fractions range from 0.25 for
+@notation{ppppp} to 0.95 for @notation{fffff}. The set of dynamic
+marks and the associated fractions can be seen in
+@file{../scm/midi.scm}, see @rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+This set of fractions may be changed or extended by providing a
+function which takes a dynamic mark as its argument and returns the
+required fraction, and setting
+@code{Score.dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} to this function.
+
+For example, if a @notation{rinforzando} dynamic marking,
+@code{\rfz}, is required, this will not by default
+have any effect on the MIDI volume, as this dynamic marking is not
+included in the default set. Similarly, if a new dynamic marking
+has been defined with @code{make-dynamic-script} that too will not
+be included in the default set. The following example shows how the
+MIDI volume for such dynamic markings might be added. The Scheme
+function sets the fraction to 0.9 if a dynamic mark of rfz is
+found, or calls the default function otherwise.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+#(define (myDynamics dynamic)
+ (if (equal? dynamic "rfz")
+ 0.9
+ (default-dynamic-absolute-volume dynamic)))
+
+\score {
+ \new Staff {
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = "cello"
+ \set Score.dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction = #myDynamics
+ \new Voice {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a\pp b c-\rfz
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {}
+ \midi {}
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+Alternatively, if the whole table of fractions needs to be
+redefined, it would be better to use the
+@notation{default-dynamic-absolute-volume} procedure in
+@file{../scm/midi.scm} and the associated table as a model.
+The final example in this section shows how this might be done.
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Overall MIDI volume
+
+The minimum and maximum overall volume of MIDI dynamic markings is
+controlled by setting the properties @code{midiMinimumVolume} and
+@code{midiMaximumVolume} at the @code{Score} level. These
+properties have an effect only on dynamic marks, so if they
+are to apply from the start of the score a dynamic mark must be
+placed there. The fraction corresponding to each dynamic mark is
+modified with this formula
+
+@example
+midiMinimumVolume + (midiMaximumVolume - midiMinimumVolume) * fraction
+@end example
+
+In the following example the dynamic range of the overall MIDI
+volume is limited to the range 0.2 - 0.5.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 2/2
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"flute"
+ \new Voice \relative c''' {
+ r2 g\mp g fis ~
+ fis4 g8 fis e2 ~
+ e4 d8 cis d2
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \key g \major
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clarinet"
+ \new Voice \relative c'' {
+ b1\p a2. b8 a
+ g2. fis8 e
+ fis2 r
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+ \layout { }
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 2)
+ midiMinimumVolume = #0.2
+ midiMaximumVolume = #0.5
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (i)
+
+If the minimum and maximum MIDI volume properties are set in
+the @code{Staff} context the relative volumes of the MIDI
+instruments can be controlled. This gives a basic instrument
+equalizer, which can enhance the quality of the MIDI output
+remarkably.
+
+In this example the volume of the clarinet is reduced relative
+to the volume of the flute. There must be a dynamic
+mark on the first note of each instrument for this to work
+correctly.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 2/2
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"flute"
+ \set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.7
+ \set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.9
+ \new Voice \relative c''' {
+ r2 g\mp g fis ~
+ fis4 g8 fis e2 ~
+ e4 d8 cis d2
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \key g \major
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clarinet"
+ \set Staff.midiMinimumVolume = #0.3
+ \set Staff.midiMaximumVolume = #0.6
+ \new Voice \relative c'' {
+ b1\p a2. b8 a
+ g2. fis8 e
+ fis2 r
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+ \layout { }
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 2)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Equalizing different instruments (ii)
+
+If the MIDI minimum and maximum volume properties are not set
+LilyPond will, by default, apply a small degree of equalization
+to a few instruments. The instruments and the equalization
+applied are shown in the table @notation{instrument-equalizer-alist}
+in @file{../scm/midi.scm}.
+
+This basic default equalizer can be replaced by setting
+@code{instrumentEqualizer} in the @code{Score} context to a new
+Scheme procedure which accepts a MIDI instrument name as its only
+argument and returns a pair of fractions giving the minimum and
+maximum volumes to be applied to that instrument. This replacement
+is done in the same way as shown for resetting the
+@code{dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction} at the start of this section.
+The default equalizer, @notation{default-instrument-equalizer}, in
+@file{../scm/midi.scm} shows how such a procedure might be written.
+
+The following example sets the relative flute and clarinet volumes
+to the same values as the previous example.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+#(define my-instrument-equalizer-alist '())
+
+#(set! my-instrument-equalizer-alist
+ (append
+ '(
+ ("flute" . (0.7 . 0.9))
+ ("clarinet" . (0.3 . 0.6)))
+ my-instrument-equalizer-alist))
+
+#(define (my-instrument-equalizer s)
+ (let ((entry (assoc s my-instrument-equalizer-alist)))
+ (if entry
+ (cdr entry))))
-@node other midi
-@subsection other midi
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new Staff {
+ \key g \major
+ \time 2/2
+ \set Score.instrumentEqualizer = #my-instrument-equalizer
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"flute"
+ \new Voice \relative c''' {
+ r2 g\mp g fis ~
+ fis4 g8 fis e2 ~
+ e4 d8 cis d2
+ }
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \key g \major
+ \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"clarinet"
+ \new Voice \relative c'' {
+ b1\p a2. b8 a
+ g2. fis8 e
+ fis2 r
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+ \layout { }
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 72 2)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@ignore
+@c Delete when satisfied this is adequately covered elsewhere -td
+
+@n ode Microtones in MIDI
+@s ubsection Microtones in MIDI
+
+@cindex microtones in MIDI
+
+Microtones consisting of half sharps and half flats are exported
+to the MIDI file and render correctly in MIDI players which support
+pitch bending. See @ref{Note names in other languages}. Here is
+an example showing all the half sharps and half flats. It can be
+copied out and compiled to test microtones in your MIDI player.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\score {
+ \relative c' {
+ c cih cis cisih
+ d dih ees eeh
+ e eih f fih
+ fis fisih g gih
+ gis gisih a aih
+ bes beh b bih
+ }
+ \layout {}
+ \midi {}
+}
+@end lilypond
+@end ignore
-Micro tones are also exported to the MIDI file.
-Figured bass has no effect on MIDI.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ifclear INSTALL
@node Install
@item @uref{http://fontforge.sf.net/,FontForge} 20060125 or newer.
+@item @uref{http://www.lcdf.org/~eddietwo/type/#t1utils,t1utils}
+(version 1.33 or newer recommended).
+
@item New Century Schoolbook fonts, as PFB files. These are shipped with
X11 and Ghostscript, and are named @file{c059033l.pfb}
-@file{c059036l.pfb}, @file{c059013l.pfb} and @file{c059016l.pfb}
+@file{c059036l.pfb}, @file{c059013l.pfb} and @file{c059016l.pfb}.
@item @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/guile/guile.html,GUILE} (version
1.8.2 or newer). If you are installing binary packages, you may need to
@item @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/gettext.html,gettext}.
-@item @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/flex/,Flex}
+@item @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/flex/,Flex}.
-@item @uref{http://www.perl.org/,Perl}
+@item @uref{http://www.perl.org/,Perl}.
-@item @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/flex/,GNU Bison}
+@item @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/flex/,GNU Bison}.
@item All packages required for running, including development packages with
header files and libraries.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Introduction
@chapter Introduction
@node Engraving
@unnumberedsubsec Engraving
-The art of music typography is called @emph{(plate) engraving}. The
-term derives from the traditional process of music printing. Just a
-few decades ago, sheet music was made by cutting and stamping the
-music into a zinc or pewter plate in mirror image. The plate would be
-inked, the depressions caused by the cutting and stamping would hold
-ink. An image was formed by pressing paper to the plate. The
-stamping and cutting was completely done by hand. Making a correction
-was cumbersome, if possible at all, so the engraving had to be perfect
-in one go. Engraving was a highly specialized skill; a craftsman had
-to complete around five years of training before earning the title of
-master engraver, and another five years of experience were
-necessary to become truly skilled.
-
-Nowadays, all newly printed music is produced with computers. This
-has obvious advantages; prints are cheaper to make, and editorial work
-can be delivered by email. Unfortunately, the pervasive use of
-computers has also decreased the graphical quality of scores.
-Computer printouts have a bland, mechanical look, which makes them
-unpleasant to play from.
+The art of music typography is called @emph{(plate) engraving}.
+The term derives from the traditional process of music printing.
+Just a few decades ago, sheet music was made by cutting and
+stamping the music into a zinc or pewter plate in mirror image.
+The plate would be inked, the depressions caused by the cutting
+and stamping would hold ink. An image was formed by pressing
+paper to the plate. The stamping and cutting was completely done
+by hand. Making a correction was cumbersome, if possible at all,
+so the engraving had to be perfect in one go. Engraving was a
+highly specialized skill; a craftsman had to complete around five
+years of training before earning the title of master engraver, and
+another five years of experience were necessary to become truly
+skilled.
+
+Nowadays, all newly printed music is produced with computers.
+This has obvious advantages; prints are cheaper to make, and
+editorial work can be delivered by email. Unfortunately, the
+pervasive use of computers has also decreased the graphical
+quality of scores. Computer printouts have a bland, mechanical
+look, which makes them unpleasant to play from.
@c introduce illustrating aspects of engraving, font...
The images below illustrate the difference between traditional
-engraving and typical computer output, and the third picture shows how
-LilyPond mimics the traditional look. The left picture shows a scan
-of a flat symbol from an edition published in 2000. The center
-depicts a symbol from a hand-engraved Bärenreiter edition of the
-same music. The left scan illustrates typical flaws of computer
-print: the staff lines are thin, the weight of the flat symbol matches
-the light lines and it has a straight layout with sharp corners. By
-contrast, the Bärenreiter flat has a bold, almost voluptuous
-rounded look. Our flat symbol is designed after, among others, this
-one. It is rounded, and its weight harmonizes with the thickness of
-our staff lines, which are also much thicker than lines in the
-computer edition.
+engraving and typical computer output, and the third picture shows
+how LilyPond mimics the traditional look. The left picture shows
+a scan of a flat symbol from an edition published in 2000. The
+center depicts a symbol from a hand-engraved Bärenreiter edition
+of the same music. The left scan illustrates typical flaws of
+computer print: the staff lines are thin, the weight of the flat
+symbol matches the light lines and it has a straight layout with
+sharp corners. By contrast, the Bärenreiter flat has a bold,
+almost voluptuous rounded look. Our flat symbol is designed
+after, among others, this one. It is rounded, and its weight
+harmonizes with the thickness of our staff lines, which are also
+much thicker than lines in the computer edition.
@multitable @columnfractions .125 .25 .25 .25 .125
@item @tab
@c introduce illustrating aspects of engraving, spacing...
In spacing, the distribution of space should reflect the durations
-between notes. However, many modern scores adhere to the durations
-with mathematical precision, which leads to poor results. In the next
-example a motive is printed twice: once using exact mathematical
-spacing, and once with corrections. Can you spot which fragment is
-which?
+between notes. However, many modern scores adhere to the
+durations with mathematical precision, which leads to poor
+results. In the next example a motive is printed twice: once
+using exact mathematical spacing, and once with corrections. Can
+you spot which fragment is which?
@cindex optical spacing
@c file spacing-optical.
@cindex regular rhythms
@cindex regular spacing
-Each bar in the fragment only uses notes that are played in a constant
-rhythm. The spacing should reflect that. Unfortunately, the eye
-deceives us a little; not only does it notice the distance between
-note heads, it also takes into account the distance between
-consecutive stems. As a result, the notes of an up-stem/@/down-stem
-combination should be put farther apart, and the notes of a
-down-stem/@/up-stem combination should be put closer together, all
-depending on the combined vertical positions of the notes. The upper
-two measures are printed with this correction, the lower two measures
-without, forming down-stem/@/up-stem clumps of notes.
+Each bar in the fragment only uses notes that are played in a
+constant rhythm. The spacing should reflect that. Unfortunately,
+the eye deceives us a little; not only does it notice the distance
+between note heads, it also takes into account the distance
+between consecutive stems. As a result, the notes of an
+up-stem/@/down-stem combination should be put farther apart, and
+the notes of a down-stem/@/up-stem combination should be put
+closer together, all depending on the combined vertical positions
+of the notes. The upper two measures are printed with this
+correction, the lower two measures without, forming
+down-stem/@/up-stem clumps of notes.
@cindex typography
-Musicians are usually more absorbed with performing than with studying
-the looks of a piece of music, so nitpicking about typographical
-details may seem academical. But it is not. In larger pieces with
-monotonous rhythms, spacing corrections lead to subtle variations in
-the layout of every line, giving each one a distinct visual signature.
-Without this signature all lines would look the same, and they become
-like a labyrinth. If a musician looks away once or has a lapse in
-concentration, the lines might lose their place on the page.
-
-Similarly, the strong visual look of bold symbols on heavy staff lines
-stands out better when the music is far away from the reader, for
-example, if it is on a music stand. A careful distribution of white
-space allows music to be set very tightly without cluttering symbols
-together. The result minimizes the number of page turns, which is a
-great advantage.
+Musicians are usually more absorbed with performing than with
+studying the looks of a piece of music, so nitpicking about
+typographical details may seem academical. But it is not. In
+larger pieces with monotonous rhythms, spacing corrections lead to
+subtle variations in the layout of every line, giving each one a
+distinct visual signature. Without this signature all lines would
+look the same, and they become like a labyrinth. If a musician
+looks away once or has a lapse in concentration, the lines might
+lose their place on the page.
+
+Similarly, the strong visual look of bold symbols on heavy staff
+lines stands out better when the music is far away from the
+reader, for example, if it is on a music stand. A careful
+distribution of white space allows music to be set very tightly
+without cluttering symbols together. The result minimizes the
+number of page turns, which is a great advantage.
This is a common characteristic of typography. Layout should be
-pretty, not only for its own sake, but especially because it helps the
-reader in her task. For performance material like sheet music, this
-is of double importance: musicians have a limited amount of attention.
-The less attention they need for reading, the more they can focus on
-playing the music. In other words, better typography translates to
-better performances.
+pretty, not only for its own sake, but especially because it helps
+the reader in her task. For performance material like sheet
+music, this is of double importance: musicians have a limited
+amount of attention. The less attention they need for reading,
+the more they can focus on playing the music. In other words,
+better typography translates to better performances.
These examples demonstrate that music typography is an art that is
subtle and complex, and that producing it requires considerable
expertise, which musicians usually do not have. LilyPond is our
-effort to bring the graphical excellence of hand-engraved music to the
-computer age, and make it available to normal musicians. We have
-tuned our algorithms, font-designs, and program settings to produce
-prints that match the quality of the old editions we love to see and
-love to play from.
-
-
+effort to bring the graphical excellence of hand-engraved music to
+the computer age, and make it available to normal musicians. We
+have tuned our algorithms, font-designs, and program settings to
+produce prints that match the quality of the old editions we love
+to see and love to play from.
@node Automated engraving
@unnumberedsubsec Automated engraving
-How do we go about implementing typography? If craftsmen need over
-ten years to become true masters, how could we simple hackers ever
-write a program to take over their jobs?
+How do we go about implementing typography? If craftsmen need
+over ten years to become true masters, how could we simple hackers
+ever write a program to take over their jobs?
The answer is: we cannot. Typography relies on human judgment of
-appearance, so people cannot be replaced completely. However, much of
-the dull work can be automated. If LilyPond solves most of the common
-situations correctly, this will be a huge improvement over existing
-software. The remaining cases can be tuned by hand. Over the course
-of years, the software can be refined to do more and more things
-automatically, so manual overrides are less and less necessary.
+appearance, so people cannot be replaced completely. However,
+much of the dull work can be automated. If LilyPond solves most
+of the common situations correctly, this will be a huge
+improvement over existing software. The remaining cases can be
+tuned by hand. Over the course of years, the software can be
+refined to do more and more things automatically, so manual
+overrides are less and less necessary.
When we started, we wrote the LilyPond program entirely in the C++
-programming language; the program's functionality was set in stone by
-the developers. That proved to be unsatisfactory for a number of
-reasons:
+programming language; the program's functionality was set in stone
+by the developers. That proved to be unsatisfactory for a number
+of reasons:
@itemize
-@item When LilyPond makes mistakes,
-users need to override formatting decisions. Therefore, the user must
-have access to the formatting engine. Hence, rules and settings cannot
-be fixed by us at compile-time but must be accessible for users at
-run-time.
-
-@item Engraving is a matter of visual judgment, and therefore a matter of
-taste. As knowledgeable as we are, users can disagree with our
-personal decisions. Therefore, the definitions of typographical style
-must also be accessible to the user.
-
-@item Finally, we continually refine the formatting algorithms, so we
-need a flexible approach to rules. The C++ language forces a certain
-method of grouping rules that do not match well with how music
-notation works.
+
+@item When LilyPond makes mistakes, users need to override
+formatting decisions. Therefore, the user must have access to the
+formatting engine. Hence, rules and settings cannot be fixed by
+us at compile-time but must be accessible for users at run-time.
+
+@item Engraving is a matter of visual judgment, and therefore a
+matter of taste. As knowledgeable as we are, users can disagree
+with our personal decisions. Therefore, the definitions of
+typographical style must also be accessible to the user.
+
+@item Finally, we continually refine the formatting algorithms, so
+we need a flexible approach to rules. The C++ language forces a
+certain method of grouping rules that do not match well with how
+music notation works.
+
@end itemize
-These problems have been addressed by integrating an interpreter for
-the Scheme programming language and rewriting parts of LilyPond in
-Scheme. The current formatting architecture is built around the
-notion of graphical objects, described by Scheme variables and
-functions. This architecture encompasses formatting rules,
-typographical style and individual formatting decisions. The user has
-direct access to most of these controls.
+These problems have been addressed by integrating an interpreter
+for the Scheme programming language and rewriting parts of
+LilyPond in Scheme. The current formatting architecture is built
+around the notion of graphical objects, described by Scheme
+variables and functions. This architecture encompasses formatting
+rules, typographical style and individual formatting decisions.
+The user has direct access to most of these controls.
Scheme variables control layout decisions. For example, many
-graphical objects have a direction variable that encodes the choice
-between up and down (or left and right). Here you see two chords,
-with accents and arpeggios. In the first chord, the graphical objects
-have all directions down (or left). The second chord has all
-directions up (right).
+graphical objects have a direction variable that encodes the
+choice between up and down (or left and right). Here you see two
+chords, with accents and arpeggios. In the first chord, the
+graphical objects have all directions down (or left). The second
+chord has all directions up (right).
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\new Score \with {
\override SpacingSpanner #'spacing-increment = #3
\override TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
-} \relative {
+} \relative c' {
\stemDown <e g b>4_>-\arpeggio
\override Arpeggio #'direction = #RIGHT
\stemUp <e g b>4^>-\arpeggio
@end lilypond
@noindent
-The process of formatting a score consists of reading and writing the
-variables of graphical objects. Some variables have a preset value. For
-example, the thickness of many lines -- a characteristic of typographical
-style -- is a variable with a preset value. You are free to alter this
-value, giving your score a different typographical impression.
+The process of formatting a score consists of reading and writing
+the variables of graphical objects. Some variables have a preset
+value. For example, the thickness of many lines -- a
+characteristic of typographical style -- is a variable with a
+preset value. You are free to alter this value, giving your score
+a different typographical impression.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
fragment = {
>>
@end lilypond
-Formatting rules are also preset variables: each object has variables
-containing procedures. These procedures perform the actual
-formatting, and by substituting different ones, we can change the
-appearance of objects. In the following example, the rule which note
-head objects are used to produce their symbol is changed during the
-music fragment.
+Formatting rules are also preset variables: each object has
+variables containing procedures. These procedures perform the
+actual formatting, and by substituting different ones, we can
+change the appearance of objects. In the following example, the
+rule which note head objects are used to produce their symbol is
+changed during the music fragment.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
#(set-global-staff-size 30)
@end lilypond
-
@node What symbols to engrave?
@unnumberedsubsec What symbols to engrave?
@cindex engraving
@cindex typography
-The formatting process decides where to place symbols. However, this
-can only be done once it is decided @emph{what} symbols should be
-printed, in other words what notation to use.
-
-Common music notation is a system of recording music that has evolved
-over the past 1000 years. The form that is now in common use dates
-from the early renaissance. Although the basic form (i.e., note heads
-on a 5-line staff) has not changed, the details still evolve to
-express the innovations of contemporary notation. Hence, it
-encompasses some 500 years of music. Its applications range from
-monophonic melodies to monstrous counterpoints for large orchestras.
-
-How can we get a grip on such a many-headed beast, and force it into
-the confines of a computer program? Our solution is to break up the
-problem of notation (as opposed to engraving, i.e., typography) into
-digestible and programmable chunks: every type of symbol is handled by
-a separate module, a so-called plug-in. Each plug-in is completely
-modular and independent, so each can be developed and improved
-separately. Such plug-ins are called @code{engraver}s, by analogy
-with craftsmen who translate musical ideas to graphic symbols.
-
-In the following example, we see how we start out with a plug-in for
-note heads, the @code{Note_heads_engraver}.
+The formatting process decides where to place symbols. However,
+this can only be done once it is decided @emph{what} symbols
+should be printed, in other words what notation to use.
+
+Common music notation is a system of recording music that has
+evolved over the past 1000 years. The form that is now in common
+use dates from the early renaissance. Although the basic form
+(i.e., note heads on a 5-line staff) has not changed, the details
+still evolve to express the innovations of contemporary notation.
+Hence, it encompasses some 500 years of music. Its applications
+range from monophonic melodies to monstrous counterpoints for
+large orchestras.
+
+How can we get a grip on such a many-headed beast, and force it
+into the confines of a computer program? Our solution is to break
+up the problem of notation (as opposed to engraving, i.e.,
+typography) into digestible and programmable chunks: every type of
+symbol is handled by a separate module, a so-called plug-in. Each
+plug-in is completely modular and independent, so each can be
+developed and improved separately. Such plug-ins are called
+@code{engraver}s, by analogy with craftsmen who translate musical
+ideas to graphic symbols.
+
+In the following example, we see how we start out with a plug-in
+for note heads, the @code{Note_heads_engraver}.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
\score {
- \topVoice
- \layout {
- \context {
+ \topVoice
+ \layout {
+ \context {
\Voice
\remove "Stem_engraver"
\remove "Phrasing_slur_engraver"
\remove "Script_engraver"
\remove "Beam_engraver"
\remove "Auto_beam_engraver"
- }
- \context {
+ }
+ \context {
\Staff
\remove "Accidental_engraver"
\remove "Key_engraver"
\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
\remove "Staff_symbol_engraver"
\consists "Pitch_squash_engraver"
- }
-}
+ }
+ }
}
@end lilypond
@end lilypond
@noindent
-The @code{Stem_engraver} is notified of any note head coming along.
-Every time one (or more, for a chord) note head is seen, a stem
-object is created and connected to the note head. By adding
-engravers for beams, slurs, accents, accidentals, bar lines,
-time signature, and key signature, we get a complete piece of
-notation.
+The @code{Stem_engraver} is notified of any note head coming
+along. Every time one (or more, for a chord) note head is seen, a
+stem object is created and connected to the note head. By adding
+engravers for beams, slurs, accents, accidentals, bar lines, time
+signature, and key signature, we get a complete piece of notation.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right]
\include "engraver-example.ily"
\new Staff << \topVoice \\ \botVoice >>
@end lilypond
-In this situation, the accidentals and staff are shared, but the stems,
-slurs, beams, etc., are private to each voice. Hence, engravers should
-be grouped. The engravers for note heads, stems, slurs, etc., go into a
-group called @q{Voice context,} while the engravers for key, accidental,
-bar, etc., go into a group called @q{Staff context.} In the case of
-polyphony, a single Staff context contains more than one Voice context.
-Similarly, multiple Staff contexts can be put into a single Score
-context. The Score context is the top level notation context.
+In this situation, the accidentals and staff are shared, but the
+stems, slurs, beams, etc., are private to each voice. Hence,
+engravers should be grouped. The engravers for note heads, stems,
+slurs, etc., go into a group called @q{Voice context,} while the
+engravers for key, accidental, bar, etc., go into a group called
+@q{Staff context.} In the case of polyphony, a single Staff
+context contains more than one Voice context. Similarly, multiple
+Staff contexts can be put into a single Score context. The Score
+context is the top level notation context.
@seealso
}
@end lilypond
+
@node Music representation
@unnumberedsubsec Music representation
-Ideally, the input format for any high-level formatting system is an
-abstract description of the content. In this case, that would be the
-music itself. This poses a formidable problem: how can we define what
-music really is? Instead of trying to find an answer, we have reversed
-the question. We write a program capable of producing sheet music,
-and adjust the format to be as lean as possible. When the format can
-no longer be trimmed down, by definition we are left with content
-itself. Our program serves as a formal definition of a music
-document.
+Ideally, the input format for any high-level formatting system is
+an abstract description of the content. In this case, that would
+be the music itself. This poses a formidable problem: how can we
+define what music really is? Instead of trying to find an answer,
+we have reversed the question. We write a program capable of
+producing sheet music, and adjust the format to be as lean as
+possible. When the format can no longer be trimmed down, by
+definition we are left with content itself. Our program serves as
+a formal definition of a music document.
-The syntax is also the user-interface for LilyPond, hence it is easy
-to type
+The syntax is also the user-interface for LilyPond, hence it is
+easy to type:
@example
@{
@end example
@noindent
-a quarter note C1 (middle C) and an eighth note D1 (D above middle C)
+to create a quarter note C1 (middle C) and an eighth note D1 (D
+above middle C).
@lilypond[quote]
{
@end lilypond
On a microscopic scale, such syntax is easy to use. On a larger
-scale, syntax also needs structure. How else can you enter complex
-pieces like symphonies and operas? The structure is formed by the
-concept of music expressions: by combining small fragments of music
-into larger ones, more complex music can be expressed. For example
+scale, syntax also needs structure. How else can you enter
+complex pieces like symphonies and operas? The structure is
+formed by the concept of music expressions: by combining small
+fragments of music into larger ones, more complex music can be
+expressed. For example
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
-c4
+f4
@end lilypond
@noindent
-Chords can be constructed with @code{<<} and @code{>>} enclosing the notes
+Simultaneous notes can be constructed by enclosing them with
+@code{<<} and @code{>>}:
-@c < > is not a music expression,
-@c so we use <<>> iso. <> to drive home the point of
-@c expressions. Don't change this back --hwn.
@example
<<c4 d4 e4>>
@end example
@noindent
This expression is put in sequence by enclosing it in curly braces
-@code{@{@tie{}@dots{}@tie{}@}}
+@code{@{@tie{}@dots{}@tie{}@}}:
@example
@{ f4 <<c4 d4 e4>> @}
@end lilypond
@noindent
-The above is also an expression, and so it may be combined
-again with another simultaneous expression (a half note) using <<,
-@code{\\}, and >>
+The above is also an expression, and so it may be combined again
+with another simultaneous expression (a half note) using
+@code{<<}, @code{\\}, and @code{>>}:
@example
<< g2 \\ @{ f4 <<c4 d4 e4>> @} >>
\new Voice { << g2 \\ { f4 <<c d e>> } >> }
@end lilypond
-Such recursive structures can be specified neatly and formally in a
-context-free grammar. The parsing code is also generated from this
-grammar. In other words, the syntax of LilyPond is clearly and
-unambiguously defined.
+Such recursive structures can be specified neatly and formally in
+a context-free grammar. The parsing code is also generated from
+this grammar. In other words, the syntax of LilyPond is clearly
+and unambiguously defined.
-User-interfaces and syntax are what people see and deal with
-most. They are partly a matter of taste, and also subject of much
-discussion. Although discussions on taste do have their merit, they
-are not very productive. In the larger picture of LilyPond, the
-importance of input syntax is small: inventing neat syntax is easy, while
-writing decent formatting code is much harder. This is also
-illustrated by the line-counts for the respective components: parsing
-and representation take up less than 10% of the source code.
+User-interfaces and syntax are what people see and deal with most.
+They are partly a matter of taste, and also subject of much
+discussion. Although discussions on taste do have their merit,
+they are not very productive. In the larger picture of LilyPond,
+the importance of input syntax is small: inventing neat syntax is
+easy, while writing decent formatting code is much harder. This
+is also illustrated by the line-counts for the respective
+components: parsing and representation take up less than 10% of
+the source code.
@node Example applications
@unnumberedsubsec Example applications
-We have written LilyPond as an experiment of how to condense the art
-of music engraving into a computer program. Thanks to all that hard
-work, the program can now be used to perform useful tasks. The
-simplest application is printing notes.
+We have written LilyPond as an experiment of how to condense the
+art of music engraving into a computer program. Thanks to all
+that hard work, the program can now be used to perform useful
+tasks. The simplest application is printing notes.
@lilypond[quote,relative=1]
{
>>
@end lilypond
-Polyphonic notation and piano music can also be printed. The following
-example combines some more exotic constructs.
+Polyphonic notation and piano music can also be printed. The
+following example combines some more exotic constructs.
+
+@lilypond[quote]
+\header {
+ title = "Screech and boink"
+ subtitle = "Random complex notation"
+ composer = "Han-Wen Nienhuys"
+}
+
+\score {
+ \context PianoStaff <<
+ \new Staff = "up" {
+ \time 4/8
+ \key c \minor
+ << {
+ \revert Stem #'direction
+ \change Staff = down
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##t
+ g16.[
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g32
+ \change Staff = up
+ c'''32
+ \change Staff = down
+ g16]
+ \change Staff = up
+ \stemUp
+ \set followVoice = ##t
+ c'''32([ b''16 a''16 gis''16 g''32)]
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \times 2/3 { d'16[ f' g'] } as'32[ b''32 e'' d'']
+ } \\ {
+ s4 \autoBeamOff d''8.. f''32
+ } \\ {
+ s4 es''4
+ } >>
+ }
-@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right]{screech-boink.ly}
+ \new Staff = "down" {
+ \clef bass
+ \key c \minor
+ \set subdivideBeams = ##f
+ \override Stem #'french-beaming = ##t
+ \override Beam #'thickness = #0.3
+ \override Stem #'thickness = #4.0
+ g'16[ b16 fis16 g16]
+ << \makeClusters {
+ as16 <as b>
+ <g b>
+ <g cis>
+ } \\ {
+ \override Staff.Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction =#down
+ <cis, e, gis, b, cis>4\arpeggio
+ }
+ >> }
+ >>
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ tempoWholesPerMinute = #(ly:make-moment 60 8)
+ }
+ }
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Staff
+ \consists Horizontal_bracket_engraver
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
-The fragments shown above have all been written by hand, but that is
-not a requirement. Since the formatting engine is mostly automatic, it
-can serve as an output means for other programs that manipulate
-music. For example, it can also be used to convert databases of
-musical fragments to images for use on websites and multimedia
-presentations.
+The fragments shown above have all been written by hand, but that
+is not a requirement. Since the formatting engine is mostly
+automatic, it can serve as an output means for other programs that
+manipulate music. For example, it can also be used to convert
+databases of musical fragments to images for use on websites and
+multimedia presentations.
-This manual also shows an application: the input format is text, and
-can therefore be easily embedded in other text-based formats such as
-@LaTeX{}, HTML, or in the case of this manual, Texinfo. By means of a
-special program, the input fragments can be replaced by music images
-in the resulting PDF or HTML output files. This makes it easy
-to mix music and text in documents.
+This manual also shows an application: the input format is text,
+and can therefore be easily embedded in other text-based formats
+such as @LaTeX{}, HTML, or in the case of this manual, Texinfo.
+By means of a special program, the input fragments can be replaced
+by music images in the resulting PDF or HTML output files. This
+makes it easy to mix music and text in documents.
@node About the documentation
@section About the documentation
-FIXME: still needs some work.
+This section explains the different portions of the documentation.
-This section explains the different manuals:
+@c leave these lines wrapping around. It's some texinfo 4.12 thing. -gp
+@c This is actually a limitation of texi2html. -jm
+@menu
+* About the Learning Manual (LM):: this manual introduces LilyPond, giving in-depth explanations of how to create notation.
-@itemize
-@item
-Learning Manual (LM): this introduces LilyPond, giving in-depth
-explanations of how to create notation.
+* About the Music Glossary (MG):: this manual explains musical terms and gives translations of terms in other languages.
-@item
-Music Glossary (MG): this explains musical terms and gives
-translations of terms in other languages.
+* About the Notation Reference (NR):: this manual is the main portion of the documentation. It provides detailed information about creating notation. This book assumes that the reader knows basic material covered in the LM and is familiar with the English musical terms presented in the MG.
-@item
-Notation Reference (NR): this is the main portion of the
-documentation. It provides detailed information about creating
-notation. This book assumes that the reader knows basic material
-covered in the LM and is familiar with the English musical terms
-presented in the MG.
+* About the Application Usage (AU):: this discusses the actual programs and operating system-specific issues.
-@item
-Application Usage (AU): this discusses the actual programs and
-operation system-specific issues.
+* About the Snippet List (SL):: this is a collection of short LilyPond examples.
-@item
-Snippet List (SL): this is a collection of short LilyPond examples
-(@qq{snippets}).
-
-@item
-Internals Reference (IR): this gives information about LilyPond
-internal programming information, which is required for
-constructing tweaks.
-
-@item
-Other documentation: there are a few other portions of the
-documentation, such as News items and the mailist archives.
+* About the Internals Reference (IR):: this document gives reference information about LilyPond's internal structures, which is required for constructing tweaks.
-@end itemize
+* Other documentation:: there are a few other portions of the documentation, such as News items and the mailist archives.
-@menu
-* About the Learning Manual (LM)::
-* About the Music Glossary (MG)::
-* About the Notation Reference (NR)::
-* About the Application Usage (AU)::
-* About the Snippet List (SL)::
-* About the Internals Reference (IR)::
-* Other documentation::
@end menu
@unnumberedsubsec About the Learning Manual (LM)
This book explains how to begin learning LilyPond, as well as
-explaining some key concepts in easy terms. It is recommended to
-read these chapters in a linear fashion.
+explaining some key concepts in easy terms. You should read these
+chapters in a linear fashion.
@itemize
+@item
+@ref{Introduction}: explains the background and overall goal of
+LilyPond.
+
@item
@ref{Tutorial}: gives a gentle introduction to typesetting music.
First time users should start here.
the LilyPond file format. If you are not certain where to place a
command, read this chapter!
+@item
+@ref{Tweaking output}: shows how to change the default engraving
+that LilyPond produces.
+
@item
@ref{Working on LilyPond projects}: discusses practical uses of
-LilyPond and how to avoid some common problems.
+LilyPond and how to avoid some common problems. Read this before
+undertaking large projects!
+
+@end itemize
+
+The LM also contains appendices which are not part of the
+recommended linear reading. They may be useful for later
+viewing:
+
+@itemize
@item
-@ref{Tweaking output}: shows how to change the default engraving
-that LilyPond produces.
+@ref{Templates}: shows ready-made templates of LilyPond pieces.
+Just cut and paste a template into a file, add notes, and you're
+done!
+
+@item
+@ref{Scheme tutorial}: presents a short introduction to Scheme,
+the programming language that music functions use. This is
+material for advanced tweaks; many users never touch Scheme at
+all.
@end itemize
@item
@ruser{Musical notation}:
-discusses topics grouped by notation construct. This section gives
-details about basic notation that will be useful in almost any
-notation project.
+discusses topics grouped by notation construct. This section
+gives details about basic notation that will be useful in almost
+any notation project.
@item
@ruser{Specialist notation}:
-discusses topics grouped by notation construct. This section gives
-details about special notation that will only be useful for particular
-instrument (or vocal) groups.
+discusses topics grouped by notation construct. This section
+gives details about special notation that will only be useful for
+particular instrument (or vocal) groups.
@item
-@ruser{Input syntax}:
+@ruser{General input and output}:
+discusses general information about LilyPond input files and
+controlling output.
@item
@ruser{Spacing issues}:
@item
@ruser{Changing defaults}:
+explains how to tweak LilyPond to produce exactly the notation you
+want.
@item
@ruser{Interfaces for programmers}:
@end itemize
-
The NR also contains appendices with useful reference charts.
@itemize
+
@item
@ruser{Literature list}:
contains a set of useful reference books for those who wish to
know more on notation and engraving.
-@item
-@ref{Scheme tutorial}:
-presents a short introduction to Scheme, the programming
-language that music functions use.
-
@item
@ruser{Notation manual tables}:
are a set of tables showing the chord names, MIDI instruments, a
list of color names, and the Feta font.
-@item
-@ref{Templates}:
-of LilyPond pieces. Just cut and paste a
-template into a file, add notes, and you're done!
-
@item
@ruser{Cheat sheet}:
is a handy reference of the most common LilyPond commands.
@item
@ruser{LilyPond command index}:
-is an index of all LilyPond @code{\commands}.
+an index of all LilyPond @code{\commands}.
@item
@ruser{LilyPond index}:
-is a complete index.
+a complete index.
@end itemize
@node About the Application Usage (AU)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Application Usage (AU)
-This book explains how to execute the program and how to integrate
+This book explains how to execute the programs and how to integrate
LilyPond notation with other programs.
@itemize
@item
@rprogram{Install}:
-explains how to install LilyPond (including compilation if desired).
+explains how to install LilyPond (including compilation if
+desired).
@item
@rprogram{Setup}:
-describes how to configure your computer for optimum LilyPond usage,
-such as using special environments for certain text editors.
+describes how to configure your computer for optimum LilyPond
+usage, such as using special environments for certain text
+editors.
@item
@rprogram{Running LilyPond}:
-shows how to run LilyPond and its helper programs. In addition, this
-section explains how to upgrade input files from previous versions of
-LilyPond.
+shows how to run LilyPond and its helper programs. In addition,
+this section explains how to upgrade input files from previous
+versions of LilyPond.
@item
@rprogram{LilyPond-book}:
@cindex snippets
@cindex LSR
-The Snippet List shows a selected set of LilyPond snippets from the
+@ref{Top,LilyPond Snippet List,,lilypond-snippets}: this shows a
+selected set of LilyPond snippets from the
@uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,LilyPond Snippet Repository}
-(LSR). It is in the public domain.
+(LSR). All the snippets are in the public domain.
Please note that this document is not an exact subset of LSR. LSR
is running a stable LilyPond version, so any snippet which
The list of snippets for each subsection of the Notation Reference
(NR) are also linked from the @strong{See also} portion.
-@itemize
-@item
-The
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/input/lsr/lilypond-snippets/index.html,Snippets}
-@end ifhtml
-@ifnothtml
-Snippets
-@end ifnothtml
-are a great collection of short examples which demonstrate tricks, tips,
-and special features of LilyPond. Most of these snippets can also be
-found in the @uref{http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it/,LilyPond Snippet
-Repository}. This website also has a searchable LilyPond manual.
-@end itemize
-
@node About the Internals Reference (IR)
@unnumberedsubsec About the Internals Reference (IR)
+@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals}: this is a set
+of heavily cross linked HTML pages which document the nitty-gritty
+details of each and every LilyPond class, object, and function.
+It is produced directly from the formatting definitions in the
+source code.
-@itemize
-@item
-The
-@iftex
-Internals Reference
-@end iftex
-@ifnottex
-@ref{Top,Internals Reference,,lilypond-internals}
-@end ifnottex
-is a set of heavily cross linked HTML pages, which document the
-nitty-gritty details of each and every LilyPond class, object, and
-function. It is produced directly from the formatting definitions used.
-
-Almost all formatting functionality that is used internally, is
-available directly to the user. For example, all variables that control
-thickness values, distances, etc., can be changed in input files. There
-are a huge number of formatting options, and all of them are described
-in this document. Each section of the notation manual has a @b{See
-also} subsection, which refers to the generated documentation. In the
-HTML document, these subsections have clickable links.
-
-@end itemize
+Almost all formatting functionality that is used internally is
+available directly to the user. For example, most variables that
+control thickness values, distances, etc., can be changed in input
+files. There are a huge number of formatting options, and all of
+them are described in this document. Each section of the Notation
+Reference has a @b{See also} subsection, which refers to the
+generated documentation. In the HTML document, these subsections
+have clickable links.
@node Other documentation
@unnumberedsubsec Other documentation
-FIXME: most of this should go higher up. Discuss News, mailist
-archives, ...?
+There are a number of other sources of information which may be
+very valuable.
-There are a number of other places which may be very valuable.
+@itemize
-Once you are an experienced user, you can use the manual as reference:
-there is an extensive index@footnote{If you are looking for something,
-and you cannot find it in the manual, that is considered a bug. In
-that case, please file a bug report.}, but the document is also
-available in
-@iftex
-a big HTML page,
-@end iftex
-@ifhtml
-@uref{source/Documentation/user/lilypond-big-page.html, one big page},
-@end ifhtml
-which can be searched easily using the search facility of a web
-browser.
-
-
-In all HTML documents that have music fragments embedded, the LilyPond
-input that was used to produce that image can be viewed by clicking
-the image.
-
-The location of the documentation files that are mentioned here can vary
-from system to system. On occasion, this manual refers to
-initialization and example files. Throughout this manual, we refer to
-input files relative to the top-directory of the source archive. For
-example, @file{input/@/lsr/@/dirname/@/bla@/.ly} may refer to the file
-@file{lilypond@/2.x.y/@/input/@/lsr/@/dirname/@/bla@/.ly}. On binary
-packages for the UNIX platform, the documentation and examples can
-typically be found somewhere below
+@item News: This is a summary of important changes
+and new features in LilyPond since the previous version.
+
+@item @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-user/, The
+lilypond-user mailist archives}: this is a collection of previous
+emails sent to the user list. Many questions have been asked
+multiple times; there is a very good chance that if you have a
+question, the answer might be found in these archives.
+
+@item @uref{http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/, The
+lilypond-devel mailist archives}: this is a collection of previous
+emails sent to the developer's list. The discussion here is more
+technical; if you have an advanced question about lilypond
+internals, the answer might be in these archives.
+
+@item Embedded music fragments: in all HTML documents that have
+music fragments embedded, the exact LilyPond input that was used
+to produce that image can be viewed by clicking the image.
+
+@item Init files: The location of the documentation files that are
+mentioned here can vary from system to system. On occasion, this
+manual refers to initialization and example files. Throughout
+this manual, we refer to input files relative to the top-directory
+of the source archive. For example,
+@file{input/@/lsr/@/dirname/@/bla@/.ly} may refer to the file
+@file{lilypond@/2.x.y/@/input/@/lsr/@/dirname/@/bla@/.ly}. On
+binary packages for the UNIX platform, the documentation and
+examples can typically be found somewhere below
@file{/usr/@/share/@/doc/@/lilypond/}. Initialization files, for
-example @file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}, or @file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly},
-are usually found in the directory @file{/usr/@/share/@/lilypond/}.
-
-@cindex adjusting output
-@cindex variables
-@cindex properties
-@cindex lilypond-internals
-@cindex internal documentation
-@cindex Scheme
-@cindex extending LilyPond
-@cindex index
-
-Finally, this and all other manuals, are available online both as PDF
-files and HTML from the web site, which can be found at
-@uref{http://@/www@/.lilypond@/.org/}.
-
+example @file{scm/@/lily@/.scm}, or
+@file{ly/@/engraver@/-init@/.ly}, are usually found in the
+directory @file{/usr/@/share/@/lilypond/}.
+@end itemize
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
-
-@c Andrew's TODO List
-@c references - first pass complete
-@c manual changes - first pass complete
-@c automatic changes - first pass complete
-@c staff-change lines - first pass complete
-@c cross-staff stems - first pass complete
-@c pedals - first pass complete
-@c accordian discant symbols
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Keyboard instruments
@section Keyboard instruments
+@lilypondfile[quote]{keyboard-headword.ly}
+
+This section discusses several aspects of music notation that are unique
+to keyboard instruments.
+
@menu
* Common notation for keyboards::
* Piano::
@node Common notation for keyboards
@subsection Common notation for keyboards
+This section discusses notation issues that may arise for most keyboard
+instruments.
+
@menu
* References for keyboards::
* Changing staff manually::
@end menu
@node References for keyboards
-@subsubsection References for keyboards
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for keyboards
+
+@cindex piano staves
+@cindex staves, piano
+@cindex staves, keyboard instruments
+@cindex staves, keyed instruments
+@cindex keyboard instrument staves
+@cindex keyed instrument staves
+@funindex PianoStaff
Keyboard instruments are usually notated with Piano staves. These
are two or more normal staves coupled with a brace. The same
-notation is also used for harps and other keyed instruments.
+notation is also used for other keyed instruments.
Organ music is normally written with two staves inside a
@code{PianoStaff} group and third, normal staff for the pedals.
The staves in keyboard music are largely independent, but
-sometimes voices can cross between the two staves. In this
-section we discuss some notation techniques particular to keyboard
+sometimes voices can cross between the two staves. This
+section discusses notation techniques particular to keyboard
music.
Several common issues in keyboard music are covered elsewhere:
@itemize
+
@item Keyboard music usually contains multiple voices and the
number of voices may change regularly; this is described in
@ref{Collision resolution}.
@item Vertical grid lines can be shown with @ref{Grid lines}.
@item Keyboard music often contains @notation{Laissez vibrer} ties
-as well as ties on arpeggios and tremelos, described in
+as well as ties on arpeggios and tremolos, described in
@ref{Ties}.
@item Placing arpeggios across multiple voices and staves is
@end itemize
-@c @snippets
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc]
-@c {creating-slurs-across-voices.ly}
-
@seealso
Learning Manual:
Notation Reference:
@ref{Grouping staves},
@ref{Instrument names},
+@ref{Collision resolution},
@ref{Writing music in parallel},
@ref{Fingering instructions},
+@ref{List of articulations},
@ref{Grid lines},
@ref{Ties},
@ref{Arpeggio},
-@ref{Tremolo repeats},
-@ref{List of articulations}.
+@ref{Tremolo repeats}.
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{PianoStaff}.
@knownissues
-Dynamics are not centered, but workarounds do exist. See the
-@q{piano centered dynamics} template in @rlearning{Piano templates}.
+@cindex keyboard music, centering dynamics
+@cindex dynamics, centered in keyboard music
+@cindex piano music, centering dynamics
+@cindex centered dynamics in piano music
+@funindex staff-padding
-@c TODO Find out status of the dynamics engravers
+Dynamics are not automatically centered, but workarounds do exist. One
+option is the @q{piano centered dynamics} template under
+@rlearning{Piano templates}; another option is to increase the
+@code{staff-padding} of dynamics as discussed in @rlearning{Moving
+objects}.
@node Changing staff manually
-@subsubsection Changing staff manually
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Changing staff manually
@cindex changing staff manually
@cindex manual staff changes
@cindex cross-staff beams
@cindex beams, cross-staff
@funindex \change
+@funindex change
Voices can be switched between staves manually, using the command
@noindent
The string @var{staffname} is the name of the staff. It switches
-the current voice from its current staff to the Staff called
+the current voice from its current staff to the staff called
@var{staffname}. Typical values for @var{staffname} are
@code{"up"} and @code{"down"}, or @code{"RH"} and @code{"LH"}.
Cross-staff notes are beamed automatically:
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff = "up" {
<e' c'>8
- \change Staff = down
- g fis g
- \change Staff = up
+ \change Staff = "down"
+ g8 fis g
+ \change Staff = "up"
<g'' c''>8
- \change Staff = down
- e dis e
- \change Staff = up
+ \change Staff = "down"
+ e8 dis e
+ \change Staff = "up"
}
\new Staff = "down" {
\clef bass
- s1 % keep staff alive
+ % keep staff alive
+ s1
}
>>
@end lilypond
@rlsr{Keyboards}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{Beam}.
+@rinternals{Beam},
+@rinternals{ContextChange}.
@node Changing staff automatically
-@subsubsection Changing staff automatically
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Changing staff automatically
@cindex changing staff automatically
@cindex automatic staff changes
@cindex staff changes, automatic
@funindex \autochange
+@funindex autochange
+@funindex PianoStaff
Voices can be made to switch automatically between the top and the
bottom staff. The syntax for this is
@noindent
This will create two staves inside the current staff group
(usually a @code{PianoStaff}), called @code{"up"} and
-@code{"down"}. The lower staff will be in bass clef by default.
-The autochanger switches on basis of the pitch (middle C is the
+@code{"down"}. The lower staff will be in the bass clef by default.
+The autochanger switches on the basis of the pitch (middle@tie{}C is the
turning point), and it looks ahead skipping over rests to switch
in advance.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\new PianoStaff {
\autochange {
- g4 a b c' d' r4 a g
+ g4 a b c'
+ d'4 r a g
}
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex relative music and autochange
+@cindex autochange and relative music
+@funindex \relative
+@funindex relative
+
A @code{\relative} section that is outside of @code{\autochange}
has no effect on the pitches of the music, so if necessary, put
@code{\relative} inside @code{\autochange}.
its voice between the existing staves. For example, this is
necessary to place a key signature in the lower staff:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff = "up" {
\new Voice = "melOne" {
\key g \major
\autochange \relative c' {
g8 b a c b d c e
- d r fis, g a2
+ d8 r fis, g a2
}
}
}
@knownissues
+@cindex chords, splitting across staves with \autochange
+
The staff switches may not end up in optimal places. For high
quality output, staff switches should be specified manually.
-Chords will not be split across the staves; the staff will be
-chosen by the first note named in the chord.
-
+Chords will not be split across the staves; they will be assigned to a
+staff based on the first note named in the chord construct.
@node Staff-change lines
-@subsubsection Staff-change lines
-
-@cindex staff-change lines
-@cindex cross-staff lines
-@cindex lines, staff-change follower
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Staff-change lines
+
+@cindex staff-change line
+@cindex staff change line
+@cindex cross-staff line
+@cindex cross staff line
+@cindex line, staff-change follower
+@cindex line, cross-staff
+@cindex line, staff-change
@cindex follow voice
@cindex staff switching
@cindex cross-staff
@funindex followVoice
+@funindex \showStaffSwitch
+@funindex showStaffSwitch
+@funindex \hideStaffSwitch
+@funindex hideStaffSwitch
Whenever a voice switches to another staff, a line connecting the
notes can be printed automatically:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=1]
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff = "one" {
\showStaffSwitch
c1
- \change Staff=two
+ \change Staff = "two"
b2 a
}
- \new Staff = "two" { \clef bass s1*2 }
+ \new Staff = "two" {
+ \clef bass
+ s1*2
+ }
>>
@end lilypond
@predefined
-@funindex \showStaffSwitch
-@funindex \hideStaffSwitch
@code{\showStaffSwitch}, @code{\hideStaffSwitch}.
@seealso
@rlsr{Keyboards}.
Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Note_head_line_engraver},
@rinternals{VoiceFollower}.
@node Cross-staff stems
-@subsubsection Cross-staff stems
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Cross-staff stems
@cindex cross-staff notes
+@cindex cross staff notes
@cindex notes, cross-staff
@cindex cross-staff stems
+@cindex cross staff stems
@cindex stems, cross-staff
+@cindex chords, cross-staff
+@cindex cross-staff chords
+@cindex cross staff chords
+@funindex Stem
+@funindex cross-staff
+@funindex length
+@funindex flag-style
-Chords that cross staves may be produced by increasing the length
-of the stem in the lower staff, so it reaches the stem in the upper
-staff, or vice versa.
+Chords that cross staves may be produced:
-@lilypond[ragged-right,verbatim,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\new PianoStaff <<
- \new Staff \relative c' {
- f8 e4 d8 <f bes,>2
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c' {
+ f8 e4 d8 <f bes,>2
+ }
}
- \new Staff \relative c' {
- << {
- \clef bass
- \stemUp
- \override Stem #'length = #12
- \override Stem #'cross-staff = ##t
- \override Stem #'flag-style = #'no-flag
- a8 g4 f8
- } \\
- { f,2 d' }
- >>
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c' {
+ << {
+ \clef bass
+ % stems may overlap the other staff
+ \override Stem #'cross-staff = ##t
+ % extend the stems to reach other other staff
+ \override Stem #'length = #12
+ % do not print extra flags
+ \override Stem #'flag-style = #'no-flag
+ a8 g4 f8
+ }
+ \\
+ {
+ f,2 d'
+ } >>
+ }
}
>>
@end lilypond
@snippets
-@c @lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc]
-@c {indicating-cross-staff-chords-with-arpeggio-bracket.ly}
-
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{indicating-cross-staff-chords-with-arpeggio-bracket.ly}
@seealso
@rlsr{Keyboards}.
Internals Reference:
-@rinternals{Stem}
+@rinternals{Stem}.
@node Piano
@subsection Piano
+This section discusses notation issues that relate most directly to the
+piano.
+
@menu
* Piano pedals::
@end menu
@node Piano pedals
-@subsubsection Piano pedals
-@cindex Pedals
-
-Pianos have pedals that alter the way sound is produced. Generally, a
-piano has three pedals, sustain, una corda, and sostenuto.
-
-
-Piano pedal instruction can be expressed by attaching
-@code{\sustainDown}, @code{\sustainUp}, @code{\unaCorda},
-@code{\treCorde}, @code{\sostenutoDown} and @code{\sostenutoUp} to a
-note or chord
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
-c'4\sustainDown c'4\sustainUp
-@end lilypond
-
-What is printed can be modified by setting @code{pedal@var{X}Strings},
-where @var{X} is one of the pedal types: @code{Sustain},
-@code{Sostenuto} or @code{UnaCorda}. Refer to
-@rinternals{SustainPedal} in the program reference for more
-information.
-
-Pedals can also be indicated by a sequence of brackets, by setting the
-@code{pedalSustainStyle} property to bracket objects
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Piano pedals
+
+@cindex piano pedals
+@cindex pedals, piano
+@cindex sustain pedal
+@cindex sostenuto pedal
+@cindex una corda
+@cindex tre corde
+@cindex sos.
+@cindex U.C.
+@funindex \sustainOn
+@funindex sustainOn
+@funindex \sustainOff
+@funindex sustainOff
+@funindex \sostenutoOn
+@funindex sostenutoOn
+@funindex \sostenutoOff
+@funindex sostenutoOff
+@funindex \unaCorda
+@funindex unaCorda
+@funindex \treCorde
+@funindex treCorde
+
+Pianos generally have three pedals that alter the way sound is
+produced: @notation{sustain}, @notation{sostenuto}
+(@notation{sos.}), and @notation{una corda} (@notation{U.C.}).
+Sustain pedals are also found on vibraphones and celestas.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c4\sustainOn d e g
+<c, f a>1\sustainOff
+c4\sostenutoOn e g c,
+<bes d f>1\sostenutoOff
+c4\unaCorda d e g
+<d fis a>1\treCorde
@end lilypond
-A third style of pedal notation is a mixture of text and brackets,
-obtained by setting the @code{pedalSustainStyle} property to
-@code{mixed}
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@cindex pedal indication styles
+@cindex pedal indication, text
+@cindex pedal indication, bracket
+@cindex pedal indication, mixed
+@cindex pedal sustain style
+@cindex sustain pedal style
+@funindex pedalSustainStyle
+@funindex mixed
+@funindex bracket
+@funindex text
+
+There are three styles of pedal indications: text, bracket, and mixed.
+The sustain pedal and the una corda pedal use the text style by default
+while the sostenuto pedal uses mixed by default.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c4\sustainOn g c2\sustainOff
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'mixed
-c\sustainDown d e
-b\sustainUp\sustainDown
-b g \sustainUp a \sustainDown \bar "|."
-@end lilypond
-
-The default @q{*Ped.} style for sustain and damper pedals corresponds to
-style @code{#'text}. The sostenuto pedal uses @code{mixed} style by
-default.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
+c4\sustainOn g c d
+d\sustainOff\sustainOn g, c2\sustainOff
+\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
+c4\sustainOn g c d
+d\sustainOff\sustainOn g, c2
+\bar "|."
@end lilypond
-For fine-tuning the appearance of a pedal bracket, the properties
-@code{edge-width}, @code{edge-height}, and @code{shorten-pair} of
-@code{PianoPedalBracket} objects (see
-@rinternals{PianoPedalBracket} in the Internals Reference) can be
-modified. For example, the bracket may be extended to the right edge
-of the note head
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(0 . -1.0)
-c\sostenutoDown d e c, f g a\sostenutoUp
-@end lilypond
+The placement of the pedal commands matches the physical movement of the
+sustain pedal during piano performance. Pedalling to the final bar line
+is indicated by omitting the final pedal up command.
-@noindent
-Note that overrides must be placed before the note at which the
-pedal bracket starts.
+@seealso
-@c TODO Check relative positions of the sustain pedal and
-@c dynamics are correct (they collided in 2.11.44).
-@c Give example showing this.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Ties}.
-@seealso
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Keyboards}.
-Notation Reference: @ref{Ties} (laissez vibrer).
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{SustainPedal},
+@rinternals{SustainPedalLineSpanner},
+@rinternals{SustainEvent},
+@rinternals{SostenutoPedal},
+@rinternals{SostenutoPedalLineSpanner},
+@rinternals{SostenutoEvent},
+@rinternals{UnaCordaPedal},
+@rinternals{UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner},
+@rinternals{UnaCordaEvent},
+@rinternals{PianoPedalBracket},
+@rinternals{Piano_pedal_engraver}.
@node Accordion
@subsection Accordion
+@cindex accordion
+
+This section discusses notation that is unique to the accordion.
+
@menu
* Discant symbols::
@end menu
@node Discant symbols
-@subsubsection Discant symbols
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Discant symbols
+@cindex accordion discant symbols
+@cindex discant symbols, accordion
+@cindex accordion shifts
+@cindex accordion shift symbols
+
+Accordions are often built with more than one set of reeds that may be
+in unison with, an octave above, or an octave below the written pitch.
+Each accordion maker has different names for the @notation{shifts} that
+select the various reed combinations, such as @notation{oboe},
+@notation{musette}, or @notation{bandonium}, so a system of symbols has
+come into use to simplify the performance instructions.
-@c TODO Add text from -user and lsr 194
-TBC
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{accordion-discant-symbols.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Keyboards}.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@c Note: keep this node named so that `info lilypond-book' brings you here.
@node LilyPond-book
* Musical notation:: Musical notation.
* Specialist notation:: Notation which is only used for
specific purposes.
-* Input syntax:: General information about
- lilypond input files.
+* General input and output:: General information about
+ lilypond input and output.
* Spacing issues:: Display of output on paper.
* Changing defaults:: Tuning output.
* Interfaces for programmers:: Expert usage.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Literature list
@appendix Literature list
* arpeggio::
* articulation::
* ascending interval::
-* augmentation::
* augmented interval::
+* augmentation::
* autograph::
* B::
* backfall::
* bass clef::
* beam::
* beat::
-* beat repeat::
+* beat repeat::
* bind::
* brace::
* bracket::
* contralto::
* copying music::
* counterpoint::
-* countertenor::
+* countertenor::
* crescendo::
* cue-notes::
* custos::
* didymic comma::
* diminished interval::
* diminuendo::
-* diminution::
+* diminution::
* direct::
* disjunct movement::
* dissonance::
* dissonant interval::
+* divisio::
+* doit::
* dominant::
* dominant ninth chord::
* dominant seventh chord::
* extender line::
* F::
* F clef::
+* fall::
* feathered beam::
* fermata::
* fifth::
* figured bass::
* fingering::
* flag::
+* flageolet::
* flat::
* forefall::
* forte::
* grave::
* gruppetto::
* H::
+* hairpin::
* half note::
* half rest::
* harmonic cadence::
+* harmonics::
* harmony::
* hemiola::
* homophony::
+* hymn meter::
* interval::
+* inversion::
* inverted interval::
* just intonation::
* key::
* major interval::
* meantone temperament::
* measure::
-* measure repeat::
+* measure repeat::
* mediant::
* melisma::
* melisma line::
* note head::
* note names::
* note value::
-* octavation::
+* octavation::
* octave::
-* octave mark::
-* octave marking::
+* octave mark::
+* octave marking::
* octave sign::
* ornament::
* ossia::
* part::
* pause::
* pennant::
-* percent repeat::
+* percent repeat::
* percussion::
* perfect interval::
* phrase::
* portato::
* presto::
* proportion::
-* Pythagorean comma::
+* Pythagorean comma::
* quadruplet::
+* quality::
* quarter note::
* quarter rest::
* quarter tone::
* sextuplet::
* shake::
* sharp::
-* simile::
+* simile::
* simple meter::
* sixteenth note::
* sixteenth rest::
* sixth::
* sixty-fourth note::
* sixty-fourth rest::
-* slash repeat::
+* slash repeat::
* slur::
* solmization::
* sonata::
* staff::
* staves::
* stem::
+* stringendo::
* strings::
* strong beat::
* subdominant::
* supertonic::
* symphony::
* syncopation::
-* syntonic comma::
+* syntonic comma::
* system::
* temperament::
* tempo indication::
S: ackord,
FI: sointu.
-Three or more tones sounding simultaneously. In traditional European music the
-base chord is a @emph{triad} consisting of 2@w{ }thirds. @emph{Major} (major +
-minor @ref{third}) as well as @emph{minor} (minor + major third) chords may be
-extended with more thirds. Four-tone @emph{seventh chords} and five-tone
-@emph{ninth} major chords are most often used as dominants (@ref{functional
-harmony}). A special case is chords having no third above the lower notes to
-define their quality as major or minor: such chords are called @q{open chords}.
+Three or more tones sounding simultaneously. In traditional European music
+the base chord is a @emph{triad} consisting of two thirds. @emph{Major}
+(major + minor third) as well as @emph{minor} (minor + major third) chords
+may be extended with more thirds. Four-tone @emph{seventh chords} and
+five-tone @emph{ninth} major chords are most often used as dominants
+(functional harmony). Chords having no third above the lower notes to
+define their mood are a special case called @q{open chords}. The lack of
+the middle third means their quality is ambivalent: neither major nor minor.
@lilypond[fragment,notime,line-width=13.0\cm]
\set Score.automaticBars = ##f
>>
@end lilypond
+@seealso
+
+@ref{functional harmony}, @ref{interval}, @ref{inversion}, @ref{quality},
+@ref{third}.
+
@node chromatic scale
@section chromatic scale
FI: cresendo, voimistuen.
Increasing volume. Indicated by a rightwards opening horizontal wedge
-or the abbreviation @samp{cresc.}.
+(hairpin) or the abbreviation @samp{cresc.}.
@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right]
\key g \major \time 4/4
S: decrescendo,
FI: decresendo, hiljentyen.
-Decreasing tone volume. Indicated by a leftwards opening horizontal wedge
-or the abbreviation @samp{decresc.}.
+Decreasing tone volume. Indicated by a leftwards opening horizontal
+wedge (hairpin) or the abbreviation @samp{decresc.}.
@lilypond[fragment,ragged-right]
\relative c'' {
Scales played on the white keys of a piano keybord are diatonic; and these
scales are sometimes called, somewhat inaccurately, @q{church modes}).
-These @q{modes} are used in gregorian chant and in pre-baroque early music
+These @q{modes} are used in Gregorian chant and in pre-baroque early music
but also to some extent in newer jazz music.
@lilypond[fragment,notime,ragged-right]
@ref{harmony}.
+@node divisio
+@section divisio
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+[Latin: @q{division}: pl. @emph{divisiones}] In Gregorian chant, a
+vertical stroke through part or all of the staff that serves to
+structure a chant into phrases and sections. There are four types:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item @emph{divisio minima}, a short pause
+
+@item @emph{divisio maior}, a medium pause
+
+@item @emph{divisio maxima}, a long pause
+
+@item @emph{finalis}, to indicate the end of a chant, or the end of a
+section in a long antiphonal or responsorial chant.
+
+@end itemize
+
+TODO: musical example here?
+
+@seealso
+
+None yet.
+
+
+@node doit
+@section doit
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+Indicator for a indeterminately rising pitch bend. Compare with
+@emph{glissando}, which has determinate starting and ending pitches.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{fall}, @ref{glissando}.
+
+
@node dominant
@section dominant
Dictionary}.
@item
-In figured (or thorough) bass to indicate that:
+In figured bass to indicate that:
@itemize
@c F: 'point d'orgue' on a note, 'point d'arret' on a rest.
+@node fall
+@section fall
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+Indicator for a indeterminately falling pitch bend. Compare with
+@emph{glissando}, which has determinate starting and ending pitches.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{doit}, @ref{glissando}.
+
+
@node feathered beam
@section feathered beam
@node figured bass
@section figured bass
-@seealso
+ES: bajo cifrado,
+I: basso continuo, basso numerato,
+F: basse chiffrée, basse continue,
+D: Generalbass, bezifferter Bass,
+NL: basso continuo, becijferde bas
+DK: generalbas,
+S: generalbas,
+FI: kenraalibasso, numeroitu basso.
-@ref{thorough bass}.
+Also called @q{thorough bass}.
+
+A method of indicating an accompaniment part by the bass notes only, together
+with figures designating the chief @ref{interval}s and @ref{chord}s to be played
+above the bass notes.
+
+@lilypond[fragment,line-width=13.0\cm]
+\context GrandStaff <<
+ \context Staff = lh \relative c'' {
+ \time 4/4
+ \key es \major
+ \clef treble
+ << \context Voice = rha {
+ \stemUp
+ es4 d c bes | bes }
+ \context Voice = rhb {
+ \stemDown
+ < bes g >8 as < as f > g < g es > f < d f > es | < g es >4 }
+ >>
+ }
+ <<
+ \context Staff = rh \relative c' {
+ \clef bass
+ \key es \major
+ es8 c d bes c as bes16 as g f | es4
+ }
+ \figures { s8 <6> s <4 2> s <6> s16 s <6> <4 2> }
+ >>
+>>
+@end lilypond
@node fingering
@end lilypond
+@node flageolet
+@section flageolet
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+An articulation for string players that means the note or passage is to
+be played in harmonics.
+
+Also:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item A duct flute similar to the recorder.
+
+@item An organ stop of flute scale at 1' or 2' pitch.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{articulation}, @ref{harmonics}.
+
+
@node flat
@section flat
@seealso
-@ref{Pitch names}, @ref{B}
+@ref{Pitch names}, @ref{B}.
+
+
+@node hairpin
+@section hairpin
+
+Graphical version of the @notation{crescendo} and @notation{decrescendo}
+dynamic marks.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{crescendo}, @ref{decrescendo}.
@node half note
@end lilypond
+@node harmonics
+@section harmonics
+
+ES: sonidos del flautín,
+I: suoni flautati,
+F: flageolet, sons harmoniques,
+D: Flageolett-Töne,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+The general class of pitches produced by sounding the second or higher
+harmonic of a tone producer: string, column of air, and so on.
+
+On stringed instruments, these pitches sound rather flute-like; hence,
+their name in languages other than English. They are produced by
+lightly touching the string at a node for the desired mode of vibration
+while it is being bowed or plucked.
+
+For instruments of the violin family, there are two types of harmonics:
+natural harmonics, which are those played on the open string; and
+artificial harmonics, which are produced on stopped strings.
+
+
@node harmony
@section harmony
@ref{polyphony}.
+@node hymn meter
+@section hymn meter
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+A group or list of numbers that indicate the number of syllables in a
+line of a hymn's verse. Different hymnals have different ways of noting
+the hymn meter -- consider a hymn having four lines in two couplets that
+alternate between eight and seven syllables. The @emph{English Hymnal}
+notes this as 87.@w{ }87. Other hymnals may note it as 8787, 87.87, or
+8@w{ }7@w{ }8@w{ }7.
+
+Some frequently-used hymn meters have traditional names:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item 66.86 is called Short Meter (abbreviated SM or S.M.)
+
+@item 86.86 is called Common Meter (CM or C.M.)
+
+@item 88.88 is called Long Meter (LM or L.M.)
+
+@end itemize
+
+Some hymns and their tunes are doubled versions of a simpler meter: for
+easier reading, a hymn with a meter of 87.87.87.87 is usually written
+87.87D. The traditional names above also have doubled versions:
+
+@itemize
+
+@item 66.86.66.86 is Double Short Meter (DSM or D.S.M.)
+
+@item 86.86.86.86 is Double Common Meter (DCM or D.C.M.)
+
+@item 88.88.88.88 is Double Long Meter (DLM or D.L.M.)
+
+@end itemize
+
+
+
@node interval
@section interval
@end lilypond
+@node inversion
+@section inversion
+
+ES: ?,
+I: ?,
+F: inversion,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+When the bass is not the same as the root, the chord is inverted. The number
+of inversions that a chord can have is one fewer than the number of
+constituent notes. Triads, for example, (having three constituent notes) can
+have three positions, two of which are inversions:
+
+@table @strong
+@item Root position
+The root note is in the bass, and above that are the third and the fifth. A
+triad built on the first scale degree, for example, is marked @notation{I}.
+
+@item First inversion
+The third is in the bass, and above it are the fifth and the root. This
+creates an interval of a sixth and a third above the bass note, and so is
+marked in figured Roman notation as @notation{6/3}. This is commonly
+abbreviated to @notation{I6} (or @notation{Ib}) since the sixth is the
+characteristic interval of the inversion, and so always implies
+@notation{6/3}.
+
+@item Second inversion
+The fifth is in the bass, and above it are the root and the third. This
+creates an interval of a sixth and a fourth above the bass note, and so is
+marked as @notation{I6/4} or @notation{Ic}. Second inversion is the most
+unstable chord position.
+@end table
+
+
@node inverted interval
@section inverted interval
@ref{note value}.
+@node quality
+@section quality
+
+ES: ?,
+I: qualità (?),
+F: qualité (?),
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+The quality of a triad is determined by the precise arrangement of its
+intervals. Tertian triads can be described as a series of three notes. The
+first element is the root note (or simply @q{root}) of the chord, the second
+note is the @q{third} of the chord, and the last note is the @q{fifth} of
+the chord. These are described below:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .10 .35 .35 .20
+
+@headitem Chord name @tab Component intervals
+ @tab Example
+ @tab Symbol
+@item major triad @tab major third/perfect fifth
+ @tab C-E-G
+ @tab C, CM, Cma, Cmaj, CΔ
+@item minor triad @tab minor third/perfect fifth
+ @tab C-E♭-G
+ @tab Cm, Cmi, Cmin, C-
+@item augmented triad @tab major third/augmented fifth
+ @tab C-E-G♯
+ @tab C+, C^+, Caug
+@item diminished triad @tab minor third/diminished fifth
+ @tab C-E♭-G♭
+ @tab Cm(♭5), Cº, Cdim
+@end multitable
+
+There are various types of seventh chords depending on the quality of the
+original chord and the quality of the seventh added.
+
+Five common types of seventh chords have standard symbols. The chord quality
+indications are sometimes superscripted and sometimes not (e.g. Dm7, Dm^7,
+and D^m7 are all identical). The last three chords are not commonly used
+except in jazz.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{chord}.
+
+
@node quarter note
@section quarter note
or impossible
@item alter the characteristic timbre of the instrument, for example,
-to increase brilliance)
+to increase brilliance
@item reinforce certain sonorities or tonalities by making them
available on open strings
@end lilypond
+@node stringendo
+@section stringendo
+
+ES: ?,
+I: stringendo,
+F: ?,
+D: ?,
+NL: ?,
+DK: ?,
+S: ?,
+FI: ?.
+
+[It, @q{pressing}]. Pressing, urging, or hastening the time, as to a
+climax.
+
+@seealso
+
+@ref{accelerando}.
+
+
@node strings
@section strings
@node thorough bass
@section thorough bass
-ES: bajo cifrado,
-I: basso continuo, basso numerato,
-F: basse chiffrée, basse continue,
-D: Generalbass, bezifferter Bass,
-NL: basso continuo, becijferde bas
-DK: generalbas,
-S: generalbas,
-FI: kenraalibasso, numeroitu basso.
-
-Also called @q{figured bass}.
-
-A method of indicating an accompaniment part by the bass notes only, together
-with figures designating the chief @ref{interval}s and @ref{chord}s to be played
-above the bass notes.
+@seealso
-@lilypond[fragment,line-width=13.0\cm]
-\context GrandStaff <<
- \context Staff = lh \relative c'' {
- \time 4/4
- \key es \major
- \clef treble
- << \context Voice = rha {
- \stemUp
- es4 d c bes | bes }
- \context Voice = rhb {
- \stemDown
- < bes g >8 as < as f > g < g es > f < d f > es | < g es >4 }
- >>
- }
- <<
- \context Staff = rh \relative c' {
- \clef bass
- \key es \major
- es8 c d bes c as bes16 as g f | es4
- }
- \figures { s8 <6> s <4 2> s <6> s16 s <6> <4 2> }
- >>
->>
-@end lilypond
+@ref{figured bass}.
@node tie
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Notation manual tables
@appendix Notation manual tables
@menu
* Chord name chart::
+* Common chord modifiers::
+* Predefined fretboard diagrams::
* MIDI instruments::
* List of colors::
* The Feta font::
@lilypondfile{chord-names-jazz.ly}
+@node Common chord modifiers
+@appendixsec Common chord modifiers
+
+The following table shows chord modifiers that can be used in
+@code{\chordmode} to generate standard chord structures.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions .2 .3 .2 .2
+
+@item
+@b{Chord type}
+@tab
+@b{Intervals}
+@tab
+@b{Modifier(s)}
+@tab
+@b{Example}
+
+
+@item
+Major
+@tab
+Major third, perfect fifth
+@tab
+@code{5} or nothing
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:5
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor
+@tab
+Minor third, perfect fifth
+@tab
+@code{m} or @code{m5}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:m
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Augmented
+@tab
+Major third, augmented fifth
+@tab
+@code{aug}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:aug
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Diminished
+@tab
+Minor third, diminished fifth
+@tab
+@code{dim}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:dim
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Dominant seventh
+@tab
+Major triad, minor seventh
+@tab
+@code{7}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:7
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Major seventh
+@tab
+Major triad, major seventh
+@tab
+@code{maj7} or @code{maj}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:maj7
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor seventh
+@tab
+Minor triad, minor seventh
+@tab
+@code{m7}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:m7
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Diminished seventh
+@tab
+Diminished triad, diminished seventh
+@tab
+@code{dim7}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:dim7
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Augmented seventh
+@tab
+Augmented triad, minor seventh
+@tab
+@code{aug7}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:aug7
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Half-diminished seventh
+@tab
+Diminished triad, minor seventh
+@tab
+@code{dim5m7}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:dim5m7
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor-major seventh
+@tab
+Minor triad, major seventh
+@tab
+@code{7m5}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:7m5
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Major sixth
+@tab
+Major triad, sixth
+@tab
+@code{6}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:6
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor sixth
+@tab
+Minor triad, sixth
+@tab
+@code{m6}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:m6
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Dominant ninth
+@tab
+Dominant seventh, major ninth
+@tab
+@code{9}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:9
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Major ninth
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{maj9}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:maj9
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor ninth
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{m9}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:m9
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Dominant eleventh
+@tab
+Dominant ninth, perfect eleventh
+@tab
+@code{11}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:11
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Major eleventh
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{maj11}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:maj11
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor eleventh
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{m11}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:m11
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Dominant thirteenth
+@tab
+Dominant eleventh, major thirteenth
+@tab
+@code{13.11}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:13.11
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Major thirteenth
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{maj13.11}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:maj13.11
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Minor thirteenth
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{m13.11}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:m13.11
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Suspended second
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{sus2}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:sus2
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@item
+Suspended fourth
+@tab
+TODO
+@tab
+@code{sus4}
+@tab
+@lilypond[line-width=3\cm,noragged-right, notime]
+\chordmode {
+ c1:sus4
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@end multitable
+
+@node Predefined fretboard diagrams
+@appendixsec Predefined fretboard diagrams
+
+The chart below shows the predefined fretboard diagrams.
+
+@lilypondfile{display-predefined-fretboards.ly}
+
@node MIDI instruments
@appendixsec MIDI instruments
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Musical notation
@chapter Musical notation
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Percussion
@section Percussion
}
@end lilypond
-This is shorthand for
+This is shorthand for:
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\new DrumStaff
-\drummode {
- hihat hh bassdrum bd
+\new DrumStaff {
+ \drummode {
+ hihat hh bassdrum bd
+ }
}
@end lilypond
+Note, that percussion clefs are added automatically in a
+@code{DrumStaff} context. But it is possible to use other clefs
+if you want.
+
The complete list of drum names is in the init file
@file{ly/@/drumpitch@/-init@/.ly}.
-@c TODO: properly document this.
+
+Here is the list of abbreviations You can use in a drum Staff:
+
+@example
+ bda acousticbassdrum
+ bd bassdrum
+ ssh hisidestick
+ ss sidestick
+ ssl losidestick
+ sna acousticsnare
+ sn snare
+ hc handclap
+ sne electricsnare
+ tomfl lowfloortom
+ hhc closedhihat
+ hh hihat
+ tomfh highfloortom
+ hhp pedalhihat
+ toml lowtom
+ hho openhihat
+ hhho halfopenhihat
+ tomml lowmidtom
+ tommh himidtom
+ cymca crashcymbala
+ cymc crashcymbal
+ tomh hightom
+ cymra ridecymbala
+ cymr ridecymbal
+ cymch chinesecymbal
+ rb ridebell
+ tamb tambourine
+ cyms splashcymbal
+ cb cowbell
+ cymcb crashcymbalb
+ vibs vibraslap
+ cymrb ridecymbalb
+ bohm mutehibongo
+ boh hibongo
+ boho openhibongo
+ bolm mutelobongo
+ bol lobongo
+ bolo openlobongo
+ cghm mutehiconga
+ cglm muteloconga
+ cgho openhiconga
+ cgh hiconga
+ cglo openloconga
+ cgl loconga
+ timh hitimbale
+ timl lotimbale
+ agh hiagogo
+ agl loagogo
+ cab cabasa
+ mar maracas
+ whs shortwhistle
+ whl longwhistle
+ guis shortguiro
+ guil longguiro
+ gui guiro
+ cl claves
+ wbh hiwoodblock
+ wbl lowoodblock
+ cuim mutecuica
+ cuio opencuica
+ trim mutetriangle
+ tri triangle
+ trio opentriangle
+ tt tamtam
+ ua oneup
+ ub twoup
+ uc threeup
+ ud fourup
+ ue fiveup
+ da onedown
+ db twodown
+ dc threedown
+ dd fourdown
+ de fivedown
+@end example
+
+Note that the normal notation of pitches in a @code{DrumStaff}
+will cause an error message.
+
+
Drum rolls are indicated with three slashes across the stem.
For quarter notes or longer the three slashes are shown explicitly,
after the note. The @code{staff-padding} property may be
overridden to achieve a pleasing baseline.
-@c TODO Add example of sticking
+@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+\drums {
+ \repeat "unfold" 2 { sn16 ^"L" sn^"R" sn^"L" sn^"L" sn^"R" sn^"L" sn^"R" sn^"R" }
+
+}
+@end lilypond
+
@seealso
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Pitches
@cindex pitches
@cindex absolute
@cindex absolute octave specification
+@cindex absolute octave entry
A pitch name is specified using lowercase letters@tie{}@code{a}
through@tie{}@code{g}. The note names @code{c} to @code{b} are
d e f g
@end lilypond
+@cindex octave changing mark
@funindex '
@funindex ,
@unnumberedsubsubsec Relative octave entry
@cindex relative
+@cindex relative octave entry
@cindex relative octave specification
@funindex \relative
@rinternals{RelativeOctaveMusic}.
+@cindex relative octave entry and transposition
+@cindex transposition and relative octave entry
@funindex \transpose
@funindex \chordmode
@funindex \relative
@cindex double flat
@cindex flat, double
@cindex natural sign
+@cindex natural pitch
A @notation{sharp} pitch is made by adding @code{is} to the note
name, and a @notation{flat} pitch by adding @code{es}. As you
cis cis cis! cis? c c c! c?
@end lilypond
+@cindex accidental on tied note
+@cindex tied note, accidental
+
Accidentals on tied notes are only printed at the beginning of a
new system:
@rinternals{accidental-interface}.
+@cindex accidental, quarter-tone
+@cindex quarter-tone accidental
+
@knownissues
There are no generally accepted standards for denoting
@node Note names in other languages
@unnumberedsubsubsec Note names in other languages
+@cindex note names, other languages
+@cindex pitch names, other languages
+@cindex language, note names in other
+@cindex language, pitch names in other
+
There are predefined sets of note names for various other
languages. To use them, include the language-specific init file.
For example, to use English notes names, add
@w{@code{\include "english.ly"}} to the top of the input file.
The available language files and the note names they define are:
-@cindex note names, other languages
-@cindex pitch names, other languages
@smallexample
@multitable {nederlands.ly} {do re mi fa sol la sib si} {-iss/-is} {-ess/-es} {-ss/-x/-sharpsharp} {-essess/-eses}
@item nederlands.ly
@tab c d e f g a bes b
@tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item english.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bf b
- @tab -s/-sharp @tab -f/-flat @tab -ss/-x/-sharpsharp
- @tab -ff/-flatflat
-@item deutsch.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
- @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item norsk.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
- @tab -iss/-is @tab -ess/-es @tab -ississ/-isis
- @tab -essess/-eses
-@item svenska.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
- @tab -iss @tab -ess @tab -ississ @tab -essess
-@item suomi.ly
- @tab c d e f g a b h
- @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
-@item italiano.ly
+@item arabic.ly
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
@tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
@item catalan.ly
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
@tab -d/-s @tab -b @tab -dd/-ss @tab -bb
+@item deutsch.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item english.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a bf b
+ @tab -s/-sharp @tab -f/-flat @tab -ss/-x/-sharpsharp
+ @tab -ff/-flatflat
@item espanol.ly
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
@tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
+@item italiano.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -d @tab -b @tab -dd @tab -bb
+@item norsk.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -iss/-is @tab -ess/-es @tab -ississ/-isis
+ @tab -essess/-eses
@item portugues.ly
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
@tab -s @tab -b @tab -ss @tab -bb
+@item suomi.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -is @tab -es @tab -isis @tab -eses
+@item svenska.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a b h
+ @tab -iss @tab -ess @tab -ississ @tab -essess
@item vlaams.ly
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
@tab -k @tab -b @tab -kk @tab -bb
@end lilypond
+@cindex microtones
+@cindex semi-sharp
+@cindex semi-flat
+@cindex sesqui-sharp
+@cindex sesqui-flat
+
Some music uses microtones whose alterations are fractions of a
@q{normal} sharp or flat. The note names for quarter-tones
defined in the various language files are listed in the following
@item nederlands.ly
@tab c d e f g a bes b
@tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
-@item english.ly
- @tab c d e f g a bf b
- @tab -qs @tab -qf @tab -tqs @tab -tqf
+@item arabic.ly
+ @tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
+ @tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
@item deutsch.ly
@tab c d e f g a b h
@tab -ih @tab -eh @tab -isih @tab -eseh
+@item english.ly
+ @tab c d e f g a bf b
+ @tab -qs @tab -qf @tab -tqs @tab -tqf
@item italiano.ly
@tab do re mi fa sol la sib si
@tab -sd @tab -sb @tab -dsd @tab -bsb
@cindex octave correction
@cindex octave check
+@cindex control pitch
@funindex =
-@funindex \octave
+@funindex \octaveCheck
+@funindex controlpitch
In relative mode, it is easy to forget an octave changing mark.
Octave checks make such errors easier to find by displaying a
@end lilypond
The octave of notes may also be checked with the
-@code{\octave}@tie{}@var{controlpitch} command.
+@code{\octaveCheck}@tie{}@var{controlpitch} command.
@var{controlpitch} is specified in absolute mode. This checks
that the interval between the previous note and the
@var{controlpitch} is within a fourth (i.e., the normal
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\relative c'' {
c2 d
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
e2 f
}
@end lilypond
-Compare the two bars below. The first and third @code{\octave}
+Compare the two bars below. The first and third @code{\octaveCheck}
checks fail, but the second one does not fail.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
c4 f g f
c4
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
f
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
g
- \octave c'
+ \octaveCheck c'
f
}
@end lilypond
@unnumberedsubsubsec Transpose
@cindex transpose
+@cindex transposing
@cindex transposition
@cindex transposition of pitches
+@cindex transposition of notes
+@cindex pitches, transposition of
+@cindex notes, transposition of
@funindex \transpose
A music expression can be transposed with @code{\transpose}. The
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex transposing instruments
+@cindex instruments, transposing
+
If a part written in C (normal @notation{concert pitch}) is to be
played on the A clarinet (for which an A is notated as a C and
thus sounds a minor third lower than notated), the appropriate
will print flats on the scale step above.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-mus = \relative c' { c d e f }
+music = \relative c' { c d e f }
\new Staff {
- \transpose c cis { \mus }
- \transpose c des { \mus }
+ \transpose c cis { \music }
+ \transpose c des { \music }
}
@end lilypond
@cindex transposing instruments
+@cindex instruments, transposing
@code{\transpose} may also be used in a different way, to input
written notes for a transposing instrument. The previous examples
@funindex \dorian
@cindex church modes
@cindex modes
+@cindex major
+@cindex minor
+@cindex ionian
+@cindex locrian
+@cindex aeolian
+@cindex mixolydian
+@cindex lydian
+@cindex phrygian
+@cindex dorian
Here, @var{mode} should be @code{\major} or @code{\minor} to get a
key signature of @var{pitch}-major or @var{pitch}-minor,
@cindex 8va
@cindex 8ve
@cindex octavation
+@funindex set-octavation
@notation{Ottava brackets} introduce an extra transposition of an
octave for the staff:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
a'2 b
-#(set-octavation 1)
+\ottava #1
a b
-#(set-octavation 0)
+\ottava #0
a b
@end lilypond
-The @code{set-octavation} function also takes -1 (for 8va bassa),
+The @code{ottava} function also takes -1 (for 8va bassa),
2@tie{}(for 15ma), and -2 (for 15ma bassa) as arguments.
@cindex transposition, instrument
@cindex transposing instrument
@cindex MIDI
+@cindex MIDI transposition
@funindex \transposition
When typesetting scores that involve transposing instruments, some
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\new GrandStaff <<
- \new Staff = "Vln" {
+ \new Staff = "violin" {
\relative c'' {
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Vln"
\set Staff.midiInstrument = "violin"
@cindex automatic accidentals
@cindex default accidental style
@funindex set-accidental-style
+@funindex voice
There are many different conventions on how to typeset
accidentals. LilyPond provides a function to specify which
The following accidental styles are supported. To demonstrate
each style, we use the following example:
+@funindex default
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
musicA = {
<<
@c don't use verbatim in this table.
@table @code
@item default
+
+@cindex default accidental style
+@cindex accidental style, default
+@funindex default
+
This is the default typesetting behavior. It corresponds to
eighteenth-century common practice: accidentals are remembered to
the end of the measure in which they occur and only in their own
@end lilypond
@item voice
+
+@cindex accidental style, voice
+@cindex voice accidental style
+@cindex accidental style, modern
+@cindex modern accidental style
+@cindex accidental style, modern-cautionary
+@cindex modern-cautionary accidental style
+@funindex voice
+
The normal behavior is to remember the accidentals at
@code{Staff}-level. In this style, however, accidentals are
typeset individually for each voice. Apart from that, the rule is
@end lilypond
@item modern
+
@cindex accidentals, modern style
@cindex modern style accidentals
-@funindex modern style accidentals
+@funindex modern
This rule corresponds to the common practice in the twentieth
century. It prints the same accidentals as @code{default}, with
@end lilypond
@item modern-cautionary
+
@cindex accidentals, modern cautionary style
@cindex modern accidental style
@cindex modern cautionary accidental style
@end lilypond
@item modern-voice
+
@cindex accidental style, modern
@cindex accidentals, modern
@cindex accidentals, multivoice
@cindex accidental style, modern voice cautionary
@cindex accidental style, voice, modern cautionary
@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
+
@item modern-voice-cautionary
This rule is the same as @code{modern-voice}, but with the extra
@end lilypond
@item piano
+
@cindex accidental style, piano
@cindex accidentals, piano
@cindex piano accidental style
@cindex piano accidentals
+@funindex piano
This rule reflects twentieth-century practice for piano notation.
Its behavior is very similar to @code{modern} style, but here
@end lilypond
@item piano-cautionary
-@funindex #(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)
+
+@funindex piano-cautionary
@cindex accidentals, piano cautionary
@cindex cautionary accidentals, piano
@cindex piano cautionary accidentals
@end lilypond
@item no-reset
-@funindex no-reset accidental style
+
+@funindex no-reset
@cindex accidental style, no reset
@cindex no reset accidental style
@end lilypond
@item forget
-@funindex forget accidental style
+
+@funindex forget
@cindex forget accidental style
@cindex accidental style, forget
@cindex parlato note heads
@cindex harmonic note heads
@cindex guitar note heads
+@cindex note head styles
+@cindex styles, note heads
+@funindex cross
Note heads may be altered:
@unnumberedsubsubsec Easy notation note heads
@cindex note heads, practice
+@cindex practice note heads
@cindex note heads, easy notation
@cindex easy notation
@cindex Hal Leonard
@cindex Aiken shape note heads
@cindex sacred harp note heads
@funindex \key
-@funindex shapeNoteStyles
@funindex \aikenHeads
@funindex \sacredHarpHeads
is preferred. (instead of `Time signature') Only use capital
letters for musical terms which demand them, like D.S. al Fine.
+ For scheme functions, only include the final part, ie
+ @funindex modern-voice-cautionary
+ and NOT
+ @funindex #(set-accidental-style modern-voice-cautionary)
+
* Preferred terms:
- in general, use the American spellings. The internal
lilypond property names use this spelling.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Preface
@unnumbered Preface
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Interfaces for programmers
@chapter Interfaces for programmers
@itemx @var{scm markup}
@itemx @var{scm scm}
@itemx @var{scm scm markup}
+@itemx @var{scm scm markup markup}
@itemx @var{scm markup markup}
@itemx @var{scm scm scm}
@end table
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Repeats
@section Repeats
-@lilypondfile[ragged-right,line-width=16\cm,staffsize=16,quote]
-{repeats-headword.ly}
+@lilypondfile[quote]{repeats-headword.ly}
Repetition is a central concept in music, and multiple notations
-exist for repetitions. LilyPond supports the following kinds of repeats:
+exist for repetitions. LilyPond supports the following kinds of
+repeats:
@table @code
@item volta
The repeated music is not written out but enclosed between repeat bar
lines. If the repeat is at the beginning of a piece, a repeat bar
-line is only printed at the end. Alternative endings (volte) are
-printed left to right with brackets. This is the standard notation
-for repeats with alternatives.
+line is only printed at the end of the repeat. Alternative endings
+(volte) are printed left to right with brackets. This is the standard
+notation for repeats with alternatives.
@item unfold
The repeated music is fully written out, as many times as
@cindex seconda volta
@cindex volta, prima
@cindex volta, seconda
+@cindex repeat, normal
+@cindex normal repeat
+@cindex repeat with alternate endings
+@cindex alternate endings
@funindex \repeat
+@funindex \alternative
+@funindex \partial
@node Normal repeats
-@subsubsection Normal repeats
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Normal repeats
The syntax for a normal repeat is
@end example
where @var{musicexpr} is a music expression. Alternate endings can be
-produced using @code{\alternative}. If there are more repeats than
-there are alternate endings, the earliest repeats are given the first
-alternative.
+produced using @code{\alternative}. In order to delimit the alternate
+endings, the group of alternatives must be enclosed in a set of
+braces. If there are more repeats than there are alternate endings,
+the earliest repeats are given the first alternative.
Normal repeats without alternate endings:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\repeat volta 2 { c4 d e f }
c2 d
\repeat volta 2 { d4 e f g }
Normal repeats with alternate endings:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\repeat volta 2 { g4 f e d }
- \alternative {
- { cis2 g' }
- { cis,2 b }
- }
-\repeat volta 3 { c4 d e f }
- \alternative {
- { d2 e }
- { f2 g }
- }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\repeat volta 4 { c4 d e f }
+\alternative {
+ { d2 e }
+ { f2 g }
+}
c1
@end lilypond
+@cindex repeat with upbeat
+@cindex upbeat in a repeat
+@cindex anacrucis in a repeat
+@cindex repeat with anacrucis
+@cindex repeat with pickup
+@cindex pickup in a repeat
+@funindex \partial
+
Repeats with upbeats can be entered in two ways:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\new Staff {
- \partial 4
- e |
- \repeat volta 4 { c2 d | e2 f | }
- \alternative {
- { g4 g g e }
- { a4 a a a | b2. }
- }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\partial 4
+e |
+\repeat volta 4 { c2 d | e2 f | }
+\alternative {
+ { g4 g g e }
+ { a4 a a a | b2. }
}
@end lilypond
@noindent
or
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-\new Staff {
- \partial 4
- \repeat volta 4 { e4 | c2 d | e2 f | }
- \alternative {
- { \partial 4*3 g4 g g }
- { a4 a a a | b2. }
- }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\partial 4
+\repeat volta 4 { e4 | c2 d | e2 f | }
+\alternative {
+ { \partial 4*3 g4 g g }
+ { a4 a a a | b2. }
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex repeats with ties
+@cindex alternative endings with ties
+@cindex ties in repeats
+@cindex ties in alternative endings
@funindex \repeatTie
Ties may be added to a second ending:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1
-\repeat volta 2 {c4 d e f ~ }
+\repeat volta 2 { c4 d e f ~ }
\alternative {
- {f2 d}
- {f2\repeatTie f,}
+ { f2 d }
+ { f2\repeatTie f, }
}
@end lilypond
{adding-volta-brackets-to-additional-staves.ly}
-@c Is there a way to have a final bar ("|.") at the end of the
-@c previous line? Doesn't seem to be.
-@c It could be done by overriding
-@c the BreakAlignment property. Want a separate example?
-If you want to start a repeat at the beginning of a line and have a
-double bar at the end of the previous line, use @code{\bar}. For more
-information, see @ref{Bar lines}.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-c4 c c c
-\bar "||:" \break
-\repeat volta 2 { c4 d e f }
-@end lilypond
-
-
@seealso
Music Glossary: @rglos{repeat}, @rglos{volta}.
@knownissues
@cindex repeat, ambiguous
+@cindex nested repeat
+@cindex repeat, nested
+@cindex repeat timing information
+@cindex repeat and measure number
+@cindex timing information and repeats
+@cindex measure number and repeats
+@cindex repeat and slur
+@cindex slur and repeat
A nested repeat like
@node Manual repeat marks
-@subsubsection Manual repeat marks
-
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Manual repeat marks
+
+@cindex manual repeat mark
+@cindex repeat, manual
+@cindex start repeat
+@cindex repeat, start
+@cindex end repeat
+@cindex repeat, end
+@cindex repeat number, changing
+@cindex repeat volta, changing
+@cindex volta bracket
+@cindex bracket, volta
@funindex repeatCommands
+@funindex start-repeat
@warning{These methods are only used for displaying unusual repeat
-constructs. In most cases, repeats should be created using the
-standard @code{\\repeat} command or by printing the relevant bar
-lines. For more information, see @ref{Bar lines}.}
+constructs, and may produce unexpected behavior. In most cases,
+repeats should be created using the standard @code{\\repeat} command
+or by printing the relevant bar lines. For more information, see
+@ref{Bar lines}.}
The property @code{repeatCommands} can be used to control the
layout of repeats. Its value is a Scheme list of repeat commands.
@item start-repeat
Print a @code{|:} bar line.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( start-repeat )
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'(start-repeat)
d4 e f g
c1
@end lilypond
@item end-repeat
Print a @code{:|} bar line:
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1
d4 e f g
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( end-repeat )
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'(end-repeat)
c1
@end lilypond
-@item (volta @var{number})
-Create a new volta with the specified number:
+@item (volta @var{number}) ... (volta #f)
+Create a new volta with the specified number. The volta bracket must
+be explicitly terminated, or it will not be printed.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
f4 g a b
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta "2" ) )
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "2"))
g4 a g a
-c1
-@end lilypond
-
-@item (volta #f)
-Stops a running volta bracket:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
-c1
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta "2" ) )
-f4 g a b
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta #f ) )
-a4 g f e
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f))
c1
@end lilypond
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
f4 g a b
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta "2, 5" ) end-repeat )
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta "2, 5") end-repeat)
g4 a g a
c1
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta #f ) ( volta "95" ) end-repeat )
+\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "95") end-repeat)
b1
@end lilypond
+@cindex volta bracket with text
+@cindex text in volta bracket
+
Text can be included with the volta bracket. The text can be a
number or numbers or markup text, see @ref{Formatting text}. The
simplest way to use markup text is to define the markup first,
voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
\relative c'' {
c1
- \set Score.repeatCommands = #(list (list 'volta voltaAdLib) 'start-repeat)
+ \set Score.repeatCommands = #(list(list 'volta voltaAdLib) 'start-repeat)
c4 b d e
\set Score.repeatCommands = #'((volta #f) (volta "4.") end-repeat)
f1
@snippets
-@c FIXME: send these to Neil or Valentin to be added as snippets,
-@c delete them.
-Manual control of the volte, including a @code{|:} bar line at the
-beginning and explicit volta numbers:
-
-@c FIXME: I can't believe this is right.
-@c TODO: I think it is. I plan
-@c to delete this example, since it's
-@c already been given at L238. rp
-@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
-s1*1/10
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( start-repeat )
-c1*9/10
-d4 e f g
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta "1, 2, 5" ) )
-f4 g a b
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta #f ) ( volta "95" ) end-repeat )
-g4 a g a
-\set Score.repeatCommands = #'( ( volta #f ) )
-c1
-@end lilypond
-
-In order to print a @code{|:} bar line at the beginning of a piece,
-the @code{BreakAlignment} property must be overridden:
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
-\once \override Score.BreakAlignment #'break-align-orders =
-#(make-vector 3 '(
-instrument-name
-left-edge
-ambitus
-span-bar
-breathing-sign
-clef
-key-signature
-time-signature
-staff-bar
-custos
-span-bar
-))
-\bar "|:"
-c1
-d1
-d4 e f g
-@end lilypond
-
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{printing-a-repeat-sign-at-the-beginning-of-a-piece.ly}
@seealso
@node Written-out repeats
-@subsubsection Written-out repeats
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Written-out repeats
@cindex written-out repeats
@cindex repetitious music
@cindex repeats, written-out
+@cindex repeat, unfold
+@cindex unfold music
+@cindex unfold repeat
+@cindex unfold repeat with alternate endings
+@cindex unfold music with alternate endings
+@cindex alternate ending in written-out repeats
+@funindex unfold
By using the @code{unfold} command, repeats can be used to simplify
the writing out of repetitious music. The syntax is
\repeat unfold @var{repeatcount} @var{musicexpr}
@end example
-where @var{musicexpr} is a music expression. Unfold repeats can be
-made with or without alternate endings. If there are more repeats
-than there are alternate endings, the first alternative ending is
-applied to the earliest endings. Unfold repeats without alternate
-endings:
+where @var{musicexpr} is a music expression and @var{repeatcount} is
+the number of times @var{musicexpr} is repeated.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1
\repeat unfold 2 { c4 d e f }
c1
@end lilypond
-Unfold repeats with alternate endings:
+Unfold repeats can be made with alternate endings. If there are
+more repeats than there are alternate endings, the first
+alternative ending is applied to the earliest endings.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
c1
\repeat unfold 2 { g4 f e d }
\alternative {
{ cis,2 b }
}
c1
-\repeat unfold 3 { d4 c b2 }
- \alternative {
- { c4 d e f }
- { d4 c b a }
- }
-c1
@end lilypond
@seealso
@end menu
@node Percent repeats
-@subsubsection Percent repeats
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Percent repeats
@cindex percent repeats
@cindex measure repeats
+@cindex repeat, percent
+@cindex repeat, measure
+@cindex repeat, short
+@funindex \repeat percent
+@funindex percent
Repeated short patterns of notes are supported. The music is printed
once, and the pattern is replaced with a special sign. Patterns that
where @var{musicexpr} is a music expression.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\relative c' {
- \repeat percent 4 { c4 }
- \repeat percent 2 { b'4 a g f }
- \repeat percent 2 { c2 es | f4 fis g c | }
-}
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\repeat percent 4 { c4 }
+\repeat percent 2 { b4 a g f }
+\repeat percent 2 { c2 es | f4 fis g c | }
@end lilypond
-Measure repeats of more than two repeats get a counter if you switch
-on the @code{countPercentRepeats} property:
+@snippets
-@lilypond[relative=2,fragment,quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\relative c' {
- \set countPercentRepeats = ##t
- \repeat percent 4 { c1 }
-}
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{percent-repeat-counter.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{isolated-percent-repeats.ly}
-Isolated percents can also be printed. This is done by entering a
-multi-measure rest with a different print function:
+@seealso
-@lilypond[fragment,verbatim,quote]
-\override MultiMeasureRest #'stencil
- = #ly:multi-measure-rest::percent
-R1
-@end lilypond
+Music Glossary: @rglos{percent repeat}, @rglos{simile}.
+
+Snippets: @rlsr{Repeats}.
+Internals Reference: @rinternals{RepeatSlash},
+@rinternals{PercentRepeat}, @rinternals{DoublePercentRepeat},
+@rinternals{DoublePercentRepeatCounter},
+@rinternals{PercentRepeatCounter}, @rinternals{PercentRepeatedMusic}.
@knownissues
durations, are supported.
-@seealso
-
-Music Glossary: @rglos{percent repeat}, @rglos{simile}.
-
-Snippets: @rlsr{Repeats}.
-
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{RepeatSlash},
-@rinternals{PercentRepeat}, @rinternals{DoublePercentRepeat},
-@rinternals{DoublePercentRepeatCounter},
-@rinternals{PercentRepeatCounter}, @rinternals{PercentRepeatedMusic}.
-
@node Tremolo repeats
-@subsubsection Tremolo repeats
-
-Tremolos can take two forms: alternation between two chords or two
-notes, and rapid repetition of a single
-note or chord. Tremolos consisting of an alternation are indicated by
-adding beams between the notes or chords being alternated, while
-tremolos consisting of the rapid repetition of a single note are
-indicated by adding beams or slashes to a single note.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Tremolo repeats
@cindex tremolo beams
+@cindex tremolo
+@cindex repeat, tremolo
+@funindex \repeat tremolo
+@funindex tremolo
+
+Tremolos can take two forms: alternation between two chords or two
+notes, and rapid repetition of a single note or chord. Tremolos
+consisting of an alternation are indicated by adding beams between the
+notes or chords being alternated, while tremolos consisting of the
+rapid repetition of a single note are indicated by adding beams or
+slashes to a single note.
To place tremolo marks between notes, use @code{\repeat} with
tremolo style:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-\relative c' {
- \repeat tremolo 8 { c16 d }
- \repeat tremolo 4 { c16 d }
- \repeat tremolo 2 { c16 d }
-}
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+\repeat tremolo 8 { c16 d }
+\repeat tremolo 6 { c16 d }
+\repeat tremolo 2 { c16 d }
@end lilypond
The @code{\repeat tremolo} syntax expects exactly two notes within
@cindex tremolo marks
@funindex tremoloFlags
+@funindex :
The same output can be obtained by adding
@q{@code{:}[@var{number}]} after the note. The number indicates
the length is omitted, the last value (stored in
@code{tremoloFlags}) is used
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-c'2:8 c':32 | c': c': |
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
+c2:8 c:32
+c: c:
@end lilypond
+@seealso
-@knownissues
-
-
-Tremolos entered with @q{@code{:}[@var{number}]} do not carry over
-into the MIDI output.
+Snippets: @rlsr{Repeats}.
+@cindex tremolo, cross-staff
+@cindex cross-staff tremolo
-@seealso
+@knownissues
-Snippets: @rlsr{Repeats}.
+Cross-staff tremolos do not work well.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
GDP TODO list
Notation Reference:
@ref{Tuplets},
-@ref{Skips},
+@ref{Invisible rests},
@ref{Polymetric notation}.
Snippets:
@menu
* Rests::
-* Skips::
+* Invisible rests::
* Full measure rests::
@end menu
r\longa
% Print a breve rest
r\breve
- r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64
+ r1 r2 r4 r8 r16 r32 r64 r128
}
@end lilypond
are rests from 128th to maxima (8 x whole).
-@node Skips
-@subsubsection Skips
+@node Invisible rests
+@subsubsection Invisible rests
@cindex skip
@cindex invisible rest
@cindex rest, invisible
@cindex spacer note
@funindex s
+@funindex \skip
An invisible rest (also called a @q{spacer rest}) can be entered
like a note with the note name@tie{}@code{s}:
the note name uppercase @code{R}:
@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
-% Rest bars contracted to single bar
+% Rest measures contracted to single measure
\compressFullBarRests
R1*4
R1*24
R1^"right"
@end lilypond
+When a multi-measure rest immediately follows a @code{\partial}
+setting, resulting bar-check warnings may not be displayed.
@predefined
@code{\textLengthOn},
measure length is determined by the length of the text, the text will
appear to be centered.
-
@seealso
Music Glossary:
@funindex \defaultTimeSignature
@cindex time signature style
-The symbol that is printed in 2/2 and 4/4 time can be customized
-to use a numeric style:
+The time signature symbol that is used in 2/2 and 4/4 time can be
+changed to a numeric style:
@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
% Default style
entered using the @code{\partial} command, with the syntax
@example
-\partial @var{duration} @emph{notes}
+\partial @var{duration}
@end example
-where @code{duration} is the rhythmic length of the @emph{notes}
-which are to be placed before the first complete measure:
+where @code{duration} is the rhythmic length of the interval
+before the start of the first complete measure:
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim,relative=2]
\partial 4 e4 |
Bar lines and bar numbers are calculated automatically. For
unmetered music (cadenzas, for example), this is not desirable.
-To turn off automatic bar lines and bar numbers, use the command
-@code{\cadenzaOn}, and use @code{\cadenzaOff} to turn them on
-again.
+To turn off automatic calculation of bar lines and bar numbers,
+use the command @code{\cadenzaOn}, and use @code{\cadenzaOff}
+to turn them on again.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,relative=2,fragment]
c4 d e d
@cindex polymetric signatures
@cindex meter, polymetric
+Polymetric notation is supported, either explicitly or through
+clever use of markup features.
+
+@c Each of these examples uses \set or \override, and therefore
+@c by policy should be converted to a snippet.
+@c Do we want to have a section with a very brief (two-line
+@c introduction, and have most of the content be in snippets?
+
@strong{Alternating time signatures}
Regularly alternating double time signatures are not supported
for each staff but replacing the symbol manually by setting
@code{timeSignatureFraction} to the desired fraction and scaling
the printed durations in each staff to the common time
-signature. This done with @code{\scaleDurations}, which
+signature. This is done with @code{\scaleDurations}, which
is used in a similar way to @code{\times}, but does not create
a tuplet bracket, see @ref{Scaling durations}.
>> }
@end lilypond
+@c I guess this example doesn't use \set or \override, and so
+@c could stay in the manual.
+
@strong{Staves with different time signatures, unequal bar lengths}
Each staff can be given its own independent time signature by
@knownissues
-When using different time signatures in parallel, the spacing is
-aligned vertically, but bar lines distort the regular spacing.
-
+When using different time signatures in parallel, notes
+at the same moment will be be placed at the same horizontal
+location. However, the bar lines in the different staves
+will cause the note spacing to be less regular in each of the
+individual staves than would be normal without the different
+time signatures.
@node Automatic note splitting
@subsubsection Automatic note splitting
Long notes which overrun bar lines can be converted automatically
to tied notes. This is done by replacing the
-@code{Note_heads_engraver} by the
+@code{Note_heads_engraver} with the
@code{Completion_heads_engraver}. In the following
example, notes crossing the bar lines are split and tied.
@code{Completion_heads_engraver} has inserted a split note, remove
the @code{Forbid_line_break_engraver} too.
-
+TODO -- find example that shows the above paragraph. I can't make
+the Forbid_line_break_engraver have any effect in my examples (cs).
+Does the Forbid_line_break_engraver still have the claimed effect?
@seealso
Music Glossary: @rglos{tie}
@knownissues
Not all durations (especially those containing tuplets) can be
-represented exactly with normal notes and dots, but the engraver
-will not insert tuplets.
+represented exactly with normal notes and dots, but the
+@code{Completion_heads_engraver} will not insert tuplets.
The @code{Completion_heads_engraver} only affects notes; it does not
split rests.
}
@end lilypond
+TODO -- put example in with multiple lines as well (used for strumming
+rhythms in guitar)
@node Beams
@subsection Beams
@snippets
+@c TODO -- convert to snippet
Beaming patterns may be altered with the @code{beatGrouping} property,
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2,fragment,ragged-right]
c8[^"(3+2)" c16 c8]
@end lilypond
+@c TODO convert to snippet
The beams of consecutive 16th (or shorter) notes are, by default,
not sub-divided. That is, the three (or more) beams stretch
unbroken over entire groups of notes. This behavior can
@cindex break, line
@cindex line breaks
+@c TODO convert to snippet
Line breaks are normally forbidden when beams cross bar lines.
This behavior can be changed by setting the @code{breakable}
property: @code{\override Beam #'breakable = ##t}.
@cindex kneed beams
@cindex auto-knee-gap
+@c TODO convert to snippet
Kneed beams are inserted automatically when a large gap is
detected between the note heads. This behavior can be tuned
through the @code{auto-knee-gap} property. A kneed beam is
In order to add a rule to the list, use
@example
-#(override-auto-beam-setting '(be p q n m) a b [context])
+#(override-auto-beam-setting
+ '(beam-limit beam-numerator beam-denominator
+ time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
+ moment-numerator moment-denominator [context])
@end example
@itemize
-@item @code{be} is either @code{begin} or @code{end}.
+@item @code{beam-limit} is the type of automatic beam limit
+defined, either @code{begin} or @code{end}.
-@item @code{p/q} is the duration of the note for which you want
-to add a rule. A beam is considered to have the duration of its
-shortest note. Set @code{p} and @code{q} to @code{'*'} to
-have this apply to any beam.
+@item @code{beam-numerator/beam-denominator} is the beam duration
+for which you want to add a rule. A beam is considered to have
+the duration of its shortest note. Set @code{beam-numerator} and
+@code{beam-denominator} to @code{'*'} to
+have this rule apply beams of any duration.
-@item @code{n/m} is the time signature to which
-this rule should apply. Set @code{n} and @code{m} to @code{'*'}
-to have this apply in any time signature.
+@item @code{time-signature-numerator/time-signature-denominator}
+is the time signature to which
+this rule should apply. Set @code{time-signature-numerator} and
+@code{time-signature-denominator} to @code{'*'}
+to have this rule apply in any time signature.
-@item @code{a/b} is the position in the bar at which the beam should
-begin/end.
+@item @code{monent-numerator/moment-denominator} is the position
+in the bar at which the beam should
+begin or end.
@item @code{context} is optional, and it specifies the context at which
the change should be made. The default is @code{'Voice}.
@end itemize
+TODO -- convert to music example
For example, if automatic beams should always end on the first quarter
note, use
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 2/4
+% end 1/16 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 * *) 1 16)
a16 a a a a a a a |
a32 a a a a16 a a a a a |
+% end 1/32 beams for all time signatures at the 1/16 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 32 * *) 1 16)
a32 a a a a16 a a a a a |
@end lilypond
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 5/8
+% end beams of all durations in 5/8 time signature at the 2/8 moment
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 5 8) 2 8)
c8 c d d d
\time 4/4
c8 c d d d
@end lilypond
-You can also remove a previously set beam-ending rule by using
+Existing auto-beam rules are removed by using
@example
-#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(be p q n m) a b [context])
+#(revert-auto-beam-setting
+ '(beam-limit beam-numerator beam-denominator
+ time-signature-numerator time-signature-denominator)
+ moment-numerator moment-denominator [context])
@end example
@noindent
-@code{be}, @code{p}, @code{q}, @code{n}, @code{m}, @code{a},
-@code{b} and @code{context} are the same as above. Note that the
-default rules are specified in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm},
+@code{beam-limit}, @code{beam-numerator}, @code{beam-denominator},
+@code{time-signature-numerator}, @code{time-signature-denominator},
+@code{moment-numerator}, @code{moment-denominator} and @code{context}
+are the same as above. Note that the default auto-beaming rules are
+specified in @file{scm/@/auto@/-beam@/.scm},
so you can revert rules that you did not explicitly create.
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
\time 4/4
a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
+% undo a rule ending 1/16 beams in 4/4 time at 1/4 moment
#(revert-auto-beam-setting '(end 1 16 4 4) 1 4)
a16 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
@end lilypond
@subsubsection Manual beams
@cindex beams, manual
+@funindex ]
+@funindex [
In some cases it may be necessary to override the automatic
beaming algorithm. For example, the autobeamer will not put beams
\time 2/4 c8 c\noBeam c c
@end lilypond
-@funindex ]
-@funindex [
-
@funindex stemLeftBeamCount
@funindex stemRightBeamCount
with only one beam on the left side, i.e., the eighth-note beam of
the group as a whole.
+TODO -- no difference based on stemLeftBeamCount in this example
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=1,verbatim]
{
f8[ r16 f g a]
@cindex beams, feathered
@funindex \featherDurations
+TODO -- this section relies on overrides. We need to either add
+a predefined, move this to snippets (whole section), or violate
+policy for this section.
+
Feathered beams are used to indicate that a small group of notes
should be played at an increasing (or decreasing) tempo, without
changing the overall tempo of the piece. The extent of the
these would delimit the same group of notes, but this is not
required: the two commands are independent.
+@c TODO -- eliminate "Talking through code"
+
In the following example the eight 16th notes occupy exactly the
same time as a half note, but the first note is one half as long
as the last one, with the intermediate notes gradually
The spacing in the printed output represents the
note durations only approximately, but the midi output is exact.
+@c TODO -- resolve whether or not midi is capitalized -- policy
+@c decision needed
+
@knownissues
The @code{\featherDurations} command only works with very short
e4 d c2 \bar "|."
@end lilypond
+@c TODO -- make this warning more clear. What does it mean?
@warning{An incorrect duration can lead to poorly formatted
music.}
+@c TODO -- check this. I think this behavior no longer happens
+@c with completion_heads_engraver, but it may with note_heads_engraver
+@c Make an example showing the problem
+
It is not invalid if the final note in a measure does not
end on the automatically entered bar line: the note is assumed
to carry over into the next measure. But if a long sequence
In scores with many staves, a @code{\bar} command in one staff is
automatically applied to all staves. The resulting bar lines are
connected between different staves of a @code{StaffGroup},
-@code{PianoStaff}, or @code{GrandStaff}.
+@code{InnerStaffGroup}, @code{PianoStaff}, or @code{GrandStaff}.
@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,fragment,verbatim]
<<
example bar numbers are printed at all possible places:
@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
-\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = ##(#t #t #t)
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
c1 c c c
except at the end of the line:
@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
-\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = ##(#f #t #t)
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #t #t)
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #11
\bar "" % Permit first bar number to be printed
% Print a bar number every second measure
@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative]
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #111
-\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = ##(#t #t #t)
+\override Score.BarNumber #'break-visibility = #'#(#t #t #t)
% Increase the size of the bar number by 2
\override Score.BarNumber #'font-size = #2
% Print a bar number every second measure
correcting input is by scanning for failed bar checks and
incorrect durations.
+If successive bar checks are off by the same musical interval,
+only the first warning message is displayed. This allows the
+warning to focus on the source of the timing error.
+
+
@funindex |
@funindex pipeSymbol
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Running LilyPond
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Scheme tutorial
@appendix Scheme tutorial
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Setup
@chapter Setup
* jEdit::
* TexShop::
* TextMate::
+* LilyKDE::
@end menu
@node Emacs mode
@end example
+@node LilyKDE
+@subsection LilyKDE
+
+@uref{http://lilykde.googlecode.com/,LilyKDE} is a plugin for KDE's
+text editor @uref{http://kate-editor.org/,Kate}. It has a powerful Score
+Wizard to quickly setup a LilyPond document and an embedded PDF viewer.
+
+LilyKDE can use @uref{http://www.volny.cz/smilauer/rumor/,Rumor},
+so music can entered by playing on a MIDI keyboard.
+
+Other features are lyric hyphenation and running LilyPond on multiple files
+at once from within the KDE file manager.
+
@node Point and click
@section Point and click
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
+
@node Simultaneous notes
@section Simultaneous notes
@menu
* Chorded notes::
-* Parallel notes::
* Clusters::
@end menu
+
@node Chorded notes
@unnumberedsubsubsec Chorded notes
@code{<g a>8 <e a>8}.
@end ignore
-@node Parallel notes
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Parallel notes
-
-@ignore
-Pieces of music having the same rhythm form chords when
-combined in parallel into the same @code{Voice} context by enclosing
-them into double angle brackets:
-@end ignore
-
-Parallel pieces of music can be combined into a single
-@code{Voice} context, thus forming chords if they have the same
-rhythm. To achieve this, enclose them in a simultaneous music
-construction:
-
-@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-\new Voice <<
- { e4 f8 d e16 f g8 d4 }
- { c4 d8 b c16 d e8 b4 }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-@seealso
-
-Learning Manual:
-@rlearning{Voices contain music}.
-
-Snippets:
-@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
-
-@knownissues
-
-This method leads to strange beamings and warnings if the pieces of
-music do not have the same rhythm.
@node Clusters
@unnumberedsubsubsec Clusters
themselves. Separate clusters would need a separating rest between
them.
+
@node Multiple voices
@subsection Multiple voices
multiple staves.
@menu
-* Collision resolution::
+* Single-staff polyphony::
* Voice styles::
+* Collision resolution::
* Automatic part combining::
* Writing music in parallel::
@end menu
+
+@node Single-staff polyphony
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Single-staff polyphony
+
+To typeset parallel pieces of music that have the same rhythm, they
+can be combined into a single @code{Voice} context, thus forming
+chords. To achieve this, enclose them in a simultaneous music
+construction:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+\new Voice <<
+ { e4 f8 d e16 f g8 d4 }
+ { c4 d8 b c16 d e8 b4 }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+This method leads to strange beamings and warnings if the pieces of
+music do not have the same rhythm. To typeset multiple, truly
+independent voices in a single staff, the @code{<<@{...@} \\
+@{...@}>>} construction can be used as a simplified method, where the
+two (or more) voices are separated by double backslashes.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
+<<
+ { r8 r16 g e8. f16 g8[ c,] f e16 d }
+ \\
+ { d16 c d8~ d16 b c8~ c16 b c8~ c16 b8. }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+First and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get
+stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted,
+and rests move to avoid collisions. In the following example, the
+intermediate voice has stems up, therefore we enter it in the third
+place, so it becomes voice three which has the stems up as desired.
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=3,verbatim]
+<<
+ { r8 g g g g f16 es f8 d }
+ \\
+ { es,8 r es r d r d r }
+ \\
+ { d'8 s c s bes s a s }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Spacing rests are often used to avoid too many rests, as seen in the
+example above.
+
+Voices created by this simplified method are implicit @code{Voice}
+contexts; in all but simplest works it is advised to create explicit
+@code{Voice} contexts using the @code{\new} and @code{\context}
+commands as it is explained in @rlearning{Contexts and engravers} and
+@rlearning{Explicitly instantiating voices}.
+
+This applies to a common case: each music expression in the
+@code{<<@{...@} \\ @{...@}>>} construct is placed in a new voice,
+distinct from the voice for single-voice music; to temporarily add
+only one additional voice to an existing one, it is necessary to
+instantiate that voice explicitly. When doing this, to force the
+settings that would be implicitly made by the simplified method, the
+@code{\voiceOne} ... @code{\voiceFour}, and @code{\oneVoice} commands
+can be used:
+
+@example
+<< @{ \voiceOne ... @} \new Voice @{ \voiceTwo ... @} >> \oneVoice
+@end example
+
+This construct keeps a voice alive throughout the polyphonic section.
+For example, this allows lyrics to be assigned to one consistent voice.
+
+@lilypond[quote, verbatim, relative=2]
+<<
+ \new Voice = "melody" {
+ a4
+ <<
+ {
+ \voiceOne
+ g f
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo
+ e d
+ }
+ >>
+ \oneVoice
+ e
+ }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "melody" {
+ This is my song.
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \voiceOne
+@code{\voiceOne},
+@funindex \voiceTwo
+@code{\voiceTwo},
+@funindex \voiceThree
+@code{\voiceThree},
+@funindex \voiceFour
+@code{\voiceFour},
+@funindex \oneVoice
+@code{\oneVoice}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{Voices contain music},
+@rlearning{Explicitly instantiating voices}.
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Percussion staves}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+
+@node Voice styles
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Voice styles
+
+@cindex voice styles
+@cindex styles, voice
+@cindex coloring voices
+
+Voices may be given distinct colors and shapes, allowing them to be
+easily identified:
+
+@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
+<<
+ { \voiceOneStyle d4 c2 b4 }
+ \\
+ { \voiceTwoStyle e,2 e }
+ \\
+ { \voiceThreeStyle b2. c4 }
+ \\
+ { \voiceFourStyle g'2 g }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+To revert the standard presentation, the @code{\voiceNeutralstyle}
+command is used.
+
+@predefined
+
+@funindex \voiceOneStyle
+@code{\voiceOneStyle},
+@funindex \voiceTwoStyle
+@code{\voiceTwoStyle},
+@funindex \voiceThreeStyle
+@code{\voiceThreeStyle},
+@funindex \voiceFourStyle
+@code{\voiceFourStyle},
+@funindex \voiceNeutralStyle
+@code{\voiceNeutralStyle}.
+
+@seealso
+
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{I'm hearing Voices},
+@rlearning{Other sources of information}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
+
+
@node Collision resolution
@unnumberedsubsubsec Collision resolution
Notes are only merged if they have opposing stem directions (i.e., in
@code{Voice} 1 and 2).
-
@cindex multiple voices
@cindex polyphonic music
@cindex shifting voices
@funindex \mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff
@code{\mergeDifferentlyHeadedOff}.
-@funindex \oneVoice
-@code{\oneVoice},
-@funindex \voiceOne
-@code{\voiceOne},
-@funindex \voiceTwo
-@code{\voiceTwo},
-@funindex \voiceThree
-@code{\voiceThree},
-@funindex \voiceFour
-@code{\voiceFour}.
-
-
@funindex \shiftOn
@code{\shiftOn},
@funindex \shiftOnn
@rinternals{NoteCollision},
@rinternals{RestCollision}.
-
@knownissues
When using @code{merge-differently-headed} with an upstem eighth
half note head symbol.
@c investigate! Sometimes it works, sometimes not. --FV
-It is not clear in which circumpstances you can succesfully merge
-different note heads that are at the same time differently dotted.
+The requirements for successfully merging different note heads that
+are at the same time differently dotted are not clear.
There is no support for chords where the same note occurs with
different accidentals in the same chord. In this case, it is
recommended to use enharmonic transcription, or to use special
cluster notation (see @ref{Clusters}).
-@node Voice styles
-@unnumberedsubsubsec Voice styles
-
-@cindex voice styles
-@cindex styles, voice
-@cindex coloring voices
-
-Voices may be given distinct colors and shapes, allowing them to be
-easily identified:
-
-@lilypond[quote,relative=2,verbatim]
-<<
- {
- a1
- \voiceOneStyle
- f2 g
- \voiceNeutralStyle
- a1
- } \\ {
- f1
- \voiceTwoStyle
- f4 f2 e4
- \voiceNeutralStyle
- f1
- }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-@predefined
-
-@funindex \voiceOneStyle
-@code{\voiceOneStyle},
-@funindex \voiceTwoStyle
-@code{\voiceTwoStyle},
-@funindex \voiceThreeStyle
-@code{\voiceThreeStyle},
-@funindex \voiceFourStyle
-@code{\voiceFourStyle},
-@funindex \voiceNeutralStyle
-@code{\voiceNeutralStyle}.
-
-@seealso
-
-Lerning Manual:
-@rlearning{I'm hearing Voices}.
-
-Snippets:
-@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
@node Automatic part combining
@unnumberedsubsubsec Automatic part combining
@snippets
-Parts may be merged without printing text:
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\new Staff <<
- \set Staff.printPartCombineTexts = ##f
- \partcombine
- \relative g' { g a( b) r }
- \relative g' { g r4 r f }
->>
-@end lilypond
-
-The printed text may be changed:
-
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\new Staff <<
- \set Score.soloText = #"girl"
- \set Score.soloIIText = #"boy"
- \set Score.aDueText = #"together"
- \partcombine
- \relative g' { g4 g r r a2 g }
- \relative g' { r4 r a( b) a2 g }
->>
-@end lilypond
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{changing-partcombine-texts.ly}
@seealso
Snippets:
@rlsr{Simultaneous notes}.
-
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{PartCombineMusic},
@rinternals{Voice}.
@c IIRC in users list someone pointed out more issues. TODO: lookup FV
+
@node Writing music in parallel
@unnumberedsubsubsec Writing music in parallel
be of the same length.}
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB) {
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
% Bar 1
- r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] r8 g'16[ c''] e''[ g' c'' e''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
+ r8 g'16 c'' e'' g' c'' e'' r8 g'16 c'' e'' g' c'' e'' |
+ r16 e'8.~ e'4 r16 e'8.~ e'4 |
+ c'2 c'2 |
% Bar 2
- r8 a'16[ d''] f''[ a' d'' f''] r8 a'16[ d''] f''[ a' d'' f''] |
- c'2 c'2 |
+ r8 a'16 d'' f'' a' d'' f'' r8 a'16 d'' f'' a' d'' f'' |
+ r16 d'8.~ d'4 r16 d'8.~ d'4 |
+ c'2 c'2 |
+
}
\new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \voiceA
- \new Staff \voiceB
+ \new Staff << \voiceA \\ \voiceB >>
+ \new Staff { \clef bass \voiceC }
>>
@end lilypond
@code{voiceA} ignore the notes in @code{voiceB}.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB) {
+\parallelMusic #'(voiceA voiceB voiceC) {
% Bar 1
r8 g16 c e g, c e r8 g,16 c e g, c e |
+ r16 e8.~ e4 r16 e8.~ e4 |
c2 c |
% Bar 2
r8 a,16 d f a, d f r8 a,16 d f a, d f |
+ r16 d8.~ d4 r16 d8.~ d4 |
c2 c |
+
}
\new StaffGroup <<
- \new Staff \relative c'' \voiceA
- \new Staff \relative c' \voiceB
+ \new Staff << \relative c'' \voiceA \\ \relative c' \voiceB >>
+ \new Staff \relative c' { \clef bass \voiceC }
>>
@end lilypond
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
GDP TODO list
so that neither the horizontal nor the vertical spacing is too cramped
or stretched.
+Settings which influence layout may be placed in two blocks.
+The @code{\paper @{...@}} block is placed outside any
+@code{\score @{...@}} blocks and contains settings that
+relate to the entire document. The @code{\layout @{...@}}
+block is placed within a @code{\score @{...@}} block and
+contains settings for that particular score. If you have
+only one @code{\score @{...@}} block the two have the same
+effect. In general the commands shown in this chapter can
+be placed in either.
+
@menu
* Paper and pages::
-* Music layout::
-* Displaying spacing::
-* Breaks::
-* Vertical spacing::
-* Horizontal spacing::
-* Page layout MOVED FROM LM::
+* Music layout::
+* Breaks::
+* Vertical spacing::
+* Horizontal spacing::
+* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
@end menu
@section Paper and pages
This section deals with the boundaries that define the area
-that music can be printed inside.
+within which music can be printed.
@menu
* Paper size::
To change the paper size, there are two commands,
@example
#(set-default-paper-size "a4")
+@end example
+@example
\paper @{
#(set-paper-size "a4")
@}
@code{a6}, @code{a5}, @code{a4}, @code{a3}, @code{legal}, @code{letter},
@code{11x17} (also known as tabloid).
+@c TODO Add new paper sizes -td
+
Extra sizes may be added by editing the definition for
@code{paper-alist} in the initialization file @file{scm/paper.scm}.
@funindex paper-width
@item paper-width
The width of the page. The default is taken from the current paper size,
-see @ref{Paper size}.
+see @ref{Paper size}.
@funindex paper-height
@item paper-height
The height of the page. The default is taken from the current paper size,
-see @ref{Paper size}.
+see @ref{Paper size}.
@funindex top-margin
@item top-margin
Margin between the left side of the page and the beginning of the
music. Unset by default, which means that the margins is determined
based on the @code{paper-width} and @code{line-width} to center the
-score on the paper.
+score on the paper.
@funindex line-width
@item line-width
@funindex head-separation
@item head-separation
Distance between the top-most music system and the page header. Default
-is@tie{}4mm.
+is@tie{}4mm.
@funindex foot-separation
@item foot-separation
@item auto-first-page-number
The page breaking algorithm is affected by the first page number being
odd or even. If this variable is set to #t, the page breaking algorithm
-will decide whether to start with an odd or even number. This will
+will decide whether to start with an odd or even number. This will
result in the first page number remaining as is or being increased by one.
@end table
@}
@end example
-This second example centers page numbers at the bottom of every page.
+This second example centers page numbers at the bottom of every page.
@example
\paper @{
evenFooterMarkup = \markup @{ \fill-line @{
\bold \fontsize #3 \on-the-fly #print-page-number-check-first
\fromproperty #'page:page-number-string @} @}
-@}
+@}
@end example
You can also define these values in Scheme. In that case @code{mm},
@section Music layout
@menu
-* Setting the staff size::
-* Score layout::
+* Setting the staff size::
+* Score layout::
@end menu
@cindex staff size, setting
@funindex layout file
+The default @strong{staff size} is set to 20 points.
+This may be changed in two ways:
+
To set the staff size globally for all scores in a file (or
in a @code{book} block, to be precise), use @code{set-global-staff-size}.
This sets the global default size to 14pt staff height and scales all
fonts accordingly.
-To set the staff size individually for each score, use
+To set the staff size individually for each score, use
@example
\score@{
...
This manual: @ref{Changing context default settings}.
-@node Displaying spacing
-@section Displaying spacing
-
-@funindex annotate-spacing
-@cindex Spacing, display of properties
-
-To graphically display the dimensions of vertical properties that may
-be altered for page formatting, set @code{annotate-spacing} in the
-@code{\paper} block, like this
-
-
-@c need to have \book{} otherwise we get the separate systems. -hwn
-@lilypond[verbatim]
-#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
-
-\book {
- \score { { c4 } }
- \paper { annotate-spacing = ##t }
-}
-@end lilypond
-
-
-@c TODO: really bad vagueness due to bug in annotate-spacing. -gp
-@noindent
-Some unit dimensions are measured in staff spaces, while others
-are measured in millimeters.
-The pairs
-(@var{a},@var{b}) are intervals, where @var{a} is the lower edge and
-@var{b} the upper edge of the interval.
-
-
@node Breaks
@section Breaks
@menu
-* Line breaking::
-* Page breaking::
-* Optimal page breaking::
-* Optimal page turning::
-* Minimal page breaking::
-* Explicit breaks::
-* Using an extra voice for breaks::
+* Line breaking::
+* Page breaking::
+* Optimal page breaking::
+* Optimal page turning::
+* Minimal page breaking::
+* Explicit breaks::
+* Using an extra voice for breaks::
@end menu
@node Line breaking
@cindex line breaks
@cindex breaking lines
-Line breaks are normally computed automatically. They are chosen so
-that lines look neither cramped nor loose, and that consecutive lines
-have similar density.
+Line breaks are normally determined automatically. They are chosen
+so that lines look neither cramped nor loose, and consecutive
+lines have similar density. Occasionally you might want to
+override the automatic breaks; you can do this by specifying
+@code{\break}. This will force a line break at this point. However,
+line breaks can only occur at the end of @q{complete} bars, i.e.,
+where there are no notes or tuplets left @q{hanging} over the bar
+line. If you want to have a line break where there is no bar line,
+you can force an invisible bar line by entering @code{\bar ""},
+although again there must be no notes left hanging over in any of
+the staves at this point, or it will be ignored.
+
+The opposite command, @code{\noBreak}, forbids a line break at the
+bar line where it is inserted.
+
+The most basic settings influencing line spacing are @code{indent}
+and @code{line-width}. They are set in the @code{\layout} block.
+They control the indentation of the first line of music, and the
+lengths of the lines.
+
+If @code{ragged-right} is set to true in the @code{\layout} block,
+then systems end at their natural horizontal length, instead of
+being spread horizontally to fill the whole line. This is useful
+for short fragments, and for checking how tight the natural
+spacing is.
+
+@c TODO Check and add para on default for ragged-right
+
+The option @code{ragged-last} is similar to @code{ragged-right},
+but affects only the last line of the piece.
+
+@example
+\layout @{
+indent = #0
+line-width = #150
+ragged-last = ##t
+@}
+@end example
-Occasionally you might want to override the automatic breaks; you can
-do this by specifying @code{\break}. This will force a line break at
-this point. Line breaks can only occur at places where there are bar
-lines. If you want to have a line break where there is no bar line,
-you can force an invisible bar line by entering @code{\bar
-""}. Similarly, @code{\noBreak} forbids a line break at a
-point.
@cindex regular line breaks
@cindex four bar music.
For line breaks at regular intervals use @code{\break} separated by
-skips and repeated with @code{\repeat}:
+skips and repeated with @code{\repeat}. For example, this would
+cause the following 28 measures (assuming 4/4 time) to be broken
+every 4 measures, and only there:
+
@example
<< \repeat unfold 7 @{
s1 \noBreak s1 \noBreak
>>
@end example
-@noindent
-This makes the following 28 measures (assuming 4/4 time) be broken every
-4 measures, and only there.
-
@predefined
@code{\break}, and @code{\noBreak}.
Internals: @rinternals{LineBreakEvent}.
+@c TODO Check this
A linebreaking configuration can be saved as a @code{.ly} file
automatically. This allows vertical alignments to be stretched to
fit pages in a second formatting run. This is fairly new and
\remove Forbid_line_break_engraver
} {
c4 c2 << c2 {s4 \break } >> % now the break is allowed
- c2 c4
+ c2 c4
}
@end lilypond
Similarly, line breaks are normally forbidden when beams cross bar
-lines. This behavior can be changed by setting
+lines. This behavior can be changed by setting
@code{\override Beam #'breakable = ##t}.
The @code{\pageBreak} and @code{\noPageBreak} commands may also be
inserted at top-level, between scores and top-level markups.
+There are also analogous settings to @code{ragged-right} and
+@code{ragged-last} which have the same effect on vertical spacing:
+@code{ragged-bottom} and @code{ragged-last-bottom}. If set to
+@code{##t} the systems on all pages or just the last page
+respectively will not be justified vertically.
+
+For more details see @ref{Vertical spacing}.
+
Page breaks are computed by the @code{page-breaking} function. LilyPond
provides three algorithms for computing page breaks,
@code{ly:optimal-breaking}, @code{ly:page-turn-breaking} and
@}
@end example
+@c TODO Check this -td
The old page breaking algorithm is called
@code{optimal-page-breaks}. If you are having trouble with the new page
breakers, you can enable the old one as a workaround.
\once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = #1
c4_"Text"\pp % this time the text will be closer to the staff
r2.
-% by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number, we
-% disable the automatic collision avoidance
+% by setting outside-staff-priority to a non-number,
+% we disable the automatic collision avoidance
\once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
\once \override DynamicLineSpanner #'outside-staff-priority = ##f
c4_"Text"\pp % now they will collide
@seealso
Internals: @rinternals{SpacingSpanner}, @rinternals{NoteSpacing},
-@rinternals{StaffSpacing}, @rinternals{SeparationItem}, and
-@rinternals{SeparatingGroupSpanner}.
+@rinternals{StaffSpacing}, and @rinternals{SeparationItem}.
@knownissues
for these related settings.
+@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
+@section Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@node Page layout MOVED FROM LM
-@section Page layout MOVED FROM LM
+Sometimes you can end up with one or two staves on a second
+(or third, or fourth...) page. This is annoying, especially
+if you look at previous pages and it looks like there is plenty
+of room left on those.
+
+When investigating layout issues, @code{annotate-spacing} is
+an invaluable tool. This command prints the values of various
+layout spacing commands; for more details see the following
+section, @ref{Displaying spacing}.
@menu
-* Introduction to layout::
-* Global sizes::
-* Line breaks::
-* Page breaks::
-* Fitting music onto fewer pages::
+* Displaying spacing::
+* Changing spacing::
@end menu
-@node Introduction to layout
-@subsection Introduction to layout
-
-The global paper layout is determined by three factors:
-the page layout, the line breaks, and the spacing. These all
-influence each other. The choice of spacing determines how
-densely each system of music is set. This influences where line
-breaks are chosen, and thus ultimately, how many pages a piece
-of music takes.
-
-Settings which influence layout may be placed in two blocks.
-The @code{\paper @{...@}} block is placed outside any
-@code{\score @{...@}} blocks and contains settings that
-relate to the entire document. The @code{\layout @{...@}}
-block is placed within a @code{\score @{...@}} block and
-contains settings for that particular score. If you have
-only one @code{\score @{...@}} block the two have the same
-effect. In general the commands shown in this section can
-be placed in either.
-
-Much more detail on the options for tweaking the laying out
-of music are contained in @ref{Spacing issues}.
-
-@node Global sizes
-@subsection Global sizes
-
-TODO Check all these examples
-
-The default @strong{paper size} which LilyPond assumes in laying
-out the music is A4. This may be changed in two ways:
-
-@example
-#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-
-\paper @{
-#(set-paper-size "letter")
-@}
-@end example
+@node Displaying spacing
+@subsection Displaying spacing
-@noindent
-The first command sets the size of all pages. The second command
-sets the size of the pages to which the \paper block applies -- if
-the \paper block is at the top of the file, then it will apply
-to all pages. Support for the following paper sizes is available:
-a6, a5, a4, a3, legal, letter, 11x17 (also known as tabloid).
-Setting the paper size automatically sets suitable margins and
-line length.
+@funindex annotate-spacing
+@cindex Spacing, display of properties
-If the symbol @code{landscape} is supplied as an argument to
-@code{set-default-paper-size}, the pages will be rotated by 90
-degrees, and wider line widths will be set correspondingly, e.g.
+To graphically display the dimensions of vertical properties that may
+be altered for page formatting, set @code{annotate-spacing} in the
+@code{\paper} block, like this:
-@example
+@c need to have \book{} otherwise we get the separate systems. -hwn
+@lilypond[verbatim]
#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
-@end example
-
-The default @strong{staff size} is set to 20 points.
-This may be changed in two ways:
-
-@example
-#(set-global-staff-size 14)
+\book {
+ \score { { c4 } }
+ \paper { annotate-spacing = ##t }
+}
+@end lilypond
-\paper @{
-#(set-global-staff-size 16)
-@}
-@end example
+@c TODO: really bad vagueness due to bug in annotate-spacing. -gp
@noindent
-The first command sets the size in all pages. The second command
-sets the size in the pages to which the \paper block applies -\96 if
-the \paper block is at the top of the file, then it will apply
-to all pages. All the fonts are automatically scaled to suit
-the new value of the staff size.
-
-@node Line breaks
-@subsection Line breaks
-
-Line breaks are normally determined automatically. They are chosen
-so that lines look neither cramped nor loose, and consecutive
-lines have similar density. Occasionally you might want to
-override the automatic breaks; you can do this by specifying
-@code{\break}. This will force a line break at this point. However,
-line breaks can only occur at the end of @q{complete} bars, i.e.,
-where there are no notes or tuplets left @q{hanging} over the bar
-line. If you want to have a line break where there is no bar line,
-you can force an invisible bar line by entering @code{\bar ""},
-although again there must be no notes left hanging over in any of
-the staves at this point, or it will be ignored.
-
-The opposite command, @code{\noBreak}, forbids a line break at the
-bar line where it is inserted.
-
-The most basic settings influencing line spacing are @code{indent}
-and @code{line-width}. They are set in the @code{\layout} block.
-They control the indentation of the first line of music, and the
-lengths of the lines.
-
-If @code{ragged-right} is set to true in the @code{\layout} block,
-then systems end at their natural horizontal length, instead of
-being spread horizontally to fill the whole line. This is useful
-for short fragments, and for checking how tight the natural
-spacing is.
-
-The option @code{ragged-last} is similar to @code{ragged-right},
-but affects only the last line of the piece.
-
-@example
-\layout @{
-indent = #0
-line-width = #150
-ragged-last = ##t
-@}
-@end example
-
-@node Page breaks
-@subsection Page breaks
-
-The default page breaking may be overridden by inserting
-@code{\pageBreak} or @code{\noPageBreak} commands.
-These commands are analogous to the @code{\break} and
-@code{\noBreak} commands discussed above and force or forbid
-a page-break at the point where they are inserted.
-Of course, the @code{\pageBreak} command also forces a line break.
-Like @code{\break}, the @code{\pageBreak} command is effective only
-at the end of a @q{complete} bar as defined above. For more
-details see @ref{Page breaking} and following sections.
-
-There are also analogous settings to @code{ragged-right} and
-@code{ragged-last} which have the same effect on vertical spacing:
-@code{ragged-bottom} and @code{ragged-last-bottom}. If set to
-@code{##t} the systems on all pages or just the last page
-respectively will not be justified vertically.
-
-For more details see @ref{Vertical spacing}.
-
-@node Fitting music onto fewer pages
-@subsection Fitting music onto fewer pages
+Some unit dimensions are measured in staff spaces, while others
+are measured in millimeters.
+The pairs
+(@var{a},@var{b}) are intervals, where @var{a} is the lower edge and
+@var{b} the upper edge of the interval.
-Sometimes you can end up with one or two staves on a second
-(or third, or fourth...) page. This is annoying, especially
-if you look at previous pages and it looks like there is plenty
-of room left on those.
+@node Changing spacing
+@subsection Changing spacing
-When investigating layout issues, @code{annotate-spacing} is
-an invaluable tool. This command prints the values of various
-layout spacing commands; see @ref{Displaying spacing}, for more
-details. From the output of @code{annotate-spacing}, we can
+From the output of @code{annotate-spacing}, we can
see which margins we may wish to alter.
+@c TODO add info about or pointers to margin settings
+
Other than margins, there are a few other options to save space:
@itemize
always be placed in a @code{\context@{..@}} block so that it applies
to the whole score.
-TODO Add description of using \context in this way earlier if it is
-not already anywhere -td
-
@end itemize
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Specialist notation
@chapter Specialist notation
* Wind instruments::
* Chord notation::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
@end menu
@include vocal.itely
@include wind.itely
@include chords.itely
@include ancient.itely
-
+@include world.itely
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Staff notation
@section Staff notation
@lilypondfile[quote]{staff-headword.ly}
-
-This section explains how to influence the staff appearance,
-print scores with more than one staff, and
-how to apply specific performance marks to single staves.
+This section explains how to influence the staff appearance, print
+scores with more than one staff, and how to apply specific
+performance marks to single staves.
@menu
-* Displaying staves::
-* Modifying single staves::
-* Writing parts::
+* Displaying staves::
+* Modifying single staves::
+* Writing parts::
@end menu
@node Displaying staves
@subsection Displaying staves
-This section shows the different possibilities to create and group
-staves into groups, which can be marked in the beginning of each
-line with either a bracket or a brace.
+This section shows the different possibilities of creating and
+grouping staves, which are marked at the beginning of each line
+with either a bracket or a brace.
@menu
* Instantiating new staves::
-* Grouping staves::
-* Deeper nested staff groups::
+* Grouping staves::
+* Deeper nested staff groups::
@end menu
@node Instantiating new staves
-@subsubsection Instantiating new staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instantiating new staves
@cindex new staff
@cindex staff initiation
@cindex tabstaff
@cindex tablature
-Staves (sg. staff) are created with the @code{\new} or
-@code{\context} commands. For an explanation on these commands,
-see @ref{Creating contexts}.
+@notation{Staves} (singular: @notation{staff}) are created with
+the @code{\new} or @code{\context} commands. For details, see
+@ref{Creating contexts}.
-There are different predefined staff contexts available in LilyPond:
+The basic staff context is @code{Staff}:
-@itemize
-@item
-The default is @code{Staff}:
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
-\new Staff { c d e f }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new Staff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@item
-@code{DrumStaff} creates a five line staff set up for a typical drum set.
-It uses different names for each instrument. The instrument names have to
-be set using the @code{drummode}. See @ref{Percussion staves}.
+@code{DrumStaff} creates a five-line staff set up for a
+typical drum set. It uses different names for each instrument.
+The instrument names are set using the @code{\drummode} command.
+For details, see @ref{Percussion staves}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
-\new DrumStaff {
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\new DrumStaff {
\drummode { cymc hh ss tomh }
}
@end lilypond
@c FIXME: remove when mentioned in NR 2.8
-@item
-@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff} sets up a staff to notate modern
-Gregorian chant. It does not show bar lines.
+@code{GregorianTranscriptionStaff} creates a staff to notate
+modern Gregorian chant. It does not show bar lines.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
-\new GregorianTranscriptionStaff { c d e f }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new GregorianTranscriptionStaff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@item
-@code{RhythmicStaff} can be used to show the rhythm of some music. The
-notes are printed on one line regardless of their pitch, but the duration
-is preserved. See @ref{Showing melody rhythms}.
+@code{RhythmicStaff} creates a single-line staff that only
+displays the rhythmic values of the input. Real durations are
+preserved. For details, see @ref{Showing melody rhythms}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
-\new RhythmicStaff { c d e f }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new RhythmicStaff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@item
-@code{TabStaff} creates by default a tablature with six strings in
-standard guitar tuning. See @ref{Guitar tablatures}.
+@code{TabStaff} creates a tablature with six strings in standard
+guitar tuning. For details, see @ref{Default tablatures}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
-\new TabStaff { c d e f }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new TabStaff { c4 d e f }
@end lilypond
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-Besides these staves there are two staff contexts specific for the notation
-of ancient music: @code{MensuralStaff} and @code{VaticanaStaff}. They are
+There are two staff contexts specific for the notation of ancient
+music: @code{MensuralStaff} and @code{VaticanaStaff}. They are
described in @ref{Pre-defined contexts}.
-Once a staff is instantiated it can be started or stopped at every point
-in the score. This is done with the commands @code{\startStaff} and
-@code{\stopStaff}. How to use it is explained in @ref{Staff symbol}.
+Staves can be started or stopped at any point in the score. The
+commands @code{\startStaff} and @code{\stopStaff} are used for
+this purpose. For details, see @ref{Staff symbol}.
@seealso
-Music Glossary: @rglos{staff}, @rglos{staves}.
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{staff},
+@rglos{staves}.
-Notation Reference: @ref{Percussion staves},
-@ref{Guitar tablatures}, @ref{Gregorian chant contexts},
-@ref{Mensural contexts}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Creating contexts},
+@ref{Percussion staves},
+@ref{Default tablatures},
+@ref{Gregorian chant contexts},
+@ref{Mensural contexts},
+@ref{Staff symbol},
+@ref{Pre-defined contexts},
+@ref{Showing melody rhythms}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{Staff}, @rinternals{DrumStaff},
-@rinternals{GregorianTranscriptionStaff}, @rinternals{RhythmicStaff},
-@rinternals{TabStaff}, @rinternals{MensuralStaff},
-@rinternals{VaticanaStaff}, @rinternals{StaffSymbol}.
-
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Staff},
+@rinternals{DrumStaff},
+@rinternals{GregorianTranscriptionStaff},
+@rinternals{RhythmicStaff},
+@rinternals{TabStaff},
+@rinternals{MensuralStaff},
+@rinternals{VaticanaStaff},
+@rinternals{StaffSymbol}.
@node Grouping staves
-@subsubsection Grouping staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Grouping staves
@cindex start of system
@cindex staff, multiple
@cindex system start delimiters
@cindex bracket, vertical
@cindex brace, vertical
+@cindex choir staff
@cindex grand staff
@cindex piano staff
@cindex staff group
@cindex staff, choir
-@cindex choir staff
+@cindex staff, piano
@cindex system
-LilyPond provides different types of contexts to group single staves
-together. These contexts influence in the first place the appearance
-of the system start delimiter, but they have also influence on the
-behavior of the bar lines.
+Various contexts exist to group single staves together in order to
+form multi-stave systems. Each grouping context sets the style of
+the system start delimiter and the behavior of bar lines.
-@itemize
-@item
-If no context is specified, the default properties for the score
-will be used: the group is started with a vertical line, and the
-bar lines are not connected. The name of the beginning bar line
-grob is @code{SystemStartBar}.
+If no context is specified, the default properties will be used:
+the group is started with a vertical line, and the bar lines are
+not connected.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
<<
\new Staff { c1 c }
- \new Staff { c c }
+ \new Staff { c1 c }
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-In a @code{StaffGroup}, the bar lines will be drawn through
-all the staves, and the group is started with a bracket.
+In the @code{StaffGroup} context, the group is started with a
+bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new StaffGroup <<
\new Staff { c1 c }
- \new Staff { c c }
+ \new Staff { c1 c }
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-In a @code{ChoirStaff}, the group is
-started with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected.
+In a @code{ChoirStaff}, the group starts with a bracket, but bar
+lines are not connected.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new ChoirStaff <<
\new Staff { c1 c }
- \new Staff { c c }
+ \new Staff { c1 c }
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-In a @code{GrandStaff}, the group is started with a brace
-at the left, and bar lines are connected between the staves.
+In a @code{GrandStaff}, the group begins with a brace, and bar
+lines are connected between the staves.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new GrandStaff <<
\new Staff { c1 c }
- \new Staff { c c }
+ \new Staff { c1 c }
>>
@end lilypond
-@item
-The @code{PianoStaff} behaves almost as the @code{GrandStaff} but is
-optimized for setting piano music. In particular it supports the printing
-of an instrument name directly, see @ref{Instrument names}.
+The @code{PianoStaff} is almost identical to a @code{GrandStaff},
+except that it supports printing the instrument name directly.
+For details, see @ref{Instrument names}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new PianoStaff <<
+ \set PianoStaff.instrumentName = "Piano"
+ \new Staff { c1 c }
\new Staff { c1 c }
- \new Staff { c c }
>>
@end lilypond
-@end itemize
-
Each staff group context sets the property
-@code{systemStartDelimiter} to one of the values
-@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBrace},
-and @code{SystemStartBracket}. A fourth delimiter,
-@code{systemStartSquare}, is also available, but must be
-instantiated manually. The usage of this last delimiter is shown further
-down in the snippet section.
-
-According to classic engraver rules an orchestral score consists of
-staves connected only with a single line at the beginning of the system.
-In LilyPond this is produced grouping the @code{Staff} contexts with
-@code{<< ... >>}.
-
-Each instrument family is grouped inside of a @code{StaffGroup} with a
-starting bracket. A group of same instruments or an instrument using
-more than one staff is grouped with braces in a @code{GrandStaff}.
-
-As the context names tell, @code{PianoStaff} is used for notating
-piano music and @code{ChoirStaff} for all kind of vocal ensemble music.
+@code{systemStartDelimiter} to one of the following values:
+@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBrace}, or
+@code{SystemStartBracket}. A fourth delimiter,
+@code{SystemStartSquare}, is also available, but it must be
+explicitly specified.
@snippets
-@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{use-square-bracket-at-the-start-of-a-staff-group.ly}
-@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{display-bracket-with-only-one-staff-in-a-system.ly}
@cindex mensurstriche layout
@cindex transcription of mensural music
@cindex mensural music, transcription of
-@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly}
@c FIXME: move to NR 2.8.x when sectioning is ready
+
@seealso
-Music Glossary: @rglos{brace},
-@rglos{bracket}, @rglos{grand staff}.
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{brace},
+@rglos{bracket},
+@rglos{grand staff}.
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Instrument names}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{Staff}, @rinternals{ChoirStaff},
-@rinternals{GrandStaff}, @rinternals{PianoStaff},
-@rinternals{StaffGroup}, @rinternals{systemStartDelimiter},
-@rinternals{SystemStartBar}, @rinternals{SystemStartBrace},
-@rinternals{SystemStartBracket}, @rinternals{systemStartSquare}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Staff},
+@rinternals{ChoirStaff},
+@rinternals{GrandStaff},
+@rinternals{PianoStaff},
+@rinternals{StaffGroup},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBar},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBrace},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBracket},
+@rinternals{SystemStartSquare}.
@node Deeper nested staff groups
-@subsubsection Deeper nested staff groups
-
-There are also two inner staff contexts named @code{InnerStaffGroup}
-and @code{InnerChoirStaffGroup} besides the grouping contexts mentioned
-in @ref{Grouping staves}. They behave in the same way as their simple
-counterparts, except that they are contained in another staff grouping
-context, thus producing one more bracket on top of the existing one.
-Note that @code{GrandStaff} and @code{PianoStaff} do not have any inner
-grouping contexts. They can both be inside any other staff context,
-including inner staff groups, though.
-
-Here is an example of an orchestral score using groupings and nesting
-of these groupings. Note that the instrument names are omitted from the
-source code, for instructions how to set them see @ref{Instrument names}.
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Deeper nested staff groups
@cindex staff, nested
@cindex staves, nested
@cindex inner staff group
@cindex inner choir staff group
+Two additional staff-group contexts are available that can be
+nested within a @code{StaffGroup} or @code{ChoirStaff} context:
+@code{InnerStaffGroup} and @code{InnerChoirStaff}. These contexts
+create an additional bracket next to the original bracket of their
+parent staff group.
-@example
-\score @{ <<
- \new StaffGroup %woodwinds
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c'1 d' @} %flute
- \new InnerStaffGroup <<
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @} %sax
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @} %oboe
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @} %English horn
- >>
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c d @} %bassoon
- >>
- \new StaffGroup %the brass group
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @} %trumpet
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c d @} %trombone
- \new GrandStaff %the horns need a GrandStaff (same instrument)
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @}
- \new Staff @{ \clef bass c d @}
- >>
- >>
- \new ChoirStaff %for setting vocal music
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @}
- \new InnerChoirStaff <<
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @}
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @}
- >>
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @}
- >>
- \new PianoStaff %for the piano
- <<
- \new Staff @{ c' d' @}
- \new Staff @{\clef bass c d @}
- >>
->> @}
-@end example
+An @code{InnerStaffGroup} is treated similarly to a
+@code{StaffGroup}; bar lines are connected between each stave
+within the context:
-@c no verbatim so instrument names are only in the music
-@lilypond[ragged-right,quote]
-\score { <<
- \new StaffGroup %woodwinds
- <<
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "fl" c'1 d' } %flute
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new StaffGroup <<
+ \new Staff { c2 c }
\new InnerStaffGroup <<
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "sax" c' d' } %sax 1
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "ob" c' d' } %sax 2
- \new Staff { \set Staff.instrumentName = "ca" c' d' }
- >>
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "bs" \clef bass c d } %bassoon
+ \new Staff { g2 g }
+ \new Staff { e2 e }
>>
- \new StaffGroup %the brass group
- <<
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "tr" c' d' } %trumpet
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "tb" \clef bass c d } %trombone
- \new GrandStaff %the horns need a GrandStaff (same instrument)
- <<
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "cor1" c' d' }
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "cor2" \clef bass c d }
- >>
- >>
- \new ChoirStaff %for setting vocal music
- <<
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "S" c' d' }
- \new InnerChoirStaff <<
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "A1" c' d' }
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "A2" c' d' }
- >>
- \new Staff {\set Staff.instrumentName = "T" c' d' }
- >>
- \new PianoStaff %for the piano
- <<
- \new Staff { c' d' }
- \new Staff {\clef bass c d }
+>>
+@end lilypond
+
+Bar lines are @emph{not} connected between staves of an
+@code{InnerChoirStaff}, just like a @code{ChoirStaff}:
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\new ChoirStaff <<
+ \new Staff { c2 c }
+ \new InnerChoirStaff <<
+ \new Staff { g2 g }
+ \new Staff { e2 e }
>>
->> }
+ \new Staff { c1 }
+>>
@end lilypond
@snippets
-@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{nesting-staves.ly}
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{InnerChoirStaffGroup},
-@rinternals{InnerStaffGroup}, @rinternals{SystemStartBar},
-@rinternals{SystemStartBrace}, @rinternals{SystemStartBracket},
-@rinternals{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Grouping staves},
+@ref{Instrument names}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{InnerStaffGroup},
+@rinternals{StaffGroup},
+@rinternals{InnerChoirStaff},
+@rinternals{ChoirStaff},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBar},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBrace},
+@rinternals{SystemStartBracket}.
@node Modifying single staves
@subsection Modifying single staves
-This section explains how to change specific attributes of one
-staff like the staff lines, starting and stopping of staves, sizing
-of staves, and setting ossia sections.
+This section explains how to change specific attributes of one
+staff: for example, modifying the number of staff lines or the
+staff size. Methods to start and stop staves and set ossia
+sections are also described.
@menu
-* Staff symbol::
-* Ossia staves::
-* Hiding staves::
+* Staff symbol::
+* Ossia staves::
+* Hiding staves::
@end menu
+
@node Staff symbol
-@subsubsection Staff symbol
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Staff symbol
@cindex adjusting staff symbol
@cindex drawing staff symbol
@cindex spacing of ledger lines
@cindex number of staff lines
-The layout object which draws the lines of a staff is called
-@code{staff symbol}. The staff symbol may be tuned in number,
-thickness and distance of lines, using properties. It may also
-be started and stopped at every point in the score.
+The grob @code{StaffSymbol} is responsible for drawing the lines
+of a staff. Its properties can be altered in order to change the
+appearance of a staff, but they must be changed before the staff
+is created. A staff may be started or stopped at any point in the
+score.
-@itemize
-@item
-Changing the number of staff lines is done by overriding
-@code{line-count}. You may need to adjust the clef position
-and the position of the middle C to fit to the new staff. For
-an explanation, see the snippet section in @ref{Displaying pitches}.
+The number of staff lines may be changed. The clef position and
+the position of middle C may need to be modified to fit the new
+staff. For an explanation, refer to the snippet section in
+@ref{Clef}.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\new Staff {
- \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #3
- d d d d
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #3
+ d4 d d d
}
@end lilypond
-@item
-The placement and amount of the staff lines can also set totally
-manually by defining their positions explicitly. The middle
-of the staff has the value of 0, each half staff space up and down
-adds an integer. The default values are 4 2 0 -2 -4. Bar lines
-are drawn according to the calculated width of the system, but
-they are always centered. As the
-example shows, the positions of the notes are not influenced
-by the position of the staff lines.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+The vertical position of staff lines and the number of staff lines
+can be defined at the same time. As the example shows, the
+positions of the notes are not influenced by the position of the
+staff lines. Details for modifying this property are found in
+@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
+
+@warning{The @code{'line-positions} property overrides the
+@code{'line-count} property. The number of staff lines is
+implicitly defined by the number of elements in the list of values
+for @code{'line-positions}}
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
- \override StaffSymbol #' line-positions = #' ( 7 3 0 -4 -6 -7 )
- }{
- a e' f' b' d''
+ \override StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(7 3 0 -4 -6 -7)
}
+{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The staff line thickness can be set by overriding the @code{thickness}
-property. Note that it gets applied also to ledger lines and stems,
-since they depend on the staff line thickness. The argument of
-@code{thickness} is a factor of @code{line-thickness} which defaults
-to the normal staff line thickness.
+The staff line thickness can be modified. The thickness of ledger
+lines and stems are also affected, since they depend on staff line
+thickness.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
\override StaffSymbol #'thickness = #3
- }{
- d d d d
}
+{ e4 d c b }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The thickness of the ledger lines can also be set independent of the
-settings for staff lines. The setting is calculated from a pair of
-values which will be added for the final thickness. The first value
-is the staff line thickness multiplied by a factor, the second is
-the staff space multiplied by a factor. In the example the ledger
-lines get their thickness from one staff line thickness plus 1/5
-staff space, so they are heavier than a normal staff line.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+The thickness of ledger lines can be set independently of staff
+line thickness. A description of this property is also found in
+@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
- \override StaffSymbol #' ledger-line-thickness = #' ( 1 . 0.2 ) }
- {
- d d d d
+ \override StaffSymbol #'ledger-line-thickness = #'(1 . 0.2)
}
+{ e4 d c b }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The distance of the stafflines can be changed with the
-@code{staff-space} property. Its argument is the amount
-of staff spaces that should be inserted between the lines.
-The default value is 1. Setting the distance has
-influence on the staff lines as well as on ledger lines.
+The distance between staff lines can be changed. The setting has
+influence on ledger lines as well.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
- \override StaffSymbol #' staff-space = #1.5
- }{
- a b c' d'
+ \override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #1.5
}
+{ a4 b c d }
@end lilypond
-@item
-The length of the staff line can also be adjusted
-manually. The unit is one staff space. Spacing
-of the objects inside the staff does not get influenced
+The width of a staff can be adjusted. The unit is one staff
+space. The spacing of objects inside the staff is not influenced
by this setting.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\new Staff \with {
- \override StaffSymbol #' width = #23
- }{
- a e' f' b' d''
+ \override StaffSymbol #'width = #23
}
+{ a4 e' f b | d1 }
@end lilypond
-@end itemize
+Modifications to staff properties in the middle of a score can be
+placed between @code{\stopStaff} and @code{\startStaff}:
-These properties can only be set before instantiating the staff symbol.
-But it is possible to start and stop staves in the middle of a score,
-so each new setting will be applied to the newly instantiated staff.
-
-@lilypond[verbatim,relative=2,fragment]
-b4 b
-%Set here the overrides for the staff
-\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = 2
-\stopStaff \startStaff
-b b
-%Revert to the default
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+c2 c
+\stopStaff
+\override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #2
+\startStaff
+b2 b
+\stopStaff
\revert Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count
-\stopStaff \startStaff
-b b
+\startStaff
+a2 a
@end lilypond
-
+
+
@predefined
-@code{\stopStaff}, @code{\startStaff}
+@funindex \startStaff
+@code{\startStaff},
+@funindex \stopStaff
+@code{\stopStaff}.
+
@snippets
-@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
{making-some-staff-lines-thicker-than-the-others.ly}
+
@seealso
-Glossary: @rglos{line}, @rglos{ledger line}, @rglos{staff}.
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{line},
+@rglos{ledger line},
+@rglos{staff}.
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Displaying pitches}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{StaffSymbol},
+@rinternals{staff-symbol-interface}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{StaffSymbol}.
@knownissues
-When setting staff lines manually, bar lines are
-always drawn centered on the position 0, so the
-maximum distance of the bar lines in either direction
-must be equal.
+When setting staff lines manually, bar lines are always drawn
+centered on the position 0, so the maximum distance of the bar
+lines in either direction must be equal.
@node Ossia staves
-@subsubsection Ossia staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Ossia staves
@cindex staff, Frenched
@cindex ossia
Tweaking the staff object allows to resize the staff:
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
- \new Staff \with {
- fontSize = #-3
- \override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #(magstep -3)
- \override StaffSymbol #'thickness = # (magstep -3)
- }
- {
- \clef bass
- c8 c c c c c c c
- }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\new Staff \with {
+ fontSize = #-3
+ \override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #(magstep -3)
+ \override StaffSymbol #'thickness = #(magstep -3)
+}
+\relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ c8 c c c c c c c
+}
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-This involves shrinking the staff spaces, the staff lines and
-the font size by the factor 3. You find a more precise explanation
-in @ref{Setting the staff size}.
+This involves shrinking the staff spaces, the staff lines and the
+font size by the factor 3. You find a more precise explanation in
+@ref{Setting the staff size}.
The @emph{ossia} section in the next example are just put parallel
-to the main staff with @code{<<} and @code{>>} brackets. The @emph{ossia}
-staff is stopped and started explicitely and white space is inserted
-with the @code{\skip} command.
+to the main staff with @code{<<} and @code{>>} brackets. The
+@emph{ossia} staff is stopped and started explicitely and white
+space is inserted with the @code{\skip} command.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
\remove "Time_signature_engraver"
fontSize = #-3
\override StaffSymbol #'staff-space = #(magstep -3)
- \override StaffSymbol #'thickness = # (magstep -3)
+ \override StaffSymbol #'thickness = #(magstep -3)
firstClef = ##f
}
\relative c'' {
s2
\startStaff
- f8 d g4
+ f8 d g4
}
- \new Staff \relative c'' {
+ \new Staff \relative c'' {
\time 2/4
c4 c g' g a a g2
}
@snippets
-@c lilypondfile{Making-some-staff-lines-thicker-than-the-others.ly}
-@c snippet 277
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly}
+
@seealso
-Music Glossary: @rglos{ossia}, @rglos{staff}, @rglos{Frenched staff}.
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{ossia},
+@rglos{staff},
+@rglos{Frenched staff}.
+
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{Nesting music expressions},
+@rlearning{Size of objects},
+@rlearning{Length and thickness of objects}.
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Setting the staff size}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{StaffSymbol}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{StaffSymbol}.
@node Hiding staves
-@subsubsection Hiding staves
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Hiding staves
@cindex Frenched scores
@cindex staff, hiding
-@cindex staff, empty
+@cindex staff, empty
@cindex hiding of staves
@cindex empty staves
@cindex Frenched staves
the lines of these contexts turn out empty after the line-breaking
process, they are removed.
-For normal staves this behaviour is called
-with the @code{\RemoveEmptyStaffContext} command. It is set
-in the @code{\layout} block. As a result staves containing
-nothing or whole mesure rests are removed after a line break.
+For normal staves this behaviour is called with the
+@code{\RemoveEmptyStaffContext} command. It is set in the
+@code{\layout} block. As a result staves containing nothing or
+whole mesure rests are removed after a line break.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\layout {
- \context { \RemoveEmptyStaffContext }
+ \context {
+ \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
+ }
}
\relative c'' {
<<
\new Staff { e4 f g a \break c1 }
\new Staff { c4 d e f \break R1 }
- >>
+ >>
}
@end lilypond
-
To remove other types of contexts, use
@code{\AncientRemoveEmptyStaffContext} or
@code{\RemoveEmptyRhythmicStaffContext}.
@cindex ossia
+@c FIXME Really? I need to see about this. -pm
+
Another application of the @code{\RemoveEmptyStaffContext} is to
make ossia sections, i.e., alternative melodies on a separate
-piece of staff, with help of a Frenched staff. See @ref{Ossia staves}.
+piece of staff, with help of a Frenched staff. See
+@ref{Ossia staves}.
+
+@c FIXME Is this in the right section?
+@c maybe move to Staff symbol -pm
You can make the staff lines invisible by removing the
@code{Staff_symbol_engraver} from the @code{Staff} context.
-
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\score {
\new Staff \relative c'' { c8 c c16 c c c }
\layout{
}
@end lilypond
+
@snippets
-The first empty staff can also be removed from the score with a
-setting in the @code{VerticalAxisGroup} property. This can be done
-globally inside the @code{\layout} block, or locally inside the
-specific staff that should be removed. In the latter case,
-you have to specify the context (@code{Staff} applies only to the
+The first empty staff can also be removed from the score with a
+setting in the @code{VerticalAxisGroup} property. This can be
+done globally inside the @code{\layout} block, or locally inside
+the specific staff that should be removed. In the latter case, you
+have to specify the context (@code{Staff} applies only to the
current staff) in front of the property.
-The lower staff of the second staff group is not removed,
-because the setting applies only to the specific staff inside
-of which it is written.
+The lower staff of the second staff group is not removed, because
+the setting applies only to the specific staff inside of which it
+is written.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\layout {
- \context {
- \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
+ \context {
+ \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
%To use the setting globally, uncomment the following line:
%\override VerticalAxisGroup #'remove-first = ##t
}
}
\new StaffGroup
\relative c'' <<
- \new Staff {
+ \new Staff {
e4 f g a \break c1 }
\new Staff {
%To use the setting globally, comment this line, uncomment the line above
>>
@end lilypond
-@c FIXME not yet in master
-@c lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
-@c {remove-the-first-empy-line.ly}
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{removing-the-first-empty-line.ly}
+
@predefined
+@funindex \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
@code{\RemoveEmptyStaffContext},
+@funindex \AncientRemoveEmptyStaffContext
@code{\AncientRemoveEmptyStaffContext},
-@code{\RemoveEmptyRhythmicStaffContext},
+@funindex \RemoveEmptyRhythmicStaffContext
+@code{\RemoveEmptyRhythmicStaffContext}.
+
@seealso
-Notation Reference: @ref{Staff symbol}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Staff symbol},
+@ref{Ossia staves}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{ChordNames},
-@rinternals{FiguredBass}, @rinternals{Lyrics},
-@rinternals{Staff}, @rinternals{VerticalAxisGroup}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{ChordNames},
+@rinternals{FiguredBass},
+@rinternals{Lyrics},
+@rinternals{Staff},
+@rinternals{VerticalAxisGroup}.
+
@node Writing parts
@subsection Writing parts
@menu
-* Metronome marks::
-* Instrument names::
-* Quoting other voices::
-* Formatting cue notes::
+* Metronome marks::
+* Instrument names::
+* Quoting other voices::
+* Formatting cue notes::
@end menu
+
@node Metronome marks
-@subsubsection Metronome marks
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Metronome marks
-@cindex Tempo
+@cindex tempo
@cindex beats per minute
@cindex metronome marking
@funindex \tempo
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,fragment]
-\tempo 8.=120 c''1
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+\tempo 8. = 120
+c1
@end lilypond
Score.MetronomeMark #'transparent = ##t @end example
To print other metronome markings, use these markup commands
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
c4^\markup {
(
\smaller \general-align #Y #DOWN \note #"16." #1
) }
@end lilypond
-@noindent
For more details, see @ref{Formatting text}.
@seealso
-Music Glossary: @rglos{metronome}, @rglos{metronomic indication},
-@rglos{tempo indication}, @rglos{metronome mark}.
+Music Glossary:
+@rglos{metronome},
+@rglos{metronomic indication},
+@rglos{tempo indication},
+@rglos{metronome mark}.
-Notation Reference: @ref{Formatting text}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Formatting text},
+@ref{MIDI output}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{MetronomeMark}, @ref{MIDI
-output}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{MetronomeMark}.
@knownissues
@node Instrument names
-@subsubsection Instrument names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Instrument names
@cindex instrument names
@cindex instrument names, short
In an orchestral score, instrument names are printed at the left
side of the staves.
-This can be achieved by setting @code{Staff}.@code{instrumentName} and
-@code{Staff}.@code{shortInstrumentName}, or
+This can be achieved by setting @code{Staff}.@code{instrumentName}
+and @code{Staff}.@code{shortInstrumentName}, or
@code{PianoStaff}.@code{instrumentName} and
-@code{PianoStaff}.@code{shortInstrumentName}. This will print text
-before the start of the staff. For the first staff,
-@code{instrumentName} is used. If set, @code{shortInstrumentName} is
-used for the following staves.
+@code{PianoStaff}.@code{shortInstrumentName}. This will print
+text before the start of the staff. For the first staff,
+@code{instrumentName} is used. If set, @code{shortInstrumentName}
+is used for the following staves.
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,relative=1,fragment]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Staff.instrumentName = "Ploink "
\set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "Plk "
c1
\break
-c''
+c''1
@end lilypond
-You can also use markup texts to construct more complicated
-instrument names, for example
+Markup mode can be used to create more complicated instrument
+names:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
\column { "Clarinetti"
\line { "in B" \smaller \flat } } }
-c''1
+c1
@end lilypond
@cindex instrument names, centering
-As instrument names are centered by default, multi line names
-are better entered using @code{\center-align}:
+As instrument names are centered by default, multi line names are
+better entered using @code{\center-align}:
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-{ <<
-\new Staff {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \center-align {
- Clarinetti
- \line { "in B" \smaller \flat }
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup \center-align {
+ Clarinetti
+ \line { "in B" \smaller \flat }
+ }
+ c1
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = "Vibraphone"
+ c1
}
- c''1
-}
-\new Staff {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = "Vibraphone"
- c''1
-}
>>
-}
@end lilypond
For longer instrument names, it may be useful to increase the
@code{indent} setting in the @code{\layout} block.
-Short instrument names, printed before the systems following the first
-one, are also centered by default, in a space which width is given by
-the @code{short-indent} variable of the @code{\layout} block.
+Short instrument names, printed before the systems following the
+first one, are also centered by default, in a space which width is
+given by the @code{short-indent} variable of the @code{\layout}
+block.
To add instrument names to other contexts (such as
@code{GrandStaff}, @code{ChoirStaff}, or @code{StaffGroup}), the
@cindex instrument names, changing
-Instrument names may be changed in the middle of a piece,
+Instrument names may be changed in the middle of a piece:
-@lilypond[quote,fragment,verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
\set Staff.instrumentName = "First"
\set Staff.shortInstrumentName = "one"
c1 c c c \break
@seealso
-Notation Reference: @ref{Modifying context plug-ins}.
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Modifying context plug-ins}.
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{InstrumentName},
-@rinternals{PianoStaff}, @rinternals{Staff}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{InstrumentName},
+@rinternals{PianoStaff},
+@rinternals{Staff}.
@node Quoting other voices
-@subsubsection Quoting other voices
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Quoting other voices
@cindex cues
@cindex quoting other voices
\addQuote @var{name} @var{music}
@end example
-
@noindent
Here, @var{name} is an identifying string. The @var{music} is any
kind of music. Here is an example of @code{\addQuote}
\addQuote clarinet @{ \clarinet @}
@end example
-
After calling @code{\addQuote}, the quotation may then be done
with @code{\quoteDuring} or @code{\cueDuring},
target instruments, if they are specified using the
@code{\transposition} command.
-@lilypond[quote,ragged-right,verbatim]
-\addQuote clarinet \relative c' {
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=1]
+\addQuote clarinet
+{
\transposition bes
f4 fis g gis
}
{
- e'8 f'8 \quoteDuring #"clarinet" { s2 }
+ e8 f8 \quoteDuring #"clarinet" { s2 }
}
@end lilypond
will quote notes (but no rests), together with scripts and
dynamics.
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Instrument transpositions}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{Staff notation}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{QuoteMusic},
+@rinternals{Voice}.
+
+
@knownissues
Only the contents of the first @code{Voice} occurring in an
In earlier versions of LilyPond (pre 2.11), @code{addQuote} was
written entirely in lower-case letters: @code{\addquote}.
-@seealso
-
-Notation Reference: @ref{Instrument transpositions}.
-
-Snippets:
-@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{QuoteMusic}, @rinternals{Voice}.
-
@node Formatting cue notes
-@subsubsection Formatting cue notes
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Formatting cue notes
@cindex cues
@cindex cue notes
@cindex cue notes, formatting
@cindex fragments
-@cindex quoting other voices
+@cindex quoting other voices
@cindex cues, formatting
The previous section deals with inserting notes from another
@end example
This will insert notes from the part @var{name} into a
-@code{Voice} called @code{cue}. This happens
-simultaneously with @var{music}, which usually is a rest. When
-the cue notes start, the staff in effect becomes polyphonic for a
-moment. The argument @var{updown} determines whether the cue
-notes should be notated as a first or second voice.
-
+@code{Voice} called @code{cue}. This happens simultaneously with
+@var{music}, which usually is a rest. When the cue notes start,
+the staff in effect becomes polyphonic for a moment. The argument
+@var{updown} determines whether the cue notes should be notated as
+a first or second voice.
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right]
+@lilypond[verbatim]
smaller = {
\set fontSize = #-2
\override Stem #'length-fraction = #0.8
\override Beam #'length-fraction = #0.8
}
-\addQuote clarinet \relative {
+\addQuote clarinet
+\relative c' {
R1*20
r2 r8 c' f f
}
-\new Staff \relative <<
+\new Staff \relative c' <<
% setup a context for cue notes.
\new Voice = "cue" { \smaller \skip 1*21 }
>>
@end lilypond
-
Here are a couple of hints for successful cue notes:
@itemize
example, having a cue of a piccolo flute within a contra bassoon
part).
-@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
picc = \relative c''' {
\clef "treble^8"
R1 |
>>
@end lilypond
+
@seealso
Snippets:
@rlsr{Staff notation}.
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{Voice}.
-
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Voice}.
@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
-@c This file is part of lilypond.tely
+@c This file is part of lilypond-learning.tely
@ignore
Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Templates
@appendix Templates
@ The `line-width' is for \header.
@li lypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right,line-width]
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
dedication = "dedication"
title = "Title"
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Text
@section Text
Various text elements can be added to a score using
the syntax described in @ref{Rehearsal marks}:
+@c \mark needs to be placed on a separate line (it's not
+@c attached to an object like \markup is). -vv
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,fragment,relative=2]
-c4\mark "Allegro" c c c
+c4
+\mark "Allegro"
+c c c
@end lilypond
This syntax makes it possible to put any text on a bar line;
symbol name:
@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
-c1 \mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
+c1
+\mark \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
c1
@end lilypond
the beginning of the line (the next line, in case of a line break).
@lilypond[fragment,quote,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
-\mark "Allegro" c1
-c\mark "assai" \break
-c c
+\mark "Allegro"
+c1 c
+\mark "assai" \break
+c c
@end lilypond
@menu
* Text markup introduction::
-* Common markup commands::
+* Selecting font and font size::
* Text alignment::
* Graphic notation inside markup::
* Music notation inside markup::
@cindex quoted text in markup mode
A @code{\markup} block may also contain quoted text, which
-can be useful to print special characters (such as @code{\} and @code{#}).
-Quoted text even allows to print double quotation marks, by preceding
-them with backslashes:
+can be useful to print special characters such as @code{\} and @code{#},
+or even double quotation marks -- these have to be preceded
+with backslashes:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
\clef bass
@end lilypond
Lists of words that are not enclosed with double quotes
-or preceded by a command are not kept distinct. In
-the following example, the first two @code{\markup} expressions
-are equivalent:
+or preceded by a command are not treated as a distinct
+expression. In the following example, the first two
+@code{\markup} expressions are equivalent:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
c1^\markup { \center-align { a bbb c } }
@knownissues
-Syntax errors for markup mode are confusing.
-
+Syntax errors for markup mode can be confusing.
-@node Common markup commands
-@subsubsection Common markup commands
-Markup text may be formatted in different ways.
+@node Selecting font and font size
+@subsubsection Selecting font and font size
@cindex font switching
@funindex \italic
@funindex \bold
@funindex \underline
-Basic font switching is supported:
+Basic font switching is supported in markup mode:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
{
predefined commands allow to easily select standard sizes,
@item
-other commands allow to change the size relatively to its previous value.
+the font size can also be changed relatively to its previous value.
@end itemize
@noindent
}
@end lilypond
+@cindex font families
+
The markup mode provides an easy way to select alternate
-font families. The default serif font, of roman type, is automatically
-selected unless specified otherwise: on the last line of the following example,
-there is no difference between the first word and the following words.
+font families. The default serif font, of roman type, is
+automatically selected unless specified otherwise: on the
+last line of the following example, there is no difference
+between the first and the second word.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
\markup {
\line { Act \number 1 }
\line { \sans { Scene I. } }
\line { \typewriter { Verona. An open place. } }
- \line { \roman Enter Valentine and Proteus. }
+ \line { Enter \roman Valentine and Proteus. }
}
}
@end lilypond
characters, as mentioned in @ref{New dynamic marks} and
@ref{Manual repeat marks}.
+@c \concat is actually documented in Align (it is not
+@c a font-switching command). But we need it here. -vv
-Defining custom font sets is also possible, as explained in
-@ref{Fonts}. An exhaustive list of font-switching, font-size
+When used inside a word, some font-switching or formatting
+commands may produce an unwanted blank space. This can
+easily be solved by concatenating the text elements together:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line {
+ \concat { 1 \super st }
+ movement
+ }
+ \line {
+ \concat { \dynamic p , }
+ \italic { con dolce espressione }
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+An exhaustive list of font-switching, font-size
and font-families related commands can be found in @ref{Font}.
+Defining custom font sets is also possible, as explained in
+@ref{Fonts}.
+
@predefined
@funindex \teeny
@code{\large},
@code{\huge}.
-
@c TODO: add @seealso
-@knownissues
-When used inside a word, some of these commands may produce an unwanted
-blank space. This can easily be solved by concatenating the text
-elements together, using a specific command
-described in @ref{Text alignment}.
-
-
@node Text alignment
@subsubsection Text alignment
-@warning{This subsection discusses how to place text in markup mode,
-inside a @code{\markup} block. However, markup objects can also
-be moved as a whole using the syntax described in
-@rlearning{Moving objects}.}
+@cindex text, aligning
+@cindex aligning text
+
+This subsection discusses how to place text in markup mode,
+inside a @code{\markup} block. Markup objects can also
+be moved as a whole, using the syntax described in
+@rlearning{Moving objects}.
+
+@c The padding commands should be mentioned on this page, but
+@c most of these require \box to be more clearly illustrated. -vv
-Markup objects can be aligned in different ways. By default,
+@cindex text, horizontal alignment
+@cindex horizontal text alignment
+@funindex \left-align
+@funindex \hcenter
+@funindex \right-align
+
+Markup objects may be aligned in different ways. By default,
a text indication is aligned on its left edge: in the following
-example, there's no difference between the first and the second
-markup.
+example, there's no difference
+between the first and the second markup.
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
a1-\markup { poco }
e'
a,-\markup { \left-align poco }
e'
-a,-\markup { \center-align { poco } }
+a,-\markup { \hcenter { poco } }
e'
a,-\markup { \right-align poco }
@end lilypond
-@c FIXME: \center-align actually doesn't belong here
-@c \center-align vs \column
-@c \center-align vs \hcenter
-
-Horizontal alignment:
-\hcenter
-\general-align
-\halign
-
-
-\null
-\hspace
+@funindex \halign
-\lower
-\raise
-\translate
-\translate-scaled
-\rotate
-\transparent
-\whiteout
-
-Vertical alignment:
-\vcenter
-\column
-\dir-column
-
-Building a "large" markup:
-
-\line
-
-\fill-line
-
-\hcenter-in
-
-\pad-around
-\pad-markup
-\pad-to-box
-\pad-x
-
-Alignment inside a "large" markup:
-
-\justify-field
-\justify
-\justify-string
-
-\wordwrap-field
-\wordwrap
-\wordwrap-string
+The horizontal alignment may be fine-tuned
+using a numeric value:
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+a1-\markup { \halign #-1 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #0 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #0.5 poco }
+e'
+a,-\markup { \halign #2 poco }
+@end lilypond
-@ignore
-TODO: here are some commands that could be described here.
-I'm putting them in bulk, prior to working on this section. -vv
+@noindent
+Some objects may have alignment procedures of their own,
+and therefore are not affected by these commands. It is
+possible to move such markup objects as a whole, as shown
+for instance in @ref{Text marks},
+
+@cindex text, vertical alignment
+@cindex vertical text alignment
+@funindex \raise
+@funindex \lower
+
+Vertical alignment is a bit more complex. As stated above,
+markup objects can be moved as a whole; however, it is also
+possible to move specific elements inside a markup block.
+In this case, the element to be moved needs to be preceded
+with an @emph{anchor point}, that can be another markup element
+or an invisible object. The following example demonstrates these
+two possibilities; the last markup in this example has no anchor
+point, and therefore is not moved.
-\simple
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d2^\markup {
+ Acte I
+ \raise #2 { Scène 1 } }
+a'
+g_\markup {
+ \null
+ \lower #4 \bold { Très modéré } }
+a
+d,^\markup {
+ \raise #4 \italic { Une forêt. } }
+a'4 a g2 a
+@end lilypond
-\char
-\fraction
+@funindex \general-align
+@funindex \translate
+@funindex \translate-scaled
-\combine
-\concat
-\put-adjacent
+Some commands can affect both the horizontal and vertical
+alignment of text objects in markup mode. Any object
+affected by these commands must be preceded with an
+anchor point:
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=1]
+d2^\markup {
+ Acte I
+ \translate #'(-1 . 2) "Scène 1" }
+a'
+g_\markup {
+ \null
+ \general-align #Y #3.2 \bold "Très modéré" }
+a
+d,^\markup {
+ \null
+ \translate-scaled #'(-1 . 2) \teeny "Une forêt." }
+a'4 a g2 a
+@end lilypond
-\page-ref (see also "Table of contents")
-\fromproperty
-\verbatim-file
-\with-url
+@cindex multi-line markup
+@cindex multi-line text
+@cindex columns, text
-\on-the-fly
-\override
+A markup object may include several lines of text.
+In the following example, each element or expression
+is placed on its own line, either left-aligned or centered:
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ a
+ "b c"
+ \line { d e f }
+ }
+ \hspace #10
+ \center-align {
+ a
+ "b c"
+ \line { d e f }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+Similarly, a list of elements or expressions may be
+spread to fill the entire horizontal line width -- if there
+is only one element, it will be centered on the page.
+These expressions can, in turn, include multi-line text
+or any other markup expression:
-@end ignore
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \fill-line {
+ \line { William S. Gilbert }
+ \center-align {
+ \huge \smallCaps "The Mikado"
+ or
+ \smallCaps "The Town of Titipu"
+ }
+ \line { Sir Arthur Sullivan }
+ }
+}
+\markup {
+ \fill-line { 1885 }
+}
+@end lilypond
+Long text indications can also be automatically wrapped
+accordingly to the given line width. These will be
+either left-aligned or justified, as shown in
+the following example.
-Some objects have alignment procedures of their own, which cancel
-out any effects of alignments applied to their markup arguments as
-a whole. For example, the @rinternals{RehearsalMark} is
-horizontally centered, so using @code{\mark \markup @{ \left-align
-.. @}} has no effect.
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\markup {
+ \column {
+ \line \smallCaps { La vida breve }
+ \line \bold { Acto I }
+ \wordwrap \italic {
+ (La escena representa el corral de una casa de
+ gitanos en el Albaicín de Granada. Al fondo una
+ puerta por la que se vé el negro interior de
+ una Fragua, iluminado por los rojos resplandores
+ del fuego.)
+ }
+ \hspace #0
+
+ \line \bold { Acto II }
+ \override #'(line-width . 50)
+ \justify \italic {
+ (Calle de Granada. Fachada de la casa de Carmela
+ y su hermano Manuel con grandes ventanas abiertas
+ a través de las que se ve el patio
+ donde se celebra una alegre fiesta)
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+An exhaustive list of text alignment commands
+can be found in @ref{Align}.
+@c TODO: add @seealso
@node Graphic notation inside markup
@subsubsection Graphic notation inside markup
+
Graphics around text:
\box
\circle
+(TODO: document padding commands here)
+
\bracket
\hbracket
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@ignore
Tutorial guidelines: (different from policy.txt!)
or
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
- Don't use any other relative=X commands (make it a non-fragment
- example), and don't use fragment without relative=2.
+ Don't use any other relative=X commands.
- use "aes" and "ees" instead of "as" and "es". I know it's not
correct Dutch naming, but let's not confuse people with this
until we get to the Basic notation chapter.
-- Add "Music Glossary: @rglos{foo}" to the _top_ of the relevant
+- Add "Music Glossary: @rglos{foo}" to the *top* of the relevant
portions of the tutorial.
@end ignore
is within just one staff space of the previous note.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\relative c' { % set the starting point to middle C
+% set the starting point to middle C
+\relative c' {
c d e f
g a b c
}
octave:
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-\relative c'' { % one octave above middle C
+% one octave above middle C
+\relative c'' {
e c a c
}
@end lilypond
c4 c g' g a a g2
%@{
- This line, and the notes below
- are ignored, since they are in a
- block comment.
+ This line, and the notes below are ignored,
+ since they are in a block comment.
f f e e d d c2
%@}
Music Glossary: @rglos{fingering}.
-
Similarly, @notation{fingering} indications can be added to a note
using a dash (@code{-}) and the digit to be printed:
extended section of music, use the command @code{\autoBeamOff}
to turn off automatic beaming and @code{\autoBeamOn} to turn it
on again.
-@c It will usually be necessary to manually beam music
-@c with lyrics.
@lilypond[verbatim,quote,relative=2]
\autoBeamOff
placing lyrics under more than one staff. Here is an
example from Handel's @notation{Judas Maccabæus}:
-@c TODO \partial has not been previously explained
-@c Change example or add explanation earlier
-
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
<<
- {
- \time 6/8
- \partial 8
- }
\relative c'' {
\key f \major
+ \time 6/8
+ \partial 8
c8 c([ bes]) a a([ g]) f f'4. b, c4.~ c4
}
\addlyrics {
}
\relative c' {
\key f \major
+ \time 6/8
+ \partial 8
r8 r4. r4 c8 a'([ g]) f f([ e]) d e([ d]) c bes'4
}
\addlyrics {
>>
@end lilypond
-@noindent
-but scores any more complex than this simple example are
-better produced by separating out the staff structure
-from the notes and lyrics with variables. These are
-discussed in @ref{Organizing pieces with variables}.
+Scores any more complex than this simple example are better
+produced by separating out the score structure from the notes and
+lyrics with variables. These are discussed in @ref{Organizing
+pieces with variables}.
@seealso
(@code{\namedMusic}, just like a normal LilyPond command).
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
-violin = \new Staff { \relative c'' {
- a4 b c b
-}}
-cello = \new Staff { \relative c {
- \clef bass
- e2 d
-}}
+violin = \new Staff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ a4 b c b
+ }
+}
+cello = \new Staff {
+ \relative c {
+ \clef bass
+ e2 d
+ }
+}
{
<<
\violin
\aFivePaper
line-width = \width
@}
-@{ c4^\name @}
+@{
+ c4^\name
+@}
@end example
These annotations make future upgrades of LilyPond go more
smoothly. Changes in the syntax are handled with a special
-program, @file{convert-ly}, and it uses @code{\version} to
+program, @command{convert-ly}, and it uses @code{\version} to
determine what rules to apply. For details, see
@rprogram{Updating files with convert-ly}.
The title, composer, opus number, and similar information are
entered in the @code{\header} block. This exists outside of the
main music expression; the @code{\header} block is usually placed
-underneath the @ref{Version number}.
+underneath the version number.
@example
\version @w{"@version{}"}
@node After the tutorial
@subsection After the tutorial
-FIXME: rewrite slightly after the rest of the LM has been
-stabilized. Translators, ignore this section for now.
-
After finishing the tutorial, you should probably try writing a
piece or two. Start by adding notes to one of the
@ref{Templates}. If you need any notation that was not covered in
wish to skim these chapters right now, and come back to them after
you have more experience.
-
-
+If you have not done so already, @emph{please} read @ref{About the
+documentation}. There is a lot of information about LilyPond, so
+newcomers often do not know where they should look for help. If
+you spend five minutes reading that section carefully, you might
+save yourself hours of frustration looking in the wrong places!
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Tweaking output
@chapter Tweaking output
@code{#f}
@item Vector
@tab A list of three items enclosed in brackets and preceded
-by a hash sign, @code{#}.
- @tab @code{#(#t #t #f)}
+by apostrophe-hash, @code{'#}.
+ @tab @code{'#(#t #t #f)}
@end multitable
@node Appearance of objects
These control respectively whether bar lines are printed at
the end of a line, in the middle of lines, and at the beginning
of lines. For our example we want all bar lines to be suppressed,
-so the value we need is @code{#(#f #f #f)}.
+so the value we need is @code{'#(#f #f #f)}.
Let's try that, remembering
to include the @code{Staff} context. Note also that in writing
-this value we have two hash signs before the opening bracket.
-One is required as part of the value to introduce a vector,
-and one is required, as always, to precede the value itself in
-the @code{\override} command.
+this value we have @code{#'#} before the opening bracket.
+The @code{'#} is required as part of the value to introduce a
+vector, and the first @code{#} is required, as always, to precede
+the value itself in the @code{\override} command.
@lilypond[quote,fragment,ragged-right,verbatim,relative=2]
{
\time 12/16
- \override Staff.BarLine #'break-visibility = ##(#f #f #f)
+ \override Staff.BarLine #'break-visibility = #'#(#f #f #f)
c4 b8 c d16 c d8 |
g, a16 b8 c d4 e16 |
e8
page in the IR that the @code{transparent} property is a boolean.
This
should be set to @code{#t} to make the grob transparent.
-In this next example let us make the time signature invisible
-rather than the bar lines.
+In this next example let us make the time signature invisible
+rather than the bar lines.
To do this we need to find the grob name for the time signature.
Back to
the @q{All layout objects} page in the IR to find the properties
@end lilypond
@noindent
-The time signature is gone, but this command leaves a gap where
+The time signature is gone, but this command leaves a gap where
the time signature should be. Maybe this is what is wanted for
-an exercise for the student to fill it in, but in other
-circumstances a gap might be undesirable. To remove it, the
+an exercise for the student to fill it in, but in other
+circumstances a gap might be undesirable. To remove it, the
stencil for the time signature should be set to @code{#f}
instead:
@subheading color
@cindex color property
-Finally we could make the bar lines invisible by coloring
-them white. The @code{grob-interface} specifies that the
+Finally let us try making the bar lines invisible by coloring
+them white. (There is a difficulty with this in that the
+white bar line may or may not blank out the staff lines where
+they cross. You may see in some of the examples below that this
+happens unpredictably. The details of why this is so and how to
+control it are covered in @ruser{Painting objects white}. But at
+the moment we are learning about color, so please just accept this
+limitation for now.)
+
+The @code{grob-interface} specifies that the
color property value is a list, but there is no
explanation of what that list should be. The list it
requires is actually a list of values in internal units,
a symbol, but a @emph{function}. When called, it provides
the list of internal values required to set the color to
white. The other colors in the normal list are functions
-too. To convince yourself this is working you might like
+too. To convince yourself this is working you might like
to change the color to one of the other functions in the
list.
There is yet a third function, one which converts RGB values into
internal colors -- the @code{rgb-color} function. This takes
-three arguments giving the intensities of the red, green and
+three arguments giving the intensities of the red, green and
blue colors. These take values in the range 0 to 1. So to
set the color to red the value should be @code{(rgb-color 1 0 0)}
and to white it should be @code{(rgb-color 1 1 1)}:
@tab Up/Right
@tab Revert
@tab Effect
-@item @code{\arpeggioDown}
- @tab @code{\arpeggioUp}
- @tab @code{\arpeggioNeutral}
+@item @code{\arpeggioArrowDown}
+ @tab @code{\arpeggioArrowUp}
+ @tab @code{\arpeggioNormal}
@tab Arrow is at bottom, at top, or no arrow
@item @code{\dotsDown}
@tab @code{\dotsUp}
% Place dynamics above staff
\dynamicUp
% Start Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 1)
+\ottava #1
c' \startTextSpan
% Add Dynamic Text
c\pp
% Add Dynamic Text
c\ff c \stopTextSpan
% Stop Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 0)
+\ottava #0
c, c c c
@end lilypond
%Place following Ottava Bracket below Text Spanners
\once \override Staff.OttavaBracket #'outside-staff-priority = #340
% Start Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 1)
+\ottava #1
c' \startTextSpan
% Add Dynamic Text
c\pp
% Add Dynamic Text
c\ff c \stopTextSpan
% Stop Ottava Bracket
-#(set-octavation 0)
+\ottava #0
c, c c c
@end lilypond
>>
@end lilypond
-@subheading Simulating a fermata
+@subheading Simulating a fermata in MIDI
@cindex stencil property, use of
@cindex fermata, implementing in MIDI
used many times it may be worth defining variables to hold them.
Suppose we wish to emphasize certain words in lyrics by printing
them in bold italics. The @code{\italic} and @code{\bold}
-commands do not work within lyrics so we must instead use the
-following @code{\override} and @code{\revert} commands:
+commands only work within lyrics if they are also embedded in
+@code{\markup}, which makes them tedious to enter, so as an
+alternative can we instead use the @code{\override} and
+@code{\revert} commands?
@example
@code{\override Lyrics . LyricText #'font-shape = #'italic}
@code{\revert Lyrics . LyricText #'font-series}
@end example
-These would be extremely tedious to enter if there were many words
-requiring emphasis. So instead we define these as two variables,
-and use them as follows:
+These would also be extremely tedious to enter if there were many
+words requiring emphasis. So instead we define these as two
+variables, and use them as follows, although normally we would
+perhaps choose shorter names for the variables to make them
+quicker to type:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
-emph = {
+emphasize = {
\override Lyrics . LyricText #'font-shape = #'italic
\override Lyrics . LyricText #'font-series = #'bold
}
-norm = {
+normal = {
\revert Lyrics . LyricText #'font-shape
\revert Lyrics . LyricText #'font-series
}
global = { \time 4/4 \partial 4 \key c \major}
-SopMusic = \relative c' { c4 | e4. e8 g4 g | a a g }
+SopranoMusic = \relative c' { c4 | e4. e8 g4 g | a a g }
AltoMusic = \relative c' { c4 | c4. c8 e4 e | f f e }
TenorMusic = \relative c { e4 | g4. g8 c4. b8 | a8 b c d e4 }
BassMusic = \relative c { c4 | c4. c8 c4 c | f8 g a b c4 }
-VerseOne = \lyrics { E -- | ter -- nal \emph Fa -- ther, \norm | strong to save, }
-VerseTwo = \lyricmode { O | \emph Christ, \norm whose voice the | wa -- ters heard, }
-VerseThree = \lyricmode { O | \emph Ho -- ly Spi -- rit, \norm | who didst brood }
-VerseFour = \lyricmode { O | \emph Tri -- ni -- ty \norm of | love and pow'r }
+VerseOne = \lyrics { E -- | ter -- nal \emphasize Fa -- ther, \normal | strong to save, }
+VerseTwo = \lyricmode { O | \emphasize Christ, \normal whose voice the | wa -- ters heard, }
+VerseThree = \lyricmode { O | \emphasize Ho -- ly Spi -- rit, \normal | who didst brood }
+VerseFour = \lyricmode { O | \emphasize Tri -- ni -- ty \normal of | love and pow'r }
\score {
\new ChoirStaff <<
\new Staff <<
\clef "treble"
- \new Voice = "Sop" { \voiceOne \global \SopMusic }
+ \new Voice = "Soprano" { \voiceOne \global \SopranoMusic }
\new Voice = "Alto" { \voiceTwo \AltoMusic }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" { \VerseOne }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" { \VerseTwo }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" { \VerseThree }
- \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Sop" { \VerseFour }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Soprano" { \VerseOne }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Soprano" { \VerseTwo }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Soprano" { \VerseThree }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "Soprano" { \VerseFour }
>>
\new Staff <<
\clef "bass"
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Unfretted string instruments
@section Unfretted string instruments
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Vocal music
@section Vocal music
-TODO
-CLARIFY
-http://code.google.com/p/lilypond/issues/detail?id=248
-http://code.google.com/p/lilypond/issues/detail?id=329
+@c TODO: CLARIFY
+@c TODO: delete this comment block
+@c http://code.google.com/p/lilypond/issues/detail?id=248
+@c Done, see @node Lyrics independent of notes ----FV
+@c http://code.google.com/p/lilypond/issues/detail?id=329
+@c Done, see @node Working with lyrics and variables ----FV
+@c partially done, needs improvement, see Switching to an alternative melody ----FV
+@ignore
> I think the issue here is that changing the associatedVoice
> happens one step
sequentially.
+@c Done in @node Extenders and hyphens ---FV
+@c also done (duplicated) in @node Multiple notes to one syllable --FV
I don't know who's working on the vocal music right now, but I
found something that should be clarified in NR 2.1.2.4.
and _ is used to add a note to a melisma, so both __ and _ are
used. The example shows it, but there is no description of the
lyrics extender in this section.
+@end ignore
-
-Since LilyPond input files are text, there are two issues to
-consider when working with vocal music:
+Since LilyPond input files are text, there are two issues to consider
+when working with vocal music:
@itemize
@item
-Song texts must be entered as text, not notes. For example, the
-input@tie{}@code{d} should be interpreted as a one letter syllable, not the
-note@tie{}D.
+Song texts must be interpreted as text, not notes. For example, the
+input@tie{}@code{d} should be interpreted as a one letter syllable,
+not the note@tie{}D.
@item
Song texts must be aligned with the notes of their melody.
@end itemize
-There are a few different ways to define lyrics; we shall begin
-by examining the simplest method, and gradually increase complexity.
+To address the first issue, the fundamental method is the special mode
+opened by @code{\lyricmode} that interprets its contents as text.
+This mode is implicit by some abbreviated methods, as we will see.
+
+Aligning of text with melodies can be made automatically, but if you
+specify the durations of the syllables it can also be made manually.
+Lyrics aligning and typesetting are prepared with the help of skips,
+hyphens and extender lines.
+
+All these methods and their combinations lead to a few different ways
+to define lyrics; we shall begin by examining the simplest method, and
+gradually increase complexity.
@menu
* Common notation for vocals::
* Stanzas::
@end menu
-@snippets
-
-Checking to make sure that text scripts and lyrics are within the margins is
-a relatively large computational task. To speed up processing, LilyPond does
-not perform such calculations by default; to enable it, use
-
-@example
-\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
-@end example
-
-To make lyrics avoid bar lines as well, use
-
-@example
-\layout @{
- \context @{
- \Lyrics
- \consists "Bar_engraver"
- \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- @}
-@}
-@end example
@node Common notation for vocals
@subsection Common notation for vocals
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{LyricText}, @rinternals{LyricSpace}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{LyricText},
+@rinternals{LyricSpace}.
@node Working with lyrics and variables
@subsubsection Working with lyrics and variables
>>
@end example
+@ignore
+
+http://code.google.com/p/lilypond/issues/detail?id=329
+The problem cannot be reproduced.
+The following has no sense, because the issue seems to be fixed.
+A comment is in tracker waiting for response ---FV
+
+
+Be careful when defining a variable with lyrics that creates a new
+context, for example, using the deprecated @code{\lyrics} command. See
+the next erroneous example:
+
+@example
+words = \lyrics{ %warning: this creates a new context
+ one two
+}
+<<
+ \new Voice = "sop" { c1 }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "sop" { \words }
+ \new Voice = "alt" { c2 c }
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto "alt" { \words }
+>>
+@end example
+
+the problem is that \lyricsto will try to connect the "sop" melody with the context
+created by "\new Lyrics".
+
+Then \lyrics in \words creates another context, and the original "\new Lyrics" one
+remains empty.
+
+@end ignore
+
@seealso
@c TODO: document \new Staff << Voice \lyricsto >> bug
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{LyricCombineMusic},
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{LyricCombineMusic},
@rinternals{Lyrics}.
\time 2/4
c4 b8. a16 g4. f8 e4 d c2
}
+
+% not recommended: left aligns syllables
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { Joy4 to8. the16 world!4. the8 Lord4 is come.2 }
+
+% wrong: durations needed
\new Lyrics \lyricmode { Joy to the earth! the Sa -- viour reigns. }
+
+%correct
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "one" { No more let sins and sor -- rows grow. }
>>
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{Lyrics}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Lyrics}.
@node Multiple syllables to one note
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{LyricCombineMusic}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{LyricCombineMusic}.
@c Here come the section which used to be "Melismata"
@c the new title might be more self-explanatory
@c it might be better to present it first - vv
You can define melismata entirely in the lyrics, by entering @code{_}
-for every note
-that is part of the melisma.
-
+for every extra note that has to be added to the the melisma.
+
+@c verbose! --FV
+@c duplicated: TODO fix
+Additionaly, you can make an extender line to be typeset to indicate
+the melisma in the score, writing a double underscore next to the
+first syllable of the melisma. This example shows the three elements
+that are used for this purpose (all of them surrounded by spaces):
+double hyphens to separate syllables in a word, underscores to add
+notes to a melisma, and a double underscore to put an extender line.
+
+@c wrong: extender line only on last syllable of a word. Change example
@lilypond[relative=1,verbatim,fragment,quote]
{ \set melismaBusyProperties = #'()
c d( e) f f( e) e e }
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{Melisma_translator}.
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{Melisma_translator}.
@c @lsr{vocal,lyric@/-combine.ly}.
@cindex extender
@c leave this as samp. -gp
-Melismata are indicated with a horizontal line centered between a syllable
-and the next one. Such a line is called an extender line, and it is entered
-as @samp{ __ } (note the spaces before and after the two underscore
-characters).
+In the last syllable of a word, melismata are sometimes indicated with
+a long horizontal line starting in the melisma syllable, and ending in
+the next one. Such a line is called an extender line, and it is
+entered as @samp{ __ } (note the spaces before and after the two
+underscore characters).
+
+@warning{Melismata are indicated in the score with extender lines,
+which are entered as one double underscore; but short melismata can
+also be entered by skipping individual notes, which are entered as
+single underscore characters; these do not make an extender line to be
+typeset by default.}
@cindex hyphens
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{LyricExtender},
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{LyricExtender},
@rinternals{LyricHyphen}
@node Lyrics and repeats
@node Lyrics independent of notes
@subsubsection Lyrics independent of notes
+@cindex Devnull context
+
In some complex vocal music, it may be desirable to place
lyrics completely independently of notes. Music defined
inside @code{lyricrhythm} disappears into the
>>
@end lilypond
+This method is recommended only if the music in the @code{Devnull}
+context does not contain melismata. Melismata are defined by the
+@code{Voice} context. Connecting lyrics to a @code{Devnull} context
+makes the voice/lyrics links to get lost, and so does the info on
+melismata. Therefore, if you link lyrics to a @code{Devnull} context,
+the implicit melismata get ignored.
+
+@c Conclusion: do not use devnull for lyrics -FV
+
+@c this clarifies http://code.google.com/p/lilypond/issues/detail?id=248
+
+
@node Chants
@subsubsection Chants
@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
{aligning-lyrics.ly}
+
+@snippets
+
+Checking to make sure that text scripts and lyrics are within the margins is
+a relatively large computational task. To speed up processing, LilyPond does
+not perform such calculations by default; to enable it, use
+
+@example
+\override Score.PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+@end example
+
+To make lyrics avoid bar lines as well, use
+
+@example
+\layout @{
+ \context @{
+ \Lyrics
+ \consists "Bar_engraver"
+ \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
+ \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
+ @}
+@}
+@end example
+
@c TODO Create and add lsr example of lyricMelismaAlignment
@c It's used like this to center-align all lyric syllables,
@c even when notes are tied. -td
}
@end ignore
+
@node Centering lyrics between staves
@subsubsection Centering lyrics between staves
\set stanza = \markup { "1. " \leftbrace }
\lyricmode { Child, you're mine and I love you.
Lend thine ear to what I say.
- ...
+
}
}
% \set stanza = \markup { " "}
\lyricmode { Child, I have no great -- er joy
Than to have you walk in truth.
-...
+
}
}
+
+\new Voice {
+ \repeat volta 2 { c'8 c' c' c' c' c' c'4
+ c'8 c' c' c' c' c' c'4 }
+} \addlyrics { \stanzaOneOne }
+ \addlyrics { \stanzaOneThree }
+
@end ignore
@node Adding dynamics marks to stanzas
in the text, as shown here,
@c TODO: breaks compile
+@c seems to be fixed, does not break compile anymore --FV
@lilypond[verbatim,ragged-right,quote]
-%{
<<
\relative c' \new Voice = "lahlah" {
\set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f
still
}
>>
-%}
@end lilypond
Here, @code{alternative} is the name of the @code{Voice} context
containing the triplet.
-Again, the command must be one syllable too early, before @q{Ty} in
-this case.
+This command must be one syllable too early, before @q{Ty} in this
+case. In other words, changing the associatedVoice happens one step
+later than expected. This is for technical reasons, and it is not a
+bug.
@example
\new Lyrics \lyricsto "lahlah" @{
\markup {
\fill-line {
- \hspace #0.1 % moves the column off the left margin; can be removed if
- % space on the page is tight
+ \hspace #0.1 % moves the column off the left margin;
+ % can be removed if space on the page is tight
\column {
\line { \bold "2."
\column {
}
}
}
- \hspace #0.1 % adds horizontal spacing between columns; if they are
- % still too close, add more " " pairs until the result
- % looks good
+ \hspace #0.1 % adds horizontal spacing between columns;
+ % if they are still too close, add more " " pairs
+ % until the result looks good
\column {
\line { \bold "4."
\column {
}
}
}
- \hspace #0.1 % gives some extra space on the right margin; can
- % be removed if page space is tight
+ \hspace #0.1 % gives some extra space on the right margin;
+ % can be removed if page space is tight
}
}
@end lilypond
@seealso
-Internals Reference: @rinternals{LyricText}, @rinternals{StanzaNumber},
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{LyricText},
+@rinternals{StanzaNumber},
@rinternals{VocalName}.
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Wind instruments
@section Wind instruments
version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
@end ignore
-@c \version "2.11.38"
+@c \version "2.11.51"
@node Working on LilyPond projects
@chapter Working on LilyPond projects
You may even realize that this could be useful in minimalist music:
@lilypond[quote,verbatim,ragged-right]
-fragA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
-fragB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
-violin = \new Staff { \fragA \fragA \fragB \fragA }
+fragmentA = \relative c'' { a4 a8. b16 }
+fragmentB = \relative c'' { a8. gis16 ees4 }
+violin = \new Staff { \fragmentA \fragmentA \fragmentB \fragmentA }
\score {
{
\violin
@}
@end example
+@c TODO Replace the following with a better example -td
+@c Skylining handles this correctly without padText
+
So far we've seen static substitution -- when LilyPond
sees @code{\padText}, it replaces it with the stuff that
we've defined it to be (ie the stuff to the right of
--- /dev/null
+@c -*- coding: utf-8; mode: texinfo; -*-
+@ignore
+ Translation of GIT committish: FILL-IN-HEAD-COMMITTISH
+
+ When revising a translation, copy the HEAD committish of the
+ version that you are working on. See TRANSLATION for details.
+@end ignore
+
+@c \version "2.11.51"
+
+@node World music
+@section World music
+
+The purpose of this section is to highlight musical notation issues
+that are relevant to traditions outside the Western tradition.
+
+@menu
+* Arabic music::
+@end menu
+
+@node Arabic music
+@subsection Arabic music
+
+This section highlights issues that are relevant to notating Arabic
+music.
+
+@menu
+* References for Arabic music::
+* Arabic note names ::
+* Arabic key signatures::
+* Arabic time signatures::
+* Arabic music example::
+* Further reading::
+@end menu
+
+
+@node References for Arabic music
+@unnumberedsubsubsec References for Arabic music
+
+@cindex Arabic music
+@cindex medium intervals
+@cindex maqam
+@cindex maqams
+
+Arabic music so far has been mainly an oral tradition. When music
+is transcribed, it is usually in a sketch format, on which
+performers are expected to improvise significantly. Increasingly,
+Western notation, with a few variations, is adopted in order to
+communicate and preserve Arabic music.
+
+Some elements of Western musical notation such as the
+transcription of chords or independent parts, are not required to
+typeset the more traditional Arabic pieces. There are however
+some different issues, such as the need to indicate medium
+intervals that are somewhere between a semi-tone and a tone, in
+addition to the minor and major intervals that are used in Western
+music. There is also the need to group and indicate a large
+number of different maqams (modes) that are part of Arabic music.
+
+In general, Arabic music notation does not attempt to precisely
+indicate microtonal elements that are present in musical practice.
+
+Several issues that are relevant to Arabic music are covered
+elsewhere:
+
+@itemize
+@item Note names and accidentals (including quarter tones) can be
+tailored as discussed in @ref{Note names in other languages}.
+
+@item Additional key signatures can also be tailored as described
+in @ref{Key signature}.
+
+@item Complex time signatures may require that notes be grouped
+manually as described in @ref{Manual beams}.
+
+@item @notation{Takasim} which are rhythmically free
+improvisations may be written down omitting bar lines as
+described in @ref{Unmetered music}.
+
+@end itemize
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Note names in other languages},
+@ref{Key signature},
+@ref{Manual beams}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{World music}.
+
+
+@node Arabic note names
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic note names
+
+
+@cindex Arabic note names
+
+The more traditional Arabic note names can be quite long and are
+not suitable for the purpose of music writing, so they are not
+used. English note names are not very familiar in Arabic music
+education, so Italian or Solfege note names (@code{do, re, mi, fa,
+sol, la, si}) are used instead. Modifiers (accidentals) can also
+be used, as discussed in @ref{Note names in other languages}.
+
+For example, this is how the Arabic @notation{rast} scale can be
+notated:
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\include "arabic.ly"
+\relative do' {
+ do re misb fa sol la sisb do sisb la sol fa misb re do
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@cindex Arabic semi-flat symbol
+@cindex Semi-flat symbol appearance
+
+The symbol for semi-flat does not match the symbol which is used
+in Arabic notation. The @code{\dwn} symbol defined in
+@code{arabic.ly} may be used preceding a flat symbol as a work
+around if it is important to use the specific Arabic semi-flat
+symbol. The appearance of the semi-flat symbol in the key
+signature cannot be altered by using this method.
+
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\include "arabic.ly"
+\relative do' {
+ \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
+ dod dob dosd \dwn dob dobsb dodsd do do
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Note names in other languages}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{World music}.
+
+
+@node Arabic key signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic key signatures
+
+@cindex Arabic key signatures
+
+In addition to the minor and major key signatures, the following
+key signatures are defined in @code{arabic.ly}: @notation{bayati},
+@notation{rast}, @notation{sikah}, @notation{iraq}, and
+@notation{kurd}. These key signatures define a small number of
+maqam groups rather than the large number of maqams that are in
+common use.
+
+In general, a maqam uses the key signature of its group, or a
+neighbouring group, and varying accidentals are marked throughout
+the music.
+
+For example to indicate the key signature of a maqam muhayer piece:
+
+@example
+\key re \bayati
+@end example
+
+Here @var{re} is the default pitch of the muhayer maqam, and
+@var{bayati} is the name of the base maqam in the group.
+
+While the key signature indicates the group, it is common for the
+title to indicate the more specific maqam, so in this example, the
+name of maqam muhayer should appear in the title.
+
+Other maqams in the same bayati group, as shown in the table below:
+(bayati, hussaini, saba, and ushaq) can be indicated in the same
+way. These are all variations of the base and most common maqam
+in the group, which is bayati. They usually differ from the base
+maqam in their upper tetrachords, or certain flow details that
+don't change their fundamental nature, as siblings.
+
+The other maqam in the same group (Nawa) is related to bayati by
+modulation which is indicated in the table in parenthesis for
+those maqams that are modulations of their base maqam. Arabic
+maqams admit of only limited modulations, due to the nature of
+Arabic musical instruments. Nawa can be indicated as follows:
+
+@example
+\key sol \bayati
+@end example
+
+In Arabic music, the same term such as bayati that is used to
+indicate a maqam group, is also a maqam which is usually the most
+important in the group, and can also be thought of as a base
+maqam.
+
+Here is one suggested grouping that maps the more common maqams to
+key signatures:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.6
+@headitem maqam group
+ @tab key
+ @tab finalis
+ @tab Other maqmas in group (finalis)
+@item ajam
+ @tab major
+ @tab sib
+ @tab jaharka (fa)
+@item bayati
+ @tab bayati
+ @tab re
+ @tab hussaini, muhayer, saba, ushaq, nawa (sol)
+@item hijaz
+ @tab kurd
+ @tab re
+ @tab shahnaz, shad arban (sol), hijazkar (do)
+@item iraq
+ @tab iraq
+ @tab sisb
+ @tab -
+@item kurd
+ @tab kurd
+ @tab re
+ @tab hijazkar kurd (do)
+@item nahawand
+ @tab minor
+ @tab do
+ @tab busalik (re), farah faza (sol)
+@item nakriz
+ @tab minor
+ @tab do
+ @tab nawa athar, hisar (re)
+@item rast
+ @tab rast
+ @tab do
+ @tab mahur, yakah (sol)
+@item sikah
+ @tab sikah
+ @tab misb
+ @tab huzam
+@end multitable
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{non-traditional-key-signatures.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Key signature}.
+
+Learning Manual:
+@rlearning{Accidentals and key signatures}.
+
+Internals Reference:
+@rinternals{KeySignature}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{World music},
+@rlsr{Pitches}.
+
+
+@node Arabic time signatures
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic time signatures
+
+@cindex Arabic time signatures
+@cindex Semai form
+@cindex taqasim
+
+Some Arabic and Turkish music classical forms such as
+@notation{Semai} use unusual time signatures such as 10/8. This
+may lead to an automatic grouping of notes that is quite different
+from existing typeset music, where notes may not be grouped on the
+beat, but in a manner that is difficult to match by adjusting
+automatic beaming. You can override this by switching off
+automatic beaming and beaming the notes manually. Where matching
+existing typeset music is not an issue, you may still want to
+adjust the beaming behaviour and/or use compound time signatures.
+
+@snippets
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{compound-time-signatures.ly}
+
+@lilypondfile[verbatim,lilyquote,texidoc,doctitle]
+{arabic-improvisation.ly}
+
+@seealso
+
+Notation Reference:
+@ref{Manual beams},
+@ref{Automatic beams},
+@ref{Unmetered music},
+@ref{Automatic accidentals},
+@ref{Setting automatic beam behavior},
+@ref{Time signature}.
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{World music}.
+
+
+@node Arabic music example
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Arabic music example
+
+@cindex Arabic music example
+@cindex Arabic music template
+@cindex Template Arabic music
+
+Here is a template that also uses the start of a Turkish Semai
+that is familiar in Arabic music education in order to illustrate
+some of the peculiarities of Arabic music notation, such as medium
+intervals and unusual modes that are discussed in this section.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\include "arabic.ly"
+\score {
+ \relative re' {
+ \set Staff.extraNatural = ##f
+ \set Staff.autoBeaming = ##f
+ \key re \bayati
+ \time 10/8
+
+ re4 re'8 re16 [misb re do] sisb [la sisb do] re4 r8
+ re16 [misb do re] sisb [do] la [sisb sol8] la [sisb] do [re] misb
+ fa4 fa16 [misb] misb8. [re16] re8 [misb] re [do] sisb
+ do4 sisb8 misb16 [re do sisb] la [do sisb la] la4 r8
+ }
+ \header {
+ title = "Semai Muhayer"
+ composer = "Jamil Bek"
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond
+
+@seealso
+
+Snippets:
+@rlsr{World music}
+
+
+
+@node Further reading
+@unnumberedsubsubsec Further reading
+
+@enumerate
+
+@item
+The music of the Arabs by Habib Hassan Touma [Amadeus Press, 1996],
+contains a discussion of maqams and their method of groupings.
+
+There are also various web sites that explain maqams and some
+provide audio examples such as :
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+@uref{http://www.maqamworld.com/}
+@item
+@uref{http://www.turath.org/}
+@end itemize
+
+There are some variations in the details of how maqams are grouped,
+despite agreement on the criteria of grouping maqams that are
+related through common lower tetra chords, or through modulation.
+
+@item
+There is not a complete consistency, sometimes even in the same
+text on how key signatures for particular maqams should be
+specified. It is common, however, to use a key signature per
+group, rather than a different key signature for each different
+maqam.
+
+Oud methods by the following authors, contain examples of
+mainly Turkish and Arabic compositions.
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+Charbel Rouhana
+@item
+George Farah
+@item
+Ibrahim Ali Darwish Al-masri
+@end itemize
+@end enumerate
+
+
test:
@echo -en 'For tracking crashes: use\n\n\t'
- @echo 'grep sourcefilename `grep -L systems.texi input/regression/out-test/*log|sed s/log/ly/g`'
+ @echo 'grep sourcefilename `grep -L systems.texi out/lybook-db/*/*log|sed s/log/ly/g`'
@echo
$(MAKE) -C input/regression/ out=test local-test
$(MAKE) -C input/regression/musicxml out=test local-test
GRAND DOCUMENTATION PROJECT
Trevor Daniels - Assistant Documentation Editor
-Eyolf Østrem - NR Rewriter
-Jay Hamilton - NR Rewriter
-Till Retting - NR Rewriter
-Ralph Palmer - NR Rewriter
-Patrick McCarty - NR Rewriter
-Andrew Hawryluk - NR Rewriter
-Jonathan Kulp - NR Rewriter
-Kurt Kroon - Glossary Updates
+Andrew Hawryluk - NR work
+Carl Sorenseon - NR work
+Eyolf Østrem - NR work
+Francisco Vila - NR work
+Jay Hamilton - NR work
+Jonathan Kulp - NR work
+Joseph Harfouch - NR work
+Patrick McCarty - NR work
+Ralph Palmer - NR work
+Till Retting - NR work
+Kurt Kroon - Glossary Updates, NR work
Alard de Boer - Formatting
Michael Rasmussen - Formatting
Trevor Baca - Inspirational Headwords
Reinhold Kainhofer - Technical Aid
-Neil Puttock - Snippet Editor
+Neil Puttock - Snippet Editor, Technical Aid
TRANSLATORS
PACKAGE_NAME=LilyPond
MAJOR_VERSION=2
MINOR_VERSION=11
-PATCH_LEVEL=50
+PATCH_LEVEL=55
MY_PATCH_LEVEL=
# NR 2
TAGS.extend (['vocal-music', 'chords', 'keyboards',
'percussion', 'fretted-strings', 'unfretted-strings',
-'ancient-notation', 'winds'
+'ancient-notation', 'winds', 'world-music'
])
# other
elif x[0] == '-l': # -l ISOLANG set documentlanguage to ISOLANG
doclang = '; documentlanguage: ' + x[1]
-texinfo_with_menus_re = re.compile (r"^(\*) +([^:\n]+)::.*?$|^@(include|menu|end menu|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.+?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
+texinfo_with_menus_re = re.compile (r"^(\*) +([^:\n]+)::.*?$|^@(include|menu|end menu|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.*?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
texinfo_re = re.compile (r"^@(include|node|(?:unnumbered|appendix)(?:(?:sub){0,2}sec)?|top|chapter|(?:sub){0,2}section|(?:major|chap|(?:sub){0,2})heading) *(.+?)$|@(rglos){(.+?)}", re.M)
g.write ('* ' + item[1] + '::\n')
elif output_file and item[4] == 'rglos':
output_file.write ('_(r"' + item[5] + '") # @rglos in ' + printedfilename + '\n')
+ elif item[2] == 'menu':
+ g.write ('@menu\n')
+ elif item[2] == 'end menu':
+ g.write ('@end menu\n\n')
else:
g.write ('@' + item[2] + ' ' + item[3] + '\n')
if node_trigger:
g.write (n_blurb)
node_trigger = False
- if not item[2] in ('include', 'menu', 'end menu'):
+ elif item[2] == 'include':
+ includes.append (item[3])
+ else:
if output_file:
output_file.write ('# @' + item[2] + ' in ' + \
printedfilename + '\n_(r"' + item[3].strip () + '")\n')
if item[2] == 'node':
node_trigger = True
- elif item[2] == 'include':
- includes.append (item[3])
g.write (end_blurb)
g.close ()
STEPMAKE_PATH_PROG(FONTFORGE, fontforge, REQUIRED, 20050624)
+STEPMAKE_PATH_PROG(T1ASM, t1asm, REQUIRED)
+
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([assert.h grp.h libio.h pwd.h sys/stat.h wchar.h fpu_control.h])
AC_LANG_PUSH(C++)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sstream boost/lambda/lambda.hpp])
I = \once \override NoteColumn #'ignore-collision = ##t
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
staffPiano = \new PianoStaff {
\set Score.timing = ##f
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
indent = #0
#{ \tweak #'text #tuplet-number::calc-fraction-text $music #})
triangle = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(do do do do do do do) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do do do do do do do) $music #})
semicircle = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(re re re re re re re) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(re re re re re re re) $music #})
blackdiamond = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(mi mi mi mi mi mi mi) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(mi mi mi mi mi mi mi) $music #})
tiltedtriangle = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(fa fa fa fa fa fa fa) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(fa fa fa fa fa fa fa) $music #})
square = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(la la la la la la la) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(la la la la la la la) $music #})
wedge = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(ti ti ti ti ti ti ti) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(ti ti ti ti ti ti ti) $music #})
harmonic = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic harmonic) $music #})
cross = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
- #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(cross cross cross cross cross cross cross) $music #})
+ #{ \once \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross cross cross cross cross cross cross) $music #})
white = #(define-music-function (parser location music) (ly:music?)
#{ \once \override NoteHead #'duration-log = #1 $music #})
% Copyright 2006 for the entire score;
% All rights reserved by the composer.
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
\include "cary-layout.ly"
%}
%% Optional version number
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
%}
%% Optional version number
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
%}
%% Optional version number
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
composer = "ARTHUR GRAY"
\change Staff=bass
- cis,16^2(^\markup {\small \italic "m.d." }\sustainUp
+ cis,16^2(^\markup {\small \italic "m.d." }\sustainOff
<fis fis,>8 <e! e,!>
| %4
- <dis, a' dis>4)\sustainDown
+ <dis, a' dis>4)\sustainOn
\change Staff=treble
| %2
%\override Staff.SustainPedalLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #5 %tweak
- <cis cis,>4\sustainDown
+ <cis cis,>4\sustainOn
\change Staff=treble
\stemDown
<a'' eis cis>4)\arpeggio
\change Staff=bass
\stemNeutral
- r8. cis,,16(\sustainUp <fis fis,>8 <gis gis,>
+ r8. cis,,16(\sustainOff <fis fis,>8 <gis gis,>
| %3
- <a a,>4\sustainDown
+ <a a,>4\sustainOn
\change Staff=treble
\stemNeutral
s32 s s
s s s
\clef bass
- <e,,, e,>32(\sustainUp\sustainDown
+ <e,,, e,>32(\sustainOff\sustainOn
\revert Stem #'stroke-style
}
%%a,8 e'[-5(<a-2 cis-3>])
- a,8\sustainDown e'[-5(<a cis>])-2-3
+ a,8\sustainOn e'[-5(<a cis>])-2-3
%%r b,-5 <e-3 gis-5 d'>4
- r b,-5\sustainUp\sustainDown <e gis d'>4-3-5
+ r b,-5\sustainOff\sustainOn <e gis d'>4-3-5
\slurNeutral
- e,8[-5(\sustainUp
+ e,8[-5(\sustainOff
| %6
- a)-2]\sustainDown
+ a)-2]\sustainOn
\slurUp
- e'[(<a cis>)] r b,\sustainUp\sustainDown <e gis d'>4
+ e'[(<a cis>)] r b,\sustainOff\sustainOn <e gis d'>4
\slurNeutral
- e,8[(\sustainUp
+ e,8[(\sustainOff
| %7
a)]
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "keyboards"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
+@code{\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
+símbolos modificando los argumentos de @code{\raise}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Accordion discant-specific symbols are added using @code{\\markup}. The
+vertical placement of the symbols can be tweaked by changing the
+@code{\\raise} arguments.
+
+
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Accordion-discant symbols"
+} % begin verbatim
+discant = \markup {
+ \musicglyph #"accordion.accDiscant"
+}
+dot = \markup {
+ \musicglyph #"accordion.accDot"
+}
+
+% 16 voets register
+accBasson = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+}
+
+% een korig 8 en 16 voets register
+accBandon = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accVCello = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+% 4-8-16 voets register
+accHarmon = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accTrombon = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+% eenkorig 4 en 16 voets register
+accOrgan = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accMaster = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #0.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accAccord = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accMusette = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accCeleste = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \translate #'(-1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accOboe = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accClarin = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+}
+
+accPiccolo = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+accViolin = ^\markup {
+ \combine
+ \discant
+ \combine
+ \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \combine
+ \translate #'(1 . 0) \raise #1.5 \dot
+ \raise #2.5 \dot
+}
+
+\relative c'' {
+ c4 d\accBasson e f
+ c4 d\accBandon e f
+ c4 d\accVCello e f
+ c4 d\accHarmon e f
+ c4 d\accTrombon e f
+ c4 d\accOrgan e f
+ c4 d\accMaster e f
+ c4 d\accAccord e f
+ c4 d\accMusette e f
+ c4 d\accCeleste e f
+ c4 d\accOboe e f
+ c4 d\accClarin e f
+ c4 d\accPiccolo e f
+ c4 d\accViolin e f
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoces = "
+Al escribir un bajo cifrado, existe una forma de especificar si
+queremos que las cifras se sitúen encima o debajo de las notas del
+bajo, mediante la definición de la propiedad
+@code{BassFigureAlignmentPositioning #'direction} (exclusivamente
+dentro de un contexto @code{Staff}). Se puede elegir entre
+@code{#UP} (o @code{#1}, arriba), @code{#CENTER} (o @code{#0},
+centrado) y @code{#DOWN} (o @code{#-1}, abajo).
+
+Como podemos ver, esta propiedad se puede cambiar tantas veces
+como queramos. Utilice @code{\once \override} si no quiere que el
+truco se aplique a toda la partitura.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir un bajo cifrado encima o debajo de las notas"
+
texidoc = "
When writing a figured bass, here's a way to specify if you want your
figures to be placed above or below the bass notes, by defining the
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, vocal-music"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers, breaks"
+ texidoces = "
+Al añadir un pentagrama nuevo en un salto de línea, por desgracia
+se añade un espacio adicional al final de la línea antes del salto
+(reservado para hacer sitio a un cambio de armadura que de todas
+formas no se va a imprimir). La solución alternativa es añadir un
+ajuste para @code{Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility} como se
+muestra en el ejemplo. En las versiones 2.10 y anteriores,
+también se necesita un ajuste similar para las indicaciones de
+compás (véase el ejemplo).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir un pentagrama adicional en un salto de línea"
+
texidoc = "
When adding a new staff at a line break, some extra space is
unfortunately added at the end of the line before the break (to fit in
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede añadir (posiblemente de forma temporal) un pentagrama
+nuevo una vez que la pieza ha comenzado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir un pentagrama nuevo"
+
texidoc = "
An extra staff can be added (possibly temporarily) after the start of a
piece.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+Para añadir indicaciones de línea divisoria dentro del contexto de
+los nombres de acorde @code{ChordNames}, incluya el grabador
+@code{Bar_engraver}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir barras de compás al contexto de nombres de acorde (ChordNames)"
+
texidoc = "
To add bar line indications in the @code{ChordNames} context, add the
@code{Bar_engraver}.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
+comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
+que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
+corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
+inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
+derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
+quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
+estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
+código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
+expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
+valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir barras, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
+
texidoc = "
LilyPond syntax can involve many unusual placements for parentheses,
brackets etc., which might sometimes have to be interleaved. For
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, percussion"
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante la utilización de las potentes herramientas preconfiguradas
+como la función @code{\drummode} y el contexto @code{DrumStaff}, la
+introducción de partes para percusión es muy fácil: las percusiones se
+sitúan en sus propias posiciones de pentagrama (con una clave
+especial) y tienen las cabezas correspondientes al instrumento. Es
+posible añadir un símbolo adicional a la percusión o reducir el número
+de líneas.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Escritura de partes de percusión"
+
texidoc = "
Using the powerful pre-configured tools such as the @code{\\drummode}
function and the @code{DrumStaff} context, inputting drum parts is
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Fingering instructions can be entered using a simple syntax.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Adding fingerings to a score"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c'' {
+ c4-1 d-2 f-4 e-3
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+To add fingerings to tablatures, use a combination of @code{\\markup}
+and @code{\\finger}.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Adding fingerings to tablatures"
+} % begin verbatim
+one = \markup { \finger 1 }
+two = \markup { \finger 2 }
+threeTwo = \markup {
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2)
+ \column {
+ \finger 3
+ \finger 2
+ }
+}
+threeFour = \markup {
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2)
+ \column {
+ \finger 3
+ \finger 4
+ }
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new TabStaff {
+ \stemUp
+ e8\4^\one b\2 <e, g\3 e'\1>^>[ b\2 e\4]
+ <a\3 fis'\1>^>^\threeTwo[ b\2 e\4]
+ }
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+La función @code{\parenthesize} es un truco especial que encierra
+objetos entre paréntesis. El grob asociado es
+@code{Score.ParenthesesItem}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Encerrar entre paréntesis una marca expresiva o una nota de un acorde"
+
texidoc = "
The @code{\\parenthesize} function is a special tweak that encloses
objects in parentheses. The associated grob is
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "titles"
+ texidoces = "
+Con algo de código de Scheme, se puede añadir fácilmente la fecha
+actual a una partitura.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir la fecha actual a una partitura"
+
texidoc = "
With a little Scheme code, the current date can easily be added to a
score.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
+ texidoces = "
+El grabador @code{Volta_engraver} reside de forma predeterminada
+dentro del contexto de @code{Score}, y los corchetes de la repetición
+se imprimen así normalmente sólo encima del pentagrama superior. Esto
+se puede ajustar añadiendo el grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
+contexto de @code{Staff} en que deban aparecer los corchetes; véase
+también el fragmento de código \"Volta multi staff\".
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir corchetes de primera y segunda vez a más pentagramas"
+
texidoc = "
The @code{Volta_engraver} by default resides in the @code{Score}
context, and brackets for the repeat are thus normally only printed
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
texidoc = "
In some instances of complex polyphonic music, additional voices are
-necessary to avoid collisions between notes. Additional voices are
-added by defining a variable using the Scheme function
-@code{context-spec-music}.
+necessary to prevent collisions between notes. If more than four
+parallel voices are needed, additional voices can be added by defining
+a variable using the Scheme function @code{context-spec-music}.
"
doctitle = "Additional voices to avoid collisions"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music, spacing"
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código muestra cómo situar la línea de base de la
+letra más cerca del pentagrama.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ajuste del especiado vertical de la letra"
+
texidoc = "
This snippet shows how to bring the lyrics line closer to the staff.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Puede ser necesario trucar la propiedad
+@code{shortest-duration-space} para poder ajustar el tamaño de las
+caídas y subidas de tono («falls» y «doits»).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ajustar la forma de las subidas y caídas de tono"
+
texidoc = "
The @code{shortest-duration-space} property may have to be tweaked to
adjust the shape of falls and doits.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, paper-and-layout, titles"
+ texidoces = "
+Los nombres de instrumento se imprimen generalmente a la izquierda de
+los pentagramas. Para alinear los nombres de varios instrumentos
+distintos, sitúelos dentro de un bloque @code{\markup} y utilice una
+de las siguientes posiblidades:
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento alineados por la derecha: es el
+ comportamiento predeterminado
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento centrados: la utilización de la instrucción
+ @code{\hcenter-in #n} sitúa los nombres de instrumento dentro de
+ un rectángulo separado, donde @code{n} es la anchura del
+ rectángulo
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento alineados por la izquierda: los nombres se
+ imprimen en la parte superior de un rectángulo vacío, utilizando
+ la instrucción @code{\combine} con un objeto @code{\hspace #n}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alinear y centrar los nombres de instrumento"
+
texidoc = "
Instrument names are generally printed to the left of the staves. To
align the names of several different intruments, put them in a
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music"
+ texidoces = "
+La alineación horizontal de la letra se puede ajustar sobreescribiendo
+la propiedad @code{self-alignment-X} del objeto @code{LyricText}.
+@code{#-1} es izquierda, @code{#0} es centrado y @code{#1} es derecha;
+sin embargo, puede usar también @code{#LEFT}, @code{#CENTER} y
+@code{#RIGHT}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alineación de la letra"
+
texidoc = "
Horizontal alignment for lyrics cam be set by overriding the
@code{self-alignment-X} property of the @code{LyricText} object.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
+ texidoces = "
+Si están especificadas, las marcas de texto se pueden alinear con
+objetos de notación distintos a las líneas divisorias. Entre estos
+objetos se encuentran @code{ambitus}, @code{breathing-sign},
+@code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar}, @code{left-edge},
+@code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature} y @code{time-signature}.
+
+En estos casos, las marcas de texto se centran horizontalmente sobre
+el objeto, aunque esto se puede cambiar, como se muestra en la segunda
+línea de este ejemplo (en una partitura con varios pentagramas, se
+debe hacer este ajuste para todos los pentagramas).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alinear marcas con varios objetos de notación"
+
texidoc = "
If specified, text marks may be aligned with notation objects other
than bar lines. These objects include @code{ambitus},
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, paper-and-layout, spacing"
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante el establecimiento de las propiedades de
+@code{NonMusicalPaperColumn} se puede ajustar el espaciado vertical en
+cada sistema.
+
+Ajustando @code{alignment-extra-space} o
+@code{fixed-alignment-extra-space} se puede ampliar verticalmente un
+sistema individual.
+
+Por razones técnicas, se debe usar @code{\overrideProperty} para
+cambiar estas propiedades dentro de un pentagrama; aún se debe usar
+@code{\override} dentro de un bloque @code{\context} para las
+sobreescrituras globales.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Espaciado de la alineación vertical"
+
texidoc = "
By setting properties in @code{NonMusicalPaperColumn}, vertical spacing
can be adjusted per system.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
- lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, spacing"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, fretted-strings, spacing"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Las cifras de digitación se imprimen de forma predeterminada fuera
+del pentagrama. Sin embargo, este comportamiento se puede
+cancelar.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Permitir que las digitaciones se impriman dentro del pentagrama"
texidoc = "
By default, fingering numbers will be printed outside the staff.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, vocal-music"
- doctitle = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
- texidoc = "
+ doctitlees = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
+ texidoces = "
La adición del grabador @code{Ambitus_engraver} al contexto de
@code{Staff} crea un solo ámbito por pentagrama, incluso en el caso de
pentagramas con varias voces.
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoces = "
+De forma predeterminada se añaden corchetes de análisis sencillos
+debajo del pentagrama. El ejemplo siguiente muestra una manera de
+colocarlos por encima.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Corchetes de análisis encima del pentagrama"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Simple horizontal analysis brackets are added below the staff by
+default. The following example shows a way to place them above the
+staff instead.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Analysis brackets above the staff"
+} % begin verbatim
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Voice
+ \consists "Horizontal_bracket_engraver"
+ }
+}
+\relative c'' {
+ \once \override HorizontalBracket #'direction = #UP
+ c2\startGroup
+ d\stopGroup
+}
+
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
+ texidoces = "
+Aquí se muestran muchos (¿o quizá todos?) de los símbolos que
+están contemplados por la capacidad de LilyPond para la música
+antigua.
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Tipografía de música antigua"
+
texidoc = "
Here are shown many (all?) of the symbols that are included in
LilyPond's support of ancient notation.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, template"
+ texidoces = "
+Este ejemplo muestra cómo hacer una transcripción moderna de Canto
+Gregoriano. El Canto Gregoriano no tiene compás ni plicas; utiliza
+solamente cabezas de nota de blanca y de negra, y unas marcas
+especiales que indican silencios de distintas longitudes.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla para notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de Canto Gregoriano)"
+
texidoc = "
This example demonstrates how to do modern transcription of Gregorian
music. Gregorian music has no measure, no stems; it uses only half and
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, template"
+ texidoces = "
+Al transcribir música mensural, es útil un «incipit» al compienzo
+de la pieza para indicar la tonalidad y el tempo
+originales. Aunque los músicos actuales están acostumbrados a las
+barras de compás para reconocer con más facilidad los patrones
+rítmicos, durante el período de la música mensural aún no se
+habíen inventado las líneas divisorias; de hecho, la medida solía
+cambiar a cada pocas notas. Como compromiso, a menudo las líneas
+divisorias se imprimen entre los pentagramas en vez de hacerlo
+encima de ellos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de música mensural)"
+
texidoc = "
When transcribing mensural music, an incipit at the beginning of the
piece is useful to indicate the original key and tempo. While today
-transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly
+incipit.ly
mensurstriche-layout-bar-lines-between-the-staves.ly
adding-a-figured-bass-above-or-below-the-notes.ly
-incipit.ly
chant-or-psalms-notation.ly
ancient-notation-template----modern-transcription-of-mensural-music.ly
ancient-fonts.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation"
+ texidoces = "
+Las indicaciones de compás también se pueden grabar en estilo antiguo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Indicaciones de compás antiguas"
+
texidoc = "
Time signatures may also be engraved in an old style.
"
doctitle = "Ancient time signatures"
} % begin verbatim
-\score {
- {
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
- s1
- }
- \layout {raggedright = ##t}
+{
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
+ s1
}
-
-
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, editorial-annotations"
doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
-
- texidoc = "
+ doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
+ texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad \"tonic\"). Esta
"
-
-
texidoc = "
The @code{shapeNoteStyles} property can be used to define various note
head styles for each step of the scale (as set by the key signature or
\new Staff {
\transpose c d
\relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(do re mi fa #f la ti)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa #f la ti)
\fragment
}
\relative c' {
- \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(cross triangle fa #f mensural xcircle diamond)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(cross triangle fa #f mensural xcircle diamond)
\fragment
}
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "world-music"
+ texidoc = "For improvisations or @emph{taqasim} which are
+temporarily free, the time signature can be omitted and
+@code{\cadenzaOn} can be used. Adjusting the accidental style
+might be required, since the absence of bar lines will cause the
+accidental to be marked only once. Here is an example of what
+could be the start of a @emph{hijaz} improvisation:"
+doctitle = "Arabic improvisation"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\include "arabic.ly"
+
+\relative sol' {
+ \key re \kurd
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \cadenzaOn
+ sol4 sol sol sol fad mib sol1 fad8 mib re4. r8 mib1 fad sol
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden subdividir las barras automáticamente. Estableciendo la
+propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}, las barras se subdividen en
+posiciones de pulso (tal y como se especifica en @code{beatLength}).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Subdivisiones de barra automáticas"
+
texidoc = "
Beams can be subdivided automatically. By setting the property
@code{subdivideBeams}, beams are subdivided at beat positions (as
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
+ texidoces = "
+En un compás sencillo como 2/2 ó 4/4, las corcheas se barran de forma
+predeterminada como dos grupos de cuatro.
+
+Utilizando un macro que seobreescribe el comportamiento automático del
+barrado, este fragmento de código cambia el barrado a pulsos de negra.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Barras automáticas de dos en dos en los compases de 4/4 o de 2/2"
+
texidoc = "
In a simple time signature of 2/2 or 4/4, 8th notes are beamed by
default as two sets of four.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, breaks"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text"
+ texidoces = "
+La instrucción @code{\whiteout} intercala un rectángulo blanco
+debajo de un elemento de marcado. Este rectángulo blanco no tapa
+a ningún otro objeto gráfico, puesto que las líneas del pentagrama
+están en una capa inferior a la de la mayor parte de los otros
+objetos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Poner en blanco las líneas del pentagrama utilizando la instrucción \whiteout"
+
texidoc = "
The @code{\\whiteout} command underlays a markup with a white box.
Since staff lines are in a lower layer than most other grobs, this
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "winds"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Para hacer invisibles partes de un regulador de crescendo, se usa
+el método de dibujar un rectángulo blanco encima de la parte
+respectiva del regulador, tapándola. El rectángulo se define como
+código PostScript dentro de un elemento de marcado de texto.
+
+Para realizar un ajuste fino de la posición y el tamaño del
+elemento de marcado, se puede establecer el número que precede a
+@code{setgray} en la definición de PostScript a un valor menor que
+la unidad, haciendo que sea de color gris. Los dos números que
+están antes de @code{scale} en el código PostScript son los
+responsables del ancho y la altura del rectángulo, y los dos
+números que están antes de @code{translate} cambian las
+coordenadas X e Y de origen del rectángulo.
+
+Asegúrse de poner el regulador en una capa más baja que el
+elemento de marcado de texto para trazar el rectángulo encima del
+regulador.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Regulador interrumpido"
+
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
texidoc = "
In order to make parts of a crescendo hairpin invisible, the following
\dynamicUp
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
- } \\ {
+ }
+ \\
+ {
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'layer = #0
des,2\mf\< ~
\override TextScript #'layer = #2
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+A veces se denota una «cesura» con una doble marca de respiración
+parecida a las vías del tren, con un calderón encima. Este
+fragmento de código presenta una combinación de estas dos marcas,
+visualmente satisfactoria.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cesura tipo \"vías del tren\" con calderón"
+
texidoc = "
A caesura is sometimes denoted with a double \"railtracks\" breath mark
with a fermata sign positioned above. This snippet should present an
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
+ texidoces = "
+Este ejemplo proporciona una función para tipografiar un regulador
+con texto por debajo, como \"molto\" o \"poco\". El ejemplo
+ilustra también cómo modificar la manera en que se imprime
+normalmente un objeto, utilizando código de Scheme.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Centrar texto debajo de un regulador"
+
texidoc = "
This example provides a function to typeset a hairpin (de)crescendo
with some additional text below it, such as \"molto\" or \"poco\". The
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, unfretted-strings"
+ texidoces = "
+Para hacer más pequeño el círculo de @code{\flageolet} (armónico)
+utilice la siguiente función de Scheme.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el tamaño de la marca de \flageolet"
+
texidoc = "
To make the @code{\\flageolet} circle smaller use the following Scheme
function.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, editorial-annotations, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden modificar notas individuales de un acorde con la
+instrucción @code{\tweak}, alterando la propiedad
+@code{font-size}.
+
+Dentro de un acorde (entre ángulos simples @code{< >}), antes de
+la nota que queremos alterar, situamos la instrucción
+@code{\tweak} seguida por @code{#'font-size} y definimos el
+tamaño adecuado como @code{#-2} (una cabeza pequeña).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el tamaño de una nota suelta de un acorde"
+
texidoc = "
Individual note heads in a chord can be modified with the
@code{\\tweak} command inside a chord, by altering the @code{font-size}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede establecer el separador entre las distintas partes del
+nombre de un acorde para que sea cualquier elemento de marcado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificación del separador de acordes"
+
texidoc = "
The separator between different parts of a chord name can be set to any
markup.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
doctitlees = "Cambiar la forma de los silencios multicompás"
texidoces = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers, midi"
+ texidoces = "
+Al producir una salida MIDI, el comportamiento predeterminado es
+que cada pentagrama representa un canal MIDI, con todas las voces
+de dicho pentagrama mezcladas. Esto reduce al mínimo el riesgo de
+que se agote el número de canales MIDI disponibles, pues existe un
+máximo de 16 canales por pista.
+
+Sin embargo, cuando se traslada el interpretador
+@code{Staff_performer} al contexto @code{Voice}, cada voz de un
+pentagrama puede tener su propio canal MIDI, como se muestra en el
+siguiente ejemplo: a pesar de estar sobre el mismo pentagrama, se
+crean dos canales MIDI, cada uno con un @code{midiInstrument}
+distinto.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar la salida MIDI para que tenga un canal por cada voz"
+
texidoc = "
When outputting MIDI, the default behavior is for each staff to
represent one MIDI channel, with all the voices on a staff amalgamated.
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Al utilizar la posibilidad de combinación automática de partes, se
+puede modificar el texto que se imprime para las secciones de solo
+y de unísono:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar los textos de partcombine"
+
+ texidoc = "
+When using the automatic part combining feature, the printed text for
+the solo and unison sections may be changed:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Changing partcombine texts"
+} % begin verbatim
+\new Staff <<
+ \set Staff.soloText = #"girl"
+ \set Staff.soloIIText = #"boy"
+ \set Staff.aDueText = #"together"
+ \partcombine
+ \relative c'' {
+ g4 g r r
+ a2 g
+ }
+ \relative c'' {
+ r4 r a( b)
+ a2 g
+ }
+>>
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede modificar el texto empleado para los crescendos y
+decrescendos modificando las propiedades de contexto
+@code{crescendoText} y @code{decrescendoText}. El estiloo de la
+línea de extensión se puede cambiar modificando la propiedad
+@code{'style} de @code{DynamicTextSpanner}. El valor
+predeterminado es @code{'hairpin} (regulador), y entre otros
+valores posibles se encuentran @code{'line} (línea),
+@code{'dashed-line} (línea intermitente) y @code{'dotted-line}
+(línea de puntos):
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el texto y los estilos de objeto de extensión para las indicaciones dinámicas textuales"
+
lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
The text used for crescendos and decrescendos can be
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, editorial-annotations"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las ligaduras de expresión de
+continuas a punteadas o intermitentes.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el aspecto continuo de una ligadura de expresión a punteado o intermitente"
+
texidoc = "
The appearance of slurs may be changed from solid to dotted or dashed.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+El glifo de la marca de respiración se puede ajustar
+sobreescribiendo la proopiedad de texto del objeto de presentación
+@code{BreathingSign}, con cualquier otro texto de marcado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el símbolo de la marca de respiración"
+
texidoc = "
The glyph of the breath mark can be tuned by overriding the text
property of the @code{BreathingSign} layout object with any markup
} % begin verbatim
\relative c'' {
c2
- \override BreathingSign #'text = #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.rvarcomma")
+ \override BreathingSign #'text = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.rvarcomma" }
\breathe
d2
}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+La nomenclatura inglesa (predeterminada) para los acordes del
+cifrado americano se puede cambiar por la alemana
+(@code{\germanChords} sustituye B y Bes por H y B) o por la semi-alemana
+(@code{\semiGermanChords} sustituye B y Bes por H y Bb).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar la nomenclatura de los acordes del cifrado americano por la notación alemana o semi-alemana"
+
texidoc = "
The english naming of chords (default) can be changed to german
(@code{\\germanChords} replaces B and Bes to H and B) or semi-german
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, tweaks-and-overrides"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+Las alteraciones y los signos «más» pueden aparecer antes o
+después de los números, según el valor de las propiedades
+@code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} y
+@code{figuredBassPlusDirection}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar las posiciones de las alteraciones del bajo cifrado"
+
texidoc = "
Accidentals and plus signs can appear before or after the numbers,
depending on the @code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} and
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, paper-and-layout"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
+@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
+línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
+@code{\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
+duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
+caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
+@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
+El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
+@code{\scaleDurations}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\scaleDurations}"
+
lsrtags = "rhythms,contexts-and-engravers"
texidoc = "The @code{measureLength} property, together with
@code{measurePosition}, determines when a bar line is needed. However,
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoces = "
+Este tipo de notación se utiliza para el canto de los Salmos, en
+que las estrofas no siempre tienen la misma longitud.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Notación de responsos o salmos"
+
texidoc = "
This form of notation is used for the chant of the Psalms, where verses
aren't always the same length.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede usar la propiedad @code{chordNameExceptions} para
+almacenar una lista de notaciones espaciales para acordes
+específicos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Excepciones para los nombres de acorde"
+
texidoc = "
The property @code{chordNameExceptions} can be used to store a list of
special notations for specific chords.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout" % a new tag like "Mixing text and music" or
% "Special output" might be more adequate -jm
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, chords, keyboards"
+ texidoces = "
+Los «clusters» o racimos son un mecanismo para indicar la
+interpretación de un ámbito de notas al mismo tiempo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Clusters («racimos»)"
+
texidoc = "
Clusters are a device to denote that a complete range of notes is to be
played.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
+ texidoces = "
+Ciertas indicaciones dinámicas pueden llevar textos (como \"più
+forte\" o \"piano subito\"). Se pueden producir usando un
+bloque @code{\markup}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Combinar indicaciones dinámicas con marcados textuales"
+
texidoc = "
Some dynamics may involve text indications (such as \"più forte\" or
\"piano subito\"). They can be produced using a @code{\\markup} block.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, text"
+ texidoces = "
+La herramienta de combinación de partes ( instrucción
+@code{\partcombine}) permite la combinación de varias partes
+diferentes sobre el mismo pentagrama. Las indicaciones textuales
+tales como \"solo\" o \"a2\" se añaden de forma predeterminada;
+para quitarlas, sencillamente establezca la proopiedad
+@code{printPartCombineTexts} al valor \"falso\". Para partituras
+vocales (como himnos), no hay necesidad de añadir los textos
+\"solo\" o \"a2\", por lo que se deben desactivar. Sin embargo,
+podría ser mejor no usarlo si hay solos, porque éstos no se
+indicarán. En tales casos podría ser preferible la notación
+polifónica estándar.
+
+Este fragmento de código presenta las tres formas en que se pueden
+imprimir dos partes sobre un solo pentagrama: polifonía estándar,
+@code{\partcombine} sin textos, y @code{\partcombine} con
+textos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama"
+
texidoc = "
The part combiner tool ( @code{\\partcombine} command ) allows the
combination of several different parts on the same staff. Text
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede tipografiar un gissando contemporáneo sin nota final
+utilizando una nota oculta y temporalización de cadenza.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Glissando contemporáneo"
+
texidoc = "
A contemporary glissando without a final note can be typeset using a
hidden note and cadenza timing.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
- lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, chords, keyboards"
+ lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, chords, keyboards, fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede controlar con precisión la colocación de los números de digitación.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Controlar la colocación de las digitaciones de acordes"
texidoc = "
The placement of fingering numbers can be controlled precisely.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+El orden vertical que ocupan las inscripciones gráficas está
+controlado con la propiedad @code{script-priority}. Cuanto más
+bajo es este número, más cerca de la nota se colocará. En este
+ejemplo, el @code{TextScript} (el sostenido) tiene primero la
+prioridad más baja, por lo que se sitúa en la posición más baja en
+el primer ejemplo. En el segundo, el semitrino (el @code{Script})
+es el que la tiene más baja, por lo que se sitúa en la parte
+interior. Cuando dos objetos tienen la misma prioridad, el orden
+en que se introducen determina cuál será el que aparece en primer
+lugar.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Controlar la ordenación vertical de las inscripciones"
+
texidoc = "
The vertical ordering of scripts is controlled with the
@code{script-priority} property. The lower this number, the closer it
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
+ texidoces = "
+En una música que tenga muchas apariciones de la
+misma secuencia de notas a distintas alturas, podría ser de
+utilidad la siguiente función musical. Admite una nota, de la que
+sólo se utiliza su altura. Las funciones de apoyo en Scheme se
+han tomado prestadas del documento de \"Consejos y trucos\" de la
+versión 2.10 del manual. Este ejemplo crea las duraciones
+rítmicas que se usan a todo lo largo de «Marte», de «Los Planetas»
+de Gustav Holst.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear una secuencia de notas a distintas alturas"
+
texidoc = "
In music that contains many occurrences of the same sequence of notes
at different pitches, the following music function may prove useful.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede trazar un símbolo de arpegio entre notas de distintas
+voces que están sobre el mismo pentagrama si el grabador
+@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} se traslada al contexto de
+@code{Staff} context:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear arpegios entre notas de voces distintas"
+
texidoc = "
An arpeggio can be drawn across notes in different voices on the same
staff if the @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} is moved to the @code{Staff}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, editorial-annotations, contexts-and-engravers, paper-and-layout"
+ texidoces = "
+Para crear pentagramas en blanco, genere compases vacíos y después
+elimine el grabador de números de compás
+@code{Bar_number_engraver} del contexto @code{Score}, y los
+grabadores de la indicación de compás
+@code{Time_signature_engraver}, de la clave @code{Clef_engraver} y
+de los compases @code{Bar_engraver} del contexto de @code{Staff}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear pentagramas en blanco"
+
texidoc = "
To create blank staves, generate empty measures then remove the
@code{Bar_number_engraver} from the @code{Score} context, and the
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Dentro de un @code{PianoStaff}, es posible hacer que un arpegio
+cruce entre los pentagramas ajustando la propiedad
+@code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de un sistema de piano"
+
texidoc = "
In a @code{PianoStaff}, it is possible to let an arpeggio cross between
the staves by setting the property @code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de
+contextos distintos a @code{PianoStaff} si se incluye el grabador
+@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} en el contexto de @code{Score}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Creación de arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de otros contextos"
+
texidoc = "
Cross-staff arpeggios can be created in contexts other than
@code{PianoStaff} if the @code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} is included in
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text"
+ texidoces = "
+Aunque la manera más fácil de añadir paréntesis a una indicación
+de dinámica es utilizar un bloque @code{\markup}, este método
+tiene un inconveniente: los objetos que se crean se comportarán
+como elementos de marcado de texto y no como indicaciones
+dinámicas.
+
+Sin embargo, es posible crear un objeto similar utilizando el
+código de Scheme equivalente (como se explica en \"Interfaz del
+programador de elementos de marcado\"), en combinación con la
+función @code{make-dynamic-script}. De esta forma, el elemento de
+marcado se tratará como una indicación dinámica, y por tanto
+seguirá siendo compatible con instrucciones como
+@code{\dynamicUp} o @code{\dynamicDown}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear indicaciones dinámicas \"verdaderas\" entre paréntesis"
+
texidoc = "
Although the easiest way to add parentheses to a dynamic mark is to use
a @code{\\markup} block, this method has a downside: the created
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+A diferencia de las inscripciones de texto, las lestras de ensayo
+no se pueden apilar en un punto concreto de la partitura: sólo se
+crea un objeto @code{RehearsalMark}. Utilizando un compás y línea
+divisoria invisibles se puede crear una nueva marca de ensayo,
+dando la apariencia de dos marcas en la misma columna.
+
+Este método también puede resultar útil para colocar marcas de
+ensayo tanto al final de un sistema como al comienzo del sistema
+siguiente.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Creación de marcas de ensayo simultáneas"
+
lsrtags = "expressive-marks,text,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
Unlike text scripts, rehearsal marks cannot be stacked at a particular point
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, keyboards, unfretted-strings"
+ texidoces = "
+En determinadas situaciones es necesario crear ligaduras de
+expresión entre notas que están en voces distintas.
+
+La solución es añadir notas invisibles a una de las voces
+utilizando @code{\hideNotes}.
+
+Este ejemplo es el compás 235 de la Chacona de la segunda Partita
+para violín solo, BWV 1004, de Bach.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas"
+
texidoc = "
In some situations, it may be necessary to create slurs between notes
from different voices.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks, text, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+Las instrucciones @code{\startTextSpan} y @code{\stopTextSpan}
+permiten la creación de elementos de extensión textuales tan
+fácilmente como indicaciones de pedal u
+octavaciones. Sobreescribimos ciertas propiedades del objeto
+@code{TextSpanner} para modificar su salida.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear elementos de extensión textuales"
+
texidoc = "
The @code{\\startTextSpan} and @code{\\stopTextSpan} commands allow the
creation of text spanners as easily as pedal indications or
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden tipografiar «custos» en diferentes estilos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Custos"
+
texidoc = "
Custodes may be engraved in various styles.
\override Staff.Custos #'style = #'hufnagel
c1^"hufnagel" \break
- <d a' f'>
+ <d a' f'>1
\override Staff.Custos #'style = #'medicaea
- c^"medicaea" \break
- <d a' f'>
+ c1^"medicaea" \break
+ <d a' f'>1
\override Staff.Custos #'style = #'vaticana
- c^"vaticana" \break
- <d a' f'>
+ c1^"vaticana" \break
+ <d a' f'>1
\override Staff.Custos #'style = #'mensural
- c^"mensural" \break
- <d a' f'>
+ c1^"mensural" \break
+ <d a' f'>1
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams,
+overrides are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode { c1 c c d }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.2
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+ \chordmode {
+ c
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.0
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'straight
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'none
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'number-type = #'arabic
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'orientation = #'landscape
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'mute-string = #"M"
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'label-dir = #-1
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-radius = #0.35
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-position = #0.5
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'fret-count = #3
+ d
+ }
+ }
+ \context Voice {
+ c'1 c' c' d'
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides
+can be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly
+to the markup.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+<<
+ \chords { c1 c c d }
+
+ \new Voice = "mel" {
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #'1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+
+ %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
+ % terse style
+ c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % size 1.0
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
+ c'1^\markup {
+ % standard size
+ \override #'(size . 1.0) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
+ % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
+ c'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (barre-type . none)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% simple D chord
+ % terse style
+ % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
+ % label below string
+ d'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+>>
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
+ texidoces = "
+La dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea
+del pentagrama está determinada por la propiedad
+@code{neutral-direction} del objeto @code{Stem}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea del pentagrama"
+
texidoc = "
The default direction of stems on the center line of the staff is set
by the @code{Stem} property @code{neutral-direction}.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, keyboards, unfretted-strings, midi"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, paper-and-layout, titles"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "If there is only one staff in one of the staff types
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
Este fragmento de código muestra cómo conseguir dichas reglas de
notación.
+
"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
changing-the-appearance-of-a-slur-from-solid-to-dotted-or-dashed.ly
grid-lines--emphasizing-rhythms-and-notes-synchronization.ly
changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
+adding-fingerings-to-a-score.ly
grid-lines--changing-their-appearance.ly
default-direction-of-stems-on-the-center-line-of-the-staff.ly
allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly
blanking-staff-lines-using-the--whiteout-command.ly
+analysis-brackets-above-the-staff.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations, text"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede insertar códico PostScript directamente dentro de un
+bloque @code{\markup}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Empotrar PostScript nativo dentro de un bloque \markup"
+
texidoc = "
PostScript code can be directly inserted inside a @code{\\markup}
block.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoces = "
+Del problema central de la notación, esto es, crear un determinado
+símbolo, se encargan los «plugins» o complementos añadidos. Cada
+uno de los complementos se conoce como un grabador. En este
+ejemplo, los grabadores se van activando uno por uno, en el orden
+siguiente:
+
+- cabeza de las notas,
+
+- el símbolo del pentagrama,
+
+- clave,
+
+- plicas,
+
+- barras, ligaduras de expresión, acentos,
+
+- alteraciones, líneas divisorias, indicación del compás, y armadura.
+
+Los grabadores se encuentran agrupados. Por ejemplo, las cabezas
+de nota, ligaduras de expresión, barras de corchea, etc. forman un
+contexto de voz. Los grabadores de la armadura, alteraciones,
+compás, etc. forman un contexto de pentagrama.
+
+Sólo podemos ver el primer ejemplo en este documento; para ver los
+demás debemos descartar el fragmento de código y procesarlo en
+nuestro ordenador.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Los grabadores, uno por uno"
+
texidoc = "
The notation problem, creating a certain symbol, is handled by plugins.
Each plugin is called an Engraver. In this example, engravers are
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
creating-arpeggios-across-notes-in-different-voices.ly
creating-cross-staff-arpeggios-in-other-contexts.ly
printing-hairpins-using-al-niente-notation.ly
+laissez-vibrer-ties.ly
contemporary-glissando.ly
adding-parentheses-around-an-expressive-mark-or-chordal-note.ly
line-arrows.ly
hiding-the-extender-line-for-text-dynamics.ly
vertically-aligning-dynamics-across-multiple-notes.ly
-modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly
+horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly
+inserting-a-caesura.ly
using-double-slurs-for-legato-chords.ly
setting-the-minimum-length-of-hairpins.ly
creating-real-parenthesized-dynamics.ly
creating-slurs-across-voices.ly
caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly
changing-the-breath-mark-symbol.ly
+modifying-default-values-for-articulation-shorthand-notation.ly
creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly
setting-hairpin-behavior-at-bar-lines.ly
changing--flageolet-mark-size.ly
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+A hammer in tablature can be faked with slurs.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Faking a hammer in tablatures"
+} % begin verbatim
+\score {
+ \new TabStaff {
+ \relative c'' {
+ c4( d) d( d)
+ d2( c)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+For fine-tuning the appearance of a pedal bracket, the properties
+@code{edge-width}, @code{edge-height}, and @code{shorten-pair} of
+@code{PianoPedalBracket} objects can be modified. For example, the
+bracket may be extended to the right edge of the note head:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Fine-tuning pedal brackets"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c'' {
+ \override Staff.PianoPedalBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(0 . -1.0)
+ c4\sostenutoOn d e c,
+ f4 g a2\sostenutoOff
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+This example combines left-hand fingering, string indications, and
+right-hand fingering.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Fingerings, string indications, and right-hand fingerings"
+} % begin verbatim
+#(define RH rightHandFinger)
+
+\relative c {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ <c-3\5-\RH #1 >4
+ <e-2\4-\RH #2 >4
+ <g-0\3-\RH #3 >4
+ <c-1\2-\RH #4 >4
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+For flamenco guitar, special notation is used:
+
+
+* a golpe symbol to indicate a slap on the guitar body with the nail of
+the ring finger
+
+
+* an arrow to indicate (the direction of) strokes
+
+
+* different letters for fingering (\"p\": thumb, \"i\": index finger,
+\"m\": middle finger, \"a\": ring finger and \"x\": little finger)
+
+
+* 3- and 4-finger rasgueados; stroke upwards with all fingers, ending
+with an up- and down using the index finger
+
+
+* abanicos: strokes (in tuples) with thumb (down), little and index
+finger (both up). There's also an abanico 2 where middle and ring
+finger are used instead of the little finger.
+
+
+* alza pua: fast playing with the thumb
+
+
+Most figures use arrows in combination with fingering; with abanicos
+and rasgueados, noteheads are printed only for the first chord.
+
+This snippet contains some header-like code that can be copied as
+@samp{flamenco.ly} and included in source files.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Flamenco notation"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%% Cut here ----- Start 'flamenco.ly'
+
+% Text indicators
+abanico = \markup { \italic Abanico }
+rasgueaso = \markup { \italic Ras. }
+alzapua = \markup { \italic Alzapua }
+
+% Finger stroke symbols
+strokeUp = \markup { \postscript #"
+ 0.1 setlinewidth
+ 0.5 0 moveto
+ 0.5 2 lineto
+ 0.2 1.4 lineto
+ 0.5 2 moveto
+ 0.8 1.4 lineto
+ stroke
+"}
+
+strokeDown = \markup { \postscript #"
+ 0.1 setlinewidth
+ 0.5 2 moveto
+ 0.5 0 lineto
+ 0.2 0.6 lineto
+ 0.5 0 moveto
+ 0.8 0.6 lineto
+ stroke
+"}
+
+% Golpe symbol
+golpe = \markup { \postscript #"
+ 0.2 setlinewidth
+ 0 0 moveto
+ 1 0 lineto
+ 1 1 lineto
+ stroke
+ "\postscript #"
+ 0.1 setlinewidth
+ -0.6 -0.1 moveto
+ -0.6 1.0 lineto
+ 0.5 1.0 lineto
+ stroke
+"}
+
+strokeUpGolpe = \markup { \column { \golpe \line { \strokeUp }}}
+iUpGolpe = \markup { \column { \golpe \line { \small i } \line { \strokeUp }}}
+
+% Strokes for all fingers
+pUp = \markup { \column { \small p \line { \strokeUp }}}
+pDown = \markup { \column { \small p \line { \strokeDown }}}
+iUp = \markup { \column { \small i \line { \strokeUp }}}
+iDown = \markup { \column { \small i \line { \strokeDown }}}
+mUp = \markup { \column { \small m \line { \strokeUp }}}
+mDown = \markup { \column { \small m \line { \strokeDown }}}
+aUp = \markup { \column { \small a \line { \strokeUp }}}
+aDown = \markup { \column { \small a \line { \strokeDown }}}
+xUp = \markup { \column { \small x \line { \strokeUp }}}
+xDown = \markup { \column { \small x \line { \strokeDown }}}
+
+
+% Just handy :)
+tupletOff = {
+ \once \override TupletNumber #'stencil = ##f
+ \once \override TupletBracket #'stencil = ##f
+}
+
+tupletsOff = {
+ \override TupletNumber #'stencil = ##f
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = #'if-no-beam
+}
+
+tupletsOn = {
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = #'default
+ \revert TupletNumber #'stencil
+}
+
+headsOff = {
+ \override TabNoteHead #'transparent = ##t
+ \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
+ \override NoteHead #'no-ledgers = ##t
+}
+
+headsOn = {
+ \override TabNoteHead #'transparent = ##f
+ \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##f
+ \override NoteHead #'no-ledgers = ##f
+}
+
+%%%%%%% Cut here ----- End 'flamenco.ly'
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+part = \relative c' {
+ <a, e' a cis e>8^\iUp
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\iDown
+ r4
+ r2^\golpe
+
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\iUp
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\iDown
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\iUpGolpe
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\iDown
+ r2
+
+ <a e' a cis e>16^\aUp
+ \headsOff
+ <a e' a cis e>^\mUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iDown~
+ \headsOn
+ <a e' a cis e>2
+ r4
+
+ \tupletOff
+ \times 4/5 {
+ <a e' a cis e>16^\xUp
+ \headsOff
+ <a e' a cis e>^\aUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\mUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iDown~
+ \headsOn
+ }
+ <a e' a cis e>2
+ r4
+
+ \tupletsOff
+ \times 2/3 {
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\pDown
+ \headsOff
+ <a e' a cis e>^\xUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iUp
+ \headsOn
+ }
+
+ \times 2/3 {
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\pDown
+ \headsOff
+ <a e' a cis e>^\xUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iUp
+ \headsOn
+ }
+
+ \times 2/3 {
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\pDown
+ \headsOff
+ <a e' a cis e>^\xUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iUp
+ \headsOn
+ }
+ \times 2/3 {
+ <a e' a cis e>8^\pDown
+ \headsOff
+ <a e' a cis e>^\xUp
+ <a e' a cis e>^\iUp
+ \headsOn
+ }
+
+ \tupletsOff
+ \override Beam #'positions = #'(2 . 2)
+ \times 2/3 {
+ a8^\markup{ \small p }
+ <e' a>^\strokeUpGolpe
+ <e a>^\strokeDown
+ }
+ \times 2/3 {
+ a,8^\markup{ \small p }
+ <e' a>^\strokeUpGolpe
+ <e a>^\strokeDown
+ }
+ \times 2/3 {
+ a,8^\markup{ \small p }
+ <e' a>^\strokeUpGolpe
+ <e a>^\strokeDown
+ }
+ \times 2/3 {
+ a,8^\markup{ \small p }
+ <e' a>^\strokeUpGolpe
+ <e a>^\strokeDown
+ }
+ \tupletsOn
+
+ \once \override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -1)
+ <g, b f'>1_\golpe^\mUp
+ \bar "|."
+}
+
+\score {
+ \new StaffGroup <<
+ \context Staff = "part" <<
+ \clef G
+ \transpose c c'
+ {
+ \part
+ }
+ >>
+ \context TabStaff {
+ \part
+ }
+ >>
+ \layout {
+ ragged-right = ##t
+ }
+}
+
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes, tweaks-and-overrides"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music"
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoc = "This snippet shows many possibilities for obtaining
+and tweaking fret diagrams."
+ doctitle = "Fret diagrams explained and developed"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+<<
+ \chords {
+ a2 a
+ c2 c
+ d1
+ }
+
+ \new Voice = "mel" {
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'dot-color = #'black
+
+ %% A chord for ukelele
+ a'2^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (string-count . 4)
+ (dot-color . white)
+ (finger-code . in-dot))) {
+ \fret-diagram #"4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string
+ % 1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string
+ % dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing
+ a'2^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (dot-color . white)
+ (open-string . "o"))) {
+ \fret-diagram #"s:1.2;w:4;h:3;f:2;d:0.35;p:0.55;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
+ c'2^\markup {
+ % 110% of default size
+ \override #'(size . 1.1) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ c'2^\markup {
+ % 110% of default size
+ \override #'(size . 1.1) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
+ (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% simple D chord
+ d'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+>>
-volta-multi-staff.ly
+how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly
+flamenco-notation.ly
+adding-fingerings-to-tablatures.ly
+placement-of-right-hand-fingerings.ly
+fingerings,-string-indications,-and-right-hand-fingerings.ly
+polyphony-in-tablature.ly
+jazz-combo-template.ly
+adding-fingerings-to-a-score.ly
+letter-tablature-formatting.ly
+laissez-vibrer-ties.ly
+controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly
+allowing-fingerings-to-be-printed-inside-the-staff.ly
+customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly
+faking-a-hammer-in-tablatures.ly
+fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly
+modern-tab-text-clef.ly
+stem-and-beam-behavior-in-tablature.ly
+customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código basado en Scheme genera
+24 notas aleatorias (o tantas como se necesiten), basándose en la
+hora actual (o en cualquier número pseudo-aleatorio que se
+especifique en su lugar, para obtener las mismas notas aleatorias
+cada vez): es decir, para obtener distintos patrones de notas,
+sólo tiene que modificar este número.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Generación de notas aleatorias"
+
texidoc = "
This Scheme-based snippet generates 24 random notes (or as many as
required), based on the current time (or any randomish number specified
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las líneas de rejilla
+sobreescribiendo algunas de sus propiedades.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: modificar su aspecto"
+
texidoc = "
The appearance of grid lines can be changed by overriding some of their
properties.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "editorial-annotations"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden trazar líneas verticales normales entre pentagramas para
+mostrar la relación entre notas; sin embargo, en caso de música
+monofónica, podemos hacer invisible el segundo pentagrama, y que
+las líneas sean más cortas, como en este fragmento de código.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: destacar ritmos y la relación temporal entre notas"
+
texidoc = "
Regular vertical lines can be drawn between staves to show notes
synchronization; however, in case of monophonic music, you may want to
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, percussion"
melody = \relative c'' {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = "Bb Sop."
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = #"Bb Sop."
\key g \major
\time 25/8
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #ly:text-interface::print
\override Staff.TimeSignature #'text = #(set-time-signature "3" "2" "2" "3"
- "2" "2" "2" "2 " "3" "2" "2" "8" )
+ "2" "2" "2" "2" "3" "2" "2" "8" )
\set Staff.beatGrouping = #'(3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2)
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 25 8) 3 8)
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 25 8) 5 8)
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 25 8) 21 8)
#(override-auto-beam-setting '(end * * 25 8) 23 8)
- c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g | \break
- c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 |
- c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 | \break
- c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 |
- c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 | \break
+ c8 c c d4 c8 c b c b a4 g fis8 e d c b' c d e4-^ fis8 g \break
+ c,4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
+ c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
+ c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4
+ c4. d4 c4 d4. c4 d c2 d4. e4-^ d4 \break
}
drum = \new DrumStaff \drummode {
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Los cambios de dinámica con estilo de texto (como cresc. y dim.)
+se imprimen con una línea intermitente que muestra su alcance.
+Esta línea se puede suprimir de la siguiente manera:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ocultar la línea de extensión de las expresiones textuales de dinámica"
+
texidoc = "
Text style dynamic changes (such as cresc. and dim.) are printed with a
dashed line showing their extent. This line can be suppressed in the
} % begin verbatim
\relative c'' {
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'dash-period = #-1.0
- \setTextCresc
+ \crescTextCresc
c1\< | d | b | c\!
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Some dynamic expressions involve additional text, like \"sempre pp\".
+Since lilypond aligns all dynamics centered on the note, the \\pp would
+be displayed way after the note it applies to.
+
+To correctly align the \"sempre \\pp\" horizontally, so that it is
+aligned as if it were only the \\pp, there are several approaches:
+
+* Simply use @code{\\once\\override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2}
+before the note with the dynamics to manually shift it to the correct
+position. Drawback: This has to be done manually each time you use that
+dynamic markup... * Add some padding (@code{#:hspace 7.1}) into the
+definition of your custom dynamic mark, so that after lilypond
+center-aligns it, it is already correctly aligned. Drawback: The
+padding really takes up that space and does not allow any other markup
+or dynamics to be shown in that position.
+
+* Shift the dynamic script @code{\\once\\override ... #'X-offset = ..}.
+Drawback: @code{\\once\\override} is needed for every invocation!
+
+* Set the dimensions of the additional text to 0 (using
+@code{#:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0)}). Drawback: To lilypond
+\"sempre\" has no extent, so it might put other stuff there and create
+collisions (which are not detected by the collision dection!). Also,
+there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the same alignment
+as without the additional text
+
+* Add an explicit shifting directly inside the scheme function for the
+dynamic-script.
+
+* Set an explicit alignment inside the dynamic-script. By default, this
+won't have any effect, only if one sets X-offset! Drawback: One needs
+to set @code{DynamicText #'X-offset}, which will apply to all dynamic
+texts! Also, it is aligned at the right edge of the additional text,
+not at the center of pp.
+
+
+
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics (e.g. \"sempre pp\", \"piu f\", \"subito p\")"
+} % begin verbatim
+\header { title = "Horizontally aligning custom dynamics" }
+\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
+
+% Solution 1: Using a simple markup with a particular halign value
+% Drawback: It's a markup, not a dynamic command, so \dynamicDown etc. will have no effect
+semppMarkup = \markup { \halign #1.4 \italic "sempre" \dynamic "pp" }
+
+% Solution 2: Using a dynamic script and shifting with \once\override ... #'X-offset = ..
+% Drawback: \once\override needed for every invocation
+semppK = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+% Solution 3: Padding the dynamic script so the center-alignment puts it to the correct position
+% Drawback: the padding really reserves the space, nothing else can be there
+semppT = #(
+ make-dynamic-script (
+ markup #:line (
+ #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp" #:hspace 7.1
+ )
+ )
+)
+
+% Solution 4: Dynamic, setting the dimensions of the additional text to 0
+% Drawback: To lilypond "sempre" has no extent, so it might put other stuff there => collisions
+% Drawback: Also, there seems to be some spacing, so it's not exactly the
+% same alignment as without the additional text
+semppM = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line( #:with-dimensions '(0 . 0) '(0 . 0) #:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+% Solution 5: Dynamic with explicit shifting inside the scheme function
+semppG = #(make-dynamic-script
+ (markup
+ #:hspace 0 #:translate (cons -18.85 0 )
+ #:line( #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp"))
+)
+
+% Solution 6: Dynamic with explicit alignment. This has only effect, if one sets X-offset!
+% Drawback: One needs to set DynamicText #'X-offset!
+% Drawback: Aligned at the right edge of the additional text, not at the center of pp
+semppMII = #(make-dynamic-script (markup #:line(#:right-align #:normal-text #:italic "sempre" #:dynamic "pp")))
+
+
+\context StaffGroup <<
+ \context Staff="s" << \set Staff.instrumentName = "Normal"
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\pp c\p c c | c\ff c c\pp c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sMarkup" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Normal" "Markup"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4-\semppMarkup c\p c c | c\ff c c-\semppMarkup c}
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sK" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Explicit" "shifting"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major
+ \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2 c4\semppK c\p c c |
+ c\ff c \once \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #-9.2 c\semppK c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sT" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Right" "padding"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppT c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppT c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sM" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Setting" "dimension" "to zero"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppM c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppM c }
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sG" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Shifting" "inside" "dynamics"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major c4\semppG c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppG c}
+ >>
+ \context Staff="sMII" << \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup\column{"Alignment" "inside" "dynamics"}
+ \relative c'' { \key es \major
+ \override DynamicText #'X-offset = #0 % Setting to ##f (false) gives the same resul
+ c4\semppMII c\p c c | c\ff c c\semppMII c }
+ >>
+>>
+
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+If you want to move the position of a fret diagram, for example, to
+avoid collision, or to place it between two notes, you have various
+possibilities:
+
+1) modify #'padding or #'extra-offset values (as shown in the first
+snippet)
+
+2) you can add an invisible voice and attach the fret diagrams to the
+invisible notes in that voice (as shown in the second example).
+
+ If you need to move the fret according with a rythmic position inside
+the bar (in the example, the third beat of the measure) the second
+example is better, because the fret is aligned with the third beat
+itself.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "How to change fret diagram position"
+} % begin verbatim
+harmonies = \chordmode
+{
+ a8:13
+% THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE CHORD NAME
+ \once \override ChordNames.ChordName #'extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
+ b8:13 s2.
+% THIS LINE IS THE SECOND METHOD
+ s4 s4 b4:13
+}
+
+\score
+{
+ <<
+ \context ChordNames \harmonies
+ \context Staff
+ {a8^\markup { \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-0;4-2;3-0;2-0;1-2;" }
+% THE FOLLOWING IS THE COMMAND TO MOVE THE FRET DIAGRAM
+ \once \override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'(10 . 0)
+ b4.~^\markup { \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;" } b4. a8\break
+% HERE IS THE SECOND METHOD
+ <<
+ { a8 b4.~ b4. a8}
+ { s4 s4 s4^\markup { \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-2;4-4;3-2;2-2;1-4;" }
+ }
+ >>
+ }
+ >>
+}
+
+
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Los «incipit» se pueden escribir utilizando el grob del nombre del
+instruemento, pero manteniendo independientes las definiciones del
+nombre del instrumento y del incipit."
+
+ doctitlees = "Incipit"
+
lsrtags = "staff-notation,ancient-notation"
texidoc = "Incipits can be added using the instrument name grob, but
keeping separate the instrument name definition and the incipit definition."
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards"
texidoc = "
-An arpeggioBracket can indicate that notes on two different staves are
-to be played with the same hand. In order to do this, the PianoStaff
-must be set to accept cross-staff arpeggios and the arpeggios must be
-set to the bracket shape at the PianoStaff level.
+An arpeggio bracket can indicate that notes on two different staves are
+to be played with the same hand. In order to do this, the
+@code{PianoStaff} must be set to accept cross-staff arpeggios and the
+arpeggios must be set to the bracket shape in the @code{PianoStaff}
+context.
(Debussy, Les collines d’Anacapri, m. 65)
} % begin verbatim
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
-\new Score {
- \new PianoStaff
- <<
- \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
- \override PianoStaff.Arpeggio #'stencil = #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-bracket
- \new Staff \relative c' {
+\new PianoStaff <<
+ \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
+ \override PianoStaff.Arpeggio #'stencil = #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-bracket
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c' {
\key b \major
\time 6/8
b8-.(\arpeggio fis'-.\> cis-. e-. gis-. b-.)\!\fermata^\laissezVibrer
\bar "||"
}
- \new Staff \relative c' {
+ }
+ \new Staff {
+ \relative c' {
\clef bass
\key b \major
<<
- { <a e cis>2.\arpeggio } \\
- { <a, e a,>2. }
+ {
+ <a e cis>2.\arpeggio
+ }
+ \\
+ {
+ <a, e a,>2.
+ }
>>
}
- >>
-}
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks,tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoc = "
+Caesura marks can be created by overriding the @code{'text}
+property of the @code{BreathingSign} object. A curved caesura
+mark is also available.
+"
+ doctitle = "Inserting a caesura"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \override BreathingSign #'text =
+ #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.straight")
+ c8 e4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
+
+ \override BreathingSign #'text =
+ #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.curved")
+ g8 e'4. \breathe g8. e16 c4
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "repeats"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Isolated percents can also be printed. This is done by entering a
+multi-measure rest with a different print function:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Isolated percent repeats"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c'' {
+ \override MultiMeasureRest #'stencil
+ = #ly:multi-measure-rest::percent
+ R1
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
- lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, template"
+ lsrtags = "keyboards, percussion, fretted-strings, template"
texidoc = "
This is quite an advanced template, for a jazz ensemble. Note that all
piano-template-with-centered-lyrics.ly
vocal-ensemble-template-with-automatic-piano-reduction.ly
piano-template-simple.ly
-piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly
controlling-the-placement-of-chord-fingerings.ly
+laissez-vibrer-ties.ly
+accordion-discant-symbols.ly
+fine-tuning-pedal-brackets.ly
piano-template-with-melody-and-lyrics.ly
+piano-template-with-centered-dynamics.ly
jazz-combo-template.ly
demo-midiinstruments.ly
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "expressive-marks, keyboards, fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Laissez vibrer ties have a fixed size. Their formatting can be tuned
+using @code{'tie-configuration}.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Laissez vibrer ties"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c' {
+ <c e g>4\laissezVibrer r <c f g>\laissezVibrer r
+ <c d f g>4\laissezVibrer r <c d f g>4.\laissezVibrer r8
+
+ <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
+ \override LaissezVibrerTieColumn #'tie-configuration
+ = #`((-7 . ,DOWN)
+ (-5 . ,DOWN)
+ (-3 . ,UP)
+ (-1 . ,UP))
+ <c d e f>4\laissezVibrer r
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation,fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "Tablature can be formatted using letters instead of
+numbers."
+ doctitle = "Letter tablature formatting"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+#(define (letter-tablature-format str context event)
+ (let*
+ ((tuning (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
+ (pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch)))
+ (make-whiteout-markup
+ (make-vcenter-markup
+ (string (integer->char
+ (+ (char->integer #\a)
+ (- (ly:pitch-semitones pitch)
+ (list-ref tuning (- str 1))))))))))
+
+music = \relative c {
+ c4 d e f
+ g4 a b c
+ d4 e f g
+}
+
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef "G_8"
+ \music
+ }
+ \new TabStaff \with {
+ tablatureFormat = #letter-tablature-format
+ } {
+ \music
+ }
+>>
@ifnottex
@macro ruser{NAME}
-These snippets illustrate the User Manual,
+These snippets illustrate the Notation Reference,
section @ref{\NAME\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}.
@end macro
@ifnottex
@node Top
-@top LilyPond examples
+@top LilyPond Snippet List
This document shows a selected set of LilyPond snippets from the
@uref{http://lsr@/.dsi@/.unimi@/.it,LilyPond Snippet Repository}
* Unfretted strings::
* Winds::
* Ancient notation::
+* World music::
Other collections
* Contexts and engravers::
@include unfretted-strings.itely
@include winds.itely
@include ancient-notation.itely
+@include world-music.itely
@include contexts-and-engravers.itely
@include tweaks-and-overrides.itely
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden aplicar puntas de flecha a los elementos de extensión de
+texto y de línea (como el Glissando).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Puntas de flecha para las líneas"
+
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
texidoc = "Arrows can be applied to text-spanners and line-spanners
(such as the Glissando)."
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches"
+ texidoces = "
+El «Makam» es un tipo de melodía de Turquía que
+utiliza intervalos microtonales de 1/9 de tono. Consulte el
+archivo de inicio @code{makam-init.ly} (véase el 'Manual de
+aprendizaje @version{}, 4.6.3 Otras fuentes de información' para
+averiguar la situación de este archivo) para ver detalles de los
+nombres de las notas y las alteraciones.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "El «Makam»"
+
+ lsrtags = "pitches,world-music"
texidoc = "Makam is a type of melody from Turkey using 1/9th-tone
microtonal alterations. Consult the initialization file
@code{makam-init.ly} (see the `Learning Manual @version{},
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede engrosar una línea del pentagrama con fines pedagógicos
+(p.ej. la tercera línea o la de la clave de Sol). Esto se puede
+conseguir añadiendo más líneas muy cerca de la línea que se quiere
+destacar, utilizando la propiedad @code{line-positions} del objeto
+@code{StaffSymbol}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Hacer unas líneas del pentagrama más gruesas que las otras"
+
texidoc = "
For pedagogical purposes, a staff line can be thickened (e.g., the
middle line, or to emphasize the line of the G clef). This can be
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats, staff-notation, editorial-annotations"
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código proporciona una solución alternativa a la
+producción de contadores de compás utilizando repeticiones
+transparentes de tipo porcentaje.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Contador de compases"
+
texidoc = "
-This snippet provides an workaround for emitting measure counters using
+This snippet provides a workaround for emitting measure counters using
transparent percent repeats.
"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, ancient-notation, contexts-and-engravers, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+La disposición «mensurstriche» en que las líneas divisorias no
+están dibujadas sobre los pentagramas, sino entre ellos, se puede
+conseguir con un @code{StaffGroup} en vez de un @code{ChoirStaff}.
+La línea divisoria sobre los pentagramas se borra estableciendo la
+propiedad @code{transparent}.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Disposición Mensurstriche (líneas divisorias entre pentagramas)"
+
texidoc = "
The mensurstriche-layout where the bar lines do not show on the staves
but between staves can be achieved with a @code{StaffGroup} instead of
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
normalPos= \revert MultiMeasureRest #'staff-position
{
- << {
- c''1 R c'' \normalPos R
- } \\ {
- c' R c' \normalPos R
+ <<
+ {
+ c''1
+ R1
+ c''1
+ \normalPos
+ R1
+ }
+ \\
+ {
+ c'1
+ R1
+ c'1
+ \normalPos
+ R1
}
>>
}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Use a markup text to replace the (TAB) clef glyph with a modern font.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Modern TAB text clef"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+TAB = \markup {
+ \raise #1.5
+ \sans
+ \bold
+ \huge
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2.5)
+ \center-align {
+ T
+ A
+ B
+ }
+}
+
+\new TabStaff {
+ \override Staff.Clef #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ ly:clef::print (grob-interpret-markup grob TAB))
+ a
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Las abreviaturas se encuentran definidas dentro del archivo
+@code{ly/script-init.ly}, donde las variables @code{dashHat},
+@code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash}, @code{dashBar},
+@code{dashLarger}, @code{dashDot} y @code{dashUnderscore} reciben
+valores predeterminados. Se pueden modificar estos valores
+predeterminados para las abreviaturas. Por ejemplo, para asociar
+la abreviatura @code{-+} (@code{dashPlus}) con el símbolo del
+semitrino en lugar del símboloo predeterminado +, asigne el valor
+@code{trill} a la variable @code{dashPlus}:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar los valores predeterminados para la notación abreviada de las articulaciones"
+
texidoc = "
The shorthands are defined in @samp{ly/script-init.ly}, where the
variables @code{dashHat}, @code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash},
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
\time 4/4
\times 4/5 { c4 c1 }
\time 3/4
- c4
+ c2.
}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
-% possible rename to scheme- or something like that. -gp
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "@cindex Scheme Move Text
-Objects of the same type, like text, can be moved around by using some Scheme code.
-"
- doctitle = "Move specific text"
-} % begin verbatim
-
-#(define (make-text-checker text)
- (lambda (grob) (equal? text (ly:grob-property grob 'text))))
-
-\score {
- \relative c''' {
- \stemUp
- \applyOutput #'Voice
- #(outputproperty-compatibility
- (make-text-checker (make-simple-markup "m.d."))
- 'extra-offset '(-3.5 . -4.5))
- a^2^"m.d."
- }
- \layout { }
-}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede utilizar la propiedad
+@code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} para crear grupos de
+pentagramas anidados de forma más compleja. La instrucción
+@code{\set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} toma una
+lista alfabética del número de pentagramas producidos. Se puede
+proporcionar antes de cada pentagrama un delimitador de comienzo
+de sistema. Se debe encerrar entre corchetes y admite tantos
+pentagramas como encierren las llaves. Se pueden omitir los
+elementos de la lista, pero el primer corchete siempre abarca
+todos los pentagramas. Las posibilidades son
+@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBracket},
+@code{SystemStartBrace} y @code{SystemStartSquare}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Anidado de grupos de pentagramas"
+
texidoc = "
The property @code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} can be used to make
more complex nested staff groups. The command @code{\\set
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation"
@code{alteración} es @code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (observe
la coma precedente.)
-
Alternativamente, para cada elemento de la lista el uso del formato
más conciso @code{(paso . alteración)} especifica que la misma
alteración debe estar en todas las octavas.
-
He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala
exátona:
+
"
texidoc = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, text"
doctitle = "Ottava text"
} % begin verbatim
{
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
c''1
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
c'1
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"Text"
c''1
}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "spacing"
texidoc = "Page labels may be placed inside music or at top-level,
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "repeats"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Measure repeats of more than two repeats can get a counter when the
+convenient property is switched, as shown in this example:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Percent repeat counter"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c'' {
+ \set countPercentRepeats = ##t
+ \repeat percent 4 { c1 }
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "percussion"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "keyboards, template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Muchas partituras de piano tienen las indicaciones dinámicas
+centradas entre los dos pentagramas. Esto requiere un poco de
+trucaje, pero puesto que la plantilla está aquí mismo, no tenemos
+que hacer este trucaje por nuestra cuenta.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con matices centrados"
+
lsrtags = "expressive-marks,keyboards,template"
texidoc = "
Many piano scores have the dynamics centered between the two staves.
}
pedal = {
- s2\sustainDown s\sustainUp
+ s2\sustainOn s\sustainOff
}
\score {
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, keyboards, template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, keyboards, template"
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+It is possible to exercise greater control over the placement of
+right-hand fingerings by setting a specific property, as demonstrated
+in the following example.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Placement of right-hand fingerings"
+} % begin verbatim
+#(define RH rightHandFinger)
+
+\relative c {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+
+ \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up down)
+ <c-\RH #1 e-\RH #2 g-\RH #3 c-\RH #4 >4
+
+ \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(up right down)
+ <c-\RH #1 e-\RH #2 g-\RH #3 c-\RH #4 >4
+
+ \set strokeFingerOrientations = #'(left)
+ <c-\RH #1 e-\RH #2 g-\RH #3 c-\RH #4 >2
+}
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Polyphony is created the same way in a @code{TabStaff} as in a regular
+staff.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Polyphony in tablature"
+} % begin verbatim
+upper = \relative c' {
+ \time 12/8
+ \key e \minor
+ \voiceOne
+ r4. r8 e, fis g16 b g e e' b c b a g fis e
+}
+
+lower = \relative c {
+ \key e \minor
+ \voiceTwo
+ r16 e d c b a g4 fis8 e fis g a b c
+}
+
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new StaffGroup = "tab with traditional" <<
+ \new Staff = "guitar traditional" <<
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ \context Voice = "upper" \upper
+ \context Voice = "lower" \lower
+ >>
+ \new TabStaff = "guitar tab" <<
+ \context TabVoice = "upper" \upper
+ \context TabVoice = "lower" \lower
+ >>
+ >>
+ >>
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
doctitlees = "Posicionar los silencios multicompás"
texidoces = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats, breaks"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches"
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "repeats, tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "
+A @code{|:} bar line can be printed at the beginning of a piece, by
+overriding the relevant property:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Printing a repeat sign at the beginning of a piece"
+} % begin verbatim
+\relative c'' {
+ \once \override Score.BreakAlignment #'break-align-orders =
+ #(make-vector 3 '(instrument-name
+ left-edge
+ ambitus
+ span-bar
+ breathing-sign
+ clef
+ key-signature
+ time-signature
+ staff-bar
+ custos
+ span-bar))
+ \bar "|:"
+ c1
+ d1
+ d4 e f g
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden imprimir reguladores con un círculo en la punta
+(notación «al niente») estableciendo la propiedad
+@code{circled-tip} del objeto @code{Hairpin} al valor @code{#t}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Impresión de reguladores utilizando la notación «al niente»"
+
texidoc = "
Hairpins may be printed with a circled tip (al niente notation) by
setting the @code{circled-tip} property of the @code{Hairpin} object to
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, expressive-marks, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoces = "
+De forma predeterminada, las indicaciones metronómicas y las
+letras de ensayo se imprimen encima del pentagrama. Para
+colocarlas debajo del pentagrama, simplemente ajustamos
+adecuadamente las propiedades @code{side-axis} y @code{direction}
+de @code{MetronomeMark} o de @code{RehearsalMark}.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Impresión de indicaciones metronómicas y letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama"
+
texidoc = "
By default, metronome and rehearsal marks are printed above the staff.
-To place them below the staff simply set the @code{side-axis} and
-@code{direction} properties of @code{MetronomeMark} or
-@code{RehearsalMark} appropriately.
+To place them below the staff simply set the @code{direction} property
+of @code{MetronomeMark} or @code{RehearsalMark} appropriately.
"
doctitle = "Printing metronome and rehearsal marks below the staff"
} % begin verbatim
-{
- % Metronome marks below the staff
+\layout { ragged-right = ##f }
- \override Score.MetronomeMark #'side-axis = #Y
+{
+ % Metronome marks below the staff
\override Score.MetronomeMark #'direction = #DOWN
\tempo 8. = 120
c''1
% Rehearsal marks below the staff
-
- \override Score.RehearsalMark #'side-axis = #Y
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'direction = #DOWN
\mark \default
c''1
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, percussion"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, spacing"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la
+transposición de la fuente tanto como la del destino. En este
+ejemplo, todos los instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido
+del Do central; el destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa.
+La parte de destino se puede transponer utilizando
+@code{\transpose}. En este caso se transportan todas las notas
+(incluidas las citadas).
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Citar otra voz con transposición"
lsrtags = "pitches,staff-notation"
texidoc = "Quotations take into account the transposition of both
source and target. In this example, all instruments play sounding
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation"
texidoc = "With @code{\\quote}, fragments of previously entered
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides, breaks"
measure-counter.ly
+adding-volta-brackets-to-additional-staves.ly
+isolated-percent-repeats.ly
+volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly
+printing-a-repeat-sign-at-the-beginning-of-a-piece.ly
positioning-segno-and-coda-with-line-break.ly
shortening-volta-brackets.ly
volta-multi-staff.ly
+percent-repeat-counter.ly
volta-below-chords.ly
-volta-text-markup-using-repeatcommands.ly
-adding-volta-brackets-to-additional-staves.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
"
+
texidoc = "
Rests may be used in various styles.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, tweaks-and-overrides"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Si la nota que da fin a un regulador cae sobre la primera parte de
+un compás, el regulador se detiene en la línea divisoria
+inmediatamente precedente. Se puede controlar este comportamiento
+sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{to-barline}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Establecer el comportamiento de los reguladores en las barras de compás"
+
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
texidoc = "If the note which ends a hairpin falls on a downbeat,
the hairpin stops at the bar line immediately preceding. This behavior
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Si los reguladores son demasiado cortos, se pueden alargar
+modificando la propiedad @code{minimum-length} del objeto
+@code{Hairpin}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ajustar la longitud mínima de los reguladores"
+
texidoc = "
If hairpins are too short, they can be lengthened by modifying the
@code{minimum-length} property of the @code{Hairpin} object.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden imprimir los acordes exclusivamente al comienzo de las
+líneas y cuando cambia el acorde.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Imprimir los acordes cuando se produce un cambio"
+
texidoc = "
Chord names can be displayed only at the start of lines and when the
chord changes.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords"
+ texidoces = "
+Al juntar nombres de acorde en cifrado americano, melodía y letra,
+obtenemos una hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet»:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet» sencilla"
+
texidoc = "
When put together, chord names, a melody, and lyrics form a lead sheet:
forcing-horizontal-shift-of-notes.ly
additional-voices-to-avoid-collisions.ly
-suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
-clusters.ly
+changing-partcombine-texts.ly
changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
combining-two-parts-on-the-same-staff.ly
+clusters.ly
+suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, chords, template"
+ texidoces = "
+Esta plantilla facilita la preparación de una canción con melodía,
+letra y acordes.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música, letra y acordes"
+
texidoc = "
This template allows the preparation of a song with melody, words, and
chords.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, chords, template"
+ texidoces = "
+Presentamos a continuación un ejemplo de plantilla para una hoja
+guía de acordes con melodía, letra, acordes y diagramas de
+trastes.
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla para un pentagrama único con música, letra, acordes y trastes"
+
texidoc = "
Here is a simple lead sheet template with melody, lyrics, chords and
fret diagrams.
} % begin verbatim
% Define the fret diagrams to be used
cFretDiagram = \markup {
- \fret-diagram #"5-3-3;4-2-2;3-o;2-1-1;1-o"
+ \fret-diagram #"6-x;5-3-3;4-2-2;3-o;2-1-1;1-o;"
}
gFretDiagram = \markup {
- \fret-diagram #"6-3-2;5-2-1;4-o;3-o;2-o;1-3-3"
+ \fret-diagram #"6-3-2;5-2-1;4-o;3-o;2-o;1-3-3;"
}
verseI = \lyricmode {
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "chords, template"
+ texidoces = "
+¿Quiere preparar una hoja guía de acordes (o «lead sheet») con
+melodía y acordes? ¡No busque más!
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música y acordes"
+
texidoc = "
Want to prepare a lead sheet with a melody and chords? Look no further!
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, vocal-music"
removing-the-first-empty-line.ly
quoting-another-voice.ly
volta-multi-staff.ly
+modern-tab-text-clef.ly
non-traditional-key-signatures.ly
measure-counter.ly
adding-ambitus-per-voice.ly
changing-the-staff-size.ly
use-square-bracket-at-the-start-of-a-staff-group.ly
quoting-another-voice-with-transposition.ly
+letter-tablature-formatting.ly
inserting-score-fragments-above-a-staff,-as-markups.ly
volta-below-chords.ly
nesting-staves.ly
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+The direction of stems is controlled the same way in tablature as in
+traditional notation. Beams can be made horizontal, as shown in this
+example.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Stem and beam behavior in tablature"
+} % begin verbatim
+\new TabStaff {
+ \relative c {
+ g16 b d g b d g b
+ \stemDown
+ \override Beam #'damping = #+inf.0
+ g,,16 b d g b d g b
+ }
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "unfretted-strings, template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "unfretted-strings, template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "simultaneous-notes,tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "paper-and-layout"
texidoc = "A table of contents is included using
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms, text"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
"
doctitle = "Time signature in parentheses"
} % begin verbatim
-tsMarkup = \markup {
- \override #'(baseline-skip . 0)
- \number {
- \bracket \column { 2 4 }
- }
-}
-
\relative c'' {
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #ly:text-interface::print
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'text = #tsMarkup
+ \override Staff.TimeSignature #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ (bracketify-stencil (ly:time-signature::print grob) Y 0.1 0.2 0.1))
\time 2/4
a4 b8 c
}
+++ /dev/null
-%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
-%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
-
-\header {
- lsrtags = "ancient-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
-
- texidoc = "
-As a workaround to get real incipits which are independent from the
-main score these are included as a markup into the field normally used
-for the instrument name. As for now lyrics can only be added as a
-direct markup. It doesn't unfortunately conform with the spacing of the
-main lyrics.
-
-"
- doctitle = "Transcription of Ancient music with incipit"
-} % begin verbatim
-global = {
- \set Score.skipBars = ##t
- \key g \major
- \time 4/4
-
- %make the staff lines invisible on staves
- \override Staff.BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- \skip 1*8 % the actual music
-
- % let finis bar go through all staves
- \override Staff.BarLine #'transparent = ##f
-
- % finis bar
- \bar "|."
-}
-
-
-discantusNotes = {
- \transpose c' c'' {
- \clef "treble"
- d'2. d'4 |
- b e' d'2 |
- c'4 e'4.( d'8 c' b |
- a4) b a2 |
- b4.( c'8 d'4) c'4 |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t c'1 |
- b\breve |
- }
-}
-
-discantusLyrics = \lyricmode {
- Ju -- bi -- |
- la -- te De -- |
- o, om --
- nis ter -- |
- ra, __ om- |
- "..." |
- -us. |
-}
-
-altusNotes = {
- \transpose c' c'' {
- \clef "treble"
- r2 g2. e4 fis g | % two bars
- a2 g4 e |
- fis g4.( fis16 e fis4) |
- g1 |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t g1 |
- g\breve |
- }
-}
-
-altusLyrics = \lyricmode {
- Ju -- bi -- la -- te | % two bars
- De -- o, om -- |
- nis ter -- ra, |
- "..." |
- -us. |
-}
-
-tenorNotes = {
- \transpose c' c' {
- \clef "treble_8"
- R1 |
- R1 |
- R1 |
- r2 d'2. d'4 b e' | % two bars
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t e'1 |
- d'\breve |
- }
-}
-
-tenorLyrics = \lyricmode {
- Ju -- bi -- la -- te | % two bars
- "..." |
- -us.
-}
-
-bassusNotes = {
- \transpose c' c' {
- \clef "bass"
- R1 |
- R1 |
- R1 |
- R1 |
- g2. e4 |
- \once \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t e1 |
- g\breve |
- }
-}
-
-bassusLyrics = \lyricmode {
- Ju -- bi- |
- "..." |
- -us.
-}
-
-incipitDiscantus = \markup{
- \score{
- {
- \set Staff.instrumentName="Discantus "
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
- \cadenzaOn
- \clef "neomensural-c1"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- c''1._"IV-" s2 %two bars
- \skip 1*8 % eight bars
- }
- \layout {
- \context {\Voice
- \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
- \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
- }
- line-width=4.5\cm
- }
- }
-}
-
-incipitAltus = \markup{
- \score{
- {
- \set Staff.instrumentName="Altus "
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
- \cadenzaOn
- \clef "neomensural-c3"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- r1 % one bar
- f'1._"IV-" s2 % two bars
- \skip 1*7 % seven bars
- }
- \layout {
- \context {\Voice
- \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
- \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
- }
- line-width=4.5\cm
- }
- }
-}
-
-incipitTenor = \markup{
- \score{ {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = "Tenor "
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
- \cadenzaOn
- \clef "neomensural-c4"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- r\longa % four bars
- r\breve % two bars
- r1 % one bar
- c'1._"IV-" s2 % two bars
- \skip 1 % one bar
- }
- \layout {
- \context {\Voice
- \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
- \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
- }
- line-width=4.5\cm
-}
-}
-}
-
-incipitBassus = \markup{
- \score{ {
- \set Staff.instrumentName = "Bassus "
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Rest #'style = #'neomensural
- \override Staff.TimeSignature #'style = #'neomensural
- \cadenzaOn
- \clef "bass"
- \key f \major
- \time 2/2
- % incipit
- r\maxima % eight bars
- f1._"IV-" s2 % two bars
- }
- \layout {
- \context {\Voice
- \remove Ligature_bracket_engraver
- \consists Mensural_ligature_engraver
- }
- line-width=4.5\cm
- }
- }
-}
-
-%StaffGroup is used instead of ChoirStaff to get bar lines between systems
-\score {
- <<
- \new StaffGroup = choirStaff <<
- \new Voice =
- "discantusNotes" << \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitDiscantus
- \discantusNotes >>
- \new Lyrics =
- "discantusLyrics" \lyricsto discantusNotes { \discantusLyrics }
-
- \new Voice =
- "altusNotes" << \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitAltus
- \altusNotes >>
- \new Lyrics =
- "altusLyrics" \lyricsto altusNotes { \altusLyrics }
-
- \new Voice =
- "tenorNotes" << \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitTenor
- \tenorNotes >>
- \new Lyrics =
- "tenorLyrics" \lyricsto tenorNotes { \tenorLyrics }
-
- \new Voice =
- "bassusNotes" << \global
- \set Staff.instrumentName=\incipitBassus
- \bassusNotes >>
- >>
- \new Lyrics =
- "bassusLyrics" \lyricsto bassusNotes { \bassusLyrics }
- %Keep the bass lyrics outside of the staff group to avoid bar lines
- %between the lyrics.
- >>
-
- \layout {
- \context {
- \Score
-
- % no bars in staves
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t
- }
- % the next three instructions keep the lyrics between the barlines
- \context { \Lyrics
- \consists "Bar_engraver"
- \override BarLine #'transparent = ##t }
- \context { \StaffGroup \consists "Separating_line_group_engraver" }
- \context {
- \Voice
-
- % no slurs
- \override Slur #'transparent = ##t
-
- % Comment in the below "\remove" command to allow line
- % breaking also at those barlines where a note overlaps
- % into the next bar. The command is commented out in this
- % short example score, but especially for large scores, you
- % will typically yield better line breaking and thus improve
- % overall spacing if you comment in the following command.
- %\remove "Forbid_line_break_engraver"
- }
- indent=5\cm
- }
-}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
doctitlees = "Transportar música con el menor número de alteraciones"
texidoces = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "pitches, staff-notation, tweaks-and-overrides"
drawing-boxes-around-grobs.ly
manually-controlling-beam-positions.ly
custodes.ly
-move-specific-text.ly
+printing-a-repeat-sign-at-the-beginning-of-a-piece.ly
creating-text-spanners.ly
rest-styles.ly
+horizontally-aligning-custom-dynamics-e.g.-sempre-pp,-piu-f,-subito-p.ly
+how-to-change-fret-diagram-position.ly
using-the--tweak-command-to-tweak-individual-grobs.ly
suppressing-warnings-for-clashing-note-columns.ly
controlling-tuplet-bracket-visibility.ly
positioning-multi--measure-rests.ly
changing-the-staff-size.ly
+customizing-markup-fret-diagrams.ly
changing-text-and-spanner-styles-for-text-dynamics.ly
+fine-tuning-pedal-brackets.ly
controlling-the-vertical-ordering-of-scripts.ly
+inserting-a-caesura.ly
vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly
changing-properties-for-individual-grobs.ly
vertically-aligned-dynamics-and-textscripts.ly
tweaking-clef-properties.ly
proportional-strict-notespacing.ly
making-an-object-invisible-with-the-transparent-property.ly
-transcription-of-ancient-music-with-incipit.ly
alignment-vertical-spacing.ly
drawing-circles-around-various-objects.ly
+analysis-brackets-above-the-staff.ly
+fret-diagrams-explained-and-developed.ly
removing-the-first-empty-line.ly
caesura-railtracks-with-fermata.ly
changing-form-of-multi--measure-rests.ly
time-signature-in-parentheses.ly
changing-a-single-notes-size-in-a-chord.ly
+customizing-fretboard-fret-diagrams.ly
creating-simultaneous-rehearsal-marks.ly
nesting-staves.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "staff-notation, contexts-and-engravers"
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede usar el delimitador de comienzo de un sistema
+@code{SystemStartSquare} estableciéndolo explícitamente dentro de
+un contexto @code{StaffGroup} o @code{ChoirStaffGroup}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Uso del corchete recto al comienzo de un grupo de pentagramas"
+
texidoc = "
The system start delimiter @code{SystemStartSquare} can be used by
setting it explicitly in a @code{StaffGroup} or @code{ChoirStaffGroup}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Algunos compositores escriben dos ligaduras cuando quieren acordes
+legato. Esto se puede conseguir estableciendo @code{doubleSlurs}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Utilizar ligaduras dobes para acordes legato"
+
texidoc = "
Some composers write two slurs when they want legato chords. This can
be achieved by setting @code{doubleSlurs}.
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
texidoc = "
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "rhythms"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
%% Edit this file using a Unicode aware editor, such as GVIM, GEDIT, Emacs
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides, spacing"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "expressive-marks"
+ texidoces = "
+Las expresiones dinámicas que se comienzan, terminan o se producen
+en la misma nota se alinean verticalmente. Para asegurar que las
+expresiones dinámicas se alinean cuando no se producen sobre la
+misma nota, incremente la propiedad @code{staff-padding} del
+objeto @code{DynamicLineSpanner}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alinear verticalmente expresiones dinámicas que abarcan varias notas"
+
texidoc = "
Dynamics that occur at, begin on, or end on the same note will be
vertically aligned. To ensure that dynamics are aligned when they do
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, tweaks-and-overrides, spacing"
--- /dev/null
+%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
+%% This file is in the public domain.
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "vocal-music"
+
+ texidoc = "
+In a vocal piece where there are several (two,four or more) lines of
+lyrics, and common lyrics for all voices at some point, these common
+lyrics may be vertically centered regardingly, as shown in the
+following example:
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Vertically centered common lyrics"
+} % begin verbatim
+
+\include "english.ly"
+leftbrace = \markup { \override #'(font-encoding . fetaBraces) \lookup #"brace240" }
+rightbrace = \markup { \rotate #180 \leftbrace }
+
+dropLyrics =
+{
+ \override LyricText #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -5)
+ \override LyricHyphen #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -5)
+ \override LyricExtender #'extra-offset = #'(0 . -5)
+}
+
+raiseLyrics =
+{
+ \revert LyricText #'extra-offset
+ \revert LyricHyphen #'extra-offset
+ \revert LyricExtender #'extra-offset
+}
+
+skipFour = \repeat unfold 4 { \skip 8 }
+
+lyricsA = \lyricmode { The first verse has \dropLyrics the com -- mon
+__ words \raiseLyrics used in all four. }
+lyricsB = \lyricmode { In stan -- za two, \skipFour al -- so ap -- pear. }
+lyricsC = \lyricmode { By the third verse, \skipFour are get -- ting dull. }
+lyricsD = \lyricmode { Last stan -- za, and \skipFour get used once more. }
+
+melody = \relative c' { c4 d e f g f e8( e f) d4 c e d c }
+
+\score
+{
+ <<
+ \new Voice = m \melody
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsA
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsB
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsC
+ \new Lyrics \lyricsto m \lyricsD
+ >>
+}
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, keyboards, template"
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "text, vocal-music, contexts-and-engravers, template"
+ texidoces = "
+Esta plantilla es, básicamente, la misma que la sencilla plantilla
+\"Conjunto vocal\", excepto que aquí todas las líneas de letra se
+colocan utilizando @code{alignAboveContext} y
+@code{alignBelowContext}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla para conjunto vocal con letras alineadas encima y debajo de los pentagramas"
+
texidoc = "
This template is basically the same as the simple \"Vocal ensemble\"
template, with the exception that here all the lyrics lines are placed
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from LSR http://lsr.dsi.unimi.it
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "vocal-music, template"
single-staff-template-with-notes,-lyrics,-and-chords.ly
formatting-lyrics-syllables.ly
vertically-aligning-ossias-and-lyrics.ly
+vertically-centered-common-lyrics.ly
demo-midiinstruments.ly
vocal-ensemble-template.ly
adjusting-lyrics-vertical-spacing.ly
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante la adición del grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
+pentagrama pertinente, se pueden poner los corchetes de primera y
+segunda vez debajo de los acordes.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Corchetes de primera y segunda vez debajo de los acordes"
+
lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation,chords"
texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
staff, volte can be put under chords."
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation,fretted-strings"
+ lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation"
texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
staff, volte can be put over staves other than the topmost
one in a score."
%% Do not edit this file; it is auto-generated from input/new
%% This file is in the public domain.
-\version "2.11.49"
+\version "2.11.55"
\header {
lsrtags = "repeats"
it in the command list using the Scheme syntax
@w{@code{#(list (list 'volta textIdentifier))}}. Start- and end-repeat commands
can be added as separate list elements:"
-doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{\\repeatCommands}"
+doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{repeatCommands}"
} % begin verbatim
voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
--- /dev/null
+@node World music
+@unnumbered World music
+
+@ruser{World music}
+
+@lysnippets
+
--- /dev/null
+makam.ly
+arabic-improvisation.ly
-
depth = ../..
-STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation texinfo tex
-LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=lilypond ly lysdoc
-
-## Hmm, would this work? No -- if we really want examples, move
-## to other dir (input/) comes to mind.
-## examples = font20 ancient-font
-## LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES += ly mutopia
+STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES=documentation
EXTRA_DIST_FILES= README
+EXTRA_DIST_FILES+=$(call src-wildcard,*.ly)
+EXTRA_DIST_FILES+=$(call src-wildcard,*.ily)
include $(depth)/make/stepmake.make
-
-TITLE=LilyPond Examples from the Manual
-\version "2.11.48"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
indent=0\cm
}
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
\include "gregorian-init.ly"
\score {
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = " Chord names are generated from a list pitches. The
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "@cindex Chord Names German
The english naming of chords (default) can be changed to german
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.51"
+#(set-global-staff-size 15)
+\paper{
+ ragged-right=##f
+ line-width=15\cm
+ indent=0\cm
+}
+
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
+theChords = \chordmode {
+ \time 2/2
+ f1 | c2 f2 | f1 | c2 f2| %\break
+ f2 bes2 | f1 | c2:7 f | c1 | \break
+}
+
+verseOne = \lyricmode{
+ \set stanza = "1. "
+ Fair is the sun - shine,
+ Fair - er the moon - light
+ And all the stars __ _ in heav'n a -- bove;
+}
+
+verseTwo = \lyricmode{
+ \set stanza = "2. "
+ Fair are the mead - ows,
+ Fair - er the wood - land,
+ Robed in the flow -- ers of bloom -- ing spring;
+}
+
+Soprano = {
+ \time 2/2
+ \key f \major
+ \stemUp
+ f'2 f'4 f' | g'4 e' f'2 | a'4. a'8 a'4 a' | bes'4 g' a'2 |
+c''2 f''4 d'' | c''2 bes'4 a' | bes'2 a' | g'1 |
+}
+
+Alto = {
+ \key f \major
+ c'2 c'4 c' | d'4 c' c'2 | f'4. f'8 f'4 ges' | g'4 e' f'2 |
+ f'2 f'4 f' | f'2 g'4 f' | e'2 f' | e'1 |
+}
+
+Tenor = {
+ \key f \major
+ \stemDown
+ a2 a4 a | bes4 g a2 | c'4. c'8 d'4 d' | d'4 c' c'2 |
+ a2 d'4 bes | a2 c'4 c' | c'2 c' | c'1 |
+}
+
+Bass = {
+ \key f \major
+ f2 f4 f | bes,4 c f2 | f4. e8 d4 c | bes,4 c f2 |
+ f2 bes,4 d | f2 e4 f | g2 f | c1 |
+}
+
+
+\score {
+ <<
+ \new ChordNames { \theChords }
+ \context Staff = upper {
+ \context Voice = sop {
+ <<
+ \Soprano
+ \Alto
+ >>
+ }
+ }
+ \context Lyrics="LyrOne" \lyricsto "sop" {\verseOne}
+ \context Lyrics="LyrTwo" \lyricsto "sop" {\verseTwo}
+ \context Staff = lower {
+ \new Voice {
+ \clef bass
+ #(set-accidental-style 'modern-cautionary)
+ <<
+ \Tenor
+ \Bass
+ >>
+ }
+ }
+ >>
+
+\layout {
+ %between-system-space = 1\mm
+ indent = 0
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
+ }
+ \context { \Staff
+ \override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'(-1 . 1)
+ }
+ }
+}
+\paper { }
--- /dev/null
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+
+mychords = \chordmode {c1 c:m c:aug c:dim c:7 c:maj7 c:m7 \break }
+
+chordsline = {
+ \mychords
+ \transpose c cis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c des {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c d {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c dis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c ees {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c e {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c f {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c fis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c ges {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c g {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c gis {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c aes {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c a {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c ais {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c bes {
+ \mychords
+ }
+ \transpose c b {
+ \mychords
+ }
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+ \context Staff {
+ \chordsline
+ }
+>>
" }
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "gregorian-init.ly"
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
indent=0\cm
}
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
% NR 1.7 Editorial annotations
% Beethoven, Op. 31, No. 3
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper{
- ragged-right=##t
- line-width=17\cm
- indent=0\cm
+\paper {
+ line-width = 16\cm
+ indent = 0\cm
}
-
+
% NR 1.3 Expressive marks
% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 49 no. 1
\once \override TextScript #'staff-padding = #2
d'8 \staccato
^ \markup { \column {
- "RONDO"
- \italic "Allegro" } }
+ RONDO
+ \italic Allegro } }
d'8 \staccato
g'8 \staccato
a'8 \staccato
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.51"
+#(set-global-staff-size 15)
+\paper{
+ ragged-right=##f
+ line-width=16\cm
+ indent=1.5\cm
+}
+
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
+% NR 2.7.3 Figured bass
+
+% Arcangelo Corelli, 12 Sonate da Camera, Op. 2
+% Sonata II, Allemanda
+% measures 1 - 88
+% Coded by Neil Puttock; modified by Carl Sorensen
+
+extendOn = \bassFigureExtendersOn
+extendOff = \bassFigureExtendersOff
+
+\score {
+
+ \new StaffGroup <<
+
+ \new GrandStaff <<
+
+ \new Staff = "violinoI" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
+ \hcenter-in #11
+ \line { Violino I. }
+ }
+ \time 4/4
+ \mark \markup { \italic Adagio. }
+ \partial 8
+ r16 a'16 |
+ a'8. [ d''16 d''8. e''16 ] cis''8 a'4 a''16 bes''16 |
+ cis''8 d''16 ( e'' ) e''8. d''16 d''4 r8 d''16 e''16 |
+ f''8 f''4 g''16 ( f''16 ) e''8 e''4 f''16 ( e''16 ) |
+ d''8. d''16 g''16 ( f''16 ) e''16 ( d''16 ) cis''8
+ cis''4 cis''16 cis''16 |
+ d''8 d''8 c''8. c''16 c''8 ( b'4 ) b'16 b'16 |
+ c''8 c''8 bes'8. bes'16 bes'8 ( a'4 ) a''16 a''16 |
+ a''8 g''8 g''8. g''16 g''8 ( f''8 ) r8 f''8 |
+ }
+
+ \new Staff = "violinoII" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
+ \hcenter-in #11
+ \line { Violino II. }
+ }
+ \time 4/4
+ \partial 8
+ r16 f'16 |
+ f'8. g'16 g'4 a'4 r8 d''16 d''16 |
+ e''8 a'8 cis''8. d''16 d''4 r8 f''16 g''16 |
+ a''8 a''8 d''8. d''16 g'8 g'8 c''8. c''16 |
+ f'8. f''16 bes''16 ( a''16 ) g''16 ( f''16 ) e''8 e''4 e''16 e''16 |
+ a'8 fis''8 g''8 a''8 d''8 d''4 d''16 d''16 |
+ g'8 e''8 f''8 g''8 c''8 c''4 cis''16 cis''16 |
+ d''8 d''8 e''8. e''16 e''8 a'8 r8 d''8 |
+ }
+
+ >>
+
+ \new Staff = "violone" {
+ \set Staff.instrumentName = \markup {
+ \hcenter-in #13 {
+ \center-align {
+ Violone,
+ \line { e Cembalo. }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \time 4/4
+ \clef bass
+ \partial 8
+ r16 d16 |
+ d4 bes,4 a,4 f4 |
+ g8 f16 g16 a8 a,8 d4 d'4 ~ |
+ d'8 c'8 b4 c'8 c'16 bes16 a4 |
+ bes8 bes16 a16 g4 a8 a,4 a16 g16 |
+ fis8 d8 e8 fis8 g8 g,4 g16 f16 |
+ e8 c8 d8 e8 f8 f,4 a,8 |
+ b,4 cis4 d4 r8 d'8 |
+ }
+
+ \new FiguredBass \figuremode {
+ \set figuredBassAlterationDirection = #RIGHT
+ \set figuredBassPlusDirection = #RIGHT
+ \override VerticalAxisGroup #'minimum-Y-extent = #'()
+ \override BassFigureAlignment #'stacking-dir = #DOWN
+ s8 |
+ s4 <6>4 <_+>4 <6>4 |
+ <6 4\+ 2>8 <6>8 <_+> s8 s2 |
+ <5>8 <6 4>8 <6 5>4 s4 <5>8 <6>8 |
+ s4 <6 5 _-> <_+>2 |
+ <6>8 <_+>8 <6>8 <6 5>8 <5 4>8 \extendOn <5 _!>8 \extendOff s4 |
+ <6>4 <6->8 <6 5->8 <5 4->8 \extendOn <5 3>4 \extendOff <5 _+>8 |
+ <7>8 <6>8 <5>4 <9 4>8 <8 3>8 s4 |
+ }
+
+ >>
+
+ \layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(time-signature)
+ \override RehearsalMark #'self-alignment-X = #LEFT
+ \override TimeSignature #'break-align-anchor-alignment = #LEFT
+ }
+ }
+}
evenFooterMarkup = \markup {}
}
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(define-markup-command (doc-char layout props name) (string?)
(interpret-markup layout props
--- /dev/null
+% INSPIRATIONAL HEADER FOR LILYPOND DOCUMENTATION fretted-strings %
+% Passage from Johann Kaspar Mertz "Opern Revue, Op. 8, no. 17" %
+% on melodies from Bellini's "Norma" %
+%*****************************************************************%
+
+\version "2.11.51"
+
+#(set-global-staff-size 15)
+\paper{
+ ragged-end=##t
+ line-width=17\cm
+ indent=0\cm
+}
+
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
+%%%% shortcuts
+% fingering orientations
+ sfol = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(left)
+ sfor = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(right)
+ sfod = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(down)
+ sfou = \set fingeringOrientations = #'(up)
+
+% string number orientations
+ ssnol = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(left) %(down right up)
+ ssnou = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(up)
+ ssnod = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(down)
+ ssnor = \set stringNumberOrientations = #'(right)
+
+% define fingering offset
+FO = #(define-music-function (parser location offsetX offsetY) (number? number?)
+ #{
+ \once \override Voice.Fingering #'extra-offset = #(cons $offsetX $offsetY )
+ #})
+
+% markups
+ rit = \markup \center-align { \bold { \italic { " rit." } } }
+ dim = \markup \center-align { \italic { " dim." }}
+ andantino = \markup \left-align { \italic { \bold { \fontsize #+2.5 { "Andantino" }}}}
+ benmarcato = \markup { \italic { \bold { "il canto ben marcato" }}}
+
+%%% THE MUSIC %%%
+
+melody = \relative c {
+ \clef "treble_8"
+ \key d \major
+ \time 4/4
+% \override Staff.TimeSignature #'transparent = ##t
+ \voiceOne
+ \override Fingering #'staff-padding = #'()
+ \sfol
+ e,32 a' c e
+ e, a c e
+ e,, a' c e
+ e, a c e
+ f4\rest <e'-4>4-> | % m. 1
+
+ e,,,32 gis' b e
+ e, gis b e
+ e,, gis' b e
+ e, gis b e
+ f4\rest \FO #'0.4 #'0.5 <gis-1 e'-4>4 | % m. 2
+
+ d4\rest <b e>-> d4\rest^\rit <b e>4-> | % m. 3
+ <gis b e>1 | % m. 4
+
+ \bar "||"
+ \key a \minor
+ \override TupletNumber #'stencil = ##f
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##f
+ R1 % m. 5
+
+ e'4^\benmarcato e8. d16-4
+ d4-4 \times 2/3{\sfou \FO #'-0.3 #'0.6 <c-2>4 b8} | % end of m. 6
+
+ \FO #'-0.3 #'0.3
+ <a-3>4 \times 2/3{c4 b8} a4 e'8. e16 | % m. 7
+
+ \FO #'-0.3 #'0.3
+ <g-4>4 \times 2/3{\sfol \FO #'0.3 #'0.0 <f-1>4 e8} e4 % beg of m. 8
+ \times 2/3{\sfou <d-4>4 c8} | % end of m. 8
+
+ b4 \times 2/3{d4-4 c8} \sfou \FO #'-1.7 #'-1.5 <b-0>4 e | % end of m. 9
+
+ e4 e8. d16-4 d4 \times 2/3{c4 b8} | % m. 10
+
+ \times 2/3{a4 a8 b4 c8} % beg of m. 11
+ \sfou \FO #'-0.3 #'0.3
+ <d-4>4^\< \times 2/3{e4 <d f>8\!} | % end of m. 11
+}
+
+bass = \relative c {
+ \key d \major
+ \time 4/4
+ \voiceTwo
+ \override Fingering #'staff-padding = #'()
+
+ e,8\fp[ e'] e,[ e'] e,[ \sfol <c''-1> <a'-2> c,] | % m. 1
+
+ e,,8\fp[ e'] e,[ e'] e,[ \sfod \FO #'0.2 #'-0.2 <b''-1> % beg m. 2
+ \sfol \FO #'0.3 #'0.0 <e-2> b] | % end m. 2
+
+ e,,8 e' gis e e, e' gis_\dim e | % m. 3
+
+ e,1 | % m. 4
+
+%% new section starts here in A minor
+ \override TupletNumber #'stencil = ##f
+ \override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##f
+ \set tupletSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
+ \once \override TextScript #'staff-padding = #1.7
+ \times 2/3{a8\p[^\andantino e' a c a e ] a,[ e' a c a e ]} | % m. 5
+
+ \once \override DynamicText #'extra-offset = #'( -2.1 . 0.0 ) % beg m. 6
+ \once \override TextScript #'staff-padding = #'()
+ \once \override TextScript #'extra-offset = #'( 0.0 . 2.0 )
+ \times 2/3{a,8[\p_\markup {\italic { "dol." } } e' a c a e]}
+ \times 2/3{e,8[ \sfou <e'-3> <gis-1> c gis e]} | % end m. 6
+
+ \times 2/3{a,8[ <e'-2> a c e, b'] a,[ e' a c a e]} | % m. 7
+
+ \times 2/3{f,8[ f' a \sfol \FO #'0.3 #'-0.5 <d-4> a f] fis,[ d' a' d a d,]} | % m. 8
+
+ \times 2/3{<g,-3>8[ d' g d' g, d] % beg m. 9
+ \sfod \FO #'0.0 #'-2.0 <gis,-4>[ \sfou <e'-2> <gis-1> b gis e]} | % end m. 9
+
+ \times 2/3{a,8[ e' a c a e] e,[ e' gis c gis e]} | % m. 10
+
+ \times 2/3{a,8[ e' a b a e] f,[ f' a d a f]} | % m. 11
+}
+
+
+\score {
+ \context Staff = "guitar" <<
+ \context Voice = "upper" { \melody }
+ \context Voice = "lower" { \bass }
+ >>
+ \layout { }
+
+ \midi {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.51"
+\include "english.ly"
+
+#(set-global-staff-size 15)
+\paper {
+ line-width = 16\cm
+ indent = 0\cm
+}
+
+% NR 2.2 Keyboard instruments
+
+% M. Ravel, Sonatine (1905)
+% First movement
+
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \remove "Bar_number_engraver"
+ }
+}
+
+fermataLong = \markup {
+ \override #'(direction . 1)
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2) {
+ \dir-column {
+ \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata"
+ \text \italic \hcenter long
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\new PianoStaff <<
+ \set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
+ \new Staff {
+ \time 2/4
+ \key fs \major
+ <<
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceOne
+ fs''8 ( ^\markup {
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2.4) \column {
+ \line \bold { Un peu retenu }
+ \line \italic { très expressif }
+ }
+ }
+ es''16
+ cs''16
+ as'4 )
+ |
+ fs''8 (
+ es''16
+ cs''16
+ as'4 )
+ |
+ fs''8 (
+ es''16
+ cs''16
+ as'8
+ cs''8 )
+ |
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo
+ gs'8\rest \ppp
+ fs'4 (
+ es'8 )
+ |
+ gs'8\rest
+ fs'4 (
+ es'8 )
+ |
+ gs'8\rest
+ fs'4 (
+ es'8 )
+ |
+ }
+ >>
+ \clef bass
+ <ds b! es'>4 ( ^ \markup \bold { Rall. }
+ \override Script #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ ly:script::print (grob-interpret-markup grob fermataLong))
+ <ds' as'>8 ) \fermata
+ \noBeam
+ \clef treble
+ \slurUp
+ \once \override Hairpin #'to-barline = ##f
+ <as fs'>8 ( \pp \>
+ |
+ <gs b cs'>4. \! ) ^\markup \bold { a Tempo }
+ \slurUp
+ <as fs'>8 ^\( \>
+ |
+ <gs b cs'>4. \! \)
+ <<
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceOne
+ <as fs'>8 (
+ |
+ cs'8 ^\markup \bold { Rallentando }
+ b16
+ cs'16
+ d'8
+ e'16
+ fs'16
+ |
+ <as! cs' gs'>4. )
+ s8
+ |
+ r8
+ <cs'' as'' cs'''>4 \arpeggio
+ e''16 ( ^\markup \bold { Lent }
+ fs''16
+ |
+ \voiceTwo
+ <as'! cs'' gs''>2 )
+ |
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo
+ s8
+ |
+ <gs b>4 \<
+ <fs bs>4 \>
+ |
+ s4. \!
+ \slurUp
+ \once \override Script #'direction = #UP
+ <a bs e'>8 ( \accent
+ |
+ <as! cs' gs'>4. )
+ \once \override Hairpin #'to-barline = ##f
+ <a' bs'>8 \ppp \>
+ |
+ s8 \!
+ \stemDown
+ \once \override Script #'direction = #UP
+ #(set-octavation 1)
+ \voiceOne
+ \once \override PianoStaff.Arpeggio #'padding = #0.8
+ <cs''' as''' cs''''>4. \arpeggio \fermata
+ #(set-octavation 0)
+ \bar "|."
+ }
+ >>
+ }
+ \new Staff <<
+ \set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
+ \key fs \major
+ \clef bass
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceOne
+ ds'4 \tenuto
+ cs'4 \tenuto
+ |
+ ds'4 \tenuto
+ cs'4 \tenuto
+ |
+ ds'4 \tenuto
+ cs'4 \tenuto
+ |
+ s8
+ \clef treble
+ <b' cs''>8 [
+ \clef bass
+ <es b cs'>8 \fermata ]
+ s8
+ |
+ fs8\rest
+ \clef treble
+ <b' cs''>4 \tenuto
+ s8
+ |
+ fs8\rest
+ \clef treble
+ <b' cs''>4 \tenuto
+ s8
+ |
+ s2
+ |
+ ds8\rest
+ \clef treble
+ <as' cs''>4
+ \clef bass
+ s8
+ |
+ s8
+ \clef treble
+ <as'>4 \arpeggio
+ \clef bass
+ s8
+ |
+ s8
+ \clef treble
+ <as''>4. \arpeggio \fermata
+ |
+ }
+ \new Voice {
+ \voiceTwo
+ ds'8 [ (
+ < ds bs >8
+ cs'8
+ < ds as >8 ] )
+ |
+ ds'8 [ (
+ < ds bs >8
+ cs'8
+ < ds as >8 ] )
+ |
+ ds'8 [ (
+ < ds bs >8
+ cs'8
+ < ds as >8 ] )
+ |
+ \once \override Script #'outside-staff-priority = #100
+ \once \override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = #500
+ <cs, gs,>4. \fermata _\markup \italic { ped. }
+ <fs, cs>8 (
+ |
+ <e, b,>4. ) \sustainOn
+ \clef bass
+ <fs, cs>8 \( \sustainOff
+ |
+ <e, b,>4. \) \sustainOn
+ \clef bass
+ <fs, cs>8 ( \sustainOff
+ |
+ <e, b,>4
+ <d, a,>4
+ |
+ <fs,, cs,>4. ) \sustainOn
+ <a, e>8 ( \sustainOff
+ |
+ <fs, cs>4. ) \sustainOn
+ \slurUp
+ <a e'>8 ( \sustainOff \sustainOn
+ |
+ <fs cs'>2 ) \sustainOff \sustainOn
+ |
+ }
+ >>
+>>
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Note head shapes may be set from several choices.
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
indent=0\cm
}
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
% NR 1.1 Pitches
% L. v. Beethoven
% LH Staff
\new Staff {
\override Staff.SustainPedalLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #5
- <gs' e'>2 ( \sustainDown
- <fs' ds' b>4 \sustainUp
+ <gs' e'>2 ( \sustainOn
+ <fs' ds' b>4 \sustainOff
<e' cs'>4
|
<ds' bs gs>2
- <cs' a>2 ) \sustainDown
+ <cs' a>2 ) \sustainOn
|
\clef bass
\slurDown
- <ds' b! a fs>2 ( \sustainUp
+ <ds' b! a fs>2 ( \sustainOff
<e' b gs>4
- <fs' cs' a>4 \sustainDown
+ <fs' cs' a>4 \sustainOn
|
\clef treble
\voiceOne
}
\new Voice {
\voiceTwo
- b1 \sustainUp
+ b1 \sustainOff
}
>>
\oneVoice
<e cs>4
|
<ds bs, gs,>2
- <cs a,>2 ) \sustainDown
+ <cs a,>2 ) \sustainOn
|
- <b,! b,,!>1 ( \sustainUp
+ <b,! b,,!>1 ( \sustainOff
|
<e e,>4 )
r4 r2
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper{
- ragged-right=##t
- line-width=17\cm
- indent=0\cm
+\paper {
+ line-width = 16\cm
+ indent = 0\cm
}
-
+
% NR 1.7 Repeats
% Beethoven, Op. 57
% Movt II, Andante con moto
% Measures 9 - 16
-\layout { }
-
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff = RH {
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #9
\bar "|:"
<af ef c>4 (
- <af g c>8..
+ <af gf c>8..
<af ef c>32
|
<af f df>8. )
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
-\paper{
- ragged-right=##t
- line-width=17\cm
- indent=0\cm
+\paper {
+ line-width = 16\cm
+ indent = 0\cm
}
-
+
% NR 1.2 Rhythms
% Beethoven, Op. 81a
% Measures 31 - 34
\layout {
- \context {
- \Score
- \override SpacingSpanner #'base-shortest-duration =
- #(ly:make-moment 1 40)
+ \context {
+ \Score
+ \override SpacingSpanner #'base-shortest-duration =
+ #(ly:make-moment 1 40)
%\override SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
- }
+ }
}
\new PianoStaff <<
\time 2/4
\set Score.currentBarNumber = #31
- <c'' c'>8 (
+ <c''' c''>8 ( -\markup {
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2) \italic \column {
+ \line { a tempo }
+ cantabile
+ }
+ }
<g'' g'>8 )
~
<g'' g'>8 (
|
\afterGrace
- <f'' f'>8 (
+ <f'' f'>8 [ (
{
e''16 [
f''16
d''16 ]
}
<e''! e'>16
- <f'' f'>16 )
- <g'' g'>16 ( \staccato
+ <f'' f'>16 ] )
+ \once \override TextScript #'padding = #3.8
+ <g'' g'>16 ( \staccato -\markup { \italic cresc. }
<a'' a'>16 ) \staccato
<bf'' bf'>32 (
<b'' b'>32 )
<c''' c''>32 )
|
-
- b''32 (
+
+ \once \override DynamicLineSpanner #'padding = #2
+ b''32 ( \p \>
c'''32
d'''32
- c'''32 )
+ c'''32 ) \!
g''8 (
~
g''32 [
|
\afterGrace
- <f'' f'>8 (
+ <f'' f'>8 [ (
{
e''16 [
f''16
d''16 ]
}
<e''! e'>16
- <f'' f'>16 )
- <g'' g'>16 ( \staccato
+ <f'' f'>16 ] )
+ <g'' g'>16 ( \staccato -\markup { \italic cresc. }
<af''! af'!>16 ) \staccato
<bf'' bf'>32 (
<b'' b'>32 )
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
title = "Screech and boink"
subtitle = "Random complex notation"
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
% this chart is used in the manual too.
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
indent=0\cm
}
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
% NR 1.5 Simultaneous notes
% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 111
}
}
+trillflat =
+ \once \override TrillSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text =
+ #(markup #:translate-scaled '(-0.05 . -1)
+ #:concat (#:musicglyph "scripts.trill"
+ #:translate '(-0.5 . 1.9) #:fontsize -7 #:flat))
+
+
\new PianoStaff <<
% RH
|
+ \trillflat
af''4. \startTrillSpan
~
af''8.
|
d''8. \stopTrillSpan
+ \trillflat
d''4. \startTrillSpan
~
|
+ \trillflat
d''4. \startTrillSpan
~
d''8.
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
indent=0\cm
}
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
% NR 1.6 Staff notation
% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 106
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "english.ly"
#(set-global-staff-size 15)
\paper{
- ragged-right=##t
- line-width=17\cm
- indent=0\cm
+ line-width = 16\cm
+ indent = 0\cm
}
+\layout {
+ \context { \Score
+ \override PaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ \override NonMusicalPaperColumn #'keep-inside-line = ##t
+ }
+}
+
% NR 1.8 Text
% L. v. Beethoven, Op. 110
<df'' g'>4
<bf' g'>2
- _ \markup { \italic { "ten." } }
+ _ \markup { \italic { ten. } }
|
\once \override TextScript #'staff-padding = #4
ef''8. (
- _ \markup { \italic { "tranqu." } }
+ _ \markup { \italic { tranqu. } }
d''16 )
df''8 \trill \fermata
- _ \markup { \italic { "ten." } }
+ _ \markup { \italic { ten. } }
}
\new Voice {
\oneVoice
\once \override TextScript #'staff-padding = #4
df''32
- _ \markup { \italic "dolce" }
+ _ \markup { \italic dolce }
c''32
df''32
ef''32
|
bf4
- bf8 ^ \markup { \italic "ten." }
+ bf8 ^ \markup { \italic ten. }
}
\new Voice {
\override Staff.SustainPedalLineSpanner #'outside-staff-priority = #1000
\override Staff.SustainPedalLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #7
\once \override TextScript #'padding = #2
- af16 \sustainDown
+ af16 \sustainOn
^ \markup \italic { non staccato }
_ \markup \italic { molto \concat {\dynamic {p},} sempre tranquillo
ed egualmente, non rubato }
<ef' c'>16
<ef' c'>16
<ef' c'>16
- af16 \sustainDown
+ af16 \sustainOn
<ef' c'>16
<ef' c'>16
<ef' c'>16
|
- bf16 \sustainDown
+ bf16 \sustainOn
<ef' df'>16
<ef' df'>16
<ef' df'>16
- bf16 \sustainDown
+ bf16 \sustainOn
<ef' df'>16
<ef' df'>16
<ef' df'>16
|
\override Staff.SustainPedalLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
- df'16 \sustainDown
+ df'16 \sustainOn
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
- df'16 \sustainDown
+ df'16 \sustainOn
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
<bf' g' ef'>16
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
title = "Title"
subtitle = "Subtitle"
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.54"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "world-music"
+ texidoc = "For improvisations or @emph{taqasim} which are
+temporarily free, the time signature can be omitted and
+@code{\cadenzaOn} can be used. Adjusting the accidental style
+might be required, since the absence of bar lines will cause the
+accidental to be marked only once. Here is an example of what
+could be the start of a @emph{hijaz} improvisation:"
+doctitle = "Arabic improvisation"
+}
+
+\include "arabic.ly"
+
+\relative sol' {
+ \key re \kurd
+ #(set-accidental-style 'forget)
+ \cadenzaOn
+ sol4 sol sol sol fad mib sol1 fad8 mib re4. r8 mib1 fad sol
+}
\dynamicUp
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'staff-padding = #4
r2 r16 c'8.\pp r4
- } \\ {
+ }
+ \\
+ {
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'layer = #0
des,2\mf\< ~
\override TextScript #'layer = #2
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For FretBoard fret diagrams,
+overrides are applied to the @code{FretBoards.FretBoard} object.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing fretboard fret diagrams"
+}
+
+\include "predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode { c' }
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordmode { c1 c c d }
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.2
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+ \chordmode {
+ c
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'size = #'1.0
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'straight
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'barre-type = #'none
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'number-type = #'arabic
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'orientation = #'landscape
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'mute-string = #"M"
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'label-dir = #-1
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'black
+ c'
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-radius = #0.35
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-position = #0.5
+ \once \override FretBoards.FretBoard #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'fret-count = #3
+ d
+ }
+ }
+ \context Voice {
+ c'1 c' c' d'
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+
+ texidoc = "Fret diagram properties can be set through
+@code{fret-diagram-details}. For markup fret diagrams, overrides
+can be applied to the @code{Voice.TextScript} object or directly
+to the markup.
+"
+ doctitle = "Customizing markup fret diagrams"
+}
+
+<<
+ \chords { c1 c c d }
+
+ \new Voice = "mel" {
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #'1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'finger-code = #'in-dot
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details
+ #'dot-color = #'white
+
+ %% C major for guitar, no barre, using defaults
+ % terse style
+ c'1^\markup { \fret-diagram-terse #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;" }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % size 1.0
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
+ c'1^\markup {
+ % standard size
+ \override #'(size . 1.0) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % landscape orientation, arabic numbers, M for mute string
+ % no barre, fret label down or left, small mute label font
+ c'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (barre-type . none)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% simple D chord
+ % terse style
+ % larger dots, centered dots, fewer frets
+ % label below string
+ d'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.53"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "fretted-strings,tweaks-and-overrides"
+ texidoc = "This snippet shows many possibilities for obtaining
+and tweaking fret diagrams."
+ doctitle = "Fret diagrams explained and developed"
+}
+
+<<
+ \chords {
+ a2 a
+ c2 c
+ d1
+ }
+
+ \new Voice = "mel" {
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'dot-color = #'black
+
+ %% A chord for ukelele
+ a'2^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (string-count . 4)
+ (dot-color . white)
+ (finger-code . in-dot))) {
+ \fret-diagram #"4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string
+ % 1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string
+ % dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing
+ a'2^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (dot-color . white)
+ (open-string . "o"))) {
+ \fret-diagram #"s:1.2;w:4;h:3;f:2;d:0.35;p:0.55;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
+ c'2^\markup {
+ % 110% of default size
+ \override #'(size . 1.1) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ c'2^\markup {
+ % 110% of default size
+ \override #'(size . 1.1) {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
+ (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ %% simple D chord
+ d'1^\markup {
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+ }
+ }
+ }
+>>
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.53"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation,fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "Tablature can be formatted using letters instead of
+numbers."
+ doctitle = "Letter tablature formatting"
+}
+
+#(define (letter-tablature-format str context event)
+ (let*
+ ((tuning (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
+ (pitch (ly:event-property event 'pitch)))
+ (make-whiteout-markup
+ (make-vcenter-markup
+ (string (integer->char
+ (+ (char->integer #\a)
+ (- (ly:pitch-semitones pitch)
+ (list-ref tuning (- str 1))))))))))
+
+music = \relative c {
+ c4 d e f
+ g4 a b c
+ d4 e f g
+}
+
+<<
+ \new Staff {
+ \clef "G_8"
+ \music
+ }
+ \new TabStaff \with {
+ tablatureFormat = #letter-tablature-format
+ } {
+ \music
+ }
+>>
\version "2.11.6"
\header {
- lsrtags = "pitches"
+ lsrtags = "pitches,world-music"
texidoc = "Makam is a type of melody from Turkey using 1/9th-tone
microtonal alterations. Consult the initialization file
@code{makam-init.ly} (see the `Learning Manual @version{},
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.53"
+
+\header {
+ lsrtags = "staff-notation, fretted-strings"
+
+ texidoc = "
+Use a markup text to replace the (TAB) clef glyph with a modern font.
+
+"
+ doctitle = "Modern TAB text clef"
+}
+
+TAB = \markup {
+ \raise #1.5
+ \sans
+ \bold
+ \huge
+ \override #'(baseline-skip . 2.5)
+ \center-align {
+ T
+ A
+ B
+ }
+}
+
+\new TabStaff {
+ \override Staff.Clef #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ ly:clef::print (grob-interpret-markup grob TAB))
+ a
+}
+++ /dev/null
-\version "2.10.0"
-% possible rename to scheme- or something like that. -gp
-\header {
- lsrtags = "tweaks-and-overrides"
- texidoc = "@cindex Scheme Move Text
-Objects of the same type, like text, can be moved around by using some Scheme code.
-"
- doctitle = "Move specific text"
-}
-
-#(define (make-text-checker text)
- (lambda (grob) (equal? text (ly:grob-property grob 'text))))
-
-\score {
- \relative c''' {
- \stemUp
- \applyOutput #'Voice
- #(outputproperty-compatibility
- (make-text-checker (make-simple-markup "m.d."))
- 'extra-offset '(-3.5 . -4.5))
- a^2^"m.d."
- }
- \layout { }
-}
\version "2.11.36"
\header {
- lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation,fretted-strings"
+ lsrtags = "repeats,staff-notation"
texidoc = "By adding the @code{Volta_engraver} to the relevant
staff, volte can be put over staves other than the topmost
one in a score."
it in the command list using the Scheme syntax
@w{@code{#(list (list 'volta textIdentifier))}}. Start- and end-repeat commands
can be added as separate list elements:"
-doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{\\repeatCommands}"
+doctitle = "Volta text markup using @code{repeatCommands}"
}
voltaAdLib = \markup { 1. 2. 3... \text \italic { ad lib. } }
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
title = "Puer natus est nobis"
subtitle = "Antiphona ad introitum VII"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
%% +.ly: Be the first .ly file for lys-to-tely.py.
%% Better to make lys-to-tely.py include "introduction.texi" or
%% other .texi documents too?
"
}
-\version "2.11.6"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
\time 3/4
-\version "2.11.37"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When a tie is broken, the spacing engine must consider the
-\version "2.11.5"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Cautionary accidentals may be indicated using either
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff \relative c' {
\clef treble
cis dis fis
texidoc = "accidentals avoid stems of other notes too."
}
-\version "2.10.1"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "If two forced accidentals happen at the same time, only one
sharp sign is printed."
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.53"
+
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Cautionary accidentals applied to tied notes after a
+bar line are valid for the whole measure."
+}
+
+notes = \relative c' {
+ fis1 ~
+ fis!2 fis ~
+ fis?2 fis
+}
+
+<<
+ \new NoteNames \notes
+ \new Staff \notes
+>>
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Accidentals can be forced with ! and ? even if the notes are tied."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc="
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Quarter tone notation is supported, including
threequarters flat."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c'' {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
A sharp sign after a double sharp sign, as well as a flat sign
}
-\version "2.11.5"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The second and third notes should not get accidentals,
wreak havoc in the spacing when unbroken."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\header{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
anywhere in the vertical alignment. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\book {
\score {
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-global-staff-size 13)
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
texidoc = "Ambituses use actual pitch not lexicographic ordering."
}
-\version "2.10.25"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right=##t
"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The @code{\applyOutput} expression is the most flexible way to
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
A square bracket on the left indicates that the player should not
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Arpeggio stays clear of accidentals and flipped note heads."
}
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c' {
\override Arpeggio #'stencil = #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-slur
texidoc = "Span arpeggios within one staff also work"
}
-\version "2.11.21"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\new PianoStaff <<
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Arpeggios are supported, both cross-staff and broken single staff.
\context PianoStaff <<
\new Staff \relative c''{
<fis, d a>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioUp
+ \arpeggioArrowUp
<fis d a >\arpeggio
%%\override PianoStaff.SpanArpeggio #'connect = ##t
\set PianoStaff.connectArpeggios = ##t
\new Staff\relative c{
\clef bass
<g b d>\arpeggio
- \arpeggioDown
+ \arpeggioArrowDown
<g b d>\arpeggio
<g b d>\arpeggio
}
texidoc = "Augmentum dots are accounted for in horizontal spacing."
}
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "gregorian-init.ly"
\score {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="No auto beams will be put over (manual) repeat bars."
}
-\version "2.11.12"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
{
\time 2/4
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
texidoc = "Automatic beaming is also done on tuplets."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
\relative c''{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Tuplet-spanner should not put (visible) brackets on
beam."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Excercise all output functions"
}
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.53"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\new StaffGroup \new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff
{
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\times 2/3 { c'8[\< f]( f''\!) }
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
<f,, \5>4
\override TextScript #'color = #red
\include "typography-demo.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(define outname (ly:parser-output-name parser))
with lines and explanatory text added."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{ ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The meaning of @code{|} is stored in the
identifier @code{pipeSymbol}."
lines exactly. Dashed barlines between staves start and end on a
half dash precisely." }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "@cindex Beaming Presets
There are presets for the @code{auto-beam} engraver in the case of common
beamlets on the same height."
}
-\version "2.11.30"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
raggedright = ##t
texidoc = "Beamlets in grace notes remain readable."
}
-\version "2.10.2"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
}
-\version "2.11.18"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff \with {
\remove Bar_engraver
"
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
\relative c'' {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="Simple beams on middle staffline are allowed to be
-\version "2.11.40"
+\version "2.11.51"
morgenliedBeam = \relative c'' \new Voice{
texidoc = "Beams that are not strictly concave are damped
according to their concaveness. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "Fully concave beams should be horizontal. Informally spoken,
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
}
-\version "2.11.30"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff = RH {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Cross staff (kneed) beams do not cause extreme slopes."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Beams can be typeset over fixed distance aligned staves, beam
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "@cindex Beam Damp
Beams are less steep than the notes they encompass. " }
\layout{
\layout{ ragged-right = ##t}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="Beamed stems have standard lengths if possible. Quantization is switched off in this example."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Beams should behave reasonably well, even under extreme circumstances.
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc="In feathered beams, stems in knees reach up to the feathered part correctly.
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
texidoc = "Even very flat but slanted patterns should give slanted beams. "
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{
line-width = 15\cm
debug-beam-scoring = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "In French style beaming, the stems do not go between beams."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc=" Funky kneed beams with beamlets also work. The beamlets
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "In complex configurations of knee beaming, according to
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="@cindex Beam Isknee
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Point-symmetric beams should receive the same
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Kneed beams (often happens with cross-staff beams)
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When a beam goes over a rest, there should not be any
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Explicit beams may cross barlines. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc=" Beams on ledgered notes should always reach the middle staff
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c''{
\time 3/8
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc= "Quarter notes may be beamed: the beam is halted momentarily."
texidoc = "The number of beams does not change on a rest."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="Beams in unnatural direction, have shortened stems, but do not look too short."
clip-edges is switched off automatically."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c' {
d16[]
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
\override Stem #'max-beam-connect = #1
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Beaming can be also given explicitly."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.2"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Bends avoid dots, but only if necessary."
}
-\version "2.11.22"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The default callback for break-align-anchor in clefs and time/key
-\version "2.11.22"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The break-align-anchor property of a break-aligned grob gives
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Breathing signs are available in different tastes: commas (default),
%% caesurae
\override BreathingSign #'text =
- #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.curved")
+ #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.curved.curved")
es8[ d] \breathe
\override BreathingSign #'text =
- #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.straight")
+ #(make-musicglyph-markup "scripts.caesura.curved.straight")
es[ f] \breathe g[ f] |
es2 r4 \bar "||" \break
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="Property chordChanges: display chord names only when
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The property @code{chordNameExceptions} can used
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The layout of the major 7 can be tuned with
@code{majorSevenSymbol}."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "@cindex Chord Names German
The english naming of chords (default) can be changed to german
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Scripts can also be attached to chord elements."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "
Tremolo repeats can be constructed for short tremolos (total duration smaller than 1/4) too. Only some of the beams are connected to the stems.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="Chord tremolos on a single note."
}
-\version "2.11.36"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper{
ragged-right = ##t
}
notes."
}
-\version "2.10.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'''{
\repeat tremolo 32{ g64 a }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10"
+\version "2.10.0"
\header{
texidoc="@code{staffLineLayoutFunction} is used to change the position of the notes.
This sets @code{staffLineLayoutFunction} to @code{ly:pitch-semitones} to
-\version "2.10.0" \header {
+\version "2.11.51" \header {
texidoc = "Octavation signs may be added to clefs. These
octavation signs may be placed below or above (meaning an octave
but they don't confuse one another."
}
-\version "2.11.36"
+\version "2.11.53"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t}
\relative c'' {
\clef "alto"
a b c a
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
a b c a
\clef "bass"
a b c a
- #(set-octavation 2)
+ \ottava #2
a b c a
\clef "treble"
- #(set-octavation -1)
+ \ottava #-1
a b c a
}
}
-\version "2.11.17"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
\clef "foo"
c4
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(ly:set-option 'clip-systems)
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Clusters behave well across line breaks."
}
ragged-right= ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff = "up" {
}
-\version "2.11.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c' { \makeClusters <e d'> }
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Clusters behave well across line breaks."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Clusters are a device to denote that a complete range of
notes is to be played."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Single head notes may collide. "
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative <<
\new Staff {
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
<< <a c>2\\ { <b d>4 <b d>4 } >>
<< { <a c>2 } \\ { <b d>4. <b e>8 } >>
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "If dotted note heads must remain on the left side,
}
-\version "2.10.20"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper{ ragged-right=##t }
on the right side."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
% todo: b2 (up) + b8 down looks strange compared to c2up + b8. (down)
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Note heads in collisions should be merged if
they have the same positions in the extreme note heads.
block-shaped note."
}
-\version "2.11.44"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\key c \major
- \set Staff.shapeNoteStyles = ##(do re mi fa #f la ti)
+ \set Staff.shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa #f la ti)
{ f'4 }
\\
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc =
"Open and black note heads are not merged by default."
texidoc = "Collision resolution may be forced manually with @code{force-hshift}. "
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "If @code{NoteCollision} has
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc =
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
\relative c'' \new Staff {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Oppositely stemmed chords, meshing into each other,
are resolved."
-\version "2.11.44"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Seconds do not confuse the collision algorithm too much. The best
-\version "2.10.1"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Mixed collisions with whole notes require asymmetric shifts."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
In addition to normal collision rules, there is support for polyphony,
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "Each grob can have a color assigned to it.
\header {
texidoc = "You can put lyrics under completion heads."
}
-\version "2.11.45"
+\version "2.11.51"
mel = \relative c'' {
c1. c1.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Completion heads are broken across bar lines. This was
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "a staff should die if there is reference to it."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Custodes may be engraved in various styles."
}
-\version "2.11.6"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(use-modules (srfi srfi-13)
(ice-9 format))
\test "" ##[ { c\< c\! c^\< c^\! c_\< c_\! } #] % CrescendoEvent
\test "" ##[ { c\> c\! c^\> c^\! c_\> c_\! } #] % DecrescendoEvent
\test "" ##[ { c\( c\) c^\( c^\) c_\( c_\) } #] % PhrasingSlurEvent
-\test "" ##[ { c\sustainDown c\sustainUp } #] % SustainEvent
-\test "" ##[ { c\sostenutoDown c\sostenutoUp } #] % SostenutoEvent
+\test "" ##[ { c\sustainOn c\sustainOff } #] % SustainEvent
+\test "" ##[ { c\sostenutoOn c\sostenutoOff } #] % SostenutoEvent
\test "" ##[ \melisma #]
\test "" ##[ \melismaEnd #]
\test "" ##[ { c\startTextSpan c\stopTextSpan } #] % TextSpanEvent
texidoc = "Dot columns do not trigger beam slanting too early."
}
-\version "2.11.26"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper{ ragged-right=##t }
<<
{ e''8 e''8 g'' g''} \\
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Dots move to the right when a collision with the (up)flag happens."
}
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "Dotted rests connected with beams do not trigger
+ premature beam calculations. In this case, the beam should be
+ sloped, and there should be no programming_error() warnings."
+
+}
+
+\version "2.11.54"
+\new Staff \relative c''
+{
+ <<
+ { \time 12/16 c16[ b a r b g] }
+ \\
+ { r8. r }
+ >>
+}
+
+
}
-\version "2.11.21"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0" \header{
+\version "2.11.51" \header{
texidoc=" Both noteheads and rests can have dots.
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
drh = \drummode { cymc4.^"crash" hhc16^"h.h." hh \repeat "unfold" 5 {hhc8 hho hhc8 hh16 hh} hhc4 r4 r2 }
drl = \drummode {\repeat "unfold" 3 {bd4 sn8 bd bd4 << bd ss >> } bd8 tommh tommh bd toml toml bd tomfh16 tomfh }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "Broken crescendi should be open on one side."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {texidoc = "Dynamic letters are kerned, and their weight
matches that of the hairpin signs. The dynamic scripts should be
respectively."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc=" Dynamics appear below or above the staff. If multiple
dynamics are linked with (de)crescendi, they should be on the same
}
-\version "2.11.14"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c' {
- \setTextCresc
+ \crescTextCresc
c4\p\< c c c\!
}
from the notes. "
}
-\version "2.10.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
indent = 0.0\mm
}
\relative c' {
- \setTextCresc
+ \crescTextCresc
c\< c c c | \break
c c\! c c
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Crescendi may start off-notes, however, they should not collapse into flat lines."
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = " Easy-notation (or Ez-notation) prints names in note heads.
You also get ledger lines, of course."
}
-
-\layout {
- ragged-right = ##t
-}
-
\relative {
\easyHeadsOn
f1 e
f2 e
f4 e
- \override NoteHead #'note-names = ##("U" "V" "W" "X" "Y" "Z" "z")
- c2 d4 e
+ \override NoteHead #'note-names = #'#("U" "V" "W" "X" "Y" "Z" "z")
+ c2 d4 e
}
-
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "
Fermatas over multimeasure rests are positioned as over normal rests.
texidoc = "Bass figures can carry alterations."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right= ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
may be forbidden. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\figures {
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.11.47"
+\version "2.11.51"
bassfigures = \figuremode {
<0/ 1/ 2/> <3/ 4/ 5/> <6/ 7/ 8/> <9/ 10/ 11/> <12/ 13/ 100/>
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.50"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "Scripts left of a chord avoid accidentals."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "It is possible to associate
-\version "2.11.44"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Fingerings work correctly with cross-staff beams."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Automatic fingering tries to put fingering instructions
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "
The line-spanners connects to the Y position of the note on the next line.
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc= "The voice follower is not confused when set for consecutive
"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##T
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
% change for other default global staff size.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Text set in TrueType Fonts that contain kerning tables, are kerned. "
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
passed to LaTeX and dvips to help it find the uncb font."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
foo = \relative c {
<d\5 fis a d fis>_\markup {
+\version "2.11.51"
-\version "2.10.0"
-\header {
- texidoc = "Fret diagrams can be created with @code{\markup}."
-}
\paper {
-
- %% stretch to prevent diagrams from colliding.
- line-width = 18.0 \cm
+ ragged-right = ##t
}
-
<<
- \chords {s2 c c c d}
+ \chords {a2 a c c d}
\new Voice =mel {
-
+ \textLengthOn
+ % Set global properties of fret diagram
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'size = #'1.2
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'finger-code = #'below-string
+ \override Voice.TextScript #'fret-diagram-details #'dot-color = #'black
+
%% A chord for ukelele
a'2 ^\markup
- \override #'(string-count . 4) {
- \override #'(dot-color . white) {
- \fret-diagram #"4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"}}
-
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
- c' ^\markup
- \override #'(number-type . roman-lower) { % lower-case roman numeral fret label
- \override #'(size . 1.1) { % 110% of default size
- \override #'(finger-code . below-string) { % string labels below strings
- \override #'(barre-type . straight) { % straight barre
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6) (place-fret 5 3 1) (place-fret 4 5 2) (place-fret 3 5 3) (place-fret 2 5 4) (place-fret 1 3 1) (barre 5 1 3)) }}}}
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (string-count . 4)
+ (dot-color . white)
+ (finger-code . in-dot))){
+ \fret-diagram #"4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"}
+ %% A chord for ukelele, with formatting defined in definition string
+ % 1.2 * size, 4 strings, 4 frets, fingerings below string
+ % dot radius .35 of fret spacing, dot position 0.55 of fret spacing
+ a'2 ^\markup
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (dot-color . white)
+ (open-string . "o"))){
+ \fret-diagram #"s:1.2;w:4;h:3;f:2;d:0.35;p:0.55;4-2-2;3-1-1;2-o;1-o;"}
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
+ % roman fret label, finger labels below string, straight barre
c' ^\markup
- \override #'(number-type . arabic) { % lower-case roman numeral fret label
- \override #'(dot-color . white) { % white dots
- \override #'(finger-code . in-dot) { % string labels in dots
- \override #'(barre-type . curved) { % straight barre
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6) (place-fret 5 3 1) (place-fret 4 5 2) (place-fret 3 5 3) (place-fret 2 5 4) (place-fret 1 3 1) (barre 5 1 3)) }}}}
- %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ \override #'(size . 1.1) { % 110% of default size
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . roman-lower)
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (barre-type . straight))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3)) }}
+
+ %% C major for guitar, barred on third fret
+ % verbose style
c' ^\markup
- \override #'(number-type . roman-upper) { % upper-case roman numeral fret label
- \override #'(label-dir . -1) { % label fret at left side of diagram
- \override #'(finger-code . in-dot) { % string labels in dots
- \override #'(barre-type . curved) { % curved barre
- \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6) (place-fret 5 3 1) (place-fret 4 5 2) (place-fret 3 5 3) (place-fret 2 5 4) (place-fret 1 3 1) (barre 5 1 3)) }}}}
-
+ \override #'(size . 1.1) { % 110% of default size
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (number-type . arabic)
+ (dot-label-font-mag . 0.9)
+ (finger-code . in-dot)
+ (fret-label-font-mag . 0.6)
+ (fret-label-vertical-offset . 0)
+ (label-dir . -1)
+ (mute-string . "M")
+ (orientation . landscape)
+ (xo-font-magnification . 0.4)
+ (xo-padding . 0.3))) {
+ \fret-diagram-verbose #'((mute 6)
+ (place-fret 5 3 1)
+ (place-fret 4 5 2)
+ (place-fret 3 5 3)
+ (place-fret 2 5 4)
+ (place-fret 1 3 1)
+ (barre 5 1 3)) }}
%% simple D chord
d' ^\markup
- \override #'(finger-code . below-string) {
- \override #'(dot-radius . 0.35) {
- \override #'(dot-position . 0.5) {
- \override #'(fret-count . 5) {
- \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;" }}}}
-
+ \override #'(fret-diagram-details . (
+ (finger-code . below-string)
+ (dot-radius . 0.35)
+ (dot-position . 0.5)
+ (fret-count . 3)))
+ {
+ \fret-diagram-terse #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;" }
}
>>
}
-\version "2.11.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
%% todo : use macro, to show the statement tested.
#(ly:progress "~a\n" (ly:expand-environment "${HOME} $HOME $$ "))
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
texidoc = "If broken, Glissandi anticipate on the pitch of the next line."
}
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##T }
Use @code{breakable} grob property to override."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
c4 \glissando d e \glissando f \glissando \break
%% consecutive
c \glissando d, \glissando e'
- << { \stemUp e8 \glissando g8 }
- \context Voice = VB {\stemDown \repeat unfold 4 d16 } >>
+ << { e8 \glissando g8 } \\
+ { \repeat unfold 4 d16 } >>
\override Glissando #'style = #'zigzag
c4 \glissando c,, \glissando c' \glissando d
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "The autobeamer is not confused by grace notes."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Bar line should come before the grace note."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Grace notes do tricky things with timing. If a measure
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
c4 d8[
\grace { e32[ d c d] } e8]
finishing the grace section."
}
-\version "2.10.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c''' {
\voiceOne
texidoc = "Grace notes at the end of an expression don't cause crashes."
}
-\version "2.11.35"
+\version "2.11.51"
{ e' \acciaccatura << e'8 \\ cis' >> }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc="@cindex Grace End
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Grace code should not be confused by nested sequential music containing grace notes; practically speaking, this means that the end-bar and measure bar coincide in this example."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Grace code should not be confused by nested sequential music containing grace notes; practically speaking, this means that the end-bar and measure bar coincide in this example."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "In nested syntax, graces are still properly handled."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Also in the nested syntax here, grace notes appear rightly."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Graces notes may have the same duration as the main note."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Grace notes may be put in a @code{partcombine}r."
}
-\version "2.10.4"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "Stripped version of trip.ly. Staves should be of correct length."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Pieces may begin with grace notes."
}
normal notes, if possible. They should never be longer, even if that
would lead to beam quanting problems."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "Here @code{startGraceMusic} should set @code{no-stem-extend} to
true; the two grace beams should be the same here.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Grace notes in different voices/staves are synchronized."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "There are three different kinds of grace types: the base
grace switches to smaller type, the appoggiatura inserts also a slur, and the
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When grace notes are entered with unfolded repeats,
line breaks take place before grace notes.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
}
-\version "2.11.21"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "graphviz-init.ly"
#(whitelist-grob 'NoteHead)
} }
-#(graph-write graph (current-error-port))
+
+#(ly:progress (call-with-output-string
+ (lambda (port) (graph-write graph port))))
#(ly:set-grob-modification-callback #f)
#(ly:set-property-cache-callback #f)
staves synchronized with the notes."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
skips =
{
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
should not be left open, and should end at the bar line. "
}
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c' {
c1\>
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.35"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc ="Hairpin crescendi may be dashed. "
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
\override Hairpin #'bound-padding = #1.0
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Hairpins end at the left edge of a rest."
}
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Staves with percent repeats are not killed."
+}
+
+\version "2.11.53"
+
+<<
+ \new Staff { c''1 c'' \break c'' c'' }
+ \new Staff \repeat percent 4 { c'1 }
+>>
+
+\layout {
+ \context {
+ \RemoveEmptyStaffContext
+ }
+}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc =
ragged-right = ##T
}
-\version "2.10.11"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\new Voice = melody \relative c'{
texidoc = "Horizontal brackets connect over line breaks."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\new Voice \with {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "Identifiers following a chordmode section are not
+interpreted as chordmode tokens. In the following snippet, the
+identifier `m' is not interpreted by the lexer as as a minor chord
+modifier."
+
+}
+
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+myDisplayMusic =
+#(define-music-function (parser location music)
+ (ly:music?)
+ (display-scheme-music music)
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
+\myDisplayMusic \chordmode { c }
+
+m = \relative c' { c4 d e f }
+
+\new Staff { \m }
\header {
texidoc = "test identifiers."
}
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
num = #3
mus = { c'4 }
}
-\version "2.11.39"
+\version "2.11.51"
%% to avoid warnings:
#(set-object-property! 'music 'backend-type? ly:music?)
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new PianoStaff <<
\new Staff {
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
textFlat = \markup {\smaller \flat}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Instrument names are also printed on partial starting measures."
}
}
-\version "2.11.39"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { left-margin = 3\cm }
\score {
\new StaffGroup <<
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Staff margins are also markings attached to barlines. They should be
properties for an in staff instrument switch. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\addInstrumentDefinition #"bassClar"
#`((instrumentTransposition . ,(ly:make-pitch -1 6 FLAT))
(instrumentName . "bla")
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "Each clef has its own accidental placing
rules. "}
signature are cancelled." }
-\version "2.11.2"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.11.32"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
\override Staff.KeySignature #'padding-pairs
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "By setting @code{Staff.keySignature} directly,
key signatures can be set invidually per pitch.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Key signatures may appear on key changes, even without a barline.
}
-\version "2.11.26"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper{
ragged-right=##t
"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'landscape)
\header { texidoc = " Scores may be printed in landcape mode."}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t}
\relative c'' {
\time 2/4
texidoc = "Ledger lines are shortened when they are very close. This ensures
that ledger lines stay separate."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.52"
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Ledger lines should appear at every other location
+for a variety of staves using both @code{line-count} and
+@code{line-positions}."
+}
+
+notes = \relative c' {
+ \time 3/4
+ c2. | d | e | f
+ g2. | a | b | c
+ d2. | e | f | g
+ a2.
+}
+
+\new Staff {
+ % upper and lower lines both odd
+ #(define mylines '(-1 0 1))
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #(length mylines)
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #mylines
+ \notes
+}
+
+\new Staff {
+ % upper and lower lines both even
+ #(define mylines '(-2 0 2))
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #mylines
+
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #(length mylines)
+ \notes
+}
+
+\new Staff {
+ % lower line odd, upper line even
+ #(define mylines '(-1 0 2))
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #mylines
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #(length mylines)
+ \notes
+}
+
+\new Staff {
+ % odd line count
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #5
+ \notes
+}
+
+\new Staff {
+ % even line count
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-count = #4
+ \notes
+}
texidoc = "The ligature bracket right-end is not affected by other voices."
}
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\new Staff {\[b2 b\] | \[b b\] }
\new Staff {b2 b | b4 b b b }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
withPaddingA = #(define-music-function (parser location padding music) (number? ly:music?)
texidoc = "Arrows can be applied to text-spanners and line-spanners (such as the Glissando)"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.11.29"
+\version "2.11.53"
+
\relative {
\override Staff.OttavaBracket #'dash-period = #0.1
\override Score.OttavaBracket #'dash-fraction = #1
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
c4 c
}
}
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
indent = 0.0\mm
\relative <<
\new Staff {
- \setTextCresc
+ \crescTextCresc
\set crescendoSpanner = #'line
c1_\< c c1\!
}
\new Staff {
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'dash-period = #3
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'dash-fraction = #0.3
- \setTextCresc
+ \crescTextCresc
c1^\< c c1\!
}
>>
texidoc = "Cover all line styles available"
}
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##T
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "With the @code{\\lyricsto} mechanism, individual lyric
lines can be associated with one melody line. Each lyric line
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc ="Polyphonic rhythms and rests do not disturb
{
texidoc = "switching voices in the middle of the lyrics is possible using @code{lyricsto}."
}
-\version "2.10.12"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\relative \new Voice = "lahlah" {
}
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\relative \new Voice = "lahlah" {
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
ragged-right = ##T
}
-\version "2.11.15"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\new Voice = "one" \relative c'' {
-\version "2.10.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Extenders will not protrude into the right margin"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "In lyrics, hyphens may be used."
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-\version "2.11.40"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\score {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "
texidoc = "Tildes in lyric syllables are converted to tie symbols."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\lyrics {
wa~o~a
}
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "Melismata are triggered by manual beams."
\layout{ ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\new Staff \relative c' {
\key aes \major
texidoc = "Lyrics are not lowered despite the presence of an octavation 8."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
\context {
\Staff
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
\paper { ragged-right = ##T }
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
g'_\markup {
texidoc = "The epsfile markup command reads an EPS file"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(let* ((port (open-output-file "box.eps")))
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.25"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Text that can spread over pages is entered with the
}
-\version "2.11.47"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
c'^\markup
packed = ##T
}
-\version "2.10.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
texidoc = "The note markup function may be used to make metronome
markings. It works for a variety of flag, dot and duration settings."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c''
{
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
\textLengthOn
texidoc = "Use \\score block as markup command."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
tuning = \markup {
\score {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {texidoc="Markup scripts may be stacked."}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t}
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Demo of markup texts, using LilyPond syntax."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(define-markup-command (upcase paper props str) (string?)
"Upcase the string characters. Syntax: \\upcase #\"string\""
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\markup {
this is normal text
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Mensural ligatures show different shapes, depending on the
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "There is limited support for mensural notation: note head
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
\tempo \breve = 100 c1 c1 \tempo 8.. = 50 c1
-\version "2.11.50"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.11.50"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.1"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Midi can create drums."
}
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score {
\relative {
off will appear at tick 768 (2 * 384)."
}
-\version "2.10.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score {
\relative c' {
c4
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Lyrics in MIDI are aligned to ties and beams:
the next (possibly grace) note. "
}
-\version "2.10.14"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score
{
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The pitch wheel is used for microtones."
}
\header {
texidoc = "MIDI and partial measures work together."
}
-\version "2.11.24"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score {
{ \partial 4
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score {
\relative {
{
{ c16 e g c }
- { c,16\sustainDown e g c\sustainUp }
+ { c,16\sustainOn e g c\sustainOff }
{ c,16\unaCorda e g c\treCorde }
- { c,16\sostenutoDown e g c\sostenutoUp }
+ { c,16\sostenutoOn e g c\sostenutoOff }
}
}
\midi {}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
% candidate for regression. -gp
\header {
texidoc="Converting LilyPond input to MIDI and then again back with
{
texidoc = "should deliver f' in MIDI"
}
-\version "2.10.5"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score {
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "@cindex Midi Volume Equaliser
The full orchestra plays a note, where groups stop one after
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "The multimeasure rest is centered exactly between bar lines."
-\version "2.11.32"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "There are both long and short instrument names.
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="For longer measure lengths, the breve rest is used."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
}
-\version "2.11.15"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper{
ragged-right = ##T
}
@code{\bar}, but is implemented completely in Scheme."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
myBar = #(define-music-function (parser location bar-type) (string?)
(context-spec-music
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(define (notes-to-skip m)
"Convert all stuff with duration (notes, lyrics, bass figures, etc.) to skips.
}
>>
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
% possible rename to staff-something. -gp
\header{ texidoc = "@cindex Staff Remove
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.52"
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Bar lines are positioned correctly when using custom
+staves which are not centered around position@tie{}0.
+"
+}
+\new Staff {
+ \override Staff.StaffSymbol #'line-positions = #'(1 3 5 7 9)
+ c''1 \bar "||"
+ c''1 \bar ":"
+ c''1 \bar "|."
+}
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc=" By default, text is set with empty horizontal dimensions.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Note heads are flipped on the stem to prevent collisions.
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
-
\header {
texidoc = "With @code{shapeNoteStyles}, the style of the note head
to the @code{tonic} property."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
fragment = {
\key c \major
- \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(do re mi fa #f la ti)
+ \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa #f la ti)
c1 d e f g a b c d e f g a b c
c,,2 d e f g a b c d e f g a b c
c,,4 d e f g a b c d e f g a b c
}
-
-\transpose c d
- \relative {
- \fragment
+\transpose c d {
+ \relative c' {
+ \fragment
+ }
}
-
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Note head shapes may be set from several choices.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Note head lines (e.g. glissando)
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc=" The number of stafflines of a staff can be set. Ledger
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="The optimal page breaker will stretch the
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Print the option help text, for comparison against
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.53"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c''' {
a2 b
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
a2 b \time 3/4 \break c''2. \break
a
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
g,,2 b4 c2 a4
}
texidoc =
"Both edge heights of an ottava bracket can be specified."
}
-\version "2.11.45"
+
+\version "2.11.53"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t}
\relative c''' {
%standard ottavation
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
a b c
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
a
%override the left edge height to produce standard text with a left edge
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\once \override Staff.OttavaBracket #'edge-height = #'(1.2 . 1.2)
a b c
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
a
% Look! we can make them go up!
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\once \override Staff.OttavaBracket #'edge-height = #'(-1 . -1)
a b c
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
a
% and have them go in different directions
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\once \override Staff.OttavaBracket #'edge-height = #'(-1.2 . 1.2)
a b c
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
a
}
\header
{
texidoc = "Ottava brackets are supported, through the
-use of the scheme function @code{set-octavation}.
+use of the music function @code{\\ottava}.
The spanner should go below a staff for 8va bassa, and the ottavation
markup can be tuned with @code{Staff.ottavation}.
"
}
-\version "2.11.47"
+
+\version "2.11.53"
%% . There must be a minimum distance between the octavation line and the
%% topmost staff line, taking into account the height of the closing
\relative c''' {
a b c a
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
a b c a
- #(set-octavation 0)
- #(set-octavation 2)
+ \ottava #0
+ \ottava #2
a b c a
- #(set-octavation 0)
- #(set-octavation -1)
+ \ottava #0
+ \ottava #-1
a b c a
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
\break
a,
- #(set-octavation 1)
+ \ottava #1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
b
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
c a
- #(set-octavation -1)
+ \ottava #-1
\set Staff.ottavation = \markup { \concat { 8 \tiny \raise #0.8 vb }}
b a g
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
c
- #(set-octavation -1)
+ \ottava #-1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
c,,16
- #(set-octavation 0)
+ \ottava #0
c'16
- #(set-octavation -1)
+ \ottava #-1
\set Staff.ottavation = #"8"
g,,16
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Sublist of grob property lists may be also tuned. In the
-\version "2.11.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Page breaks work when they are placed at the end of a score,
-\version "2.11.24"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Page breaking and page turning commands (@code{\\pageBreak},
}
-\version "2.11.14"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff {
c'1 \glissando
-\version "2.11.34"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The number of pages in a score can be forced by setting
-\version "2.11.34"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The number of pages in a score can be forced by setting
-\version "2.11.34"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The number of pages in a score can be forced by setting
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.26"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Page labels may be placed inside music or at top-level,
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6" 'portrait)
texidoc = "Page breaking details can be stored for later reference."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
#(define write-page-layout #t)
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
-\version "2.11.27"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
\header {
-\version "2.11.27"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
\header {
-\version "2.11.27"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
\header {
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-global-staff-size 11)
first system can be forced to be uniform."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-\version "2.11.20"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "By default, we start with page 1, which is on the right hand side
-\version "2.11.20"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "By default, we start with page 1, which is on the right hand side
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="If there are no good places to have a page turn,
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The page-turn engraver will not count potential page
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="The page-turn breaker will put a page turn after
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.11.43"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
c4 -\parenthesize -.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc ="The a2 string is printed only on notes (i.e. not on rests),
and only after chords, solo or polyphony."
"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
vone = \relative a' { g4 g f f e e d d }
vtwo = \relative a' { e4 e f f g g a a }
"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
vone =
-\version "2.11.47"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Part combine texts accept markup."
\header { texidoc = " Multimeasure rests are printed after solos, both
for solo1 and for solo2." }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\new Staff
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
<<
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\new Staff
vone = \relative a' { d4 r8 d8 d8 r8 d8 r8 d2 ~ d2 ~ d4 }
vtwo = \relative g' { g4. g8 r2 g4 r4 r2 g4 }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
}
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff <<
\partcombine
\paper { ragged-right = ##T }
-\version "2.10.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\score {
<<
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
vone = \relative a' {
g2 g g g4 g f' c c( c) c c c ~ c
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
\relative c'' {
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
- c4 d e \sustainDown b c c, \sustainUp \sustainDown d8[ c] e8[
- e \sustainUp \sustainDown] f4 d
- \sustainUp g \sustainDown b b, \sustainUp c'
+ c4 d e \sustainOn b c c, \sustainOff \sustainOn d8[ c] e8[
+ e \sustainOff \sustainOn] f4 d
+ \sustainOff g \sustainOn b b, \sustainOff c'
\set Staff.pedalUnaCordaStyle = #'mixed
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Unterminated piano pedal brackets run to the end of the piece. "
{
\set Staff.pedalSustainStyle = #'bracket
- c4 \sustainDown
+ c4 \sustainOn
\bar "|."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "The standard piano pedals style comes with Ped symbols.
\context Staff \relative c'{
c4 d e f g
- \sustainDown b c
- c, d16[ c c c] e[ e \sustainUp \sustainDown e e ] f4 \sustainUp
- g\sustainDown b \sustainUp c
+ \sustainOn b c
+ c, d16[ c c c] e[ e \sustainOff \sustainOn e e ] f4 \sustainOff
+ g\sustainOn b \sustainOff c
\set Staff.pedalSustainStrings = #'("-" "-P" "P")
\override Staff.SustainPedal #'padding = #-2
- c, \sustainDown d e \sustainUp \sustainDown f
- \sustainUp g b c
+ c, \sustainOn d e \sustainOff \sustainOn f
+ \sustainOff g b c
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="@code{PhrasingSlur}s go over normal slurs."
}
--- /dev/null
+% add a chord shape
+
+\addChordShape #'bes #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+
+% add chords
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes)
+
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes))
+
+mychords = \chordmode {
+ bes
+}
+
+chordline = {
+ \mychords
+ \transpose bes c {
+ \mychords
+ }
+}
+
+<<
+ \context ChordNames {
+ \chordline
+ }
+ \context FretBoards {
+ \chordline
+ }
+>>
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Distances between prefatory items (e.g. clef, bar,
#(ly:set-option 'profile-property-accesses #t)
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "../../input/typography-demo.ly"
%\book { \score { {c4 } } }
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
<<
{ \grace e8 d2 }
}
-\version "2.11.15"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
f2 \glissando c
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Once properties take effect during a single time step only."
}
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
A = \relative c' { c4 d e f | \cueDuring #"qB" #1 { R1 } | }
B = \relative c' { \cueDuring #"qA" #1 { R1 } | f4 e d c | }
@code{rest-event} is not in @code{quotedEventTypes}."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
\paper { ragged-right= ##t }
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
quoted = \relative c'' {
R1
\grace g16 f4 \grace a16 bes4 \grace b16 c4 c4
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
texidoc ="Tuplet bracket ends properly when quoting."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
@code{rest-event} is not in @code{quotedEventTypes}."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.11.44"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When a score takes up only a single line and it is compressed, it
-\version "2.11.44"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When ragged-right is specifically disabled, a score with only one
-\version "2.11.44"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When a score takes up only a single line and it is stretched, it
the alignment depends on which symbols are visible."
}
-\version "2.11.22"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbols = #'(clef key-signature staff-bar)
-\version "2.11.30"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "RehearsalMarks still align correctly if Mark_engraver is moved to
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
c1 \mark "foo"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c'' {
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\header {
texidoc = "Relative mode for repeats uses order of entry."
}
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
\repeat "unfold" 3
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' \new Voice {
\set countPercentRepeats = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Percent repeats are also centered when there is a grace note in a parallel staff. "
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Measure repeats may be nested with beat repeats."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Within a bar, beat repeats denote that a music snippet should be
played again."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.25"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Each of the staves here should have four tremolo beams."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Dots are added to tremolo notes if the durations involved require them."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "Volta repeats may be unfolded through the music
function @code{\unfoldRepeats}."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Unfolding tremolo repeats. All fragments fill one
-\version "2.11.27"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="LilyPond has two modes for repeats: unfolded and semi-unfolded.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When too few alternatives are present, the first
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right=##t }
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
fig = \relative c' {
<a c e>8[
account properly."
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
collision."
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Rests should not collide with beams, stems and noteheads. Rests may
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Whole and half rests moving outside the staff should get
ledger lines."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff {
<<
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Rests can have pitches--these will be affected by
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'{
a\rest a8[ a\rest b] |
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff \relative c' {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
"expect-error" = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
-\version "2.10.21"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c''{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.20"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Horizontal scripts don't have @code{avoid-slur} set."
\header
{
texidoc = "horizontal scripts are ordered, so they do not overlap.
-The order may be set with script-priority."
+The order may be set with script-priority.
+
+The scripts should not be folded under the time signature.
+"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Scripts can be stacked. The order is determined by a
priority field, but when objects have the same priority, the input
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right= ##t }
texidoc = "Scripts avoid stem tremolos even if there is no visible stem."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {ragged-right =##t}
{
texidoc = "Semi tie directions may be forced from the input."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{
ragged-right=##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
foollilypondbook = "
\score
"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
foollilypondbook = "
\score
"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
foollilypondbook = "
\score
"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
foollilypondbook = "
\score
"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
foollilypondbook = "
\score
"
ragged-right = ##T
}
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative
<<
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
-\version "2.10.12"
+\version "2.11.51"
showLastLength = R1*3
\paper {
}
-\version "2.10.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##T
}
\header {
texidoc = "@code{-ddebug-skyline} draws the outline of the skyline used."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(set-default-paper-size "a6" )
\layout {ragged-right = ##t}
-\version "2.11.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c''' {
\override TextScript #'outside-staff-priority = #2
\override DynamicLineSpanner #'outside-staff-priority = #1
\paper {ragged-right = ##t}
#(set-default-paper-size "a6")
-\version "2.11.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\book {
\score {
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff { \clef bass c4^( \clef "G" g'4) s2 c''1_( f'') }
-\version "2.11.29"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Slurs that depend on a cross-staff beam are not calculated until after line-breaking."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Slurs behave decently when broken across a linebreak.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {texidoc = "@cindex Slur, dotted, dashed
The appearance of slurs may be changed from solid to dotted or dashed.
"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="Slurs should not get confused by augmentation dots. With a lot
of dots, the problems becomes more visible."
texidoc = "Some composers use slurs both above and below chords.
This can be typeset by setting @code{doubleSlurs}"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative {
texidoc = "Dynamics avoid collision with slur."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
indent = 0\mm
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
the given pair. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##T }
\relative {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Slurs should look nice and symmetric. The curvature may increase
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc ="Slurs may be placed over rests. The slur will avoid
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
% #(define debug-slur-scoring #t)
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\header {
- texidoc = "A slur avoids collisions with scripts. Articulations
- go inside the slur, dynamic markings go outside the slur.
- Fingerings and texts are placed either inside or outside.
-
- For different configurations, the defaults can be changed, and
- scripts can be moved manually."
+ texidoc = "A slur avoids collisions with scripts, which are placed
+ either inside or outside the slur, depending on the script. The
+ slur responds appropriately if a script is moved."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
indent = 0\mm
ragged-right = ##t
}
\relative
{
- b4-.( b-. b-.)
- b(-. d-.)
-
- b_1( f'_1_2_3 c_3_4_5 a)
-
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'avoid-slur = #'outside
- b(^"dyn outside" b f'\p b,)
-
- %% Do not force dynamics outside slur, only avoid collisions.
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'avoid-slur = #'around
- b(^"dyn around" e\p e\f b)
-
- %% Do not avoid collisions.
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'avoid-slur = #'()
- b(^"no avoid" d\p d\f b)
-
- c_\markup { \italic {"cresc."}}( c c)
- \once \override Script #'padding = #1.2
- b-.( b-.
- \once \override Script #'padding = #1.2
- b-.)
- e='16[-.( f-.)]
+ b4-.( b-.)
+ \once \override Script #'padding = #1.5
+ b-.( b-.)
+ b_\downbow( b_\downbow)
+ \once \override Script #'padding = #1.5
+ b_\downbow( b_\downbow)
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "Symmetric figures should lead to symmetric slurs."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
texidoc = "Symmetric figures should lead to symmetric slurs."
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
\time 2/4
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
#(set! *skip-word* #f)
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\include "festival.ly"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Accidentals in different staves do not affect the
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Accidentals do not influence the amount of stretchable space.
-\version "2.11.30"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Horizontal spacing works as expected on tied notes with
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Accidentals sticking out to the left
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-\version "2.10.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{ragged-right=##t}
\new Staff {
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{
ragged-right=##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Clef changes at the start of a line get much more space
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc ="Broken engraving of a bar at the end of a line does not upset
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "
A voicelet (a very short voice to get polyphonic chords correct)
should not confuse the spacing engine."
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Clefs are also folded under cross staff constructs."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "A clef can be folded below notes in a different staff, if
this does not disrupt the flow of the notes."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "A clef can be folded below notes in a different staff, if
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Voices that go back and forth between staves do not confuse the spacing engine."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Spacing uses the duration of the notes, but disregards
run are spaced accordingly. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
}
-\version "2.11.13"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
texidoc = "accidentals may be folded under preceding notes."
}
-\version "2.11.1"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Spacing corrections for kneed beams still work when compression is involved."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "For knees, the spacing correction is such that the
}
-\version "2.11.2"
+\version "2.11.51"
%% \new Staff cause shortlived, disconnected Voice contexts
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Score \with {
\override SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
}
-\version "2.10.7"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.11.1"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
{
\time 2/4
\repeat "percent" 3 { c'4 }
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {ragged-right = ##t}
\header {
texidoc = "The spacing engine avoids collisions between non-adjacent columns."
-\version "2.11.28"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {ragged-right = ##t}
\header {
texidoc = "The spacing engine avoids collisions between non-adjacent columns."
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
"
}
-\version "2.11.40"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
\override Score.SpacingSpanner #'packed-spacing = ##t
- c2 d4 f8[ g]
+ c2 d4 f8[ g] a
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Rests get a little less space, since they are narrower.
However, the quarter rest in feta font is relatively wide, causing this
{
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative {
\time 2/4
c4 c8 c
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Notes that are shorter than the common shortest note get a
-\version "2.11.29"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "When space-to-barline is false, we measure the space between the note and the
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Upstem notes before a barline are printed with some extra
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "For juxtaposed chords with the same direction, a
slight optical correction is used. It is constant, and works only if
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\override Score.SpacingSpanner #'strict-grace-spacing = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc ="Space from a normal note (or barline) to a grace note is
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c''
<<
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.32"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Span bars can be turned on/off on a staff-by-staff basis."
}
the accidentals should not collide with the bar lines."
}
-\version "2.11.34"
+\version "2.11.51"
upper = \relative c' {
\key f \minor \time 12/8
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Span bars are drawn only between staff bar lines. By setting
bar lines to transparent, they are shown only between systems.
}
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-bottom = ##t }
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc = "Staves can be started and stopped at command. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Staff \relative c' {
}
-\version "2.11.11"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The staff is a grob (graphical object) which may be adjusted as well, for example, to have 6 thick lines and a slightly large @code{staff-space}.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "Stanza numbers are put left of their lyric. They
are aligned in a column." }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' \new Voice \with {
\consists "Melody_engraver"
\override Stem #'neutral-direction = #'()
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.11.43"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Stemlets don't cause stems on whole notes."
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative {
-\version "2.10.2"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c
{
tilted extra on stem-down notes with a flag."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##T
}
}
-\version "2.10.19"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
Stem tremolos or rolls are tremolo signs that look like beam segments
texidoc = "Combinations of rotation and color do work."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'{
\override Hairpin #'rotation = #'(20 -1 0)
\override Hairpin #'color = #(x11-color 'LimeGreen)
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc=" You can write stencil callbacks in Scheme, thus
providing custom glyphs for notation elements. A simple example is
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The size of every system is correctly determined; this
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc = "By setting between-system-padding to a negative
value, it is possible to eliminate the anti-collision constraints.
Then setting @code{between-system-space} to a low (nonzero) value,
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "A piano context included within a staff group should
cause the piano brace to be drawn to the left of the staff angle
\header { texidoc = "A heavy-bar system start delimiter may be created by tuning the @code{SystemStartBar} grob."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header
{
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Harmonics get angled brackets in tablature"
texidoc = "Tab supports slides."
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##T
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new TabStaff {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{ texidoc = "@cindex Tabulature
A sample tablature, with both normal staff and tab.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "The @code{\\tag} command marks music expressions with a
}
-\version "2.11.46"
+\version "2.11.51"
#(define time (gettimeofday))
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.11.22"
+\version "2.11.51"
<<
\new Staff {
\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text = "*"
}
-\version "2.11.34"
+\version "2.11.51"
sample = \relative c'' {
c2\startTextSpan c2 \break
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc= "Text spanners should not repeat start text when broken."
}
\relative c'' {
\set crescendoText = #"cresc."
- \set crescendoSpanner = #'dashed-line
+ \set crescendoSpanner = #'text
c1\< c \break
c1 c\! \break
}
" }
-\version "2.11.11"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
debug-tie-scoring = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative {
-\version "2.11.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
in other staves."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
texidoc = "Ties behave properly at line breaks."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.53"
+
+\header { texidoc = "
+
+Tie detail property multi-tie-region-size controls how many variations
+are tried for the extremal ties in a chord.
+
+
+" }
+
+\relative c'' {
+ \time 4/4 <bis bis>1 ~ \break
+
+ \override Tie #'details #'multi-tie-region-size = #1
+ \time 3/4 <bis bis>2.~ \break
+ \time 4/4 <bis bis>1
+}
+
+\paper {
+ ragged-right = ##t
+ debug-tie-scoring = ##t
+}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
{
texidoc = "Individual chord notes can also be tied"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
indent = #0.0
-\version "2.11.45"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
This makes correction in complex chords easier."
}
-\version "2.10.4"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
ragged-right= ##t
texidoc = "Ties avoid collisions with dots."
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##T }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Tying a grace to a following grace or main note works."
}
}
-\version "2.11.11"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\relative c'' {
\override Tie #'staff-position = #3
d4 ~
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{ragged-right=##t}
{
}
-\version "2.11.11"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
frag =
\relative c'' {
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
testMusic = { << c''4 \\ g'4 >> }
-\version "2.11.26"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "A table of contents is included using
-\version "2.11.32"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "
texidoc = "Trill spanner can end on a grace note"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
ragged-right = ##T
}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.51"
+
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Pitched trills on consecutive notes with the same
+name and octave should not lose accidentals; in the following
+example, accidentals should be visible for all trill-pitches.
+"
+}
+
+\relative c' {
+ \pitchedTrill
+ f4\startTrillSpan ges f\stopTrillSpan
+
+ \pitchedTrill
+ f4\startTrillSpan g gis\stopTrillSpan ~
+
+ \pitchedTrill
+ gis4\startTrillSpan ges f\stopTrillSpan
+
+ \pitchedTrill
+ g4\startTrillSpan gis f\stopTrillSpan
+
+ \pitchedTrill
+ f4\startTrillSpan gisis f\stopTrillSpan
+
+ \pitchedTrill
+ f4\startTrillSpan geses f\stopTrillSpan
+}
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.51"
+
+\header {
+ texidoc = "Pitched trill accidentals can be forced."
+}
+
+\relative c' {
+ \pitchedTrill
+ c4\startTrillSpan es f\stopTrillSpan
+ \pitchedTrill
+ c4\startTrillSpan es f\stopTrillSpan
+ \pitchedTrill
+ c4\startTrillSpan es f\stopTrillSpan
+ \pitchedTrill
+ c4\startTrillSpan-"forced" es! f\stopTrillSpan
+}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
}
-\version "2.11.30"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t }
\relative c'' {
c1\startTrillSpan
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "In combination with a beam, the bracket of the tuplet
-\version "2.11.16"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper {
ragged-right = ##t
--- /dev/null
+\header {
+
+ texidoc = "With @code{full-length-to-extent}, the extent of the
+ attaching column for a full-length tuplet bracket can be ignored."
+
+}
+\version "2.11.55"
+
+\new Staff {
+ \set tupletFullLength = ##t
+
+ \time 1/8
+ \times 2/3 { c'16 c'16 c'16 }
+ \times 2/3 { c'16 c'16 c'16 }
+ \override TupletBracket #'full-length-to-extent = ##f
+ \times 2/3 { c'16 c'16 c'16 }
+ \override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-visibility = ##(#t #t #t)
+ \override Score.RehearsalMark #'direction = #down
+ \mark "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
+}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new RhythmicStaff {
\set tupletFullLength = ##t
start of the next non-tuplet note. "
}
-\version "2.11.10"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t
indent = 0.0 }
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout {
indent = 0.0\mm
}
-\version "2.10.8"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper{
ragged-right=##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc=" Tuplets may be nested."
}
-\version "2.10.27"
+\version "2.11.51"
\layout{
\context{
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\revert TupletNumber #'transparent
\override TupletBracket #'bracket-visibility = ##t
- \override TupletBracket #'edge-height = #'(0.0 . 0.0)
\override TupletBracket #'shorten-pair = #'(2.0 . 2.0)
\times 4/6 { c_"shorter, no edges" f b b f c}
\revert TupletBracket #'edge-height
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Tuplets may contain rests. "
texidoc = "Show tuplet numbers also on single-note tuplets (otherwise the timing would look messed up!), but don't show a bracket. Make sure that tuplets without any notes don't show any number, either."
}
-\version "2.11.41"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper { ragged-right = ##t
indent = 0.0 }
ragged-right = ##t
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\new Voice {
\relative c'' {
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Horizontal tuplet brackets are shifted vertically
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
texidoc="
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\markup { "Здравствуйт Hallo" }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
%% Edit this file using a Unicode aware editor, such as GVIM, GEDIT, Emacs
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header { texidoc= "
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc ="Broken volta spanners behave correctly at their left edge in all cases."
-\version "2.11.48"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Volte using @code{repeatCommands} can have markup
}
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
vmus = { \repeat volta 2 c1 \alternative { d e } }
}
\layout { ragged-right = ##t }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
vmus = { \repeat volta 2 c1 \alternative { d e } }
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "If you specify two different key signatures at one point, a
since staff lines are in a lower layer than most other grobs. "
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\paper
{
%% sakura-sakura.ly
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
>>
%% Optional helper for automatic updating by convert-ly. May be omitted.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
}
%% Optional helper for automatic updating by convert-ly. May be omitted.
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Los símbolos específicos de acordeón discanto se escriben mediante
+@code{\\markup}. Se puede trucar la colocación vertical de los
+símbolos modificando los argumentos de @code{\\raise}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Símbolos de acordeón discanto"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Al escribir un bajo cifrado, existe una forma de especificar si
+queremos que las cifras se sitúen encima o debajo de las notas del
+bajo, mediante la definición de la propiedad
+@code{BassFigureAlignmentPositioning #'direction} (exclusivamente
+dentro de un contexto @code{Staff}). Se puede elegir entre
+@code{#UP} (o @code{#1}, arriba), @code{#CENTER} (o @code{#0},
+centrado) y @code{#DOWN} (o @code{#-1}, abajo).
+
+Como podemos ver, esta propiedad se puede cambiar tantas veces
+como queramos. Utilice @code{\\once \\override} si no quiere que el
+truco se aplique a toda la partitura.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir un bajo cifrado encima o debajo de las notas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Al añadir un pentagrama nuevo en un salto de línea, por desgracia
+se añade un espacio adicional al final de la línea antes del salto
+(reservado para hacer sitio a un cambio de armadura que de todas
+formas no se va a imprimir). La solución alternativa es añadir un
+ajuste para @code{Staff.explicitKeySignatureVisibility} como se
+muestra en el ejemplo. En las versiones 2.10 y anteriores,
+también se necesita un ajuste similar para las indicaciones de
+compás (véase el ejemplo).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir un pentagrama adicional en un salto de línea"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede añadir (posiblemente de forma temporal) un pentagrama
+nuevo una vez que la pieza ha comenzado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir un pentagrama nuevo"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para añadir indicaciones de línea divisoria dentro del contexto de
+los nombres de acorde @code{ChordNames}, incluya el grabador
+@code{Bar_engraver}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir barras de compás al contexto de nombres de acorde (ChordNames)"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La sintaxis de LilyPond puede implicar muchas colocaciones poco
+comunes para los paréntesis, corchetes, etc, que a veces se tienen
+que intercalar. Por ejemplo, al introducir una barra manual, el
+corchete izquierdo de apertura se debe escribir después de la nota
+inicial y de su duración, no antes. De forma similar, el corchete
+derecho de cierre debe seguir inmediatamente a la nota que se
+quiere situar al final del barrado, incluso si esta nota resulta
+estar dentro de un grupo de valoración especial. Este fragmento de
+código muestra cómo combinar el barrado manual, las ligaduras de
+expresión y de unión y las ligaduras de fraseo, con secciones de
+valoración especial (encerradas entre llaves).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir barras, ligaduras de expresión y de unión, etc. cuando se usan ritmos con y sin grupos de valoración especial."
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante la utilización de las potentes herramientas preconfiguradas
+como la función @code{\\drummode} y el contexto @code{DrumStaff}, la
+introducción de partes para percusión es muy fácil: las percusiones se
+sitúan en sus propias posiciones de pentagrama (con una clave
+especial) y tienen las cabezas correspondientes al instrumento. Es
+posible añadir un símbolo adicional a la percusión o reducir el número
+de líneas.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Escritura de partes de percusión"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La función @code{\\parenthesize} es un truco especial que encierra
+objetos entre paréntesis. El grob asociado es
+@code{Score.ParenthesesItem}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Encerrar entre paréntesis una marca expresiva o una nota de un acorde"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Con algo de código de Scheme, se puede añadir fácilmente la fecha
+actual a una partitura.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir la fecha actual a una partitura"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+El grabador @code{Volta_engraver} reside de forma predeterminada
+dentro del contexto de @code{Score}, y los corchetes de la repetición
+se imprimen así normalmente sólo encima del pentagrama superior. Esto
+se puede ajustar añadiendo el grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
+contexto de @code{Staff} en que deban aparecer los corchetes; véase
+también el fragmento de código \"Volta multi staff\".
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Añadir corchetes de primera y segunda vez a más pentagramas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código muestra cómo situar la línea de base de la
+letra más cerca del pentagrama.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ajuste del especiado vertical de la letra"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Puede ser necesario trucar la propiedad
+@code{shortest-duration-space} para poder ajustar el tamaño de las
+caídas y subidas de tono («falls» y «doits»).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ajustar la forma de las subidas y caídas de tono"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Los nombres de instrumento se imprimen generalmente a la izquierda de
+los pentagramas. Para alinear los nombres de varios instrumentos
+distintos, sitúelos dentro de un bloque @code{\\markup} y utilice una
+de las siguientes posiblidades:
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento alineados por la derecha: es el
+ comportamiento predeterminado
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento centrados: la utilización de la instrucción
+ @code{\\hcenter-in #n} sitúa los nombres de instrumento dentro de
+ un rectángulo separado, donde @code{n} es la anchura del
+ rectángulo
+
+*
+ Nombres de instrumento alineados por la izquierda: los nombres se
+ imprimen en la parte superior de un rectángulo vacío, utilizando
+ la instrucción @code{\\combine} con un objeto @code{\\hspace #n}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alinear y centrar los nombres de instrumento"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La alineación horizontal de la letra se puede ajustar sobreescribiendo
+la propiedad @code{self-alignment-X} del objeto @code{LyricText}.
+@code{#-1} es izquierda, @code{#0} es centrado y @code{#1} es derecha;
+sin embargo, puede usar también @code{#LEFT}, @code{#CENTER} y
+@code{#RIGHT}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alineación de la letra"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Si están especificadas, las marcas de texto se pueden alinear con
+objetos de notación distintos a las líneas divisorias. Entre estos
+objetos se encuentran @code{ambitus}, @code{breathing-sign},
+@code{clef}, @code{custos}, @code{staff-bar}, @code{left-edge},
+@code{key-cancellation}, @code{key-signature} y @code{time-signature}.
+
+En estos casos, las marcas de texto se centran horizontalmente sobre
+el objeto, aunque esto se puede cambiar, como se muestra en la segunda
+línea de este ejemplo (en una partitura con varios pentagramas, se
+debe hacer este ajuste para todos los pentagramas).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alinear marcas con varios objetos de notación"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante el establecimiento de las propiedades de
+@code{NonMusicalPaperColumn} se puede ajustar el espaciado vertical en
+cada sistema.
+
+Ajustando @code{alignment-extra-space} o
+@code{fixed-alignment-extra-space} se puede ampliar verticalmente un
+sistema individual.
+
+Por razones técnicas, se debe usar @code{\\overrideProperty} para
+cambiar estas propiedades dentro de un pentagrama; aún se debe usar
+@code{\\override} dentro de un bloque @code{\\context} para las
+sobreescrituras globales.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Espaciado de la alineación vertical"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las cifras de digitación se imprimen de forma predeterminada fuera
+del pentagrama. Sin embargo, este comportamiento se puede
+cancelar.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Permitir que las digitaciones se impriman dentro del pentagrama"
- doctitle = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
- texidoc = "
+ doctitlees = "Ámbitos con varias voces"
+ texidoces = "
La adición del grabador @code{Ambitus_engraver} al contexto de
@code{Staff} crea un solo ámbito por pentagrama, incluso en el caso de
pentagramas con varias voces.
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+De forma predeterminada se añaden corchetes de análisis sencillos
+debajo del pentagrama. El ejemplo siguiente muestra una manera de
+colocarlos por encima.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Corchetes de análisis encima del pentagrama"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Aquí se muestran muchos (¿o quizá todos?) de los símbolos que
+están contemplados por la capacidad de LilyPond para la música
+antigua.
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Tipografía de música antigua"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este ejemplo muestra cómo hacer una transcripción moderna de Canto
+Gregoriano. El Canto Gregoriano no tiene compás ni plicas; utiliza
+solamente cabezas de nota de blanca y de negra, y unas marcas
+especiales que indican silencios de distintas longitudes.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla para notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de Canto Gregoriano)"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Al transcribir música mensural, es útil un «incipit» al compienzo
+de la pieza para indicar la tonalidad y el tempo
+originales. Aunque los músicos actuales están acostumbrados a las
+barras de compás para reconocer con más facilidad los patrones
+rítmicos, durante el período de la música mensural aún no se
+habíen inventado las líneas divisorias; de hecho, la medida solía
+cambiar a cada pocas notas. Como compromiso, a menudo las líneas
+divisorias se imprimen entre los pentagramas en vez de hacerlo
+encima de ellos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de notación de música antigua (transcripción moderna de música mensural)"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las indicaciones de compás también se pueden grabar en estilo antiguo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Indicaciones de compás antiguas"
doctitle = "Applying note head styles depending on the step of the scale"
-
- texidoc = "
+ doctitlees = "Aplicar estilos de cabeza según la nota de la escala"
+ texidoces = "
La propiedad @code{shapeNoteStyles} se puede usar para definir varios
estilos de cabezas de nota para cada grado de la escala (según esté
establecido por la armadura o por la propiedad \"tonic\"). Esta
de nota.
"
-
-
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden subdividir las barras automáticamente. Estableciendo la
+propiedad @code{subdivideBeams}, las barras se subdividen en
+posiciones de pulso (tal y como se especifica en @code{beatLength}).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Subdivisiones de barra automáticas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+En un compás sencillo como 2/2 ó 4/4, las corcheas se barran de forma
+predeterminada como dos grupos de cuatro.
+
+Utilizando un macro que seobreescribe el comportamiento automático del
+barrado, este fragmento de código cambia el barrado a pulsos de negra.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Barras automáticas de dos en dos en los compases de 4/4 o de 2/2"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La instrucción @code{\\whiteout} intercala un rectángulo blanco
+debajo de un elemento de marcado. Este rectángulo blanco no tapa
+a ningún otro objeto gráfico, puesto que las líneas del pentagrama
+están en una capa inferior a la de la mayor parte de los otros
+objetos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Poner en blanco las líneas del pentagrama utilizando la instrucción \\whiteout"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para hacer invisibles partes de un regulador de crescendo, se usa
+el método de dibujar un rectángulo blanco encima de la parte
+respectiva del regulador, tapándola. El rectángulo se define como
+código PostScript dentro de un elemento de marcado de texto.
+
+Para realizar un ajuste fino de la posición y el tamaño del
+elemento de marcado, se puede establecer el número que precede a
+@code{setgray} en la definición de PostScript a un valor menor que
+la unidad, haciendo que sea de color gris. Los dos números que
+están antes de @code{scale} en el código PostScript son los
+responsables del ancho y la altura del rectángulo, y los dos
+números que están antes de @code{translate} cambian las
+coordenadas X e Y de origen del rectángulo.
+
+Asegúrse de poner el regulador en una capa más baja que el
+elemento de marcado de texto para trazar el rectángulo encima del
+regulador.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Regulador interrumpido"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+A veces se denota una «cesura» con una doble marca de respiración
+parecida a las vías del tren, con un calderón encima. Este
+fragmento de código presenta una combinación de estas dos marcas,
+visualmente satisfactoria.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cesura tipo \"vías del tren\" con calderón"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este ejemplo proporciona una función para tipografiar un regulador
+con texto por debajo, como \"molto\" o \"poco\". El ejemplo
+ilustra también cómo modificar la manera en que se imprime
+normalmente un objeto, utilizando código de Scheme.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Centrar texto debajo de un regulador"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para hacer más pequeño el círculo de @code{\\flageolet} (armónico)
+utilice la siguiente función de Scheme.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el tamaño de la marca de \\flageolet"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden modificar notas individuales de un acorde con la
+instrucción @code{\\tweak}, alterando la propiedad
+@code{font-size}.
+
+Dentro de un acorde (entre ángulos simples @code{< >}), antes de
+la nota que queremos alterar, situamos la instrucción
+@code{\\tweak} seguida por @code{#'font-size} y definimos el
+tamaño adecuado como @code{#-2} (una cabeza pequeña).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el tamaño de una nota suelta de un acorde"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede establecer el separador entre las distintas partes del
+nombre de un acorde para que sea cualquier elemento de marcado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificación del separador de acordes"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Al producir una salida MIDI, el comportamiento predeterminado es
+que cada pentagrama representa un canal MIDI, con todas las voces
+de dicho pentagrama mezcladas. Esto reduce al mínimo el riesgo de
+que se agote el número de canales MIDI disponibles, pues existe un
+máximo de 16 canales por pista.
+
+Sin embargo, cuando se traslada el interpretador
+@code{Staff_performer} al contexto @code{Voice}, cada voz de un
+pentagrama puede tener su propio canal MIDI, como se muestra en el
+siguiente ejemplo: a pesar de estar sobre el mismo pentagrama, se
+crean dos canales MIDI, cada uno con un @code{midiInstrument}
+distinto.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar la salida MIDI para que tenga un canal por cada voz"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Al utilizar la posibilidad de combinación automática de partes, se
+puede modificar el texto que se imprime para las secciones de solo
+y de unísono:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar los textos de partcombine"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede modificar el texto empleado para los crescendos y
+decrescendos modificando las propiedades de contexto
+@code{crescendoText} y @code{decrescendoText}. El estiloo de la
+línea de extensión se puede cambiar modificando la propiedad
+@code{'style} de @code{DynamicTextSpanner}. El valor
+predeterminado es @code{'hairpin} (regulador), y entre otros
+valores posibles se encuentran @code{'line} (línea),
+@code{'dashed-line} (línea intermitente) y @code{'dotted-line}
+(línea de puntos):
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el texto y los estilos de objeto de extensión para las indicaciones dinámicas textuales"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las ligaduras de expresión de
+continuas a punteadas o intermitentes.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el aspecto continuo de una ligadura de expresión a punteado o intermitente"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+El glifo de la marca de respiración se puede ajustar
+sobreescribiendo la proopiedad de texto del objeto de presentación
+@code{BreathingSign}, con cualquier otro texto de marcado.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar el símbolo de la marca de respiración"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La nomenclatura inglesa (predeterminada) para los acordes del
+cifrado americano se puede cambiar por la alemana
+(@code{\\germanChords} sustituye B y Bes por H y B) o por la semi-alemana
+(@code{\\semiGermanChords} sustituye B y Bes por H y Bb).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar la nomenclatura de los acordes del cifrado americano por la notación alemana o semi-alemana"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las alteraciones y los signos «más» pueden aparecer antes o
+después de los números, según el valor de las propiedades
+@code{figuredBassAlterationDirection} y
+@code{figuredBassPlusDirection}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Cambiar las posiciones de las alteraciones del bajo cifrado"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La propiedad @code{measureLength}, junto con
+@code{measurePosition}, determina cuándo es necesario dibujar una
+línea divisoria. Sin embargo, al utilizar
+@code{\\scaleDurations}, el escalado proporcional de las
+duraciones hace difícil introducir cambios de compás. En este
+caso se debe establecer manualmente el valor de
+@code{measureLength} utilizando la función @code{ly:make-moment}.
+El segundo argumento debe ser el mismo que el segundo argumento de
+@code{\\scaleDurations}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar el compás dentro de una sección polimétrica utilizando @code{\\scaleDurations}"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este tipo de notación se utiliza para el canto de los Salmos, en
+que las estrofas no siempre tienen la misma longitud.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Notación de responsos o salmos"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede usar la propiedad @code{chordNameExceptions} para
+almacenar una lista de notaciones espaciales para acordes
+específicos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Excepciones para los nombres de acorde"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Los «clusters» o racimos son un mecanismo para indicar la
+interpretación de un ámbito de notas al mismo tiempo.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Clusters («racimos»)"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Ciertas indicaciones dinámicas pueden llevar textos (como \"più
+forte\" o \"piano subito\"). Se pueden producir usando un
+bloque @code{\\markup}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Combinar indicaciones dinámicas con marcados textuales"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La herramienta de combinación de partes ( instrucción
+@code{\\partcombine}) permite la combinación de varias partes
+diferentes sobre el mismo pentagrama. Las indicaciones textuales
+tales como \"solo\" o \"a2\" se añaden de forma predeterminada;
+para quitarlas, sencillamente establezca la proopiedad
+@code{printPartCombineTexts} al valor \"falso\". Para partituras
+vocales (como himnos), no hay necesidad de añadir los textos
+\"solo\" o \"a2\", por lo que se deben desactivar. Sin embargo,
+podría ser mejor no usarlo si hay solos, porque éstos no se
+indicarán. En tales casos podría ser preferible la notación
+polifónica estándar.
+
+Este fragmento de código presenta las tres formas en que se pueden
+imprimir dos partes sobre un solo pentagrama: polifonía estándar,
+@code{\\partcombine} sin textos, y @code{\\partcombine} con
+textos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Combinar dos partes sobre el mismo pentagrama"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede tipografiar un gissando contemporáneo sin nota final
+utilizando una nota oculta y temporalización de cadenza.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Glissando contemporáneo"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede controlar con precisión la colocación de los números de digitación.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Controlar la colocación de las digitaciones de acordes"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+El orden vertical que ocupan las inscripciones gráficas está
+controlado con la propiedad @code{script-priority}. Cuanto más
+bajo es este número, más cerca de la nota se colocará. En este
+ejemplo, el @code{TextScript} (el sostenido) tiene primero la
+prioridad más baja, por lo que se sitúa en la posición más baja en
+el primer ejemplo. En el segundo, el semitrino (el @code{Script})
+es el que la tiene más baja, por lo que se sitúa en la parte
+interior. Cuando dos objetos tienen la misma prioridad, el orden
+en que se introducen determina cuál será el que aparece en primer
+lugar.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Controlar la ordenación vertical de las inscripciones"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+En una música que tenga muchas apariciones de la
+misma secuencia de notas a distintas alturas, podría ser de
+utilidad la siguiente función musical. Admite una nota, de la que
+sólo se utiliza su altura. Las funciones de apoyo en Scheme se
+han tomado prestadas del documento de \"Consejos y trucos\" de la
+versión 2.10 del manual. Este ejemplo crea las duraciones
+rítmicas que se usan a todo lo largo de «Marte», de «Los Planetas»
+de Gustav Holst.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear una secuencia de notas a distintas alturas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede trazar un símbolo de arpegio entre notas de distintas
+voces que están sobre el mismo pentagrama si el grabador
+@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} se traslada al contexto de
+@code{Staff} context:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear arpegios entre notas de voces distintas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Para crear pentagramas en blanco, genere compases vacíos y después
+elimine el grabador de números de compás
+@code{Bar_number_engraver} del contexto @code{Score}, y los
+grabadores de la indicación de compás
+@code{Time_signature_engraver}, de la clave @code{Clef_engraver} y
+de los compases @code{Bar_engraver} del contexto de @code{Staff}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear pentagramas en blanco"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Dentro de un @code{PianoStaff}, es posible hacer que un arpegio
+cruce entre los pentagramas ajustando la propiedad
+@code{PianoStaff.connectArpeggios}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de un sistema de piano"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden crear arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de
+contextos distintos a @code{PianoStaff} si se incluye el grabador
+@code{Span_arpeggio_engraver} en el contexto de @code{Score}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Creación de arpegios que se cruzan entre pentagramas dentro de otros contextos"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Aunque la manera más fácil de añadir paréntesis a una indicación
+de dinámica es utilizar un bloque @code{\\markup}, este método
+tiene un inconveniente: los objetos que se crean se comportarán
+como elementos de marcado de texto y no como indicaciones
+dinámicas.
+
+Sin embargo, es posible crear un objeto similar utilizando el
+código de Scheme equivalente (como se explica en \"Interfaz del
+programador de elementos de marcado\"), en combinación con la
+función @code{make-dynamic-script}. De esta forma, el elemento de
+marcado se tratará como una indicación dinámica, y por tanto
+seguirá siendo compatible con instrucciones como
+@code{\\dynamicUp} o @code{\\dynamicDown}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear indicaciones dinámicas \"verdaderas\" entre paréntesis"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+A diferencia de las inscripciones de texto, las lestras de ensayo
+no se pueden apilar en un punto concreto de la partitura: sólo se
+crea un objeto @code{RehearsalMark}. Utilizando un compás y línea
+divisoria invisibles se puede crear una nueva marca de ensayo,
+dando la apariencia de dos marcas en la misma columna.
+
+Este método también puede resultar útil para colocar marcas de
+ensayo tanto al final de un sistema como al comienzo del sistema
+siguiente.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Creación de marcas de ensayo simultáneas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+En determinadas situaciones es necesario crear ligaduras de
+expresión entre notas que están en voces distintas.
+
+La solución es añadir notas invisibles a una de las voces
+utilizando @code{\\hideNotes}.
+
+Este ejemplo es el compás 235 de la Chacona de la segunda Partita
+para violín solo, BWV 1004, de Bach.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Hacer ligaduras entre voces distintas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las instrucciones @code{\\startTextSpan} y @code{\\stopTextSpan}
+permiten la creación de elementos de extensión textuales tan
+fácilmente como indicaciones de pedal u
+octavaciones. Sobreescribimos ciertas propiedades del objeto
+@code{TextSpanner} para modificar su salida.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Crear elementos de extensión textuales"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden tipografiar «custos» en diferentes estilos.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Custos"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea
+del pentagrama está determinada por la propiedad
+@code{neutral-direction} del objeto @code{Stem}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Dirección predeterminada de las plicas sobre la tercera línea del pentagrama"
Este fragmento de código muestra cómo conseguir dichas reglas de
notación.
+
"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede insertar códico PostScript directamente dentro de un
+bloque @code{\\markup}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Empotrar PostScript nativo dentro de un bloque \\markup"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Del problema central de la notación, esto es, crear un determinado
+símbolo, se encargan los «plugins» o complementos añadidos. Cada
+uno de los complementos se conoce como un grabador. En este
+ejemplo, los grabadores se van activando uno por uno, en el orden
+siguiente:
+
+- cabeza de las notas,
+
+- el símbolo del pentagrama,
+
+- clave,
+
+- plicas,
+
+- barras, ligaduras de expresión, acentos,
+
+- alteraciones, líneas divisorias, indicación del compás, y armadura.
+
+Los grabadores se encuentran agrupados. Por ejemplo, las cabezas
+de nota, ligaduras de expresión, barras de corchea, etc. forman un
+contexto de voz. Los grabadores de la armadura, alteraciones,
+compás, etc. forman un contexto de pentagrama.
+
+Sólo podemos ver el primer ejemplo en este documento; para ver los
+demás debemos descartar el fragmento de código y procesarlo en
+nuestro ordenador.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Los grabadores, uno por uno"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código basado en Scheme genera
+24 notas aleatorias (o tantas como se necesiten), basándose en la
+hora actual (o en cualquier número pseudo-aleatorio que se
+especifique en su lugar, para obtener las mismas notas aleatorias
+cada vez): es decir, para obtener distintos patrones de notas,
+sólo tiene que modificar este número.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Generación de notas aleatorias"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede cambiar el aspecto de las líneas de rejilla
+sobreescribiendo algunas de sus propiedades.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: modificar su aspecto"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden trazar líneas verticales normales entre pentagramas para
+mostrar la relación entre notas; sin embargo, en caso de música
+monofónica, podemos hacer invisible el segundo pentagrama, y que
+las líneas sean más cortas, como en este fragmento de código.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Líneas de rejilla: destacar ritmos y la relación temporal entre notas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Los cambios de dinámica con estilo de texto (como cresc. y dim.)
+se imprimen con una línea intermitente que muestra su alcance.
+Esta línea se puede suprimir de la siguiente manera:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ocultar la línea de extensión de las expresiones textuales de dinámica"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Los «incipit» se pueden escribir utilizando el grob del nombre del
+instruemento, pero manteniendo independientes las definiciones del
+nombre del instrumento y del incipit."
+
+ doctitlees = "Incipit"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden aplicar puntas de flecha a los elementos de extensión de
+texto y de línea (como el Glissando).
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Puntas de flecha para las líneas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+El «Makam» es un tipo de melodía de Turquía que
+utiliza intervalos microtonales de 1/9 de tono. Consulte el
+archivo de inicio @code{makam-init.ly} (véase el 'Manual de
+aprendizaje @version{}, 4.6.3 Otras fuentes de información' para
+averiguar la situación de este archivo) para ver detalles de los
+nombres de las notas y las alteraciones.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "El «Makam»"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede engrosar una línea del pentagrama con fines pedagógicos
+(p.ej. la tercera línea o la de la clave de Sol). Esto se puede
+conseguir añadiendo más líneas muy cerca de la línea que se quiere
+destacar, utilizando la propiedad @code{line-positions} del objeto
+@code{StaffSymbol}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Hacer unas líneas del pentagrama más gruesas que las otras"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Este fragmento de código proporciona una solución alternativa a la
+producción de contadores de compás utilizando repeticiones
+transparentes de tipo porcentaje.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Contador de compases"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+La disposición «mensurstriche» en que las líneas divisorias no
+están dibujadas sobre los pentagramas, sino entre ellos, se puede
+conseguir con un @code{StaffGroup} en vez de un @code{ChoirStaff}.
+La línea divisoria sobre los pentagramas se borra estableciendo la
+propiedad @code{transparent}.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Disposición Mensurstriche (líneas divisorias entre pentagramas)"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las abreviaturas se encuentran definidas dentro del archivo
+@code{ly/script-init.ly}, donde las variables @code{dashHat},
+@code{dashPlus}, @code{dashDash}, @code{dashBar},
+@code{dashLarger}, @code{dashDot} y @code{dashUnderscore} reciben
+valores predeterminados. Se pueden modificar estos valores
+predeterminados para las abreviaturas. Por ejemplo, para asociar
+la abreviatura @code{-+} (@code{dashPlus}) con el símbolo del
+semitrino en lugar del símboloo predeterminado +, asigne el valor
+@code{trill} a la variable @code{dashPlus}:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Modificar los valores predeterminados para la notación abreviada de las articulaciones"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede utilizar la propiedad
+@code{systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} para crear grupos de
+pentagramas anidados de forma más compleja. La instrucción
+@code{\\set StaffGroup.systemStartDelimiterHierarchy} toma una
+lista alfabética del número de pentagramas producidos. Se puede
+proporcionar antes de cada pentagrama un delimitador de comienzo
+de sistema. Se debe encerrar entre corchetes y admite tantos
+pentagramas como encierren las llaves. Se pueden omitir los
+elementos de la lista, pero el primer corchete siempre abarca
+todos los pentagramas. Las posibilidades son
+@code{SystemStartBar}, @code{SystemStartBracket},
+@code{SystemStartBrace} y @code{SystemStartSquare}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Anidado de grupos de pentagramas"
@code{alteración} es @code{,SHARP ,FLAT ,DOUBLE-SHARP} etc. (observe
la coma precedente.)
-
Alternativamente, para cada elemento de la lista el uso del formato
más conciso @code{(paso . alteración)} especifica que la misma
alteración debe estar en todas las octavas.
-
He aquí un ejemplo de una posible armadura para generar una escala
exátona:
+
"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Muchas partituras de piano tienen las indicaciones dinámicas
+centradas entre los dos pentagramas. Esto requiere un poco de
+trucaje, pero puesto que la plantilla está aquí mismo, no tenemos
+que hacer este trucaje por nuestra cuenta.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de piano con matices centrados"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden imprimir reguladores con un círculo en la punta
+(notación «al niente») estableciendo la propiedad
+@code{circled-tip} del objeto @code{Hairpin} al valor @code{#t}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Impresión de reguladores utilizando la notación «al niente»"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+De forma predeterminada, las indicaciones metronómicas y las
+letras de ensayo se imprimen encima del pentagrama. Para
+colocarlas debajo del pentagrama, simplemente ajustamos
+adecuadamente las propiedades @code{side-axis} y @code{direction}
+de @code{MetronomeMark} o de @code{RehearsalMark}.
+
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Impresión de indicaciones metronómicas y letras de ensayo debajo del pentagrama"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "Los pasajes citados tienen en cuenta la
+transposición de la fuente tanto como la del destino. En este
+ejemplo, todos los instrumentos interpreta una nota con el sonido
+del Do central; el destino de un instrumento transpositor en Fa.
+La parte de destino se puede transponer utilizando
+@code{\\transpose}. En este caso se transportan todas las notas
+(incluidas las citadas).
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Citar otra voz con transposición"
\ No newline at end of file
texidoces = "
Los silencios se pueden imprimir en distintos estilos.
-"
\ No newline at end of file
+"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Si la nota que da fin a un regulador cae sobre la primera parte de
+un compás, el regulador se detiene en la línea divisoria
+inmediatamente precedente. Se puede controlar este comportamiento
+sobreescribiendo la propiedad @code{to-barline}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Establecer el comportamiento de los reguladores en las barras de compás"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Si los reguladores son demasiado cortos, se pueden alargar
+modificando la propiedad @code{minimum-length} del objeto
+@code{Hairpin}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Ajustar la longitud mínima de los reguladores"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se pueden imprimir los acordes exclusivamente al comienzo de las
+líneas y cuando cambia el acorde.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Imprimir los acordes cuando se produce un cambio"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Al juntar nombres de acorde en cifrado americano, melodía y letra,
+obtenemos una hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet»:
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Hoja guía de acordes o «lead sheet» sencilla"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Esta plantilla facilita la preparación de una canción con melodía,
+letra y acordes.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música, letra y acordes"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Presentamos a continuación un ejemplo de plantilla para una hoja
+guía de acordes con melodía, letra, acordes y diagramas de
+trastes.
+"
+
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla para un pentagrama único con música, letra, acordes y trastes"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+¿Quiere preparar una hoja guía de acordes (o «lead sheet») con
+melodía y acordes? ¡No busque más!
+
+"
+
+doctitlees = "Plantilla de pentagrama único con música y acordes"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Cuando dos o más glissandi se cruzan, aparece un mensaje de
+advertencia \"se ignoran demasiadas columnas de notas que chocan
+entre sí\" al procesar el archivo de LilyPond. He aquí una forma
+de evitar este mensaje.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Suprimir las advertencias del compilador cuando se cruzan dos glissandos"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+A modo de alternativa para obtener auténticos «incipit»
+independientes de la partitura principal, se incluyen como
+elemento de marcado en el campo que se usa normalmente para el
+nombre del instrumento. Por el momento, la letra sólo se puede
+añadir como marcado directo. Por desgracia, su espaciado no es
+análogo al de la letra principal.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Transcripción de música antigua con incipit"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Se puede usar el delimitador de comienzo de un sistema
+@code{SystemStartSquare} estableciéndolo explícitamente dentro de
+un contexto @code{StaffGroup} o @code{ChoirStaffGroup}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Uso del corchete recto al comienzo de un grupo de pentagramas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Algunos compositores escriben dos ligaduras cuando quieren acordes
+legato. Esto se puede conseguir estableciendo @code{doubleSlurs}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Utilizar ligaduras dobes para acordes legato"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Las expresiones dinámicas que se comienzan, terminan o se producen
+en la misma nota se alinean verticalmente. Para asegurar que las
+expresiones dinámicas se alinean cuando no se producen sobre la
+misma nota, incremente la propiedad @code{staff-padding} del
+objeto @code{DynamicLineSpanner}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Alinear verticalmente expresiones dinámicas que abarcan varias notas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Esta plantilla es, básicamente, la misma que la sencilla plantilla
+\"Conjunto vocal\", excepto que aquí todas las líneas de letra se
+colocan utilizando @code{alignAboveContext} y
+@code{alignBelowContext}.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Plantilla para conjunto vocal con letras alineadas encima y debajo de los pentagramas"
--- /dev/null
+ texidoces = "
+Mediante la adición del grabador @code{Volta_engraver} al
+pentagrama pertinente, se pueden poner los corchetes de primera y
+segunda vez debajo de los acordes.
+
+"
+ doctitlees = "Corchetes de primera y segunda vez debajo de los acordes"
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header{
filename = "twinkle-pop.ly"
composer = "traditional"
}
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
ignoreMelisma = \set ignoreMelismata = ##t
ignoreMelismaOff = \unset ignoreMelismata
r8 <e c g>8[ <e c g>] |
<d c a>4. r8 \clef bass <d b f> <d b f> |
- \setTextCresc
+ \crescTextCresc
e,16_" "\<
g c g e g d gis b gis d gis |
c, e a e c e a,-\f\! d fis d a d |
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
texidoc = "Wilhelmus van Nassouwe"
%% hai2zi5: child,
%% guai1-guai1: well-behaved)
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.51"
\header {
title = "小孩子乖乖"
class Accidental_engraver : public Engraver
{
- int get_bar_number ();
void update_local_key_signature (SCM new_signature);
void create_accidental (Accidental_entry *entry, bool, bool);
Grob *make_standard_accidental (Stream_event *note, Grob *note_head, Engraver *trans, bool);
return result;
}
-int
-Accidental_engraver::get_bar_number ()
-{
- SCM barnum = get_property ("internalBarNumber");
- SCM smp = get_property ("measurePosition");
-
- int bn = robust_scm2int (barnum, 0);
-
- Moment mp = robust_scm2moment (smp, Moment (0));
- if (mp.main_part_ < Rational (0))
- bn--;
-
- return bn;
-}
-
void
Accidental_engraver::process_acknowledged ()
{
{
SCM accidental_rules = get_property ("autoAccidentals");
SCM cautionary_rules = get_property ("autoCautionaries");
- int barnum = get_bar_number ();
+ int barnum = measure_number (context());
for (vsize i = 0; i < accidentals_.size (); i++)
{
/* Cannot look for ties: it's not guaranteed that they reach
us before the notes. */
- if (acc.need_acc
- && !note->in_event_class ("trill-span-event"))
- create_accidental (&accidentals_[i], acc.need_restore, cautionary);
+ if (!note->in_event_class ("trill-span-event"))
+ {
+ if (acc.need_acc)
+ create_accidental (&accidentals_[i], acc.need_restore, cautionary);
- if (forced || cautionary)
- accidentals_[i].accidental_->set_property ("forced", SCM_BOOL_T);
+ if (forced || cautionary)
+ accidentals_[i].accidental_->set_property ("forced", SCM_BOOL_T);
+ }
}
}
}
}
for (vsize i = accidentals_.size (); i--;)
- {
- int barnum = get_bar_number ();
-
+ {
Stream_event *note = accidentals_[i].melodic_;
Context *origin = accidentals_[i].origin_;
+ int barnum = measure_number (origin);
+
Pitch *pitch = unsmob_pitch (note->get_property ("pitch"));
if (!pitch)
continue;
&& origin->where_defined (ly_symbol2scm ("localKeySignature"), &localsig))
{
bool change = false;
- if (accidentals_[i].tied_)
+ if (accidentals_[i].tied_
+ && !(to_boolean (accidentals_[i].accidental_->get_property ("forced"))))
{
/*
Remember an alteration that is different both from
{
LY_ASSERT_TYPE (scm_is_string, name, 1);
- Font_metric *fm = all_fonts_global->find_font (ly_scm2string (name));
+ string name_str = ly_scm2string (name);
+ Font_metric *fm = all_fonts_global->find_font (name_str);
return fm->self_scm ();
}
All_font_metrics::find_otf (string name)
{
SCM sname = ly_symbol2scm (name.c_str ());
- SCM name_string = ly_string2scm (name);
SCM val;
if (!otf_dict_->try_retrieve (sname, &val))
{
progress_indication ("]");
unsmob_metrics (val)->file_name_ = file_name;
+ SCM name_string = ly_string2scm (name);
unsmob_metrics (val)->description_ = scm_cons (name_string,
scm_from_double (1.0));
otf_dict_->set (sname, val);
colon.translate_axis (-dist / 2, Y_AXIS);
Stencil m;
+ Grob *staff = Staff_symbol_referencer::get_staff_symbol (me);
+ Real center = 0;
+ if (staff)
+ {
+ Interval staff_extent = staff->extent (staff, Y_AXIS);
+ center = staff_extent.center ();
+ }
+
if (str == "||:")
str = "|:";
if (str == "")
- return Lookup::blank (Box (Interval (0, 0), Interval (-h / 2, h / 2)));
+ {
+ Stencil empty = Lookup::blank (Box (Interval (0, 0), Interval (-h / 2, h / 2)));
+ empty.translate_axis (center, Y_AXIS);
+ return empty;
+ }
else if (str == "|")
- return thin;
+ {
+ thin.translate_axis (center, Y_AXIS);
+ return thin;
+ }
else if (str == "|." || (h == 0 && str == ":|"))
{
m.add_at_edge (X_AXIS, LEFT, thick, 0);
{
m = dot;
}
+
+ m.translate_axis (center, Y_AXIS);
return m;
}
CENTER.
*/
Direction
-Beaming_pattern::flag_direction (vsize i) const
+Beaming_pattern::flag_direction (Beaming_options const &options, vsize i) const
{
// The extremal stems shouldn't be messed with, so it's appropriate to
// return CENTER here also.
int left_count = infos_[i-1].count (RIGHT);
int right_count = infos_[i+1].count (LEFT);
+ // If we are told to subdivide beams and we are next to a beat, point the
+ // beamlet away from the beat.
+ if (options.subdivide_beams_)
+ {
+ if (infos_[i].rhythmic_importance_ < 0)
+ return RIGHT;
+ else if (infos_[i+1].rhythmic_importance_ < 0)
+ return LEFT;
+ }
+
if (count <= left_count && count <= right_count)
return CENTER;
for (vsize i = 1; i < infos_.size () - 1; i++)
{
- Direction non_flag_dir = other_dir (flag_direction (i));
+ Direction non_flag_dir = other_dir (flag_direction (options, i));
if (non_flag_dir)
{
int importance = (non_flag_dir == LEFT)
? infos_[i].rhythmic_importance_ : infos_[i+1].rhythmic_importance_;
- int count = (importance < 0)
+ int count = (importance < 0 && options.subdivide_beams_)
? 1 : min (infos_[i].count (non_flag_dir),
infos_[i+non_flag_dir].count (-non_flag_dir));
return m;
}
+int
+measure_number (Context const *context)
+{
+ SCM barnum = context->get_property ("internalBarNumber");
+ SCM smp = context->get_property ("measurePosition");
+
+ int bn = robust_scm2int (barnum, 0);
+ Moment mp = robust_scm2moment (smp, Moment (0));
+ if (mp.main_part_ < Rational (0))
+ bn--;
+
+ return bn;
+}
+
void
set_context_property_on_children (Context *trans, SCM sym, SCM val)
using namespace std;
-#include "dots.hh"
-#include "dot-column.hh"
-#include "rhythmic-head.hh"
-#include "staff-symbol-referencer.hh"
-#include "directional-element-interface.hh"
-#include "side-position-interface.hh"
#include "axis-group-interface.hh"
-#include "stem.hh"
-#include "grob.hh"
-#include "pointer-group-interface.hh"
+#include "directional-element-interface.hh"
+#include "dot-column.hh"
#include "dot-configuration.hh"
+#include "dot-formatting-problem.hh"
+#include "dots.hh"
+#include "grob.hh"
#include "note-head.hh"
+#include "pointer-group-interface.hh"
#include "rest.hh"
-#include "dot-formatting-problem.hh"
+#include "rhythmic-head.hh"
+#include "side-position-interface.hh"
+#include "staff-symbol-referencer.hh"
+#include "stem.hh"
MAKE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (Dot_column, calc_positioning_done, 1);
SCM
*/
Staff_symbol_referencer::set_position (i->second.dot_, i->first);
}
-
me->translate_axis (cfg.x_offset () - me->relative_coordinate (commonx, X_AXIS),
X_AXIS);
}
void
-Dot_column::add_head (Grob *me, Grob *rh)
+Dot_column::add_head (Grob *me, Grob *head)
{
- Grob *d = unsmob_grob (rh->get_object ("dot"));
+ Grob *d = unsmob_grob (head->get_object ("dot"));
if (d)
{
- Side_position_interface::add_support (me, rh);
+ Side_position_interface::add_support (me, head);
Pointer_group_interface::add_grob (me, ly_symbol2scm ("dots"), d);
d->set_property ("Y-offset", Grob::x_parent_positioning_proc);
- d->set_property ("X-offset", Grob::x_parent_positioning_proc);
+ // Dot formatting requests the Y-offset, -which- for rests may
+ // trigger post-linebreak callbacks.
+ if (!Rest::has_interface (head))
+ d->set_property ("X-offset", Grob::x_parent_positioning_proc);
Axis_group_interface::add_element (me, d);
}
}
Grob *note = gi.grob ();
if (unsmob_grob (note->get_object ("dot")))
return;
-
Duration *dur = unsmob_duration (cause->get_property ("duration"));
if (dur && dur->dot_count ())
/* read */
"stringTunings "
"minimumFret "
+ "maximumFretStretch "
"tablatureFormat "
- "highStringOne ",
+ "highStringOne "
+ "predefinedDiagramTable",
/* write */
""
int prefix_set = scm_to_int (primitive->get_property ("prefix-set"));
if (prefix_set & PES_OR_FLEXA)
- if (!i) // ligature may not start with 2nd head of pes or flexa
- primitive->warning (_ ("cannot apply `\\~' on first head of ligature"));
- else if (pitch > prev_pitch) // pes
- {
- prev_context_info |= PES_LOWER;
- context_info |= PES_UPPER;
- }
- else if (pitch < prev_pitch) // flexa
- {
- prev_context_info |= FLEXA_LEFT;
- context_info |= FLEXA_RIGHT;
- }
- else // (pitch == prev_pitch)
- primitive->warning (_ ("cannot apply `\\~' on heads with identical pitch"));
+ {
+ if (!i) // ligature may not start with 2nd head of pes or flexa
+ primitive->warning (_ ("cannot apply `\\~' on first head of ligature"));
+ else if (pitch > prev_pitch) // pes
+ {
+ prev_context_info |= PES_LOWER;
+ context_info |= PES_UPPER;
+ }
+ else if (pitch < prev_pitch) // flexa
+ {
+ prev_context_info |= FLEXA_LEFT;
+ context_info |= FLEXA_RIGHT;
+ }
+ else // (pitch == prev_pitch)
+ primitive->warning (_ ("cannot apply `\\~' on heads with identical pitch"));
+ }
if (prev_prefix_set & DEMINUTUM)
context_info |= AFTER_DEMINUTUM;
*/
void
-chain_offset_callback (Grob *g, SCM proc, Axis a)
+chain_callback (Grob *g, SCM proc, SCM sym)
{
- SCM data = g->get_property_data (axis_offset_symbol (a));
+ SCM data = g->get_property_data (sym);
if (ly_is_procedure (data))
data = ly_make_simple_closure (scm_list_1 (data));
data = SCM_UNDEFINED;
SCM expr = scm_list_2 (proc, data);
- g->set_property (axis_offset_symbol (a),
+ g->set_property (sym,
// twice: one as a wrapper for grob property routines,
// once for the actual delayed binding.
ly_make_simple_closure (ly_make_simple_closure (expr)));
}
+
+void
+chain_offset_callback (Grob *g, SCM proc, Axis a)
+{
+ chain_callback (g, proc, axis_offset_symbol (a));
+}
private:
vector<Beam_rhythmic_element> infos_;
- Direction flag_direction (vsize) const;
+ Direction flag_direction (Beaming_options const&, vsize) const;
void find_rhythmic_importance (Beaming_options const&);
void unbeam_invisible_stems ();
};
Moment measure_position (Context const *context);
Rational measure_length (Context const *context);
+int measure_number (Context const *context);
void set_context_property_on_children (Context *trans, SCM sym, SCM val);
/* Shorthand for creating and broadcasting stream events. */
/* offset/extent callbacks. */
void add_offset_callback (Grob *g, SCM proc, Axis a);
void chain_offset_callback (Grob *g, SCM proc, Axis a);
+void chain_callback (Grob *g, SCM proc, SCM sym);
SCM axis_offset_symbol (Axis a);
SCM axis_parent_positioning (Axis a);
DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (height, (SCM));
DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (outside_slur_callback, (SCM, SCM));
DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (pure_outside_slur_callback, (SCM, SCM, SCM, SCM));
+ DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (outside_slur_cross_staff, (SCM, SCM));
DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (calc_cross_staff, (SCM));
DECLARE_GROB_INTERFACE();
static Bezier get_curve (Grob *me);
extern bool parsed_objects_should_be_dead;
-#ifndef NDEDUG
+#ifndef NDEBUG
#define ASSERT_LIVE_IS_ALLOWED() \
static bool passed_here_once;\
if (parsed_objects_should_be_dead && !passed_here_once) { \
static Real line_thickness (Grob *);
static Real staff_space (Grob *);
static Grob *get_staff_symbol (Grob *);
- static bool on_line (Grob *);
static bool on_line (Grob *, int);
static bool on_staff_line (Grob *, int);
- static bool on_staff_line (Grob *);
static int line_count (Grob *);
static Real get_position (Grob *);
static Real staff_radius (Grob *);
static int get_steps (Grob *);
static int line_count (Grob *);
+ static bool on_line (Grob *me, int pos);
DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (print, (SCM));
DECLARE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (height, (SCM));
DECLARE_GROB_INTERFACE();
#include <set>
typedef map< Tuple<int,4>, Tie_configuration *> Tie_configuration_map;
+
struct Tie_configuration_variation
{
- int index_;
- Tie_configuration *suggestion_;
- Tie_configuration_variation ();
+ vector<pair<int, Tie_configuration *> > index_suggestion_pairs_;
+ void add_suggestion(int index, Tie_configuration* suggestion)
+ {
+ index_suggestion_pairs_.push_back (make_pair (index, suggestion));
+ }
};
typedef map < Tuple<int, 2>, Skyline> Chord_outline_map;
/* properties */
"break-visibility "
+ "extra-spacing-height "
"extra-spacing-width "
- "infinite-spacing-height "
"non-musical "
);
return MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_MARKUP1;
else if (tag == ly_symbol2scm ("scheme0-scheme1-markup2"))
return MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1_MARKUP2;
+ else if (tag == ly_symbol2scm ("scheme0-scheme1-markup2-markup3"))
+ return MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1_MARKUP2_MARKUP3;
else if (tag == ly_symbol2scm ("scheme0-markup1-markup2"))
return MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_MARKUP1_MARKUP2;
else if (tag == ly_symbol2scm ("scheme0-scheme1-scheme2"))
else if (scm_is_symbol (yylval.scm))
return DRUM_PITCH;
}
- else if ((handle = scm_hashq_get_handle (chordmodifier_tab_, sym))!= SCM_BOOL_F)
+ else if ((YYSTATE == chords)
+ && (handle = scm_hashq_get_handle (chordmodifier_tab_, sym))!= SCM_BOOL_F)
{
yylval.scm = scm_cdr (handle);
return CHORD_MODIFIER;
notice ()
{
identify (stdout);
- puts (_f (NOTICE, PROGRAM_NAME).c_str ());
printf ("\n");
copyright ();
+ printf ("\n");
+ puts (_f (NOTICE, PROGRAM_NAME).c_str ());
}
LY_DEFINE (ly_usage, "ly:usage",
if (show_help)
{
- identify (stdout);
ly_usage ();
if (be_verbose_global)
dir_info (stdout);
text_ = 0;
last_duration_ = SCM_EOL;
last_count_ = SCM_EOL;
+ last_text_ = SCM_EOL;
}
void
{
if (x < 0)
return 1.0;
- return max (- epsilon * (x - threshold) / ((x + epsilon) * threshold), 0.0);
+ return max (- epsilon * (x - threshold) / ((x + epsilon) * threshold), 0.0);
}
/*
(SCM layout_smob, SCM name),
"Return the layout variable @var{name}.")
{
-
LY_ASSERT_SMOB (Output_def, layout_smob, 1);
Output_def *layout = unsmob_output_def (layout_smob);
return scm_from_double (layout->get_dimension (name));
line_dimensions_int (Output_def *def, int n)
{
Real lw = def->get_dimension (ly_symbol2scm ("line-width"));
- Real ind = n ? 0.0 : def->get_dimension (ly_symbol2scm ("indent"));
+ Real ind = n
+ ? def->get_dimension (ly_symbol2scm ("short-indent"))
+ : def->get_dimension (ly_symbol2scm ("indent"));
return Interval (ind, lw);
}
%token <scm> MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_MARKUP1
%token <scm> MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1
%token <scm> MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1_MARKUP2
+%token <scm> MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1_MARKUP2_MARKUP3
%token <scm> MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_MARKUP1_MARKUP2
%token <scm> MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1_SCM2
%token <scm> MARKUP_LIST_HEAD_EMPTY
| MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_MARKUP1_MARKUP2 embedded_scm markup markup {
$$ = scm_list_4 ($1, $2, $3, $4);
}
+ | MARKUP_HEAD_SCM0_SCM1_MARKUP2_MARKUP3 embedded_scm embedded_scm markup markup {
+ $$ = scm_list_5 ($1, $2, $3, $4, $5);
+ }
| MARKUP_HEAD_EMPTY {
$$ = scm_list_1 ($1);
}
*/
/* Ugh: This declaration is duplicated in piano-pedal-performer */
-typedef enum Pedal_type {
+enum Pedal_type {
SOSTENUTO,
SUSTAIN,
UNA_CORDA,
SCM key = scm_cons (scm_from_int (p->get_octave ()),
scm_from_int (p->get_notename ()));
+ int bn = measure_number (context());
+
SCM handle = scm_assoc (key, keysig);
+ if (handle != SCM_BOOL_F)
+ {
+ bool same_bar = (bn == robust_scm2int (scm_cddr (handle), 0));
+ bool same_alt
+ = (p->get_alteration () == robust_scm2rational (scm_cadr (handle), 0));
+
+ if (!same_bar || (same_bar && !same_alt))
+ handle = SCM_BOOL_F;
+ }
+
bool print_acc
- = (handle == SCM_BOOL_F) || p->get_alteration () == Rational (0);
+ = (handle == SCM_BOOL_F) || p->get_alteration () == Rational (0)
+ || (ev->get_property ("force-accidental") == SCM_BOOL_T);
if (trill_head_)
{
Interval y (il->pure_height (ycommon, 0, very_large));
Interval x (il->extent (pc, X_AXIS));
- Interval extra = robust_scm2interval (elts[i]->get_property ("extra-spacing-width"),
- Interval (-0.1, 0.1));
- x[LEFT] += extra[LEFT];
- x[RIGHT] += extra[RIGHT];
- if (to_boolean (elts[i]->get_property ("infinite-spacing-height")))
- y = Interval (-infinity_f, infinity_f);
+ Interval extra_width = robust_scm2interval (elts[i]->get_property ("extra-spacing-width"),
+ Interval (-0.1, 0.1));
+ Interval extra_height = robust_scm2interval (elts[i]->get_property ("extra-spacing-height"),
+ Interval (-0.1, 0.1));
+
+ x[LEFT] += extra_width[LEFT];
+ x[RIGHT] += extra_width[RIGHT];
+ y[DOWN] += extra_height[DOWN];
+ y[UP] += extra_height[UP];
if (!x.is_empty () && !y.is_empty ())
out.push_back (Box (x, y));
continue;
if (e)
- if (use_extents)
- dim.unite (e->maybe_pure_extent (common, a, pure, start, end));
- else
- {
- Real x = e->maybe_pure_coordinate (common, a, pure, start, end);
- dim.unite (Interval (x, x));
- }
+ {
+ if (use_extents)
+ dim.unite (e->maybe_pure_extent (common, a, pure, start, end));
+ else
+ {
+ Real x = e->maybe_pure_coordinate (common, a, pure, start, end);
+ dim.unite (Interval (x, x));
+ }
+ }
}
if (dim.is_empty ())
{
Interval iv = me->maybe_pure_extent (me, a, pure, start, end);
- Real padding
+ Real padding
= Staff_symbol_referencer::staff_space (me)
* scm_to_double (me->get_property ("staff-padding"));
if (slur)
{
chain_offset_callback (e, outside_slur_callback_proc, Y_AXIS);
+ chain_callback (e, outside_slur_cross_staff_proc, ly_symbol2scm("cross-staff"));
e->set_object ("slur", slur->self_scm ());
}
}
e->name().c_str ()));
}
+/*
+ A callback that will be chained together with the original cross-staff
+ value of a grob that is placed 'outside or 'around a slur. This just says
+ that any grob becomes cross-staff if it is placed 'outside or 'around a
+ cross-staff slur.
+*/
+MAKE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (Slur, outside_slur_cross_staff, 2)
+SCM
+Slur::outside_slur_cross_staff (SCM smob, SCM previous)
+{
+ if (previous == SCM_BOOL_T)
+ return previous;
+
+ Grob *me = unsmob_grob (smob);
+ Grob *slur = unsmob_grob (me->get_object ("slur"));
+
+ if (!slur)
+ return SCM_BOOL_F;
+ return slur->get_property ("cross-staff");
+}
+
MAKE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (Slur, calc_cross_staff, 1)
SCM
Slur::calc_cross_staff (SCM smob)
}
}
- int max_idx = -1;
+ vsize max_idx = VPOS;
int max_count = 0;
for (vsize i = durations.size (); i--;)
{
if (Moment *m = unsmob_moment (bsd))
d = m->main_part_;
- if (max_idx >= 0)
+ if (max_idx != VPOS)
d = min (d, durations[max_idx]);
return Moment (d).smobbed_copy ();
else
{
/*
- Fixed should be 0.0. If there are no spacing wishes, we're
- likely dealing with polyphonic spacing of hemiolas.
-
- We used to have min_distance_ = options->increment_
-
- but this can lead to numeric instability problems when we
- do
-
- inverse_strength = (distance_ - min_distance_)
-
+ Min distance should be 0.0. If there are no spacing
+ wishes, we're probably dealing with polyphonic spacing
+ of hemiolas.
*/
spring = Spring (base_note_space, 0.0);
}
{
/*
In packed mode, pack notes as tight as possible. This makes
- sense mostly in combination with raggedright mode: the notes
+ sense mostly in combination with ragged-right mode: the notes
are then printed at minimum distance. This is mostly useful
for ancient notation, but may also be useful for some flavours
- of contemporary music. If not in raggedright mode, lily will
- pack as much bars of music as possible into a line, but the
+ of contemporary music. If not in ragged-right mode, lily will
+ pack as many bars of music as possible into a line, but the
line will then be stretched to fill the whole linewidth.
+
+ Note that we don't actually pack things as tightly as possible:
+ we don't allow the next column to begin before this one ends.
*/
- spring.set_distance (spring.min_distance ());
+ spring.set_distance (max (left_col->extent (left_col, X_AXIS)[RIGHT],
+ spring.min_distance ()));
spring.set_inverse_stretch_strength (1.0);
}
return st ? Staff_symbol::line_count (st) : 0;
}
-bool
-Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (Grob *me)
-{
- return on_line (me, (int) rint (get_position (me)));
-}
-
-bool
-Staff_symbol_referencer::on_staff_line (Grob *me)
-{
- return on_staff_line (me, (int) rint (get_position (me)));
-}
-
bool
Staff_symbol_referencer::on_line (Grob *me, int pos)
{
- int sz = line_count (me) - 1;
- return ((pos + sz) % 2) == 0;
+ Grob *st = get_staff_symbol (me);
+ return st ? Staff_symbol::on_line (st, pos) : false;
}
bool
return retval;
}
-
-
int
Staff_symbol_referencer::get_rounded_position (Grob *me)
{
return ly_interval2scm (y_ext);
}
+bool
+Staff_symbol::on_line (Grob *me, int pos)
+{
+ SCM line_positions = me->get_property ("line-positions");
+ if (scm_is_pair (line_positions))
+ {
+ Real min_line = HUGE_VAL;
+ Real max_line = -HUGE_VAL;
+ for (SCM s = line_positions; scm_is_pair (s); s = scm_cdr (s))
+ {
+ Real current_line = scm_to_double (scm_car (s));
+ if (pos == current_line)
+ return true;
+ if (current_line > max_line)
+ max_line = current_line;
+ if (current_line < min_line)
+ min_line = current_line;
+
+ }
+ if (pos < min_line)
+ return (( (int) (rint (pos - min_line)) % 2) == 0);
+ if (pos > max_line)
+ return (( (int) (rint (pos - max_line)) % 2) == 0);
-
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ return ((abs (pos + line_count (me)) % 2) == 1);
+}
ADD_INTERFACE (Staff_symbol,
"This spanner draws the lines of a staff. A staff symbol"
if (!tie_position_dir_ok)
ties_conf->add_score (details_.same_dir_as_stem_penalty_, "tie/pos dir");
}
- while (flip (&d) != LEFT);
-
return penalty;
}
Real length = conf->attachment_x_.length ();
+ Real length_penalty
+ = peak_around (0.33 * details_.min_length_, details_.min_length_, length);
conf->add_score (details_.min_length_penalty_factor_
- * peak_around (0.33 * details_.min_length_, details_.min_length_, length),
- "minlength");
+ * length_penalty, "minlength");
Real tip_pos = conf->position_ + conf->delta_y_ / 0.5 * details_.staff_space_;
Real tip_y = tip_pos * details_.staff_space_ * 0.5;
"pos symmetry");
}
}
+
/*
Generate with correct X-attachments and beziers, copying delta_y_
from TIES_CONFIG if necessary.
for (vsize i = 0; i < vars.size (); i++)
{
Ties_configuration variant (base);
- variant[vars[i].index_] = *vars[i].suggestion_;
+ for (vsize j = 0; j < vars[i].index_suggestion_pairs_.size(); j++)
+ variant[vars[i].index_suggestion_pairs_[j].first] = *vars[i].index_suggestion_pairs_[j].second;
variant.reset_score ();
score_ties (&variant);
}
}
-Tie_configuration_variation::Tie_configuration_variation ()
-{
- index_ = 0;
- suggestion_ = 0;
-}
-
vector<Tie_configuration_variation>
Tie_formatting_problem::generate_extremal_tie_variations (Ties_configuration const &ties) const
{
vector<Tie_configuration_variation> vars;
- Direction d = DOWN;
- do
+ Direction d = DOWN;
+ for (int i = 1; i <= details_.multi_tie_region_size_; i++)
{
- if (boundary (ties, d, 0).dir_ == d
- && !boundary (specifications_, d, 0).has_manual_position_)
- for (int i = 1; i <= details_.multi_tie_region_size_; i++)
- {
- Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = (d == DOWN) ? 0 : ties.size () - 1;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (boundary (ties, d, 0).position_
- + d * i, d,
- boundary (ties, d, 0).column_ranks_,
- true);
- vars.push_back (var);
- }
+ Drul_array<Tie_configuration*> configs (0, 0);
+ do
+ {
+ const Tie_configuration &config = boundary (ties, d, 0);
+ if (config.dir_ == d
+ && !boundary (specifications_, d, 0).has_manual_position_)
+ {
+ Tie_configuration_variation var;
+ configs[d] = get_configuration (config.position_ + d * i, d,
+ config.column_ranks_,
+ true);
+ var.add_suggestion((d == DOWN) ? 0 : ties.size () - 1,
+ configs[d]);
+ vars.push_back (var);
+ }
+ }
+ while (flip (&d) != DOWN);
+ if (configs[LEFT] && configs[RIGHT])
+ {
+ Tie_configuration_variation var;
+ var.add_suggestion(0, configs[DOWN]);
+ var.add_suggestion(ties.size() - 1, configs[UP]);
+ vars.push_back (var);
+ }
}
- while (flip (&d) != DOWN);
return vars;
}
|| d == specifications_[0].manual_dir_)
{
Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = 0;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (p,
- d, specifications_[0].column_ranks_,
- !specifications_[0].has_manual_delta_y_);
+ var.add_suggestion(0,
+ get_configuration (p,
+ d, specifications_[0].column_ranks_,
+ !specifications_[0].has_manual_delta_y_));
vars.push_back (var);
}
}
if (!specifications_[i].has_manual_dir_)
{
Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = i;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (specifications_[i].position_
+ var.add_suggestion(i,
+ get_configuration (specifications_[i].position_
- ties[i].dir_,
- ties[i].dir_,
ties[i].column_ranks_,
!specifications_[i].has_manual_delta_y_
- );
+ ));
vars.push_back (var);
}
if (!specifications_[i-1].has_manual_dir_)
{
Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = i-1;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (specifications_[i-1].position_
- - ties[i-1].dir_,
- - ties[i-1].dir_,
- specifications_[i-1].column_ranks_,
- !specifications_[i-1].has_manual_delta_y_
- );
+ var.add_suggestion(i-1,
+ get_configuration (specifications_[i-1].position_
+ - ties[i-1].dir_,
+ - ties[i-1].dir_,
+ specifications_[i-1].column_ranks_,
+ !specifications_[i-1].has_manual_delta_y_));
vars.push_back (var);
}
&& ties[i-1].dir_ == DOWN)
{
Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = i-1;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (specifications_[i-1].position_ - 1, DOWN,
- specifications_[i-1].column_ranks_,
- !specifications_[i-1].has_manual_delta_y_
-
- );
+ var.add_suggestion(i-1,
+ get_configuration (specifications_[i-1].position_ - 1, DOWN,
+ specifications_[i-1].column_ranks_,
+ !specifications_[i-1].has_manual_delta_y_
+ ));
vars.push_back (var);
}
if (i == ties.size () && !specifications_[i].has_manual_position_
&& ties[i].dir_ == UP)
{
Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = i;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (specifications_[i].position_
- + 1, UP,
- specifications_[i].column_ranks_,
- !specifications_[i].has_manual_delta_y_
- );
+ var.add_suggestion(i,
+ get_configuration (specifications_[i].position_
+ + 1, UP,
+ specifications_[i].column_ranks_,
+ !specifications_[i].has_manual_delta_y_
+ ));
vars.push_back (var);
}
}
&& !specifications_[i].has_manual_position_)
{
Tie_configuration_variation var;
- var.index_ = i;
- var.suggestion_ = get_configuration (ties[i].position_ + ties[i].dir_,
- ties[i].dir_,
- ties[i].column_ranks_,
- !specifications_[i].has_manual_delta_y_
- );
+ var.add_suggestion(i,
+ get_configuration (ties[i].position_ + ties[i].dir_,
+ ties[i].dir_,
+ ties[i].column_ranks_,
+ !specifications_[i].has_manual_delta_y_
+ ));
vars.push_back (var);
}
bool
-Tie::less (Grob *const &s1,
- Grob *const &s2)
+Tie::less (Grob *const &s1, Grob *const &s2)
{
return Tie::get_position (s1) < Tie::get_position (s2);
}
return controls;
}
-
MAKE_SCHEME_CALLBACK (Tie, calc_control_points, 1);
SCM
Tie::calc_control_points (SCM smob)
Grob *yparent = me->get_parent (Y_AXIS);
if ((Tie_column::has_interface (yparent)
|| Semi_tie_column::has_interface (yparent))
- && unsmob_grob_array (yparent->get_object ("ties"))
- // && unsmob_grob_array (yparent->get_object ("ties"))->size () > 1
- )
+ && unsmob_grob_array (yparent->get_object ("ties")))
{
extract_grob_set (yparent, "ties", ties);
- if (ties.size() == 1
+ if (me->original() && ties.size() == 1
&& !to_dir (me->get_property_data ("direction")))
{
assert (ties[0] == me);
set_grob_direction (me, Tie::get_default_dir (me));
- }
-
+
+ }
/* trigger positioning. */
(void) yparent->get_property ("positioning-done");
}
/*
We're connecting to a column, for the last bit of a broken
fullLength bracket.
-
- TODO: make padding tunable?
*/
- Real padding = 1.0;
+ Real padding =
+ robust_scm2double(me->get_property("full-length-padding"), 1.0);
if (bounds[d]->break_status_dir ())
padding = 0.0;
-
- x_span[d]
- = robust_relative_extent (bounds[d], commonx, X_AXIS) [LEFT]
- - padding;
+
+ Real coord = bounds[d]->relative_coordinate(commonx, X_AXIS);
+ if (to_boolean (me->get_property ("full-length-to-extent")))
+ coord = robust_relative_extent(bounds[d], commonx, X_AXIS)[LEFT];
+
+ coord = max (coord, x_span[LEFT]);
+
+ x_span[d] = coord - padding;
}
}
while (flip (&d) != LEFT);
"direction "
"edge-height "
"edge-text "
+ "full-length-padding "
+ "full-length-to-extent "
"gap "
"positions "
"note-columns "
--- /dev/null
+\version "2.11.51"
+\include "italiano.ly"
+
+%%%%%%%
+%
+% Definition of "dwn" symbol in order to draw the half flat symbol
+% that is more often used in Arabic music (A b with a slash across)
+% , rather than the reverse b symbol that is used by LilyPond.
+% The method was contributed by Valentin Villenavea on the LilyPond Forum
+%
+% http://www.mail-archive.com/lilypond-user@gnu.org/msg34244.html
+%
+% Exchange on 17 January 2008
+%
+% Updated based on email advice 10 August 2008, by Neil Puttock
+%
+%
+% Example
+%
+% dod dob dosd \dwn dob dobsb dodsd do
+%
+
+dwn = {
+ \once \override Voice.Accidental #'stencil = #(lambda (grob)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (ly:accidental-interface::print grob) Y UP
+ (grob-interpret-markup grob (markup #:line
+ (#:fontsize -1 (#:musicglyph "flags.ugrace")))) -1.3 0))
+}
+
+
+%
+%
+% Arabic maqam groups
+%
+bayati = #`(
+ (0 . 0)
+ (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (2 . ,FLAT)
+ (3 . 0)
+ (4 . 0)
+ (5 . ,FLAT)
+ (6 . ,FLAT)
+ )
+
+kurd = #`(
+ (0 . 0)
+ (1 . ,FLAT)
+ (2 . ,FLAT)
+ (3 . 0)
+ (4 . 0)
+ (5 . ,FLAT)
+ (6 . ,FLAT)
+ )
+
+rast = #`(
+ (0 . 0)
+ (1 . 0)
+ (2 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (3 . 0)
+ (4 . 0)
+ (5 . 0)
+ (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ )
+
+sikah = #`(
+ (0 . 0)
+ (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (2 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (3 . ,SEMI-SHARP)
+ (4 . 0)
+ (5 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ )
+
+iraq = #`(
+ (0 . 0)
+ (1 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (2 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (3 . 0)
+ (4 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (5 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ (6 . ,SEMI-FLAT)
+ )
+
escapedSmallerSymbol = #(make-span-event 'CrescendoEvent START)
+#(define fretboard-table (make-hash-table 100))
\include "scale-definitions-init.ly"
#(define book-music-handler collect-book-music-for-book)
#(define book-score-handler ly:book-add-score!)
#(define book-text-handler ly:book-add-score!)
+
+
+\include "predefined-fretboards-init.ly"
\consists "Separating_line_group_engraver"
\consists "Font_size_engraver"
\consists "Instrument_name_engraver"
+
+ predefinedDiagramTable = #fretboard-table
}
\context {
\name "PianoStaff"
\alias "GrandStaff"
- \description "Just like @code{GrandStaff} but with a forced
-distance between the staves, so cross staff beaming and slurring
-can be used."
+ \description "Just like @code{GrandStaff} but with support for
+instrument names at the start of each system."
\consists "Instrument_name_engraver"
keepAliveInterfaces = #'(
rhythmic-grob-interface
lyric-interface
+ percent-repeat-item-interface
+ percent-repeat-interface
;; need this, as stanza numbers are items, and appear only once.
stanza-number-interface
- percent-repeat-interface)
+ )
quotedEventTypes = #'(
note-event
rest-event
'procedure proc))
-balloonText =
-#(define-music-function (parser location offset text) (number-pair? markup?)
+balloonGrobText =
+#(define-music-function (parser location grob-name offset text) (symbol? number-pair? markup?)
(make-music 'AnnotateOutputEvent
+ 'symbol grob-name
'X-offset (car offset)
'Y-offset (cdr offset)
'text text))
-balloonGrobText =
-#(define-music-function (parser location grob-name offset text) (symbol? number-pair? markup?)
+balloonText =
+#(define-music-function (parser location offset text) (number-pair? markup?)
(make-music 'AnnotateOutputEvent
- 'symbol grob-name
'X-offset (car offset)
'Y-offset (cdr offset)
'text text))
+
bar =
#(define-music-function (parser location type)
(string?)
cbn n))))))
+bendAfter =
+#(define-music-function (parser location delta) (real?)
+
+ (make-music 'BendAfterEvent
+ 'delta-step delta))
+
%% why a function?
breathe =
#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
'origin location
'elements (list (make-music 'BreathingEvent))))
-bendAfter =
-#(define-music-function (parser location delta) (real?)
-
- (make-music 'BendAfterEvent
- 'delta-step delta))
clef =
#(define-music-function (parser location type)
(make-clef-set type))
-scaleDurations =
-#(define-music-function
- (parser location fraction music) (number-pair? ly:music?)
- (ly:music-compress music (ly:make-moment (car fraction) (cdr fraction))))
-
-
cueDuring =
#(define-music-function
(parser location what dir main-music)
'Staff)))
+%% Parser used to read page-layout file, and then retreive score tweaks.
+#(define page-layout-parser #f)
+
+includePageLayoutFile =
+#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
+ (_i "If page breaks and tweak dump is not asked, and the file
+<basename>-page-layout.ly exists, include it.")
+ (if (not (ly:get-option 'dump-tweaks))
+ (let ((tweak-filename (format #f "~a-page-layout.ly"
+ (ly:parser-output-name parser))))
+ (if (access? tweak-filename R_OK)
+ (begin
+ (ly:message "Including tweak file ~a" tweak-filename)
+ (set! page-layout-parser (ly:parser-clone parser))
+ (ly:parser-parse-string page-layout-parser
+ (format #f "\\include \"~a\""
+ tweak-filename))))))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
+
+
keepWithTag =
#(define-music-function
(parser location tag music) (symbol? ly:music?)
res)))
music))
-
+removeWithTag =
+#(define-music-function
+ (parser location tag music) (symbol? ly:music?)
+ (music-filter
+ (lambda (m)
+ (let* ((tags (ly:music-property m 'tags))
+ (res (memq tag tags)))
+ (not res)))
+ music))
killCues =
#(define-music-function
'elements (list (make-music 'PageTurnEvent
'break-permission 'allow))))
-removeWithTag =
-#(define-music-function
- (parser location tag music) (symbol? ly:music?)
- (music-filter
- (lambda (m)
- (let* ((tags (ly:music-property m 'tags))
- (res (memq tag tags)))
- (not res)))
- music))
-
%% Todo:
%% doing
%% define-music-function in a .scm causes crash.
-octave =
+octaveCheck =
#(define-music-function (parser location pitch-note) (ly:music?)
(_i "octave check")
(make-music 'RelativeOctaveCheck
'origin location
'pitch (pitch-of-note pitch-note)
- ))
+ ))
+
+ottava = #(define-music-function (parser location octave) (number?)
+ (_i "set the octavation ")
+ (make-ottava-set octave))
+
partcombine =
#(define-music-function (parser location part1 part2) (ly:music? ly:music?)
(make-part-combine-music parser
(ly:music-property ev-chord 'elements))))
(sec-note-events (get-notes secondary-note))
(trill-events (filter (lambda (m) (music-has-type m 'trill-span-event))
- (ly:music-property main-note 'elements)))
-
- (trill-pitch
- (if (pair? sec-note-events)
- (ly:music-property (car sec-note-events) 'pitch)
- )))
-
- (if (ly:pitch? trill-pitch)
- (for-each (lambda (m) (ly:music-set-property! m 'pitch trill-pitch))
- trill-events)
- (begin
- (ly:warning (_ "Second argument of \\pitchedTrill should be single note: "))
- (display sec-note-events)))
+ (ly:music-property main-note 'elements))))
+ (if (pair? sec-note-events)
+ (begin
+ (let*
+ ((trill-pitch (ly:music-property (car sec-note-events) 'pitch))
+ (forced (ly:music-property (car sec-note-events ) 'force-accidental)))
+
+ (if (ly:pitch? trill-pitch)
+ (for-each (lambda (m) (ly:music-set-property! m 'pitch trill-pitch))
+ trill-events)
+ (begin
+ (ly:warning (_ "Second argument of \\pitchedTrill should be single note: "))
+ (display sec-note-events)))
+
+ (if (eq? forced #t)
+ (for-each (lambda (m) (ly:music-set-property! m 'force-accidental forced))
+ trill-events)))))
main-note))
-
-parenthesize =
-#(define-music-function (parser loc arg) (ly:music?)
- (_i "Tag @var{arg} to be parenthesized.")
- (if (memq 'event-chord (ly:music-property arg 'types))
- ; arg is an EventChord -> set the parenthesize property on all child notes and rests
- (map
- (lambda (ev)
- (if (or (memq 'note-event (ly:music-property ev 'types))
- (memq 'rest-event (ly:music-property ev 'types)))
- (set! (ly:music-property ev 'parenthesize) #t)))
- (ly:music-property arg 'elements))
- ; No chord, simply set property for this expression:
- (set! (ly:music-property arg 'parenthesize) #t))
- arg)
+
%% for lambda*
#(use-modules (ice-9 optargs))
+parenthesize =
+#(define-music-function (parser loc arg) (ly:music?)
+ (_i "Tag @var{arg} to be parenthesized.")
+
+ (if (memq 'event-chord (ly:music-property arg 'types))
+ ; arg is an EventChord -> set the parenthesize property on all child notes and rests
+ (map
+ (lambda (ev)
+ (if (or (memq 'note-event (ly:music-property ev 'types))
+ (memq 'rest-event (ly:music-property ev 'types)))
+ (set! (ly:music-property ev 'parenthesize) #t)))
+ (ly:music-property arg 'elements))
+ ; No chord, simply set property for this expression:
+ (set! (ly:music-property arg 'parenthesize) #t))
+ arg)
+
+
quoteDuring = #
(define-music-function
(parser location what main-music)
reference-note))
+scaleDurations =
+#(define-music-function
+ (parser location fraction music) (number-pair? ly:music?)
+ (ly:music-compress music (ly:make-moment (car fraction) (cdr fraction))))
+
+
shiftDurations =
#(define-music-function (parser location dur dots arg) (integer? integer? ly:music?)
(cons 'system-Y-extent (cdr (assoc 'system-Y-extent parameters))))
#})
-%% Parser used to read page-layout file, and then retreive score tweaks.
-#(define page-layout-parser #f)
-
-includePageLayoutFile =
-#(define-music-function (parser location) ()
- (_i "If page breaks and tweak dump is not asked, and the file
-<basename>-page-layout.ly exists, include it.")
- (if (not (ly:get-option 'dump-tweaks))
- (let ((tweak-filename (format #f "~a-page-layout.ly"
- (ly:parser-output-name parser))))
- (if (access? tweak-filename R_OK)
- (begin
- (ly:message "Including tweak file ~a" tweak-filename)
- (set! page-layout-parser (ly:parser-clone parser))
- (ly:parser-parse-string page-layout-parser
- (format #f "\\include \"~a\""
- tweak-filename))))))
- (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
-
rightHandFinger =
#(define-music-function (parser location finger) (number-or-string?)
(make-music 'SequentialMusic)))
(make-music 'SequentialMusic)))
+
+tag = #(define-music-function (parser location tag arg)
+ (symbol? ly:music?)
+
+ (_i "Add @var{tag} to the @code{tags} property of @var{arg}.")
+
+ (set!
+ (ly:music-property arg 'tags)
+ (cons tag
+ (ly:music-property arg 'tags)))
+ arg)
+
+
+
transposedCueDuring =
#(define-music-function
(parser location what dir pitch-note main-music)
(ly:music-property arg 'tweaks)))
arg)
-tag = #(define-music-function (parser location tag arg)
- (symbol? ly:music?)
-
- (_i "Add @var{tag} to the @code{tags} property of @var{arg}.")
-
- (set!
- (ly:music-property arg 'tags)
- (cons tag
- (ly:music-property arg 'tags)))
- arg)
unfoldRepeats =
(set! (ly:music-property music sym) val)
music)
-
-
--- /dev/null
+%%%% predefined-fretboard-init.ly
+%%%%
+%%%% source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
+%%%%
+%%%% (c) 2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+
+%%%%% define storage structures
+
+% base-chord-shapes is an alist of chord shapes
+% in the form of fret-diagram-terse strings with
+% scheme symbols as keys. For convenience, the
+% symbols are LilyPond chordmode chord descriptions,
+% but that is unnecessary.
+
+#(define base-chord-shapes '())
+
+
+% music function for adding a chord shape to
+% base-chord-shapes
+
+addChordShape =
+#(define-music-function (parser location key-symbol shape-string)
+ (symbol? string?)
+ (set! base-chord-shapes
+ (acons key-symbol shape-string base-chord-shapes))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
+% for convenience, to eliminate storage list in .ly references
+
+#(define (chord-shape shape-code)
+ (get-chord-shape shape-code base-chord-shapes))
+
+% music function for adding a predefined diagram to
+% fretboard-table
+
+storePredefinedDiagram =
+#(define-music-function (parser location chord tuning terse-definition)
+ (ly:music? list? string?)
+ (let* ((pitches (event-chord-pitches
+ (car (extract-named-music chord 'EventChord))))
+ (hash-key (cons tuning pitches)))
+ (hash-set! fretboard-table
+ hash-key
+ (parse-terse-string terse-definition)))
+ (make-music 'SequentialMusic 'void #t))
+
--- /dev/null
+%%%% predefined-guitar-fretboards.ly
+%%%%
+%%%% source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
+%%%%
+%%%% (c) 2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+
+%%% Add basic chordshapes
+
+\addChordShape #'f #"1-1-(;3-3;3-4;2-2;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:m #"1-1-(;3-3;3-4;1-1;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:7 #"1-1-(;3-3;1-1;2-2;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'f:m7 #"1-1-(;3-3;1-1;1-1;1-1;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes #"x;1-1-(;3-2;3-3;3-4;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:m #"x;1-1-(;3-3;3-4;2-2;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:m7 #"x;1-1-(;3-3;1-1;2-2;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:7 #"x;1-1-(;3-2;1-1;3-3;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'bes:maj7 #"x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;x;"
+\addChordShape #'c:dim #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\addChordShape #'c:aug #"x;x;2-2;1-1-(;1-1-);4-4;"
+\addChordShape #'cis #"x;x;3-3;1-1-(;2-2;1-1-);"
+\addChordShape #'ees:dim #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\addChordShape #'a:dim #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+
+%%% Add predefined chords
+
+% definitions of predefined diagrams below here
+
+%%%% c chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-3;2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'c:aug)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'c:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-3;2-2;3-4;1-1;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-3;2-2;o;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {c:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'bes:m7))
+
+%%%% cis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'cis)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;2-2;1-1;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;2-1;2-2;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'c:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;3-2;4-3;2-1;4-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {cis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;2-2;1-1;o;o;"
+
+%%%% des chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;3-3;1-1-(;2-2;1-1-);"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;2-2;1-1;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;2-1;2-2;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'c:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;3-2;4-3;2-1;4-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;3-3;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {des:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;4-4;2-2;1-1;o;o;"
+
+%%%% d chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-1;3-2;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-2;3-3;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;3-2;3-3;2-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-2;1-1;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-1;2-2;2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {d:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;2-2;1-1-(;1-1-);"
+
+%%%% dis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'cis))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-3;3-2;4-4;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-3;2-2;1-1;o;o;3-4"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'ees:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;3-3;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {dis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;2-3;2-4;"
+
+%%%% ees chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'cis))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-3;3-2;4-4;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-3;2-2;1-1;o;o;3-4"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'ees:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;3-3;3-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ees:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;3-2;2-3;2-4;"
+
+%%%% e chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;2-3;1-1;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;2-3;o;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-3;2-2;1-1;x;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'ees:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;o;1-1;o;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-3;1-1;1-2;o;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {e:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;2-2;o;o;o;o;"
+
+%%%% f chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:m)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;4-3;4-4;3-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:7)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-3;3-4;2-2;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {f:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'f:m7)
+
+%%%% fis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-4;3-3;2-2;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {fis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% ges chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1;2-3;1-2;2-4;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;4-4;3-3;2-2;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ges:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% g chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-2;2-1;o;o;o;3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;5-1;8-3;8-4;7-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;5-2;6-4;5-3;3-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"3-3;2-2;o;o;o;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;5-4;4-3;3-2;2-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {g:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 2 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% gis chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-4;2-3;1-1;1-2;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {gis:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% aes chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"o;3-4;2-3;1-1;1-2;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;1-1-(;1-1;1-1-);3-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {aes:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 3 (chord-shape 'f:m7))
+
+%%%% a chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-1;2-2;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-2;2-3;1-1;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;3-4;2-2;2-3;1-1;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'a:dim)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-1;o;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-2;1-1;2-3;o;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {a:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;o;2-2;o;1-1;o;"
+
+%%%% ais chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'a:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:7)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {ais:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m7)
+
+%%%% bes chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"2-2;1-1;o;3-4-(;3-4-);2-3;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'a:dim))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:7)
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;1-1;3-3;2-2;3-4;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {bes:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(chord-shape 'bes:m7)
+
+%%%% b chords
+%
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:m}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes:m))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:aug}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;3-2;2-1;o;o;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:dim}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;x;o;1-1;o;1-2;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes:7))
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:maj7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #"x;2-1;4-3;3-2;4-4;x;"
+\storePredefinedDiagram \chordmode {b:m7}
+ #guitar-tuning
+ #(offset-fret 1 (chord-shape 'bes:m7))
+
% property-init.ly
-\version "2.11.38"
+\version "2.11.53"
-stemUp = \override Stem #'direction = #UP
-stemDown = \override Stem #'direction = #DOWN
-stemNeutral= \revert Stem #'direction
+stemUp = \override Stem #'direction = #UP
+stemDown = \override Stem #'direction = #DOWN
+stemNeutral = \revert Stem #'direction
-slurUp = \override Slur #'direction = #UP
-slurDown = \override Slur #'direction = #DOWN
+slurUp = \override Slur #'direction = #UP
+slurDown = \override Slur #'direction = #DOWN
slurNeutral = \revert Slur #'direction
%% There's also dash, but setting dash period/length should be fixed.
\override Slur #'dash-fraction = #0.4
}
slurDotted = {
- \override Slur #'dash-period = #0.75
+ \override Slur #'dash-period = #0.75
\override Slur #'dash-fraction = #0.1
}
slurSolid = {
}
-phrasingSlurUp = \override PhrasingSlur #'direction = #UP
-phrasingSlurDown = \override PhrasingSlur #'direction = #DOWN
+phrasingSlurUp = \override PhrasingSlur #'direction = #UP
+phrasingSlurDown = \override PhrasingSlur #'direction = #DOWN
phrasingSlurNeutral = \revert PhrasingSlur #'direction
mergeDifferentlyDottedOn = {
\revert Staff.NoteCollision #'merge-differently-headed
}
-shiftOn = \override NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift = #1
-shiftOnn = \override NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift = #2
-shiftOnnn = \override NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift = #3
+shiftOn = \override NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift = #1
+shiftOnn = \override NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift = #2
+shiftOnnn = \override NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift = #3
shiftOff = \revert NoteColumn #'horizontal-shift
-tieUp = \override Tie #'direction = #UP
-tieDown = \override Tie #'direction = #DOWN
+tieUp = \override Tie #'direction = #UP
+tieDown = \override Tie #'direction = #DOWN
tieNeutral = \revert Tie #'direction
tieDashed = {
}
easyHeadsOn = {
- \override NoteHead #'stencil = #ly:note-head::brew-ez-stencil
+ \override NoteHead #'stencil = #ly:note-head::brew-ez-stencil
\override NoteHead #'font-size = #-7
\override NoteHead #'font-family = #'sans
\override NoteHead #'font-series = #'bold
\revert NoteHead #'font-series
}
-aikenHeads = \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(do re mi fa #f la ti)
+aikenHeads = \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(do re mi fa #f la ti)
-sacredHarpHeads =
- \set shapeNoteStyles = ##(fa #f la fa #f la mi)
+sacredHarpHeads = \set shapeNoteStyles = #'#(fa #f la fa #f la mi)
dynamicUp = {
- \override DynamicText #'direction = #UP
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'direction = #UP
+ \override DynamicText #'direction = #UP
+ \override DynamicLineSpanner #'direction = #UP
}
dynamicDown = {
- \override DynamicText #'direction = #DOWN
- \override DynamicLineSpanner #'direction = #DOWN
+ \override DynamicText #'direction = #DOWN
+ \override DynamicLineSpanner #'direction = #DOWN
}
dynamicNeutral = {
}
-dotsUp = \override Dots #'direction = #UP
-dotsDown = \override Dots #'direction = #DOWN
-dotsNeutral = \revert Dots #'direction
+dotsUp = \override Dots #'direction = #UP
+dotsDown = \override Dots #'direction = #DOWN
+dotsNeutral = \revert Dots #'direction
-tupletUp = \override TupletBracket #'direction = #UP
-tupletDown = \override TupletBracket #'direction = #DOWN
+tupletUp = \override TupletBracket #'direction = #UP
+tupletDown = \override TupletBracket #'direction = #DOWN
tupletNeutral = \revert TupletBracket #'direction
cadenzaOn = \set Timing.timing = ##f
\set Timing.measurePosition = #ZERO-MOMENT
}
-% dynamic ly:dir? text script, articulation script ly:dir?
+% dynamic ly:dir? text script, articulation script ly:dir?
oneVoice = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-revert) 'Voice)
voiceOne = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 0) 'Voice)
voiceTwo = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 1) 'Voice)
-voiceThree =#(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 2) 'Voice)
+voiceThree = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 2) 'Voice)
voiceFour = #(context-spec-music (make-voice-props-set 3) 'Voice)
voiceOneStyle = {
}
%% End the incipit and print a ``normal line start''.
-endincipit = \context Staff {
+endincipit = \context Staff {
\partial 16 s16 % Hack to handle e.g. \bar ".|" \endincipit
- \once \override Staff.Clef #'full-size-change = ##t
- \once \override Staff.Clef #'non-default = ##t
+ \once \override Staff.Clef #'full-size-change = ##t
+ \once \override Staff.Clef #'non-default = ##t
\bar ""
}
autoBeamOn = \set autoBeaming = ##t
textLengthOn = {
- \override TextScript #'extra-spacing-width = #'(0 . 0)
- \override TextScript #'infinite-spacing-height = ##t
+ \override TextScript #'extra-spacing-width = #'(0 . 0)
+ \override TextScript #'extra-spacing-height = #'(-inf.0 . +inf.0)
}
textLengthOff = {
- \override TextScript #'extra-spacing-width = #'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)
- \override TextScript #'infinite-spacing-height = ##f
+ \override TextScript #'extra-spacing-width = #'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)
+ \override TextScript #'extra-spacing-height = #'(0 . 0)
}
balloonLengthOn = {
\override BalloonTextItem #'extra-spacing-width = #'(0 . 0)
- \override BalloonTextItem #'infinite-spacing-height = ##t
+ \override BalloonTextItem #'extra-spacing-height = #'(-inf.0 . +inf.0)
}
balloonLengthOff = {
\override BalloonTextItem #'extra-spacing-width = #'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)
- \override BalloonTextItem #'infinite-spacing-height = ##f
+ \override BalloonTextItem #'extra-spacing-height = #'(0 . 0)
}
arpeggio = #(make-music 'ArpeggioEvent)
-arpeggioUp = \sequential {
+arpeggioArrowUp = {
\revert Arpeggio #'stencil
+ \revert Arpeggio #'X-extent
\override Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction = #UP
}
-arpeggioDown = \sequential {
+arpeggioArrowDown = {
\revert Arpeggio #'stencil
+ \revert Arpeggio #'X-extent
\override Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction = #DOWN
}
-arpeggioNeutral = \sequential {
+arpeggioNormal = {
\revert Arpeggio #'stencil
+ \revert Arpeggio #'X-extent
\revert Arpeggio #'arpeggio-direction
}
-arpeggioBracket = \sequential {
+arpeggioBracket = {
+ \revert Arpeggio #'X-extent
\override Arpeggio #'stencil = #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-bracket
}
+arpeggioParenthesis = {
+ \override Arpeggio #'stencil = #ly:arpeggio::brew-chord-slur
+ \override Arpeggio #'X-extent = #ly:grob::stencil-width
+}
glissando = #(make-music 'GlissandoEvent)
fermataMarkup = \markup { \musicglyph #"scripts.ufermata" }
-hideNotes =\sequential {
+hideNotes = {
% hide notes, accidentals, etc.
- \override Dots #'transparent = ##t
- \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
- \override NoteHead #'no-ledgers = ##t
- \override Stem #'transparent = ##t
- \override Beam #'transparent = ##t
- \override Accidental #'transparent = ##t
+ \override Dots #'transparent = ##t
+ \override NoteHead #'transparent = ##t
+ \override NoteHead #'no-ledgers = ##t
+ \override Stem #'transparent = ##t
+ \override Beam #'transparent = ##t
+ \override Accidental #'transparent = ##t
}
-unHideNotes = \sequential {
+unHideNotes = {
\revert Accidental #'transparent
\revert Beam #'transparent
\revert Stem #'transparent
\revert NoteHead #'transparent
\revert NoteHead #'no-ledgers
- \revert Dots #'transparent
+ \revert Dots #'transparent
}
germanChords = {
- \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->german-markup #t)
- \set chordNoteNamer = #note-name->german-markup
+ \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->german-markup #t)
+ \set chordNoteNamer = #note-name->german-markup
}
semiGermanChords = {
- \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->german-markup #f)
- \set chordNoteNamer = #note-name->german-markup
+ \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->german-markup #f)
+ \set chordNoteNamer = #note-name->german-markup
}
frenchChords = {
- \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->italian-markup #t)
- \set chordPrefixSpacer = #0.4
+ \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->italian-markup #t)
+ \set chordPrefixSpacer = #0.4
}
italianChords = {
- \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->italian-markup #f)
- \set chordPrefixSpacer = #0.4
+ \set chordRootNamer = #(chord-name->italian-markup #f)
+ \set chordPrefixSpacer = #0.4
}
-improvisationOn = {
- \set squashedPosition = #0
- \override NoteHead #'style = #'slash
- \override Accidental #'stencil = ##f
+improvisationOn = {
+ \set squashedPosition = #0
+ \override NoteHead #'style = #'slash
+ \override Accidental #'stencil = ##f
}
-improvisationOff = {
- \unset squashedPosition
- \revert NoteHead #'style
- \revert Accidental #'stencil
+improvisationOff = {
+ \unset squashedPosition
+ \revert NoteHead #'style
+ \revert Accidental #'stencil
}
textSpannerUp = \override TextSpanner #'direction = #UP
\revert Staff.BassFigureAlignmentPositioning #'direction
}
+predefinedFretboardsOff = {
+ \set FretBoards.predefinedDiagramTable = ##f
+}
+
+predefinedFretboardsOn = {
+ \set FretBoards.predefinedDiagramTable = #fretboard-table
+}
+
-\version "2.10.0"
+\version "2.11.52"
startGroup = #(make-span-event 'NoteGroupingEvent START)
stopGroup = #(make-span-event 'NoteGroupingEvent STOP)
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-setTextCresc = {
+crescTextCresc = {
\set crescendoText = \markup { \italic "cresc." }
\set crescendoSpanner = #'text
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'style = #'dashed-line
}
-setTextDecresc = {
+dimTextDecresc = {
\set decrescendoText = \markup { \italic "decresc." }
\set decrescendoSpanner = #'text
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'style = #'dashed-line
}
-setTextDecr = {
+dimTextDecr = {
\set decrescendoText = \markup { \italic "decr." }
\set decrescendoSpanner = #'text
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'style = #'dashed-line
}
-setTextDim = {
+dimTextDim = {
\set decrescendoText = \markup { \italic "dim." }
\set decrescendoSpanner = #'text
\override DynamicTextSpanner #'style = #'dashed-line
}
-setHairpinCresc = {
+crescHairpin = {
\unset crescendoText
\unset crescendoSpanner
}
-setHairpinDecresc = {
+dimHairpin = {
\unset decrescendoText
\unset decrescendoSpanner
}
-setHairpinDim = {
- \unset decrescendoText
- \unset decrescendoSpanner
-}
-
-
-% better name sustainstart/stop?
-sustainUp = #(make-span-event 'SustainEvent STOP)
-sustainDown = #(make-span-event 'SustainEvent START)
+sustainOff = #(make-span-event 'SustainEvent STOP)
+sustainOn = #(make-span-event 'SustainEvent START)
unaCorda = #(make-span-event 'UnaCordaEvent START)
treCorde = #(make-span-event 'UnaCordaEvent STOP)
-sostenutoDown = #(make-span-event 'SostenutoEvent START)
-sostenutoUp = #(make-span-event 'SostenutoEvent STOP)
+sostenutoOn = #(make-span-event 'SostenutoEvent START)
+sostenutoOff = #(make-span-event 'SostenutoEvent STOP)
%crescpoco = \set crescendoText = "cresc. poco a poco"
%decresc = \set crescendoText = "decr."
--- /dev/null
+default:
+
+local-WWW: $(OUT_HTML_FILES)
+ $(PYTHON) $(buildscript-dir)/mass-link.py --prepend-suffix .$(ISOLANG) hard $(outdir) $(top-build-dir)/Documentation/$(outdir) $(HTML_FILES)
--- /dev/null
+HTML_PAGE_NAMES = index translations
+HTML_FILES = $(HTML_PAGE_NAMES:%=%.html)
+OUT_HTML_FILES = $(HTML_PAGE_NAMES:%=$(outdir)/%.html)
MAKEINFO_FLAGS += --force --enable-encoding $(DOCUMENTATION_INCLUDES)
MAKEINFO = LANG= $(MAKEINFO_PROGRAM) $(MAKEINFO_FLAGS)
-TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += --batch $(DOCUMENTATION_INCLUDES)
+TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += -q --batch $(DOCUMENTATION_INCLUDES)
TELY_FILES = $(call src-wildcard,*.tely)
OUT_TEXI_FILES = $(TELY_FILES:%.tely=$(outdir)/%.texi)
def warning (str):
stderr_write (_ ("warning: %s") % str)
+# Decorator to make rule syntax simpler
+def rule (version, message):
+ """
+ version: a LilyPond version tuple like (2, 11, 50)
+ message: the message that describes the conversion.
+
+ This decorator adds its function together with the version and the
+ message to the global conversions list. (It doesn't need to return
+ the function as it isn't used directly anyway.)
+
+ A conversion rule using this decorator looks like this:
+
+ @rule ((1, 2, 3), "convert foo to bar")
+ def conv(str):
+ str = str.replace('foo', 'bar')
+ return str
+
+ """
+ def dec(f):
+ conversions.append ((version, f, message))
+ return dec
+
+
+@rule ((0, 1, 9), _ ('\\header { key = concat + with + operator }'))
def conv(str):
if re.search ('\\\\multi', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write ('\n')
return str
-conversions.append (((0,1,9), conv, _ ('\\header { key = concat + with + operator }')))
-
+@rule ((0, 1, 19), _ ('deprecated %s') % '\\octave')
def conv (str):
if re.search ('\\\\octave', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write (UPDATE_MANUALLY)
stderr_write ('\n')
# raise FatalConversionError ()
-
return str
-conversions.append ((
- ((0,1,19), conv, _ ('deprecated %s') % '\\octave')))
-
-
+@rule ((0, 1, 20), _ ('deprecated \\textstyle, new \\key syntax'))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\textstyle([^;]+);',
'\\\\property Lyrics . textstyle = \\1', str)
# harmful to current .lys
# str = re.sub ('\\\\key([^;]+);', '\\\\accidentals \\1;', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append ((
- ((0,1,20), conv, _ ('deprecated \\textstyle, new \\key syntax'))))
-
-
+@rule ((0, 1, 21), '\\musical_pitch -> \\musicalpitch, \\meter -> \\time')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\musical_pitch', '\\\\musicalpitch',str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\meter', '\\\\time',str)
-
return str
-conversions.append ((
- ((0,1,21), conv, '\\musical_pitch -> \\musicalpitch, '+
- '\\meter -> \\time')))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 0), _ ("bump version for release"))
def conv (str):
return str
-conversions.append ((
- ((1,0,0), conv, _ ("bump version for release"))))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 1), '\\accidentals -> \\keysignature, specialaccidentals -> keyoctaviation')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\accidentals', '\\\\keysignature',str)
str = re.sub ('specialaccidentals *= *1', 'keyoctaviation = 0',str)
str = re.sub ('specialaccidentals *= *0', 'keyoctaviation = 1',str)
-
return str
-conversions.append ((
- ((1,0,1), conv, '\\accidentals -> \\keysignature, ' +
- 'specialaccidentals -> keyoctaviation')))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 2), _ ('\\header { key = concat + with + operator }'))
def conv(str):
if re.search ('\\\\header', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write ('\n')
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,2), conv, _ ('\\header { key = concat + with + operator }')))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 3), '\\melodic -> \\notes')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\melodic([^a-zA-Z])', '\\\\notes\\1',str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,3), conv, '\\melodic -> \\notes'))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 4), 'default_{paper,midi}')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('default_paper *=', '',str)
str = re.sub ('default_midi *=', '',str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,4), conv, 'default_{paper,midi}'))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 5), 'ChoireStaff -> ChoirStaff')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('ChoireStaff', 'ChoirStaff',str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\output', 'output = ',str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,5), conv, 'ChoireStaff -> ChoirStaff'))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 6), 'foo = \\translator {\\type .. } ->\\translator {\\type ..; foo; }')
def conv(str):
if re.search ('[a-zA-Z]+ = *\\translator',str):
stderr_write ('\n')
# raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,6), conv, 'foo = \\translator {\\type .. } ->\\translator {\\type ..; foo; }'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 7), '\\lyric -> \\lyrics')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\lyrics*', '\\\\lyrics',str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,7), conv, '\\lyric -> \\lyrics'))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 10), '[2/3 ]1/1 -> \\times 2/3 ')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\\\[/3+', '\\\\times 2/3 { ',str)
str = re.sub ('\\[/3+', '\\\\times 2/3 { [',str)
str = re.sub ('\\]([0-9/]+)', '] }', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,10), conv, '[2/3 ]1/1 -> \\times 2/3 '))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 12), 'Chord syntax stuff')
def conv(str):
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,12), conv, 'Chord syntax stuff'))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 13), '<a ~ b> c -> <a b> ~ c')
def conv(str):
-
-
str = re.sub ('<([^>~]+)~([^>]*)>','<\\1 \\2> ~', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,13), conv, '<a ~ b> c -> <a b> ~ c'))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 14), '<[a b> <a b]>c -> [<a b> <a b>]')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('<\\[','[<', str)
str = re.sub ('\\]>','>]', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,14), conv, '<[a b> <a b]>c -> [<a b> <a b>]'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 16), '\\type -> \\context, textstyle -> textStyle')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\type([^\n]*engraver)','\\\\TYPE\\1', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\type([^\n]*performer)','\\\\TYPE\\1', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\type','\\\\context', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\TYPE','\\\\type', str)
str = re.sub ('textstyle','textStyle', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,16), conv, '\\type -> \\context, textstyle -> textStyle'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 18), _ ('\\repeat NUM Music Alternative -> \\repeat FOLDSTR Music Alternative'))
def conv(str):
if re.search ('\\\\repeat',str):
stderr_write ('\n')
# raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,18), conv,
- _ ('\\repeat NUM Music Alternative -> \\repeat FOLDSTR Music Alternative')))
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 19), 'fontsize -> fontSize, midi_instrument -> midiInstrument, SkipBars -> skipBars')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('SkipBars','skipBars', str)
str = re.sub ('fontsize','fontSize', str)
str = re.sub ('midi_instrument','midiInstrument', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,19), conv,
- 'fontsize -> fontSize, midi_instrument -> midiInstrument, SkipBars -> skipBars'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 20), '{,tie,slur}ydirection -> {v,tieV,slurV}erticalDirection')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('tieydirection','tieVerticalDirection', str)
str = re.sub ('slurydirection','slurVerticalDirection', str)
str = re.sub ('ydirection','verticalDirection', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,20), conv,
- '{,tie,slur}ydirection -> {v,tieV,slurV}erticalDirection'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 0, 21), 'hshift -> horizontalNoteShift')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('hshift','horizontalNoteShift', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,0,21), conv,
- 'hshift -> horizontalNoteShift'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 1, 52), _ ('deprecate %s') % '\\grouping')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\grouping[^;]*;','', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,1,52), conv,
- _ ('deprecate %s') % '\\grouping'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 1, 55), '\\wheel -> \\coda')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\wheel','\\\\coda', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,1,55), conv,
- '\\wheel -> \\coda'))
-
+@rule ((1, 1, 65), 'slurdash -> slurDash, keyoctaviation -> keyOctaviation')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('keyoctaviation','keyOctaviation', str)
str = re.sub ('slurdash','slurDash', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,1,65), conv,
- 'slurdash -> slurDash, keyoctaviation -> keyOctaviation'))
-
+@rule ((1, 1, 66), 'semi -> volta')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\repeat *\"?semi\"?','\\\\repeat "volta"', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,1,66), conv,
- 'semi -> volta'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 1, 67), 'beamAuto -> noAutoBeaming')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\"?beamAuto\"? *= *\"?0?\"?','noAutoBeaming = "1"', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,1,67), conv,
- 'beamAuto -> noAutoBeaming'))
-
+@rule ((1, 2, 0), 'automaticMelismas -> automaticMelismata')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('automaticMelismas', 'automaticMelismata', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,2,0), conv,
- 'automaticMelismas -> automaticMelismata'))
-
+@rule ((1, 2, 1), 'dynamicDir -> dynamicDirection')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('dynamicDir\\b', 'dynamicDirection', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,2,1), conv,
- 'dynamicDir -> dynamicDirection'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 4), '\\cadenza -> \\cadenza{On|Off}')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\cadenza *0 *;', '\\\\cadenzaOff', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\cadenza *1 *;', '\\\\cadenzaOn', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,4), conv,
- '\\cadenza -> \\cadenza{On|Off}'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 5), 'beamAuto moment properties')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('"?beamAuto([^"=]+)"? *= *"([0-9]+)/([0-9]+)" *;*',
'beamAuto\\1 = #(make-moment \\2 \\3)',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,5), conv, 'beamAuto moment properties'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 17), 'stemStyle -> flagStyle')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('stemStyle',
'flagStyle',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,17), conv, 'stemStyle -> flagStyle'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 18), 'staffLineLeading -> staffSpace')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('staffLineLeading',
'staffSpace',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,18), conv, 'staffLineLeading -> staffSpace'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 23), _ ('deprecate %s ') % '\\repetitions')
def conv(str):
if re.search ('\\\\repetitions',str):
stderr_write ('\n')
# raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,23), conv,
- _ ('deprecate %s ') % '\\repetitions'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 35), 'textEmptyDimension -> textNonEmpty')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('textEmptyDimension *= *##t',
'textNonEmpty = ##f',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,35), conv, 'textEmptyDimension -> textNonEmpty'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 38), '\musicalpitch { a b c } -> #\'(a b c)')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ("([a-z]+)[ \t]*=[ \t]*\\\\musicalpitch *{([- 0-9]+)} *\n",
"(\\1 . (\\2))\n", str)
stderr_write ('\n')
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,38), conv, '\musicalpitch { a b c } -> #\'(a b c)'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 39), '\\key A ; ->\\key a;')
def conv (str):
def replace (match):
return '\\key %s;' % match.group (1).lower ()
str = re.sub ("\\\\key ([^;]+);", replace, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,39), conv, '\\key A ; ->\\key a;'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 41), '[:16 c4 d4 ] -> \\repeat "tremolo" 2 { c16 d16 }')
def conv (str):
if re.search ('\\[:',str):
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write ('\n')
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,41), conv,
- '[:16 c4 d4 ] -> \\repeat "tremolo" 2 { c16 d16 }'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 42), _ ('Staff_margin_engraver deprecated, use Instrument_name_engraver'))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('Staff_margin_engraver' , 'Instrument_name_engraver', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,42), conv,
- _ ('Staff_margin_engraver deprecated, use Instrument_name_engraver')))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 49), 'noteHeadStyle value: string -> symbol')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('note[hH]eadStyle\\s*=\\s*"?(\\w+)"?' , "noteHeadStyle = #'\\1", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,49), conv,
- 'noteHeadStyle value: string -> symbol'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 58), 'noteHeadStyle value: string -> symbol')
def conv (str):
if re.search ('\\\\keysignature', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,58), conv,
- 'noteHeadStyle value: string -> symbol'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 59), '\key X ; -> \key X major; ')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"""\\key *([a-z]+) *;""", r"""\\key \1 \major;""",str);
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,59), conv,
- '\key X ; -> \key X major; '))
+@rule ((1, 3, 68), 'latexheaders = "\\input global" -> latexheaders = "global"')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'latexheaders *= *"\\\\input ',
'latexheaders = "',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,68), conv, 'latexheaders = "\\input global" -> latexheaders = "global"'))
-
-
# TODO: lots of other syntax change should be done here as well
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 92), 'basicXXXProperties -> XXX, Repeat_engraver -> Volta_engraver')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('basicCollisionProperties', 'NoteCollision', str)
str = re.sub ('basicVoltaSpannerProperties' , "VoltaBracket", str)
str = re.sub ('Repeat_engraver' ,'Volta_engraver', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,92), conv, 'basicXXXProperties -> XXX, Repeat_engraver -> Volta_engraver'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 93), _ ('change property definiton case (eg. onevoice -> oneVoice)'))
def conv (str):
# Ugh, but meaning of \stemup changed too
# maybe we should do \stemup -> \stemUp\slurUp\tieUp ?
str = re.sub ('\\\\property *[^ .]*[.]?noAutoBeaming[^=]*= *#?"?(0|(""))"?', '\\\\autoBeamOn', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\property *[^ .]*[.]?noAutoBeaming[^=]*= *#?"?([1-9]+)"?', '\\\\autoBeamOff', str)
-
-
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,93), conv,
- _ ('change property definiton case (eg. onevoice -> oneVoice)')))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 97), 'ChordName -> ChordNames')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('ChordNames*', 'ChordNames', str)
if re.search ('\\\\textscript "[^"]* *"[^"]*"', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
str = re.sub ('\\textscript +("[^"]*")', '\\textscript #\\1', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,97), conv, 'ChordName -> ChordNames'))
-
-
# TODO: add lots of these
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 98), 'CONTEXT.textStyle -> GROB.#font-style ')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\property *"?Voice"? *[.] *"?textStyle"? *= *"([^"]*)"', '\\\\property Voice.TextScript \\\\set #\'font-style = #\'\\1', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\property *"?Lyrics"? *[.] *"?textStyle"? *= *"([^"]*)"', '\\\\property Lyrics.LyricText \\\\set #\'font-style = #\'\\1', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\property *"?([^.]+)"? *[.] *"?flagStyle"? *= *"([^"]*)"', '\\\\property \\1.Stem \\\\override #\'flag-style = #\'\\2', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,98), conv, 'CONTEXT.textStyle -> GROB.#font-style '))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 102), 'beamAutoEnd -> autoBeamSettings \\push (end * * * *)')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('"?beamAutoEnd_([0-9]*)"? *= *(#\\([^)]*\\))', 'autoBeamSettings \\push #\'(end 1 \\1 * *) = \\2', str)
str = re.sub ('"?beamAutoBegin_([0-9]*)"? *= *(#\\([^)]*\))', 'autoBeamSettings \\push #\'(begin 1 \\1 * *) = \\2', str)
str = re.sub ('"?beamAutoEnd"? *= *(#\\([^)]*\\))', 'autoBeamSettings \\push #\'(end * * * *) = \\1', str)
str = re.sub ('"?beamAutoBegin"? *= *(#\\([^)]*\\))', 'autoBeamSettings \\push #\'(begin * * * *) = \\1', str)
-
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,102), conv, 'beamAutoEnd -> autoBeamSettings \\push (end * * * *)'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 111), '\\push -> \\override, \\pop -> \\revert')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\push', '\\\\override', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\pop', '\\\\revert', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,111), conv, '\\push -> \\override, \\pop -> \\revert'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 113), 'LyricVoice -> LyricsVoice')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('LyricVoice', 'LyricsVoice', str)
# old fix
str = re.sub ('Chord[Nn]ames([ \t\n]+\\\\override)', 'ChordName\\1', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,113), conv, 'LyricVoice -> LyricsVoice'))
+
def regularize_id (str):
s = ''
lastx = ''
lastx = x
return s
-def conv (str):
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 117), _ ('identifier names: %s') % '$!foo_bar_123 -> xfooBarABC')
+def conv (str):
def regularize_dollar_reference (match):
return regularize_id (match.group (1))
def regularize_assignment (match):
str = re.sub ('\n([^ \t\n]+)[ \t]*= *', regularize_assignment, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,117), conv, _ ('identifier names: %s') % '$!foo_bar_123 -> xfooBarABC'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 120), 'paper_xxx -> paperXxxx, pedalup -> pedalUp.')
def conv (str):
def regularize_paper (match):
return regularize_id (match.group (1))
-
str = re.sub ('(paper_[a-z]+)', regularize_paper, str)
str = re.sub ('sustainup', 'sustainUp', str)
str = re.sub ('nobreak', 'noBreak', str)
str = re.sub ('sostenutodown', 'sostenutoDown', str)
str = re.sub ('unachorda', 'unaChorda', str)
str = re.sub ('trechorde', 'treChorde', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,120), conv, 'paper_xxx -> paperXxxx, pedalup -> pedalUp.'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 122), 'drarnChords -> chordChanges, \\musicalpitch -> \\pitch')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('drarnChords', 'chordChanges', str)
str = re.sub ('\\musicalpitch', '\\pitch', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,122), conv, 'drarnChords -> chordChanges, \\musicalpitch -> \\pitch'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 136), 'ly-X-elt-property -> ly-X-grob-property')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('ly-([sg])et-elt-property', 'ly-\\1et-grob-property', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,136), conv, 'ly-X-elt-property -> ly-X-grob-property'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 138), _ ('point-and-click argument changed to procedure.'))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('point-and-click +#t', 'point-and-click line-column-location', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,138), conv, _ ('point-and-click argument changed to procedure.')))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 138), 'followThread -> followVoice.')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('followThread', 'followVoice', str)
str = re.sub ('Thread.FollowThread', 'Voice.VoiceFollower', str)
str = re.sub ('FollowThread', 'VoiceFollower', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,138), conv, 'followThread -> followVoice.'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 139), 'font-point-size -> font-design-size.')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('font-point-size', 'font-design-size', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,139), conv, 'font-point-size -> font-design-size.'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 141), 'xNoDots -> xSolid')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('([a-zA-Z]*)NoDots', '\\1Solid', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,141), conv, 'xNoDots -> xSolid'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 144), 'Chorda -> Corda')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('([Cc])hord([ea])', '\\1ord\\2', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,144), conv, 'Chorda -> Corda'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 145), 'ContextNameXxxxVerticalExtent -> XxxxVerticalExtent')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('([A-Za-z]+)MinimumVerticalExtent', 'MinimumV@rticalExtent', str)
str = re.sub ('([A-Za-z]+)ExtraVerticalExtent', 'ExtraV@rticalExtent', str)
str = re.sub ('MinimumV@rticalExtent', 'MinimumVerticalExtent', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,145), conv,
-'ContextNameXxxxVerticalExtent -> XxxxVerticalExtent'))
-
+@rule ((1, 3, 146), _('semicolons removed'))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\\\key[ \t]*;', '\\key \\default;', str)
str = re.sub ('\\\\mark[ \t]*;', '\\mark \\default;', str)
# Otherwise we interfere with Scheme comments,
# which is badbadbad.
str = re.sub ("([^ \t;#]);", "\\1", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,146), conv, _('semicolons removed')))
+@rule ((1, 3, 147), 'default-neutral-direction -> neutral-direction')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('default-neutral-direction', 'neutral-direction',str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,147), conv, 'default-neutral-direction -> neutral-direction'))
+@rule ((1, 3, 148), '"(align" -> "(axis", "(rows" -> "(columns"')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\(align', '(axis', str)
str = re.sub ('\(rows', '(columns', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,3,148), conv, '"(align" -> "(axis", "(rows" -> "(columns"'))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 33), 'SystemStartDelimiter -> systemStartDelimiter')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('SystemStartDelimiter', 'systemStartDelimiter', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,33), conv, 'SystemStartDelimiter -> systemStartDelimiter'))
+@rule ((1, 5, 38), 'arithmetic... -> spacing...')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('arithmetic-multiplier', 'spacing-increment', str)
str = re.sub ('arithmetic-basicspace', 'shortest-duration-space', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,38), conv, 'SystemStartDelimiter -> systemStartDelimiter'))
-
-
+# 40 ?
+@rule ((1, 5, 40), _ ('%s property names') % 'breakAlignOrder')
def conv (str):
def func(match):
func, str)
return str
-# 40 ?
-conversions.append (((1,5,40), conv, _ ('%s property names') % 'breakAlignOrder'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 49), 'noAutoBeaming -> autoBeaming')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('noAutoBeaming *= *##f', 'autoBeaming = ##t', str)
str = re.sub ('noAutoBeaming *= *##t', 'autoBeaming = ##f', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,49), conv, 'noAutoBeaming -> autoBeaming'))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 52), 'tuplet-X-visibility -> X-visibility')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('tuplet-bracket-visibility', 'bracket-visibility', str)
str = re.sub ('tuplet-number-visibility', 'number-visibility', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,52), conv, 'tuplet-X-visibility -> X-visibility'))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 56), 'Pitch::transpose -> ly-transpose-pitch')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('Pitch::transpose', 'ly-transpose-pitch', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,56), conv, 'Pitch::transpose -> ly-transpose-pitch'))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 58), _ ('deprecate %s') % 'textNonEmpty')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('textNonEmpty *= *##t', "TextScript \\set #'no-spacing-rods = ##f", str)
str = re.sub ('textNonEmpty *= *##f', "TextScript \\set #'no-spacing-rods = ##t", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,58), conv, _ ('deprecate %s') % 'textNonEmpty'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 59), 'XxxxVerticalExtent -> xxxVerticalExtent')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('MinimumVerticalExtent', 'minimumV@rticalExtent', str)
str = re.sub ('minimumVerticalExtent', 'minimumV@rticalExtent', str)
str = re.sub ('minimumV@rticalExtent', 'minimumVerticalExtent', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,59), conv,
-'XxxxVerticalExtent -> xxxVerticalExtent'))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 62), 'visibility-lambda -> break-visibility')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('visibility-lambda', 'break-visibility', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,62), conv,
-'visibility-lambda -> break-visibility'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 67), _ ('automaticMelismata turned on by default'))
def conv (str):
if re.search (r'\addlyrics',str) \
and re.search ('automaticMelismata', str) == None:
raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,67), conv,
- _ ('automaticMelismata turned on by default')))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 68), 'ly-set-X-property -> ly-set-X-property!')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('ly-set-grob-property([^!])', 'ly-set-grob-property!\1', str)
str = re.sub ('ly-set-mus-property([^!])', 'ly-set-mus-property!\1', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,68), conv, 'ly-set-X-property -> ly-set-X-property!'))
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 71), 'extent-[XY] -> [XY]-extent')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('extent-X', 'X-extent', str)
str = re.sub ('extent-Y', 'Y-extent', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,71), conv, 'extent-[XY] -> [XY]-extent'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 5, 72), 'set! point-and-click -> set-point-and-click!')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ("""#\(set! +point-and-click +line-column-location\)""",
"""#(set-point-and-click! \'line-column)""", str)
'#(set-point-and-click! \'none)', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,5,72), conv, 'set! point-and-click -> set-point-and-click!'))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 6, 5), 'Stems: flag-style -> stroke-style; style -> flag-style')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('flag-style', 'stroke-style', str)
str = re.sub (r"""Stem([ ]+)\\override #'style""", r"""Stem \\override #'flag-style""", str);
str = re.sub (r"""Stem([ ]+)\\set([ ]+)#'style""", r"""Stem \\set #'flag-style""", str);
return str
-conversions.append (((1,6,5), conv, 'Stems: flag-style -> stroke-style; style -> flag-style'))
-
-
def subst_req_name (match):
return "(make-music-by-name \'%sEvent)" % regularize_id (match.group(1))
+
+@rule ((1, 7, 1), 'ly-make-music foo_bar_req -> make-music-by-name FooBarEvent')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('\\(ly-make-music *\"([A-Z][a-z_]+)_req\"\\)', subst_req_name, str)
str = re.sub ('Request_chord', 'EventChord', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,1), conv, 'ly-make-music foo_bar_req -> make-music-by-name FooBarEvent'))
-
-
spanner_subst ={
"text" : 'TextSpanEvent',
"UnaCorda" : 'UnaCordaEvent',
"Sostenuto" : 'SostenutoEvent',
}
+
def subst_ev_name (match):
stype = 'STOP'
if re.search ('start', match.group(1)):
stype= 'START'
-
mtype = spanner_subst[match.group(2)]
return "(make-span-event '%s %s)" % (mtype , stype)
def subst_definition_ev_name(match):
return ' = #%s' % subst_ev_name (match)
+
def subst_inline_ev_name (match):
s = subst_ev_name (match)
return '#(ly-export %s)' % s
+
def subst_csp_definition (match):
return ' = #(make-event-chord (list %s))' % subst_ev_name (match)
+
def subst_csp_inline (match):
return '#(ly-export (make-event-chord (list %s)))' % subst_ev_name (match)
+
+@rule ((1, 7, 2), '\\spanrequest -> #(make-span-event .. ), \script -> #(make-articulation .. )')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r' *= *\\spanrequest *([^ ]+) *"([^"]+)"', subst_definition_ev_name, str)
str = re.sub (r'\\spanrequest *([^ ]+) *"([^"]+)"', subst_inline_ev_name, str)
str = re.sub (r'\\script "([^"]+)"', '#(ly-export (make-articulation "\\1"))', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,2), conv, '\\spanrequest -> #(make-span-event .. ), \script -> #(make-articulation .. )'))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 3), 'ly- -> ly:')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r'\(ly-', '(ly:', str)
str = re.sub (origre, r'ly:\1',str)
str = re.sub ('set-point-and-click!', 'set-point-and-click', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,3), conv, 'ly- -> ly:'))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 4), '<< >> -> < < > >')
def conv(str):
if re.search ('new-chords-done',str):
return str
str = re.sub (r'>>', '> >', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,4), conv, '<< >> -> < < > >'))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 5), '\\transpose TO -> \\transpose FROM TO')
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r"\\transpose", r"\\transpose c'", str)
str = re.sub (r"\\transpose c' *([a-z]+)'", r"\\transpose c \1", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,5), conv, '\\transpose TO -> \\transpose FROM TO'))
+@rule ((1, 7, 6), 'note\\script -> note-\script')
def conv(str):
kws = ['arpeggio',
'sustainDown',
origstr = '|'.join (kws)
str = re.sub (r'([^_^-])\\(%s)\b' % origstr, r'\1-\\\2', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,6), conv, 'note\\script -> note-\script'))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 10), "\property ChordName #'style -> #(set-chord-name-style 'style)")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r"\\property *ChordNames *\. *ChordName *\\(set|override) *#'style *= *#('[a-z]+)",
r"#(set-chord-name-style \2)", str)
str = re.sub (r"\\property *ChordNames *\. *ChordName *\\revert *#'style",
r"", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,10), conv, "\property ChordName #'style -> #(set-chord-name-style 'style)"))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 11), "transpose-pitch -> pitch-transpose")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r"ly:transpose-pitch", "ly:pitch-transpose", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,11), conv, "transpose-pitch -> pitch-transpose"))
+@rule ((1, 7, 13), "ly:XX-molecule-YY -> ly:molecule-XX-YY")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r"ly:get-molecule-extent", "ly:molecule-get-extent", str)
str = re.sub (r"ly:set-molecule-extent!", "ly:molecule-set-extent!", str)
str = re.sub (r"ly:add-molecule", "ly:molecule-add", str)
str = re.sub (r"ly:combine-molecule-at-edge", "ly:molecule-combine-at-edge", str)
str = re.sub (r"ly:align-to!", "ly:molecule-align-to!", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,13), conv, "ly:XX-molecule-YY -> ly:molecule-XX-YY"))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 15), "linewidth = -1 -> raggedright = ##t")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r"linewidth *= *-[0-9.]+ *(\\mm|\\cm|\\in|\\pt)?", 'raggedright = ##t', str )
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,15), conv, "linewidth = -1 -> raggedright = ##t"))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 16), "divisiomaior -> divisioMaior")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ("divisiomaior",
"divisioMaior", str)
"divisioMaxima", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,16), conv, "divisiomaior -> divisioMaior"))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 17), "Skip_req -> Skip_event")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ("Skip_req_swallow_translator",
"Skip_event_swallow_translator", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,17), conv, "Skip_req -> Skip_event"))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 18), "groupOpen/Close -> start/stopGroup, #'outer -> #'enclose-bounds")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub ("groupOpen",
"startGroup", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,18), conv,
- """groupOpen/Close -> start/stopGroup,
- #'outer -> #'enclose-bounds
- """))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 19), _ ("remove %s") % "GraceContext")
def conv(str):
if re.search( r'\\GraceContext', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
str = re.sub ('HaraKiriStaffContext', 'RemoveEmptyStaffContext', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,19), conv, _ ("remove %s") % "GraceContext"))
-
-
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 22), "#'type -> #'style")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (
r"(set|override|revert) *#'type",
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,22), conv,"#'type -> #'style"))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 23), "barNonAuto -> automaticBars")
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (
"barNonAuto *= *##t",
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,23), conv,"barNonAuto -> automaticBars"))
-
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 24), _ ("cluster syntax"))
def conv(str):
if re.search( r'-(start|stop)Cluster', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write ('\n')
raise FatalConversionError ()
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,24), conv, _ ("cluster syntax")))
-
+@rule ((1, 7, 28), _ ("new Pedal style syntax"))
def conv(str):
str = re.sub (r"\\property *Staff\.(Sustain|Sostenuto|UnaCorda)Pedal *\\(override|set) *#'pedal-type *",
r"\property Staff.pedal\1Style ", str)
str = re.sub (r"\\property *Staff\.(Sustain|Sostenuto|UnaCorda)Pedal *\\revert *#'pedal-type", '', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,7,28), conv, _ ("new Pedal style syntax")))
-
-
-
-
def sub_chord (m):
str = m.group(1)
return str
+@rule ((1, 9, 0), _ ("""New relative mode,
+Postfix articulations, new text markup syntax, new chord syntax."""))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"#'\(\)", "@SCM_EOL@", str)
str = conv_relative (str)
str = text_markup (str)
str = smarter_articulation_subst (str)
str = re.sub ("@SCM_EOL@", "#'()", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,0), conv, _ ("""New relative mode,
-Postfix articulations, new text markup syntax, new chord syntax.""")))
-
+@rule ((1, 9, 1), _ ("Remove - before articulation"))
def conv (str):
if re.search ("font-style",str):
stderr_write ('\n')
str = re.sub (r'@\\markup', r'-\\markup', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,1), conv, _ ("""Remove - before articulation""")))
+@rule ((1, 9, 2), "\\newcontext -> \\new")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('ly:set-context-property',
'ly:set-context-property!', str)
\1
\\property Voice.Stem \\revert #'stroke-style }
""", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,2), conv, """\\newcontext -> \\new"""))
+@rule ((1, 9, 3), (_ ("%s misspelling") % "\\acciaccatura") +
+ ", fingerHorizontalDirection -> fingeringOrientations")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('accacciatura',
'acciaccatura', str)
"fingeringOrientations = #'(up down left)", str)
str = re.sub ('fingerHorizontalDirection *= *#(RIGHT|1)',
"fingeringOrientations = #'(up down right)", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,3), conv,
- (_ ("%s misspelling") % "\\acciaccatura") + \
- ", fingerHorizontalDirection -> fingeringOrientations"))
-
+@rule ((1, 9, 4), _ ('Swap < > and << >>'))
def conv (str):
if re.search ('\\figures', str):
warning (_ ("attempting automatic \\figures conversion. Check results!"));
-
def figures_replace (m):
s = m.group (1)
s = re.sub ('<', '@FIGOPEN@',s)
str = re.sub ('@ENDSIMUL@', '>>', str)
str = re.sub ('@FIGOPEN@', '<', str)
str = re.sub ('@FIGCLOSE@', '>', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,4), conv, _ ('Swap < > and << >>')))
-
+@rule ((1, 9, 5), 'HaraKiriVerticalGroup -> RemoveEmptyVerticalGroup')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('HaraKiriVerticalGroup', 'RemoveEmptyVerticalGroup', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,5), conv, 'HaraKiriVerticalGroup -> RemoveEmptyVerticalGroup'))
+@rule ((1, 9, 6), _ ('deprecate %s') % 'ly:get-font')
def conv (str):
if re.search ("ly:get-font", str) :
stderr_write ('\n')
stderr_write ('\n')
raise FatalConversionError ()
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,6), conv, _ ('deprecate %s') % 'ly:get-font'))
-
+@rule ((1, 9, 7), _ ('''use symbolic constants for alterations,
+remove \\outputproperty, move ly:verbose into ly:get-option'''))
def conv (str):
def sub_alteration (m):
alt = m.group (3)
* keySignature settings made with \property
"""))
raise FatalConversionError ()
-
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,7), conv,
- _ ('''use symbolic constants for alterations,
-remove \\outputproperty, move ly:verbose into ly:get-option''')))
+@rule ((1, 9, 8), "dash-length -> dash-fraction")
def conv (str):
if re.search ("dash-length",str):
stderr_write ('\n')
raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((1,9,8), conv, """dash-length -> dash-fraction"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 1), "font-relative-size -> font-size")
def conv (str):
def func(match):
return "#'font-size = #%d" % (2*int (match.group (1)))
str =re.sub (r"#'font-relative-size\s*=\s*#\+?([0-9-]+)", func, str)
str =re.sub (r"#'font-family\s*=\s*#'ancient",
r"#'font-family = #'music", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,1), conv, """font-relative-size -> font-size"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 2), "ly:get-music-length -> ly:music-length")
def conv (str):
str =re.sub (r"ly:get-music-length", "ly:music-length", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,2), conv, """ly:get-music-length -> ly:music-length"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 3), "stanza -> instrument")
def conv (str):
str =re.sub (r"\.\s+stz=", ". instr ", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,3), conv, """stanza -> instrument"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 4), _ ("removal of automaticMelismata; use melismaBusyProperties instead."))
def conv (str):
def func (match):
c = match.group (1)
str = re.sub (r"\\property ([a-zA-Z]+)\s*\.\s*automaticMelismata\s*=\s*##([ft])", func, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,4), conv, _ ("""removal of automaticMelismata; use melismaBusyProperties instead.""")))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 7), "\\translator Staff -> \\change Staff")
def conv (str):
str =re.sub (r"\\translator\s+([a-zA-Z]+)", r"\\change \1", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,7), conv, """\\translator Staff -> \\change Staff"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 10), "\\newaddlyrics -> \\lyricsto")
def conv (str):
str =re.sub (r"\\newaddlyrics", r"\\lyricsto", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,10), conv, """\\newaddlyrics -> \\lyricsto"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 11), """\\include "paper16.ly" -> #(set-staff-size 16)
+\\note #3 #1 #1 -> \\note #"8." #1
+""")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\include\s*"paper([0-9]+)(-init)?.ly"',
r"#(set-staff-size \1)", str)
sub_note, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,11), conv, """\\include "paper16.ly" -> #(set-staff-size 16)
-\\note #3 #1 #1 -> \\note #"8." #1
-"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 12), "OttavaSpanner -> OttavaBracket")
def conv (str):
- str =re.sub (r"OttavaSpanner", r"OttavaBracket", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"OttavaSpanner", r"OttavaBracket", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,12), conv, """OttavaSpanner -> OttavaBracket"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 13), "set-staff-size -> set-global-staff-size")
def conv (str):
- str =re.sub (r"\(set-staff-size ", r"(set-global-staff-size ", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"\(set-staff-size ", r"(set-global-staff-size ", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,13), conv, """set-staff-size -> set-global-staff-size"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 14), "style = dotted -> dash-fraction = 0")
def conv (str):
- str =re.sub (r"#'style\s*=\s*#'dotted-line",
+ str = re.sub (r"#'style\s*=\s*#'dotted-line",
r"#'dash-fraction = #0.0 ", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,14), conv, """style = dotted -> dash-fraction = 0"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 15), "LyricsVoice . instr(ument) -> vocalName")
def conv (str):
- str =re.sub (r'LyricsVoice\s*\.\s*instrument\s*=\s*("[^"]*")',
+ str = re.sub (r'LyricsVoice\s*\.\s*instrument\s*=\s*("[^"]*")',
r'LyricsVoice . vocalName = \1', str)
- str =re.sub (r'LyricsVoice\s*\.\s*instr\s*=\s*("[^"]*")',
+ str = re.sub (r'LyricsVoice\s*\.\s*instr\s*=\s*("[^"]*")',
r'LyricsVoice . vocNam = \1', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,15), conv, """LyricsVoice . instr(ument) -> vocalName"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 16), '\\musicglyph #"accidentals-NUM" -> \\sharp/flat/etc.')
def conv (str):
def sub_acc (m):
d = {
sub_acc, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,16), conv, """\\musicglyph #"accidentals-NUM" -> \\sharp/flat/etc."""))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 17), _ ("\\partcombine syntax change to \\newpartcombine"))
def conv (str):
if re.search (r'\\partcombine', str):
str = re.sub (r'\\context\s+Voice\s*=\s*one\s*\\partcombine\s+Voice\s*\\context\s+Thread\s*=\s*one(.*)\s*'
+ r'\\context\s+Thread\s*=\s*two',
'\\\\newpartcombine\n\\1\n', str)
-
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,17), conv, _ ("\\partcombine syntax change to \\newpartcombine")))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 18), """\\newpartcombine -> \\partcombine,
+\\autochange Staff -> \\autochange
+""")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\newpartcombine', r'\\partcombine', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\autochange\s+Staff', r'\\autochange ', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,18), conv, """\\newpartcombine -> \\partcombine,
-\\autochange Staff -> \\autochange
-"""))
-
-
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 19), _ ("""Drum notation changes, Removing \\chordmodifiers, \\notenames.
+Harmonic notes. Thread context removed. Lyrics context removed."""))
def conv (str):
if re.search ('include "drumpitch', str):
stderr_write (_ ("Drums found. Enclose drum notes in \\drummode"))
str = re.sub (r"""\bLyrics\b""", r"""LyricsVoice""", str)
str = re.sub (r"""LyricsContext""", r"""LyricsVoiceContext""", str)
str = re.sub (r"""L@ricsVoice""", r"""LyricsVoice""",str)
-
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,19), conv, _ ("""Drum notation changes, Removing \\chordmodifiers, \\notenames.
-Harmonic notes. Thread context removed. Lyrics context removed.""")))
+@rule ((2, 1, 20), "nonevent-skip -> skip-music")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'nonevent-skip', 'skip-music', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,20), conv, """nonevent-skip -> skip-music""" ))
+@rule ((2, 1, 21), """molecule-callback -> print-function,
+brew_molecule -> print
+brew-new-markup-molecule -> Text_item::print
+LyricsVoice -> Lyrics
+tupletInvisible -> TupletBracket \set #'transparent
+%s.
+""" % (_ ("remove %s") % "Grob::preset_extent"))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'molecule-callback', 'print-function', str)
str = re.sub (r'brew_molecule', 'print', str)
str = re.sub (r"\\property\s+[a-zA-Z]+\s*\.\s*[a-zA-Z]+\s*"
+ r"\\set\s*#'X-extent-callback\s*=\s*#Grob::preset_extent",
"", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,21), conv, """molecule-callback -> print-function,
-brew_molecule -> print
-brew-new-markup-molecule -> Text_item::print
-LyricsVoice -> Lyrics
-tupletInvisible -> TupletBracket \set #'transparent
-%s.
-""" % (_ ("remove %s") % "Grob::preset_extent")))
+@rule ((2, 1, 22), """%s
+ \\set A.B = #C , \\unset A.B
+ \\override A.B #C = #D, \\revert A.B #C
+""" % _ ("new syntax for property settings:"))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'(\\property[^=]+)=\s*([-0-9]+)',
r'\1= #\2', str)
str = re.sub ('Molecule', 'Stencil', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,22), conv, """%s
- \\set A.B = #C , \\unset A.B
- \\override A.B #C = #D, \\revert A.B #C
-
-""" % _ ("new syntax for property settings:")))
+@rule ((2, 1, 23), _ ("Property setting syntax in \\translator{ }"))
def conv (str):
def subst_in_trans (match):
s = match.group (0)
str = re.sub (r"""\\override\s*(?P<context>[a-zA-Z]+\s*\.\s*)?autoBeamSettings"""
+r"""\s*#(?P<prop>[^=]+)\s*=\s*#\(ly:make-moment\s+(?P<num>\d+)\s+(?P<den>\d)\s*\)""",
sub_abs, str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,23), conv, _ ("Property setting syntax in \\translator{ }")))
+@rule ((2, 1, 24), "music-list? -> ly:music-list?")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'music-list\?', 'ly:music-list?', str)
str = re.sub (r'\|\s*~', '~ |', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,24), conv, """music-list? -> ly:music-list?"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 25), _ ("Scheme grob function renaming"))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'ly:get-spanner-bound', 'ly:spanner-get-bound', str)
str = re.sub (r'ly:get-extent', 'ly:grob-extent', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\pianoCautionaries', "#(set-accidental-style 'piano-cautionary)", str)
str = re.sub (r'\\forgetAccidentals', "#(set-accidental-style 'forget)", str)
str = re.sub (r'\\noResetKey', "#(set-accidental-style 'no-reset)", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,25), conv, _ ("Scheme grob function renaming")))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 26), _ ("More Scheme function renaming"))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('ly:set-grob-property!', 'ly:grob-set-property!',str)
str = re.sub ('ly:set-mus-property!', 'ly:music-set-property!',str)
str = re.sub ('ly:get-grob-property', 'ly:grob-property',str)
str = re.sub ('ly:get-mus-property', 'ly:music-property',str)
str = re.sub ('ly:get-context-property', 'ly:context-property',str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,26), conv, _ ("More Scheme function renaming")))
+@rule ((2, 1, 27), "property transposing -> tuning")
def conv (str):
def subst (m):
g = int (m.group (2))
subst, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,27), conv, """property transposing -> tuning"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 28), """make-music-by-name -> make-music,
+new syntax for setting \\arpeggioBracket""")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'make-music-by-name', 'make-music', str)
str = re.sub (r"\\override\s+.*Arpeggio\s+#.print-function\s+=\s+\\arpeggioBracket", r"\\arpeggioBracket", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,28), conv,
- """make-music-by-name -> make-music,
-new syntax for setting \\arpeggioBracket"""))
+@rule ((2, 1, 29), '\\center -> \\center-align, \\translator -> \\context')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\center([^-])', '\\center-align\\1', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\translator', '\\context', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,29), conv,
- '\\center -> \\center-align, \\translator -> \\context'))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 30), '''\\threeq{flat,sharp} -> \\sesqui{flat,sharp}
+ly:get-mutable-properties -> ly:mutable-music-properties
+centralCPosition -> middleCPosition
+ly:unset-context-property -> ly:context-unset-property
+ly:translator-find -> ly:context-find
+ly:get-stencil-extent -> ly:stencil-extent
+''')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\threeq(flat|sharp)', r'\\sesqui\1', str)
str = re.sub (r'ly:stencil-get-extent',
'middleCPosition',str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,30), conv,
- '''\\threeq{flat,sharp} -> \\sesqui{flat,sharp}
-ly:get-mutable-properties -> ly:mutable-music-properties
-centralCPosition -> middleCPosition
-ly:unset-context-property -> ly:context-unset-property
-ly:translator-find -> ly:context-find
-ly:get-stencil-extent -> ly:stencil-extent
-'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 1, 31), 'remove \\alias Timing')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\alias\s*"?Timing"?', '', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,31), conv,
- '''remove \\alias Timing'''))
+@rule ((2, 1, 33), 'breakAlignOrder -> break-align-orders.')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"(\\set\s+)?(?P<context>(Score\.)?)breakAlignOrder\s*=\s*#'(?P<list>[^\)]+)",
r"\n\\override \g<context>BreakAlignment #'break-align-orders = "
+ "#(make-vector 3 '\g<list>)", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,33), conv,
- '''breakAlignOrder -> break-align-orders.'''))
+@rule ((2, 1, 34), 'set-paper-size -> set-default-paper-size.')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"\(set-paper-size",
"(set-default-paper-size",str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1,34), conv,
- '''set-paper-size -> set-default-paper-size.'''))
+@rule ((2, 1, 36), 'ly:mutable-music-properties -> ly:music-mutable-properties')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"ly:mutable-music-properties",
"ly:music-mutable-properties", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2,1, 36), conv,
- '''ly:mutable-music-properties -> ly:music-mutable-properties'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 2, 0), _ ("bump version for release"))
def conv (str):
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 2, 0), conv,
- _ ("bump version for release")))
+@rule ((2, 3, 1), '\\apply -> \\applymusic')
def conv (str):
return re.sub (r'\\apply\b', r'\\applymusic', str)
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 1), conv,
- '''\\apply -> \\applymusic'''))
+@rule ((2, 3, 2), '\\FooContext -> \\Foo')
def conv (str):
if re.search ('textheight', str):
stderr_write ('\n')
str = re.sub ('ly:paper-lookup', 'ly:output-def-lookup', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 2), conv,
- '''\\FooContext -> \\Foo'''))
+@rule ((2, 3, 4), _ ('remove %s') % '\\notes')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\notes\b', '', str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 4), conv,
- _ ('remove %s') % '\\notes'))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 3, 6), 'lastpagefill -> raggedlastbottom')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'lastpagefill\s*=\s*"?1"', 'raggedlastbottom = ##t', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 6), conv,
- '''lastpagefill -> raggedlastbottom'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 3, 8), 'remove \\consistsend, strip \\lyrics from \\lyricsto.')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\consistsend', '\\consists', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\lyricsto\s+("?[a-zA-Z]+"?)(\s*\\new Lyrics\s*)?\\lyrics',
r'\\lyricsto \1 \2', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 8), conv,
- '''remove \\consistsend, strip \\lyrics from \\lyricsto.'''))
+@rule ((2, 3, 9), 'neo_mensural -> neomensural, if-text-padding -> bound-padding')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'neo_mensural', 'neomensural', str)
str = re.sub (r'if-text-padding', 'bound-padding', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 9), conv,
- '''neo_mensural -> neomensural, if-text-padding -> bound-padding'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 3, 10), '\\addlyrics -> \\oldaddlyrics, \\newlyrics -> \\addlyrics')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\addlyrics', r'\\oldaddlyrics', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\newlyrics', r'\\addlyrics', str)
stderr_write ("\nWarning: TextSpanner has been split into DynamicTextSpanner and TextSpanner\n")
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 10), conv,
- '''\\addlyrics -> \\oldaddlyrics, \\newlyrics -> \\addlyrics'''))
+@rule ((2, 3, 11), '\\setMmRestFermata -> ^\\fermataMarkup')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\setMmRestFermata\s+(R[0-9.*/]*)',
r'\1^\\fermataMarkup', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 11), conv,
- '''\\setMmRestFermata -> ^\\fermataMarkup'''))
+@rule ((2, 3, 12), '''\\newpage -> \\pageBreak, junk \\script{up,down,both},
+soloADue -> printPartCombineTexts, #notes-to-clusters -> \\makeClusters
+''')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\newpage', r'\\pageBreak', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\scriptUp', r"""{
str = re.sub (r'pagenumber\s*=', 'firstpagenumber = ', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 12), conv,
- '''\\newpage -> \\pageBreak, junk \\script{up,down,both},
-soloADue -> printPartCombineTexts, #notes-to-clusters -> \\makeClusters
-'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 3, 16), _ ('''\\foo -> \\foomode (for chords, notes, etc.)
+fold \\new FooContext \\foomode into \\foo.'''))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\chords\b', r'\\chordmode', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\lyrics\b', r'\\lyricmode', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 16), conv,
- _ ('''\\foo -> \\foomode (for chords, notes, etc.)
-fold \\new FooContext \\foomode into \\foo.''')))
+@rule ((2, 3, 17), '''slurBoth -> slurNeutral, stemBoth -> stemNeutral, etc.
+\\applymusic #(remove-tag 'foo) -> \\removeWithTag 'foo''')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'(slur|stem|phrasingSlur|tie|dynamic|dots|tuplet|arpeggio|)Both', r'\1Neutral', str)
str = re.sub (r"\\applymusic\s*#\(remove-tag\s*'([a-z-0-9]+)\)",
r"\\removeWithTag #'\1", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 17), conv,
- '''slurBoth -> slurNeutral, stemBoth -> stemNeutral, etc.
-\\applymusic #(remove-tag 'foo) -> \\removeWithTag 'foo'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 3, 18), 'Text_item -> Text_interface')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'Text_item', 'Text_interface', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 18),
- conv,
- '''Text_item -> Text_interface''' ))
+@rule ((2, 3, 22), 'paper -> layout, bookpaper -> paper')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\paper', r'\\layout', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\bookpaper', r'\\paper', str)
str = re.sub (r'#\(paper-set-staff-size', '%Use set-global-staff-size at toplevel\n% #(layout-set-staff-size', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 22),
- conv,
- '''paper -> layout, bookpaper -> paper''' ))
-
+@rule ((2, 3, 23), r'\context Foo = NOTENAME -> \context Foo = "NOTENAME"')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\context\s+([a-zA-Z]+)\s*=\s*([a-z]+)\s',
r'\\context \1 = "\2" ',
str )
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 23),
- conv,
- '''\context Foo = NOTENAME -> \context Foo = "NOTENAME"'''))
+@rule ((2, 3, 24), _ ('''regularize other identifiers'''))
def conv (str):
def sub(m):
return regularize_id (m.group (1))
sub, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 24),
- conv,
- _ ('''regularize other identifiers''')))
+@rule ((2, 3, 25), 'petrucci_c1 -> petrucci-c1, 1style -> single-digit')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('petrucci_c1', 'petrucci-c1', str)
str = re.sub ('1style', 'single-digit', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 3, 25),
- conv,
- '''petrucci_c1 -> petrucci-c1, 1style -> single-digit'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 4, 0), _ ("bump version for release"))
def conv (str):
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 4, 0),
- conv,
- _ ("bump version for release")))
-
+@rule ((2, 5, 0), '\\quote -> \\quoteDuring')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\quote\s+"?([a-zA-Z0-9]+)"?\s+([0-9.*/]+)',
r'\\quoteDuring #"\1" { \skip \2 }',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 0),
- conv,
- '\\quote -> \\quoteDuring'))
-
+@rule ((2, 5, 1), 'ly:import-module -> ly:module-copy')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'ly:import-module',
r'ly:module-copy', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 1),
- conv,
- 'ly:import-module -> ly:module-copy'))
+@rule ((2, 5, 2), '\markup .. < .. > .. -> \markup .. { .. } ..')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\(column|fill-line|dir-column|center-align|right-align|left-align|bracketed-y-column)\s*<(([^>]|<[^>]*>)*)>',
r'\\\1 {\2}', str)
str = re.sub (r'\\markup\s*{([^}]|{[^}]*})*}', get_markup, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 2),
- conv,
- '\markup .. < .. > .. -> \markup .. { .. } ..'))
+@rule ((2, 5, 3), 'ly:find-glyph-by-name -> ly:font-get-glyph, remove - from glyphnames.')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('ly:find-glyph-by-name', 'ly:font-get-glyph', str)
str = re.sub ('"(scripts|clefs|accidentals)-', r'"\1.', str)
str = re.sub ("'(vaticana|hufnagel|medicaea|petrucci|neomensural|mensural)-", r"'\1.", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 3),
- conv,
- 'ly:find-glyph-by-name -> ly:font-get-glyph, remove - from glyphnames.'))
-
+@rule ((2, 5, 12), '\set Slur #\'dashed = #X -> \slurDashed')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"\\override\s+(Voice\.)?Slur #'dashed\s*=\s*#\d*(\.\d+)?",
r"\\slurDashed", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 12),
- conv,
- '\set Slur #\'dashed = #X -> \slurDashed'))
+@rule ((2, 5, 13), _ ('\\encoding: smart recode latin1..utf-8. Remove ly:point-and-click'))
def conv (str):
input_encoding = 'latin1'
def func (match):
str = re.sub (r"#\(ly:set-point-and-click '[a-z-]+\)", '', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 13),
- conv,
- _ ('\\encoding: smart recode latin1..utf-8. Remove ly:point-and-click')))
-
+@rule ((2, 5, 17), _ ('remove %s') % 'ly:stencil-set-extent!')
def conv (str):
if re.search ("ly:stencil-set-extent!", str):
stderr_write ('\n')
raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 17),
- conv,
- _ ('remove %s') % 'ly:stencil-set-extent!'))
+@rule ((2, 5, 18), 'ly:warn -> ly:warning')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"ly:warn\b", 'ly:warning', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 18),
- conv,
- 'ly:warn -> ly:warning'))
+
+@rule ((2, 5, 21), _ ('warn about auto beam settings'))
def conv (str):
if re.search ("(override-|revert-)auto-beam-setting", str)\
or re.search ("autoBeamSettings", str):
raise FatalConversionError ()
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 21),
- conv,
- _ ('warn about auto beam settings')))
+@rule ((2, 5, 25), 'unfoldrepeats -> unfoldRepeats, compressmusic -> compressMusic')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"unfoldrepeats", 'unfoldRepeats', str)
str = re.sub (r"compressmusic", 'compressMusic', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 5, 25), conv,
- 'unfoldrepeats -> unfoldRepeats, compressmusic -> compressMusic'))
+@rule ((2, 6, 0), _ ("bump version for release"))
def conv (str):
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 6, 0), conv,
- _ ("bump version for release")))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 0), 'ly:get-default-font -> ly:grob-default-font')
def conv (str):
return re.sub('ly:get-default-font', 'ly:grob-default-font', str)
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 0), conv,
- 'ly:get-default-font -> ly:grob-default-font'))
+@rule ((2, 7, 1), '''ly:parser-define -> ly:parser-define!
+excentricity -> eccentricity
+Timing_engraver -> Timing_translator + Default_bar_line_engraver
+''')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub('ly:parser-define', 'ly:parser-define!', str)
str = re.sub('excentricity', 'eccentricity', str)
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 1), conv,
- '''ly:parser-define -> ly:parser-define!
-excentricity -> eccentricity
-Timing_engraver -> Timing_translator + Default_bar_line_engraver
-'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 2), 'ly:X-moment -> ly:moment-X')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub('ly:(add|mul|mod|div)-moment', r'ly:moment-\1', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 2), conv,
- '''ly:X-moment -> ly:moment-X'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 4), 'keyAccidentalOrder -> keyAlterationOrder')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub('keyAccidentalOrder', 'keyAlterationOrder', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 4), conv,
- '''keyAccidentalOrder -> keyAlterationOrder'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 6), '''Performer_group_performer -> Performer_group, Engraver_group_engraver -> Engraver_group,
+inside-slur -> avoid-slur''')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub('Performer_group_performer', 'Performer_group', str)
str = re.sub('Engraver_group_engraver', 'Engraver_group', str)
r"#'avoid-slur", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 6), conv,
- '''Performer_group_performer -> Performer_group, Engraver_group_engraver -> Engraver_group,
-inside-slur -> avoid-slur'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 10), '\\applyxxx -> \\applyXxx')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub(r'\\applyoutput', r'\\applyOutput', str)
str = re.sub(r'\\applycontext', r'\\applyContext', str)
str = re.sub(r'ly:grob-suicide', 'ly:grob-suicide!', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 10), conv,
- '''\\applyxxx -> \\applyXxx'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 11), '"tabloid" -> "11x17"')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub(r'\"tabloid\"', '"11x17"', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 11), conv,
- '''\"tabloid\" -> \"11x17\"'''))
+@rule ((2, 7, 12), 'outputProperty -> overrideProperty')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub(r'outputProperty' , 'overrideProperty', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 12), conv,
- '''outputProperty -> overrideProperty'''))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 13), 'layout engine refactoring [FIXME]')
def conv (str):
def subber (match):
newkey = {'spacing-procedure': 'springs-and-rods',
stderr_write (_ ('verticalAlignmentChildCallback has been deprecated'))
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 13), conv,
- '''layout engine refactoring [FIXME]'''))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 14), _ ('Remove callbacks property, deprecate XY-extent-callback.'))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"\\override +([A-Z.a-z]+) #'callbacks",
r"\\override \1", str)
r"\\override \1VerticalAxisGroup #'Y-extent", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 14), conv,
- _ ('Remove callbacks property, deprecate XY-extent-callback.')))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 15), _ ('Use grob closures iso. XY-offset-callbacks.'))
def conv (str):
if re.search ('[XY]-offset-callbacks', str):
stderr_write (NOT_SMART % "[XY]-offset-callbacks")
stderr_write (NOT_SMART % "position-callbacks")
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 15), conv,
- _ ('Use grob closures iso. XY-offset-callbacks.')))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 22), r"\tag #'(a b) -> \tag #'a \tag #'b")
def conv (str):
def sub_syms (m):
syms = m.group (1).split ()
str = re.sub (r"\\tag #'\(([^)]+)\)", sub_syms, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 22), conv,
- """\tag #'(a b) -> \tag #'a \tag #'b""" ))
+@rule ((2, 7, 24), _ ('deprecate %s') % 'number-visibility')
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"#'number-visibility",
"#'number-visibility % number-visibility is deprecated. Tune the TupletNumber instead\n",
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 24), conv,
- _ ('deprecate %s') % 'number-visibility'))
+@rule ((2, 7, 28), "ly:spanner-get-bound -> ly:spanner-bound")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"ly:spanner-get-bound", "ly:spanner-bound", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 28), conv,
- """ly:spanner-get-bound -> ly:spanner-bound"""))
+@rule ((2, 7, 29), "override Stem #'beamed-* -> #'details #'beamed-*")
def conv (str):
for a in ['beamed-lengths', 'beamed-minimum-free-lengths',
'lengths',
str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 29), conv,
- """override Stem #'beamed-* -> #'details #'beamed-*"""))
+@rule ((2, 7, 30), "\\epsfile")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\epsfile *#"', r'\\epsfile #X #10 #"', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 30), conv,
- """\\epsfile"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 31), "Foo_bar::bla_bla -> ly:foo-bar::bla-bla")
def conv (str):
def sub_cxx_id (m):
str = m.group(1)
sub_cxx_id, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 31), conv,
- """Foo_bar::bla_bla -> ly:foo-bar::bla-bla"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 32), _ ("foobar -> foo-bar for \paper, \layout"))
def conv (str):
identifier_subs = [
('inputencoding', 'input-encoding'),
str = re.sub (a, b, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 32), conv,
- _ ("foobar -> foo-bar for \paper, \layout")))
+@rule ((2, 7, 32), "debug-beam-quanting -> debug-beam-scoring")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('debug-beam-quanting', 'debug-beam-scoring', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 32), conv,
- """debug-beam-quanting -> debug-beam-scoring"""))
+@rule ((2, 7, 36), "def-(music-function|markup-command) -> define-(music-function|markup-command)")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('def-music-function', 'define-music-function', str)
str = re.sub ('def-markup-command', 'define-markup-command', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 36), conv,
- """def-(music-function|markup-command) -> define-(music-function|markup-command)"""))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 7, 40), "rehearsalMarkAlignSymbol/barNumberAlignSymbol -> break-align-symbol")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\set\s+Score\s*\.\s*barNumberAlignSymbol\s*=',
r"\\override Score.BarNumber #'break-align-symbol = ", str)
r"\\override Score.RehearsalMark #'break-align-symbol = ", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 7, 40), conv,
- "rehearsalMarkAlignSymbol/barNumberAlignSymbol -> break-align-symbol"))
-
+@rule ((2, 9, 4), "(page-)penalty -> (page-)break-penalty")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('page-penalty', 'page-break-penalty', str)
str = re.sub ('([^-])penalty', '\1break-penalty', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 4), conv, """(page-)penalty -> (page-)break-penalty"""))
+@rule ((2, 9, 6), "\\context Foo \\applyOutput #bla -> \\applyOutput #'Foo #bla ")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\\context\s+\"?([a-zA-Z]+)\"?\s*\\applyOutput', r"\\applyOutput #'\1", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 6), conv, """\context Foo \\applyOutput #bla -> \\applyOutput #'Foo #bla """))
-
+@rule ((2, 9, 9), "annotatefoo -> annotate-foo")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('annotatepage', 'annotate-page', str)
str = re.sub ('annotateheaders', 'annotate-headers', str)
str = re.sub ('annotatesystems', 'annotate-systems', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 9), conv, """annotatefoo -> annotate-foo"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 9, 11), "\\set tupletNumberFormatFunction -> \\override #'text = ")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"""(\\set\s)?(?P<context>[a-zA-Z]*.?)tupletNumberFormatFunction\s*=\s*#denominator-tuplet-formatter""",
r"""\\override \g<context>TupletNumber #'text = #tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text""", str)
stderr_write ("\n")
stderr_write ("tupletNumberFormatFunction has been removed. Use #'text property on TupletNumber")
stderr_write ("\n")
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 11), conv, """\\set tupletNumberFormatFunction -> \\override #'text = """))
-
+@rule ((2, 9, 13), "instrument -> instrumentName, instr -> shortInstrumentName, vocNam -> shortVocalName")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('vocNam', 'shortVocalName', str)
str = re.sub (r'\.instr\s*=', r'.shortInstrumentName =', str)
str = re.sub (r'\.instrument\s*=', r'.instrumentName =', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 13), conv, """instrument -> instrumentName, instr -> shortInstrumentName, vocNam -> shortVocalName"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 9, 16), _ ("deprecate \\tempo in \\midi"))
def conv (str):
def sub_tempo (m):
str = re.sub (r'\\midi\s*{\s*\\tempo ([0-9]+)\s*([.]*)\s*=\s*([0-9]+)\s*}', sub_tempo, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 16), conv, _ ("deprecate \\tempo in \\midi")))
+@rule ((2, 9, 19), "printfirst-page-number -> print-first-page-number")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ('printfirst-page-number', 'print-first-page-number', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 9, 19), conv, """printfirst-page-number -> print-first-page-number"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 10, 0), _ ("bump version for release"))
def conv (str):
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 10, 0), conv, _ ("bump version for release")))
-
+@rule ((2, 11, 2), "ly:clone-parser -> ly:parser-clone")
def conv (str):
return re.sub ('ly:clone-parser',
'ly:parser-clone', str)
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 2), conv, """ly:clone-parser -> ly:parser-clone"""))
-
-
+@rule ((2, 11, 5), _ ("deprecate cautionary-style. Use AccidentalCautionary properties"))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub ("Accidental\s*#'cautionary-style\s*=\s*#'smaller",
"AccidentalCautionary #'font-size = #-2", str)
r"\1 #'parenthesized = ##t", str)
str = re.sub ("([A-Za-z]+)\s*#'cautionary-style\s*=\s*#'smaller",
r"\1 #'font-size = #-2", str)
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 5), conv, _ ("deprecate cautionary-style. Use AccidentalCautionary properties")))
-
-
-
+@rule ((2, 11, 6), _ ("Rename accidental glyphs, use glyph-name-alist."))
def conv (str):
def sub_acc_name (m):
'standard-alteration-glyph-name-alist')
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 6), conv, _ ("Rename accidental glyphs, use glyph-name-alist.")))
-
+@rule ((2, 11, 10), """allowBeamBreak -> Beam #'breakable = ##t
+addquote -> addQuote
+""")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'(\\set\s+)?([A-Z][a-zA-Z]+\s*\.\s*)allowBeamBreak',
r"\override \2Beam #'breakable", str)
str = re.sub (r'(\\set\s+)?allowBeamBreak',
r"\override Beam #'breakable", str)
- str = re.sub (r'addquote' , 'addQuote', str)
+ str = re.sub (r'addquote', 'addQuote', str)
if re.search ("Span_dynamic_performer", str):
stderr_write ("Span_dynamic_performer has been merged into Dynamic_performer")
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 10), conv, """allowBeamBreak -> Beam #'breakable = ##t
-addquote -> addQuote
-"""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 11), "layout-set-staff-size -> layout-set-absolute-staff-size")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r'\(layout-set-staff-size \(\*\s*([0-9.]+)\s*(pt|mm|cm)\)\)',
r'(layout-set-absolute-staff-size (* \1 \2))', str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 11), conv, """layout-set-staff-size -> layout-set-absolute-staff-size"""))
-
+@rule ((2, 11, 13), "#'arrow = ##t -> #'bound-details #'right #'arrow = ##t")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"\\override\s*([a-zA-Z.]+)\s*#'arrow\s*=\s*##t",
r"\\override \1 #'bound-details #'right #'arrow = ##t",
stderr_write (_ ("Use\n\n%s") %
"\t\\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'right #'text = <right-text>\n"
"\t\\override TextSpanner #'bound-details #'left #'text = <left-text>\n")
-
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 13), conv, """#'arrow = ##t -> #'bound-details #'right #'arrow = ##t"""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 15), "#'edge-height -> #'bound-details #'right/left #'text = ...")
def conv (str):
def sub_edge_height (m):
s = ''
sub_edge_height, str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 15), conv, """#'edge-height -> #'bound-details #'right/left #'text = ..."""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 23), "#'break-align-symbol -> #'break-align-symbols")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"\\override\s*([a-zA-Z.]+)\s*#'break-align-symbol\s*=\s*#'([a-z-]+)",
r"\\override \1 #'break-align-symbols = #'(\2)", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 23), conv, """#'break-align-symbol -> #'break-align-symbols"""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 35), """scripts.caesura -> scripts.caesura.curved.
+""" + _ ("Use #'style not #'dash-fraction to select solid/dashed lines."))
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"scripts\.caesura",
r"scripts.caesura.curved", str)
stderr_write (NOT_SMART % _ ("all settings related to dashed lines.\n"))
stderr_write (_ ("Use \\override ... #'style = #'line for solid lines and\n"))
stderr_write (_ ("\t\\override ... #'style = #'dashed-line for dashed lines."))
-
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 35), conv, """scripts.caesura -> scripts.caesura.curved.
-""" + _ ("Use #'style not #'dash-fraction to select solid/dashed lines.")))
+@rule ((2, 11, 38), """\\setEasyHeads -> \\easyHeadsOn, \\fatText -> \\textLengthOn,
+\\emptyText -> \\textLengthOff""")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"setEasyHeads", r"easyHeadsOn", str)
str = re.sub (r"fatText", r"textLengthOn", str)
str = re.sub (r"emptyText", r"textLengthOff", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 38), conv, """\\setEasyHeads -> \\easyHeadsOn, \\fatText -> \\textLengthOn,
-\\emptyText -> \\textLengthOff"""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 46), "\\set hairpinToBarline -> \\override Hairpin #'to-barline")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"\\set\s+([a-zA-Z]+)\s*.\s*hairpinToBarline\s*=\s*##([tf]+)",
r"\\override \1.Hairpin #'to-barline = ##\2", str)
r"\\set \1crescendoSpanner = #'text", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 46), conv, """\\set hairpinToBarline -> \\override Hairpin #'to-barline"""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 48), "\\compressMusic -> \\scaleDurations")
def conv (str):
str = re.sub (r"compressMusic", r"scaleDurations", str)
return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 48), conv, """\\compressMusic -> \\scaleDurations"""))
+@rule ((2, 11, 50), _ ("metronomeMarkFormatter uses text markup as second argument,\n\
+fret diagram properties moved to fret-diagram-details."))
def conv (str):
+ ## warning 1/2: metronomeMarkFormatter uses text markup as second argument
if re.search ('metronomeMarkFormatter', str):
stderr_write (NOT_SMART % _ ("metronomeMarkFormatter got an additional text argument.\n"))
stderr_write (_ ("The function assigned to Score.metronomeMarkFunction now uses the signature\n%s") %
"\t(format-metronome-markup text dur count context)\n")
- return str
-conversions.append (((2, 11, 50), conv, """metronomeMarkFormatter uses text markup as second argument"""))
\ No newline at end of file
+ ## warning 2/2: fret diagram properties moved to fret-diagram-details
+ fret_props = ['barre-type',
+ 'dot-color',
+ 'dot-radius',
+ 'finger-code',
+ 'fret-count',
+ 'label-dir',
+ 'number-type',
+ 'string-count',
+ 'xo-font-magnification',
+ 'mute-string',
+ 'open-string',
+ 'orientation']
+ for prop in fret_props:
+ if re.search (prop, str):
+ stderr_write (NOT_SMART %
+ prop + " in fret-diagram properties. Use fret-diagram-details.")
+ stderr_write ('\n')
+ return str
+
+@rule ((2, 11, 51), "\\octave -> \\octaveCheck, \\arpeggioUp -> \\arpeggioArrowUp,\n\
+\\arpeggioDown -> \\arpeggioArrowDown, \\arpeggioNeutral -> \\arpeggioNormal,\n\
+\\setTextCresc -> \\crescTextCresc, \\setTextDecresc -> \\dimTextDecresc,\n\
+\\setTextDecr -> \\dimTextDecr, \\setTextDim -> \\dimTextDim,\n\
+\\setHairpinCresc -> \\crescHairpin, \\setHairpinDecresc -> \\dimHairpin,\n\
+\\sustainUp -> \\sustainOff, \\sustainDown -> \\sustainOn\n\
+\\sostenutoDown -> \\sostenutoOn, \\sostenutoUp -> \\sostenutoOff")
+def conv (str):
+ str = re.sub (r"\\octave", r"\\octaveCheck", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"arpeggioUp", r"arpeggioArrowUp", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"arpeggioDown", r"arpeggioArrowDown", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"arpeggioNeutral", r"arpeggioNormal", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"setTextCresc", r"crescTextCresc", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"setTextDecresc", r"dimTextDecresc", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"setTextDecr", r"dimTextDecr", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"setTextDim", r"dimTextDim", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"setHairpinCresc", r"crescHairpin", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"setHairpinDecresc", r"dimHairpin", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"sustainUp", r"sustainOff", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"sustainDown", r"sustainOn", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"sostenutoDown", r"sostenutoOn", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"sostenutoUp", r"sostenutoOff", str)
+ return str
+
+@rule ((2, 11, 52), "\\setHairpinDim -> \\dimHairpin")
+def conv (str):
+ str = str.replace ("setHairpinDim", "dimHairpin")
+ return str
+
+@rule ((2, 11, 53), "infinite-spacing-height -> extra-spacing-height")
+def conv (str):
+ str = re.sub (r"infinite-spacing-height\s+=\s+##t", r"extra-spacing-height = #'(-inf.0 . +inf.0)", str)
+ str = re.sub (r"infinite-spacing-height\s+=\s+##f", r"extra-spacing-height = #'(0 . 0)", str)
+ return str
+
+@rule ((2, 11, 55), "#(set-octavation oct) -> \\ottava #oct,\n\
+\\put-adjacent markup axis dir markup -> \\put-adjacent axis dir markup markup")
+def conv (str):
+ str = re.sub (r"#\(set-octavation (-*[0-9]+)\)", r"\\ottava #\1", str)
+ if re.search ('put-adjacent', str):
+ stderr_write (NOT_SMART % _ ("\\put-adjacent argument order.\n"))
+ stderr_write (_ ("Axis and direction now come before markups:\n"))
+ stderr_write (_ ("\\put-adjacent axis dir markup markup."))
+ return str
+
+# Guidelines to write rules (please keep this at the end of this file)
+#
+# - keep at most one rule per version; if several conversions should be done,
+# concatenate them into a single "conv" function;
+#
+# - enclose strings to be localized with `_(' and `)';
+#
+# - write rule for bumping major stable version with
+#
+# _ ("bump version for release")
+#
+# as exact description.
class PedalEvent (SpanEvent):
def ly_expression (self):
- return {-1: '\\sustainDown',
- 0:'\\sustainUp\\sustainDown',
- 1:'\\sustainUp'}.get (self.span_direction, '')
+ return {-1: '\\sustainOn',
+ 0:'\\sustainOff\\sustainOn',
+ 1:'\\sustainOff'}.get (self.span_direction, '')
class TextSpannerEvent (SpanEvent):
def ly_expression (self):
dir = self.ly_octave_shift_indicator ()
value = ''
if dir:
- value = '#(set-octavation %s)' % dir
+ value = '\ottava #%s' % dir
return {
-1: value,
- 1: '#(set-octavation 0)'}.get (self.span_direction, '')
+ 1: '\ottava #0'}.get (self.span_direction, '')
class TrillSpanEvent (SpanEvent):
def ly_expression (self):
if self.non_arpeggiate:
printer.dump ("\\arpeggioBracket")
else:
- dir = { -1: "\\arpeggioDown", 1: "\\arpeggioUp" }.get (self.direction, '')
+ dir = { -1: "\\arpeggioArrowDown", 1: "\\arpeggioArrowUp" }.get (self.direction, '')
if dir:
printer.dump (dir)
def print_after_note (self, printer):
if self.non_arpeggiate or self.direction:
- printer.dump ("\\arpeggioNeutral")
+ printer.dump ("\\arpeggioNormal")
def ly_expression (self):
return ('\\arpeggio')
sustain pedals: @code{text}, @code{bracket} or @code{mixed} (both).")
(pedalUnaCordaStrings ,list? "See @code{pedalSustainStrings}.")
(pedalUnaCordaStyle ,symbol? "See @code{pedalSustainStyle}.")
+ (predefinedDiagramTable ,hash-table? "The hash table of predefined
+fret diagrams to use in FretBoards.")
(printKeyCancellation ,boolean? "Print restoration alterations
before a key signature change.")
(printOctaveNames ,boolean? "Print octave marks for the
(tablatureFormat ,procedure? "A function formatting a tablature
-note head; it takes a string number, a list of string tunings and a
-@code{Pitch} object. It returns the text as a string.")
+note head. Called with three arguments: string number, context and event.
+It returns the text as a string.")
(tempoWholesPerMinute ,ly:moment? "The tempo in whole notes per
minute.")
(tempoUnitCount ,number? "Count for specifying tempo.")
(useBassFigureExtenders ,boolean? "Whether to use extender lines
for repeated bass figures.")
-
-
+
(verticallySpacedContexts ,list? "List of symbols, containing
context names whose vertical axis groups should be taken into account
for vertical spacing of systems.")
(localKeySignature ,list? "The key signature at this point in the
measure. The format is the same as for @code{keySignature}, but can
also contain @code{((@var{octave} . @var{name}) . (@var{alter} .
-@var{barnumber}))} pairs. It is reset at every bar line.")
+@var{barnumber}))} pairs.")
(melismaBusy ,boolean? "Signifies whether a melisma is active.
(ly:add-interface
'fret-diagram-interface
- "A fret diagram."
- '(align-dir barre-type dot-color dot-radius finger-code fret-count
-label-dir number-type size string-count xo-font-magnification
-mute-string open-string orientation string-fret-finger-combinations
-thickness))
+ "A fret diagram"
+ '(align-dir fret-diagram-details size dot-placement-list
+ thickness))
(ly:add-interface
'grace-spacing-interface
"Parentheses for other objects."
'(padding stencils))
+(ly:add-interface
+ 'percent-repeat-interface
+ "Beat, Double and single measure repeats."
+ '(slope thickness))
+
(ly:add-interface
'piano-pedal-interface
"A piano pedal sign."
(X-extent ,number-pair? "Hard coded extent in X@tie{}direction.")
(X-offset ,number? "The horizontal amount that this object is
moved relative to its X-parent.")
- (Y-extent ,number-pair? "See @code{X-extent}.")
+ (Y-extent ,number-pair? "Hard coded extent in Y@tie{}direction.")
(Y-offset ,number? "The vertical amount that this object is moved
relative to its Y-parent.")
@code{0}: around center of width, @code{1}: right side.")
(allow-loose-spacing ,boolean? "If set, column can be detached
from main spacing.")
- (allow-span-bar ,boolean? "If false, no inter-staff barline will
-be created below this barline.")
+ (allow-span-bar ,boolean? "If false, no inter-staff bar line will
+be created below this bar line.")
(alteration ,number? "Alteration numbers for accidental.")
(alteration-alist ,list? "List of @code{(@var{pitch}
. @var{accidental})} pairs for key signature.")
grobs, this should contain only one number.")
(bar-size ,ly:dimension? "The size of a bar line.")
- (barre-type ,symbol? "Type of barre indication used in a fret
-diagram. Choices include @code{curved} and @code{straight}.")
(base-shortest-duration ,ly:moment? "Spacing is based on the
shortest notes in a piece. Normally, pieces are spaced as if notes
at least as short as this are present.")
makes it print only if there is no beam associated with this tuplet
bracket.")
(break-align-anchor ,number? "Grobs aligned to this break-align
-grob will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In barlines,
+grob will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines,
for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual)
-center of the barline.")
+center of the bar line.")
(break-align-anchor-alignment ,number? "Read by
-ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning
-an anchor to a grobs extent")
+@code{ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor} for aligning
+an anchor to a grob's extent")
(break-align-symbol ,symbol? "This key is used for aligning and
spacing breakable items.")
(break-align-symbols ,list? "A list of symbols that determine
@code{#UP}, @code{#CENTER} or @code{#DOWN}. Numerical values may also
be used: @code{#UP}=@code{1}, @code{#DOWN}=@code{-1},
@code{#LEFT}=@code{-1}, @code{#RIGHT}=@code{1}, @code{#CENTER}=@code{0}.")
- (dot-color ,symbol? "Color of dots. Options include
-@code{black} and @code{white}.")
(dot-count ,integer? "The number of dots.")
- (dot-radius ,number? "Radius of dots.")
+ (dot-placement-list ,list? "List
+consisting of @code{(@var{description} @var{string-number}
+@var{fret-number} @var{finger-number})}
+entries used to define fret diagrams.")
(duration-log ,integer? "The 2-log of the note head duration,
i.e., @code{0} = whole note, @code{1} = half note, etc.")
church rests.")
(extra-X-extent ,number-pair? "A grob is enlarged in
X@tie{}dimension by this much.")
- (extra-Y-extent ,number-pair? "See @code{extra-X-extent}.")
+ (extra-Y-extent ,number-pair? "A grob is enlarged in
+Y@tie{}dimension by this much.")
;; remove me?
(extra-dy ,number? "Slope glissandi this much extra.")
(extra-offset ,number-pair? "A pair representing an offset. This
offset is added just before outputting the symbol, so the typesetting
engine is completely oblivious to it. The values are measured in
@code{staff-space} units of the staff's @code{StaffSymbol}.")
+ (extra-spacing-height ,number-pair? "In the horizontal spacing
+problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding
+the @q{car} to the bottom of the item and adding the @q{cdr} to the top
+of the item. In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the
+horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below
+this grob), set this to @code{(-inf.0 . +inf.0)}.")
(extra-spacing-width ,number-pair? "In the horizontal spacing
problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the @q{car} on the
left side of the item and adding the @q{cdr} on the right side of the
item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all,
set this to @code{(+inf.0 . -inf.0)}.")
-
- (finger-code ,symbol? "Code for the type of fingering indication
-in a fret diagram. Options include @code{none}, @code{in-dot}, and
-@code{below-string}.")
(flag-count ,number? "The number of tremolo beams.")
(flag-style ,symbol? "A string determining what style of flag
glyph is typeset on a @code{Stem}. Valid options include @code{()}
include @code{medium}, @code{bold}, @code{bold-narrow}, etc.")
(font-shape ,symbol? "Select the shape of a font. Choices
include @code{upright}, @code{italic}, @code{caps}.")
- (font-size ,number? "The font size, compared to the @q{normal}
-size. @code{0}@tie{}is style-sheet's normal size, @code{-1} is
-smaller, @code{+1} is bigger. Each step of@tie{}1 is approximately
-12% larger, 6@tie{}steps are exactly a factor@tie{}2 larger.
+ (font-size ,number? "The font size, compared to the
+@q{normal}@tie{}size. @code{0}@tie{}is style-sheet's normal size,
+@code{-1} is smaller, @code{+1} is bigger. Each step of@tie{}1 is
+approximately 12% larger; 6@tie{}steps are exactly a factor@tie{}2 larger.
Fractional values are allowed.")
(force-hshift ,number? "This specifies a manual shift for notes
in collisions. The unit is the note head width of the first voice
signature object.")
(french-beaming ,boolean? "Use French beaming style for this
stem. The stem stops at the innermost beams.")
- (fret-count ,integer? "The number of frets in a fret diagram.")
- ;; ugh: double, change.
+
+ (fret-diagram-details ,list? "An alist of detailed grob properties
+for fret diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a
+(@code{property} . @code{value}) pair.
+The properties which can be included in fret-diagram-details
+include the following:
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+@code{barre-type} -- Type of barre indication used.
+Choices include @code{curved}, @code{straight}, and
+@code{none}. Default @code{curved}.
+@item
+@code{dot-color} -- Color of dots. Options include
+@code{black} and @code{white}. Default @code{black}.
+@item
+@code{dot-label-font-mag} -- Magnification for font used to
+label fret dots. Default value 1.
+@item
+@code{dot-radius} -- Radius of dots, in terms of fret spaces.
+Default value 0.425 for labeled dots, 0.25 for unlabeled dots.
+@item
+@code{finger-code} -- Code for the type of fingering indication used.
+Options include @code{none}, @code{in-dot}, and
+@code{below-string}. Default @code{none} for markup fret diagrams,
+@code{below-string} for @code{FretBoards} fret diagrams.
+@item
+@code{fret-count} -- The number of frets. Default 4.
+@item
+@code{fret-label-font-mag} -- The magnification of the font used to label
+the lowest fret number. Default 0.5
+@item
+@code{fret-label-vertical-offset} -- The vertical offset of the fret label
+from the fret. Default -0.2
+@item
+@code{label-dir} -- Side to which the fret label is attached.
+@code{-1}, @code{#LEFT}, or @code{#DOWN} for left or down;
+@code{1}, @code{#RIGHT}, or @code{#UP} for right or up.
+Default @code{#RIGHT}.
+@item
+@code{mute-string} -- Character string to be used to indicate muted
+string. Default \"x\".
+@item
+@code{number-type} -- Type of numbers to use in fret label. Choices
+include @code{roman-lower}, @code{roman-upper}, and @code{arabic}. Default
+@code{roman-lower}.
+@item
+@code{open-string} -- Character string to be used to indicate open
+string. Default \"o\".
+@item
+@code{orientation} -- Orientation of fret-diagram. Options include
+@code{normal} and @code{landscape}. Default @code{normal}.
+@item
+@code{string-count} -- The number of strings. Default 6.
+@item
+@code{string-label-font-mag} -- The magnification of the font used to label
+fingerings at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6.
+@item
+@code{top-fret-thickness} -- The thickness of the top fret line, as a multiple
+of the standard thickness. Default value 3.
+@item
+@code{xo-font-magnification} -- Magnification used for mute and
+open string indicators. Default value 0.5.
+@item
+@code{xo-padding} -- Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret.
+Default value 0.25.
+@end itemize") ;"
+
+
+ ;; ugh: double, change.
+ (full-length-padding ,number? "How much padding to use at the right side of a full-length tuplet bracket.")
+ (full-length-to-extent ,boolean? "Run to the extent of the column for a full-length tuplet bracket.")
+
(full-size-change ,boolean? "Don't make a change clef smaller.")
(gap ,ly:dimension? "Size of a gap in a variable symbol.")
(ignore-collision ,boolean? "If set, don't do note collision
resolution on this @code{NoteColumn}.")
(implicit ,boolean? "Is this an implicit bass figure?")
- (infinite-spacing-height ,boolean? "If true, then for the
-purposes of horizontal spacing, treat this item as though it were
-infinitely tall. That is, no object from another column is allowed to
-stick above or below this item.")
(inspect-index ,integer? "If debugging is set, set beam and slur
configuration to this index, and print the respective scores.")
(inspect-quants ,number-pair? "If debugging is set,
set to true is fixed relative to the staff above it when systems are
stretched.")
(keep-inside-line ,boolean? "If set, this column cannot have
-things sticking into the margin.")
+objects sticking into the margin.")
(kern ,ly:dimension? "Amount of extra white space to add. For
bar lines, this is the amount of space after a thick line.")
(knee ,boolean? "Is this beam kneed?")
correction and @code{1} for full correction.")
(labels ,list? "List of labels (symbols) placed on a column")
- (label-dir ,ly:dir? "Side to which a label is attached.
-@code{-1} for left, @code{1}@tie{}for right.")
- (layer ,number? "The output layer (a value between 0 and@tie{}2:
+ (layer ,integer? "The output layer (a value between 0 and@tie{}2:
Layers define the order of printing objects. Objects in lower layers
are overprinted by objects in higher layers.")
(ledger-line-thickness ,number-pair? "The thickness of ledger
determining ledger lines and stem lengths.")
(line-break-penalty ,number? "Penalty for a line break at this
column. This affects the choices of the line breaker; it avoids a
-line break at a column with a positive penalty and prefer a line break
+line break at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a line break
at a column with a negative penalty.")
(line-break-permission ,symbol? "Instructs the line breaker on
whether to put a line break at this column. Can be @code{force} or
directions (i.e., voice 1 &@tie{}2).")
(minimum-X-extent ,number-pair? "Minimum size of an object in
X@tie{}dimension, measured in @code{staff-space} units.")
- (minimum-Y-extent ,number-pair? "See @code{minimum-X-extent}.")
+ (minimum-Y-extent ,number-pair? "Minimum size of an object in
+Y@tie{}dimension, measured in @code{staff-space} units.")
(minimum-distance ,ly:dimension? "Minimum distance between rest
and notes or beam.")
(minimum-length ,ly:dimension? "Try to make a spanner at least
(next ,ly:grob? "Object that is next relation (e.g., the lyric
syllable following an extender.")
(no-alignment ,boolean? "If set, don't place this grob in a
-VerticalAlignment; rather, place it using its own Y-offset callback")
+@code{VerticalAlignment}; rather, place it using its own @code{Y-offset}
+callback.")
(no-ledgers ,boolean? "If set, don't draw ledger lines on this
object.")
(no-stem-extend ,boolean? "If set, notes with ledger lines do not
@code{NonMusicalPaperColumn}.")
(note-names ,vector? "Vector of strings containing names for
easy-notation note heads.")
- (number-type ,symbol? "Type of numbers to use in label. Choices
-include @code{roman-lower}, @code{roman-upper}, and @code{arabic}.")
(outside-staff-horizontal-padding ,number? "By default, an
outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another
grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object
-is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbour.")
+is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.")
(outside-staff-padding ,number? "The padding to place between
this grob and the staff when spacing according to
@code{outside-staff-priority}.")
objects that are next to each other.")
(page-break-penalty ,number? "Penalty for page break at this
column. This affects the choices of the page breaker; it avoids a
-page break at a column with a positive penalty and prefer a page break
+page break at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a page break
at a column with a negative penalty.")
(page-break-permission ,symbol? "Instructs the page breaker on
whether to put a page break at this column. Can be @code{force} or
@code{allow}.")
(page-turn-penalty ,number? "Penalty for a page turn at this
column. This affects the choices of the page breaker; it avoids a
-page turn at a column with a positive penalty and prefer a page turn
+page turn at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a page turn
at a column with a negative penalty.")
(page-turn-permission ,symbol? "Instructs the page breaker on
whether to put a page turn at this column. Can be @code{force} or
(same-direction-correction ,number? "Optical correction amount
for stems that are placed in tight configurations. This amount is
-used for stems with the same direction to compensate for note-head to
+used for stems with the same direction to compensate for note head to
stem distance.")
(script-priority ,number? "A sorting key that determines in what
order a script is within a stack of scripts.")
@code{spacing-increment} as unit. See also
@rinternals{spacing-spanner-interface}.")
(shortest-playing-duration ,ly:moment? "The duration of the
-shortest playing here.")
+shortest note playing here.")
(shortest-starter-duration ,ly:moment? "The duration of the
shortest note that starts here.")
(side-axis ,number? "If the value is @code{#X} (or
. @var{distance})}, where @var{type} can be the symbols
@code{minimum-space} or @code{extra-space}.")
(space-to-barline ,boolean? "If set, the distance between a note
-and the following non-musical column will be measured to the barline
+and the following non-musical column will be measured to the bar line
instead of to the beginning of the non-musical column. If there is a
-clef change followed by a barline, for example, this means that we will
+clef change followed by a bar line, for example, this means that we will
try to space the non-musical column as though the clef is not there.")
(spacing-increment ,number? "Add this much space for a doubled
duration. Typically, the width of a note head. See also
(stacking-dir ,ly:dir? "Stack objects in which direction?")
(staff-padding ,ly:dimension? "Maintain this much space between
reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of
-differing sizes (like the dynamic @b{p} and @b{f}) on their
+differing sizes (like the dynamics @b{p} and @b{f}) on their
baselines.")
(staff-position ,number? "Vertical position, measured in half
staff spaces, counted from the middle line.")
(staff-space ,ly:dimension? "Amount of space between staff lines,
expressed in global @code{staff-space}.")
- (stem-attachment ,number-pair? "A @code{(@var{x} . @var{y})} pair
+ (stem-attachment ,number-pair? "An @code{(@var{x} . @var{y})} pair
where the stem attaches to the notehead.")
(stem-end-position ,number? "Where does the stem end (the end is
opposite to the support-head)?")
(stencil ,ly:stencil? "The symbol to print.")
(stencils ,list? "Multiple stencils, used as intermediate
value.")
- (strict-grace-spacing ,boolean? "If set, grace notes
+ (strict-grace-spacing ,boolean? "If set, grace notes
are not spaced separately, but put before musical columns.")
(strict-note-spacing ,boolean? "If set, unbroken columns
-with non-musical material (clefs, barlines, etc.) are not spaced
+with non-musical material (clefs, bar lines, etc.) are not spaced
separately, but put before musical columns.")
- (string-count ,integer? "The number of strings in a fret
-diagram.")
- (string-fret-finger-combinations ,list? "List consisting of
-@code{(@var{string-number} @var{fret-number} @var{finger-number})}
-entries.")
(stroke-style ,string? "Set to @code{\"grace\"} to turn stroke
through flag on.")
(style ,symbol? "This setting determines in what style a grob is
(thin-kern ,number? "The space after a hair-line in a bar line.")
(threshold ,number-pair? "@code{(@var{min} . @var{max})}, where
@var{min} and @var{max} are dimensions in staff space.")
- (to-barline ,boolean? "If true, the spanner will stop at that barline
+ (to-barline ,boolean? "If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line
just before it would otherwise stop.")
(tie-configuration ,list? "List of @code{(@var{position} .
@var{dir})} pairs, indicating the desired tie configuration, where
proportionally to their durations. This looks better in complex
polyphonic patterns.")
(used ,boolean? "If set, this spacing column is kept in the
-spacing problem")
+spacing problem.")
(vertical-skylines ,ly:skyline-pair? "Two skylines, one above and
one below this grob.")
(map
(lambda (x)
(apply define-internal-grob-property x))
-
+
`(
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; grobs & grob arrays. (alphabetical)
(axis-group-parent-X ,ly:grob? "Containing X@tie{}axis group.")
(axis-group-parent-Y ,ly:grob? "Containing Y@tie{}axis group.")
- (bar-extent ,number-pair? "The Y-extent of the actual barline.
-This may differ from 'Y-extent because it does not include the dots in
-a repeat barline.")
+ (bar-extent ,number-pair? "The Y-extent of the actual bar line.
+This may differ from @code{Y-extent} because it does not include the dots in
+a repeat bar line.")
(bars ,ly:grob-array? "A list of bar line pointers.")
(beam ,ly:grob? "A pointer to the beam, if applicable.")
(bounded-by-me ,ly:grob-array? "A list of spanners that have this
(x-offset ,ly:dimension? "Extra horizontal offset for ligature heads.")
- ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
- ;; fret-diagrams extra properties
- (mute-string ,string? "String to be used to indicate a muted string in
-fret diagrams")
- (open-string ,string? "A string to be used to indicate an open string
-in fret diagrams")
- (orientation ,symbol? "The orientation of a fret-diagram. Options
-include @code{normal} and @code{landscape}.")
- (xo-font-magnification ,number? "Magnification used for mute and open
-string indicators in fret diagrams.")
-
- )))
+ )))
(define-public all-backend-properties
(append
(meta . ((class . Item)
(interfaces . (font-interface
break-aligned-interface
+ percent-repeat-interface
percent-repeat-item-interface))))))
(DoublePercentRepeatCounter
(interfaces . (side-position-interface
self-alignment-interface
percent-repeat-item-interface
+ percent-repeat-interface
font-interface
text-interface))))))
(FretBoard
. ((stencil . ,fret-board::calc-stencil)
- (finger-code . below-string)
+ (fret-diagram-details . ((finger-code . below-string)))
(meta . ((class . Item)
(interfaces . (fret-diagram-interface
font-interface))))))
(meta . ((class . Spanner)
(interfaces . (multi-measure-rest-interface
font-interface
- percent-repeat-item-interface))))))
+ percent-repeat-interface
+ ))))))
(PercentRepeatCounter
. (
(meta . ((class . Spanner)
(interfaces . (side-position-interface
self-alignment-interface
- percent-repeat-item-interface
+ percent-repeat-interface
font-interface
text-interface))))))
(slope . 1.7)
(meta . ((class . Item)
(interfaces . (rhythmic-grob-interface
+ percent-repeat-interface
percent-repeat-item-interface))))))
(RepeatTie
(outer-tie-length-symmetry-penalty-factor . 10)
(vertical-distance-penalty-factor . 7)
(outer-tie-vertical-gap . 0.25)
- (multi-tie-region-size . 1)
+ (multi-tie-region-size . 3)
(single-tie-region-size . 4)
(between-length-limit . 1.0)))
. ,ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor)
(break-visibility . ,all-visible)
(avoid-slur . inside)
+ (extra-spacing-height . (-1.0 . 1.0))
(space-alist . (
(first-note . (fixed-space . 2.0))
(right-edge . (extra-space . 0.5))
(interfaces . (side-position-interface
parentheses-interface
note-head-interface
- rhythmic-head-interface
font-interface
axis-group-interface))))))
(edge-height . (0.7 . 0.7))
(shorten-pair . (-0.2 . -0.2))
(staff-padding . 0.25)
+ (full-length-to-extent . #t)
(direction . ,ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-direction)
(positions . ,ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-positions)
(connect-to-neighbor . ,ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-connect-to-neighbors)
(define pure-print-callbacks
(list
+ fret-board::calc-stencil
print-circled-text-callback
lyric-text::print
ly:arpeggio::print
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
+ default
+ \\hspace #2
\\override #'(thickness . 2)
\\underline {
- CONTENTS
+ underline
}
}
@end lilypond"
thickness and padding around the markup; the @code{corner-radius} property
makes possible to define another shape for the corners (default is 1).
-@lilypond[quote,verbatim,fragment,relative=2]
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim,relative=2]
c4^\\markup {
\\rounded-box {
Overtura
"
@cindex rotating text
-Rotate object with @var{ang} degrees around its center."
+Rotate object with @var{ang} degrees around its center.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ default
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\rotate #45
+ \\line {
+ rotated 45°
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((stil (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
(ly:stencil-rotate stil ang 0 0)))
"
@cindex adding a white background to text
-Provide a white background for @var{arg}."
+Provide a white background for @var{arg}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\combine
+ \\filled-box #'(-1 . 10) #'(-3 . 4) #1
+ \\whiteout whiteout
+}
+@end lilypond"
(stencil-whiteout (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
(define-builtin-markup-command (pad-markup layout props padding arg)
@cindex padding text
@cindex putting space around text
-Add space around a markup object."
+Add space around a markup object.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\box {
+ default
+ }
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\box {
+ \\pad-around #1 {
+ padded
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let*
((stil (interpret-markup layout props arg))
(xext (ly:stencil-extent stil X))
"
@cindex importing stencils into text
-Use a stencil as markup."
+Use a stencil as markup.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\stencil #(make-circle-stencil 2 0 #t)
+}
+@end lilypond"
stil)
(define bbox-regexp
A simple text string; @code{\\markup @{ foo @}} is equivalent with
@code{\\markup @{ \\simple #\"foo\" @}}.
+Note: for creating standard text markup or defining new markup commands,
+the use of @code{\\simple} is unnecessary.
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
\\simple #\"simple\"
Like wordwrap, but with lines stretched to justify the margins.
Use @code{\\override #'(line-width . @var{X})} to set the line width;
-@var{X}@tie{}is the number of staff spaces."
+@var{X}@tie{}is the number of staff spaces.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\justify {
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed
+ do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(stack-lines DOWN 0.0 baseline-skip
(wordwrap-internal-markup-list layout props #t args)))
((baseline-skip)
wordwrap-internal-markup-list)
"Simple wordwrap. Use @code{\\override #'(line-width . @var{X})} to set
-the line width, where @var{X} is the number of staff spaces."
+the line width, where @var{X} is the number of staff spaces.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\wordwrap {
+ Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed
+ do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(stack-lines DOWN 0.0 baseline-skip
(wordwrap-internal-markup-list layout props #f args)))
align
((baseline-skip)
wordwrap-string-internal-markup-list)
- "Wordwrap a string. Paragraphs may be separated with double newlines."
+ "Wordwrap a string. Paragraphs may be separated with double newlines.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\override #'(line-width . 40)
+ \\wordwrap-string #\"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur
+ adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore
+ et dolore magna aliqua.
+
+
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
+
+
+ Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa
+ qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum\"
+}
+@end lilypond"
(stack-lines DOWN 0.0 baseline-skip
(wordwrap-string-internal-markup-list layout props #f arg)))
align
((baseline-skip)
wordwrap-string-internal-markup-list)
- "Justify a string. Paragraphs may be separated with double newlines"
+ "Justify a string. Paragraphs may be separated with double newlines
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\override #'(line-width . 40)
+ \\justify-string #\"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur
+ adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore
+ et dolore magna aliqua.
+
+
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco
+ laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.
+
+
+ Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa
+ qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum\"
+}
+@end lilypond"
(stack-lines DOWN 0.0 baseline-skip
(wordwrap-string-internal-markup-list layout props #t arg)))
(symbol?)
align
()
- "Wordwrap the data which has been assigned to @var{symbol}."
+ "Wordwrap the data which has been assigned to @var{symbol}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\header {
+ title = \"My title\"
+ descr = \"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit,
+ sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+ nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\"
+}
+
+\\paper {
+ bookTitleMarkup = \\markup {
+ \\column {
+ \\fill-line { \\fromproperty #'header:title }
+ \\null
+ \\wordwrap-field #'header:descr
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\\markup {
+ \\null
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (chain-assoc-get symbol props)))
(if (string? m)
(wordwrap-string-markup layout props m)
(symbol?)
align
()
- "Justify the data which has been assigned to @var{symbol}."
+ "Justify the data which has been assigned to @var{symbol}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\header {
+ title = \"My title\"
+ descr = \"Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit,
+ sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua.
+ Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+ nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.\"
+}
+
+\\paper {
+ bookTitleMarkup = \\markup {
+ \\column {
+ \\fill-line { \\fromproperty #'header:title }
+ \\null
+ \\justify-field #'header:descr
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+\\markup {
+ \\null
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (chain-assoc-get symbol props)))
(if (string? m)
(justify-string-markup layout props m)
@cindex merging text
Print two markups on top of each other.
+
+Note: @code{\\combine} cannot take a list of markups enclosed in
+curly braces as an argument; the follow example will not compile:
+
+@example
+\\combine @{ a list @}
+@end example
+
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
\\fontsize #5
\\override #'(thickness . 2)
\\combine
- \\draw-line #'(0 . 4)
- \\arrow-head #Y #DOWN ##f
+ \\draw-line #'(0 . 4)
+ \\arrow-head #Y #DOWN ##f
}
@end lilypond"
(let* ((s1 (interpret-markup layout props m1))
"
@cindex controlling general text alignment
-Align @var{arg} in @var{axis} direction to the @var{dir} side."
+Align @var{arg} in @var{axis} direction to the @var{dir} side.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\column {
+ ↓
+ \\general-align #X #LEFT
+ \\line { X, Left }
+ ↓
+ \\general-align #X #CENTER
+ \\line { X, Center }
+ \\null
+ \\line {
+ \\arrow-head #X #RIGHT ##f
+ \\general-align #Y #DOWN
+ \\line { Y, Down }
+ \\arrow-head #X #LEFT ##f
+ }
+ \\line {
+ \\arrow-head #X #RIGHT ##f
+ \\general-align #Y #3.2
+ \\line {
+ \\line { Y, Arbitrary alignment }
+ }
+ \\arrow-head #X #LEFT ##f
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
(ly:stencil-aligned-to m axis dir)))
(number? markup?)
align
()
- "Add padding @var{amount} all around @var{arg}."
+ "Add padding @var{amount} all around @var{arg}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\box {
+ default
+ }
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\box {
+ \\pad-around #0.5 {
+ padded
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (interpret-markup layout props arg))
(x (ly:stencil-extent m X))
(y (ly:stencil-extent m Y)))
"
@cindex padding text horizontally
-Add padding @var{amount} around @var{arg} in the X@tie{}direction."
+Add padding @var{amount} around @var{arg} in the X@tie{}direction.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\box {
+ default
+ }
+ \\hspace #4
+ \\box {
+ \\pad-x #2 {
+ padded
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (interpret-markup layout props arg))
(x (ly:stencil-extent m X))
(y (ly:stencil-extent m Y)))
(interval-widen x amount)
y)))
-(define-builtin-markup-command (put-adjacent layout props arg1 axis dir arg2)
- (markup? integer? ly:dir? markup?)
+(define-builtin-markup-command (put-adjacent layout props axis dir arg1 arg2)
+ (integer? ly:dir? markup? markup?)
align
()
"Put @var{arg2} next to @var{arg1}, without moving @var{arg1}."
(markup?)
other
()
- "Make the argument transparent."
+ "Make the argument transparent.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\transparent {
+ invisible text
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (interpret-markup layout props arg))
(x (ly:stencil-extent m X))
(y (ly:stencil-extent m Y)))
(number-pair? number-pair? markup?)
align
()
- "Make @var{arg} take at least @var{x-ext}, @var{y-ext} space."
+ "Make @var{arg} take at least @var{x-ext}, @var{y-ext} space.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\box {
+ default
+ }
+ \\hspace #4
+ \\box {
+ \\pad-to-box #'(0 . 10) #'(0 . 3) {
+ padded
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((m (interpret-markup layout props arg))
(x (ly:stencil-extent m X))
(y (ly:stencil-extent m Y)))
align
()
"Center @var{arg} horizontally within a box of extending
-@var{length}/2 to the left and right."
+@var{length}/2 to the left and right.
+
+@lilypond[quote,verbatim]
+\\new StaffGroup <<
+ \\new Staff {
+ \\set Staff.instrumentName = \\markup {
+ \\hcenter-in #12
+ Oboe
+ }
+ c''1
+ }
+ \\new Staff {
+ \\set Staff.instrumentName = \\markup {
+ \\hcenter-in #12
+ Bassoon
+ }
+ \\clef tenor
+ c'1
+ }
+>>
+@end lilypond"
(interpret-markup layout props
(make-pad-to-box-markup
(cons (/ length -2) (/ length 2))
()
"Read the @var{symbol} from property settings, and produce a stencil
from the markup contained within. If @var{symbol} is not defined, it
-returns an empty markup."
+returns an empty markup.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\header {
+ myTitle = \"myTitle\"
+ title = \\markup {
+ from
+ \\italic
+ \\fromproperty #'header:myTitle
+ }
+}
+\\markup {
+ \\null
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let ((m (chain-assoc-get symbol props)))
(if (markup? m)
(interpret-markup layout props m)
@example
\\override #'(font-family . married) \"bla\"
-@end example"
+@end example
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\line {
+ \\column {
+ default
+ baseline-skip
+ }
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\override #'(baseline-skip . 4) {
+ \\column {
+ increased
+ baseline-skip
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(interpret-markup layout (cons (list new-prop) props) arg))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
\\markup {
\\verbatim-file #\"simple.ly\"
+}
@end lilypond"
(interpret-markup layout props
(if (ly:get-option 'safe)
(cons '((font-size . -5) (font-encoding . fetaNumber)) props)
arg))
+(define-builtin-markup-command (abs-fontsize layout props size arg)
+ (number? markup?)
+ font
+ ()
+ "Use @var{size} as the absolute font size to display @var{arg}.
+Adjust baseline skip and word space accordingly.
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ default text font size
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\abs-fontsize #16 { text font size 16 }
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\abs-fontsize #12 { text font size 12 }
+}
+@end lilypond"
+ (let* ((ref-size (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'text-font-size 12))
+ (text-props (list (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'text-font-defaults)))
+ (ref-word-space (chain-assoc-get 'word-space text-props 0.6))
+ (ref-baseline (chain-assoc-get 'baseline-skip text-props 3))
+ (magnification (/ size ref-size)))
+ (interpret-markup layout
+ (cons `((baseline-skip . ,(* magnification ref-baseline))
+ (word-space . ,(* magnification ref-word-space))
+ (font-size . ,(magnification->font-size magnification)))
+ props)
+ arg)))
+
(define-builtin-markup-command (fontsize layout props increment arg)
(number? markup?)
font
(markup?)
font
()
- "Set @code{font-shape} to @code{caps}"
+ "Set @code{font-shape} to @code{caps}
+
+Note: @code{\\fontCaps} requires the installation and selection of
+fonts which support the @code{caps} font shape."
(interpret-markup layout (prepend-alist-chain 'font-shape 'caps props) arg))
;; Poor man's caps
"
@cindex coloring text
-Draw @var{arg} in color specified by @var{color}."
+Draw @var{arg} in color specified by @var{color}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\with-color #red
+ red
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\with-color #green
+ green
+ \\hspace #2
+ \\with-color #blue
+ blue
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let ((stil (interpret-markup layout props arg)))
(ly:make-stencil (list 'color color (ly:stencil-expr stil))
(ly:stencil-extent stil X)
other
()
"Produce a single character. For example, @code{\\char #65} produces the
-letter @q{A}."
+letter @q{A}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\char #65
+}
+@end lilypond"
(ly:text-interface::interpret-markup layout props (ly:wide-char->utf-8 num)))
(define number->mark-letter-vector (make-vector 25 #\A))
(number->markletter-string number->mark-alphabet-vector num)))
(define-public (horizontal-slash-interval num forward number-interval mag)
- (ly:message "Mag step: ~a" mag)
(if forward
(cond ;((= num 6) (interval-widen number-interval (* mag 0.5)))
;((= num 5) (interval-widen number-interval (* mag 0.5)))
,(cdr num-x) ,(+ (interval-center num-y) dy))
num-x num-y)
#f)))
-(ly:message "Num: ~a, X-interval: ~a" num num-x)
(if (ly:stencil? slash-stencil)
(begin
; for some numbers we need to shift the slash/backslash up or down to make
@end lilypond"
(let ((parsed (parse-simple-duration duration)))
(note-by-number-markup layout props (car parsed) (cadr parsed) dir)))
-\f
+
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; translating.
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
@cindex lowering text
Lower @var{arg} by the distance @var{amount}.
-A negative @var{amount} indicates raising; see also @code{\\raise}."
+A negative @var{amount} indicates raising; see also @code{\\raise}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ default
+ \\lower #3 {
+ three spaces lower
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(ly:stencil-translate-axis (interpret-markup layout props arg)
(- amount) Y))
(define-builtin-markup-command (translate-scaled layout props offset arg)
(number-pair? markup?)
- other
+ align
((font-size 0))
"
@cindex translating text
@cindex scaling text
Translate @var{arg} by @var{offset}, scaling the offset by the
-@code{font-size}."
+@code{font-size}.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ \\fontsize #5 {
+ * \\translate #'(2 . 3) translate
+ \\hspace #2
+ * \\translate-scaled #'(2 . 3) translate-scaled
+ }
+}
+@end lilypond"
(let* ((factor (magstep font-size))
(scaled (cons (* factor (car offset))
(* factor (cdr offset)))))
This moves @q{B C} 2@tie{}spaces to the right, and 3 down, relative to its
surroundings. This command cannot be used to move isolated scripts
vertically, for the same reason that @code{\\raise} cannot be used for
-that."
- (ly:stencil-translate (interpret-markup layout props arg)
+that.
+
+@lilypond[verbatim,quote]
+\\markup {
+ *
+ \\translate #'(2 . 3)
+ \\line { translated two spaces right, three up }
+}
+@end lilypond"
+ (ly:stencil-translate (interpret-markup layout props arg)
offset))
(define-builtin-markup-command (sub layout props arg)
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
(define-public (space-lines baseline stils)
- (let space-stil ((prev-stil #f)
- (stils stils)
+ (let space-stil ((stils stils)
(result (list)))
- (cond ((null? stils)
- (reverse! result))
- ((not prev-stil)
- (space-stil (car stils) (cdr stils) (list (car stils))))
- (else
- (let* ((stil (car stils))
- (dy (max (- baseline
- (+ (- (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent prev-stil Y) DOWN))
- (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) UP)))
- 0.0))
- (new-stil (ly:make-stencil
- (ly:stencil-expr stil)
- (ly:stencil-extent stil X)
- (cons (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) DOWN)
- (+ (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) UP) dy)))))
- (space-stil stil (cdr stils) (cons new-stil result)))))))
+ (if (null? stils)
+ (reverse! result)
+ (let* ((stil (car stils))
+ (dy-top (max (- (/ baseline 1.5)
+ (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) UP))
+ 0.0))
+ (dy-bottom (max (+ (/ baseline 3.0)
+ (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) DOWN))
+ 0.0))
+ (new-stil (ly:make-stencil
+ (ly:stencil-expr stil)
+ (ly:stencil-extent stil X)
+ (cons (- (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) DOWN)
+ dy-bottom)
+ (+ (interval-bound (ly:stencil-extent stil Y) UP)
+ dy-top)))))
+ (space-stil (cdr stils) (cons new-stil result))))))
(define-builtin-markup-list-command (justified-lines layout props args)
(markup-list?)
@c NOTE: This is documentation-generate.scm, not macros.itexi
+@macro q{TEXT}
+@quoteleft{}\\TEXT\\@quoteright{}
+@end macro
+
+@macro qq{TEXT}
+@quotedblleft{}\\TEXT\\@quotedblright{}
+@end macro
+
+
@ifhtml
@c ***** HTML *****
@cindex \\TEXT\\
@end macro
-@macro glossaryref{TEXT}
-@vindex \\TEXT\\
-@ref{\\TEXT\\,,,music-glossary-big-page,Music Glossary}
-@end macro
-
@end ifset
@ifclear bigpage
@macro ruser{NAME}
-@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond}
-@cindex \\NAME\\
-@end macro
-
-@macro glossaryref{NAME}
-@ref{\\NAME\\,,,music-glossary}
+@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@cindex \\NAME\\
@end macro
@uref{source/\\DIR\\/out-www/collated-files.html#\\NAME\\,@file{\\DIR\\/\\NAME\\}}@c
@end macro
-@macro q{TEXT}
-@html
-‘\\TEXT\\’
-@end html
-@end macro
@end ifhtml
@c ***** info *****
@macro ruser{NAME}
-@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond}
+@ref{\\NAME\\,,,lilypond,Notation Reference}
@cindex \\NAME\\
@end macro
@file{\\DIR\\/\\NAME\\}
@end macro
-@macro q{TEXT}
-`\\TEXT\\'
-@end macro
@end ifinfo
@file{\\DIR\\/\\NAME\\}@c
@end macro
-@macro q{TEXT}
-`\\TEXT\\'
-@end macro
@end iftex
(define-public (dump-stencil-as-EPS-with-bbox paper dump-me filename
load-fonts
bbox)
- (define (to-bp-box mmbox)
+ "Create an EPS file from stencil DUMP-ME to FILENAME. BBOX has format
+ (left-x, lower-y, right x, up-y). If LOAD-FONTS set, include fonts inline."
+
+ (define (to-rounded-bp-box box)
+ "Convert box to 1/72 inch with rounding to enlarge the box."
(let* ((scale (ly:output-def-lookup paper 'output-scale))
- (box (map
- (lambda (x)
- (if (or (nan? x) (inf? x))
- 0
- (inexact->exact
- (round (/ (* x scale) (ly:bp 1)))))) mmbox)))
-
- (list (car box)
- (cadr box)
- (max (1+ (car box)) (caddr box))
- (max (1+ (cadr box)) (cadddr box))
+ (strip-non-number (lambda (x)
+ (if (or (nan? x) (inf? x)) 0.0 x)))
+ (directed-round (lambda (x rounder)
+ (inexact->exact
+ (rounder (/ (* (strip-non-number x) scale)
+ (ly:bp 1)))))))
+ (list (directed-round (car box) floor)
+ (directed-round (cadr box) floor)
+ (directed-round (max (1+ (car box)) (caddr box)) ceiling)
+ (directed-round (max (1+ (cadr box)) (cadddr box)) ceiling)
)))
(let* ((outputter (ly:make-paper-outputter
'ps))
(port (ly:outputter-port outputter))
- (rounded-bbox (to-bp-box bbox))
+ (rounded-bbox (to-rounded-bp-box bbox))
(port (ly:outputter-port outputter))
(header (eps-header paper rounded-bbox load-fonts)))
((xext (car ext-system-pair))
(paper-system (cdr ext-system-pair))
(yext (paper-system-extent paper-system Y))
- (bbox (list (car xext) (car yext)
+ (bbox (list (car xext) (car yext)
(cdr xext) (cdr yext)))
(filename (if (< 0 count)
(format "~a-~a" basename count)
-;;;; fret-diagrams.scm --
+;;;; fret-diagrams.scm --
;;;;
;;;; source file of the GNU LilyPond music typesetter
-;;;;
-;;;; (c) 2004--2007 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+;;;;
+;;;; (c) 2004--2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
(define (fret-parse-marking-list marking-list fret-count)
- (let* ((fret-range (list 1 fret-count))
- (barre-list '())
- (dot-list '())
- (xo-list '())
- (output-alist '()))
- (let parse-item ((mylist marking-list))
- (if (not (null? mylist))
- (let* ((my-item (car mylist)) (my-code (car my-item)))
- (cond
- ((or (eq? my-code 'open)(eq? my-code 'mute))
- (set! xo-list (cons* my-item xo-list)))
- ((eq? my-code 'barre)
- (set! barre-list (cons* (cdr my-item) barre-list)))
- ((eq? my-code 'place-fret)
- (set! dot-list (cons* (cdr my-item) dot-list))))
- (parse-item (cdr mylist)))))
-
- ;; calculate fret-range
- (let ((maxfret 0) (minfret 99))
- (let updatemax ((fret-list dot-list))
- (if (null? fret-list)
- '()
- (let ((fretval (second (car fret-list))))
- (if (> fretval maxfret) (set! maxfret fretval))
- (if (< fretval minfret) (set! minfret fretval))
- (updatemax (cdr fret-list)))))
- (if (> maxfret fret-count)
- (set! fret-range (list minfret
- (let ((upfret (- (+ minfret fret-count) 1)))
- (if (> maxfret upfret) maxfret upfret)))))
- ; subtract fret from dots
- (set! dot-list (subtract-base-fret (- (car fret-range) 1) dot-list)))
- (acons 'fret-range fret-range
- (acons 'barre-list barre-list
- (acons 'dot-list dot-list
- (acons 'xo-list xo-list '()))))))
-
-
+ (let* ((fret-range (list 1 fret-count))
+ (barre-list '())
+ (dot-list '())
+ (xo-list '())
+ (output-alist '()))
+ (let parse-item ((mylist marking-list))
+ (if (not (null? mylist))
+ (let* ((my-item (car mylist)) (my-code (car my-item)))
+ (cond
+ ((or (eq? my-code 'open)(eq? my-code 'mute))
+ (set! xo-list (cons* my-item xo-list)))
+ ((eq? my-code 'barre)
+ (set! barre-list (cons* (cdr my-item) barre-list)))
+ ((eq? my-code 'place-fret)
+ (set! dot-list (cons* (cdr my-item) dot-list))))
+ (parse-item (cdr mylist)))))
+ ;; calculate fret-range
+ (let ((maxfret 0) (minfret 99))
+ (let updatemax ((fret-list dot-list))
+ (if (null? fret-list)
+ '()
+ (let ((fretval (second (car fret-list))))
+ (if (> fretval maxfret) (set! maxfret fretval))
+ (if (< fretval minfret) (set! minfret fretval))
+ (updatemax (cdr fret-list)))))
+ (if (> maxfret fret-count)
+ (set! fret-range
+ (list minfret
+ (let ((upfret (- (+ minfret fret-count) 1)))
+ (if (> maxfret upfret) maxfret upfret)))))
+ ; subtract fret from dots
+ (set! dot-list (subtract-base-fret (- (car fret-range) 1) dot-list)))
+ (acons 'fret-range fret-range
+ (acons 'barre-list barre-list
+ (acons 'dot-list dot-list
+ (acons 'xo-list xo-list '()))))))
(define (subtract-base-fret base-fret dot-list)
-"Subtract @var{base-fret} from every fret in @var{dot-list}"
+ "Subtract @var{base-fret} from every fret in @var{dot-list}"
(if (null? dot-list)
'()
(let ((this-list (car dot-list)))
- (cons* (list (car this-list) (- (second this-list) base-fret) (if (null? (cddr this-list))
- '()
- (third this-list)))
- (subtract-base-fret base-fret (cdr dot-list))))))
-
-(define (sans-serif-stencil layout props mag text)
-"create a stencil in sans-serif font based on @var{layout} and @var{props}
-with magnification @varr{mag} of the string @var{text}."
- (let* ((my-props (prepend-alist-chain 'font-size (stepmag mag)
- (prepend-alist-chain 'font-family 'sans props))))
- (interpret-markup layout my-props text)))
-
+ (cons* (list (car this-list) (- (second this-list) base-fret)
+ (if (null? (cddr this-list))
+ '()
+ (third this-list)))
+ (subtract-base-fret base-fret (cdr dot-list))))))
+
+(define (sans-serif-stencil layout props mag text)
+ "Create a stencil in sans-serif font based on @var{layout} and @var{props}
+with magnification @var{mag} of the string @var{text}."
+ (let* ((my-props
+ (prepend-alist-chain
+ 'font-size (stepmag mag)
+ (prepend-alist-chain 'font-family 'sans props))))
+ (interpret-markup layout my-props text)))
(define (draw-strings string-count fret-range th size orientation)
-"Draw the string lines for a fret diagram with
+ "Draw the string lines for a fret diagram with
@var{string-count} strings and frets as indicated in @var{fret-range}.
Line thickness is given by @var{th}, fret & string spacing by
@var{size}. Orientation is determined by @var{orientation}. "
(half-thickness (* sth 0.5))
(gap (- size sth))
(string-stencil
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'draw-line sth 0 0 0 sl)
- (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness)
- (cons (- half-thickness) (+ sl half-thickness)))
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'draw-line sth 0 0 sl 0)
- (cons (- half-thickness) (+ sl half-thickness))
- (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness)))))
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'draw-line sth 0 0 0 sl)
+ (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness)
+ (cons (- half-thickness) (+ sl half-thickness)))
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'draw-line sth 0 0 sl 0)
+ (cons (- half-thickness) (+ sl half-thickness))
+ (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness)))))
(if (= string-count 1)
- string-stencil
+ string-stencil
(if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
- (draw-strings (- string-count 1) fret-range th size orientation) X RIGHT
- string-stencil
- gap)
(ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
- (draw-strings (- string-count 1) fret-range th size orientation) Y UP
- string-stencil
- gap)))))
+ (draw-strings (- string-count 1) fret-range th size orientation)
+ X RIGHT
+ string-stencil
+ gap)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (draw-strings (- string-count 1) fret-range th size orientation)
+ Y UP
+ string-stencil
+ gap)))))
(define (draw-fret-lines fret-count string-count th size orientation)
- "Draw @var{fret-count} fret lines for a fret diagram
+ "Draw @var{fret-count} fret lines for a fret diagram
with @var{string-count} strings. Line thickness is given by @var{th},
fret & string spacing by @var{size}. Orientation is given by @var{orientation}"
- (let* (;(fret-length (* (- string-count 1) size))
- (sth (* size th))
- ;(half-thickness (* sth 0.5))
- (gap (- size sth))
- (fret-line (draw-fret-line string-count th size orientation)))
+ (let* ((sth (* size th))
+ (gap (- size sth))
+ (fret-line (draw-fret-line string-count th size orientation)))
(if (= fret-count 1)
- fret-line
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge (draw-fret-lines (- fret-count 1) string-count th size orientation) Y UP
- fret-line
- gap 0)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge (draw-fret-lines (- fret-count 1) string-count th size orientation) X RIGHT
- fret-line
- gap 0)))))
+ fret-line
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (draw-fret-lines
+ (- fret-count 1) string-count th size orientation)
+ Y UP
+ fret-line
+ gap 0)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (draw-fret-lines
+ (- fret-count 1) string-count th size orientation)
+ X RIGHT
+ fret-line
+ gap 0)))))
(define (draw-fret-line string-count th size orientation)
- "Draw a fret line for a fret diagram."
- (let* ((fret-length (* (- string-count 1) size))
- (sth (* size th))
- (half-thickness (* sth 0.5)))
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'draw-line sth half-thickness size
- (- fret-length half-thickness) size)
- (cons 0 fret-length)
- (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness))
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'draw-line sth 0 half-thickness
- 0 (- fret-length half-thickness))
- (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness)
- (cons 0 fret-length)))))
-
-(define (draw-thick-zero-fret props string-count th size orientation)
- "Draw a thick zeroth fret for a fret diagram whose base fret is not 1."
+ "Draw a fret line for a fret diagram."
+ (let* ((fret-length (* (- string-count 1) size))
+ (sth (* size th))
+ (half-thickness (* sth 0.5)))
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'draw-line sth half-thickness size
+ (- fret-length half-thickness) size)
+ (cons 0 fret-length)
+ (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness))
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'draw-line sth 0 half-thickness
+ 0 (- fret-length half-thickness))
+ (cons (- half-thickness) half-thickness)
+ (cons 0 fret-length)))))
+
+(define (draw-thick-zero-fret details string-count th size orientation)
+ "Draw a thick zeroth fret for a fret diagram whose base fret is not 1."
(let* ((sth (* th size))
- ; (top-fret-thick (* sth (chain-assoc-get 'top-fret-thickness props 3.0)))
- (top-fret-thick (* sth 3.0))
- ; (top-half-thick (* top-fret-thick 0.5))
- (half-thick (* sth 0.5))
- (x1 half-thick)
- (x2 (+ half-thick (* size (- string-count 1))))
- (y1 (- half-thick))
- (y2 (+ top-fret-thick half-thick))
- (x-extent (cons (- x1) x2))
- (y-extent (cons 0 y2)))
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'round-filled-box x1 x2 y1 y2 sth)
- x-extent y-extent)
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'round-filled-box y1 y2 x1 x2 sth)
- y-extent x-extent))))
-
-
-(define (draw-frets layout props fret-range string-count th size orientation)
- "Draw the fret lines for a fret diagram with
+ (top-fret-thick
+ (* sth (assoc-get 'top-fret-thickness details 3.0)))
+ (half-thick (* sth 0.5))
+ (x1 half-thick)
+ (x2 (+ half-thick (* size (- string-count 1))))
+ (y1 (- half-thick))
+ (y2 (+ top-fret-thick half-thick))
+ (x-extent (cons (- x1) x2))
+ (y-extent (cons sth top-fret-thick)))
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:make-stencil (list 'round-filled-box x1 x2 y1 y2 sth)
+ x-extent y-extent)
+ (ly:make-stencil (list 'round-filled-box y1 y2 x1 x2 sth)
+ y-extent x-extent))))
+
+(define (draw-frets fret-range string-count th size orientation)
+ "Draw the fret lines for a fret diagram with
@var{string-count} strings and frets as indicated in @var{fret-range}.
Line thickness is given by @var{th}, fret & string spacing by
@var{size}. Orientation is given by @var{orientation}."
(half-thickness (* th 0.5))
(base-fret (car fret-range))
(fret-zero (draw-fret-line string-count th size orientation)))
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
- (draw-fret-lines fret-count string-count th size orientation) Y UP
- fret-zero
- (- size th))
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
- fret-zero X RIGHT
- (draw-fret-lines fret-count string-count th size orientation)
- (- size th)))))
-
-
-(define (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count fret-range size finger-code
- dot-position dot-radius dot-thickness dot-list orientation)
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ (draw-fret-lines fret-count string-count th size orientation)
+ Y UP
+ fret-zero
+ (- size th))
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-zero X RIGHT
+ (draw-fret-lines fret-count string-count th size orientation)
+ (- size th)))))
+
+(define (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count
+ fret-range size finger-code
+ dot-position dot-radius dot-thickness dot-list orientation)
"Make dots for fret diagram."
- (let* ((scale-dot-radius (* size dot-radius))
+ (let* ((details (chain-assoc-get 'fret-diagram-details props '()))
+ (scale-dot-radius (* size dot-radius))
(scale-dot-thick (* size dot-thickness))
- (dot-color (chain-assoc-get 'dot-color props 'black))
-; (finger-xoffset (chain-assoc-get 'finger-xoffset props -0.25))
-; (finger-yoffset (chain-assoc-get 'finger-yoffset props (- size)))
+ (dot-color (assoc-get 'dot-color details 'black))
(finger-xoffset -0.25)
- (finger-yoffset (- (* size 0.5)))
-; (dot-label-font-mag (* scale-dot-radius (chain-assoc-get 'dot-label-font-mag props 1.0)))
- (dot-label-font-mag scale-dot-radius)
-; (string-label-font-mag (* size (chain-assoc-get 'label-font-mag props 0.7)))
- (string-label-font-mag (* size 0.6))
-; (fret-count (+ (- (cadr fret-range) (car fret-range) 1)))
+ (finger-yoffset (* -0.5 size ))
+ (dot-label-font-mag
+ (* scale-dot-radius (assoc-get 'dot-label-font-mag details 1.0)))
+ (string-label-font-mag
+ (* size (assoc-get 'string-label-font-mag details 0.6)))
(mypair (car dot-list))
(restlist (cdr dot-list))
(string (car mypair))
(xpos (* size (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
(- string-count string)
(+ (- fret 1 ) dot-position))))
-;TODO -- figure out what 4 is and get rid of it
-;UGH -- 4?
(ypos (* size (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (+ 2 (- fret-count fret dot-position ))
- (- string-count string))))
+ (+ 2 (- fret-count fret dot-position ))
+ (- string-count string))))
(extent (cons (- scale-dot-radius) scale-dot-radius))
(finger (caddr mypair))
(finger (if (number? finger) (number->string finger) finger))
- (dotstencil (if (eq? dot-color 'white)
- (ly:stencil-add
- (make-circle-stencil scale-dot-radius scale-dot-thick #t)
- (ly:stencil-in-color
- (make-circle-stencil
- (- scale-dot-radius (* 0.5 scale-dot-thick)) 0 #t)
- 1 1 1))
- (make-circle-stencil scale-dot-radius scale-dot-thick #t)))
+ (dotstencil (if (eq? dot-color 'white)
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ (make-circle-stencil
+ scale-dot-radius scale-dot-thick #t)
+ (ly:stencil-in-color
+ (make-circle-stencil
+ (- scale-dot-radius (* 0.5 scale-dot-thick))
+ 0 #t)
+ 1 1 1))
+ (make-circle-stencil
+ scale-dot-radius scale-dot-thick #t)))
(positioned-dot (begin
- ;(display dotstencil)
(ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis dotstencil xpos X)
- ypos Y)))
-
- (labeled-dot-stencil
- (if (or (eq? finger '())(eq? finger-code 'none))
- positioned-dot
- (if (eq? finger-code 'in-dot)
- (let* ((finger-label (centered-stencil
- (sans-serif-stencil layout props
- dot-label-font-mag finger))))
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (ly:stencil-add
- dotstencil
- (if (eq? dot-color 'white)
- finger-label
- (ly:stencil-in-color finger-label 1 1 1)))
- xpos X)
- ypos Y))
- (if (eq? finger-code 'below-string)
- (ly:stencil-add
- positioned-dot
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (centered-stencil (sans-serif-stencil layout props
- string-label-font-mag finger))
- xpos X)
- (* size finger-yoffset) Y)
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (centered-stencil (sans-serif-stencil layout props
- string-label-font-mag finger))
- (* size (+ 2 fret-count finger-yoffset)) X)
- ypos Y)))
- ;unknown finger-code
- positioned-dot)))))
- (if (null? restlist)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis dotstencil xpos X)
+ ypos Y)))
+ (labeled-dot-stencil
+ (if (or (eq? finger '())(eq? finger-code 'none))
+ positioned-dot
+ (if (eq? finger-code 'in-dot)
+ (let* ((finger-label
+ (centered-stencil
+ (sans-serif-stencil
+ layout props dot-label-font-mag finger))))
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ dotstencil
+ (if (eq? dot-color 'white)
+ finger-label
+ (ly:stencil-in-color finger-label 1 1 1)))
+ xpos X)
+ ypos Y))
+ (if (eq? finger-code 'below-string)
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ positioned-dot
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (centered-stencil
+ (sans-serif-stencil
+ layout props string-label-font-mag finger))
+ xpos X)
+ (* size finger-yoffset) Y)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (centered-stencil
+ (sans-serif-stencil
+ layout props string-label-font-mag finger))
+ (* size (+ 2 fret-count finger-yoffset)) X)
+ ypos Y)))
+ ;unknown finger-code
+ positioned-dot)))))
+ (if (null? restlist)
labeled-dot-stencil
- (ly:stencil-add
- (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count fret-range size finger-code
- dot-position dot-radius dot-thickness restlist orientation)
- labeled-dot-stencil))))
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ (draw-dots
+ layout props string-count fret-count fret-range size finger-code
+ dot-position dot-radius dot-thickness restlist orientation)
+ labeled-dot-stencil))))
(define (draw-xo layout props string-count fret-range size xo-list orientation)
-"Put open and mute string indications on diagram, as contained in @var{xo-list}."
- (let* ((fret-count (+ (- (cadr fret-range) (car fret-range) 1)))
- (xo-font-mag (chain-assoc-get 'xo-font-magnification props 0.5))
-; (xo-font-mag 0.5)
-; (xo-horizontal-offset (* size (chain-assoc-get 'xo-horizontal-offset props -0.35)))
- (xo-horizontal-offset (* size -0.35))
- (mypair (car xo-list))
- (restlist (cdr xo-list))
- (glyph-string (if (eq? (car mypair) 'mute)
- (chain-assoc-get 'mute-string props "X")
- (chain-assoc-get 'open-string props "O")))
- (xpos (+ (* (- string-count (cadr mypair)) size) xo-horizontal-offset ))
- (glyph-stencil (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (sans-serif-stencil layout props (* size xo-font-mag) glyph-string)
- xpos X)
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (sans-serif-stencil layout props (* size xo-font-mag) glyph-string)
- xpos Y))))
-;(display "def-xo-mag" default-xo-magnification)
- (if (null? restlist)
- glyph-stencil
- (ly:stencil-add
- (draw-xo layout props string-count fret-range size restlist orientation)
- glyph-stencil))))
+ "Put open and mute string indications on diagram, as contained in
+@var{xo-list}."
+ (let* ((details (chain-assoc-get 'fret-diagram-details props '()))
+ (fret-count (+ (- (cadr fret-range) (car fret-range) 1)))
+ (xo-font-mag
+ (* size (assoc-get 'xo-font-magnification details 0.5)))
+ (xo-horizontal-offset (* size -0.35))
+ (mypair (car xo-list))
+ (restlist (cdr xo-list))
+ (glyph-string (if (eq? (car mypair) 'mute)
+ (assoc-get 'mute-string details "X")
+ (assoc-get 'open-string details "O")))
+ (xpos
+ (+ (* (- string-count (cadr mypair)) size) xo-horizontal-offset ))
+ (glyph-stencil (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (sans-serif-stencil
+ layout props (* size xo-font-mag) glyph-string)
+ xpos X)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (sans-serif-stencil
+ layout props (* size xo-font-mag) glyph-string)
+ xpos Y))))
+ (if (null? restlist)
+ glyph-stencil
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ (draw-xo
+ layout props string-count fret-range size restlist orientation)
+ glyph-stencil))))
(define (make-bezier-sandwich-list start stop base height thickness orientation)
-" Make the argument list for a bezier sandwich from
+ "Make the argument list for a bezier sandwich from
@var{start} to @var{stop} with a baseline at @var{base}, a height of
@var{height}, and a thickness of @var{thickness}. If @var{orientation} is
@var{'normal}, @var{base} is a y coordinate, otherwise it's an x coordinate."
- (let* ((width (+ (- stop start) 1))
- (x1 (+ (* width thickness) start))
- (x2 (- stop (* width thickness)))
- (bottom-control-point-height (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (+ base (- height thickness))
- (- base (- height thickness))))
- (top-control-point-height (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (+ base height)
- (- base height))))
- ; order of points is: left cp low, right cp low, right end low, left end low
- ; right cp high, left cp high, left end high, right end high.
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (list (cons x1 bottom-control-point-height)
- (cons x2 bottom-control-point-height)
- (cons stop base)
- (cons start base)
- (cons x2 top-control-point-height)
- (cons x1 top-control-point-height)
- (cons start base)
- (cons stop base))
- (list (cons bottom-control-point-height x1)
- (cons bottom-control-point-height x2)
- (cons base stop)
- (cons base start)
- (cons top-control-point-height x2)
- (cons top-control-point-height x1)
- (cons base start)
- (cons base stop)))))
-
-(define (draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range size finger-code dot-position dot-radius barre-list orientation)
- "Create barre indications for a fret diagram"
- (if (not (null? barre-list))
- (let* ((string1 (caar barre-list))
- (string2 (cadar barre-list))
- (fret (caddar barre-list))
- (top-fret (cadr fret-range))
- (low-fret (car fret-range))
- (barre-type (chain-assoc-get 'barre-type props 'curved))
- (scale-dot-radius (* size dot-radius))
- (barre-vertical-offset 0.5)
-; (barre-vertical-offset (chain-assoc-get 'barre-vertical-offset props 0.5))
- ;; 2 is 1 for empty fret at bottom of figure + 1 for interval (top-fret - fret + 1) -- not an arbitrary constant
- (dot-center-y (* size
- (- (+ 2 (- (cadr fret-range) fret)) dot-position)))
- (dot-center-fret-coordinate (+ (- fret low-fret) dot-position))
- (barre-fret-coordinate (+ dot-center-fret-coordinate (* (- barre-vertical-offset 0.5) dot-radius)))
- (barre-start-string-coordinate (- string-count string1))
- (barre-end-string-coordinate (- string-count string2))
- (bottom (+ dot-center-y (* barre-vertical-offset scale-dot-radius)))
- (left (* size (- string-count string1)))
- (right (* size (- string-count string2)))
-;; (bezier-thick (chain-assoc-get 'bezier-thickness props 0.1))
- (bezier-thick 0.1)
-;; (bezier-height (chain-assoc-get 'bezier-height props 0.5))
- (bezier-height 0.5)
- (bezier-list (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (make-bezier-sandwich-list
- (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
- (* size barre-end-string-coordinate)
- (* size (+ 1 (- top-fret fret) barre-fret-coordinate))
- (* size bezier-height)
- (* size bezier-thick)
- orientation)
- (make-bezier-sandwich-list
- (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
- (* size barre-end-string-coordinate)
- (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
- (* size bezier-height)
- (* size bezier-thick)
- orientation)))
- (barre-stencil (if (eq? barre-type 'straight)
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'draw-line (* size dot-radius) left dot-center-y right dot-center-y)
- (cons left right)
- (cons (- dot-center-y scale-dot-radius) (+ dot-center-y scale-dot-radius)))
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'draw-line (* size dot-radius)
- (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
- (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
- (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
- (* size barre-end-string-coordinate))
- (cons (- (* size barre-fret-coordinate) scale-dot-radius)
- (+ (* size barre-fret-coordinate) scale-dot-radius))
- (cons (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
- (* size barre-end-string-coordinate))))
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'bezier-sandwich `(quote ,bezier-list) (* size bezier-thick))
- (cons left right)
- (cons bottom (+ bottom (* size bezier-height))))
- (ly:make-stencil (list 'bezier-sandwich `(quote ,bezier-list) (* size bezier-thick))
- (cons bottom (+ bottom (* size bezier-height)))
- (cons left right))))))
+ (let* ((width (+ (- stop start) 1))
+ (x1 (+ (* width thickness) start))
+ (x2 (- stop (* width thickness)))
+ (bottom-control-point-height
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (+ base (- height thickness))
+ (- base (- height thickness))))
+ (top-control-point-height
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (+ base height)
+ (- base height))))
+ ; order of bezier control points is:
+ ; left cp low, right cp low, right end low, left end low
+ ; right cp high, left cp high, left end high, right end high.
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (list (cons x1 bottom-control-point-height)
+ (cons x2 bottom-control-point-height)
+ (cons stop base)
+ (cons start base)
+ (cons x2 top-control-point-height)
+ (cons x1 top-control-point-height)
+ (cons start base)
+ (cons stop base))
+ (list (cons bottom-control-point-height x1)
+ (cons bottom-control-point-height x2)
+ (cons base stop)
+ (cons base start)
+ (cons top-control-point-height x2)
+ (cons top-control-point-height x1)
+ (cons base start)
+ (cons base stop)))))
+
+(define (draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range
+ size finger-code dot-position dot-radius
+ barre-list orientation)
+ "Create barre indications for a fret diagram"
+ (if (not (null? barre-list))
+ (let* ((details (chain-assoc-get 'fret-diagram-details props '()))
+ (string1 (caar barre-list))
+ (string2 (cadar barre-list))
+ (fret (caddar barre-list))
+ (top-fret (cadr fret-range))
+ (low-fret (car fret-range))
+ (barre-type (assoc-get 'barre-type details 'curved))
+ (scale-dot-radius (* size dot-radius))
+ (barre-vertical-offset 0.5)
+ ;; 2 is 1 for empty fret at bottom of figure + 1 for interval
+ ;; (top-fret - fret + 1) -- not an arbitrary constant
+ (dot-center-y
+ (* size (- (+ 2 (- (cadr fret-range) fret)) dot-position)))
+ (dot-center-fret-coordinate (+ (- fret low-fret) dot-position))
+ (barre-fret-coordinate
+ (+ dot-center-fret-coordinate
+ (* (- barre-vertical-offset 0.5) dot-radius)))
+ (barre-start-string-coordinate (- string-count string1))
+ (barre-end-string-coordinate (- string-count string2))
+ (bottom
+ (+ dot-center-y (* barre-vertical-offset scale-dot-radius)))
+ (left (* size (- string-count string1)))
+ (right (* size (- string-count string2)))
+ (bezier-thick 0.1)
+ (bezier-height 0.5)
+ (bezier-list
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (make-bezier-sandwich-list
+ (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-end-string-coordinate)
+ (* size (+ 2 (- top-fret
+ (+ low-fret barre-fret-coordinate))))
+ (* size bezier-height)
+ (* size bezier-thick)
+ orientation)
+ (make-bezier-sandwich-list
+ (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-end-string-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
+ (* size bezier-height)
+ (* size bezier-thick)
+ orientation)))
+ (barre-stencil
+ (if (eq? barre-type 'straight)
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list
+ 'draw-line (* size dot-radius) left dot-center-y
+ right dot-center-y)
+ (cons left right)
+ (cons (- dot-center-y scale-dot-radius)
+ (+ dot-center-y scale-dot-radius)))
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'draw-line (* size dot-radius)
+ (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-end-string-coordinate))
+ (cons (- (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
+ scale-dot-radius)
+ (+ (* size barre-fret-coordinate)
+ scale-dot-radius))
+ (cons (* size barre-start-string-coordinate)
+ (* size barre-end-string-coordinate))))
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'bezier-sandwich
+ `(quote ,bezier-list)
+ (* size bezier-thick))
+ (cons left right)
+ (cons bottom (+ bottom (* size bezier-height))))
+ (ly:make-stencil
+ (list 'bezier-sandwich
+ `(quote ,bezier-list)
+ (* size bezier-thick))
+ (cons bottom (+ bottom (* size bezier-height)))
+ (cons left right))))))
(if (not (null? (cdr barre-list)))
- (ly:stencil-add barre-stencil
- (draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range size finger-code
- dot-position dot-radius (cdr barre-list)))
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ barre-stencil
+ (draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range size finger-code
+ dot-position dot-radius (cdr barre-list)))
barre-stencil ))))
-
+
(define (stepmag mag)
-"Calculate the font step necessary to get a desired magnification"
-(* 6 (/ (log mag) (log 2))))
+ "Calculate the font step necessary to get a desired magnification"
+ (* 6 (/ (log mag) (log 2))))
(define (label-fret layout props string-count fret-range size orientation)
- "Label the base fret on a fret diagram"
- (let* ((base-fret (car fret-range))
-; (label-font-mag (chain-assoc-get 'label-font-mag props 0.7))
- (label-font-mag 0.5)
-; (label-vertical-offset (chain-assoc-get 'fret-label-vertical-offset props -0.2))
- (label-vertical-offset -0.2)
- (number-type (chain-assoc-get 'number-type props 'roman-lower))
- (fret-count (+ (- (cadr fret-range) (car fret-range)) 1))
- (label-text
- (cond
- ((equal? number-type 'roman-lower) (fancy-format #f "~(~:@r~)" base-fret))
- ((equal? number-type 'roman-upper) (fancy-format #f "~:@r" base-fret))
- ((equal? 'arabic number-type) (fancy-format #f "~d" base-fret))
- (else (fancy-format #f "~(~:@r~)" base-fret)))))
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (sans-serif-stencil layout props (* size label-font-mag) label-text)
- (* size (+ fret-count label-vertical-offset)) Y)
- (ly:stencil-translate-axis
- (sans-serif-stencil layout props (* size label-font-mag) label-text)
- (* size (+ 1 label-vertical-offset)) X))))
+ "Label the base fret on a fret diagram"
+ (let* ((details (chain-assoc-get 'fret-diagram-details props '()))
+ (base-fret (car fret-range))
+ (label-font-mag (assoc-get 'fret-label-font-mag details 0.5))
+ (label-vertical-offset
+ (assoc-get 'fret-label-vertical-offset details -0.2))
+ (number-type (assoc-get 'number-type details 'roman-lower))
+ (fret-count (+ (- (cadr fret-range) (car fret-range)) 1))
+ (label-text
+ (cond
+ ((equal? number-type 'roman-lower)
+ (fancy-format #f "~(~@r~)" base-fret))
+ ((equal? number-type 'roman-upper)
+ (fancy-format #f "~@r" base-fret))
+ ((equal? 'arabic number-type)
+ (fancy-format #f "~d" base-fret))
+ (else (fancy-format #f "~(~@r~)" base-fret)))))
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (sans-serif-stencil layout props (* size label-font-mag) label-text)
+ (* size (+ fret-count label-vertical-offset)) Y)
+ (ly:stencil-translate-axis
+ (sans-serif-stencil layout props (* size label-font-mag) label-text)
+ (* size (+ 1 label-vertical-offset)) X))))
(define-builtin-markup-command (fret-diagram-verbose layout props marking-list)
- (list?)
- fret-diagram
- ((size 1.0) ; needed for everything
- (string-count 6) ; needed for everything
- (fret-count 4) ; needed for everything
- (orientation 'normal) ; needed for everything
- (finger-code 'none) ; needed for both draw-dots and draw-barre
- (thickness 0.5) ; needed for both draw-frets and draw-strings
- (align-dir -0.4) ; needed only here
- (label-dir RIGHT)
- (dot-radius)
- (dot-position))
+ (list?) ; argument type
+ fret-diagram ; markup type
+ ((align-dir -0.4) ; properties and defaults
+ (size 1.0)
+ (fret-diagram-details)
+ (thickness 0.5))
"Make a fret diagram containing the symbols indicated in @var{marking-list}.
For example,
\\markup \\fret-diagram-verbose
#'((mute 6) (mute 5) (open 4)
(place-fret 3 2) (place-fret 2 3) (place-fret 1 2))
-@end example
+@end example
@noindent
produces a standard D@tie{}chord diagram without fingering indications.
-
+
Possible elements in @var{marking-list}:
@table @code
variable @var{finger-code}. There is no limit to the number of fret
indications per string.
@end table"
- (let* (;; note: here we get items from props that are needed in this routine, or that are needed in more than one
- ;; of the procedures called from this routine. If they're only used in one of the sub-procedure, they're
- ;; obtained in that procedure
- ;;TODO -- get string-count directly from length of stringTunings; requires FretDiagram engraver, which is not yet available
- ;;TODO -- adjust padding for fret label? it appears to be too close to dots
- (default-dot-radius (if (eq? finger-code 'in-dot) 0.425 0.25)) ; bigger dots if labeled
- (default-dot-position (if (eq? finger-code 'in-dot) (- 0.95 default-dot-radius) 0.6)) ; move up to make room for bigger if labeled
- (dot-radius (chain-assoc-get 'dot-radius props default-dot-radius)) ; needed for both draw-dots and draw-barre
- (dot-position (chain-assoc-get 'dot-position props default-dot-position)) ; needed for both draw-dots and draw-barre
- (th (* (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'line-thickness)
- thickness)) ; needed for both draw-frets and draw-strings
- ;; (xo-padding (* th (chain-assoc-get 'padding props 2))) ; needed only here
+
+ (make-fret-diagram layout props marking-list))
+
+(define (make-fret-diagram layout props marking-list)
+ "Make a fret diagram markup"
+ (let* (
+ ; note: here we get items from props that are needed in this routine,
+ ; or that are needed in more than one of the procedures
+ ; called from this routine. If they're only used in one of the
+ ; sub-procedure, they're obtained in that procedure
+ (size (chain-assoc-get 'size props 1.0)) ; needed for everything
+;TODO -- get string-count directly from length of stringTunings;
+; from FretBoard engraver, but not from markup call
+;TODO -- adjust padding for fret label? it appears to be too close to dots
+ (details
+ (chain-assoc-get
+ 'fret-diagram-details props '())) ; fret diagram details
+ (string-count
+ (assoc-get 'string-count details 6)) ; needed for everything
+ (fret-count
+ (assoc-get 'fret-count details 4)) ; needed for everything
+ (orientation
+ (assoc-get 'orientation details 'normal)) ; needed for everything
+ (finger-code
+ (assoc-get
+ 'finger-code details 'none)) ; needed for draw-dots and draw-barre
+ (default-dot-radius
+ (if (eq? finger-code 'in-dot) 0.425 0.25)) ; bigger dots if labeled
+ (default-dot-position
+ (if (eq? finger-code 'in-dot)
+ (- 0.95 default-dot-radius)
+ 0.6)) ; move up to make room for bigger if labeled
+ (dot-radius
+ (assoc-get
+ 'dot-radius details default-dot-radius)) ; needed for draw-dots
+ ; and draw-barre
+ (dot-position
+ (assoc-get
+ 'dot-position details default-dot-position)) ; needed for draw-dots
+ ; and draw-barre
+ (th
+ (* (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'line-thickness)
+ (chain-assoc-get 'thickness props 0.5))) ; needed for draw-frets
+ ; and draw-strings
+ (alignment
+ (chain-assoc-get 'align-dir props -0.4)) ; needed only here
+ (xo-padding
+ (* size (assoc-get 'xo-padding details 0.2))) ; needed only here
(label-space (* 0.25 size))
- (xo-padding (* th size 5))
+ (label-dir (assoc-get 'label-dir details RIGHT))
(parameters (fret-parse-marking-list marking-list fret-count))
(dot-list (cdr (assoc 'dot-list parameters)))
(xo-list (cdr (assoc 'xo-list parameters)))
(fret-range (cdr (assoc 'fret-range parameters)))
(barre-list (cdr (assoc 'barre-list parameters)))
- (fret-diagram-stencil (ly:stencil-add
- (draw-strings string-count fret-range th size orientation)
- (draw-frets layout props fret-range string-count th size orientation))))
- (if (not (null? barre-list))
- (set! fret-diagram-stencil (ly:stencil-add
- (draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range size finger-code
- dot-position dot-radius barre-list orientation)
- fret-diagram-stencil)))
+ (barre-type
+ (assoc-get 'barre-type details 'curved))
+ (fret-diagram-stencil
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ (draw-strings string-count fret-range th size orientation)
+ (draw-frets fret-range string-count th size orientation))))
+ (if (and (not (null? barre-list))
+ (not (eq? 'none barre-type)))
+ (set! fret-diagram-stencil
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ (draw-barre layout props string-count fret-range size
+ finger-code dot-position dot-radius
+ barre-list orientation)
+ fret-diagram-stencil)))
(if (not (null? dot-list))
- (set! fret-diagram-stencil (ly:stencil-add
- fret-diagram-stencil
- (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count fret-range size finger-code
- dot-position dot-radius th dot-list orientation))))
- (if (= (car fret-range) 1)
(set! fret-diagram-stencil
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge fret-diagram-stencil Y UP
- (draw-thick-zero-fret props string-count th size orientation))
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge fret-diagram-stencil X LEFT
- (draw-thick-zero-fret props string-count th size orientation)))))
+ (ly:stencil-add
+ fret-diagram-stencil
+ (draw-dots layout props string-count fret-count fret-range
+ size finger-code dot-position dot-radius
+ th dot-list orientation))))
+ (if (= (car fret-range) 1)
+ (set! fret-diagram-stencil
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-diagram-stencil Y UP
+ (draw-thick-zero-fret
+ props string-count th size orientation))
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-diagram-stencil X LEFT
+ (draw-thick-zero-fret
+ props string-count th size orientation)))))
(if (not (null? xo-list))
- (set! fret-diagram-stencil
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge fret-diagram-stencil Y UP
- (draw-xo layout props string-count fret-range size xo-list orientation) xo-padding )
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge fret-diagram-stencil X LEFT
- (draw-xo layout props string-count fret-range size xo-list orientation) xo-padding))))
- (if (> (car fret-range) 1)
- (set! fret-diagram-stencil
- (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge fret-diagram-stencil X label-dir
- (label-fret layout props string-count fret-range size orientation) label-space)
- (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge fret-diagram-stencil Y label-dir
- (label-fret layout props string-count fret-range size orientation) label-space))))
- (ly:stencil-aligned-to fret-diagram-stencil X align-dir)))
+ (set! fret-diagram-stencil
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-diagram-stencil Y UP
+ (draw-xo layout props string-count fret-range
+ size xo-list orientation)
+ xo-padding )
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-diagram-stencil X LEFT
+ (draw-xo layout props string-count fret-range
+ size xo-list orientation)
+ xo-padding))))
+ (if (> (car fret-range) 1)
+ (set! fret-diagram-stencil
+ (if (eq? orientation 'normal)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-diagram-stencil X label-dir
+ (label-fret layout props string-count fret-range
+ size orientation)
+ label-space)
+ (ly:stencil-combine-at-edge
+ fret-diagram-stencil Y label-dir
+ (label-fret layout props string-count fret-range
+ size orientation)
+ label-space))))
+ (ly:stencil-aligned-to fret-diagram-stencil X alignment)))
(define-builtin-markup-command (fret-diagram layout props definition-string)
- (string?)
- fret-diagram
- (fret-diagram-verbose-markup)
+ (string?) ; argument type
+ fret-diagram ; markup category
+ (fret-diagram-verbose-markup) ; properties and defaults
"Make a (guitar) fret diagram. For example, say
@example
Syntax rules for @var{definition-string}:
@itemize @minus
-
+
@item
Diagram items are separated by semicolons.
@item
@code{f:}@var{number} -- Set fingering label type
-(0@tie{}= none, 1@tie{}= in circle on string, 2@tie{}= below string).
+ (0@tie{}= none, 1@tie{}= in circle on string, 2@tie{}= below string).
Default:@tie{}0.
@item
@item
@code{c:}@var{string1}@code{-}@var{string2}@code{-}@var{fret} -- Include a
barre mark from @var{string1} to @var{string2} on @var{fret}.
-
+
@item
@var{string}@code{-}@var{fret} -- Place a dot on @var{string} at @var{fret}.
If @var{fret} is @samp{o}, @var{string} is identified as open.
@item
Note: There is no limit to the number of fret indications per string.
@end itemize"
- (let ((definition-list (fret-parse-definition-string props definition-string)))
- (fret-diagram-verbose-markup layout (car definition-list) (cdr definition-list))))
+ (let ((definition-list
+ (fret-parse-definition-string props definition-string)))
+ (fret-diagram-verbose-markup
+ layout (car definition-list) (cdr definition-list))))
(define (fret-parse-definition-string props definition-string)
- "parse a fret diagram string and return a pair containing:
+ "Parse a fret diagram string and return a pair containing:
props, modified as necessary by the definition-string
a fret-indication list with the appropriate values"
- (let* ((fret-count 4)
- (string-count 6)
- (fret-range (list 1 fret-count))
- (barre-list '())
- (dot-list '())
- (xo-list '())
- (output-list '())
- (new-props '())
- (items (string-split definition-string #\;)))
- (let parse-item ((myitems items))
- (if (not (null? (cdr myitems)))
- (let ((test-string (car myitems)))
- (case (car (string->list (substring test-string 0 1)))
- ((#\s) (let ((size (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
- (set! new-props (acons 'size size new-props))))
- ((#\f) (let* ((finger-code (get-numeric-from-key test-string))
- (finger-id (case finger-code
- ((0) 'none)
- ((1) 'in-dot)
- ((2) 'below-string))))
- (set! new-props
- (acons 'finger-code finger-id new-props))))
- ((#\c) (set! output-list (cons-fret (cons 'barre (numerify (string-split (substring test-string 2) #\-)))
- output-list)))
- ((#\h) (let ((fret-count (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
- (set! new-props (acons 'fret-count fret-count new-props))))
- ((#\w) (let ((string-count (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
- (set! new-props (acons 'string-count string-count new-props))))
- ((#\d) (let ((dot-size (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
- (set! new-props (acons 'dot-radius dot-size new-props))))
- ((#\p) (let ((dot-position (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
- (set! new-props (acons 'dot-position dot-position new-props))))
- (else
- (let ((this-list (string-split test-string #\-)))
- (if (string->number (cadr this-list))
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (cons 'place-fret (numerify this-list)) output-list))
- (if (equal? (cadr this-list) "x" )
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (list 'mute (string->number (car this-list))) output-list))
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (list 'open (string->number (car this-list))) output-list)))))))
- (parse-item (cdr myitems)))))
- (if (eq? new-props '())
- `(,props . ,output-list)
- `(,(cons new-props props) . ,output-list))))
+ (let* ((fret-count 4)
+ (string-count 6)
+ (fret-range (list 1 fret-count))
+ (barre-list '())
+ (dot-list '())
+ (xo-list '())
+ (output-list '())
+ (new-props '())
+ (details (merge-details 'fret-diagram-details props '()))
+ (items (string-split definition-string #\;)))
+ (let parse-item ((myitems items))
+ (if (not (null? (cdr myitems)))
+ (let ((test-string (car myitems)))
+ (case (car (string->list (substring test-string 0 1)))
+ ((#\s) (let ((size (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
+ (set! props (prepend-alist-chain 'size size props))))
+ ((#\f) (let* ((finger-code (get-numeric-from-key test-string))
+ (finger-id (case finger-code
+ ((0) 'none)
+ ((1) 'in-dot)
+ ((2) 'below-string))))
+ (set! details
+ (acons 'finger-code finger-id details))))
+ ((#\c) (set! output-list
+ (cons-fret
+ (cons
+ 'barre
+ (numerify
+ (string-split (substring test-string 2) #\-)))
+ output-list)))
+ ((#\h) (let ((fret-count (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
+ (set! details
+ (acons 'fret-count fret-count details))))
+ ((#\w) (let ((string-count (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
+ (set! details
+ (acons 'string-count string-count details))))
+ ((#\d) (let ((dot-size (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
+ (set! details
+ (acons 'dot-radius dot-size details))))
+ ((#\p) (let ((dot-position (get-numeric-from-key test-string)))
+ (set! details
+ (acons 'dot-position dot-position details))))
+ (else
+ (let ((this-list (string-split test-string #\-)))
+ (if (string->number (cadr this-list))
+ (set! output-list
+ (cons-fret
+ (cons 'place-fret (numerify this-list))
+ output-list))
+ (if (equal? (cadr this-list) "x" )
+ (set! output-list
+ (cons-fret
+ (list 'mute (string->number (car this-list)))
+ output-list))
+ (set! output-list
+ (cons-fret
+ (list 'open (string->number (car this-list)))
+ output-list)))))))
+ (parse-item (cdr myitems)))))
+ ; add the modified details
+ (set! props
+ (prepend-alist-chain 'fret-diagram-details details props))
+ `(,props . ,output-list))) ;ugh -- hard-coded spell -- procedure better
(define (cons-fret new-value old-list)
-" Put together a fret-list in the format desired by parse-string "
+ "Put together a fret-list in the format desired by parse-string"
(if (eq? old-list '())
(list new-value)
(cons* new-value old-list)))
-
+
(define (get-numeric-from-key keystring)
- "Get the numeric value from a key of the form k:val"
- (string->number (substring keystring 2 (string-length keystring))))
-
+ "Get the numeric value from a key of the form k:val"
+ (string->number (substring keystring 2 (string-length keystring))))
+
(define (numerify mylist)
- "Convert string values to numeric or character"
- (if (null? mylist)
- '()
- (let ((numeric-value (string->number (car mylist))))
- (if numeric-value
- (cons* numeric-value (numerify (cdr mylist)))
- (cons* (car (string->list (car mylist))) (numerify (cdr mylist)))))))
-
-(define-builtin-markup-command (fret-diagram-terse layout props definition-string)
- (string?)
- fret-diagram
- (fret-diagram-verbose-markup)
+ "Convert string values to numeric or character"
+ (if (null? mylist)
+ '()
+ (let ((numeric-value (string->number (car mylist))))
+ (if numeric-value
+ (cons* numeric-value (numerify (cdr mylist)))
+ (cons* (car (string->list (car mylist)))
+ (numerify (cdr mylist)))))))
+
+(define-builtin-markup-command
+ (fret-diagram-terse layout props definition-string)
+ (string?) ; argument type
+ fret-diagram ; markup category
+ (fret-diagram-verbose-markup) ; properties
"Make a fret diagram markup using terse string-based syntax.
-Here an example
+Here is an example
@example
-\\markup \\fret-diagram-terse #\"x;x;o;2;3;2;\"
+\\markup \\fret-diagram-terse #\"x;x;o;2;3;2;\"
@end example
@noindent
@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Strings are terminated by semicolons; the number of semicolons
+@item
+Strings are terminated by semicolons; the number of semicolons
is the number of strings in the diagram.
@item
@end itemize"
;; TODO -- change syntax to fret\string-finger
- (let ((definition-list (fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string)))
- (fret-diagram-verbose-markup layout (car definition-list) (cdr definition-list))))
-
-(define (fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string)
- "parse a fret diagram string that uses terse syntax; return a pair containing:
- props, modified to include the string-count determined by the definition-string
+ (let ((definition-list
+ (fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string)))
+ (fret-diagram-verbose-markup layout
+ (car definition-list)
+ (cdr definition-list))))
+
+(define-public
+ (fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string)
+ "Parse a fret diagram string that uses terse syntax; return a pair containing:
+ props, modified to include the string-count determined by the
+ definition-string, and
a fret-indication list with the appropriate values"
-;TODO -- change syntax to fret\string-finger
- (let* ((barre-start-list '())
- (output-list '())
- (new-props '())
- (items (string-split definition-string #\;))
- (string-count (- (length items) 1)))
- (let parse-item ((myitems items))
- (if (not (null? (cdr myitems)))
- (let* ((test-string (car myitems))
- (current-string (- (length myitems) 1))
- (indicators (string-split test-string #\ )))
- (let parse-indicators ((myindicators indicators))
- (if (not (eq? '() myindicators))
- (let* ((this-list (string-split (car myindicators) #\-))
- (max-element-index (- (length this-list) 1))
- (last-element (car (list-tail this-list max-element-index)))
- (fret (if (string->number (car this-list)) (string->number (car this-list)) (car this-list))))
- (if (equal? last-element "(")
- (begin
- (set! barre-start-list (cons-fret (list current-string fret) barre-start-list))
- (set! this-list (list-head this-list max-element-index))))
- (if (equal? last-element ")")
- (let* ((this-barre (get-sub-list fret barre-start-list))
- (insert-index (- (length this-barre) 1)))
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (cons* 'barre (car this-barre) current-string (cdr this-barre))
- output-list))
- (set! this-list (list-head this-list max-element-index))))
- (if (number? fret)
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (cons* 'place-fret current-string (drop-paren (numerify this-list))) output-list))
- (if (equal? (car this-list) "x" )
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (list 'mute current-string) output-list))
- (set! output-list (cons-fret (list 'open current-string) output-list))))
- (parse-indicators (cdr myindicators)))))
- (parse-item (cdr myitems)))))
- (set! new-props (acons 'string-count string-count new-props))
-
- `(,(cons new-props props) . ,output-list)))
+;TODO -- change syntax to fret\string-finger
+
+ (let* ((details (merge-details 'fret-diagram-details props '()))
+ (barre-start-list '())
+ (output-list '())
+ (new-props '())
+ (items (string-split definition-string #\;))
+ (string-count (- (length items) 1)))
+ (let parse-item ((myitems items))
+ (if (not (null? (cdr myitems)))
+ (let* ((test-string (car myitems))
+ (current-string (- (length myitems) 1))
+ (indicators (string-split test-string #\ )))
+ (let parse-indicators ((myindicators indicators))
+ (if (not (eq? '() myindicators))
+ (let* ((this-list (string-split (car myindicators) #\-))
+ (max-element-index (- (length this-list) 1))
+ (last-element
+ (car (list-tail this-list max-element-index)))
+ (fret
+ (if (string->number (car this-list))
+ (string->number (car this-list))
+ (car this-list))))
+ (if (equal? last-element "(")
+ (begin
+ (set! barre-start-list
+ (cons-fret (list current-string fret)
+ barre-start-list))
+ (set! this-list
+ (list-head this-list max-element-index))))
+ (if (equal? last-element ")")
+ (let* ((this-barre
+ (get-sub-list fret barre-start-list))
+ (insert-index (- (length this-barre) 1)))
+ (set! output-list
+ (cons-fret (cons* 'barre
+ (car this-barre)
+ current-string
+ (cdr this-barre))
+ output-list))
+ (set! this-list
+ (list-head this-list max-element-index))))
+ (if (number? fret)
+ (set!
+ output-list
+ (cons-fret (cons*
+ 'place-fret
+ current-string
+ (drop-paren (numerify this-list)))
+ output-list))
+ (if (equal? (car this-list) "x" )
+ (set!
+ output-list
+ (cons-fret
+ (list 'mute current-string)
+ output-list))
+ (set!
+ output-list
+ (cons-fret
+ (list 'open current-string)
+ output-list))))
+ (parse-indicators (cdr myindicators)))))
+ (parse-item (cdr myitems)))))
+ (set! details (acons 'string-count string-count details))
+ (set! props (prepend-alist-chain 'fret-diagram-details details props))
+ `(,props . ,output-list))) ; ugh -- hard coded; proc is better
(define (drop-paren item-list)
-" drop a final parentheses from a fret indication list resulting from a terse string specification of barre."
- (if (> (length item-list) 0)
- (let* ((max-index (- (length item-list) 1))
- (last-element (car (list-tail item-list max-index))))
- (if (or (equal? last-element ")") (equal? last-element "("))
- (list-head item-list max-index)
- item-list))
- item-list))
-
+ "Drop a final parentheses from a fret indication list
+ resulting from a terse string specification of barre."
+ (if (> (length item-list) 0)
+ (let* ((max-index (- (length item-list) 1))
+ (last-element (car (list-tail item-list max-index))))
+ (if (or (equal? last-element ")") (equal? last-element "("))
+ (list-head item-list max-index)
+ item-list))
+ item-list))
+
(define (get-sub-list value master-list)
-" Get a sub-list whose cadr is equal to @var{value} from @var{master-list}"
- (if (eq? master-list '())
+ "Get a sub-list whose cadr is equal to @var{value} from @var{master-list}"
+ (if (eq? master-list '())
#f
(let ((sublist (car master-list)))
- (if (equal? (cadr sublist) value)
- sublist
- (get-sub-list value (cdr master-list))))))
+ (if (equal? (cadr sublist) value)
+ sublist
+ (get-sub-list value (cdr master-list))))))
+
+(define (merge-details key alist-list . default)
+ "Return ALIST-LIST entries for key, in one combined alist.
+ There can be two ALIST-LIST entries for a given key. The first
+ comes from the override-markup function, the second comes
+ from property settings during a regular override.
+ This is necessary because some details can be set in one
+ place, while others are set in the other. Both details
+ lists must be merged into a single alist.
+ Return DEFAULT (optional, else #f) if not
+ found."
+
+ (define (helper key alist-list default)
+ (if (null? alist-list)
+ default
+ (let* ((handle (assoc key (car alist-list))))
+ (if (pair? handle)
+ (append (cdr handle) (chain-assoc-get key (cdr alist-list) '()))
+ (helper key (cdr alist-list) default)))))
+
+ (helper key alist-list
+ (if (pair? default) (car default) #f)))
"encoding.scm"
"fret-diagrams.scm"
- "define-markup-commands.scm"
+ "predefined-fretboards.scm"
+ "define-markup-commands.scm"
"define-grob-properties.scm"
"define-grobs.scm"
"define-grob-interfaces.scm"
(define (multi-fork count)
+ "Split this process in COUNT helpers. Returns either a list of pids,
+or the number of the process."
(define (helper count acc)
(if (> count 0)
(let*
(if (and (number? (ly:get-option 'job-count))
(>= (length files) (ly:get-option 'job-count)))
-
(let*
((count (ly:get-option 'job-count))
(split-todo (split-list files count))
(if (number? joblist)
(begin
- (ly:set-option 'log-file (format "~a-~a"
- (ly:get-option 'log-file) joblist))
+ (ly:set-option
+ 'log-file (format "~a-~a"
+ (ly:get-option 'log-file) joblist))
(set! files (vector-ref split-todo joblist)))
(begin
(let* ((stat (cdr (waitpid pid))))
(if (not (= stat 0))
- (set! errors (acons (list-element-index joblist pid) stat errors)))))
+ (set! errors
+ (acons (list-element-index joblist pid)
+ stat errors)))))
joblist)
(for-each
(lambda (x)
(let* ((job (car x))
(state (cdr x))
- (logfile (format "~a-~a.log"
+ (logfile (format "~a-~a.log"
(ly:get-option 'log-file) job))
(log (ly:gulp-file logfile))
(len (string-length log))
(tail (substring log (max 0 (- len 1024)))))
(if (status:term-sig state)
- (ly:message "\n\n~a\n"
- (format (_ "job ~a terminated with signal: ~a")
- job
- (status:term-sig state)))
- (ly:message (_ "logfile ~a (exit ~a):\n~a") logfile (status:exit-val state) tail))))
+ (ly:message
+ "\n\n~a\n"
+ (format (_ "job ~a terminated with signal: ~a")
+ job (status:term-sig state)))
+ (ly:message
+ (_ "logfile ~a (exit ~a):\n~a")
+ logfile (status:exit-val state) tail))))
errors)
(dump-profile "lily-run-total" '(0 0) (profile-measurements)))
(exit (if (null? errors) 0 1))))))
-
(if (string-or-symbol? (ly:get-option 'log-file))
(ly:stderr-redirect (format "~a.log" (ly:get-option 'log-file)) "w"))
-
(let ((failed (lilypond-all files)))
(if (ly:get-option 'trace-scheme-coverage)
(begin
(coverage:show-all (lambda (f) (string-contains f "lilypond"))
)))
-
(if (pair? failed)
(begin
(define-public (lilypond-all files)
(let* ((failed '())
(separate-logs (ly:get-option 'separate-log-files))
+ (ping-log
+ (if separate-logs
+ (open-file (if (string-or-symbol? (ly:get-option 'log-file))
+ (format "~a.log" (ly:get-option 'log-file))
+ "/dev/tty") "a") #f))
(do-measurements (ly:get-option 'dump-profile))
(handler (lambda (key failed-file)
(set! failed (append (list failed-file) failed)))))
(if separate-logs
(ly:stderr-redirect (format "~a.log" base) "w"))
+ (if ping-log
+ (format ping-log "Procesing ~a\n" base))
+
(if (ly:get-option 'trace-memory-frequency)
(mtrace:start-trace (ly:get-option 'trace-memory-frequency)))
files)
;; we want the failed-files notice in the aggregrate logfile.
- (if (ly:get-option 'separate-logs)
- (ly:stderr-redirect
- (if (string-or-symbol? (ly:get-option 'log-file))
- (format "~a.log" (ly:get-option 'log-file))
- "/dev/tty") "a"))
-
+ (if ping-log
+ (format ping-log "Failed files: ~a\n" failed))
+
(if (ly:get-option 'dump-profile)
(dump-profile "lily-run-total" '(0 0) (profile-measurements)))
((< i 0))
(f (vector-ref v i))))
-;; TODO: make a remove-grace-property too.
(define-public (add-grace-property context-name grob sym val)
"Set SYM=VAL for GROB in CONTEXT-NAME. "
(define (set-prop context)
(ly:context-set-property! where 'graceSettings new-settings)))
(ly:export (context-spec-music (make-apply-context set-prop) 'Voice)))
+(define-public (remove-grace-property context-name grob sym)
+ "Remove all SYM for GROB in CONTEXT-NAME. "
+ (define (sym-grob-context? property sym grob context-name)
+ (and (eq? (car property) context-name)
+ (eq? (cadr property) grob)
+ (eq? (caddr property) sym)))
+ (define (delete-prop context)
+ (let* ((where (ly:context-property-where-defined context 'graceSettings))
+ (current (ly:context-property where 'graceSettings))
+ (prop-settings (filter
+ (lambda(x) (sym-grob-context? x sym grob context-name))
+ current))
+ (new-settings current))
+ (for-each (lambda(x)
+ (set! new-settings (delete x new-settings)))
+ prop-settings)
+ (ly:context-set-property! where 'graceSettings new-settings)))
+ (ly:export (context-spec-music (make-apply-context delete-prop) 'Voice)))
+
(defmacro-public def-grace-function (start stop)
(ly:music-property (car evs) 'pitch)
#f)))
+;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
+
+(define-public (extract-named-music music music-name)
+"Return a flat list of all music named @code{music-name}
+from @code{music}."
+ (let ((extracted-list
+ (if (ly:music? music)
+ (if (eq? (ly:music-property music 'name) music-name)
+ (list music)
+ (let ((elt (ly:music-property music 'element))
+ (elts (ly:music-property music 'elements)))
+ (if (ly:music? elt)
+ (extract-named-music elt music-name)
+ (if (null? elts)
+ '()
+ (map (lambda(x)
+ (extract-named-music x music-name ))
+ elts)))))
+ '())))
+ (flatten-list extracted-list)))
+
+(define-public (event-chord-notes event-chord)
+"Return a list of all notes from @{event-chord}."
+ (filter
+ (lambda (m) (eq? 'NoteEvent (ly:music-property m 'name)))
+ (ly:music-property event-chord 'elements)))
+
+(define-public (event-chord-pitches event-chord)
+"Return a list of all pitches from @{event-chord}."
+ (map (lambda (x) (ly:music-property x 'pitch))
+ (event-chord-notes event-chord)))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; fret boards
-(define (string-frets->description string-frets string-count)
- (let*
- ((desc (list->vector
- (map (lambda (x) (list 'mute (1+ x)))
- (iota string-count)))))
-
- (for-each (lambda (sf)
- (let*
- ((string (car sf))
- (fret (cadr sf))
- (finger (caddr sf)))
-
-
- (vector-set! desc (1- string)
- (if (= 0 fret)
- (list 'open string)
- (if finger
- (list 'place-fret string fret finger)
- (list 'place-fret string fret))
-
-
- ))
- ))
- string-frets)
-
- (vector->list desc)))
-
(define-public (fret-board::calc-stencil grob)
- (let* ((string-frets (ly:grob-property grob 'string-fret-finger-combinations))
- (string-count (ly:grob-property grob 'string-count)))
-
- (grob-interpret-markup grob
- (make-fret-diagram-verbose-markup
- (string-frets->description string-frets string-count)))))
+ (grob-interpret-markup
+ grob
+ (make-fret-diagram-verbose-markup
+ (ly:grob-property grob 'dot-placement-list))))
;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;
;; scripts
("statement" . (cons (* 5.5 in) (* 8.5 in)))
("half letter" . (cons (* 5.5 in) (* 8.5 in)))
("quarto" . (cons (* 8.0 in) (* 10.0 in)))
+ ("octavo" . (cons (* 6.75 in) (* 10.5 in)))
("executive" . (cons (* 7.25 in) (* 10.5 in)))
("monarch" . (cons (* 7.25 in) (* 10.5 in)))
("foolscap" . (cons (* 8.27 in) (* 13.0 in)))
(ly:modules-lookup (list m) 'right-margin (* 10 mm))))
(module-define! m 'indent (/ w 14))
- (module-define! m 'short-indent (* 5 mm))
+ (module-define! m 'short-indent 0)
;; page layout - what to do with (printer specific!) margin settings?
--- /dev/null
+;;;; predefined-fretboards.scm
+;;;;
+;;;; source file of the GNU LilyPOnd music typesetter
+;;;;
+;;;; (c) 2008 Carl D. Sorensen <c_sorensen@byu.edu>
+
+
+(define-public (parse-terse-string terse-definition)
+"Parse a fret-diagram-terse definition string @code{terse-definition} and
+return a marking list, which can be used as with a fretboard grob."
+ (cdr (fret-parse-terse-definition-string (list '()) terse-definition)))
+
+(define-public (get-chord-shape shape-code base-chord-shapes)
+"Return the chord shape associated with key @code{shape-code} in
+the alist @code{base-chord-shapes}."
+ (assoc-get shape-code base-chord-shapes #f))
+
+(define-public (offset-fret fret-offset terse-string)
+"Add @code{fret-offset} to each fret indication in @code{terse-string}
+and return the resulting fret-diagram-terse definition string."
+
+ (define (split-fretstring fret-string)
+ (map (lambda (x) (split-item x))
+ (string-split fret-string #\sp )))
+
+ (define (split-item item-string)
+ (string-split item-string #\- ))
+
+ (define (split-terse-string terse-string)
+ (let ((long-list
+ (string-split terse-string #\;)))
+ (map (lambda (x) (split-fretstring x))
+ (list-head long-list (1- (length long-list))))))
+
+ (define (join-terse-string terse-string-list)
+ (string-join
+ (map (lambda (x) (join-fretstring x)) terse-string-list)
+ ";" 'suffix))
+
+ (define (join-item item-list)
+ (string-join item-list "-" ))
+
+ (define (join-fretstring fretstring-list)
+ (string-join
+ (map (lambda (x) (join-item x)) fretstring-list)
+ " " ))
+
+ (define (add-item-fret-offset fret-offset item-list)
+ (let ((fretval (string->number (car item-list))))
+ (if fretval
+ (cons (number->string (+ fretval fret-offset))
+ (cdr item-list))
+ item-list)))
+
+ (define (add-fretstring-fret-offset fret-offset fretstring-list)
+ (map (lambda (x) (add-item-fret-offset fret-offset x))
+ fretstring-list))
+
+ (define (add-terse-fret-offset fret-offset terse-string-list)
+ (map (lambda (x) (add-fretstring-fret-offset fret-offset x))
+ terse-string-list))
+
+;; body
+ (join-terse-string
+ (add-terse-fret-offset
+ fret-offset
+ (split-terse-string terse-string))))
+
`(set! ,list-var (append ,list-var (list ,object))))
(export add!)
-(define-public (flatten lst)
- (cond
- ((null? lst)
- lst)
- ((pair? (car lst))
- (append (flatten (car lst)) (flatten (cdr lst))))
- (else
- (cons (car lst) (flatten (cdr lst))))))
-
(define-public (safe-car list)
(if (null? list)
#f
"
(let* ((xext (ly:grob-extent grob grob 0))
(yext (ly:grob-extent grob grob 1))
- (thick 0.1))
-
+ (thick 0.01))
+
(ly:stencil-add
(make-filled-box-stencil xext (cons (- (car yext) thick) (car yext)))
(make-filled-box-stencil xext (cons (cdr yext) (+ (cdr yext) thick)))
(if alt-markup
(set! fig-markup
(markup #:put-adjacent
- fig-markup X
- (if (number? alt-dir)
- alt-dir
- LEFT)
+ X (if (number? alt-dir)
+ alt-dir
+ LEFT)
+ fig-markup
#:pad-x 0.2 alt-markup
)))
(set! fig-markup
(if fig-markup
(markup #:put-adjacent
- fig-markup
X (if (number? plus-dir)
plus-dir
LEFT)
+ fig-markup
#:pad-x 0.2 plus-markup)
plus-markup)))
;; fret diagrams
(define-public (determine-frets context grob notes string-numbers)
+
(define (ensure-number a b)
(if (number? a)
a
b))
-(let*
+
+ (define (string-frets->dot-placement string-frets string-count)
+ (let*
+ ((desc (list->vector
+ (map (lambda (x) (list 'mute (1+ x)))
+ (iota string-count)))))
+
+ (for-each (lambda (sf)
+ (let*
+ ((string (car sf))
+ (fret (cadr sf))
+ (finger (caddr sf)))
+
+ (vector-set!
+ desc (1- string)
+ (if (= 0 fret)
+ (list 'open string)
+ (if finger
+ (list 'place-fret string fret finger)
+ (list 'place-fret string fret))
+ ))
+ ))
+ string-frets)
+ (vector->list desc)))
+
+;; body.
+ (let*
((tunings (ly:context-property context 'stringTunings))
+ (my-string-count (length tunings))
+ (details (ly:grob-property grob 'fret-diagram-details))
+ (predefined-frets
+ (ly:context-property context 'predefinedDiagramTable))
(minimum-fret (ensure-number
(ly:context-property context 'minimumFret) 0))
(max-stretch (ensure-number
(ly:context-property context 'maximumFretStretch) 4))
(string-frets (determine-frets-mf notes string-numbers
minimum-fret max-stretch
- tunings)))
-
-
- (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'string-count) (length tunings))
- (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'string-fret-finger-combinations) string-frets)
-
- ))
+ tunings))
+ (pitches (map (lambda (x) (ly:event-property x 'pitch)) notes)))
+
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'fret-diagram-details)
+
+ (if (null? details)
+ (acons 'string-count (length tunings) '())
+ (acons 'string-count (length tunings) details)))
+ (set! (ly:grob-property grob 'dot-placement-list)
+ (if predefined-frets
+ (let ((hash-handle
+ (hash-get-handle
+ predefined-frets
+ (cons tunings pitches))))
+ (if hash-handle
+ (cdr hash-handle) ;found default diagram
+ (string-frets->dot-placement
+ string-frets my-string-count)))
+ (string-frets->dot-placement string-frets my-string-count)))))
(define-public (determine-frets-mf notes string-numbers
minimum-fret max-stretch
(if (note-string note)
(set-fret note (note-string note))
(let*
- ((string (find (lambda (string) (string-qualifies string
- (note-pitch note)))
- (reverse free-strings))))
- (if string
- (set-fret note string)
- (ly:warning "No string for pitch ~a (given frets ~a)" (note-pitch note)
+ ((fit-string (find (lambda (string)
+ (string-qualifies string (note-pitch note)))
+ free-strings)))
+ (if fit-string
+ (set-fret note fit-string)
+ (ly:warning "No string for pitch ~a (given frets ~a)"
+ (note-pitch note)
specified-frets))
)))
def get_option_parser ():
p = ly.get_option_parser (usage=_ ("%s [OPTION]... FILE") % 'abc2ly',
description=_ ('''abc2ly converts ABC music files (see
-%s) to LilyPond input.''') % 'http://www.gre.ac.uk/~c.walshaw/abc2mtex/abc.txt',
+%s) to LilyPond input.
+''') % 'http://www.gre.ac.uk/~c.walshaw/abc2mtex/abc.txt',
add_help_option=False)
p.version = "abc2ly (LilyPond) @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@"
p.add_option ('-s', '--strict', help=_ ("be strict about success"),
action='store_true')
p.add_option ('-b', '--beams', help=_ ("preserve ABC's notion of beams"))
- p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ('Bugs')),
+ p.add_option_group ('',
description=(_ ('Report bugs via')
+ ''' http://post.gmane.org/post.php'''
'''?group=gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.bugs\n'''))
version taken from the \\version command, to the current LilyPond version.''')
+ _ ("Examples:")
+ '''
- convert-ly -e old.ly
- convert-ly --from=2.3.28 --to 2.5.21 foobar.ly
+ $ convert-ly -e old.ly
+ $ convert-ly --from=2.3.28 --to=2.5.21 foobar.ly > foobar-new.ly
''')
copyright = ('Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>',
default=False)
p.add_option ("-s", '--show-rules',
- help=_ ("show rules [default: --from=0, --to=%s]") % program_version,
+ help=_ ("show rules [default: -f 0, -t %s]") % program_version,
dest='show_rules',
action='store_true', default=False)
dest="to_version",
default='')
- p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ('Bugs')),
+ p.add_option_group ('',
description=(_ ("Report bugs via")
+ ''' http://post.gmane.org/post.php'''
'''?group=gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.bugs\n'''))
def get_option_parser ():
p = ly.get_option_parser (usage=_ ("%s [OPTION]... ETF-FILE") % 'etf2ly',
description=_ ("""Enigma Transport Format is a format used by Coda Music Technology's
-Finale product. etf2ly converts a subset of ETF to a ready-to-use LilyPond file."""),
+Finale product. etf2ly converts a subset of ETF to a ready-to-use LilyPond file.
+"""),
add_help_option=False)
p.add_option("-h", "--help",
action="help",
action='store_true',
),
- p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ('Bugs')),
+ p.add_option_group ('',
description=(_ ('Report bugs via')
+ ''' http://post.gmane.org/post.php'''
'''?group=gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.bugs\n'''))
+ '\n\n'
+ _ ("Examples:")
+ '''
- lilypond-book --filter="tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'" %(BOOK)s
- lilypond-book --filter="convert-ly --no-version --from=2.0.0 -" %(BOOK)s
- lilypond-book --process='lilypond -I include' %(BOOK)s
+ $ lilypond-book --filter="tr '[a-z]' '[A-Z]'" %(BOOK)s
+ $ lilypond-book -F "convert-ly --no-version --from=2.0.0 -" %(BOOK)s
+ $ lilypond-book --process='lilypond -I include' %(BOOK)s
''' % {'BOOK': _ ("BOOK")})
authors = ('Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>',
p.add_option ('-F', '--filter', metavar=_ ("FILTER"),
action="store",
dest="filter_cmd",
- help=_ ("pipe snippets through FILTER [convert-ly -n -]"),
+ help=_ ("pipe snippets through FILTER [default: `convert-ly -n -']"),
default=None)
p.add_option ('-f', '--format',
help=_ ("use output format FORMAT (texi [default], texi-html, latex, html, docbook)"),
+ metavar=_ ("FORMAT"),
action='store')
p.add_option("-h", "--help",
default='')
p.add_option ('--skip-lily-check',
- help=_ ("do not fail if no lilypond output is found."),
+ help=_ ("do not fail if no lilypond output is found"),
metavar=_ ("DIR"),
action='store_true', dest='skip_lilypond_run',
default=False)
default=False)
p.add_option ('--lily-output-dir',
- help=_ ("write lily-XXX files to DIR, link into --output dir."),
+ help=_ ("write lily-XXX files to DIR, link into --output dir"),
metavar=_ ("DIR"),
action='store', dest='lily_output_dir',
default=None)
p.add_option ('-w', '--warranty',
help=_ ("show warranty and copyright"),
action='store_true')
- p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ('Bugs')),
+ p.add_option_group ('',
description=(
_ ("Report bugs via")
+ ' http://post.gmane.org/post.php?group=gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.bugs\n'))
LAYOUT: {
NOTIME: r'''
\context {
- \Score
- timing = ##f
+ \Score
+ timing = ##f
}
\context {
- \Staff
- \remove Time_signature_engraver
+ \Staff
+ \remove "Time_signature_engraver"
}''',
},
FESTIVAL_COMMAND = 'festival --pipe'
VOICE_CODINGS = {'voice_czech_ph': 'iso-8859-2'}
-_USAGE = """lilysong [ -p PLAY-PROGRAM ] FILE.xml [ LANGUAGE-CODE-OR-VOICE [ SPEEDUP ] ]
-./lilysong FILE.ly [ LANGUAGE-CODE-OR-VOICE ]
-./lilysong --list-voices
-./lilysong --list-languages
+_USAGE = """lilysong [-p PLAY-PROGRAM] FILE.xml [LANGUAGE-CODE-OR-VOICE [SPEEDUP]]
+ lilysong FILE.ly [LANGUAGE-CODE-OR-VOICE]
+ lilysong --list-voices
+ lilysong --list-languages
"""
def usage ():
- print 'usage:', _USAGE
+ print 'Usage:', _USAGE
sys.exit (2)
def process_options (args):
def get_option_parser ():
p = ly.get_option_parser (usage=_ ("%s [OPTION]... FILE") % 'midi2ly',
- description=_ ("Convert %s to LilyPond input.") % 'MIDI',
+ description=_ ("Convert %s to LilyPond input.\n") % 'MIDI',
add_help_option=False)
p.add_option ('-a', '--absolute-pitches',
p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ("Examples")),
description = r'''
- midi2ly --key=-2:1 --duration-quant=32 \
- --allow-tuplet=4*2/3 --allow-tuplet=2*4/3 foo.midi
+ $ midi2ly --key=-2:1 --duration-quant=32 --allow-tuplet=4*2/3 --allow-tuplet=2*4/3 foo.midi
''')
- p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ('Bugs')),
+ p.add_option_group ('',
description=(_ ('Report bugs via')
+ ''' http://post.gmane.org/post.php'''
'''?group=gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.bugs\n'''))
def option_parser ():
- p = ly.get_option_parser (usage = _ ("musicxml2ly [options] FILE.xml"),
- description = _ ("Convert MusicXML from FILE.xml to LilyPond input. If the given filename is -, musicxml2ly reads from the command line.") + "\n",
- add_help_option=False)
+ p = ly.get_option_parser (usage = _ ("musicxml2ly [OPTION]... FILE.xml"),
+ description =
+_ ("""Convert MusicXML from FILE.xml to LilyPond input.
+If the given filename is -, musicxml2ly reads from the command line.
+"""), add_help_option=False)
p.add_option("-h", "--help",
action="help",
help=_ ("show this help and exit"))
p.version = ('''%prog (LilyPond) @TOPLEVEL_VERSION@\n\n'''
- +
-_ ("""This program is free software. It is covered by the GNU General Public
-License and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it
-under certain conditions. Invoke as `%s --warranty' for more
-information.""") % 'lilypond'
-+ """
-Copyright (c) 2005--2008 by
++
+_ ("""Copyright (c) 2005--2008 by
Han-Wen Nienhuys <hanwen@xs4all.nl>,
Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org> and
Reinhold Kainhofer <reinhold@kainhofer.com>
-""")
+"""
++
+"""
+This program is free software. It is covered by the GNU General Public
+License and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it
+under certain conditions. Invoke as `%s --warranty' for more
+information.""") % 'lilypond')
+
p.add_option("--version",
action="version",
help=_ ("show version number and exit"))
type = 'string',
dest = 'output_name',
help = _ ("set output filename to FILE, stdout if -"))
- p.add_option_group (ly.display_encode (_ ('Bugs')),
+ p.add_option_group ('',
description = (_ ("Report bugs via")
+ ''' http://post.gmane.org/post.php'''
'''?group=gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.bugs\n'''))
$(MAKE) out=www WWW-post
web-clean:
+ find -name out-www | xargs rm -rf
$(MAKE) out=www clean
MAKEINFO_FLAGS = --enable-encoding
MAKEINFO = LANG= $(MAKEINFO_PROGRAM) $(MAKEINFO_FLAGS)
+TEXI2PDF_FLAGS += -q
# info stuff
INFO_INSTALL_FILES = $(wildcard $(addsuffix *, $(INFO_FILES)))